FN Thomson Reuters Web of Science™ VR 1.0 PT J AU Ojeda, GY Gayes, PT Van Dolah, RF Schwab, WC AF Ojeda, GY Gayes, PT Van Dolah, RF Schwab, WC TI Spatially quantitative seafloor habitat mapping: example from the northern South Carolina inner continental shelf SO ESTUARINE COASTAL AND SHELF SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE seafloor habitat; habitat mapping; sidescan-sonar neural networks; inner continental shelf; South Carolina ID GEOLOGIC FRAMEWORK; SONAR IMAGERY; CLASSIFICATION AB Naturally occurring hard bottom areas provide the geological substrate that can support diverse assemblages of sessile benthic organisms, which in turn, attract many reef-dwelling fish species. Alternatively, defining the location and extent of bottom sand bodies is relevant for potential nourishment projects as well as to ensure that transient sediment does not affect reef habitats, particularly in sediment-starved continental margins. Furthermore, defining sediment transport pathways documents the effects these mobile bedforms have on proximal reef habitats. Thematic mapping of these substrates is therefore crucial in safeguarding critical habitats and offshore resources of coastal nations. This study presents the results of a spatially quantitative mapping approach based on classification of sidescan-sonar imagery. By using bottom video for image-to-ground control, digital image textural features for pattern recognition, and an artificial neural network for rapid, quantitative, multivariable decision-making, this approach resulted in recognition rates of hard bottom as high as 87%. The recognition of sand bottom was less successful (31%). This approach was applied to a large (686 km(2)), high-quality, 2-m resolution sidescan-sonar mosaic of the northern South Carolina inner continental shelf. Results of this analysis indicate that both surficial sand and hard bottoms of variable extent are present over the study area. In total, 59% of the imaged area was covered by hard bottom, while 41% was covered by sand. Qualitative spatial correlation between bottom type and bathymetry appears possible from comparison of our interpretive map and available bathymetry. Hard bottom areas tend to be located on flat, low-lying areas, and sandy bottoms tend to reside on areas of positive relief. Published bio-erosion rates were used to calculate the potential sediment input from the mapped hard bottom areas rendering sediment volumes that may be as high as 0.8 million m(3)/yr for this portion of the South Carolina coast. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Coastal Carolina Univ, Ctr Marine & Wetland Studies, Conway, SC 29526 USA. S Carolina Dept Nat Resources, Marine Resources Res Inst, Charleston, SC 29422 USA. US Geol Survey, Coastal & Marine Geol Program, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. RP Ojeda, GY (reprint author), Coastal Carolina Univ, Ctr Marine & Wetland Studies, Conway, SC 29526 USA. EM gojeda@coastal.edu NR 34 TC 26 Z9 26 U1 0 U2 5 PU ACADEMIC PRESS LTD ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI LONDON PA 24-28 OVAL RD, LONDON NW1 7DX, ENGLAND SN 0272-7714 J9 ESTUAR COAST SHELF S JI Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 59 IS 3 BP 399 EP 416 DI 10.1016/j.ecss.2003.09.012 PG 18 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography SC Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 777QY UT WOS:000189190100003 ER PT J AU Poulton, VK Lovvorn, JR Takekawa, JY AF Poulton, VK Lovvorn, JR Takekawa, JY TI Spatial and overwinter changes in clam populations of San Pablo Bay, a semiarid estuary with highly variable freshwater inflow SO ESTUARINE COASTAL AND SHELF SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE benthic macroinvertebrates; freshwater inflow; Macoma balthica; Mya arenaria; Potamocorbula amurensis; San Pablo Bay; spatial dispersion ID BIVALVE MACOMA-BALTHICA; SOFT-SHELL CLAM; FRANCISCO-BAY; POTAMOCORBULA-AMURENSIS; MYA-ARENARIA; REMARKABLE INVASION; DISPERSAL DYNAMICS; FEEDING-BEHAVIOR; SOUTH-AFRICA; GEMMA-GEMMA AB In many estuaries worldwide, climate trends together with human diversion of fresh water have dramatically impacted the benthos. Such impacts have sometimes been complicated by exotic species, whose invasion and persistence can be mediated by wide variations in freshwater inflow. Monitoring such changes usually involves periodic samples at a few sites; but sampling that does not recognize variation at a range of spatial and seasonal scales may not reveal important benthic trends. San Pablo Bay, in northern San Francisco Bay, has extreme fluctuations in freshwater inflow. This bay also experienced a major benthic change with introduction of the Asian clam (Potamocorbula amurensis) in 1986. This species initially displaced the former community, but later appeared to vary in abundance depending on site and freshwater inflow. To investigate such patterns and provide guidelines for research and monitoring, we took 1746 core samples at six sites around San Pablo Bay from 19 October to 17 December 1999 and from 6 March to 19 April 2000. Most biomass consisted of the clams P. amurensis, Macoma balthica and Mya arenaria. Potamocorbula amurensis dominated the benthos at most sites in the fall and recruited a new cohort during winter, while there was weak recruitment in M. balthica and none in M. arenaria. At most but not all sites, densities of P. amurensis and M. arenaria declined dramatically over winter while M. balthica declined only slightly. The dominant clams had patch diameters > 5 m at most but not all sites, and some showed inconsistent patch structure at scales of 100-1400 m. In this semiarid estuary with highly variable freshwater inflow, samples for research and monitoring should include multiple sites and seasons, and samples within sites should be greater than or equal to5 m apart to account for between-patch variation. Species abundance in winter 1999-2000 appeared to be affected by high freshwater inflows in 1997-1999, while spatial patterns were probably most affected by post-settlement dispersal and mortality. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Wyoming, Dept Zool, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, San Francisco Bay Estuary Field Stn, Vallejo, CA 94592 USA. RP Lovvorn, JR (reprint author), Univ Wyoming, Dept Zool, POB 3166, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. EM lovvorn@uwyo.edu NR 85 TC 13 Z9 14 U1 1 U2 9 PU ACADEMIC PRESS LTD ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI LONDON PA 24-28 OVAL RD, LONDON NW1 7DX, ENGLAND SN 0272-7714 J9 ESTUAR COAST SHELF S JI Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 59 IS 3 BP 459 EP 473 DI 10.1016/j.ecss.2003.10.005 PG 15 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography SC Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 777QY UT WOS:000189190100007 ER PT J AU Moritz, MA Keeley, JE Johnson, EA Schaffner, AA AF Moritz, MA Keeley, JE Johnson, EA Schaffner, AA TI Testing a basic assumption of shrubland fire management: how important is fuel age? SO FRONTIERS IN ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Article ID NORTHERN BAJA-CALIFORNIA; SOUTHERN-CALIFORNIA; REGIMES; FOREST AB This year's catastrophic wildfires in southern California highlight the need for effective planning and management for fire-prone landscapes. Fire frequency analysis of several hundred wildfires over a broad expanse of California shrublands reveals that there is generally not, as is commonly assumed, a strong relationship between fuel age and fire probabilities. Instead, the hazard of burning in most locations increases only moderately with time since the last fire, and a marked age effect of fuels is observed only in limited areas. Results indicate a serious need for a re-evaluation of current fire management and policy, which is based largely on eliminating older stands of shrubland vegetation. In many shrubland ecosystems exposed to extreme fire weather, large and intense wildfires may need to be factored in as inevitable events. C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Dept Phys, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Sequoia Field Stn, Three Rivers, CA USA. Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Organism Biol Ecol & Evolut, Los Angeles, CA USA. Univ Calgary, Dept Biol Sci, Calgary, AB T2N 1N4, Canada. Calif Polytech State Univ San Luis Obispo, Dept Stat, San Luis Obispo, CA 93407 USA. RP Moritz, MA (reprint author), Univ Calif Berkeley, Ecosyst Sci Div, Dept Environm Sci Policy & Management, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. NR 26 TC 102 Z9 107 U1 2 U2 29 PU ECOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI WASHINGTON PA 1707 H ST NW, STE 400, WASHINGTON, DC 20006-3915 USA SN 1540-9295 J9 FRONT ECOL ENVIRON JI Front. Ecol. Environ. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 2 IS 2 BP 67 EP 72 DI 10.1890/1540-9295(2004)002[0067:TABAOS]2.0.CO;2 PG 6 WC Ecology; Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 855GD UT WOS:000223960300016 ER PT J AU Kent, DB Fox, PM AF Kent, DB Fox, PM TI The influence of groundwater chemistry on arsenic concentrations and speciation in a quartz sand and gravel aquifer SO GEOCHEMICAL TRANSACTIONS LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on the Impact of Nanoparticle Growth and Transformation Processes on Contaminant Geochemical Cycling CY MAR, 2003 CL NEW ORLEANS, LA ID GRADIENT TRACER TEST; HYDROUS FERRIC-OXIDE; CAPE-COD; COMPETITIVE ADSORPTION; SURFACE COMPLEXATION; CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER; SOLUTE-TRANSPORT; WATER INTERFACE; DRINKING-WATER; PUBLIC-HEALTH AB We examined the chemical reactions influencing dissolved concentrations, speciation, and transport of naturally occurring arsenic (As) in a shallow, sand and gravel aquifer with distinct geochemical zones resulting from land disposal of dilute sewage effluent. The principal geochemical zones were: (1) the uncontaminated zone above the sewage plume [350 μ M dissolved oxygen (DO), pH 5.9]; (2) the suboxic zone (5 μ M DO, pH 6.2, elevated concentrations of sewage-derived phosphate and nitrate); and (3) the anoxic zone [dissolved iron(II) 100-300 μ M, pH 6.5-6.9, elevated concentrations of sewage-derived phosphate]. Sediments are comprised of greater than 90% quartz but the surfaces of quartz and other mineral grains are coated with nanometer-size iron (Fe) and aluminum (Al) oxides and/or silicates, which control the adsorption properties of the sediments. Uncontaminated groundwater with added phosphate (620 μ M) was pumped into the uncontaminated zone while samples were collected 0.3 m above the injection point. Concentrations of As(V) increased from below detection (0.005 μ M) to a maximum of 0.07 μ M during breakthrough of phosphate at the sampling port; As(III) concentrations remained below detection. These results are consistent with the hypothesis that naturally occurring As(V) adsorbed to constituents of the coatings on grain surfaces was desorbed by phosphate in the injected groundwater. Also consistent with this hypothesis, vertical profiles of groundwater chemistry measured prior to the tracer test showed that dissolved As(V) concentrations increased along with dissolved phosphate from below detection in the uncontaminated zone to approximately 0.07 and 70 μ M, respectively, in the suboxic zone. Concentrations of As(III) were below detection in both zones. The anoxic zone had approximately 0.07 μ M As(V) but also had As(III) concentrations of 0.07-0.14 μ M, suggesting that release of As bound to sediment grains occurred by desorption by phosphate, reductive dissolution of Fe oxides, and reduction of As(V) to As(III), which adsorbs only weakly to the Fe-oxide-depleted material in the coatings. Results of reductive extractions of the sediments suggest that As associated with the coatings was relatively uniformly distributed at approximately 1 nmol/g of sediment (equivalent to 0.075 ppm As) and comprised 20%-50% of the total As in the sediments, determined from oxidative extractions. Quartz sand aquifers provide high-quality drinking water but can become contaminated when naturally occurring arsenic bound to Fe and Al oxides or silicates on sediment surfaces is released by desorption and dissolution of Fe oxides in response to changing chemical conditions. (C) 2004 American Institute of Physics. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Kent, DB (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 465, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM dbkent@usgs.gov NR 95 TC 33 Z9 35 U1 3 U2 19 PU AMER INST PHYSICS PI MELVILLE PA CIRCULATION & FULFILLMENT DIV, 2 HUNTINGTON QUADRANGLE, STE 1 N O 1, MELVILLE, NY 11747-4501 USA SN 1467-4866 J9 GEOCHEM T JI Geochem. Trans. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 5 IS 1 BP 1 EP 12 DI 10.1063/1.1738211 PG 12 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 924PH UT WOS:000228990300001 ER PT J AU Paktunc, D Foster, A Heald, S Laflamme, G AF Paktunc, D Foster, A Heald, S Laflamme, G TI Speciation and characterization of arsenic in gold ores and cyanidation tailings using X-ray absorption spectroscopy SO GEOCHIMICA ET COSMOCHIMICA ACTA LA English DT Article ID SURFACE-CHEMISTRY; FINE-STRUCTURE; FERRIHYDRITE; EXAFS; ADSORPTION; COMPLEXES; SORPTION; COORDINATION; MECHANISMS; GEOMETRY AB The knowledge of mineralogy and molecular structure of As is needed to better understand the stability of As in wastes resulting from processing of gold ores. In this study, optical microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, electron microprobe, X-ray diffraction and X-ray absorption fine structure (XAFS) spectroscopy (including both XANES and EXAFS regimes) were employed to determine the mineralogical composition and local coordination environment of As in gold ores and process tailings from bench-scale tests designed to mimic a common plant practice. Arsenic-bearing minerals identified in the ores and tailings include iron (III) oxyhydroxides, scorodite (FeAsO4.2H(2)O), ferric arsenates, arseniosiderite (Ca2Fe3(AsO4)(3)O-2.3H(2)O), Ca-Fe arsenates, pharmacosiderite (KFe4(AsO4)(3)(OH)(4).6-7H(2)O), jarosite (K2Fe6(SO4)(4)(OH)(12)) and arsenopyrite (FeAsS). Iron (III) oxyhydroxides contain variable levels of As from trace to about 22 wt% and Ca up to approximately 9 wt%. Finely ground ore and tailings samples were examined by bulk XAFS and selected mineral grains were analyzed by microfocused XAFS (micro-EXAFS) spectroscopy to reconcile the ambiguities of multiple As sources in the complex bulk EXAFS spectra. XANES spectra indicated that As occurs as As5+ in all the samples. Micro-EXAFS spectra of individual iron (III) oxyhydroxide grains with varying As concentrations point to inner-sphere bidentate-binuclear arsenate complexes as the predominant form of As. There are indications for the presence of a second Fe shell corresponding to bidentate-mononuclear arrangement. Iron (III) oxyhydroxides with high As concentrations corresponding to maximum adsorption densities probably occur as nanoparticles. The discovery of Ca atoms around As in iron (III) oxyhydroxides at interatomic distances of 4.14-4.17 Angstrom and the coordination numbers suggest the formation of arseniosiderite-like nanoclusters by coprecipitation rather than simple adsorption of Ca onto iron (III) oxyhydroxides. Correlation of Ca with As in iron (III) oxyhydroxides as determined by electron microprobe analysis supports the coprecipitate origin for the presence of Ca in iron (III) oxyhydroxides. The samples containing higher abundances of ferric arsenates released higher As concentrations during the cyanidation tests. The presence of highly soluble ferric arsenates and Ca-Fe arsenates, and relatively unstable iron (III) oxyhydroxides with Fe/As molar ratios of less than 4 in the ore and process tailings suggests that not only the tailings in the impoundment will continue to release As, but also there is the potential for mobilization of As from the natural sources such as the unmined ore. Copyright (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. C1 Canada Ctr Mineral & Energy Technol, Min & Mineral Sci Labs, Ottawa, ON K1A 0G1, Canada. USGS, Mineral Resources Div, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Adv Photon Source, Argonne, IL 60439 USA. RP Paktunc, D (reprint author), Canada Ctr Mineral & Energy Technol, Min & Mineral Sci Labs, 555 Booth St, Ottawa, ON K1A 0G1, Canada. EM dpaktunc@NRCan.gc.ca NR 36 TC 114 Z9 119 U1 4 U2 32 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0016-7037 J9 GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC JI Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta PD MAR PY 2004 VL 68 IS 5 BP 969 EP 983 DI 10.1016/j.gca.2003.07.013 PG 15 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 774WP UT WOS:000189009600004 ER PT J AU Palandri, JL Reed, MH AF Palandri, JL Reed, MH TI Geochemical models of metasomatism in ultramafic systems: Serpentinization, rodingitization, and sea floor carbonate chimney precipitation SO GEOCHIMICA ET COSMOCHIMICA ACTA LA English DT Article ID MID-ATLANTIC RIDGE; PARTIAL MOLAL PROPERTIES; SLOW-SPREADING RIDGES; ZAMBALES OPHIOLITE; MINERAL EQUILIBRIA; HYDROTHERMAL ACTIVITY; CONTACT METAMORPHISM; CHEMICAL-EQUILIBRIA; FORMATION WATERS; HIGH-PRESSURES AB In a series of water-rock reaction simulations, we assess the processes of serpentinization of harzburgite and related calcium metasomatism resulting in rodingite-type alteration, and seafloor carbonate chimney precipitation. At temperatures from 25 to 300degreesC (P = 10 to 100 bar), using either fresh water or seawater, serpentinization simulations produce an assemblage commonly observed in natural systems, dominated by serpentine, magnetite, and brucite. The reacted waters in the simulations show similar trends in composition with decreasing water-rock ratios, becoming hyper-alkaline and strongly reducing, with increased dissolved calcium. At 25degreesC and w/r less than similar to32, conditions are sufficiently reducing to yield H-2 gas, nickel-iron alloy and native copper. Hyperalkalinity results from OH- production by olivine and pyroxene dissolution in the absence of counterbalancing OH- consumption by alteration mineral precipitation except at very high pH; at moderate pH there are no stable calcium minerals and only a small amount of chlorite forms, limited by aluminum, thus allowing Mg2+ and Ca2+ to accumulate in the aqueous phase in exchange for H+. The reducing conditions result from oxidation of ferrous iron in olivine and pyroxene to ferric iron in magnetite. Trace metals are computed to be nearly insoluble below 300degreesC, except for mercury, for which high pH stabilizes aqueous and gaseous Hgdegrees. In serpentinization by seawater at 300degreesC, Ag, Au, Pd, and Pt may approach ore-forming concentrations in sulfide complexes. Simulated mixing of the fluid derived from serpentinization with cold seawater produces a mineral assemblage dominated by calcite, similar to recently discovered submarine, ultramafic rock-hosted, carbonate mineral deposits precipitating at hydrothermal vents. Simulated reaction of gabbroic or basaltic rocks with the hyperalkaline calcium- and aluminum-rich fluid produced during serpentinization at 300degreesC yields rodingite-type mineral assemblages, including grossular, clinozoisite, vesuvianite, prehnite, chlorite, and diopside. Copyright (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Palandri, JL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 427, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM jlpaland@usgs.gov NR 84 TC 105 Z9 105 U1 6 U2 53 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0016-7037 J9 GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC JI Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta PD MAR PY 2004 VL 68 IS 5 BP 1115 EP 1133 DI 10.1016/j.gca.2003.08.006 PG 19 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 774WP UT WOS:000189009600013 ER PT J AU McDaniel, DK Walker, RJ Hemming, SR Horan, MF Becker, H Grauch, RI AF McDaniel, DK Walker, RJ Hemming, SR Horan, MF Becker, H Grauch, RI TI Sources of osmium to the modern oceans: New evidence from the Pt-190-(OS)-O-186 system SO GEOCHIMICA ET COSMOCHIMICA ACTA LA English DT Article ID PLATINUM-GROUP ELEMENTS; SUDBURY IGNEOUS COMPLEX; OS ISOTOPIC COMPOSITION; MANGANESE NODULES; CONTINENTAL-CRUST; BLACK SHALES; RE-187-OS-187 SYSTEMATICS; METALLIFEROUS CARBONATES; OS-187/OS-186 RATIO; SEAWATER AB High precision Os isotope analysis of young marine manganese nodules indicate that whereas the composition of modern seawater is radiogenic with respect to Os-187/Os-188, it has Os-186/Os-188 that is within uncertainty of the chondritic value. Marine Mn nodule compositions thus indicate that the average continental source of Os to modern seawater had long-term high Re/Os compared to Pt/Os. Analyses of loess and freshwater Mn nodules support existing evidence that average upper continental crust (UCC) has resolvably suprachondritic Os-186/Os-188, as well as radiogenic Os-187/Os-188. Modeling the composition of seawater as a two-component mixture of oceanic/cosmic Os with chondritic Os compositions and continentally-derived Os demonstrates that, insofar as estimates for the composition of average UCC are accurate, congruently weathered average UCC cannot be the sole continental source of Os to seawater. Our analysis of four Cambrian black shales confirm that organic-rich sediments can have Os-187/Os-188 ratios that are much higher than average UCC, but Os-186/Os-188 Compositions that are generally between those of chondrites and average-UCC. Preferential weathering of black shales can result in dissolved Os discharged to the ocean basins that has a much lower Os-186/Os-188 than does average upper crust. Modeling the available data demonstrates that augmentation of estimated average UCC compositions with less than 0.1 % additional black shale and 1.4% additional ultramafic rock can produce a continental end-member Os isotopic composition that satisfies the requirements imposed by the marine Mn nodule data. The interplay of these two sources provides a mechanism by which the Os-187/Os-188 of seawater can change as sources and weathering conditions change, yet seawater Os-186/Os-188 varies only minimally. Copyright (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. C1 Univ Maryland, Dept Geol, Isotope Geochem Lab, College Pk, MD 20742 USA. Columbia Univ, Lamont Doherty Observ, Dept Earth & Environm Sci, Palisades, NY 10964 USA. Carnegie Inst Washington, Dept Terr Magnetism, Washington, DC 20015 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP McDaniel, DK (reprint author), Univ Maryland, Dept Geol, Isotope Geochem Lab, College Pk, MD 20742 USA. EM dkmcd@comcast.net RI Walker, Richard/K-6869-2016 OI Walker, Richard/0000-0003-0348-2407 NR 56 TC 14 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 3 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0016-7037 J9 GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC JI Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta PD MAR PY 2004 VL 68 IS 6 BP 1243 EP 1252 DI 10.1016/j.gca.2003.08.020 PG 10 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 802MD UT WOS:000220166700006 ER PT J AU Moore, JG Clague, DA AF Moore, JG Clague, DA TI Hawaiian submarine manganese-iron oxide crusts - A dating tool? SO GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE Hawaii; manganese; ferromanganese; exposure age ID FERROMANGANESE CRUSTS; WAILAU LANDSLIDES; PETROLOGY; RIDGE; BASALT; ARCHIPELAGO; VOLCANISM; SEAMOUNT; ISLANDS; MOLOKAI AB Black manganese-iron oxide crusts form on most exposed rock on the ocean floor. Such crusts are well developed on the steep lava slopes of the Hawaiian Ridge and have been sampled during dredging and submersible dives. The crusts also occur on fragments detached from bedrock by mass wasting, on submerged coral reefs, and on poorly lithified sedimentary rocks. The thickness of the crusts was measured on samples collected since 1965 on the Hawaiian Ridge from 140 dive or dredge localities. Fifty-nine (42%) of the sites were collected in 2001 by remotely operated vehicles (ROVs). The thinner crusts on many samples apparently result from post-depositional breakage, landsliding, and intermittent burial of outcrops by sediment. The maximum crust thickness was selected from each dredge or dive site to best represent crusts on the original rock surface at that site. The measurements show an irregular progressive thickening of the crusts toward the northwest-i.e., progressive thickening toward the older volcanic features with increasing distance from the Hawaiian hotspot. Comparison of the maximum crust thickness with radiometric ages of related subaerial features supports previous studies that indicate a crust-growth rate of about 2.5 mm/m.y. The thickness information not only allows a comparison of the relative exposure ages of two or more features offshore from different volcanoes, but also provides specific age estimates of volcanic and landslide deposits. The data indicate that some of the landslide blocks within the south Kona landslide are the oldest exposed rock on Mauna Loa, Kilauea, or Loihi volcanoes. Crusts on the floors of submarine canyons off Kohala and East Molokai volcanoes indicate that these canyons are no longer serving as channelways for downslope, sediment-laden currents. Mahukona volcano was approximately synchronous with Hilo Ridge, both being younger than Hana Ridge. The Nuuanu landslide is considerably older than the Wailau landslide. The Waianae landslide southwest of Oahu has yielded samples with the greatest manganese-iron oxide crusts (9.5 mm thick) and therefore apparently represents the oldest submarine material yet found in the study area. The submarine volcanic field 100 km southwest of Oahu is apparently younger than the Waianae landslide. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Monterey Bay Aquarium, Inst Res, Moss Landing, CA 95039 USA. RP Moore, JG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, MS 910,345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM jmoore@usgs.gov NR 43 TC 15 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 6 PU ASSOC ENGINEERING GEOLOGISTS GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AMER PI DENVER PA 720 S COLORADO BLVD, STE 960-S, DENVER, CO 80246 USA SN 0016-7606 J9 GEOL SOC AM BULL JI Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. PD MAR-APR PY 2004 VL 116 IS 3-4 BP 337 EP 347 DI 10.1130/B25304.1 PG 11 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 779JM UT WOS:000189291600006 ER PT J AU Webster, JM Clague, DA Riker-Coleman, K Gallup, C Braga, JC Potts, D Moore, JG Winterer, EL Paull, CK AF Webster, JM Clague, DA Riker-Coleman, K Gallup, C Braga, JC Potts, D Moore, JG Winterer, EL Paull, CK TI Drowning of the - 150 m reef off Hawaii: A casualty of global meltwater pulse 1A? SO GEOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Hawaii; coral reef drowning; deglaciation; meltwater pulse 1A ID SEA-LEVEL RECORD; YOUNGER DRYAS; OCEAN; CORALS; AGES; CIRCULATION; SUBSIDENCE; DISCHARGE; GROWTH; TAHITI AB We present evidence that the drowning of the -150 m coral reef around Hawaii was caused by rapid sea-level rise associated with meltwater pulse 1A (MWP-1A) during the last deglaciation. New U/Th and C-14 accelerator mass spectrometry dates, combined with reinterpretation of existing radiometric dates, constrain the age of the coral reef to 15.2-14.7 ka (U/Th age), indicating that reef growth persisted for 4.3 k.y. following the end of the Last Glacial Maximum at 19 ka. The drowning age of the reef is roughly synchronous with the onset of MWP-1A between 14.7 and 14.2 ka. Dates from coralline algal material range from 14 to 10 cal ka (calibrated radiocarbon age), 1-4 k.y. younger than the coral ages. A paleoenvironmental reconstruction incorporating all available radiometric dates, high-resolution bathymetry, dive observations, and coralgal paleobathymetry data indicates a dramatic rise in sea level around Hawaii ca. 14.7 ka. Paleowater depths over the reef crest increased rapidly above a critical depth (30-40 m), drowning the shallow reef-building Porites corals and causing a shift to deep-water coralline algal growth, preserved as a crust on the drowned reef crest. C1 Monterey Bay Aquarium Res Inst, Moss Landing, CA 95039 USA. Univ Minnesota, Dept Geol Sci, Duluth, MN 55812 USA. Univ Granada, Dept Estratig & Paleontol, Granada, Spain. Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Dept Ecol & Evolutionary Biol, Santa Cruz, CA 95064 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. RP Webster, JM (reprint author), Monterey Bay Aquarium Res Inst, Moss Landing, CA 95039 USA. NR 36 TC 55 Z9 57 U1 3 U2 16 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMERICA, INC PI BOULDER PA PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301-9140 USA SN 0091-7613 J9 GEOLOGY JI Geology PD MAR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 3 BP 249 EP 252 DI 10.1130/G20170.1 PG 4 WC Geology SC Geology GA 779FG UT WOS:000189284200019 ER PT J AU Fisher, MA Nokleberg, WJ Ratchkovski, NA Pellerin, L Glen, JM Brocher, TM Booker, J AF Fisher, MA Nokleberg, WJ Ratchkovski, NA Pellerin, L Glen, JM Brocher, TM Booker, J TI Geophysical investigation of the Denali fault and Alaska Range orogen within the aftershock zone of the October-November 2002, M=7.9 Denali fault earthquake SO GEOLOGY LA English DT Article DE earthquakes; Alaska Range; crustal structure; seismic reflection data; magnetotelluric data; potential field data ID YUKON-TANANA TERRANE; MAGNETOTELLURIC SURVEYS; TECTONIC EVOLUTION; EASTERN; SYSTEM; CALIFORNIA; WRANGELLIA; ALGORITHM; MODELS; CRUST AB The aftershock zone of the 3 November 2002, M = 7.9 earthquake that ruptured along the right-slip Denali fault in south-central Alaska has been investigated by using gravity and magnetic, magnetotelluric, and deep-crustal, seismic reflection data as well as outcrop geology and earthquake seismology. Strong seismic reflections from within the Alaska Range orogen north of the Denali fault dip as steeply as 25degreesN and extend to depths as great as 20 kin. These reflections outline a relict crustal architecture that in the past 20 yr has produced little seismicity. The Denali fault is nonreflective, probably because this fault dips steeply to vertical. The most intriguing finding from geophysical data is that earthquake aftershocks occurred above a rock body, with low electrical resistivity (>10 Omega(.)m), that is at depths below similar to10 km. Aftershocks of the Denali fault earthquake have mainly occurred shallower than 10 km. A high geothermal gradient may cause the shallow seismicity. Another possibility is that the low resistivity results from fluids, which could have played a role in locating the aftershock zone by reducing rock friction within the middle and lower crust. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Univ Alaska, Inst Geophys, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. Green Engn, Berkeley, CA 94702 USA. Univ Washington, Dept Earth & Space Sci, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. RP Fisher, MA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM mfisher@usgs.gov OI Brocher, Thomas/0000-0002-9740-839X NR 31 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 2 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMERICA, INC PI BOULDER PA PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301-9140 USA SN 0091-7613 J9 GEOLOGY JI Geology PD MAR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 3 BP 269 EP U2 DI 10.1130/G20127.1 PG 6 WC Geology SC Geology GA 779FG UT WOS:000189284200024 ER PT J AU Helz, R AF Helz, R TI Understanding SAR - Author reponse SO GEOTIMES LA English DT Letter C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 22092 USA. RP Helz, R (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 959 Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 22092 USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER GEOLOGICAL INST PI ALEXANDRIA PA 4220 KING ST, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22302-1507 USA SN 0016-8556 J9 GEOTIMES JI Geotimes PD MAR PY 2004 VL 49 IS 3 BP 4 EP 4 PG 1 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 808EZ UT WOS:000220553700004 ER PT J AU Nakada, S Eichelberger, J AF Nakada, S Eichelberger, J TI Looking into a volcano SO GEOTIMES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Tokyo, Earthquake Res Inst, Volcano Res Ctr, Tokyo 113, Japan. Univ Alaska, Alaska Volcano Observ, Inst Geophys, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. Univ Alaska, Coll Sci Engn & Math, Dept Geol & Geophys, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. RP Nakada, S (reprint author), Univ Tokyo, Earthquake Res Inst, Volcano Res Ctr, 7-3-1 Hongo, Tokyo 113, Japan. RI Eichelberger, John/H-6199-2016 NR 0 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 2 PU AMER GEOLOGICAL INST PI ALEXANDRIA PA 4220 KING ST, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22302-1507 USA SN 0016-8556 J9 GEOTIMES JI Geotimes PD MAR PY 2004 VL 49 IS 3 BP 14 EP 17 PG 4 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 808EZ UT WOS:000220553700014 ER PT J AU Moench, AF AF Moench, AF TI Importance of the vadose zone in analyses of unconfined aquifer tests SO GROUND WATER LA English DT Article ID GRADIENT TRACER TEST; CAPE-COD; WATER-TABLE; FLOW; YIELD; WELL; SAND; MASSACHUSETTS; MODELS; GRAVEL AB Analytical models commonly used to interpret unconfined aquifer tests have been based on upper-boundary (water table) conditions that do not adequately address effects of time-varying drainage from the vadose zone. As a result, measured and simulated drawdown data may not agree and hydraulic parameters may be inaccurately estimated. A 72-hour aquifer test conducted in Cape Cod, Massachusetts, in a slightly heterogeneous, coarse-grained, glacial outwash deposit was found to be a good candidate for testing models with different upper-boundary conditions. In general, under the commonly invoked assumption of instantaneous drainage, measured and simulated drawdowns were found to agree with one another only at late time and early time. In the intermediate-time range, because of delayed drainage, measured drawdowns always exceeded simulated values, most noticeably in piezometers located near the water table. To reduce these discrepancies, an analytical model was developed that can fully account for time-varying drainage given that the aquifer is not strongly heterogeneous. The approach is flexible as the model, which makes use of empirical relations, does not constrain drainage to follow any particular functional relation. By this approach, measured and simulated drawdowns agree over the complete time range, and the estimated parameters are consistent with prior studies and with what is known about the aquifer geometry, stratigraphy, and composition. By properly accounting for vadose zone drainage, it was found that realistic estimates of all hydraulic parameters, including specific yield, could be obtained with or without the use of late-time data. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Moench, AF (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM afmoench@usgs.gov NR 29 TC 29 Z9 33 U1 0 U2 7 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 0017-467X J9 GROUND WATER JI Ground Water PD MAR-APR PY 2004 VL 42 IS 2 BP 223 EP 233 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6584.2004.tb02669.x PG 11 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Geology; Water Resources GA 780FD UT WOS:000189360900008 PM 15035586 ER PT J AU Lahvis, MA Baehr, AL Baker, RJ AF Lahvis, MA Baehr, AL Baker, RJ TI Evaluation of volatilization as a natural attenuation pathway for MTBE SO GROUND WATER LA English DT Article ID TERT-BUTYL ETHER; GASOLINE-CONTAMINATED AQUIFER; VOLATILE ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS; UNSATURATED ZONE; SHALLOW GROUNDWATER; BIODEGRADATION; DEGRADATION; ATMOSPHERE; DIFFUSION; WATER AB Volatilization and diffusion through the unsaturated zone can be an important pathway for natural attenuation remediation of methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) at gasoline spill sites. The significance of this pathway depends primarily on the distribution of immiscible product within the unsaturated zone and the relative magnitude of aqueous-phase advection (ground water recharge) to gaseous-phase diffusion. At a gasoline spill site in Laurel Bay, South Carolina, rates of MTBE volatilization from ground water downgradient from the source are estimated by analyzing the distribution of MTBE in the unsaturated zone above a solute plume. Volatilization rates of MTBE from ground water determined by transport modeling ranged from 0.0020 to 0.0042 g m(-2)/year, depending on the assumed rate of ground water recharge. Although diffusive conditions at the Laurel Bay site are favorable for volatilization, mass loss of MTBE is insignificant over the length (230 m) of the solute plume. Based on this analysis, significant volatilization of MTBE from ground water downgradient from source areas at other sites is not likely. In contrast, model results indicate that volatilization coupled with diffusion to the atmosphere could be a significant mass loss pathway for MTBE in source areas where residual product resides above the capillary zone. Although not documented, mass loss of MTBE at the Laurel Bay site due to volatilization and diffusion to the atmosphere are predicted to be two to three times greater than mass loading of MTBE to ground water due to dissolution and recharge. This result would imply that volatilization in the source zone may be the critical natural attenuation pathway for MTBE at gasoline spill sites, especially when considering capillary zone limitations on volatilization of MTBE from ground water and the relative recalcitrance of MTBE to biodegradation. C1 Shell Global Solut US Inc, Westhollow Technol Ctr, Houston, TX 77082 USA. US Geol Survey, Trenton, NJ 08628 USA. RP Lahvis, MA (reprint author), Shell Global Solut US Inc, Westhollow Technol Ctr, 3333 Highway 6 South, Houston, TX 77082 USA. EM matthew.lahvis@shell.com; abaehr@usgs.gov; rbaker@usgs.gov NR 29 TC 13 Z9 14 U1 0 U2 5 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 0017-467X J9 GROUND WATER JI Ground Water PD MAR-APR PY 2004 VL 42 IS 2 BP 258 EP 267 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6584.2004.tb02672.x PG 10 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Geology; Water Resources GA 780FD UT WOS:000189360900011 PM 15035589 ER PT J AU Masters, RW Verstraeten, IM Heberer, T AF Masters, RW Verstraeten, IM Heberer, T TI Fate and transport of pharmaceuticals and endocrine disrupting compounds during ground water recharge SO GROUND WATER MONITORING AND REMEDIATION LA English DT Editorial Material ID WASTE-WATER; AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT; DRINKING-WATER; RESIDUES; DRUGS; CONTAMINATION; REMOVAL; SEWAGE C1 NGWA, Westerville, OH 43081 USA. USGS, Baltimore, MD 21237 USA. Tech Univ Berlin, Inst Food Chem, D-13355 Berlin, Germany. RP Masters, RW (reprint author), NGWA, 601 Dempsey Rd, Westerville, OH 43081 USA. EM rmasters@ngwa.org; imverstr@usgs.gov; heberer@foodchemistry.de NR 25 TC 8 Z9 9 U1 1 U2 7 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 1069-3629 J9 GROUND WATER MONIT R JI Ground Water Monit. Remediat. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 24 IS 2 BP 54 EP 57 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6592.2004.tb00712.x PG 4 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA 823FI UT WOS:000221594900004 ER PT J AU Cordy, GE Duran, NL Bouwer, H Rice, RC Furlong, ET Zaugg, SD Meyer, MT Barber, LB Kolpin, DW AF Cordy, GE Duran, NL Bouwer, H Rice, RC Furlong, ET Zaugg, SD Meyer, MT Barber, LB Kolpin, DW TI Do pharmaceuticals, pathogens, and other organic waste water compounds persist when waste water is used for recharge? SO GROUND WATER MONITORING AND REMEDIATION LA English DT Article ID POLYMERASE CHAIN-REACTION; SEWAGE-TREATMENT PLANTS; ANTIMICROBIAL RESISTANCE; ESCHERICHIA-COLI; GROUNDWATER; LEGIONELLA; SALMONELLA; EFFLUENT; FATE; ENVIRONMENT AB A proof-of-concept experiment was devised to determine if pharmaceuticals and other organic waste water compounds (OWCs), as well as pathogens, found in treated effluent could be transported through a 2.4 m soil column and, thus, potentially reach ground water under recharge conditions similar to those in and or semiarid climates. Treated effluent was applied at the top of the 2.4 m long, 32.5 cm diameter soil column over 23 days. Samples of the column inflow were collected from the effluent storage tank at the beginning (T-begin) and end (T-end) of the experiment, and a sample of the soil column drainage at the base of the column (Bend) was collected at the end of the experiment. Samples were analyzed for 131 OWCs including veterinary and human antibiotics, other prescription and nonprescription drugs, widely used household and industrial chemicals, and steroids and reproductive hormones, as well as the pathogens Salmonella and Legionella. Analytical results for the two effluent samples taken at the beginning (Tbegin) and end (Tend) of the experiment indicate that the number of OWCs detected in the column inflow decreased by 25% (eight compounds) and the total concentration of OWCs decreased by 46% while the effluent was in the storage tank during the 23-day experiment. After percolating through the soil column, an additional 18 compounds detected in Tend (67% of OWCs) were no longer detected in the effluent (Bend) and the total concentration of OWCs decreased by more than 70%. These compounds may have been subject to transformation (biotic and abiotic), adsorption, and (or) volatilization in the storage tank and during travel through the soil column. Eight compounds-carbamazapine; sulfamethoxazole; benzophenone; 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole; N, N-diethyltoluamide; tributylphosphate; tri(2-chloroethyl) phosphate; and cholesterol-were detected in all three samples indicating they have the potential to reach ground water under recharge conditions similar to those in and and semiarid climates. Results from real-time polymerase chain reactions demonstrated the presence of Legionella in all three samples. Salmonella was detected only in Tbegin, suggesting that the bacteria died off in the effluent storage tank over the period of the experiment. This proof-of-concept experiment demonstrates that, under recharge conditions similar to those in and or semiarid climates, some pharmaceuticals, pathogens, and other OWCs can persist in treated effluent after soil-aquifer treatment. C1 USGS, Tucson, AZ 85719 USA. US EPA, Border Off, El Paso, TX 79902 USA. USDA, US Water Conservat Lab, Phoenix, AZ 85040 USA. GeoSyst Anal Inc, Tucson, AZ 85745 USA. US Geol Survey, Natl Water Qual Lab, Denver Fed Ctr, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. USGS, Kansas Dist Organ Geochem Res Grp, Lawrence, KS 66049 USA. USGS, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. USGS, Iowa City, IA 52240 USA. RP Cordy, GE (reprint author), USGS, 520 N Pk Ave,Ste 221, Tucson, AZ 85719 USA. EM gcordy@usgs.gov; duran.norma@epa.gov; hbouwer@uswl.ars.ag.gov; riceqhb@netscape.net; efurlong@usgs.gov; sdzaugg@usgs.gov; mmeyer@usgs.gov; lbbarber@usgs.gov; dwkolpin@usgs.gov RI Furlong, Edward/C-3999-2011; OI Furlong, Edward/0000-0002-7305-4603; Meyer, Michael/0000-0001-6006-7985 NR 39 TC 52 Z9 54 U1 0 U2 25 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 1069-3629 J9 GROUND WATER MONIT R JI Ground Water Monit. Remediat. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 24 IS 2 BP 58 EP 69 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6592.2004.tb00713.x PG 12 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA 823FI UT WOS:000221594900005 ER PT J AU Barnes, KK Christenson, SC Kolpin, DW Focazio, M Furlong, ET Zaugg, SD Meyer, MT Barber, LB AF Barnes, KK Christenson, SC Kolpin, DW Focazio, M Furlong, ET Zaugg, SD Meyer, MT Barber, LB TI Pharmaceuticals and other organic waste water contaminants within a leachate plume downgradient of a municipal landfill SO GROUND WATER MONITORING AND REMEDIATION LA English DT Article ID SEWAGE-TREATMENT PLANTS; PERSONAL CARE PRODUCTS; CLOFIBRIC ACID; NORTH-SEA; DRUGS; ENVIRONMENT; INDICATORS; RESIDUES; CAFFEINE; AGENTS AB Ground water samples collected from the Norman Landfill research site in central Oklahoma were analyzed as part of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Toxic Substances Hydrology Program's national reconnaissance of pharmaceuticals. and other organic waste water contaminants (OWCs) in ground water. Five sites, four of which are located downgradient of the landfill, were sampled in 2000 and analyzed for 76 OWCs using four research methods developed by the USGS. OWCs were detected in water samples from all of the sites sampled, with 22 of the 76 OWCs being detected at least once. Cholesterol (a plant and animal steroid), was detected at all five sites and was the only compound detected in a well upgradient of the landfill. N,N-diethyltoluamide (DEET used in insect repellent) and tri(2-chloroethyl) phosphate (fire-retardant) were detected, in water samples from all four sites located within the landfill-derived leachate plume. The sites closest to the landfill had more detections and greater concentrations of each of the detected compounds than sites located farther away. Detection of multiple OWCs occurred in the four sites located within the leachate plume, with a minimum of four and a maximum of 17 OWCs detected. Because the landfill was established in the 1920s and closed in 1985, many compounds detected in the leachate plume were likely disposed of decades ago. These results indicate the potential for long-term persistence and transport of some OWCs in ground water. C1 US Geol Survey, Iowa City, IA 52244 USA. USGS, Oklahoma City, OK 73116 USA. USGS, Reston, VA 20192 USA. USGS, Lawrence, KS 66049 USA. RP Barnes, KK (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 400 S Clinton St,Fed Bldg,Rom 269, Iowa City, IA 52244 USA. EM kkbarnes@usgs.gov; schris@usgs.gov; dwkolpin@usgs.gov; mfocazio@usgs.gov; efurlong@usgs.gov; sdzaugg@usgs.gov; mmeyer@usgs.gov; lbbarber@usgs.gov RI Furlong, Edward/C-3999-2011; OI Furlong, Edward/0000-0002-7305-4603; Meyer, Michael/0000-0001-6006-7985 NR 32 TC 71 Z9 74 U1 4 U2 39 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 1069-3629 J9 GROUND WATER MONIT R JI Ground Water Monit. Remediat. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 24 IS 2 BP 119 EP 126 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6592.2004.tb00720.x PG 8 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA 823FI UT WOS:000221594900012 ER PT J AU Doerr, SH Moody, JA AF Doerr, SH Moody, JA TI Hydrological effects of soil water repellency: on spatial and temporal uncertainties SO HYDROLOGICAL PROCESSES LA English DT Editorial Material ID MOISTURE; PORTUGAL; RUNOFF C1 Univ Coll Swansea, Dept Geog, Swansea SA2 8PP, W Glam, Wales. US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. RP Doerr, SH (reprint author), Univ Coll Swansea, Dept Geog, Singleton Pk, Swansea SA2 8PP, W Glam, Wales. EM s.doerr@swan.ac.uk RI Doerr, Stefan/G-5456-2012 OI Doerr, Stefan/0000-0002-8700-9002 NR 21 TC 48 Z9 50 U1 0 U2 2 PU JOHN WILEY & SONS LTD PI CHICHESTER PA THE ATRIUM, SOUTHERN GATE, CHICHESTER PO19 8SQ, W SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 0885-6087 J9 HYDROL PROCESS JI Hydrol. Process. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 18 IS 4 BP 829 EP 832 DI 10.1002/hyp.5518 PG 4 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA 800HP UT WOS:000220019700015 ER PT J AU Storey, JC Choate, MJ Meyer, DJ AF Storey, JC Choate, MJ Meyer, DJ TI A geometric performance assessment of the EO-1 advanced land imager SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON GEOSCIENCE AND REMOTE SENSING LA English DT Article DE Advanced Land Imager (ALI); band registration; geometric accuracy; Landsat ID CALIBRATION AB The Earth Observing 1 (EO-1) Advanced Land Imager (ALI) demonstrates technology applicable to a successor system to the Landsat Thematic Mapper series. A study of the geometric performance characteristics of the ALI was conducted under the auspices of the EO-1 Science Validation Team. This study evaluated ALI performance with respect to absolute pointing knowledge, focal plane sensor chip assembly alignment, and hand-to-hand registration for purposes of comparing this new technology to the heritage Landsat systems. On-orbit geometric calibration procedures were developed that allowed the generation of ALI geometrically corrected products that compare favorably with their Landsat 7 counterparts with respect to absolute geodetic accuracy, internal image geometry, and band registration. C1 NASA, Goddard Space Flight Ctr, Sci Applicat Int Corp, Greenbelt, MD 20771 USA. US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sci Applicat Int Corp, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. RP Storey, JC (reprint author), NASA, Goddard Space Flight Ctr, Sci Applicat Int Corp, Code 661, Greenbelt, MD 20771 USA. EM James.C.Storey.1@gsfc.nasa.gov; choate@usgs.gov; dmeyer@usgs.gov NR 6 TC 14 Z9 14 U1 1 U2 5 PU IEEE-INST ELECTRICAL ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS INC PI PISCATAWAY PA 445 HOES LANE, PISCATAWAY, NJ 08855 USA SN 0196-2892 J9 IEEE T GEOSCI REMOTE JI IEEE Trans. Geosci. Remote Sensing PD MAR PY 2004 VL 42 IS 3 BP 602 EP 607 DI 10.1109/TGRS.2003.820603 PG 6 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Engineering; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA 813KM UT WOS:000220906000013 ER PT J AU Burge, EJ Gauthier, DT Ottinger, CA Van Veld, PA AF Burge, EJ Gauthier, DT Ottinger, CA Van Veld, PA TI Mycobacterium-inducible Nramp in striped bass (Morone saxatilis) SO INFECTION AND IMMUNITY LA English DT Article ID METAL-ION TRANSPORTER; REAL-TIME PCR; NATURAL-RESISTANCE; MACROPHAGE PROTEIN; MOUSE MACROPHAGES; CHESAPEAKE BAY; DISEASE RESISTANCE; DNA-SEQUENCES; IN-VITRO; GENE AB In mammals, the natural resistance-associated macrophage protein 1 gene, Nramp1, plays a major role in resistance to mycobacterial infections. Chesapeake Bay striped bass (Morone saxatilis) is currently experiencing an epizootic of mycobacteriosis that threatens the health of this ecologically and economically important species. In the present study, we characterized an Nramp gene in this species and obtained evidence that there is induction following Mycobacterium exposure. The striped bass Nramp gene (MsNramp) and a 554-amino-acid sequence contain all the signal features of the Nramp family, including a topology of 12 transmembrane domains (TM), the transport protein-specific binding-protein-dependent transport system inner membrane component signature, three N-linked glycosylation sites between TM 7 and TM 8, sites of casein kinase and protein kinase C phosphorylation in the amino and carboxy termini, and a tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site between TM 6 and TM 7. Phylogenetic analysis most closely grouped MsNramp with other teleost Nramp genes and revealed high sequence similarity with mammalian Nramp2. MsNramp expression was present in all tissues assayed by reverse transcription-PCR. Within 1 day of injection of Mycobacterium marinum, MsNramp expression was highly induced (17-fold higher) in peritoneal exudate (PE) cells compared to the expression in controls. The levels of MsNramp were three- and sixfold higher on days 3 and 15, respectively. Injection of Mycobacterium shottsii resulted in two-, five-, and threefold increases in gene expression in PE cells over the time course. This report is the first report of induction of an Nramp gene by mycobacteria in a poikilothermic vertebrate. C1 Virginia Inst Marine Sci, Dept Environm & Aquat Anim Hlth, Coll William & Mary, Gloucester Point, VA 23062 USA. US Geol Survey, Leetown Sci Ctr, Natl Fish Hlth Res Lab, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. RP Virginia Inst Marine Sci, Dept Environm & Aquat Anim Hlth, Coll William & Mary, Chesapeake Bay Hall,POB 1346,1208 Greate Rd, Gloucester Point, VA 23062 USA. EM erin@vims.edu OI Ottinger, Christopher/0000-0003-2551-1985 NR 65 TC 16 Z9 19 U1 1 U2 3 PU AMER SOC MICROBIOLOGY PI WASHINGTON PA 1752 N ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-2904 USA SN 0019-9567 EI 1098-5522 J9 INFECT IMMUN JI Infect. Immun. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 72 IS 3 BP 1626 EP 1636 DI 10.1128/IAI.72.3.1626-1636.2004 PG 11 WC Immunology; Infectious Diseases SC Immunology; Infectious Diseases GA 778ZH UT WOS:000189270800049 PM 14977970 ER PT J AU Reynolds, JH Templin, WD AF Reynolds, JH Templin, WD TI Comparing mixture estimates by parametric bootstrapping likelihood ratios SO JOURNAL OF AGRICULTURAL BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL STATISTICS LA English DT Article DE compositional data; compositional difference; discrete mixture analysis; genetic stock identification; mixed stock analysis; mixture homogeneity ID MIXED-STOCK FISHERIES; MAXIMUM-LIKELIHOOD; SOCKEYE-SALMON; POPULATION-STRUCTURE; PACIFIC SALMON; EM ALGORITHM; COOK INLET; ALASKA; IDENTIFICATION; DNA AB Wildlife managers and researchers often need to estimate the relative contributions of distinct populations in a mixture of organisms. Increasingly, there is interest in comparing these mixture contributions across space or time. Comparisons usually just check for overlap in the interval estimates for each population contribution from each mixture. This method inflates Type I error rates, has limited power due to its focus on marginal comparisons, and employs a fundamentally inappropriate measure of mixture difference. Given the difficulty of defining an appropriate measure of mixture difference, a powerful alternative is to compare mixtures using a likelihood ratio test. In applications where the standard asymptotic theory does not hold, the null reference distribution can be obtained through parametric bootstrapping. In addition to testing simple hypotheses, a likelihood ratio framework encourages modeling the change in mixture contributions as a function of covariates. The method is demonstrated with an analysis of potential sampling bias in the estimation of population contributions to the commercial sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka) fishery in Upper Cook Inlet, Alaska. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Div Nat Resources, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Reynolds, JH (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Div Nat Resources, 1011 E Tudor Rd,MS 221, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM Joel_Reynolds@fws.gov; Bill_Templin@fishgame.state.ak.us RI Reynolds, Joel/E-1445-2011 OI Reynolds, Joel/0000-0003-4506-0501 NR 52 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 4 PU AMER STATISTICAL ASSOC & INTERNATIONAL BIOMETRIC SOC PI WASHINGTON PA 1444 I ST NW, STE 700, WASHINGTON, DC 20005 USA SN 1085-7117 J9 J AGR BIOL ENVIR ST JI J. Agric. Biol. Environ. Stat. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 9 IS 1 BP 57 EP 74 DI 10.1198/1085711043145 PG 18 WC Biology; Mathematical & Computational Biology; Statistics & Probability SC Life Sciences & Biomedicine - Other Topics; Mathematical & Computational Biology; Mathematics GA 807UG UT WOS:000220525800004 ER PT J AU Santymire, RM Marinari, PE Kreeger, JS Wildt, DE Howard, JG AF Santymire, RM Marinari, PE Kreeger, JS Wildt, DE Howard, JG TI Determining semen osmolality and effect of medium osmolality on sperm viability in the black-footed ferret (Mustela nigripes) SO JOURNAL OF ANDROLOGY LA English DT Meeting Abstract CT 29th Annual Meeting of the American-Society-of-Andrology (ASA 2004) CY APR 17-20, 2004 CL Baltimore, MD SP Amer Soc Androl C1 Natl Zool Pk, Conservat & Res Ctr, Front Royal, VA USA. Univ Wyoming, US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER SOC ANDROLOGY, INC PI LAWRENCE PA C/O ALLEN PRESS, INC PO BOX 368, LAWRENCE, KS 66044 USA SN 0196-3635 J9 J ANDROL JI J. Androl. PD MAR-APR PY 2004 SU S MA 159 BP 91 EP 91 PG 1 WC Andrology SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA 803LE UT WOS:000220231800160 ER PT J AU Jones, DT Moffitt, CM AF Jones, DT Moffitt, CM TI Swimming endurance of bull trout, lake trout, Arctic char, and rainbow trout following challenge with Renibacterium salmoninarum SO JOURNAL OF AQUATIC ANIMAL HEALTH LA English DT Article ID LINKED-IMMUNOSORBENT-ASSAY; SALMO-GAIRDNERI RICHARDSON; BACTERIAL KIDNEY-DISEASE; JUVENILE CHINOOK SALMON; ONCORHYNCHUS-TSHAWYTSCHA; HEMATOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT; PHYSIOLOGICAL-RESPONSES; ATLANTIC SALMON; CAUSATIVE AGENT; PERFORMANCE AB We tested the swimming endurance of juvenile bull trout Salvelinus confluentus, lake trout S. namaycush, Arctic char S. alpinus, and rainbow trout Oncorhynchus mykiss at 9degreesC and 15degreesC to determine whether sublethal infection from a moderate challenge of Renibacterium salmoninarum administered months before testing affected the length of time fish could maintain a swimming speed of 5-6 body lengths per second in an experimental flume. Rainbow trout and Arctic char swam longer in trials than did bull trout or lake trout, regardless of challenge treatment. When we tested fish 14-23 weeks postchallenge, we found no measurable effect of R. salmoninarum on the swimming endurance of the study species except for bull trout, which showed a mixed response. We conducted additional trials with bull trout 5-8 weeks postchallenge to determine whether increasing the challenge dose would affect swimming endurance and hematocrit. In those tests, bull trout with clinical signs of disease and those exposed to the highest challenge doses had significantly reduced swimming endurance compared with unchallenged control fish. Fish hematocrit levels measured at the end of all swimming endurance tests varied among species and between test temperatures, and patterns were not always consistent between challenged and control fish. C1 Univ Idaho, US Geol Survey, Idaho Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. RP Moffitt, CM (reprint author), Univ Idaho, US Geol Survey, Idaho Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. EM cmoffitt@uidaho.edu NR 38 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 3 U2 10 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0899-7659 J9 J AQUAT ANIM HEALTH JI J. Aquat. Anim. Health PD MAR PY 2004 VL 16 IS 1 BP 10 EP 22 DI 10.1577/H03-028.1 PG 13 WC Fisheries; Veterinary Sciences SC Fisheries; Veterinary Sciences GA 849TS UT WOS:000223564400002 ER PT J AU Perry, JA Kocan, RM Winton, JR Hershberger, PK AF Perry, JA Kocan, RM Winton, JR Hershberger, PK TI High doses of corticosteroid suppress resistance to Ichthyophonus in starry flounder SO JOURNAL OF AQUATIC ANIMAL HEALTH LA English DT Article ID CLUPEA-PALLASI; HOFERI; POPULATIONS; CORTISOL; SALMON; CLADE AB Application of pharmacological doses of the corticosteroid dexamethasone phosphate to starry flounder Platichthys stellatus resulted in a predisposition to clinical ichthyophoniasis and a progression from latent Ichthyophonus infections to patent, histologically identifiable infections. Among Ichthyophonus-challenged starry flounder, the prevalences of clinical infections and histologically identifiable infections were significantly greater in two groups that received dexamethasone (100% and 31%, respectively) than in the respective control groups (8% and 0%). Proliferation of lchthyophonus infections in corticosteroid-treated groups may have resulted from suppression of the cellular immune response that typically follows corticosteroid application; however, further studies are needed to determine whether these effects occur at lower, physiological concentrations of corticosteroids. C1 US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Discipline, Marrowstone Marine Stn, Nordland, WA 98358 USA. Colorado State Univ, Dept Pathol, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. Univ Washington, Sch Aquat & Fishery Sci, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Discipline, Western Fisheries, Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. RP Hershberger, PK (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Discipline, Marrowstone Marine Stn, 616 Marrowstone Point Rd, Nordland, WA 98358 USA. EM phershberger@usgs.gov NR 21 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 1 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0899-7659 J9 J AQUAT ANIM HEALTH JI J. Aquat. Anim. Health PD MAR PY 2004 VL 16 IS 1 BP 45 EP 49 DI 10.1577/H03-056.1 PG 5 WC Fisheries; Veterinary Sciences SC Fisheries; Veterinary Sciences GA 849TS UT WOS:000223564400006 ER PT J AU Louda, JW Loitz, JW Melisiotis, A Orem, WH AF Louda, JW Loitz, JW Melisiotis, A Orem, WH TI Potential sources of hydrogel stabilization of Florida Bay lime mud sediments and implications for organic matter preservation SO JOURNAL OF COASTAL RESEARCH LA English DT Review DE pigments; organic carbon; carbonates; exopolymeric substances; saccharides; polysaccharides; diatoms; cyanobacteria; gel-sol; Whipray Basin; seagrass; epiphytes; microphytobenthos ID ALGAL PIGMENT DIVERSITY; LONG-TERM TRENDS; MICROBIAL MATS; MARINE SNOW; THALASSIA-TESTUDINUM; CHLOROPHYLL-A; SOUTH FLORIDA; CARBONATE ENVIRONMENT; BENTHIC MICROALGAE; EPIPELIC DIATOMS AB The fine grained carbonate mud sediments of central Florida Bay are resuspended quite easily. However, this disturbance is usually limited to the surficial ('floc') layer, as the underlying sediments appear to be stabilized by an hydrogelation involving the bulk organic matter. That gelation has occurred within these sediments is suggested from their physical behavior and an observed mathematical relationship between the percentages of organic carbon (C-org) and water. Specifically, when extruded from a core barrel, the sediment maintains its integrity and has the consistency of a fine spackling compound. However, upon homogenization, as with a stirring rod prior to sieving, these sediments break into two distinct phases, (1)/(2)-(2)/(3) milky water and (1)/(3)-(1)/(2) sediment grains, by volume. The relationship observed between C-org and water was modeled as both linear (% water = (0.0777) C-org + 0.2984, R-2 = 0.8664) and logarithmic (% water = 0.2489 L-n C-org + 0.2842, R-2 = 0.9455) functions. As this relationship tends to be asymptotic at higher C-org (>3.5%(dry))/water values (>60%) and given an higher correlation, the relationship appears better modeled as a logarithmic function. Values of C-org from 1.2 to over 6.5%(dry wt.) and water contents from 30 to over 70%(wt.) were observed. The calculated intercept revealed that, without organic carbon (viz. hydrogel formation), these carbonates would likely contain only similar to30% water by weight ('m' from linear model). This gelation is proposed to involve exopolymeric substances (EPS), likely polysaccharides, derived from diatoms and cyanobacteria of the microphytobenthos. A cyanobacterial-diatomaceous biofilm/mat underlain by purple sulfur bacteria was shown, by pigment based chemotaxonomy, to form the main components of the microphytobenthos. Additional water column detrital biomass, also mainly cyanobacteria and diatoms, is admixed with the living microphytobenthos in a flocculent/nephloid layer above the sediments prior to final incorporation into the gel-stabilized sediment column. Loss of seagrass cover appears to have allowed higher energy wave induced effects to reach the water-(nephloid)-sediment interface and increase overall turbidity in the bay. The effects of these gelatinized organics upon sediment stability, pore water chemistry and dissolved species flux in/out of the sediments are discussed as areas for future research which takes this (hydro-) gelation phenomenon into account. C1 Florida Atlantic Univ, Organ Geochem Grp, Dept Chem & Biochem, Boca Raton, FL 33431 USA. US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RP Louda, JW (reprint author), Florida Atlantic Univ, Organ Geochem Grp, Dept Chem & Biochem, Boca Raton, FL 33431 USA. EM blouda@fau.edu; borem@usgs.gov NR 168 TC 5 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 14 PU COASTAL EDUCATION & RESEARCH FOUNDATION PI LAWRENCE PA 810 EAST 10TH STREET, LAWRENCE, KS 66044 USA SN 0749-0208 J9 J COASTAL RES JI J. Coast. Res. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 20 IS 2 BP 448 EP 463 DI 10.2112/1551-5036(2004)020[0448:PSOHSO]2.0.CO;2 PG 16 WC Environmental Sciences; Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Physical Geography; Geology GA 841UI UT WOS:000222956700007 ER PT J AU Brock, JC Krabill, WB Sallenger, AH AF Brock, JC Krabill, WB Sallenger, AH TI Barrier island morphodynamic classification based on lidar metrics for north Assateague Island, Maryland SO JOURNAL OF COASTAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE remote sensing; lidar; airborne topographic mapper; barrier islands; geomorphology; Assateague Island AB In order to reap the potential of airborne lidar surveys to provide geological information useful in understanding coastal sedimentary processes acting on various time scales, a new set of analysis methods are needed. This paper presents a multi-temporal lidar analysis of north Assateague Island, Maryland, and demonstrates the calculation of lidar metries that condense barrier island morphology and morphological change into attributed linear features that may be used to analyze trends in coastal evolution. The new methods proposed in this paper are also of significant practical value, because lidar metric analysis reduces large volumes of point elevations into linear features attributed with essential morphological variables that are ideally suited for inclusion in Geographic Information Systems. A morphodynamic classification of north Assategue Island for a recent 10 month time period that is based on the recognition of simple patterns described by lidar change metrics is presented. Such morphodynamic classification reveals the relative magnitude and the fine scale alongshore variation in the importance of coastal changes over the study area during a defined time period. More generally, through the presentation of this morphodynamic classification of north Assateague Island, the value of lidar metrics in both examining large lidar data sets for coherent trends and in building hypotheses regarding processes driving barrier evolution is demonstrated. C1 USGS, Ctr Coastal & Reg Marine Studies, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. NASA, Goddard Space Flight Ctr, Wallops Flight Facil, Wallops Isl, VA 23337 USA. RP Brock, JC (reprint author), USGS, Ctr Coastal & Reg Marine Studies, 600 4th St S, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. EM jbrock@usgs.gov; krabill@osb1.wff.nasa.gov NR 14 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 2 U2 15 PU COASTAL EDUCATION & RESEARCH FOUNDATION PI LAWRENCE PA 810 EAST 10TH STREET, LAWRENCE, KS 66044 USA SN 0749-0208 J9 J COASTAL RES JI J. Coast. Res. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 20 IS 2 BP 498 EP 509 DI 10.2112/1551-5036(2004)020[0498:BIMCBO]2.0.CO;2 PG 12 WC Environmental Sciences; Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Physical Geography; Geology GA 841UI UT WOS:000222956700011 ER PT J AU Barnhardt, WA Jaffe, BE Kayen, RE Cochrane, GR AF Barnhardt, WA Jaffe, BE Kayen, RE Cochrane, GR TI Influence of near-surface stratigraphy on coastal landslides at sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore, Lake Michigan, USA SO JOURNAL OF COASTAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE lake-level change; sequence stratigraphy; paleochannel; groundwater; seismic reflection; ground-penetrating radar ID GROUND-PENETRATING-RADAR; LEVEL HISTORY; SEDIMENTS; EROSION; RIDGE AB Lake-level change and landslides are primary controls on the development of coastal environments along the coast of northeastern Lake Michigan. The late Quaternary geology of Sleeping Bear Dunes National Lakeshore was examined with high-resolution seismic reflection profiles, ground-penetrating radar (GPR), and boreholes. Based on sequencestratigraphic principles, this study recognizes ten stratigraphic units and three major unconformities that were formed by late Pleistocene glaciation and postglacial lake-level changes. Locally high sediment supply, and reworking by two regressions and a transgression have produced a complex stratigraphy that is prone to episodic failure. In 1995, a large landslide deposited approximately 1 million m(3) of sediment on the lake floor. The highly deformed landslide deposits, up to 18 m thick, extend 3-4 km offshore and unconformably overlie well-stratified glacial and lacustrine sediment. The landslide-prone bluff is underlain by channel-fill deposits that are oriented nearly perpendicular to the shoreline. The paleochannels are at least 10 m deep and 400 m wide and probably represent stream incision during a lake-level lowstand about 10.3 ka B.P. The channels filled with sediment during the subsequent transgression and lake-level highstand, which climaxed about 4.5 ka B.P. As lake level fell from the highstand, the formation of beach ridges and sand dunes sealed off the channel and isolated a small inland lake (Glen Lake), which lies 5 m above the level of Lake Michigan and may be a source of piped groundwater. Our hypothesis is that the paleochannels act as conduits for pore water flow, and thereby locally reduce soil strength and promote slope failure. C1 US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Barnhardt, WA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 384 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. RI Jaffe, Bruce/A-9979-2012 OI Jaffe, Bruce/0000-0002-8816-5920 NR 28 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 1 U2 9 PU COASTAL EDUCATION & RESEARCH FOUNDATION PI LAWRENCE PA 810 EAST 10TH STREET, LAWRENCE, KS 66044 USA SN 0749-0208 J9 J COASTAL RES JI J. Coast. Res. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 20 IS 2 BP 510 EP 522 DI 10.2112/1551-5036(2004)020[0510:IONSOC]2.0.CO;2 PG 13 WC Environmental Sciences; Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Physical Geography; Geology GA 841UI UT WOS:000222956700012 ER PT J AU Kim, CS Rytuba, JJ Brown, GE AF Kim, CS Rytuba, JJ Brown, GE TI EXAFS study of mercury(II) sorption to Fe- and Al-(hydr)oxides I. Effects of pH SO JOURNAL OF COLLOID AND INTERFACE SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE EXAFS; mercury; sorption; goethite; gamma-alumina; bayerite; bond valence ID BOND-VALENCE DETERMINATION; RAY PHOTOELECTRON-SPECTROSCOPY; SURFACE FUNCTIONAL-GROUPS; OXIDE-WATER INTERFACES; GLASS MELT SYSTEMS; PB(II) SORPTION; GAMMA-AL2O3/WATER INTERFACE; STRUCTURAL ENVIRONMENTS; CHLORIDE CONCENTRATION; INCOMPATIBLE ELEMENTS AB The study of mercury sorption products in model systems using appropriate in situ molecular-scale probes can provide detailed information on the modes of sorption at mineral/water interfaces. Such studies are essential for assessing the influence of sorption processes on the transport of Hg in contaminated natural systems. Macroscopic uptake of Hg(II) on goethite (alpha-FeOOH), gamma-alumina (gamma-Al2O3), and bayerite (beta-Al(OH)(3)) as a function of pH has been combined with Hg L-III-edge EXAFS spectroscopy, FTIR spectroscopy, and bond valence analysis of possible sorption products to provide this type of information. Macroscopic uptake measurements show that Hg(II) sorbs strongly to fine-grained powders of synthetic goethite (Hg sorption density Gamma = 0.39-0.42 mumol/m(2)) and bayerite (Gamma = 0.39-0.44 mumol/m(2)), while sorbing more weakly to gamma-alumina (Gamma = 0.04-0.13 mumol/m(2)). EXAFS spectroscopy on the sorption samples shows that the dominant mode of Hg sorption on these phases is as monodentate and bidentate inner-sphere complexes. The mode of Hg(II) sorption to goethite was similar over the pH range 4.3-7.4, as were those of Hg(II) sorption to bayerite over the pH range 5.1-7.9. Conversion of the gamma-Al2O3 sorbent to a bayerite-like phase in addition to the apparent reduction of Hg(II) to Hg(I), possibly by photoreduction during EXAFS data collection, resulted in enhanced Hg uptake from pH 5.2-7.8 and changes in the modes of sorption that correlate with the formation of the bayerite-like phase. Bond valence calculations are consistent with the sorption modes proposed from EXAFS analysis. EXAFS analysis of Hg(II) sorption products on a natural Fe oxyhydroxide precipitate and Al/Si-bearing flocculent material showed sorption products and modes of surface attachment similar to those for the model substrates, indicating that the model substrates are useful surrogates for the natural sediments. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Stanford Univ, Dept Geol & Environm Sci, Surface & Aqueous Geochem Grp, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. Stanford Synchrotron Radiat Lab, SLAC, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Kim, CS (reprint author), Stanford Univ, Dept Geol & Environm Sci, Surface & Aqueous Geochem Grp, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. EM chriskim@pangea.stanford.edu NR 92 TC 104 Z9 105 U1 7 U2 52 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0021-9797 J9 J COLLOID INTERF SCI JI J. Colloid Interface Sci. PD MAR 1 PY 2004 VL 271 IS 1 BP 1 EP 15 DI 10.1016/S0021-9797(03)00330-8 PG 15 WC Chemistry, Physical SC Chemistry GA 771HB UT WOS:000188778600001 PM 14757070 ER PT J AU Fleck, JA Bossio, DA Fujii, R AF Fleck, JA Bossio, DA Fujii, R TI Dissolved organic carbon and disinfection by-product precursor release from managed peat soils SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY LA English DT Article ID STATE C-13 NMR; DECOMPOSITION; ORIGIN AB A wetland restoration demonstration project examined the effects of a permanently Hooded wetland on subsidence of peat soils. The project, started in 1997, was done on Twitchell Island, in the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta of California. Conversion of agricultural land to a wetland has changed many of the biogeochemical processes controlling dissolved organic carbon (DOC) release from the peat soils, relative to the previous land use. Dissolved organic C in delta waters is a concern because it reacts with chlorine, added as a disinfectant in municipal drinking waters, to form carcinogenic disinfection by-products (DBPs), including trihalomethanes (THMs) and haloacetic acids (HAAs). This study explores the effects of peat soil, biogeochemistry on DOC and DBP release under agricultural and wetland management. Results indicate that organic matter source, extent of soil organic matter decomposition, and decomposition pathways all are factors in THM formation. The results show that historical management practices dominate the release of DOC and THM precursors. However, within-site differences indicate that recent management decisions can contribute to changes in DOC quality and THM precursor formation. Not all aromatic forms of carbon are highly reactive and certain environmental conditions produce the specific carbon structures that form THMs. Both HAA and THM precursors are elevated in the DOC released under wetland conditions. The findings of this study emphasize the need to further investigate the roles of organic matter sources, microbial decomposition pathways, and decomposition status of soil organic matter in the release of DOC and DBP precursors from delta soils under varying land-use practices. C1 Calif State Univ Fdn, Sacramento, CA 95819 USA. US Geol Survey, Sacramento, CA 95819 USA. Int Water Management Inst, Colombo, Sri Lanka. RP Fleck, JA (reprint author), Calif State Univ Fdn, 6000 J St, Sacramento, CA 95819 USA. EM jafleck@usgs.gov NR 25 TC 25 Z9 25 U1 3 U2 23 PU AMER SOC AGRONOMY PI MADISON PA 677 S SEGOE RD, MADISON, WI 53711 USA SN 0047-2425 J9 J ENVIRON QUAL JI J. Environ. Qual. PD MAR-APR PY 2004 VL 33 IS 2 BP 465 EP 475 PG 11 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 804IQ UT WOS:000220292800004 PM 15074797 ER PT J AU Mattingly, HT Galat, DL AF Mattingly, HT Galat, DL TI Predictive performance of a summer microhabitat model for the threatened Niangua darter, Etheostoma nianguae SO JOURNAL OF FRESHWATER ECOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CONSERVATION; ECOLOGY AB The Niangua darter (Etheostoma nianguae) is a threatened stream fish endemic to the Osage River basin in southcentral Missouri, USA. Knowledge of Niangua darter habitat relationships has been identified as an important component of recovery. We assessed the predictive performance of a previously developed summer microhabitat model for this species. The original model was developed with multiple logistic regression using Little Niangua River data, with water depth and substrate particle size serving as predictors of darter presence or absence. New data were collected in Little Niangua River and Maries River at microhabitats occupied (n = 16) and unoccupied (n = 72) by the darter. About one in four microhabitats was misclassified by the model and values of Cohen's kappa generally did,not exceed 0.40, indicating that the model's performance could only be rated as fair. Performance was slightly better in Little Niangua River than in Maries River, with a substantial number of false positives in the latter stream. However, suitable microhabitats may be unsaturated due to relatively low Niangua darter densities, which generally confounds model assessment for a rare species. C1 Univ Missouri, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife Sci, Columbia, MO 65211 USA. US Geol Survey, Missouri Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Columbia, MO 65211 USA. RP Mattingly, HT (reprint author), Tennessee Technol Univ, Dept Biol, Box 5063, Cookeville, TN 38505 USA. EM hmattingly@tntech.edu NR 13 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 2 PU OIKOS PUBL INC PI LA CROSSE PA PO BOX 2558, LA CROSSE, WI 54601 USA SN 0270-5060 J9 J FRESHWATER ECOL JI J. Freshw. Ecol. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 19 IS 1 BP 109 EP 114 DI 10.1080/02705060.2004.9664518 PG 6 WC Ecology; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 779WM UT WOS:000189324900014 ER PT J AU Sullivan, BE Rigsby, LS Berndt, A Jones-Wuellner, M Simon, TP Lauer, T Pyron, M AF Sullivan, BE Rigsby, LS Berndt, A Jones-Wuellner, M Simon, TP Lauer, T Pyron, M TI Habitat influence on fish community assemblage in an agricultural landscape in four east central Indiana streams SO JOURNAL OF FRESHWATER ECOLOGY LA English DT Article ID CHANNELIZATION; REHABILITATION; RECOVERY; BIOMASS AB The objective of this study was to relate the quality of the fish community with habitat using the Index of Biotic Integrity (IBI) and Qualitative Habitat Evaluation Index (QHEI) in four agriculturally influenced streams in east central, Indiana. A total of 48 species was collected from 42 sites. IBI scores ranged from 14 to 48, and QHEI scores ranged from 29 to 83. There was a significant positive correlation between IBI and QHEI scores. Furthermore, we found significant positive correlations between IBI scores and four individual QHEI metrics (channel morphology, substrate, pool/glide and riffle/run quality, and in-stream cover). Habitat influenced the fish assemblages with channelization and substrate being the primary structuring factors. The land use in this area is 70% agriculture, which has heavily influenced lotic character through anthropogenic practices. C1 Ball State Univ, Dept Biol, Aquat Biol & Fisheries Ctr, Muncie, IN 47306 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Bloomington, IN 47403 USA. RP Lauer, T (reprint author), Ball State Univ, Dept Biol, Aquat Biol & Fisheries Ctr, Muncie, IN 47306 USA. EM tlauer@bsu.edu RI Simon, Thomas/B-4075-2012; Pyron, Mark/D-4572-2011; OI Pyron, Mark/0000-0003-0451-7827; Simon, Thomas/0000-0003-4393-4703 NR 25 TC 15 Z9 17 U1 0 U2 10 PU OIKOS PUBL INC PI LA CROSSE PA PO BOX 2558, LA CROSSE, WI 54601 USA SN 0270-5060 J9 J FRESHWATER ECOL JI J. Freshw. Ecol. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 19 IS 1 BP 141 EP 148 DI 10.1080/02705060.2004.9664521 PG 8 WC Ecology; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 779WM UT WOS:000189324900017 ER PT J AU Kerski, JJ AF Kerski, JJ TI Geography and education: Through the souls of our feet SO JOURNAL OF GEOGRAPHY LA English DT Book Review C1 US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. RP Kerski, JJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU NATL COUNCIL GEOGRAPHIC EDUCATION PI INDIANA PA INDIANA UNIV PENNSYLVANIA, INDIANA, PA 15705 USA SN 0022-1341 J9 J GEOGR JI J. Geogr. PD MAR-APR PY 2004 VL 103 IS 2 BP 91 EP 91 DI 10.1080/00221340408978580 PG 1 WC Geography SC Geography GA 922MD UT WOS:000228841100006 ER PT J AU Sites, JW Morando, M Highton, R Huber, F Jung, RE AF Sites, JW Morando, M Highton, R Huber, F Jung, RE TI Phylogenetic relationships of the endangered Shenandoah Salamander (Plethodon shenandoah) and other salamanders of the Plethodon cinereus group (Caudata : Plethodontidae) SO JOURNAL OF HERPETOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GEOGRAPHIC PROTEIN VARIATION; GENETIC IDENTIFICATION; GENUS PLETHODON; CONSERVATION; SUBSTITUTION; SPECIATION; DNA; CONFIDENCE; INFERENCE AB The Shenandoah Salamander (Plethodon shenandoah), known from isolated talus slopes on three of the highest mountains in Shenandoah National Park, is listed as state-endangered in Virginia and federally endangered under the U.S. Endangered Species Act. A 1999 paper by G. R. Thurow described P. shenandoah-like salamanders from three localities further south in the Blue Ridge Physiographic Province, which, if confirmed, would represent a range extension for P. shenandoah of approximately 90 km from its nearest known locality. Samples collected from two of these three localities were included in a molecular phylogenetic study of the known populations of P. shenandoah, and all other recognized species in the Plethodon cinereus group, using a 792 bp region of the mitochondrial cytochrome-b gene. Phylogenetic estimates were based on Bayesian, maximum likelihood, and maximum parsimony methods and topologies examined for placement of the new P. shenandoah-like samples relative to all others. All topologies recovered all haplotypes of the P. shenandoah-like animals nested within P. cinereus, and a statistical comparison of the best likelihood tree topology with one with an enforced (Thurow + Shenandoah P. shenandoah) clade revealed that the unconstrained tree had a significantly lower -In L score (P < 0.05, using the Shimodaira-Hasegawa test) than the constraint tree. This result and other anecdotal information give us no solid reason to consider the Thurow report valid. The current recovery program for P. shenandoah should remain focused on populations in Shenandoah National Park. C1 Brigham Young Univ, Dept Integrat Biol, Provo, UT 84602 USA. Brigham Young Univ, ML Bean Museum, Provo, UT 84602 USA. Univ Maryland, Dept Biol, College Pk, MD 20742 USA. George Washington & Jefferson Natl Forests, Threatened & Endangered Species Program, Roanoke, VA 24019 USA. USGS Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. RP Sites, JW (reprint author), Brigham Young Univ, Dept Integrat Biol, Provo, UT 84602 USA. EM jack_sites@byu.edu NR 38 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 2 U2 11 PU SOC STUDY AMPHIBIANS REPTILES PI ST LOUIS PA C/O ROBERT D ALDRIDGE, ST LOUIS UNIV, DEPT BIOLOGY, 3507 LACLEDE, ST LOUIS, MO 63103 USA SN 0022-1511 J9 J HERPETOL JI J. Herpetol. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 38 IS 1 BP 96 EP 105 DI 10.1670/4-03A PG 10 WC Zoology SC Zoology GA 808CI UT WOS:000220546800013 ER PT J AU Guillen, G Rainey, G Morin, M AF Guillen, G Rainey, G Morin, M TI A simple rapid approach using coupled multivariate statistical methods, GIS and trajectory models to delineate areas of common oil spill risk SO JOURNAL OF MARINE SYSTEMS LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 5th International Marine Environmental Modelling Seminar CY OCT 09-11, 2001 CL New Orleans, LA SP ExxonMobil DE model; multivariate; GIS; oil spill; planning AB Currently, the Minerals Management Service uses the Oil Spill Risk Analysis model (OSRAM) to predict the movement of potential oil spills greater than 1000 bbl originating from offshore oil and gas facilities. OSRAM generates oil spill trajectories using meteorological and hydrological data input from either actual physical measurements or estimates generated from other hydrological models. OSRAM and many other models produce output matrices of average, maximum and minimum contact probabilities to specific landfall or target segments (columns) from oil spills at specific points (rows). Analysts and managers are often interested in identifying geographic areas or groups of facilities that pose similar risks to specific targets or groups of targets if a spill occurred. Unfortunately, due to the potentially large matrix generated by many spill models, this question is difficult to answer without the use of data reduction and visualization methods. In our study we utilized a multivariate statistical method called cluster analysis to group areas of similar risk based on potential distribution of landfall target trajectory probabilities. We also utilized ArcView(TM) GIS to display spill launch point groupings. The combination of GIS and multivariate statistical techniques in the post-processing of trajectory model output is a powerful tool for identifying and delineating areas of similar risk from multiple spill sources. We strongly encourage modelers, statistical and GIS software programmers to closely collaborate to produce a more seamless integration of these technologies and approaches to analyzing data. They are complimentary methods that strengthen the overall assessment of spill risks. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Arcata, CA 95521 USA. Minerals Management Serv, New Orleans, LA 70123 USA. RP Guillen, G (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, 1655 Heindon Rd, Arcata, CA 95521 USA. EM george.guillen@fws.gov; gail.rainey@mms.gov; michelle.morin@mms.gov NR 9 TC 14 Z9 14 U1 0 U2 7 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0924-7963 J9 J MARINE SYST JI J. Mar. Syst. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 45 IS 3-4 BP 221 EP 235 DI 10.1016/j.jmarsys.2003.11.006 PG 15 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography SC Geology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 813AM UT WOS:000220880000008 ER PT J AU Cole, DN Van Wagtendonk, JW Mcclaran, MP Moore, PE Mcdougald, NK AF Cole, DN Van Wagtendonk, JW Mcclaran, MP Moore, PE Mcdougald, NK TI Response of mountain meadows to grazing by recreational pack stock SO JOURNAL OF RANGE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE horses; meadow productivity; mules; utilization; wilderness ID COMMUNITY AB Effects of recreational pack stock grazing on mountain meadows in Yosemite National Park were assessed in a 5-year study. Yosemite is a designated wilderness, to be managed such that its natural conditions are preserved. Studies were conducted in 3 characteristic meadow types: shorthair sedge (Carex filifolia Nutt.), Brewer's reed grass (Calamagrostis breweri Thurber), and tufted hairgrass [Deschampsia cespitosa (L.) Beauv]. Horses and mules grazed experimental plots at intensities of 15 to 69% utilization for 4 seasons. In all 3 meadows, grazing caused decreases in productivity. The mean reduction after 4 years of grazing was 18% in the shorthair sedge meadow, 17% in the Brewer's reed grass meadow, and 22% in the tufted hairgrass meadow. Grazing also caused shifts in basal groundcover (usually a reduction in vegetation cover and increase in bare soil cover), and changes in species composition. Productivity and vegetation cover decreased as percent utilization increased, while bare soil cover increased as utilization increased. Changes in species composition were less predictably related to differences in grazing intensity. Passive management of grazing is insufficient in wilderness areas that are regularly used by groups with recreational stock. Wilderness managers need to monitor meadow conditions and the grazing intensities that occur. Our study suggests that biomass and ground cover are more sensitive indicators of grazing impact than species composition. Managers must make decisions about maximum acceptable levels of grazing impact and then develop guidelines for maximum use levels, based on data such as ours that relates grazing intensity to meadow response. C1 US Forest Serv, Aldo Leopold Wilderness Res Inst, Rocky Mt Res Stn, Missoula, MT 59807 USA. Univ Calif, Cooperat Extens, Madera, CA 93637 USA. US Geol Survey, Yosemite Field Stn, Western Ecol Res Ctr, El Portal, CA 95318 USA. Univ Arizona, Sch Renewable Nat Resources, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. RP Cole, DN (reprint author), US Forest Serv, Aldo Leopold Wilderness Res Inst, Rocky Mt Res Stn, Missoula, MT 59807 USA. NR 13 TC 22 Z9 23 U1 3 U2 12 PU SOC RANGE MANAGEMENT PI LAKEWOOD PA 445 UNION BLVD, STE 230, LAKEWOOD, CO 80228-1259 USA SN 0022-409X J9 J RANGE MANAGE JI J. Range Manage. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 57 IS 2 BP 153 EP 160 DI 10.2307/4003913 PG 8 WC Agriculture, Dairy & Animal Science; Ecology SC Agriculture; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 805JZ UT WOS:000220363900004 ER PT J AU Palmer, AG Nordmeyer, DL Roby, DD AF Palmer, AG Nordmeyer, DL Roby, DD TI Nestling provisioning rates of Peregrine Falcons in interior Alaska SO JOURNAL OF RAPTOR RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Peregrine Falcon; Falco peregrinus; foraging theory; Interior Alaska; nestling diet; nestling provisioning rates ID BROOD SIZE; PARENTAL EFFORT; PREY SELECTION; TINNUNCULUS; BEHAVIOR; GREENLAND AB We examined factors influencing nestling provisioning rates among Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinus) breeding along the Tanana River, Alaska, in 1995-97. Perching birds (Passeriformes) composed the majority (54.3%) of prey delivered to the nests; whereas, ducks and grebes composed the majority of prey biomass (60.8%). After accounting for stage of the nesting cycle, delivery rates of prey items and estimated prey mass increased with brood size. Prey mass was positively correlated with the length of time air adult was absent from the vicinity of the nest prior to prey delivery. Finally, although we found that delivery rates of prey per nestling decreased with increasing brood size, estimated mass delivered per nestling did not vary with brood size. Peregrine Falcons apparent]), maintained constant provisioning rates per nestling as brood size increased by increasing prey mass. C1 Oregon State Univ, USGS Oregon Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. Oregon State Univ, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. RP Palmer, AG (reprint author), ABR Inc, Environm Res & Serv, POB 240268, Anchorage, AK 99524 USA. EM apalmer@abrinc.com NR 34 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 1 U2 8 PU RAPTOR RESEARCH FOUNDATION INC PI HASTINGS PA 14377 117TH STREET SOUTH, HASTINGS, MN 55033 USA SN 0892-1016 J9 J RAPTOR RES JI J. Raptor Res. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 38 IS 1 BP 9 EP 18 PG 10 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 809LW UT WOS:000220639200002 ER PT J AU Ricca, MA Anthony, RG Williams, JC AF Ricca, MA Anthony, RG Williams, JC TI Bald Eagles consume Emperor Geese during late-winter in the Aleutian Archipelago SO JOURNAL OF RAPTOR RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Bald Eagle; Haliaeetus leucocephalus; Emperor Goose; Chen canagica; food habits; Alaska; Aleutian Archipelago ID ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINANTS; FOOD-HABITS; SURVIVAL; DYNAMICS; DIETS C1 Univ Calif Davis, US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Davis, CA 95616 USA. Oregon State Univ, US Geol Survey, Oregon Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Alaska Maritime Natl Wildlife Refuge, Aleutian Isl Unit, Homer, AK 99603 USA. RP Ricca, MA (reprint author), Univ Calif Davis, US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, 1 Shields Ave, Davis, CA 95616 USA. EM mark_ricca@usgs.gov NR 19 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 2 PU RAPTOR RESEARCH FOUNDATION INC PI HASTINGS PA 14377 117TH STREET SOUTH, HASTINGS, MN 55033 USA SN 0892-1016 EI 2162-4569 J9 J RAPTOR RES JI J. Raptor Res. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 38 IS 1 BP 81 EP 85 PG 5 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 809LW UT WOS:000220639200011 ER PT J AU Strauss, EA Richardson, WB Bartsch, LA Cavanaugh, JC Bruesewitz, DA Imker, H Heinz, JA Soballe, DM AF Strauss, EA Richardson, WB Bartsch, LA Cavanaugh, JC Bruesewitz, DA Imker, H Heinz, JA Soballe, DM TI Nitrification in the Upper Mississippi River: patterns, controls, and contribution to the NO3- budget SO JOURNAL OF THE NORTH AMERICAN BENTHOLOGICAL SOCIETY LA English DT Article DE nitrification; Upper Mississippi River; nitrogen cycle; nitrate budget ID GULF-OF-MEXICO; AQUATIC SEDIMENTS; DISSOLVED-OXYGEN; ORGANIC-CARBON; HYPORHEIC ZONE; NITROGEN; STREAMS; DENITRIFICATION; AVAILABILITY; ECOSYSTEMS AB We measured nitrification rates in sediment samples collected from a variety of aquatic habitats in Navigation Pool 8 of the Upper Mississippi River (UMR) 7 times between May 2000 and October 2001. We also conducted nutrient-enrichment experiments and analyzed vertical profiles of sediment to determine factors regulating nitrification. Nitrification rates were relatively high compared to other ecosystems (ranging from 0-8.25 mug N cm(-2) h(-1)) and exhibited significant temporal and spatial patterns. Nitrification rates were greatest during the summer and spring compared to autumn and winter (ANOVA, p < 0.05) and were greater in contiguous backwater and impounded habitats compared to main and side-channel habitats (p < 0.05). Regression analysis indicated that nitrification rates were weakly (r(2) = 0.18, p < 0.0001) related to temperature and exchangeable NH4+ of the sediment. However, nutrient-enrichment experiments showed that NH4+ availability did not limit nitrification in 3 sediment types with variable organic matter. Vertical profiles of sediment cores demonstrated that oxygen concentration and nitrification had similar patterns suggesting that nitrification may be limited by oxygen penetration into sediments. We conclude that temperature and sediment NH4+ can be useful for predicting broad-scale temporal and spatial nitrification patterns, respectively, but oxygen penetration into the sediments likely regulates nitrification rates in much of the UMR. Overall, we estimated that nitrification produces 6982 mt N/y of NO3- or 7% of the total annual NO3- budget. C1 Univ Wisconsin, River Studies Ctr, La Crosse, WI 54601 USA. US Geol Survey, Upper Midwest Environm Sci Ctr, La Crosse, WI 54603 USA. RP Strauss, EA (reprint author), Univ Wisconsin, River Studies Ctr, La Crosse, WI 54601 USA. EM eric_strauss@usgs.gov; william_richardson@usgs.gov; lynn_bartsch@usgs.gov; jcavanaugh@usgs.gov; dbruesew@nd.edu; hjimker@yahoo.com; heinzj@students.sou.edu; david.m.soballe@erdc.usace.army.mil RI Imker, Heidi/F-5641-2012; Strauss, Eric/G-3368-2013; OI Strauss, Eric/0000-0002-3134-2535; Imker, Heidi/0000-0003-4748-7453 NR 35 TC 55 Z9 57 U1 2 U2 29 PU NORTH AMER BENTHOLOGICAL SOC PI LAWRENCE PA 1041 NEW HAMSPHIRE STREET, LAWRENCE, KS 66044 USA SN 0887-3593 J9 J N AM BENTHOL SOC JI J. N. Am. Benthol. Soc. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1 BP 1 EP 14 DI 10.1899/0887-3593(2004)023<0001:NITUMR>2.0.CO;2 PG 14 WC Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 777MW UT WOS:000189183000001 ER PT J AU Weems, RE AF Weems, RE TI Bothriolepis virginiensis, a valid species of placoderm fish separable from Bothriolepis nitida SO JOURNAL OF VERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RP Weems, RE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, MS926A, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM rweems@usgs.gov NR 9 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 2 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 530 WALNUT STREET, STE 850, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 0272-4634 EI 1937-2809 J9 J VERTEBR PALEONTOL JI J. Vertebr. Paleontol. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 245 EP 250 DI 10.1671/20 PG 6 WC Paleontology SC Paleontology GA 809MB UT WOS:000220639700020 ER PT J AU Denis-Mize, K Fout, GS Dahling, DR Francy, DS AF Denis-Mize, Kimberly Fout, G. Shay Dahling, Daniel R. Francy, Donna S. TI Detection of human enteric viruses in stream water with RT-PCR and cell culture SO JOURNAL OF WATER AND HEALTH LA English DT Article DE enteric virus; quality control; RT-PCR; stream water AB A multiplex RT-PCR method was used to measure virus occurrence at five stream water sites that span a range of hydroclimatic, water-quality, and land-use characteristics. The performance of the molecular method was evaluated in comparison with traditional cell culture and Escherichia coli membrane filtration assays. The study incorporated multiple quality controls and included a control for virus recovery during the sampling procedure as well as controls to detect potentially false-negative and false-positive data. Poliovirus recovery ranged from 16 to 65% and was variable, even in samples collected within the same stream. All five sites were positive for viruses by both molecular and cell culture-based virus assays. Enteroviruses, reoviruses, rotaviruses, and hepatitis A viruses were detected, but the use of the quality controls proved critical for interpretation of the molecular data. All sites showed evidence of faecal contamination, and culturable viruses were detected in four samples that would have met the US Environmental Protection Agency's recommended E. coli guideline for safe recreational water. C1 [Fout, G. Shay; Dahling, Daniel R.] US EPA, Off Res & Dev, Natl Exposure Res Lab, Cincinnati, OH 45268 USA. [Denis-Mize, Kimberly; Francy, Donna S.] US Geol Survey, Columbus, OH 43229 USA. RP Fout, GS (reprint author), US EPA, Off Res & Dev, Natl Exposure Res Lab, 26 W Martin Luther King Dr, Cincinnati, OH 45268 USA. EM fout.shay@epa.gov NR 28 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 1 U2 2 PU I W A PUBLISHING PI LONDON PA ALLIANCE HOUSE, 12 CAXTON ST, LONDON SW1H0QS, ENGLAND SN 1477-8920 J9 J WATER HEALTH JI J. Water Health PD MAR PY 2004 VL 2 IS 1 BP 37 EP 47 PG 11 WC Environmental Sciences; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Microbiology; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Microbiology; Water Resources GA V58BK UT WOS:000203924400004 PM 15384728 ER PT J AU Sharma, KD Kumar, P Gough, LP Sanfilipo, JR AF Sharma, KD Kumar, P Gough, LP Sanfilipo, JR TI Rehabilitation of a lignite mine-disturbed area in the Indian Desert SO LAND DEGRADATION & DEVELOPMENT LA English DT Article DE revegetation; coalmine reclamation; arid land silviculture; lignite; rainwater harvesting; soil profile modification; plant community succession; ecosystem sustainability; India; Thar Desert ID LANDS AB Extensive lignite mining in the Indian (Thar) Desert commenced within the past decade. Accompanying extraction of this valuable resource there have been visible, important environmental impacts. The resultant land degradation has prompted concern from both public and regulatory bodies. This research assesses the success of rehabilitation plans implemented to revegetate a lignite mine-disturbed area, near the village of Giral in western Rajasthan State. Rehabilitation success was achieved within the environmental constraints of this northwest Indian hot-desert ecosystem using a combination of: (1) backfilling (abandoned pits) with minespoil and of covering the backfilled-surfaces with fresh topsoil to a thickness of about 0-30 m; (2) use of micro-catchment rainwater harvesting (MCWH) technique; (3) soil profile modification approaches; (4) plant establishment methodologies; and (5) the selection of appropriate germplasm material (trees, shrubs and grasses). Preliminary results indicate that the resulting vegetative cover will be capable of self-perpetuation under natural conditions while at the same time meeting the land-use requirements of the local people. The minespoil is alkaline in nature and has high electrical conductance. The average content of organic carbon, N, P and K is lower than in the regional topsoil. However, the concentration of Ca, Mg, Na and total S in the minespoil is much higher than in the topsoil. Further, the spoil material has no biological activity. Enhanced plant growth was achieved in MCWH plots, compared to control plots, where minespoil moisture storage was improved by 18-43 per cent. The rehabilitation protocol used at the site appears to have been successful because, in addition to the planted species, desirable native invasive species have become established. This study developed methods for the rehabilitation of lignite mine-disturbed areas and has also resulted in an understanding of rehabilitation processes in and regions with an emphasis on the long-term monitoring of rehabilitation success. Copyright (C) 2004 John Wiley Sons, Ltd. C1 Cent Arid Zone Res Inst, Jodhpur 342003, Rajasthan, India. US Geol Survey, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. US Geol Survey, Reston, VA USA. RP Sharma, KD (reprint author), Natl Inst Hydrol, Roorkee 247667, Uttar Pradesh, India. EM sharmakd@nih.ernet.in NR 35 TC 7 Z9 8 U1 2 U2 13 PU JOHN WILEY & SONS LTD PI CHICHESTER PA THE ATRIUM, SOUTHERN GATE, CHICHESTER PO19 8SQ, W SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 1085-3278 J9 LAND DEGRAD DEV JI Land Degrad. Dev. PD MAR-APR PY 2004 VL 15 IS 2 BP 163 EP 176 DI 10.1002/ldr.601 PG 14 WC Environmental Sciences; Soil Science SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Agriculture GA 811VM UT WOS:000220799400007 ER PT J AU Wieczorek, GF Mossa, GS Morgan, BA AF Wieczorek, G. F. Mossa, G. S. Morgan, B. A. TI Regional debris-flow distribution and preliminary risk assessment from severe storm events in the Appalachian Blue Ridge Province, USA SO LANDSLIDES LA English DT Article DE Debris-flow hazard; Impact and risk; Intense rainfall; North Carolina; Virginia; United States AB Storms of high-intensity rainfall, including hurricanes, occur about once every 3 years in small areas of the mountains of the eastern United States posing a high debris-flow hazard. Reported casualties and monetary losses are often an insufficient and inadequate means for comparing the impact from debris flows. A simple GIS technique was used to characterize the distribution and density of debris flows for making a preliminary assessment of risk of impact on roads. This technique was used for comparison of three major severe storms resulting in numerous debris flows: August 10-17, 1940, near Deep Gap, North Carolina; August 19-20, 1969, in Nelson County, Virginia; and June 27, 1995, in Madison County, Virginia. Based on the criteria of the number of debris flows and area covered by debris flows, the August 19-20, 1969, Nelson County, Virginia, event was the most severe of the three storms and posed the greatest risk of debris-flow impact on roads. C1 [Wieczorek, G. F.] US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. [Mossa, G. S.] Univ Bari, Dept Geol & Geophys, I-70125 Bari, Italy. RP Wieczorek, GF (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, MS 926A, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM gwieczor@usgs.gov RI Mossa, Giorgio/A-6894-2013 OI Mossa, Giorgio/0000-0003-4921-8150 NR 26 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 11 PU SPRINGER HEIDELBERG PI HEIDELBERG PA TIERGARTENSTRASSE 17, D-69121 HEIDELBERG, GERMANY SN 1612-510X J9 LANDSLIDES JI Landslides PD MAR PY 2004 VL 1 IS 1 BP 53 EP 59 DI 10.1007/s10346-003-0003-z PG 7 WC Engineering, Geological; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Engineering; Geology GA V06TA UT WOS:000207214700006 ER PT J AU Gervasio, V Berg, DJ Lang, BK Allan, NL Guttman, SI AF Gervasio, V Berg, DJ Lang, BK Allan, NL Guttman, SI TI Genetic diversity in the Gammarus pecos species complex: Implications for conservation and regional biogeography in the Chihuahuan Desert SO LIMNOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY LA English DT Article ID ST-LAWRENCE-RIVER; POPULATION-STRUCTURE; AMPHIPOD POPULATIONS; NEW-MEXICO; CRUSTACEA; DIFFERENTIATION; HETEROZYGOSITY; ANOSTRACA; EVOLUTION; HYALELLA AB We used allozyme electrophoresis to quantify genetic variation in nine populations of the Gammarus pecos species complex endemic to spring systems of the northern Chihuahuan Desert. There was significant within-population and high among-population genetic variation. Two populations exhibited heterozygote deficiencies and high proportions of polymorphic loci, which suggests the presence of cryptic species. Genetic distances among populations were negatively correlated with previously published morphological similarities, which suggests congruence between allozyme and morphological phenotypes. Cluster analysis of genetic distances showed four major groups of populations within the G. pecos complex. Genetic identities and fixed allelic differences support the presence of at least four distinct species: Gammarus desperatus, G. pecos, Gammarus hyalleloides, and one or more undescribed species. Relatively large genetic distances between populations suggest long periods of isolation and allopatric speciation. Patterns of among-population genetic variation were similar between amphipods and several groups of endemic fishes and snails, which suggests a coherence to biogeographic patterns within this region. Thus, the understanding of the genetic structure and taxonomic status of the G. pecos species complex provides insight into the biogeography of other aquatic organisms in the northern Chihuahuan Desert. Given the alarming rate at which desert spring systems are being altered and the unique biotic assemblages present, protection of these habitats is imperative. C1 Miami Univ, Dept Zool, Oxford, OH 45056 USA. Miami Univ, Dept Zool, Hamilton, ON, Canada. New Mexico Dept Game & Fish, Santa Fe, NM 87504 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Austin, TX 78758 USA. RP Berg, DJ (reprint author), Miami Univ, Dept Zool, Pearson Hall, Oxford, OH 45056 USA. EM bergdj@muohio.edu NR 45 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 15 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0024-3590 EI 1939-5590 J9 LIMNOL OCEANOGR JI Limnol. Oceanogr. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 49 IS 2 BP 520 EP 531 PG 12 WC Limnology; Oceanography SC Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 869JP UT WOS:000224979500020 ER PT J AU Baines, SB Fisher, NS Doblin, MA Cutter, GA Cutter, LS Cole, B AF Baines, SB Fisher, NS Doblin, MA Cutter, GA Cutter, LS Cole, B TI Light dependence of selenium uptake by phytoplankton and implications for predicting selenium incorporation into food webs SO LIMNOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY LA English DT Article ID FRESH-WATER PHYTOPLANKTON; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; ASSIMILATION; METABOLISM; BACTERIAL; BIOACCUMULATION; BIOAVAILABILITY; AVAILABILITY; COMMUNITIES AB The potentially toxic element selenium is first concentrated from solution to a large but highly variable degree by algae and bacteria before being passed on to consumers. The large loads of abiotic and detrital suspended particles often present in rivers and estuaries may obscure spatial and temporal patterns in Se concentrations at the base of the food web. We used radiotracers to estimate uptake of both selenite (Se(IV)) and C by intact plankton communities at two sites in the Sacramento/San Joaquin River Delta. Our goals were to determine (1) whether C and Se(IV) uptake were coupled, (2) the role of bacteria in Se(IV) uptake, and (3) the Se: C uptake ratio of newly produced organic material. Se(IV) uptake, like C uptake, was strongly related to irradiance. The shapes of both relationships were very similar except that at least 42-56% of Se(IV) uptake occurred in the dark, whereas C uptake in the dark was negligible. Of this dark Se(IV) uptake, 34-67% occurred in the 0.2-1.0-mum size fraction, indicating significant uptake by bacteria. In addition to dark uptake, total Se(IV) uptake consisted of a light-driven component that was in fixed proportion to C uptake. Our estimates of daily areal Se(IV): C uptake ratios agreed very well with particulate Se: C measured at a site dominated by phytoplankton biomass. Estimates of bacterial Se: C were 2.4-13 times higher than for the phytoplankton, suggesting that bacteriovores may be exposed to higher dietary Se concentrations than herbivores. C1 SUNY Stony Brook, Marine Sci Res Ctr, Stony Brook, NY 11794 USA. Old Dominion Univ, Norfolk, VA 23529 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Baines, SB (reprint author), SUNY Stony Brook, Marine Sci Res Ctr, Stony Brook, NY 11794 USA. RI Doblin, Martina/E-8719-2013; Cutter, Gregory/C-7898-2017 OI Doblin, Martina/0000-0001-8750-3433; Cutter, Gregory/0000-0001-6744-6718 NR 51 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 2 U2 10 PU AMER SOC LIMNOLOGY OCEANOGRAPHY PI WACO PA 5400 BOSQUE BLVD, STE 680, WACO, TX 76710-4446 USA SN 0024-3590 J9 LIMNOL OCEANOGR JI Limnol. Oceanogr. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 49 IS 2 BP 566 EP 578 PG 13 WC Limnology; Oceanography SC Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 869JP UT WOS:000224979500024 ER PT J AU Franson, JC Hollmen, TE Flint, PL Grand, JB Lanctot, RB AF Franson, JC Hollmen, TE Flint, PL Grand, JB Lanctot, RB TI Contaminants in molting long-tailed ducks and nesting common eiders in the Beaufort Sea SO MARINE POLLUTION BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE common eider; long-tailed duck; trace elements; persistent organic pollutants; blood; eggs ID POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS; ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINANTS; ENZYME-ACTIVITIES; TRACE-ELEMENTS; LEAD; BLOOD; SELENIUM; ALASKA; EGGS; MERCURY AB In 2000, we collected blood from long-tailed ducks (Clangula hyemalis) and blood and eggs from common ciders (Somateria mollissima) at near-shore islands in the vicinity of Prudhoe Bay, Alaska, and at a reference area east of Prudhoe Bay. Blood was analyzed for trace elements and egg contents were analyzed for trace elements, organochlorine pesticides, polychlorinated biphenyls, and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Except for Se (mean=36.1 mug/g dry weight (dw) in common eiders and 48.8 mug/g dw in long-tailed ducks), concentrations of trace elements in blood were low and, although several trace elements differed between areas, they were not consistently higher at one location. In long-tailed ducks, Se in blood was positively correlated with activities of two serum enzymes, suggestive of an adverse effect of increasing Se levels on the liver. Although common eiders had high Se concentrations in their blood, Se residues in eggs were low (mean=2.28 mug/g dw). Strontium and Ni were higher in eggs near Prudhoe Bay than at the reference area, but none of the other trace elements or organic contaminants in eggs differed between locations. Concentrations of Ca, Sr, Mg, and Ni differed among eggs having no visible development, early-stage embryos, or late-stage embryos. Residues of 4,4'-DDE, cis-nonachlor, dieldrin, hexachlorobenzene, oxychlordane, and trans-nonachlor were found in 100% of the common eider eggs, but at low concentrations (means of 2.35-7.45 mug/kg wet weight (ww)). The mean total PCB concentration in eggs was 15.12 mug/kg ww. Of PAHs tested for, residues of 1- and 2-methylnaphthalene and naphthalene were found in 100% of the eggs, at mean concentrations of 0.36-0.89 mug/kg ww. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Wildlife Hlth Ctr, Madison, WI 53711 USA. US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. Auburn Univ, Alabama Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Auburn, AL 36849 USA. RP US Geol Survey, Natl Wildlife Hlth Ctr, 6006 Schroeder Rd, Madison, WI 53711 USA. EM chris_franson@usgs.gov OI Franson, J/0000-0002-0251-4238; Flint, Paul/0000-0002-8758-6993 NR 47 TC 17 Z9 17 U1 3 U2 11 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0025-326X EI 1879-3363 J9 MAR POLLUT BULL JI Mar. Pollut. Bull. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 48 IS 5-6 BP 504 EP 513 DI 10.1016/j.marpolbul.2003.08.027 PG 10 WC Environmental Sciences; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 801YP UT WOS:000220131500024 PM 14980466 ER PT J AU Ostberg, CO Rodriguez, RJ AF Ostberg, CO Rodriguez, RJ TI Bi-parentally inherited species-specific markers identify hybridization between rainbow trout and cutthroat trout subspecies SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NOTES LA English DT Article DE cutthroat; hybridization; rainbow; species-specific markers AB Eight polymerase chain reaction primer sets amplifying bi-parentally inherited species-specific markers were developed that differentiate between rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) and various cutthroat trout (O. clarki) subspecies. The primers were tested within known F-1 and first generation hybrid backcrosses and were shown to amplify codominantly within hybrids. Heterozygous individuals also amplified a slower migrating band that was a heteroduplex, caused by the annealing of polymerase chain reaction products from both species. These primer sets have numerous advantages for native cutthroat trout conservation including statistical genetic analyses of known crosses and simple hybrid identification. C1 US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Western Fisheries Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. RP Ostberg, CO (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Western Fisheries Ctr, 6505 NE 65th St, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. EM carl_ostberg@usgs.gov NR 7 TC 32 Z9 32 U1 3 U2 11 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1471-8278 J9 MOL ECOL NOTES JI Mol. Ecol. Notes PD MAR PY 2004 VL 4 IS 1 BP 26 EP 29 DI 10.1046/j.1471-8286.2003.00554.x PG 4 WC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Ecology; Evolutionary Biology SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Evolutionary Biology GA 777DJ UT WOS:000189159500009 ER PT J AU Morrison, CL Rios, R Duffy, JE AF Morrison, CL Rios, R Duffy, JE TI Phylogenetic evidence for an ancient rapid radiation of Caribbean sponge-dwelling snapping shrimps (Synalpheus) SO MOLECULAR PHYLOGENETICS AND EVOLUTION LA English DT Article DE Caribbean; isthmus of Panama; mitochondrial DNA; molecular clock; phylogenetic resolution; radiation; shrimp ID MULTIPLE SEQUENCE ALIGNMENT; CORAL-REEF SHRIMP; MITOCHONDRIAL-DNA; NUCLEOTIDE SUBSTITUTION; BAYESIAN-INFERENCE; EVOLUTIONARY TREES; MODEL; INCONGRUENCE; SUPPORT; EUSOCIALITY AB A common challenge in reconstructing phylogenies involves a high frequency of short internal branches, which makes basal relationships difficult to resolve. Often it is not clear whether this pattern results from insufficient or inappropriate data, versus from a rapid evolutionary radiation. The snapping shrimp genus Synalpheus, which contains in excess of 100 species and is a prominent component of coral-reef faunas worldwide, provides an example. Its taxonomy has long been problematic due to the subtlety of diagnostic characters and apparently widespread variability within species. Here we use partial mt COI and 16S rRNA sequences and morphological characters to reconstruct relationships among 31 species in the morphologically well-defined gambarelloides species group, a putative clade of obligate sponge associates that is mostly endemic to the Caribbean and contains the only known eusocial marine animals. Analysis of the combined data produced a single tree with good support for many terminal clades and for relationships with outgroups, but poor support for branches near the base of the gambarelloides group. Most basal branches are extremely short and terminal branches are long, suggesting a relatively ancient, but rapid radiation of the gambarelloides group. This hypothesis is supported by significant departure from a null model of temporally random cladogenesis. Calibration of divergence times among gambarelloides-group species using data from three geminate pairs of Synalpheus species separated by the isthmus of Panama suggests a major radiation between similar to5 and 7 Mya, a few My before final closure of the Panamanian seaway during a period of spreading carbonate environments in the Caribbean; a second, smaller radiation occurred similar to4 Mya. This molecular evidence for a rapid radiation among Caribbean marine organisms in the late Miocene/early Pliocene is strikingly similar to patterns documented from fossil data for several other Caribbean reef-associated invertebrate taxa. The similar patterns and timing of cladogenesis evidenced by molecular and fossil data for different Caribbean and East Pacific taxa suggests that the radiation involved a wide range of organisms, and strengthens the case that poor basal resolution in the gambarelloides group of Synalpheus reflects a real evolutionary phenomenon. The rapid radiation also helps explain the historical difficulty of diagnosing species in Synalpheus. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Coll William & Mary, Sch Marine Sci, Gloucester Point, VA 23062 USA. RP Morrison, CL (reprint author), USGS, Leetown sci Ctr, 11700 Leetown Rd, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. EM cheryl_morrison@usgs.gov NR 84 TC 73 Z9 78 U1 1 U2 12 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 1055-7903 EI 1095-9513 J9 MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL JI Mol. Phylogenet. Evol. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 30 IS 3 BP 563 EP 581 DI 10.1016/S1055-7903(03)00252-5 PG 19 WC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Evolutionary Biology; Genetics & Heredity SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Evolutionary Biology; Genetics & Heredity GA 774AW UT WOS:000188958400007 PM 15012939 ER PT J AU Litchfield, N Van Dissen, R Langridge, R Heron, D Prentice, C AF Litchfield, N Van Dissen, R Langridge, R Heron, D Prentice, C TI Timing of the most recent surface rupture event on the Ohariu Fault near Paraparaumu, New Zealand SO NEW ZEALAND JOURNAL OF GEOLOGY AND GEOPHYSICS LA English DT Article DE Ohariu Fault; Paraparaumu; Wellington; strike-slip fault; paleoseismology; Kawakawa Tephra ID NORTH-ISLAND; EARTHQUAKES AB Thirteen radiocarbon ages from three trenches across the Ohariu Fault tightly constrain the timing of the most recent surface rupture event at Muaupoko Stream valley, c. 2 km east of Paraparaumu, to between 930 and 1050 cal. yr BP. This age overlaps with previously published ages of the most recent event on the Ohariu Fault and together they further constrain the event to 1000-1050 cal. yr BP. Two trenches provide loose constraints on the maximum recurrence interval at 3-7000 yr. Tephra, most probably the Kawakawa Tephra, was found within alluvial fan deposits in two of the trenches. C1 Inst Geol & Nucl Sci, Lower Hutt, New Zealand. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Litchfield, N (reprint author), Inst Geol & Nucl Sci, POB 30368, Lower Hutt, New Zealand. OI Van Dissen, Russ/0000-0001-8224-7573 NR 9 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 1 PU SIR PUBLISHING PI WELLINGTON PA PO BOX 399, WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND SN 0028-8306 J9 NEW ZEAL J GEOL GEOP JI N. Z. J. Geol. Geophys. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 47 IS 1 BP 123 EP 127 PG 5 WC Geology; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 822BC UT WOS:000221508300009 ER PT J AU Adair, EC Binkley, D Andersen, DC AF Adair, EC Binkley, D Andersen, DC TI Patterns of nitrogen accumulation and cycling in riparian floodplain ecosystems along the Green and Yampa rivers SO OECOLOGIA LA English DT Article DE mineralization; nitrification; sediment deposition; northwest Colorado; primary succession ID MIDDLE RIO-GRANDE; INTERIOR ALASKA; TANANA RIVER; PRIMARY SUCCESSION; GLACIER BAY; NEW-MEXICO; USA; VEGETATION; FOREST; DYNAMICS AB Patterns of nitrogen (N) accumulation and turnover in riparian systems in semi-arid regions are poorly understood, particularly in those ecosystems that lack substantial inputs from nitrogen fixing vegetation. We investigated sources and fluxes of N in chronosequences of riparian forests along the regulated Green River and the free-flowing Yampa River in semi-arid northwestern Colorado. Both rivers lack significant inputs from N-fixing vegetation. Total soil nitrogen increased through time along both rivers, at a rate of about 7.8 g N m(-2) year(-1) for years 10-70, and 2.7 g N m(-2)year(-1) from years 70-170. We found that the concentration of N in freshly deposited sediments could account for most of the soil N that accumulated in these floodplain soils. Available N (measured by ion exchange resin bags) increased with age along both rivers, more than doubling in 150 years. In contrast to the similar levels of total soil N along these rivers, N turnover rates, annual N mineralization, net nitrification rates, resin-N, and foliar N were all 2-4 times higher along the Green River than the Yampa River. N mineralization and net nitrification rates generally increased through time to steady or slightly declining rates along the Yampa River. Along the Green River, rates of mineralization and nitrification were highest in the youngest age class. The high levels of available N and N turnover in young sites are not characteristic of riparian chronosequences and could be related to changes in hydrology or plant community composition associated with the regulation of the Green River. C1 Colorado State Univ, Dept Forest Sci, Grad Degree Program Ecol, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. US Geol Survey, Ft Collins Sci Ctr, USBR, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Adair, EC (reprint author), Colorado State Univ, Dept Forest Sci, Grad Degree Program Ecol, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. EM eadair@lamar.colostate.edu RI Andersen, Douglas/A-4563-2013 NR 50 TC 43 Z9 43 U1 1 U2 14 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0029-8549 J9 OECOLOGIA JI Oecologia PD MAR PY 2004 VL 139 IS 1 BP 108 EP 116 DI 10.1007/s00442-004-1486-6 PG 9 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 801LK UT WOS:000220097200013 PM 14758532 ER PT J AU von der Ohe, CG Wasser, SK Hunt, KE Servheen, C AF von der Ohe, CG Wasser, SK Hunt, KE Servheen, C TI Factors associated with fecal glucocorticoids in Alaskan Brown bears (Ursus arctos horribilis) SO PHYSIOLOGICAL AND BIOCHEMICAL ZOOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ADRENAL ACTIVITY; STEROID-HORMONES; CORTISOL-LEVELS; PLASMA-LEVELS; FOOD-HABITS; BLACK BEARS; EXCRETION; RAT; CORTICOSTERONE; WILD AB The aims of this study were to validate a radioimmunoassay (RIA) for quantifying glucocorticoid metabolite concentrations in the feces of Alaskan brown bears (Ursus arctos horribilis) and to investigate whether any of the following factors are associated with those concentrations: the presence of humans or other bears, fishing difficulty, sex-age class, diet, and season. We tested an established corticosterone RIA for assay sensitivity, similarity, precision, and sample matrix effects of brown bear feces, and it proved satisfactory. We collected fecal samples from brown bears along salmon-spawning streams and assessed fecal glucocorticoid (FG) concentrations. We observed that the factors explaining the most variation in measured concentrations were date and diet type and that there was a significant interaction between the two. We did not observe a significant effect of human and bear activities or sex-age class on FG concentrations. This study demonstrates that although FG concentrations may be assessed in brown bears, complex dietary patterns and seasonal variations must be taken into consideration in the study design in order to make inferences regarding stress. C1 Univ Washington, Dept Zool, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. Univ Montana, US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Wildlife Biol Program, Missoula, MT 59812 USA. RP von der Ohe, CG (reprint author), Stanford Univ, Dept Biol Sci, 371 Serra Mall, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. EM vonderohe@stanford.edu NR 51 TC 36 Z9 36 U1 4 U2 21 PU UNIV CHICAGO PRESS PI CHICAGO PA 1427 E 60TH ST, CHICAGO, IL 60637-2954 USA SN 1522-2152 J9 PHYSIOL BIOCHEM ZOOL JI Physiol. Biochem. Zool. PD MAR-APR PY 2004 VL 77 IS 2 BP 313 EP 320 DI 10.1086/378139 PG 8 WC Physiology; Zoology SC Physiology; Zoology GA 815VT UT WOS:000221070500015 PM 15095251 ER PT J AU Colman, SM Baucom, PC Bratton, JF Cronin, TM McGeehin, JP Willard, D Zimmerman, AR Vogt, PR AF Colman, SM Baucom, PC Bratton, JF Cronin, TM McGeehin, JP Willard, D Zimmerman, AR Vogt, PR TI Radiocarbon dating, chronologic framework, and changes in accumulation rates of Holocene estuarine sediments from Chesapeake Bay (vol 57, pg 58, 2002) SO QUATERNARY RESEARCH LA English DT Correction C1 US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA USA. Virginia Inst Marine Sci, Gloucester Point, VA 23062 USA. USN, Res Lab, Washington, DC 20375 USA. RP Colman, SM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 384 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. EM scolman@usgs.gov NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 6 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0033-5894 J9 QUATERNARY RES JI Quat. Res. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 61 IS 2 BP 241 EP 241 DI 10.1016/j.yqres.2003.11.004 PG 1 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 808QQ UT WOS:000220584000011 ER PT J AU Kaufman, DS Ager, TA Anderson, NJ Anderson, PM Andrews, JT Bartlein, PJ Brubaker, LB Coats, LL Cwynar, LC Duvall, ML Dyke, AS Edwards, ME Eisner, WR Gajewski, K Geirsdottir, A Hu, FS Jennings, AE Kaplan, MR Kerwin, MN Lozhkin, AV MacDonald, GM Miller, GH Mock, CJ Oswald, WW Otto-Bliesner, BL Porinchu, DF Ruhland, K Smol, JP Steig, EJ Wolfe, BB AF Kaufman, DS Ager, TA Anderson, NJ Anderson, PM Andrews, JT Bartlein, PJ Brubaker, LB Coats, LL Cwynar, LC Duvall, ML Dyke, AS Edwards, ME Eisner, WR Gajewski, K Geirsdottir, A Hu, FS Jennings, AE Kaplan, MR Kerwin, MN Lozhkin, AV MacDonald, GM Miller, GH Mock, CJ Oswald, WW Otto-Bliesner, BL Porinchu, DF Ruhland, K Smol, JP Steig, EJ Wolfe, BB TI Holocene thermal maximum in the western Arctic (0-180 degrees W) SO QUATERNARY SCIENCE REVIEWS LA English DT Review ID LATE-QUATERNARY VEGETATION; GREENLAND ICE-CORE; ATMOSPHERIC METHANE CONCENTRATION; SOUTHWESTERN VICTORIA ISLAND; LATITUDE NORTHERN-HEMISPHERE; NORTHWESTERN ALASKA RANGE; GENERAL-CIRCULATION MODEL; SEA-SURFACE TEMPERATURES; WHALE BALAENA-MYSTICETUS; GLACIAL LAKE AGASSIZ AB The spatio-temporal pattern of peak Holocene warmth (Holocene thermal maximum, HTM) is traced over 140 sites across the Western Hemisphere of the Arctic (0-180degreesW; north of similar to60degreesN). Paleoclimate inferences based on a wide variety of proxy indicators provide clear evidence for warmer-than-present conditions at 120 of these sites. At the 16 terrestrial sites where quantitative estimates have been obtained, local HTM temperatures (primarily summer estimates) were on average 1.6+/-0.8degreesC higher than present (approximate average of the 20th century), but the warming was time-transgressive across the western Arctic. As the precession-driven summer insolation anomaly peaked 12-10ka (thousands of calendar years ago), warming was concentrated in northwest North America, while cool conditions lingered in the northeast. Alaska and northwest Canada experienced the HTM between ca 11 and 9 ka, about 4000 yr prior to the HTM in northeast Canada. The delayed warming in Quebec and Labrador was linked to the residual Laurentide Ice Sheet, which chilled the region through its impact on surface energy balance and ocean circulation. The lingering ice also attests to the inherent asymmetry of atmospheric and oceanic circulation that predisposes the region to glaciation and modulates the pattern of climatic change. The spatial asymmetry of warming during the HTM resembles the pattern of warming observed in the Arctic over the last several decades. Although the two warmings are described at different temporal scales, and the HTM was additionally affected by the residual Laurentide ice, the similarities suggest there might be a preferred mode of variability in the atmospheric circulation that generates a recurrent pattern of warming under positive radiative forcing. Unlike the HTM, however, future warming will not be counterbalanced by the cooling effect of a residual North American ice sheet. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 No Arizona Univ, Dept Geol, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. No Arizona Univ, Dept Environm Sci, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO USA. Univ Loughborough, Dept Geog, Loughborough, Leics, England. Univ Washington, Quaternary Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. Univ Colorado, Inst Arctic & Alpine Res, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. Univ Oregon, Dept Geog, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. Univ Washington, Coll Forest Resources, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. No Arizona Univ, Dept Geol, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. Univ New Brunswick, Dept Biol, Fredericton, NB E3B 6E1, Canada. Bates Coll, Dept Geol, Lewiston, ME 04240 USA. Geol Survey Canada, Ottawa, ON, Canada. Univ Trondheim, Inst Geog, Trondheim, Norway. Univ Cincinnati, Dept Geog, Cincinnati, OH USA. Univ Ottawa, Dept Geog, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada. Univ Iceland, Dept Geosci, Reykjavik, Iceland. Univ Illinois, Dept Plant Biol, Urbana, IL 61801 USA. Univ Edinburgh, Sch Geosci, Edinburgh, Midlothian, Scotland. Univ Denver, Dept Geog, Denver, CO USA. Russian Acad Sci, NE Interdisciplinary Sci Res Inst, Magadan, Russia. Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Geog, Los Angeles, CA 90024 USA. Univ S Carolina, Dept Geog, Columbia, SC 29208 USA. Natl Ctr Atmospher Res, Boulder, CO 80307 USA. Calif State Univ Long Beach, Dept Geog, Long Beach, CA 90840 USA. Queens Univ, Dept Biol, Kingston, ON K7L 3N6, Canada. Wilfrid Laurier Univ, Dept Geog & Environm Studies, Waterloo, ON N2L 3C5, Canada. RP Kaufman, DS (reprint author), No Arizona Univ, Dept Geol, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. EM darrell.kaufman@nau.edu RI Kaplan, Michael/D-4720-2011; Bartlein, Patrick/E-4643-2011; Cwynar, Les/I-4214-2012; Kaufman, Darrell/A-2471-2008; Smol, John/A-8838-2015; Steig, Eric/G-9088-2015; Geirsdottir, Aslaug/L-3267-2015 OI Bartlein, Patrick/0000-0001-7657-5685; Kaufman, Darrell/0000-0002-7572-1414; Steig, Eric/0000-0002-8191-5549; Geirsdottir, Aslaug/0000-0003-3125-0195 NR 259 TC 422 Z9 432 U1 12 U2 101 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0277-3791 J9 QUATERNARY SCI REV JI Quat. Sci. Rev. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 23 IS 5-6 BP 529 EP 560 DI 10.1016/j.quascirev.2003.09.007 PG 32 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 802KT UT WOS:000220163100002 ER PT J AU Cervelli, P AF Cervelli, P TI The threat of silent earthquakes SO SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN LA English DT Article ID SLIP AB A lack of rumbling does not necessarily make an earthquake harmless. Some of the quiet types could presage devastating tsunamis or larger, ground-shaking shocks. C1 US Geol Survey, Hawaiian Volcano Observ, Hilo, HI USA. RP Cervelli, P (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Hawaiian Volcano Observ, Hilo, HI USA. NR 3 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 1 U2 12 PU SCI AMERICAN INC PI NEW YORK PA 415 MADISON AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10017 USA SN 0036-8733 J9 SCI AM JI Sci.Am. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 290 IS 3 BP 86 EP 91 PG 6 WC Multidisciplinary Sciences SC Science & Technology - Other Topics GA 773GD UT WOS:000188888600035 PM 14981882 ER PT J AU Theodore, TG Berger, VI Singer, DA Harris, AG Stevens, CH AF Theodore, TG Berger, VI Singer, DA Harris, AG Stevens, CH TI Synthrusting deposition of the Pennsylvanian and Permian Strathearn Formation, Northern Carlin Trend, Nevada SO SEDIMENTARY GEOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Strathearn Formation; Antler orogeny; Carlin Trend; Coyote thrust ID ANCESTRAL ROCKY-MOUNTAINS; BASIN; DEFORMATION; EVOLUTION; USA AB The middle Upper Pennsylvanian and middle Lower Permian Strathearn Formation belongs to the overlap assemblage of the Antler orogen in Nevada. At Beaver Peak, near the Carlin Trend of gold deposits, it contains synorogenic conglomerate deposits associated with emplacement of a regionally extensive, 1-km-thick tectonic wedge that is floored by the Coyote thrust. Normal marine conodont biofacies throughout the Strathearn Formation suggest middle shelf or deeper, depositional environments. the allochthon floored by the Coyote thrust ha's been thrust above a middle Upper Pennsylvanian, lower conglomerate unit of the Strathearn. Formation. A middle Lower Permian upper conglomerate, unit, the highest unit recognized in the Strathearn Formation, as well as similarly aged dolomitic siltstone, onlap directly onto Ordovician quartzarenite of the Vinini Formation that makes up most of the Coyote allochthon. Quartz grains and quartzarenite fragments of variable roundness and shape in the conglomerate units were derived from the presently adjoining tectonic lobe of mostly quartzarenite that advanced southeast (present geographic coordinates) during the late Paleozoic into the developing Strathearn basin. Chert fragments in the conglomerates probably were derived mostly from Devonian Slaven Chert, including a widespread thick melange unit of the Slaven Chert in the footwall of the Coyote thrust. Lithologic and shape ratio data from approximately 4200 clasts at 17 sites of the two major conglomerate units in the Strathearn Formation at Beaver Peak are roughly similar in that they contain only chert and quartzarenite clasts, and chert clasts predominate in both units. They differ in the relative proportion of the two lithologies whereby quartzarenite clasts increase sixfold in the upper unit (middle Lower Permian) versus its content in the lower conglomerate unit. Relations at the unconformity between. the upper conglomerate. unit and its underlying quartzarenite shows quartzarenite fragments actually breaking away from an immediately subjacent source. Ordovocian quartzarenite, which forms, a tectonically uplifted wedge with the Coyote thrust at its base, became a source region for much of the quartzarenite detritus deposited preferentially in the upper parts of the Strathearn Formation. The conglomerate units of the Strathearn Formation temporally bracket emplacement of the Coyote thrust. Thrusting related to contractional reactivation of the Robert Mountains thrust system largely was completed by middle Early Permian. Published by Elsevier B.V. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. San Jose State Univ, San Jose, CA 95192 USA. RP Theodore, TG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS-901, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM theodore@usgs.gov NR 55 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 7 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0037-0738 J9 SEDIMENT GEOL JI Sediment. Geol. PD MAR 1 PY 2004 VL 165 IS 1-2 BP 1 EP 28 DI 10.1016/j.sedgeo.2003.10.012 PG 28 WC Geology SC Geology GA 802JC UT WOS:000220158800001 ER PT J AU Hardebeck, JL Boatwright, J Dreger, D Goel, R Graizer, V Hudnut, K Ji, C Jones, L Langbein, J Lin, J Roeloffs, E Simpson, R Stark, K Stein, R Tinsley, JC AF Hardebeck, JL Boatwright, J Dreger, D Goel, R Graizer, V Hudnut, K Ji, C Jones, L Langbein, J Lin, J Roeloffs, E Simpson, R Stark, K Stein, R Tinsley, JC TI Preliminary report on the 22 December 2003, M 6.5 San Simeon, California earthquake SO SEISMOLOGICAL RESEARCH LETTERS LA English DT Article ID 1999 HECTOR MINE; ANDREAS-FAULT; FOCAL MECHANISMS; SLIP; INVERSION; HAZARD C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. Calif Polytech State Univ San Luis Obispo, San Luis Obispo, CA 93407 USA. Calif Geol Survey, Sacramento, CA USA. US Geol Survey, Pasadena, CA 91106 USA. CALTECH, Pasadena, CA 91125 USA. Woods Hole Oceanog Inst, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Vancouver, WA USA. RP US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd MS977, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM jhardebeck@usgs.gov RI Hudnut, Kenneth/B-1945-2009; Hudnut, Kenneth/G-5713-2010 OI Hudnut, Kenneth/0000-0002-3168-4797; NR 24 TC 44 Z9 44 U1 0 U2 3 PU SEISMOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI ALBANY PA 400 EVELYN AVE, SUITE 201, ALBANY, CA 94706-1375 USA SN 0895-0695 EI 1938-2057 J9 SEISMOL RES LETT JI Seismol. Res. Lett. PD MAR-APR PY 2004 VL 75 IS 2 BP 155 EP 172 PG 18 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 815JA UT WOS:000221037400003 ER PT J AU Gooding, G Langford, JR AF Gooding, G Langford, JR TI Characteristics of tree roosts of Rafinesque's big-eared bat and southeastern bat in northeastern Louisiana SO SOUTHWESTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID MISSISSIPPI ALLUVIAL VALLEY; FOREST; SELECTION AB We found 44 Corynorhinus rafinesquii and 1 Myotis austroriparius tree roosts during the summer of 2000 on D'Arbonne National Wildlife Refuge in northeastern Louisiana. Corynorhinus rafinesquii and M. austroriparius are species of concern throughout their range. Little information exists on tree roosts of either species. The roost trees found in our study were hollow Nyssa aquatica with triangular-shaped basal openings, and all were located within a 5-ha tupelo stand. A high density of large-diameter cavity trees and a closed canopy characterized this stand. A canal bisected the stand and provided a source of permanent water. Roost trees and non-roost trees could not be compared due to biases in sampling technique. More research directed at roost selection factors by these bats is needed to form conservation plans; however, preliminary information indicates many, large-diameter cavity trees, especially Nyssa tree species, within bottomland hardwood forests are important as tree roosts for these bats. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Farmerville, LA 71241 USA. RP Gooding, G (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, N Louisiana Refuges Complex,11372 Highway 143, Farmerville, LA 71241 USA. EM gypsy_gooding@fws.gov NR 30 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 0 U2 7 PU SOUTHWESTERN ASSOC NATURALISTS PI SAN MARCOS PA SOUTHWEST TEXAS STATE UNIV, DEPT BIOLOGY, 601 UNIVERSITY DR, SAN MARCOS, TX 78666 USA SN 0038-4909 J9 SOUTHWEST NAT JI Southw. Natural. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 49 IS 1 BP 61 EP 67 DI 10.1894/0038-4909(2004)049<0061:COTROR>2.0.CO;2 PG 7 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 803EF UT WOS:000220213700009 ER PT J AU Rorabaugh, JC Howland, JM Babb, RD AF Rorabaugh, JC Howland, JM Babb, RD TI Distribution and habitat use of the Pacific treefrog (Pseudacris regilla) on the lower Colorado River and in Arizona SO SOUTHWESTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article AB Prior to 1987, the Pacific treefrog (Pseudacris regilla) was known from only 4 sites on the lower Colorado River, which borders Nevada, California, and Arizona. We conducted surveys on the lower Colorado River from Princess Cove on Lake Mohave to the Bill Williams River confluence and upstream on the Bill Williams River to Planet Ranch from 1987 through 2002, and we consulted museums and herpetologists working in the area for P. regilla localities. We found this frog to be well distributed along 90 km of the lower Colorado River and its backwaters from Davis Camp, just below Davis Dam, to Castle Rock in upper Lake Havasu. We report 33 new localities and confirmed presence at 1 historical site. We found P regilla primarily in cattail and bulrush marshes along the main channel and in backwaters. What limits its distribution on the lower Colorado River is unknown, because cattail and bulrush marshes occur both north and south of the current range. Pseudacris regilla populations below Davis Dam are probably currently disjunct from those on the Overton Arm of Lake Mead and in the Las Vegas Valley. In Arizona, this species also has been recorded as an apparent introduction at Middle Spring and a nearby stock tank in the Virgin Mountains, Mohave County, and at 2 central Arizona plant nurseries. The species persisted for at least 19 years and successfully bred at 1 nursery, where it was reportedly introduced by frogs hitchhiking on ornamental plants imported from San Diego. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Phoenix, AZ 85021 USA. St Marks Natl Wildlife Refuge, St Marks, FL 32355 USA. Arizona Game & Fish Dept, Mesa, AZ 85027 USA. RP Rorabaugh, JC (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, 2321 W Royal Palm Rd,Suite 103, Phoenix, AZ 85021 USA. EM jrorabaugh@earthlink.net NR 16 TC 3 Z9 4 U1 2 U2 5 PU SOUTHWESTERN ASSN NATURALISTS PI SAN MARCOS PA SOUTHWEST TEXAS STATE UNIV, DEPT BIOLOGY, 601 UNIVERSITY DR, SAN MARCOS, TX 78666 USA SN 0038-4909 J9 SOUTHWEST NAT JI Southw. Natural. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 49 IS 1 BP 94 EP 99 DI 10.1894/0038-4909(2004)049<0094:DAHUOT>2.0.CO;2 PG 6 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 803EF UT WOS:000220213700016 ER PT J AU Bailey, MM Isely, JJ Bridges, WC AF Bailey, MM Isely, JJ Bridges, WC TI Movement and population size of American shad near a low-head lock and dam SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY LA English DT Article ID ALOSA-SAPIDISSIMA; MIGRATIONS AB We investigated the population size and the proportion of the population of American shad Alosa sapidissima that passed through the New Savannah Bluff Lock and Dam, a low-head lock and dam on the Savannah River in south Carolina and Georgia. We fitted 110 American shad with radio transmitters in 2001 and 2002. All but two fish moved downstream after transmitter implantation. In 2001, a smaller proportion of American shad implanted with radio transmitters earlier in the season returned to the dam than fish released later. Of the fish that returned to the dam, over 50% in 2001 and 9% in 2002 passed through the lock and continued migrating upstream. In both years, the modal daily movement distance was less than 1 km. Movements greater than 5 km/d were generally associated with fish rapidly returning upstream after their initial downstream movement. Continuous diel monitoring indicated that movements greater than 0.1 km/h were more frequent at night than during the day. In both years, American shad were not uniformly distributed over the study area but were predominantly grouped just below the dam and in a relatively large pool approximately 6 km below the dam. We estimated the population size of American shad that reached the New Savannah Bluff Lock and Dam at 157,685 in 2001 and 217,077 in 2002. C1 Clemson Univ, S Carolina Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. Clemson Univ, Dept Aquaculture Fisheries & Wildlife, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. Clemson Univ, Dept Expt Stat, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. RP Isely, JJ (reprint author), Clemson Univ, S Carolina Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. EM jisely@clemson.edu NR 22 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 2 U2 16 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0002-8487 J9 T AM FISH SOC JI Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 133 IS 2 BP 300 EP 308 DI 10.1577/03-025 PG 9 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 805LA UT WOS:000220366600006 ER PT J AU Miranda, LE Lucas, GM AF Miranda, LE Lucas, GM TI Determinism in fish assemblages of floodplain lakes of the vastly disturbed Mississippi Alluvial Valley SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY LA English DT Article ID CANONICAL CORRESPONDENCE-ANALYSIS; ENVIRONMENTAL VARIATION; ORINOCO RIVER; BEAR-CREEK; TURBIDITY; WATER; BASIN; COMMUNITIES; POLLUTION; GRADIENT AB The Mississippi Alluvial Valley between southern Illinois and southern Louisiana contains hundreds of floodplain lakes, most of which have been adversely affected by landscape modifications used to control flooding and support agriculture. We examined fish assemblages in lakes of this region to determine whether deterministic patterns developed in relation to prominent abiotic lake characteristics and to explore whether relevant abiotic factors could be linked to specific assemblage structuring mechanisms. The distributions of 14 taxa in 29 lakes were governed primarily by two gradients that contrasted assemblages in terms of lake area, lake elongation, and water clarity. The knowledge of whether a lake was clear or turbid, large or small, and long or short helped determine fish assemblage characteristics. Abiotic factors influenced fish assemblage structures, plausibly through limitations on foraging and physiological tolerances. Determinism in assemblage organization of floodplain lakes relative to recurrence in physicochemical features has been documented for unaltered rivers. Whereas the Mississippi Alluvial Valley has been subjected to vast anthropogenic disturbances and is not a fully functional floodplain river, fish assemblages in its floodplain lakes remain deterministic and organized by the underlying factors that also dictate assemblages in unaltered rivers. In advanced stages of lake aging, fish assemblages in these lakes are expected to largely include species that thrive in turbid, shallow systems with few predators and low oxygen concentrations. The observed patterns related to physical characteristics of these lakes suggest three general conservation foci, including (I) watershed management to control erosion, (2) removal of sediments or increases in water level to alleviate depth reductions and derived detriments to water physicochemistry, and (3) management of fish populations through stockings, removals, and harvest regulations. C1 US Geol Survey, Mississippi Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. Mississippi Dept Wildlife Fisheries & Pks, Merigold, MS 38759 USA. RP Miranda, LE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Mississippi Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, POB 9691, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. EM smiranda@usgs.gov NR 59 TC 21 Z9 22 U1 0 U2 7 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 530 WALNUT STREET, STE 850, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 0002-8487 EI 1548-8659 J9 T AM FISH SOC JI Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 133 IS 2 BP 358 EP 370 DI 10.1577/03-060 PG 13 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 805LA UT WOS:000220366600010 ER PT J AU Braaten, PJ Guy, CS AF Braaten, PJ Guy, CS TI First-year growth, condition, and size-selective winter mortality of freshwater drum in the lower Missouri River SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY LA English DT Article ID MISSISSIPPI RIVER; LARGEMOUTH BASS; STRIPED BASS; PHENOTYPIC PLASTICITY; OVERWINTER MORTALITY; LAKE-ERIE; SURVIVAL; FISH; RECRUITMENT; TEMPERATURE AB We compared first-year growth and relative condition (K-n) of the 1997 and 1998 year-classes of freshwater drum Aplodinotus grunniens among three sites in a 235-km reach of the channelized Missouri River and tested for the occurrence of size-selective overwinter mortality during the first winter. Prewinter mean length was 15 mm greater, mean weight was 8 g greater, and mean K-n was 5% greater at the upstream site than at the downstream site. The prewinter mean length of age-0 freshwater drum was significantly greater in 1997 (115 mm) than in 1998 (109 mm), but K-n was significantly greater in 1998 (107) than in 1997 (102). There was no evidence that density-dependent interactions influenced prewinter growth and K-n. Size-selective overwinter mortality of the smallest size-classes of freshwater drum occurred at two of three sites during the 1997-1998 winter, and K-n decreased 9-15%. Size-selective overwinter mortality of the 1998 cohort of freshwater drum did not occur during the 1998-1999 winter, and K-n declined 0-10%. A prolonged growing season (through early December 1998), in conjunction with less severe winter water temperature conditions, apparently minimized the incidence of size-selective overwinter mortality for the 1998 cohort of freshwater drum. We conclude that size-selective overwinter mortality of age-0 freshwater drum occurs in the lower channelized Missouri River but depends on the length of the prewinter growing season, winter duration, and the severity of winter water temperatures. C1 Kansas State Univ, Div Biol, Kansas Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Manhattan, KS 66506 USA. RP Braaten, PJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Ft Peck Project Off, Govt Adm Bldg,E Kansas St, Ft Peck, MT 59223 USA. EM patrick_braaten@usgs.gov NR 51 TC 5 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 7 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0002-8487 J9 T AM FISH SOC JI Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 133 IS 2 BP 385 EP 398 DI 10.1577/01-136 PG 14 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 805LA UT WOS:000220366600012 ER PT J AU Peterson, JT Thurow, RF Guzevich, JW AF Peterson, JT Thurow, RF Guzevich, JW TI An evaluation of multipass electrofishing for estimating the abundance of stream-dwelling salmonids SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY LA English DT Article ID FISH ABUNDANCE; ANIMAL POPULATIONS; MARK-RECAPTURE; TROUT; SIZE; REGRESSION; EFFICIENCY; SELECTION; ERROR AB Failure to estimate capture efficiency, defined as the probability of capturing individual fish, can introduce a systematic error or bias into estimates of fish abundance. We evaluated the efficacy of multipass electrofishing removal methods for estimating fish abundance by comparing estimates of capture efficiency from multipass removal estimates to capture efficiencies measured by the recapture of known numbers of marked individuals for bull trout Salvelinus confluentus and westslope cutthroat trout Oncorhynchus clarki lewisi. Electrofishing capture efficiency measured by the recapture of marked fish was greatest for westslope cutthroat trout and for the largest size-classes of both species. Capture efficiency measured by the recapture of marked fish also was low for the first electrofishing pass (mean, 28%) and decreased considerably (mean, 1.71 times lower) with successive passes, which suggested that fish were responding to the electrofishing procedures. On average, the removal methods overestimated three-pass capture efficiency by 39% and underestimated fish abundance by 88%, across both species and all size-classes. The overestimates of efficiency were positively related to the cross-sectional area of the stream and the amount of undercut banks and negatively related to the number of removal passes for bull trout, whereas for westslope cutthroat trout, the overestimates were positively related to the amount of cobble substrate. Three-pass capture efficiency measured by the recapture of marked fish was related to the same stream habitat characteristics that influenced (biased) the removal estimates and did not appear to be influenced by our sampling procedures, including fish marking. Simulation modeling confirmed our field observations and indicated that underestimates of fish abundance by the removal method were negatively related to first-pass sampling efficiency and the magnitude of the decrease in capture efficiency with successive passes. Our results, and those of other researchers, suggest that most electrofishing-removal-based estimates of fish abundance are likely to be biased and that these biases are related to stream characteristics, fish species, and size. We suggest that biologists regard electrofishing-removal-based estimates as biased indices and encourage them to measure and model the efficiency of their sampling methods to avoid introducing systematic errors into their data. C1 Univ Georgia, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, US Geol Survey, Georgia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Athens, GA 30602 USA. US Forest Serv, Rocky Mt Res Stn, Boise, ID 83702 USA. RP Peterson, JT (reprint author), Univ Georgia, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, US Geol Survey, Georgia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Athens, GA 30602 USA. EM peterson@smokey.forestry.uga.edu NR 43 TC 142 Z9 148 U1 0 U2 40 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 530 WALNUT STREET, STE 850, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 0002-8487 EI 1548-8659 J9 T AM FISH SOC JI Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 133 IS 2 BP 462 EP 475 DI 10.1577/03-044 PG 14 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 805LA UT WOS:000220366600019 ER PT J AU Olsen, JB Spearman, WJ Sage, GK Miller, SJ Flannery, BG Wenburg, JK AF Olsen, JB Spearman, WJ Sage, GK Miller, SJ Flannery, BG Wenburg, JK TI Variation in the population structure of Yukon River chum and coho salmon: Evaluating the potential impact of localized habitat degradation SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY LA English DT Article ID ONCORHYNCHUS-KISUTCH; MICROSATELLITE LOCI; MITOCHONDRIAL-DNA; BRITISH-COLUMBIA; ATLANTIC SALMON; WESTERN ALASKA; DIFFERENTIATION; CONSERVATION; RELATEDNESS; MARKERS AB We used microsatellite and mitochondrial DNA-restriction fragment length polymorphism (mtDNA-RFLP) analyses to test the hypothesis that chum salmon Oncorhynchus keta and coho salmon O. kisutch in the Yukon River, Alaska, exhibit population structure at differing spatial scales. If the hypothesis is true, then the risk of losing genetic diversity because of habitat degradation from a gold mine near a Yukon River tributary could differ between the two species. For each species, collections were made from two tributaries in both the Innoko and Tanana rivers, which are tributaries to the lower and middle Yukon River. The results revealed a large difference in the degree and spatial distribution of population structure between the two species. For chum salmon, the microsatellite loci (F-statistic [F-ST] = 0.021) and mtDNA (F-ST = -0.008) revealed a low degree of interpopulation genetic diversity on a relatively large geographic scale. This large-scale population structure should minimize, although not eliminate, the risk of genetic diversity loss due to localized habitat degradation. For coho salmon, the microsatellites (F-ST = 0.091) and mtDNA (F-ST = 0.586) revealed a hi degree of interpopulation genetic diversity on a relatively small geographic scale. This small-scale population structure suggests that coho salmon are at a relatively high risk of losing genetic diversity due to localized habitat degradation. Our study underscores the importance of a multispecies approach for evaluating the potential impact of land-use activities on the genetic diversity of Pacific salmon. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Conservat Genet Lab, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Olsen, JB (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Conservat Genet Lab, 1011 E Tudor Rd, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM jeffrey_olsen@fws.gov NR 29 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 2 U2 7 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0002-8487 J9 T AM FISH SOC JI Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 133 IS 2 BP 476 EP 483 DI 10.1577/03-041 PG 8 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 805LA UT WOS:000220366600020 ER PT J AU Jones, CA Nimick, DA McCleskey, RB AF Jones, CA Nimick, DA McCleskey, RB TI Relative effect of temperature and pH on diel cycling of dissolved trace elements in Prickly Pear Creek, Montana SO WATER AIR AND SOIL POLLUTION LA English DT Article DE arsenic; cycling; diel; diurnal; metals; Montana sediment; streams; trace elements; zinc ID HYDROUS METAL-OXIDES; HEAVY-METALS; ADSORPTION; SORPTION; IRON; INTERFACE; ZINC(II); CYCLES; RIVER; SOIL AB Diel (24 hr) cycles in dissolved metal and As concentrations have been documented in many northern Rocky Mountain streams in the U. S. A. The cause(s) of the cycles are unknown, although temperature- and pH-dependent sorption reactions have been cited as likely causes. A light/dark experiment was conducted to isolate temperature and pH as variables affecting diel metal cycles in Prickly Pear Creek, Montana. Light and dark chambers containing sediment and a strand of macrophyte were placed in the stream to simulate instream temperature oscillations. Photosynthesis-induced pH changes were allowed to proceed in the light chambers while photosynthesis was prevented in the dark chambers. Water samples were collected periodically for 22 hr in late July 2001 from all chambers and the stream. In the stream, dissolved Zn concentrations increased by 300% from late afternoon to early morning, while dissolved As concentrations exhibited the opposite pattern, increasing 33% between early morning and late afternoon. Zn and As concentrations in the light chambers showed similar, though less pronounced, diel variations. Conversely, Zn and As concentrations in the dark chambers had no obvious diel variation, indicating that light, or light-induced reactions, caused the variation. Temperature oscillations were nearly identical between light and dark chambers, strongly suggesting that temperature was not controlling the diel variations. As expected, pH was negatively correlated (P < 0.01) with dissolved Zn concentrations and positively correlated with dissolved As concentrations in both the light and dark chambers. From these experiments, photosynthesis-induced pH changes were determined to be the major cause of the diel dissolved Zn and As cycles in Prickly Pear Creek. Further research is necessary in other streams to verify that this finding is consistent among streams having large differences in trace-element concentrations and mineralogy of channel substrate. C1 Montana State Univ, Dept Land Resources & Environm Sci, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. US Geol Survey, Helena, MT USA. US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO USA. RP Jones, CA (reprint author), Montana State Univ, Dept Land Resources & Environm Sci, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. EM clainj@montant.edu OI Nimick, David/0000-0002-8532-9192; McCleskey, Richard/0000-0002-2521-8052 NR 30 TC 48 Z9 49 U1 2 U2 24 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0049-6979 J9 WATER AIR SOIL POLL JI Water Air Soil Pollut. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 153 IS 1-4 BP 95 EP 113 DI 10.1023/B:WATE.0000019934.64939.f0 PG 19 WC Environmental Sciences; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences; Water Resources GA 803SE UT WOS:000220250000006 ER PT J AU Henkel, LA Burkett, EE Takekawa, JY AF Henkel, LA Burkett, EE Takekawa, JY TI At-sea activity and diving behavior of a radio-tagged Marbled Murrelet in Central California SO WATERBIRDS LA English DT Article DE Brachyramphus marmoratus; activity; diving behavior; radio-telemetry; Marbled Murrelet ID XANTUS AB Radio-telemetry was used to continuously monitor the at-sea activity of an adult Marbled Murrelet (Brachyramphus marmoratus) nesting in Santa Cruz County, California. From 05.39 h on 28 May 1997, to 05.14 h on 29 May 1997, the murrelet was followed by tracking teams at Ano Nuevo Bay. Between 05.44 h and 20.19 h on 28 May, the bird engaged in eleven dive bouts, with a mean duration of 18.8 +/- 5.4 min. Mean dive duration was 24.8 +/- 15.7 s; mean surface between dives was 15.2 +/- 12.7 s. No dives were initiated after 20.19 h. The bird spent 12.3% of the at-sea period and 23.4% of. daylight hours engaged in diving bouts. This relatively small amount of time spent diving allows for considerable flexibility in activity budget. C1 Humboldt State Univ, Dept Wildlife, Arcata, CA 95521 USA. US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, San Francsico Bay Estuary Field Stn, Vallejo, CA 94592 USA. Calif Dept Fish & Game, Sacramento, CA 95814 USA. HT Harvey & Associates Ecol Consultants, Watsonville, CA 95076 USA. RP Henkel, LA (reprint author), Humboldt State Univ, Dept Wildlife, Arcata, CA 95521 USA. EM lhenkel@harveyecology.com NR 22 TC 4 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 6 PU WATERBIRD SOC PI WASHINGTON PA NATL MUSEUM NATURAL HISTORY SMITHSONIAN INST, WASHINGTON, DC 20560 USA SN 1524-4695 J9 WATERBIRDS JI Waterbirds PD MAR PY 2004 VL 27 IS 1 BP 9 EP 12 DI 10.1675/1524-4695(2004)027[0009:AAADBO]2.0.CO;2 PG 4 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 803NU UT WOS:000220238600002 ER PT J AU Flint, PL Lacroix, DL Reed, JA Lanctot, RB AF Flint, PL Lacroix, DL Reed, JA Lanctot, RB TI Movements of flightless Long-tailed Ducks during wing molt SO WATERBIRDS LA English DT Article DE Beaufort Sea; Clangula hyemalis; disturbance; Long-tailed Duck; molt; site fidelity ID MISSISSIPPI-RIVER; KEOKUK-POOL; SURVIVAL; GEESE; MARK AB We examined the movements of flightless Long-tailed Ducks (Clangula hyemalis) during the wing molt in the near-shore lagoons of the Beaufort Sea in Alaska. Estimates of site fidelity during the 21-day flightless period ranged from 1-100%, with considerable variation among locations and within locations among years. There was no effect of low-level experimental disturbance or an underwater seismic survey on site fidelity of molting Long-tailed Ducks. Birds molting along a relatively consistent habitat gradient were more likely to move than those molting in a fragmented habitat. While flocks of birds are consistently observed in the same locations, these data suggest considerable turnover within these aggregations. These results, in conjunction with other studies, suggest that forage is relatively uniformly distributed within lagoons. We conclude that habitat selection by molting Long-tailed Ducks is likely influenced by protection from wind and associated waves. C1 US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. Simon Fraser Univ, Ctr Wildlife Ecol, Burnaby, BC V5A 1S6, Canada. RP Flint, PL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, 1011 E Tudor Rd, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM paul_flint@usgs.gov OI Flint, Paul/0000-0002-8758-6993 NR 14 TC 7 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 5 PU WATERBIRD SOC PI WASHINGTON PA NATL MUSEUM NATURAL HISTORY SMITHSONIAN INST, WASHINGTON, DC 20560 USA SN 1524-4695 J9 WATERBIRDS JI Waterbirds PD MAR PY 2004 VL 27 IS 1 BP 35 EP 40 DI 10.1675/1524-4695(2004)027[0035:MOFLDD]2.0.CO;2 PG 6 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 803NU UT WOS:000220238600006 ER PT J AU Niehaus, AC Ruthrauff, DR McCaffery, BJ AF Niehaus, AC Ruthrauff, DR McCaffery, BJ TI Response of predators to western sandpiper nest exclosures SO WATERBIRDS LA English DT Article DE Western Sandpiper; Calidris mauri; exclosure; egg predation; daily survival rates; breeding; predator learning; Long-tailed Jaeger; Stercorarius longicaudus ID PIPING PLOVER NESTS; CROW PREDATION; SUCCESS; ALASKA AB In 2001, predator exclosures were used to protect nests of the Western Sandpiper (Calidris mauri) in western Alaska. During the exclosure experiment, nest contents in exclosures had significantly higher daily survival rates than control nests, however, late in the study predators began to cue in on exclosures and predate the nest contents. An Arctic Fox (Alopex lagapus) dug under one exclosure and took the newly hatched chicks, and Long tailed Jaegers (Stercorarius longicaudus) learned to associate exclosures with active nests and repeatedly visited them. The jaegers attempted to gain access to exclosed nests and pursued adult sandpipers as they emerged from the exclosures. The exclosures were removed to reduce potential mortality to adult and young sandpipers, but subsequently, post-exclosure nests had lower daily survival rates than controls during the same time period. Predation of post-exclosure eggs and chicks highlighted the lasting influence of the exclosure treatment on offspring survival because predators probably remembered nest locations. Researchers are urged to use caution when considering use of predator exclosures in areas where jaegers occur. C1 Simon Fraser Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Burnaby, BC V5A 1S6, Canada. Humboldt State Univ, Dept Wildlife, Arcata, CA 95521 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Yukon Delta Natl Wildlife Refuge, Bethel, AK 99559 USA. RP Niehaus, AC (reprint author), Simon Fraser Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Burnaby, BC V5A 1S6, Canada. EM amanda_niehaus@yahoo.com NR 20 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 9 PU WATERBIRD SOC PI WASHINGTON PA NATL MUSEUM NATURAL HISTORY SMITHSONIAN INST, WASHINGTON, DC 20560 USA SN 1524-4695 J9 WATERBIRDS JI Waterbirds PD MAR PY 2004 VL 27 IS 1 BP 79 EP 82 DI 10.1675/1524-4695(2004)027[0079:ROPTWS]2.0.CO;2 PG 4 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 803NU UT WOS:000220238600012 ER PT J AU Hothem, RL Hatch, D AF Hothem, RL Hatch, D TI Reproductive success of the Black-crowned Night Heron at Alcatraz Island, San Francisco Bay, California, 1990-2002 SO WATERBIRDS LA English DT Article DE Alcatraz Island; Black-crowned Night Heron; California; Larus occidentalis; Nycticorax nycticorax; reproduction; Western Gull; California ID NEST SUCCESS; MAYFIELD METHOD; COLONY; CONTAMINANTS; DISTURBANCE; SURVIVAL; BIRDS; TERNS; EGGS; USA AB Nesting chronology, habitat use, subcolony use, and hatchability were documented for the Black-crowned Night Heron (Nycticorax nycticorax) nesting at Alcatraz Island, San Francisco Bay, California during 1990-2002. Reproductive success was estimated using the Mayfield method and compared among years. Totals of monitored nests per year ranged from 68 in 2001 to 341 in 1996, with a trend of declining numbers since 1996. An increase in numbers of the Western Gull (Larus occidentalis), the Black-crowned Night Heron's primary competitor, occurred during the same period. Overall reproductive success of the Black-crowned Night Heron at Alcatraz Island was below the 13-year average of 56.4% since 1996. During the study, the average number of chicks fledged per nest each year ranged from 0.46 to 1.27, which is less than the two chicks per nest suggested as a requirement for a sustained population. Embryos in five of 187 failed Black-crowned Night Heron eggs were deformed. In 1990 and 1991, eggs were analyzed for a wide range of contaminants, but none appeared to be sufficiently elevated to have caused the observed deformities. Based on these relatively low levels of contaminants, a high hatchability rate (94.5%), and relatively low levels of embryotoxicity, contaminants did not appear to significantly affect Black-crowned Night Heron reproduction at Alcatraz Island. However, predation by the Common Raven (Corvus corax) and Western Gull, interspecific competition with the Western Gull, habitat deterioration, and possible human disturbance are likely factors contributing to the decline in Black-crowned Night Heron reproductive success on Alcatraz Island in recent years. C1 USGS, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Dixon, CA 95620 USA. Natl Pk Serv, Golden Gate Natl Recreat Area, San Francisco, CA 94123 USA. RP Hothem, RL (reprint author), USGS, Western Ecol Res Ctr, 6924 Tremont Rd, Dixon, CA 95620 USA. EM roger_hothem@usgs.gov NR 36 TC 10 Z9 11 U1 2 U2 15 PU WATERBIRD SOC PI WASHINGTON PA NATL MUSEUM NATURAL HISTORY SMITHSONIAN INST, WASHINGTON, DC 20560 USA SN 1524-4695 J9 WATERBIRDS JI Waterbirds PD MAR PY 2004 VL 27 IS 1 BP 112 EP 125 DI 10.1675/1524-4695(2004)027[0112:RSOTBN]2.0.CO;2 PG 14 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 803NU UT WOS:000220238600017 ER PT J AU Mayer, TD Thomasson, R AF Mayer, TD Thomasson, R TI Fall water requirements for seasonal diked wetlands at Lower Klamath National Wildlife Refuge SO WETLANDS LA English DT Article DE moist soil management; seasonal wetland; permanently flooded wetland; water requirements; soil-saturation requirements; effective porosity; evapotranspiration; consumptive use AB This study presents measurements and modeled estimates of fall water requirements for the seasonal wetlands under moist soil management at Lower Klamath National Wildlife Refuge in northern California, USA. For three representative seasonal wetlands on the refuge, we measured the total volume of water required to fill the units and partitioned this volume into three components: surface water volume, ET losses, and soil-saturation requirements. Flood-up of seasonal wetlands required an average inflow rate of 0.87 ha-m/ha, with a range from 0.55 to 1.08 ha-m/ha. Over half of this water goes to saturate the underlying soils. We present a model for determining the approximate fall water requirement of any seasonal wetland on the refuge, given information on the effective porosity, depth to groundwater, average precipitation and ET, and the volumetric capacity of the wetland. Using a combination of measurements and modeled or assumed rates, we estimated the total fall water requirements for the refuge for 1999, 2000, and 2001. The estimates compared favorably with measured fall water deliveries to the refuge for the three years. Lastly, we compared annual water requirements for seasonally flooded and permanently flooded wetlands at Lower Klamath National Wildlife Refuge. Water requirements for the two wetland habitat types are approximately equal, although there are differences in the timing of demand and the consumptive use. Permanently flooded wetlands require water throughout the season to satisfy evapotranspiration needs, and none of this water is returned to the system. Seasonally flooded wetlands require water only in the fall during flood-up, and much of this water is returned to the system in the spring. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Water Resources Branch, Portland, OR 97232 USA. RP Mayer, TD (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Water Resources Branch, 911 NE 11th Ave, Portland, OR 97232 USA. EM tim_mayer@fws.gov NR 20 TC 11 Z9 15 U1 0 U2 5 PU SOC WETLAND SCIENTISTS PI LAWRENCE PA 810 E TENTH ST, P O BOX 1897, LAWRENCE, KS 66044 USA SN 0277-5212 J9 WETLANDS JI Wetlands PD MAR PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 92 EP 103 DI 10.1672/0277-5212(2004)024[0092:FWRFSD]2.0.CO;2 PG 12 WC Ecology; Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 806MK UT WOS:000220437800009 ER PT J AU Kroes, DE Brinson, MM AF Kroes, DE Brinson, MM TI Occurrence of riverine wetlands on floodplains along a climatic gradient SO WETLANDS LA English DT Article DE riverine wetlands; riparian zones; floodplains; climatic gradient; moisture gradient; Holdridge Life Zones ID NORTH-CENTRAL OKLAHOMA; RIPARIAN VEGETATION; BOTTOMLAND FORESTS; COASTAL-PLAIN; ESTABLISHMENT; HYDROLOGY; DISCHARGE; USA AB The relation between the occurrence of riverine wetlands in floodplains along a humid to semi and climatic continuum was studied in two regions. The first included 36 mid-reach streams from Colorado to Iowa, USA, a region with a broad range of PET ratios (potential evapotranspiration/precipitation) from 0.70 to 1.75. The second region included 16 headwater streams in eastern North Carolina with PET ratios ranging from 0.67 to 0.83. Wetland boundaries were identified in the field along transects perpendicular to the floodplain. The width of jurisdictional wetlands was compared with flood-prone width (FPW) and expressed as a percent. An increase in PET ratio corresponded to an exponential decrease in the percentage of the FPW that is wetland. Soil texture, duration of overbank flow, and stream order did not correlate with percentage of FPW that was wetland. Streams with a PET ratio greater than 0.98 did not have wetlands associated with them. Greater channel cross-sectional areas correlated positively with greater wetland widths in both study regions. Overbank flow did not appear to contribute to wetland prevalence. Supplemental ground-water sources, however, as indicated by greater base flows, could not be ruled out as sources contributing to wetland occurrence. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr 430, Reston, VA 20192 USA. E Carolina Univ, Dept Biol, Greenville, NC 27858 USA. RP Kroes, DE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr 430, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM dkroes@usgs.gov NR 38 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 2 U2 6 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0277-5212 J9 WETLANDS JI Wetlands PD MAR PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 167 EP 177 DI 10.1672/0277-5212(2004)024[0167:OORWOF]2.0.CO;2 PG 11 WC Ecology; Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 806MK UT WOS:000220437800015 ER PT J AU Samson, FB Knopf, FL Ostlie, WR AF Samson, FB Knopf, FL Ostlie, WR TI Great Plains ecosystems: past, present, and future SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 3rd International Wildlife Management Congress CY DEC, 2003 CL CHRISTCHURCH, NEW ZEALAND DE biological diversity; conservation planning; ecological drivers; grasslands; management; prairie; restoration ID MIXED-GRASS PRAIRIE; TALLGRASS PRAIRIE; FIRE HISTORY; RESTORATION; BIODIVERSITY; CONSERVATION; EXTINCTION; MANAGEMENT; HABITAT AB Little question exists that the main bodies of North American prairie (i.e., the tall-grass, mixed, and shortgrass) are among the most endangered resources on the continent. The purpose of this paper is to provide a past and present biological baseline by which to understand North American prairies and to provide a platform for future conservation. Events both immediate to the end of the Pleistocene and historic suggest that the present grassland conditions are different from those within which most of the grassland organisms evolved. Our analysis suggests that few grassland landscapes remain adequate in area and distribution to sustain diversity sufficient to include biota and ecological drivers native to the landscape. A robust and history-based scenario to conserve Great Plains grasslands is to 1) identify areas large enough to sustain an ecological system with all its biodiversity, 2) reverse significant losses in area of native grasslands, 3) ensure that restoration matches the grassland previously existing at that site, 4) refocus the profession of range management, and 5) establish a more meaningful agency design for grassland and natural resource management. C1 US Forest Serv, Missoula, MT 59812 USA. US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Ft Collins, CO 80525 USA. Nature Conservancy, Arlington, VA 22203 USA. RP Samson, FB (reprint author), US Forest Serv, 200 E Broadway, Missoula, MT 59812 USA. EM FSamson@fs.fed.us NR 63 TC 116 Z9 122 U1 15 U2 99 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 0091-7648 J9 WILDLIFE SOC B JI Wildl. Soc. Bull. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 6 EP 15 DI 10.2193/0091-7648(2004)32[6:GPEPPA]2.0.CO;2 PG 10 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 815IF UT WOS:000221035300003 ER PT J AU Flanders-Wanner, BL White, GC McDaniel, LL AF Flanders-Wanner, BL White, GC McDaniel, LL TI Weather and prairie grouse: dealing with effects beyond our control SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 3rd International Wildlife Management Congress CY DEC, 2003 CL CHRISTCHURCH, NEW ZEALAND DE brood survival; grouse; harvest-age ratios; nest success; precipitation; production; sharp-tailed grouse; temperature; Tympanuchus; weather ID PTARMIGAN LAGOPUS-LAGOPUS; ENVIRONMENTAL-FACTORS; PERDIX-PERDIX; CHICKS; SURVIVAL; TEMPERATURE; PARTRIDGE; BEHAVIOR; THERMOREGULATION; PRECIPITATION AB We used multiple-linear-regression methods to simultaneously assess effects of vegetative disturbance and weather on the production of sharp-tailed grouse (Tympanuchus phasianellus) on Valentine National Wildlife Refuge (NWR) in Nebraska using a long-term data set of harvest-age ratios as production indices. After developing the model, we plotted the model-averaged predictions of sharp-tailed grouse production indices for Valentine NWR against actual sharp-tailed grouse production indices for our reference area, Samuel R. McKelvie National Forest (NF) in Nebraska. Model-averaged estimates of production provided reasonable predictions of actual production indices on Valentine NWR, although prediction intervals were large. The most useful predictor variables according to cumulative Akaike's Information Criterion weights were weather variables, emphasizing the significant influence of weather on sharp-tailed grouse production. As hypothesized a priori, "May Average Temperature" "June Average Temperature," and "Cumulative Precipitation from 1 January-31 July" were positively correlated with sharp-tailed grouse production, while "June Number of Heat Stress Days" and "June Number of Days of Precipitation >2.54 mm" were negatively correlated with sharp-tailed grouse production. The drought index, Cumulative Precipitation from 1 January-31 July, explained the most variability in sharp-tailed grouse production indices. The model developed on Valentine NWR overpredicted sharp-tailed grouse production indices on Samuel R. McKelvie NF by 0.77 juveniles per adult, when averaged across years. Further experimentation is needed to support our hypothesis that vegetative disturbance on Samuel R. McKelvie NF is negatively affecting sharp-tailed grouse production at its current levels. C1 Colorado State Univ, Dept Fishery & Wildlife Biol, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Valentine Natl Wildlife Refuge, Valentine, NE 69201 USA. RP Flanders-Wanner, BL (reprint author), Colorado State Univ, Dept Fishery & Wildlife Biol, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. EM Bridgette_Flanders-Wanner@fws.gov NR 59 TC 19 Z9 20 U1 1 U2 10 PU WILDLIFE SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2197 USA SN 0091-7648 J9 WILDLIFE SOC B JI Wildl. Soc. Bull. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 22 EP 34 DI 10.2193/0091-7648(2004)32[22:WAPGDW]2.0.CO;2 PG 13 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 815IF UT WOS:000221035300005 ER PT J AU Hagen, CA Jamison, BE Giesen, KM Riley, TZ AF Hagen, CA Jamison, BE Giesen, KM Riley, TZ TI Guidelines for managing lesser prairie-chicken populations and their habitats SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 3rd International Wildlife Management Congress CY DEC, 2003 CL CHRISTCHURCH, NEW ZEALAND DE Artemisia filifolia; guidelines; lesser prairie-chicken; management zone; mixed-grass prairie; Quercus havardii; sand sagebrush; shinnery oak; Tympanuchus pallidicinctus ID SAND SHINNERY OAK; TYMPANUCHUS-PALLIDICINCTUS; GENETIC-VARIATION; PRESCRIBED FIRE; MANAGEMENT; GROUSE; TEBUTHIURON; VEGETATION; GREATER; TEXAS AB Lesser prairie-chicken (Tympanuchus pallidicinctus) populations have declined by >90% since the 1800s. These declines have concerned both biologists and private conservation groups and led to a petition to list the lesser prairie-chicken as threatened under the Endangered Species Act. Most of the land in the current range of the lesser prairie-chicken is privately owned, and declines have been primarily attributed to anthropogenic factors. Conversion of native rangeland to cropland and excessive grazing have been implicated as leading causes in the species' decline. Periodic drought probably has exacerbated these problems. Little research on habitat requirements was conducted prior to 1970. Despite recent advances in the knowledge of lesser prairie-chicken ecology, no comprehensive guidelines for management of the species have been published. In these guidelines, we provide a synopsis of our current knowledge of lesser prairie-chicken habitat requirements and suggest management strategies to monitor, maintain, and enhance lesser prairie-chicken populations. C1 Kansas State Univ, Div Biol, Manhattan, KS 66502 USA. US Geol Survey, No Prairie Wildlife Res Ctr, Jamestown, ND 58401 USA. Wildlife Res Ctr, Colorado Div Wildlife, Ft Collins, CO 80526 USA. Wildlife Management Inst, Washington, DC 20036 USA. RP Hagen, CA (reprint author), Kansas State Univ, Div Biol, Manhattan, KS 66502 USA. EM christian.a.hagen@state.or.us NR 93 TC 47 Z9 49 U1 3 U2 22 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 1938-5463 J9 WILDLIFE SOC B JI Wildl. Soc. Bull. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 69 EP 82 DI 10.2193/0091-7648(2004)32[69:GFMLPP]2.0.CO;2 PG 14 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 815IF UT WOS:000221035300008 ER PT J AU Krapu, GL Brandt, DA Cox, RR AF Krapu, GL Brandt, DA Cox, RR TI Less waste corn, more land in soybeans, and the switch to genetically modified crops: trends with important implications for wildlife management SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE corn; cropland; farm bill; fat storage; genetically modified crops; Grus canadensis; harvest efficiency; resident wildlife; sandhill crane; soybeans; waterfowl; weed seeds ID CONSERVATION RESERVE PROGRAM; HERBICIDE-TOLERANT CROPS; SANDHILL CRANES; FEEDING ECOLOGY; SPRING MIGRATION; HABITAT USE; SNOW GEESE; WINTER; MALLARDS; NEBRASKA AB American agriculture has provided abundant high-energy foods for migratory and resident wildlife populations since the onset of modern wildlife management. Responding to anecdotal evidence that corn residues are declining in cropland, we remeasured waste corn post-harvest in the Central Platte River Valley (CPRV) of Nebraska during 1997 and 1998 to compare with 1978. Post-harvest waste corn averaged 2.6% and 1.8% of yield in 1997 and 1998, respectively. After accounting for a 20% increase in yield, waste corn in 1997 and 1998 was reduced 24% and 47% from 1978. We also evaluated use of soybeans by spring-staging sandhill cranes (Grus canadensis) and waterfowl during spring 1998 and 1999. Despite being widely available in the CPRV, soybeans did not occur in esophageal contents of sandhill cranes (n=174), northern pintails (Anas acuta, n=139), greater white-fronted geese (Anser albifrons, n=198), or lesser snow geese (Chen caerulescens, n=208) collected with food in their esophagi. Lack of soybean consumption by cranes and waterfowl in Nebraska in early spring builds upon previously published findings, suggesting that soybeans are poorly suited for meeting nutrient needs of wildlife requiring a high-energy diet. Given evidence that high-energy food and numerous populations of seed-eating species found on farmland are declining, and the enormous potential risk to game and nongame wildlife populations if high-energy foods were to become scarce, a comprehensive research effort to study the problem appears warranted. Provisions under the Conservation Security subtitle of The Farm Security and Rural Investment Act of 2002 offer a potential mechanism to encourage producers to manage cropland in ways that would replace part of the high-energy foods that have been lost to increasing efficiency of production agriculture. C1 US Geol Survey, No Prairie Wildlife Res Ctr, Jamestown, ND 58401 USA. RP Krapu, GL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, No Prairie Wildlife Res Ctr, 8711 37th St SE, Jamestown, ND 58401 USA. EM gary_krapu@usgs.gov NR 55 TC 34 Z9 39 U1 1 U2 16 PU WILDLIFE SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2197 USA SN 0091-7648 J9 WILDLIFE SOC B JI Wildl. Soc. Bull. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 127 EP 136 DI 10.2193/0091-7648(2004)32[127:LWCMLI]2.0.CO;2 PG 10 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 815IF UT WOS:000221035300015 ER PT J AU Costello, CM Inman, KH Jones, DE Inman, RM Thompson, BC Quigley, HB AF Costello, CM Inman, KH Jones, DE Inman, RM Thompson, BC Quigley, HB TI Reliability of the cementum annuli technique for estimating age of black bears in New Mexico SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE accuracy; age-class; black bear; cementum annuli; consistency; season; sex; tooth; Ursus americanus AB Black bear (Ursus americanus) populations are most often managed based on sex and age composition of hunter-killed bears, but few studies have evaluated the method used to determine age. We assessed the accuracy and consistency of aging black bears in New Mexico using the cementum annuli technique by examining age estimates obtained for research-captured and hunter-killed bears. Age estimates were 80% accurate for 30 teeth obtained from 26 known-age bears. Age estimates were consistent with field estimates of age-class for 76% of 232 teeth obtained from captured bears when actual age was not known. Age estimates were consistent between paired teeth for 74% of 232 pairs taken from hunter-killed bears on the same day but for only 46% of 61 pairs taken from study bears during the same or different years. Errors or inconsistencies in age estimation increased with known or estimated age, certainty codes provided by the laboratory, and tooth breakage, but these 3 factors were correlated. Accuracy and consistency also were lower when teeth were removed during the den season. Evidence did not indicate any difference in accuracy and consistency between sexes. In comparisons of 2 blind samples obtained independently, estimated age composition of the harvest did not differ (P=0.92). Accuracy and consistency of the cementum annuli aging technique were relatively high for bears with known or estimated ages <5 years old; therefore, the method appeared adequate for assessing age composition of annual hunter harvests in New Mexico. C1 Hornocker Wildlife Inst, Moscow, ID 83843 USA. New Mexico Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Las Cruces, NM 88003 USA. New Mexico Dept Game & Fish, Raton, NM 87749 USA. US Geol Survey, New Mexico Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Las Cruces, NM 88003 USA. Beringa S, Kelly, WY 83011 USA. RP Costello, CM (reprint author), Hornocker Wildlife Inst, POB 3246, Moscow, ID 83843 USA. EM ccostello@wcs.org NR 13 TC 16 Z9 17 U1 2 U2 15 PU WILDLIFE SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2197 USA SN 0091-7648 J9 WILDLIFE SOC B JI Wildl. Soc. Bull. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 169 EP 176 DI 10.2193/0091-7648(2004)32[169:ROTCAT]2.0.CO;2 PG 8 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 815IF UT WOS:000221035300019 ER PT J AU Bridges, AS Fox, JA Olfenbuttel, C Vaughan, MR AF Bridges, AS Fox, JA Olfenbuttel, C Vaughan, MR TI American black bear denning behavior: observations and applications using remote photography SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE activity; behavior; black bear; denning; emergence; remote camera; Ursus americanus; Virginia ID POPULATION-SIZE; ECOLOGY; ARKANSAS AB Researchers examining American black bear (Ursus americanus) denning behavior have relied primarily on den-site visitation and radiotelemetry to gather data. Repeated den-site visits are time-intensive and may disturb denning bears, possibly causing den abandonment, whereas radiotelemetry is sufficient only to provide gross data on den emergence. We used remote cameras to examine black bear denning behavior in the Allegheny Mountains of western Virginia during March-May 2003. We deployed cameras at 10 den sites and used 137 pictures of black bears. Adult female black bears exhibited greater extra-den activity than we expected prior to final den emergence, which occurred between April 12 and May 6, 2003. Our technique provided more accurate den-emergence estimation than previously published methodologies. Additionally, we observed seldom-documented behaviors associated with den exits and estimated cub age at den emergence. Remote cameras can provide unique insights into denning ecology, and we describe their potential application to reproductive, survival, and behavioral research. C1 Virginia Polytech Inst & State Univ, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife Sci, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA. Virginia Polytech Inst & State Univ, Virginia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA. RP Bridges, AS (reprint author), Virginia Polytech Inst & State Univ, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife Sci, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA. EM abridges@vt.edu NR 30 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 1 U2 19 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 1938-5463 J9 WILDLIFE SOC B JI Wildl. Soc. Bull. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 188 EP 193 DI 10.2193/0091-7648(2004)32[188:ABBDBO]2.0.CO;2 PG 6 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 815IF UT WOS:000221035300022 ER PT J AU Kristan, WB Boarman, WI Crayon, JJ AF Kristan, WB Boarman, WI Crayon, JJ TI Diet composition of common ravens across the urban-wildland interface of the West Mojave Desert SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE common raven; Corvus corax; diet; Mojave Desert; urban-wildland interface; wildlife ID CORVUS-CORAX; CANARY-ISLANDS; PREDATION; CALIFORNIA; LANDSCAPE; PATTERNS; PREY AB Common ravens (Corvus corax) are human-subsidized scavengers and predators in the Mojave Desert. They have increased dramatically in number and have been implicated as contributors to the decline in desert tortoise (Gopherus agassizii) populations. Known patterns of increased fledging success near human developments suggested that food was the most likely resource subsidy received by ravens. Because ravens are opportunistic foragers with a generalist diet, we predicted that the types of resource subsidy provided by different kinds of human developments should be reflected in measures of diet composition of breeding ravens. We estimated diet composition from contents of raven pellets collected at nests and related diet composition to distance of the nests from roads and point sources of resource subsidies, such as towns or landfills. Ravens that nested close to point subsidies far from major roads had the greatest incidence of trash in their diets. Ravens that nested close to roads but far from point subsidies had a low incidence of trash and a higher incidence of presumably road-killed mammals and reptiles. Ravens far from both roads and point subsidies had more plant material and arthropods, and ravens close to both roads and point subsidies had more birds and amphibians. Diet diversity was not related to distance from roads or developments. Fledging success was correlated with diet composition, such that birds with diets consistent with trash or road-kill subsidies fledged the greatest number of chicks. Our results suggest that ravens forage opportunistically on foods available near their nests, and different kinds of human developments contribute different foods. Improved management of landfills and highway fencing to reduce road-kills may help slow the growth of raven populations in the Mojave. C1 Univ Calif Riverside, Dept Biol, Riverside, CA 92521 USA. US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Western Ecol Res Ctr, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. RP Kristan, WB (reprint author), Dept Fish & Game, 78078 Country Club Dr,Suite 109, Bermuda Dunes, CA 92201 USA. EM wkristan@csusm.edu NR 28 TC 27 Z9 29 U1 4 U2 34 PU WILDLIFE SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2197 USA SN 0091-7648 J9 WILDLIFE SOC B JI Wildl. Soc. Bull. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 244 EP 253 DI 10.2193/0091-7648(2004)32[244:DCOCRA]2.0.CO;2 PG 10 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 815IF UT WOS:000221035300028 ER PT J AU Diefenbach, DB Rosenberry, CS Boyd, RC AF Diefenbach, DB Rosenberry, CS Boyd, RC TI From the field: Efficacy of detecting chronic wasting disease via sampling hunter-killed white-tailed deer SO WILDLIFE SOCIETY BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE Chronic Wasting Disease; Odocoileus virginianus; Pennsylvania; prevalence; probability of detection; sample size; sampling design; white-tailed deer ID MULE DEER; PREVALENCE AB dSurveillance programs for Chronic Wasting Disease (CWD) in free-ranging cervids often use a standard of being able to detect 1% prevalence when determining minimum sample sizes. However, 11% prevalence may represent >10,000 infected animals in a population of I million, and most wildlife managers would prefer to detect the presence of CWD when far fewer infected animals exist. We wanted to detect the presence of CWD in white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) in Pennsylvania when the disease was present in only 1 of 21 wildlife management units (WMUs) statewide. We used computer simulation to estimate the probability of detecting CWD based on a sampling design to detect the presence of CWD at 0.1% and 1.0% prevalence (23-76 and 225-762 infected deer, respectively) using tissue samples collected from hunter-killed deer. The probability of detection at 0.1% prevalence was <30% with sample sizes of less than or equal to6,000 deer, and the probability of detection at 1.0% prevalence was 46-72% with statewide sample sizes of 2,000-6,000 deer. We believe that testing of hunter-killed deer is an essential part of any surveillance program for CWD, but our results demonstrated the importance of a multifaceted surveillance approach for CWD detection rather than sole reliance on testing hunter-killed deer. C1 Penn State Univ, US Geol Survey, Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Merkle Lab 113, University Pk, PA 16802 USA. Penn Game Commiss, Harrisburg, PA 17110 USA. RP Diefenbach, DB (reprint author), Penn State Univ, US Geol Survey, Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Merkle Lab 113, University Pk, PA 16802 USA. NR 8 TC 5 Z9 6 U1 3 U2 8 PU WILDLIFE SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2197 USA SN 0091-7648 J9 WILDLIFE SOC B JI Wildl. Soc. Bull. PD SPR PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 267 EP 272 DI 10.2193/0091-7648(2004)32[267:FTFEOD]2.0.CO;2 PG 6 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 815IF UT WOS:000221035300032 ER PT J AU Sharp, BL Kus, BE AF Sharp, BL Kus, BE TI Sunrise nest attendance and aggression by Least Belus Vireos fail to deter Cowbird parasitism SO WILSON BULLETIN LA English DT Article ID BROWN-HEADED COWBIRD; AVIAN BROOD PARASITISM; YELLOW WARBLERS; MOLOTHRUS-ATER; HOST DEFENSES; BELLS VIREOS; RESPONSES; DESERTION; EVOLUTION; BEHAVIOR AB We video-recorded three, natural, brood-parasitism events by Brown-headed Cowbirds (Molothrus ater) at nests of Least Bell's Vireos (Vireo bellii pusillus). All instances Occurred near dawn, during both egg-laying and incubation stages of the nesting cycle. In each case, in adult vireo was on the nest when the female cowbird arrived. Both members of each parasitized pair vigorously attacked the intruding cowbird, but in no encounter did a pair of vireos Successfully defend its nest from parasitism. Thus, Least Bell's Vireos in our study were unable to prevent a female cowbird from parasitizing their nests once the cowbird had reached the nest. C1 US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. San Diego State Univ, Dept Biol, San Diego, CA 92182 USA. RP Kus, BE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, 5745 Kearny Villa Rd, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. EM barbara_kus@usgs.gov NR 31 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 7 PU WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC PI WACO PA 5400 BOSQUE BLVD, STE 680, WACO, TX 76710 USA SN 0043-5643 J9 WILSON BULL JI Wilson Bull. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 116 IS 1 BP 17 EP 22 DI 10.1676/0043-5643(2004)116[0017:SNAAAB]2.0.CO;2 PG 6 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 845IN UT WOS:000223235900002 ER PT J AU Pearse, AT Cavitt, JE Cully, JF AF Pearse, AT Cavitt, JE Cully, JF TI Effects of food supplementation on female nest attentiveness and incubation mate feeding in two sympatric Wren species SO WILSON BULLETIN LA English DT Article ID FLYCATCHER FICEDULA-HYPOLEUCA; SOCIAL MATING SYSTEM; IN-HOUSE WRENS; TROGLODYTES-AEDON; COMPETITION; TIME AB We examined effects of incubation mate feeding on female incubation behavior and correlates of fitness by providing female Bewick's Wrens (Thryomanes bewickii) and House Wrens (Troglodytes aedon) with food supplements. Males of these species vary in their rates of feeding; Bewick's Wrens feed their incubating mates frequently, whereas House Wrens seldom engage in this behavior. Average length of incubation bout and nest attentiveness (proportion of time spent on the nest) were higher for supplemented female Bewick's Wrens and House Wrens compared to controls. Furthermore, mates of supplemented Bewick's Wrens provisioned females at lower rates than controls, and their rate of feeding was inversely correlated with ambient temperature. Incubation length and hatching success were not significantly different between treatments for either species. These results suggest that incubation mate feeding can increase female nest attentiveness and perhaps enhance fitness of both males and females. In House Wrens, potential tradeoffs between the benefits of parental care and opportunities to obtain additional mates may explain why males rarely feed incubating females. C1 Kansas State Univ, Div Biol, Manhattan, KS 66506 USA. Kansas State Univ, Wildlife Res Unit, USGS BRD Kansas Coop, Div Biol, Manhattan, KS 66506 USA. RP Pearse, AT (reprint author), Kansas State Univ, Div Biol, Manhattan, KS 66506 USA. EM atp33@msstate.edu OI Pearse, Aaron/0000-0002-6137-1556 NR 42 TC 25 Z9 26 U1 1 U2 15 PU WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC PI ANN ARBOR PA MUSEUM OF ZOOLOGY UNIV MICHIGAN, ANN ARBOR, MI 48109 USA SN 0043-5643 J9 WILSON BULL JI Wilson Bull. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 116 IS 1 BP 23 EP 30 DI 10.1676/0043-5643(2004)116[0023:EOFSOF]2.0.CO;2 PG 8 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 845IN UT WOS:000223235900003 ER PT J AU Gregg, CE Houghton, BF Johnston, DM Paton, D Swanson, DA AF Gregg, CE Houghton, BF Johnston, DM Paton, D Swanson, DA TI The perception of volcanic risk in Kona communities from Mauna Loa and Hualdlai volcanoes, Hawai'i SO JOURNAL OF VOLCANOLOGY AND GEOTHERMAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Mauna Loa; Hualdlai; Kona; lava flow; vog; risk perception ID HAZARD; ERUPTION AB Volcanic hazards in Kona (i.e. the western side of the island of Hawai'i) stem primarily from Mauna Loa and Hualalai volcanoes. The former has erupted 39 times since 1832. Lava flows were emplaced in Kona during seven of these eruptions and last impacted Kona in 1950. Hualdlai last erupted in ca. 1800. Society's proximity to potential eruptive sources and the potential for relatively fast-moving lava flows, coupled with relatively long time intervals since the last eruptions in Kona, are the underlying stimuli for this study of risk perception. Target populations were high-school students and adults (n = 462). Using these data, we discuss threat knowledge as an influence on risk perception, and perception as a driving mechanism for preparedness. Threat knowledge and perception of risk were found to be low to moderate. On average, fewer than two-thirds of the residents were aware of the most recent eruptions that impacted Kona, and a minority felt that Mauna Loa and Hualdlai could ever erupt again. Furthermore, only about one-third were aware that lava flows could reach the coast in Kona in less than 3 h. Lava flows and ash fall were perceived to be among the least likely hazards to affect the respondent's community within the next 10 years, whereas vog (volcanic smog) was ranked the most likely. Less than 18% identified volcanic hazards as amongst the most likely hazards to affect them at home, school, or work. Not surprisingly, individual preparedness measures were found on average to be limited to simple tasks of value in frequently occurring domestic emergencies, whereas measures specific to infrequent hazard events such as volcanic eruptions were seldom adopted. Furthermore, our data show that respondents exhibit an 'unrealistic optimism bias' and infer that responsibility for community preparedness for future eruptions primarily rests with officials. We infer that these respondents may be less likely to attend to hazard information, react to warnings as directed, and undertake preparedness measures than other populations who perceive responsibility to lie with themselves. There are significant differences in hazard awareness and risk perception between students and adults, between subpopulations representing local areas, and between varying ethnicities. We conclude that long time intervals since damaging lava flows have occurred in Kona have contributed to lower levels of awareness and risk perceptions of the threat from lava flows, and that the on-going eruption at Kilauea has facilitated greater awareness and perception of risk of vog but not of other volcanic hazards. Low levels of preparedness may be explained by low perceptions of threat and risk and perhaps by the lack of a clear motivation or incentive to seek new modes of adjustment. C1 Univ Hawaii, Dept Geol & Geophys, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. Inst Geol & Nucl Sci, Lower Hutt, New Zealand. Univ Tasmania, Sch Psychol, Launceston, Tas, Australia. Hawaiian Volcano Observ, US Geol Survey, Hawaii Natl Pk, HI 96718 USA. RP Gregg, CE (reprint author), Univ Hawaii, Dept Geol & Geophys, 1680 E-W Rd, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. EM egregg@soest.hawaii.edu NR 65 TC 43 Z9 44 U1 2 U2 15 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0377-0273 J9 J VOLCANOL GEOTH RES JI J. Volcanol. Geotherm. Res. PD FEB 29 PY 2004 VL 130 IS 3-4 BP 179 EP 196 DI 10.1016/S0377-0273(03)00288-9 PG 18 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 768MM UT WOS:000188546800001 ER PT J AU Hildreth, W Lanphere, MA Champion, DE Fierstein, J AF Hildreth, W Lanphere, MA Champion, DE Fierstein, J TI Rhyodacites of Kulshan Caldera, north Cascades of Washington: Postcaldera lavas that span the Jaramillo SO JOURNAL OF VOLCANOLOGY AND GEOTHERMAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE volcanology; Caldera; paleomagnetism; geochronology; North Cascades ID CRATER LAKE; ERUPTIVE HISTORY; VOLCANIC-ROCKS; MOUNT-MAZAMA; K-AR; SYSTEM; OREGON; TEPHRA; GEOCHRONOLOGY; CALIFORNIA AB Kulshan caldera (4.5 X 8 km), at the northeast foot of Mount Baker, is filled with rhyodacite ignimbrite (1.15 Ma) and postcaldera lavas and is only the third Quaternary caldera identified in the Cascade arc. A gravity traverse across the caldera yields a steep-sided, symmetrical, complete Bouguer anomaly of -16 mGal centered over the caldera. Density considerations suggest that the caldera fill, which is incised to an observed thickness of I km, may be about 1.5 km thick and is flat-floored, overlying a cylindrical piston of subsided metamorphic rocks. Outflow sheets have been stripped by advances of the Cordilleran Ice Sheet, but the climactic fallout (Lake Tapps tephra) is as thick as 30 cm some 200 kin south of the caldera. Ten precaldera units, which range in Ar-40/Ar-39 age from 1.29 to 1.15 Ma, are dikes and erosional scraps that probably never amounted to a large edifice. A dozen postcaldera rhyodacite lavas and dikes range in age from 1.15 to 0.99 Ma; rhyodacites have subsequently been absent, the silicic reservoir having finally crystallized. At least 60 early Pleistocene intermediate dikes next intruded the caldera fill, helping energize an acid-sulfate hydrothermal system and constituting the main surviving record of an early postcaldera andesite-dacite pile presumed to have been large. Most of the pre- and postcaldera rhyodacites were dated by Ar-40/Ar-39 or K-Ar methods, and 13 were drilled for remanent magnetic directions. In agreement with the radiometric ages, the paleomagnetic data indicate that eruptions took place before, during, and after the Jaramillo Normal Polarity Subchron, and that one rhyodacite with transitional polarity may represent the termination of the Jaramillo. Most of the biotite-hornblende-orthopyroxene-plagioclase rhyodacite lavas, dikes, and tuffs are in the range 68-73% SiO2, but there were large compositional fluctuations during the 300-kyr duration of the rhyodacite episode. The rhyodacitic magma reservoir was wider (11 km) than the caldera that collapsed into it (8 km). (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Volcano Hazards Team, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Hildreth, W (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Volcano Hazards Team, MS-910, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM hildreth@usgs.gov NR 38 TC 9 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 3 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0377-0273 J9 J VOLCANOL GEOTH RES JI J. Volcanol. Geotherm. Res. PD FEB 29 PY 2004 VL 130 IS 3-4 BP 227 EP 264 DI 10.1016/S0377-0273(03)00290-7 PG 38 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 768MM UT WOS:000188546800003 ER PT J AU Roman, DC Power, JA Moran, SC Cashman, KV Doukas, MP Neal, CA Gerlach, TM AF Roman, DC Power, JA Moran, SC Cashman, KV Doukas, MP Neal, CA Gerlach, TM TI Evidence for dike emplacement beneath Iliamna Volcano, Alaska in 1996 SO JOURNAL OF VOLCANOLOGY AND GEOTHERMAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Alaska; Iliamna Volcano; seismicity; fault-plane solutions; dike emplacement; gas emissions ID REGIONAL STRESS TENSOR; FAULT-PLANE SOLUTIONS; FOCAL MECHANISM DATA; CARBON-DIOXIDE; SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA; 1989-1990 ERUPTIONS; MAMMOTH MOUNTAIN; EARTHQUAKE SWARM; MAGMATIC SYSTEM; REDOUBT VOLCANO AB Two earthquake swarms, comprising 88 and 2833 locatable events, occurred beneath Iliamna Volcano, Alaska, in May and August of 1996. Swarm earthquakes ranged in magnitude from -0.9 to 3.3. Increases in SO2 and CO2 emissions detected during the fall of 1996 were coincident with the second swarm. No other physical changes were observed in or around the volcano during this time period. No eruption occurred, and seismicity and measured gas emissions have remained at background levels since mid-1997. Earthquake hypocenters recorded during the swarms form a cluster in a previously aseismic volume of crust located to the south of Iliamna's summit at a depth of -1 to 4 kin below sea level. This cluster is elongated to the NNW-SSE, parallel to the trend of the summit and southern vents at Iliamna and to the regional axis of maximum compressive stress determined through inversion of fault-plane solutions for regional earthquakes. Fault-plane solutions calculated for 24 swarm earthquakes located at the top of the new cluster suggest a heterogeneous stress field acting during the second swarm, characterized by normal faulting and strike-slip faulting with p-axes parallel to the axis of regional maximum compressive stress. The increase in earthquake rates, the appearance of a new seismic volume, and the elevated gas emissions at Iliamna Volcano indicate that new magma intruded beneath the volcano in 1996. The elongation of the 1996-1997 earthquake cluster parallel to the direction of regional maximum compressive stress and the accelerated occurrence of both normal and strike-slip faulting in a small volume of crust at the top of the new seismic volume may e explained by the emplacement and inflation of a subvertical planar dike beneath the summit of Iliamna and its southern satellite vents. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Oregon, Dept Geol Sci, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. Alaska Volcano Observ, US Geol Survey, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. US Geol Survey, Cascades Volcano Observ, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. RP Roman, DC (reprint author), Univ Oregon, Dept Geol Sci, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. EM droman@newberry.uoregon.edu NR 43 TC 34 Z9 34 U1 1 U2 3 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0377-0273 J9 J VOLCANOL GEOTH RES JI J. Volcanol. Geotherm. Res. PD FEB 29 PY 2004 VL 130 IS 3-4 BP 265 EP 284 DI 10.1016/S0377-0273(03)00302-0 PG 20 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 768MM UT WOS:000188546800004 ER PT J AU Dalton, JB Bove, DJ Mladinich, CS Rockwell, BW AF Dalton, JB Bove, DJ Mladinich, CS Rockwell, BW TI Identification of spectrally similar materials using the USGS Tetracorder algorithm: the calcite-epidote- chlorite problem SO REMOTE SENSING OF ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Article DE USGS Tetracorder system; calcite; epidote; chlorite ID REFLECTANCE SPECTROSCOPY AB A scheme to discriminate and identify materials having overlapping spectral absorption features has been developed and tested based on the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Tetracorder system. The scheme has been applied to remotely sensed imaging spectroscopy data acquired by the Airborne Visible and Infrared Imaging Spectrometer (AVIRIS) instrument. This approach was used to identify the minerals calcite, epidote, and chlorite in the upper Animas River watershed, Colorado. The study was motivated by the need to characterize the distribution of calcite in the watershed and assess its acid-neutralizing potential with regard to acidic mine drainage. Identification of these three minerals is difficult because their diagnostic spectral features are all centered at 2.3 mum, and have similar shapes and widths. Previous studies overestimated calcite abundance as a result of these spectral overlaps. The use of a reference library containing synthetic mixtures of the three minerals in varying proportions was found to simplify the task of identifying these minerals when used in conjunction with a rule-based expert system. Some inaccuracies in the mineral distribution maps remain, however, due to. the influence of a fourth spectral component, sericite, which exhibits spectral absorption features at 2.2 and 2.4 mum that overlap the 2.3-mum absorption features of the other three minerals. Whereas the endmember minerals calcite, epidote, chlorite, and sericite can be identified by the method presented here, discrepancies occur in areas where all four occur together as intimate mixtures. It is expected that future work will be able to reduce these discrepancies by including reference mixtures containing sericite. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 NASA, Ames Res Ctr, SETI Inst, Planetary Syst Branch, Moffett Field, CA 94035 USA. US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. RP Dalton, JB (reprint author), NASA, Ames Res Ctr, SETI Inst, Planetary Syst Branch, MS 245-3, Moffett Field, CA 94035 USA. EM dalton@mail.arc.nasa.gov NR 47 TC 24 Z9 25 U1 1 U2 8 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC PI NEW YORK PA 360 PARK AVE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA SN 0034-4257 J9 REMOTE SENS ENVIRON JI Remote Sens. Environ. PD FEB 29 PY 2004 VL 89 IS 4 BP 455 EP 466 DI 10.1016/j.rse.2003.11.011 PG 12 WC Environmental Sciences; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA 777GA UT WOS:000189166600005 ER PT J AU Rehkamper, M Frank, M Hein, JR Halliday, A AF Rehkamper, M Frank, M Hein, JR Halliday, A TI Cenozoic marine geochemistry of thallium deduced from isotopic studies of ferromanganese crusts and pelagic sediments SO EARTH AND PLANETARY SCIENCE LETTERS LA English DT Article DE paleoceanography; stable isotopes; isotope fractionation; seawater; ferromanganese compositions ID BENTHIC FORAMINIFERAL CALCITE; ATMOSPHERIC CARBON-DIOXIDE; NORTH-ATLANTIC; PB ISOTOPES; SEA-WATER; DEEP-SEA; SEAWATER; OCEAN; ND; FRACTIONATION AB Cenozoic records of TI isotope compositions recorded by ferromanganese (Fe-Mn) crusts have been obtained. Such records are of interest because recent growth surfaces of Fe-Mn crusts display a nearly constant TI isotope fractionation relative to seawater. The time-series data are complemented by results for bulk samples and leachates of various marine sediments. Oxic pelagic sediments and anoxic marine deposits can be distinguished by their TI isotope compositions. Both pelagic clays and biogenic oozes are typically characterized by epsilon(205)TI greater than +2.5, whereas anoxic sediments have epsilon(205)TI of less than -1.5 (epsilon(205)TI is the deviation of the (205)TI/(203)TI isotope ratio of a sample from NIST SRM 997 TI in parts per 104). Leaching experiments indicate that the high epsilon(205)TI values of oxic sediments probably reflect authigenic Fe-Mn oxyhydroxides. Time-resolved TI isotope compositions were obtained from six Fe-Mn crusts from the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans and a number of observations indicate that these records were not biased by diagenetic alteration. Over the last 25 Myr, the data do not show isotopic variations that significantly exceed the range of TI isotope compositions observed for surface layers of Fe-Mn crusts distributed globally (epsilon(205)TI = +12.8 +/- 1.2). This indicates that variations in deep-ocean temperature were not recorded by TI isotopes. The results most likely reflect a constant TI isotope composition for seawater. The growth layers of three Fe-Mn crusts that are older than 25 Ma show a systematic increase of epsilon(205)TI with decreasing age, from about +6 at 60-50 Ma to about +12 at 25 Ma. These trends are thought to be due to variations in the TI isotope composition of seawater, which requires that the oceans of the early Cenozoic either had smaller output fluxes or received larger input fluxes of TI with low epsilon(205)TI. Larger inputs of isotopically light TI may have been supplied by benthic fluxes from reducing sediments, rivers, and/or volcanic emanations. Alternatively, the TI isotope trends may reflect the increasing importance of TI fluxes to altered ocean crust through time. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 ETH, Inst Istope Geol & Mineral Resources, CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Rehkamper, M (reprint author), ETH, Inst Istope Geol & Mineral Resources, C61, CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland. EM markr@erdw.ethz.ch OI Rehkamper, Mark/0000-0002-0075-9872 NR 51 TC 51 Z9 56 U1 3 U2 11 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0012-821X J9 EARTH PLANET SC LETT JI Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. PD FEB 28 PY 2004 VL 219 IS 1-2 BP 77 EP 91 DI 10.1016/S0012-821X(03)00703-9 PG 15 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 778EF UT WOS:000189225900007 ER PT J AU Poland, MP Fink, JH Tauxe, L AF Poland, MP Fink, JH Tauxe, L TI Patterns of magma flow in segmented silicic dikes at Summer Coon volcano, Colorado: AMS and thin section analysis SO EARTH AND PLANETARY SCIENCE LETTERS LA English DT Article DE anisotropy of magnetic susceptibility; magnetic fabric; radial dike intrusion; magma flow ID TECTONIC STRESS ORIENTATION; MAGNETIC-SUSCEPTIBILITY; SPANISH-PEAKS; POSSIBLE INDICATORS; TROODOS OPHIOLITE; SHEET INTRUSIONS; ANISOTROPY; DIRECTIONS; ROCKS; EMPLACEMENT AB A complex pattern of magma flow is found in two silicic dikes of a radial swarm at Summer Coon, an eroded stratovolcano in southern Colorado. The two intrusions are broken into multiple segments that suggest vertical dike propagation. However, anisotropy of magnetic susceptibility (AMS) measurements and thin section observations suggest that magma flow was often subhorizontal and away from the center of the volcano. Segments that are proximal to the central intrusion are characterized by magma that flowed steeply upward at the proximal segment extremity, then laterally along the segment, and finally downward at the distal end of the segment. Magma flow in offset segment tips located far from the volcano center was subhorizontal towards the adjacent segment, implying lateral propagation of segment tips towards one another. This observation suggests relatively high driving pressure in distal dike segments.. as supported by dike thickening with radial distance from the center of the volcano. The present study indicates that radial dike evolution at stratovolcanoes is dominated by lateral flow of magma and dike segmentation is a poor magma flow indicator. A horizontally propagating radial dike has the potential to cause an eruption low on the flank of a composite cone, which poses a significant yet largely unrecognized hazard to population centers and infrastructure that may surround the volcano. Published by Elsevier B.V. C1 Arizona State Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Tempe, AZ 85282 USA. Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. RP Poland, MP (reprint author), USGS, Cascades Volcano Observ, 1300 SE Cardinal Ct,Suite 100, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. EM mpoland@usgs.gov; jon.fink@asu.edu; ltauxe@ucsd.edu OI Poland, Michael/0000-0001-5240-6123 NR 52 TC 33 Z9 35 U1 1 U2 5 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0012-821X J9 EARTH PLANET SC LETT JI Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. PD FEB 28 PY 2004 VL 219 IS 1-2 BP 155 EP 169 DI 10.1016/S0012-821X(03)00706-4 PG 15 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 778EF UT WOS:000189225900012 ER PT J AU Beeler, NM Hickman, SH AF Beeler, NM Hickman, SH TI Stress-induced, time-dependent fracture closure at hydrothermal conditions SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-SOLID EARTH LA English DT Article DE crack healing; crack closure; hydrothermal ID FLUID-PRESSURE; FAULT ZONES; QUARTZ; CREEP; EARTHQUAKE; KINETICS; WATER; PERMEABILITY; DEFORMATION; COMPACTION AB [1] Time-dependent closure of fractures in quartz was measured in situ at 22 - 530 degreesC temperature and 0.1-150 MPa water pressure. Unlike previous crack healing and rock permeability studies, in this study, fracture aperture is monitored directly and continuously using a windowed pressure vessel, a long-working- distance microscope, and reflected-light interferometry. Thus the fracture volume and geometry can be measured as a function of time, temperature, and water pressure. Relatively uniform closure occurs rapidly at temperatures and pressures where quartz becomes significantly soluble in water. During closure the aperture is reduced by as much as 80% in a few hours. We infer that this closure results from the dissolution of small particles or asperities that prop the fracture open. The driving force for closure via dissolution of the prop is the sum of three chemical potential terms: ( 1) the dissolution potential, proportional to the logarithm of the degree of undersaturation of the solution; ( 2) the coarsening potential, proportional to the radius of curvature of the prop; and ( 3) the pressure solution potential, proportional to the effective normal stress at the contact between propping particles and the fracture wall. Our observations suggest that closure is controlled by a pressure solution-like process. The aperture of dilatant fractures and microcracks in the Earth that are similar to those in our experiments, such as ones generated from thermal stressing or brittle failure during earthquake rupture and slip, will decrease rapidly with time, especially if the macroscopic stress is nonhydrostatic. C1 US Geol Survey, Earthquake Hazards Team, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Beeler, NM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Earthquake Hazards Team, MS 977,345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM nbeeler@usgs.gov; hickman@usgs.gov NR 44 TC 15 Z9 15 U1 1 U2 10 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 2169-9313 EI 2169-9356 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA JI J. Geophys. Res.-Solid Earth PD FEB 28 PY 2004 VL 109 IS B2 AR B02211 DI 10.1029/2002JB001782 PG 16 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 803GB UT WOS:000220218500001 ER PT J AU Christiansen, LB Garven, G AF Christiansen, LB Garven, G TI Transient hydrogeologic models for submarine flow in volcanic seamounts: 1. The Hawaiian Islands SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-SOLID EARTH LA English DT Article DE Hawaii; fluid flow; compaction; convection; marine sediment ID DE-FUCA RIDGE; MOBILE SOUTH FLANK; SEDIMENTARY BASINS; OCEANIC-CRUST; FLUID-FLOW; KILAUEA VOLCANO; EASTERN FLANK; HEAT-FLOW; HYDROTHERMAL CIRCULATION; SEISMIC STRATIGRAPHY AB [1] Seamounts and volcanic islands are regions of the seafloor where pressure gradients, caused by temperature variations, are large enough to drive fluid flow. Compaction in surrounding sedimentary aprons, formed during mass wasting of these features, drives fluid flow as well. In seamount environments a complex flow pattern evolves as effects of compaction and free convection interact. We use transient finite element modeling to explore fluid flow and pore pressure in a volcanic edifice and its surrounding sedimentary apron to determine the hydrogeologic and pore pressure regime. Models are based on geophysical cross sections of the Hawaiian Islands and include the volcanic edifice, sedimentary apron, and underlying oceanic crust. Models simulate growth of the volcanic island, flexure of the oceanic crust due to loading, and formation of the sedimentary apron. High sedimentation rates of up to 1 mm/yr during volcanic building cause compaction in the sedimentary apron, and the weight of the edifice compacts the pelagic sediment beneath it; compaction-driven flow dominates flow patterns. Excess pore pressures are highest during the beginning of volcanic construction and decline through the remainder of the simulation. As sedimentation decreases, compaction-driven and buoyancy-driven flow both control flow patterns. When sedimentation stops, pore pressure dissipates, and buoyancy-driven flow dominates the flow regime. Pore pressure ratios indicate that under certain parameter conditions, pore pressure may exceed lithostatic, leading to unstable edifice conditions. Although fluid velocities are small (q < 0.5 cm/yr), the hydrologic regime has important implications for slope stability, volcanic spreading, sedimentation processes, and geochemical transport. C1 Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Earth & Planetary Sci, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA. RP Christiansen, LB (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 421, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM lchristi@usgs.gov; garven@jhu.edu NR 65 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 1 U2 3 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 2169-9313 EI 2169-9356 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA JI J. Geophys. Res.-Solid Earth PD FEB 27 PY 2004 VL 109 IS B2 AR B02108 DI 10.1029/2003JB002401 PG 18 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 803GA UT WOS:000220218400002 ER PT J AU Christiansen, LB Garven, G AF Christiansen, LB Garven, G TI Transient hydrogeologic models for submarine flow in volcanic seamounts: 2. Comparison of the Hawaiian, Canary, and Marquesas Islands SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-SOLID EARTH LA English DT Article DE seamount; fluid flow; compaction; convection; marine sediment ID FLUID-FLOW; SEISMIC STRATIGRAPHY; ARCHIPELAGIC APRON; SEDIMENTARY BASINS; GRAN-CANARIA; SOUTH FLANK; LA-PALMA; LANDSLIDES; GROWTH; LITHOSPHERE AB [1] Large bathymetric gradients associated with volcanic seamounts can drive convective flow, while thick sedimentary aprons that typically surround volcanic edifices host compaction-driven flow. In these submarine environments the interactions of compaction-driven and buoyancy-driven fluid flow lead to complex hydrogeologic regimes. We apply transient numerical models of coupled fluid flow and heat transport to the Hawaiian, Canary, and Marquesas Islands to examine the role of volcanic architecture on the evolution of fluid flow and pore pressure during volcanic building, lithospheric flexure, sedimentation, and compaction. The islands differ in edifice size, sedimentary apron structure, amount of lithospheric flexure, and sedimentation and volcanic growth rates. By comparing these variations, we examine how geometry and geologic history affect fluid flow and pore pressure patterns. Buoyancy-driven flow is most influenced by edifice height and amount of lithospheric flexure. Compaction-driven flow is altered primarily by thickness of prevolcanic sediment, the sedimentation rate, and the size of the volcanic edifice. In Hawaii, the area with the highest edifice and most flexure, flow velocities and excess pore pressures are greatest, with Darcy velocities of >30 mm/yr and excess pressures of >7 MPa during the beginning of volcanic building. High sedimentation rates in the Marquesas sedimentary apron increase fluid velocities in the later portion of volcanic building, with Darcy velocities >12 mm/yr. In the Canary Islands, compaction-driven flow occurs for an extended time period because of long, slower volcanic building, resulting in Darcy velocities >10 mm/yr that endure over 5 Myr. C1 Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Earth & Planetary Sci, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA. RP Christiansen, LB (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 421, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM lchristi@usgs.gov; garven@jhu.edu NR 45 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 3 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 2169-9313 EI 2169-9356 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA JI J. Geophys. Res.-Solid Earth PD FEB 27 PY 2004 VL 109 IS B2 AR B02109 DI 10.1029/2003JB002402 PG 18 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 803GA UT WOS:000220218400003 ER PT J AU Stott, W Todd, TN Kallemeyn, L AF Stott, W Todd, TN Kallemeyn, L TI Genetic variability among lake whitefish from isle Royale and the Upper Great Lakes SO ANNALES ZOOLOGICI FENNICI LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 8th International Symposium on the Biology of Management of Coregonid Fishes CY AUG 26-29, 2002 CL Rovaniemi, FINLAND ID COREGONUS-CLUPEAFORMIS; MITOCHONDRIAL-DNA; PHYLOGENETIC-RELATIONSHIPS; NORTH-AMERICA; F-STATISTICS; BROOK CHARR; DIFFERENTIATION; POPULATIONS; SPECIATION; PLEISTOCENE AB The coregonine fishes from Isle Royale National Park represent a unique group that has escaped the successional changes observed elsewhere in North America. Analysis of microsatellite DNA loci revealed significant genetic differences among samples of lake whitefish (Coregonus clupeaformis) from Isle Royale, Lake Superior, and Lake Huron. The amount of genetic variation observed is consistent with that seen in other studies of whitefishes from North America. The lake whitefish from Isle Royale had previously been assigned sub-species status, but no evidence was found to support this. The effects of common ancestry and demographics both play a role in determining the relatedness of the populations. As with other fish species from Isle Royale and the upper Great Lakes, the lake whitefish have their origins in the Mississippi refugium. C1 US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Int Falls Biol Stn, Int Falls, MN 56649 USA. RP Stott, W (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, 1451 Green Rd, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. NR 41 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 1 U2 4 PU FINNISH ZOOLOGICAL BOTANICAL PUBLISHING BOARD PI UNIV HELSINKI PA P O BOX 17, FIN-00014 UNIV HELSINKI, FINLAND SN 0003-455X J9 ANN ZOOL FENN JI Ann. Zool. Fenn. PD FEB 26 PY 2004 VL 41 IS 1 BP 51 EP 59 PG 9 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 805KD UT WOS:000220364300006 ER PT J AU Hoff', MH Todd, TN AF Hoff', MH Todd, TN TI Status of the shortjaw cisco (Coregonus zenithicus) in Lake Superior SO ANNALES ZOOLOGICI FENNICI LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 8th International Symposium on the Biology of Management of Coregonid Fishes CY AUG 26-29, 2002 CL Rovaniemi, FINLAND ID GILL NETS AB The shortjaw cisco (Coregonus zenithicus) was historically found in Lakes Huron, Michigan, and Superior, but has been extirpated in Lakes Huron and Michigan apparently as the result of commercial overharvest. During 1999-2001, we conducted an assessment of shortjaw cisco abundance in five areas, spanning the U.S. waters of Lake Superior, and compared our results with the abundance measured at those areas in 1921-1922. The shortjaw cisco was found at four of the five areas sampled, but abundances were so low that they were not significantly different from zero. In the four areas where shortjaw ciscoes were found, abundance declined significantly by 99% from the 1920s to the present. To increase populations of this once economically and ecologically important species in Lake Superior, an interagency rehabilitation effort is needed. Population monitoring is recommended to assess population trends and to evaluate success of rehabilitation efforts. C1 US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. RP Todd, TN (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, 1451 Green Rd, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. NR 23 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 1 U2 2 PU FINNISH ZOOLOGICAL BOTANICAL PUBLISHING BOARD PI UNIV HELSINKI PA P O BOX 26, FI-00014 UNIV HELSINKI, FINLAND SN 0003-455X EI 1797-2450 J9 ANN ZOOL FENN JI Ann. Zool. Fenn. PD FEB 26 PY 2004 VL 41 IS 1 BP 147 EP 154 PG 8 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 805KD UT WOS:000220364300017 ER PT J AU Schaeffer, JS AF Schaeffer, JS TI Population dynamics of bloaters Coregonus hoyi in Lake Huron, 1980-1998 SO ANNALES ZOOLOGICI FENNICI LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 8th International Symposium on the Biology of Management of Coregonid Fishes CY AUG 26-29, 2002 CL Rovaniemi, FINLAND ID MICHIGAN; GROWTH; SUPERIOR; DIET AB I investigated population dynamics of bloaters Coregonus hoyi in Lake Huron using data collected during 1980-1998 from fixed-site trawl surveys. Bloaters were uncommon in 1980, but abundance increased during 1980-1992 through a series of strong year classes. High adult abundance appeared to suppress recruitment after 1992, and the population subsequently declined. Growth was similar between sexes up to age-5, thereafter females grew faster than males. Both sexes lived to age-9, but females tended to live longer than males. A Ricker least-squares stock-recruitment relationship defined the relationship between adults and age-3 recruits, and may have been due to egg predation by adult bloaters. Higher female survival and shift in age structure toward older ages after 1990 led to female predominance in the population during 1995-1998. Female predominance appeared to be a consequence and not a cause of the observed population cycle. C1 USGS Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. RP Schaeffer, JS (reprint author), USGS Great Lakes Sci Ctr, 1451 Green Rd, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. NR 25 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 1 U2 2 PU FINNISH ZOOLOGICAL BOTANICAL PUBLISHING BOARD PI UNIV HELSINKI PA P O BOX 17, FIN-00014 UNIV HELSINKI, FINLAND SN 0003-455X J9 ANN ZOOL FENN JI Ann. Zool. Fenn. PD FEB 26 PY 2004 VL 41 IS 1 BP 271 EP 279 PG 9 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 805KD UT WOS:000220364300031 ER PT J AU Tiersch, TR Wayman, WR Skapura, DP Neidig, CL Grier, HJ AF Tiersch, TR Wayman, WR Skapura, DP Neidig, CL Grier, HJ TI Transport and cryopreservation of sperm of the common snook, Centropomus undecimalis (Bloch) SO AQUACULTURE RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE germplasm; genetic resources; artificial spawning ID REFRIGERATED STORAGE; LATES-CALCARIFER; SPERMATOZOA; GROWTH; FISH; VIABILITY; HATCHERY; TILAPIA; FLORIDA; BASS AB Sperm were collected in Florida from wild common snook, Centropomus undecimalis (Bloch), and were shipped to Louisiana State University for analysis and cryopreservation. Threshold activation of sperm (10% motility) occurred at 370 mOsmol kg(-1), and complete activation occurred at 680 mOsmol kg(-1). These values were significantly different. Sperm samples stored at 1degreesC in Hanks' balanced salt solution (HBSS) or in 0.6% NaCl solution at 200 mOsmol kg(-1) retained motility for as long as 22 days. Mean motility remained above 50%, for 9 days for sperm stored in HBSS and for 7 days for sperm stored in NaCl solution. Sperm exposed to 5% dimethyl acetamide (62 +/- 10%; mean +/- SD), 10% dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO) (39 +/- 16%). 5% glycerol (26 +/- 5%) or 10% glycerol (6 +/- 2%) for 30 min had significantly lower motility than did unexposed sperm (89 +/- 9%). When used as a cryoprotectant, samples frozen with 5% or 10% DMSO or 5% methanol had significantly higher post-thaw motility than did samples frozen with other cryoprotectants. Sperm cryopreserved with 10% DMSO (38 +/- 12%) had significantly higher post-thaw motility than did sperm cryopreserved with 15% DMSO (19 +/- 10%) or 20% DMSO (4 +/- 4%). There were no significant differences in hatch rates of eggs fertilized with fresh sperm (54 +/- 29%) or cryopreserved sperm (41 +/- 35%). Survival to first feeding was not different between fish produced with fresh sperm (37 +/- 30%; range, 0-86%) or with thawed sperm (24 +/- 29%; 0-77%). Transport of sperm to a cryopreservation laboratory and back to a hatchery for thawing and use enabled collaboration between groups with specific expertise and provides a model for the application of cryopreservation by transport of fresh and frozen samples. C1 Louisiana State Univ, Ctr Agr, Louisiana Agr Expt Stn, Aquaculture Res Stn, Baton Rouge, LA 70820 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Warm Springs Reg Fisheries Ctr, Warm Springs, GA USA. Mote Marine Lab, Sarasota, FL 34236 USA. Stock Enhancement Res Facil, Florida Marine Res Inst, Palmetto, FL USA. RP Tiersch, TR (reprint author), Louisiana State Univ, Ctr Agr, Louisiana Agr Expt Stn, Aquaculture Res Stn, 2410 Ben Hur Rd, Baton Rouge, LA 70820 USA. EM ttiersch@agctr.lsu.edu NR 37 TC 26 Z9 27 U1 0 U2 7 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1355-557X J9 AQUAC RES JI Aquac. Res. PD FEB 26 PY 2004 VL 35 IS 3 BP 278 EP 288 DI 10.1111/j.1365-2109.2004.01013.x PG 11 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 776XQ UT WOS:000189145000009 ER PT J AU Graebing, PW Chib, JS Hubert, TD Gingerich, WH AF Graebing, PW Chib, JS Hubert, TD Gingerich, WH TI Aqueous photolysis of niclosamide SO JOURNAL OF AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD CHEMISTRY LA English DT Article DE niclosamide; lampricide; photolysis; half-life; carbon dioxide; aliphatic acids; pH ID 2,4-DICHLOROPHENOXYACETIC ACID; ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS; ROUTINE TREATMENT; RAPID LOSS; SOIL; MINERALIZATION; SEDIMENT; DEGRADATION; METABOLISM; LAMPRICIDE AB The photodegradation of [C-14]niclosamide was studied in sterile, pH 5, 7, and 9 buffered aqueous solutions under artificial sunlight at 25.0 +/- 1.0 degreesC. Photolysis in pH 5 buffer is 4.3 times faster than in pH 9 buffer and 1.5 times faster than in pH 7 buffer. In the dark controls, niclosamide degraded only in the pH 5 buffer. After 360 h of continuous irradiation in pH 9 buffer, the chromatographic pattern of the degradates was the same regardless of which ring contained the radiolabel. An HPLC method was developed that confirmed these degradates to be carbon dioxide and two- and four-carbon aliphatic acids formed by cleavage of both aromatic rings. Carbon dioxide was the major degradate, comprising similar to40% of the initial radioactivity in the 360 h samples from both labels. The other degradates formed were oxalic acid, maleic acid, glyoxylic acid, and glyoxal. In addition, in the chloronitroaniline-labeled irradiated test solution, 2-chloro-4-nitroaniline was observed and identified after 48 h of irradiation but was not detected thereafter. No other aromatic compounds were isolated or observed in either labeled test system. C1 Pittsburgh Environm Res Lab Inc, Pittsburgh, PA 15238 USA. US Geol Survey, Upper Midw Environm Sci Ctr, La Crosse, WI 54603 USA. RP Chib, JS (reprint author), Pittsburgh Environm Res Lab Inc, Pittsburgh, PA 15238 USA. NR 26 TC 11 Z9 14 U1 0 U2 7 PU AMER CHEMICAL SOC PI WASHINGTON PA 1155 16TH ST, NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 USA SN 0021-8561 J9 J AGR FOOD CHEM JI J. Agric. Food Chem. PD FEB 25 PY 2004 VL 52 IS 4 BP 870 EP 878 DI 10.1021/jf030520o PG 9 WC Agriculture, Multidisciplinary; Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology SC Agriculture; Chemistry; Food Science & Technology GA 775ZJ UT WOS:000189090300035 PM 14969544 ER PT J AU Hanson, RT Newhouse, MW Dettinger, MD AF Hanson, RT Newhouse, MW Dettinger, MD TI A methodology to asess relations between climatic variability and variations in hydrologic time series in the southwestern United States SO JOURNAL OF HYDROLOGY LA English DT Article DE ground-water; surface-water; climate; climate cycles; recharge; discharge ID CALIFORNIA AB A new method for frequency analysis of hydrologic time series was developed to facilitate the estimation and reconstruction of individual or groups of frequencies from hydrologic time-series and facilitate the comparison of these isolated time-series components across data types, between different hydrologic settings within a watershed, between watersheds, and across frequencies. While climate-related variations in inflow to and outflow from aquifers have often been neglected, the development and management of ground-water and surface-water resources has required the inclusion of the assessment of the effects of climatic variability on the supply and demand and sustainability of use. The regional assessment of climatic variability of surface-water and ground-water flow throughout the southwestern United States required this new systematic method of hydrologic time-series analysis. To demonstrate the application of this new method, six hydrologic time-series from the Mojave River Basin, California were analyzed. The results indicate that climatic variability exists in all the data types and are partially coincident with known climate cycles such as the Pacific Decadal Oscillation and the El Nino-Southern Oscillation. The time-series also indicate lagged correlations between tree-ring indices, streamflow, stream base flow, and ground-water levels. These correlations and reconstructed time-series can be used to better understand the relation of hydrologic response to climatic forcings and to facilitate the simulation of streamflow and ground-water recharge for a more realistic approach to water-resource management. Published by Elsevier B.V. C1 US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. RP Hanson, RT (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, 5735 Kearny Villa Rd,Suite 0, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. EM rthanson@usgs.gov NR 36 TC 77 Z9 78 U1 0 U2 17 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0022-1694 J9 J HYDROL JI J. Hydrol. PD FEB 25 PY 2004 VL 287 IS 1-4 BP 252 EP 269 DI 10.1016/j.jhydrol.2003.10.006 PG 18 WC Engineering, Civil; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Engineering; Geology; Water Resources GA 802GZ UT WOS:000220153300015 ER PT J AU Bakker, M Essink, GHPO Langevin, CD AF Bakker, M Essink, GHPO Langevin, CD TI The rotating movement of three immiscible fluids - a benchmark problem SO JOURNAL OF HYDROLOGY LA English DT Article DE variable density flow; interface flow; benchmark problem; exact solution ID POROUS-MEDIUM; INTERFACE; FLOW AB A benchmark problem involving the rotating movement of three immiscible fluids is proposed for verifying the density-dependent flow component of groundwater flow codes. The problem consists of a two-dimensional strip in the vertical plane filled with three fluids of different densities separated by interfaces. Initially, the interfaces between the fluids make a 45degrees angle with the horizontal. Over time, the fluids rotate to the stable position whereby the interfaces are horizontal; all flow is caused by density differences. Two cases of the problem are presented, one resulting in a symmetric flow field and one resulting in an asymmetric, flow field. An exact analytical solution for the initial flow field is presented by application of the vortex theory and complex variables. Numerical results are obtained using three variable-density groundwater flow codes (SWI, MOCDENS3D, and SEAWAT). Initial horizontal velocities of the interfaces, as simulated by the three codes, compare well with the exact solution. The three codes are used to simulate the positions of the interfaces at two times; the three codes produce nearly identical results. The agreement between the results is evidence that the specific rotational behavior predicted by the models is correct. It also shows that the proposed problem may be used to benchmark variable-density codes. It is concluded that the three models can be used to model accurately the movement of interfaces between immiscible fluids, and have little or no numerical dispersion. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Georgia, Fac Engn, Driftmier Engn Ctr 503, Dept Biol & Agr Engn, Athens, GA 30602 USA. TNO, NITG, NL-3584 CB Utrecht, Netherlands. Vrije Univ Amsterdam, Fac Earth & Life Sci, NL-1081 HV Amsterdam, Netherlands. US Geol Survey, Miami, FL 33178 USA. RP Bakker, M (reprint author), Univ Georgia, Fac Engn, Driftmier Engn Ctr 503, Dept Biol & Agr Engn, Athens, GA 30602 USA. EM mbakker@engr.uga.edu; oudeessink@nitg.tno.nl; langevin@usgs.gov OI Oude Essink, Gualbert/0000-0003-0931-6944; Bakker, Mark/0000-0002-5629-2861 NR 29 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 2 U2 3 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0022-1694 J9 J HYDROL JI J. Hydrol. PD FEB 25 PY 2004 VL 287 IS 1-4 BP 270 EP 278 DI 10.1016/j.jhydrol.2003.10.007 PG 9 WC Engineering, Civil; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Engineering; Geology; Water Resources GA 802GZ UT WOS:000220153300016 ER PT J AU Varga, RJ Faulds, JE Snee, LW Harlan, SS Bettison-Varga, L AF Varga, RJ Faulds, JE Snee, LW Harlan, SS Bettison-Varga, L TI Miocene extension and extensional folding in an anticlinal segment of the Black Mountains accommodation zone, Colorado River extensional corridor, southwestern United States SO TECTONICS LA English DT Article DE accommodation zones; extension; Basin and Range; normal faults; rift zones; argon-argon ID PEACH SPRINGS TUFF; CONJUGATE NORMAL FAULTS; EASTERN NORTH-AMERICA; SUEZ RIFT; SOUTHEASTERN CALIFORNIA; HYDROCARBON EXPLORATION; CONTINENTAL RIFTS; WESTERN ARIZONA; EVOLUTION; SYSTEM AB [ 1] Recent studies demonstrate that rifts are characterized by linked tilt domains, each containing a consistent polarity of normal faults and stratal tilt directions, and that the transition between domains is typically through formation of accommodation zones and generally not through production of throughgoing transfer faults. The mid-Miocene Black Mountains accommodation zone of southern Nevada and western Arizona is a well-exposed example of an accommodation zone linking two regionally extensive and opposing tilt domains. In the southeastern part of this zone near Kingman, Arizona, east dipping normal faults of the Whipple tilt domain and west dipping normal faults of the Lake Mead domain coalesce across a relatively narrow region characterized by a series of linked, extensional folds. The geometry of these folds in this strike-parallel portion of the accommodation zone is dictated by the geometry of the interdigitating normal faults of opposed polarity. Synclines formed where normal faults of opposite polarity face away from each other whereas anticlines formed where the opposed normal faults face each other. Opposed normal faults with small overlaps produced short folds with axial trends at significant angles to regional strike directions, whereas large fault overlaps produce elongate folds parallel to faults. Analysis of faults shows that the folds are purely extensional and result from east/northeast stretching and fault-related tilting. The structural geometry of this portion of the accommodation zone mirrors that of the Black Mountains accommodation zone more regionally, with both transverse and strike-parallel antithetic segments. Normal faults of both tilt domains lose displacement and terminate within theaccommodation zone northwest of Kingman, Arizona. However, isotopic dating of growth sequences and crosscutting relationships show that the initiation of the two fault systems in this area was not entirely synchronous and that west dipping faults of the Lake Mead domain began to form between 1 m.y. to 0.2 m.y. prior to east dipping faults of the Whipple domain. The accommodation zone formed above an active and evolving magmatic center that, prior to rifting, produced intermediate-composition volcanic rocks and that, during rifting, produced voluminous rhyolite and basalt magmas. C1 Coll Wooster, Dept Geol, Wooster, OH 44691 USA. Univ Nevada, Nevada Bur Mines & Geol, Reno, NV 89557 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. George Mason Univ, Dept Environm Sci, Fairfax, VA 22030 USA. RP Varga, RJ (reprint author), Coll Wooster, Dept Geol, Wooster, OH 44691 USA. EM rvarga@wooster.edu NR 82 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 8 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0278-7407 J9 TECTONICS JI Tectonics PD FEB 25 PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1 AR TC1019 DI 10.1029/2002TC001454 PG 19 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 803GP UT WOS:000220219900001 ER PT J AU Dreger, DS Oglesby, DD Harris, R Ratchkovski, N Hansen, R AF Dreger, DS Oglesby, DD Harris, R Ratchkovski, N Hansen, R TI Kinematic and dynamic rupture models of the November 3, 2002 Mw7.9 Denali, Alaska, earthquake SO GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH LETTERS LA English DT Article ID FAULT EARTHQUAKE; CALIFORNIA; INVERSION AB Regional seismic waveforms, continuous and campaign-mode GPS data, and surface slip measurements were used to obtain a kinematic model of the rupture process of the November 3, 2002 Mw 7.9 Denali, Alaska, earthquake. The event initiated as a Mw 7.0 reverse slip event on the north-dipping Susitna Glacier fault with subsequent right-lateral slip distributed over approximately 300 km of the Denali fault system. Near-shear rupture velocity is inferred from the kinematic modeling. The average and maximum slips were found to be 2.14 m and 10.3 m. Static stress drop varies from 1.3 to 5.0 MPa over the 5-segment fault model. Dynamic modeling shows the rupture propagated along the Susitna Glacier and Denali faults, then transferred to the Totschunda fault before stopping, largely due to the Totschunda's more favorable orientation with respect to the regional stress field. C1 Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. Univ Calif Riverside, Riverside, CA 92521 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Univ Alaska, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. RP Dreger, DS (reprint author), Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. RI Harris, Ruth/C-4184-2013 OI Harris, Ruth/0000-0002-9247-0768 NR 14 TC 22 Z9 22 U1 2 U2 12 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0094-8276 J9 GEOPHYS RES LETT JI Geophys. Res. Lett. PD FEB 20 PY 2004 VL 31 IS 4 AR L04605 DI 10.1029/2003GL018333 PG 4 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 780GZ UT WOS:000189373100001 ER PT J AU Gillespie, TW Brock, J Wright, CW AF Gillespie, TW Brock, J Wright, CW TI Prospects for quantifying structure, floristic composition and species richness of tropical forests SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF REMOTE SENSING LA English DT Article ID SPATIAL-RESOLUTION IMAGERY; RAIN-FOREST; BASAL AREA; STAND CHARACTERISTICS; AIRBORNE LIDAR; CANOPY; FRAGMENTS; BIOMASS; CLASSIFICATION; TREES AB Airborne spectral and light detection and ranging (lidar) sensors have been used to quantify biophysical characteristics of tropical forests. Lidar sensors have provided high-resolution data on forest height, canopy topography, volume, and gap size; and provided estimates on number of strata in a forest, successional status of forests, and above-ground biomass. Spectral sensors have provided data on vegetation types, foliar biochemistry content of forest canopies, tree and canopy phenology, and spectral signatures for selected tree species. A number of advances are theoretically possible with individual and combined spectral and lidar sensors for the study of forest structure, floristic composition and species richness. Delineating individual canopies of over-storey trees with small footprint lidar and discrimination of tree architectural types with waveform distributions is possible and would provide scientists with a new method to study tropical forest structure. Combined spectral and lidar data can be used to identify selected tree species and identify the successional status of tropical forest fragments in order to rank forest patches by levels of species richness. It should be possible in the near future to quantify selected patterns of tropical forests at a higher resolution than can currently be undertaken in the field or from space. C1 Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Geog, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. US Geol Survey, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. NASA, Goddard Space Flight Ctr, Wallops Flight Facil, Wallops Isl, VA 23337 USA. RP Gillespie, TW (reprint author), Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Geog, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. NR 47 TC 31 Z9 34 U1 0 U2 10 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0143-1161 J9 INT J REMOTE SENS JI Int. J. Remote Sens. PD FEB 20 PY 2004 VL 25 IS 4 BP 707 EP 715 DI 10.1080/01431160310001598917 PG 9 WC Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA 760QC UT WOS:000187844400003 ER PT J AU Warrick, JA Fong, DA AF Warrick, JA Fong, DA TI Dispersal scaling from the world's rivers SO GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH LETTERS LA English DT Article ID SEDIMENT DISCHARGE; NORTHERN CALIFORNIA; PLUME; FLOOD; VARIABILITY; TRANSPORT; MARGIN; MODEL; OCEAN; SHELF AB Although rivers provide important biogeochemical inputs to oceans, there are currently no descriptive or predictive relationships of the spatial scales of these river influences. Our combined satellite, laboratory, field and modeling results show that the coastal dispersal areas of small, mountainous rivers exhibit remarkable self-similar scaling relationships over many orders of magnitude. River plume areas scale with source drainage area to a power significantly less than one (average = 0.65), and this power relationship decreases significantly with distance offshore of the river mouth. Observations of plumes from large rivers reveal that this scaling continues over six orders of magnitude of river drainage basin areas. This suggests that the cumulative area of coastal influence for many of the smallest rivers of the world is greater than that of single rivers of equal watershed size. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Stanford Univ, Dept Civil & Environm Engn, Environm Fluid Mech Lab, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. RP Warrick, JA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 999, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM jwarrick@usgs.gov NR 34 TC 28 Z9 28 U1 0 U2 2 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0094-8276 J9 GEOPHYS RES LETT JI Geophys. Res. Lett. PD FEB 19 PY 2004 VL 31 IS 4 AR L04301 DI 10.1029/2003GL019114 PG 4 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 780GY UT WOS:000189373000005 ER PT J AU Savage, JC Svarc, JL Prescott, WH AF Savage, JC Svarc, JL Prescott, WH TI Interseismic strain and rotation rates in the northeast Mojave domain, eastern California SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-SOLID EARTH LA English DT Article DE northeast; Mojave domain; bookshelf faulting; rotation ID 1999 HECTOR MINE; SHEAR ZONE; EARTHQUAKE SEQUENCE; SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA; LANDERS-EARTHQUAKE; PLATE MOTION; DEFORMATION; DESERT; BLOCK; ACCUMULATION AB [1] The northeast Mojave domain, a type locality for bookshelf faulting, is a region of east striking, left-lateral faults in the northeast corner of the Mojave block, a block otherwise dominated by similar to N40 degreesW striking, right-lateral faults. Paleomagnetic evidence suggests that blocks within the domain have rotated clockwise about a vertical axis as much as 60degrees since 12.8 Ma [Schermer et al., 1996]. In 1994, and again in 2002, the U. S. Geological Survey surveyed an array of 14 geodetic monuments distributed across the northeast Mojave domain. The 2002 survey results were adjusted to remove the coseismic offsets imposed by the nearby Hector Mine earthquake ( 16 October 1999, M-w = 7.1). The adjusted deformation across the array appears to be uniform and can be approximated by the principal strain rates epsilon(1) = 28.9 +/- 9.1 N77.2 degreesW +/- 4.8degrees and epsilon(2) = -48.2 +/- 8.9 N12.8degreesE +/- 4.8degrees nstrain yr(-1); extension reckoned positive, and quoted uncertainties are standard deviations. That strain accumulation could be released by slip on faults striking N32degreesW but not by bookshelf faulting on the east striking faults alone. The vertical axis rotation rate of the northeast Mojave domain as a whole relative to fixed North America is 71.0 +/- 6.4 nrad yr(-1) (4.07degrees +/- 0.37degrees Myr(-1)) clockwise, about twice the maximum tensor shear strain rate. The observed rotation rate acting over 12.8 Myr would produce a clockwise rotation of 52.1degrees +/- 4.7degrees, exclusive of possible coseismic rotations. That rotation is in rough agreement with the paleomagnetic rotation accumulated in the individual fault blocks within the northeast Mojave domain since 12.8 Ma. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Savage, JC (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM jasavage@usgs.gov; jsvarc@usgs.gov; prescott@unavco.org NR 39 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 2169-9313 EI 2169-9356 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA JI J. Geophys. Res.-Solid Earth PD FEB 18 PY 2004 VL 109 IS B2 AR B02406 DI 10.1029/2003JB002705 PG 13 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 780HN UT WOS:000189374500006 ER PT J AU Lee, JF Liao, PM Lee, CK Chao, HP Peng, CL Chiou, CT AF Lee, JF Liao, PM Lee, CK Chao, HP Peng, CL Chiou, CT TI Clay-catalyzed reactions of coagulant polymers during water chlorination SO JOURNAL OF COLLOID AND INTERFACE SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE montmorillonite; exchanged cation; coagulant polymer; chlorination; catalysis; total product formation potential (TPFP); disinfection by-products (DBPs) ID CATION-EXCHANGED MONTMORILLONITE; PILLARED MONTMORILLONITE; ORGANIC POLYMERS; DRINKING-WATER; OXIDE AB The influence of suspended clay/solid particles on organic-coagulant reactions during water chlorination was investigated by analyses of total product formation potential (TPFP) and disinfection by-product (DBP) distribution as a function of exchanged clay cation, coagulant organic polymer, and reaction time. Montmorillonite clays appeared to act as a catalytic center where the reaction between adsorbed polymer and disinfectant (chlorine) was mediated closely by the exchanged clay cation. The transition-metal cations in clays catalyzed more effectively than other cations the reactions between a coagulant polymer and chlorine, forming a large number of volatile DBPs. The relative catalytic effects of clays/solids followed the order Ti-Mont > Fe-Mont > Cu-Mont > Mn-Mont > Ca-Mont > Na-Mont > quartz > talc. The effects of coagulant polymers on TPFP follow the order nonionic polymer > anionic polymer > cationic polymer. The catalytic role of the clay cation was further confirmed by the observed inhibition in DBP formation when strong chelating agents (o-phenanthroline and ethylenediamine) were added to the clay suspension. Moreover, in the presence of clays, total DBPs increased appreciably when either the reaction time or the amount of the added clay or coagulant polymer increased. For volatile DBPs, the formation of halogenated methanes was usually time-dependent, with chloroform and dichloromethane showing the greatest dependence. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Natl Cent Univ, Grad Inst Environm Engn, Chungli 320, Taiwan. Jin Wen Inst Technol, Dept Environm Management, Taipei, Taiwan. Van Nung Inst Technol, Green Environm R&D Ctr, Chungli 320, Taiwan. Van Nung Inst Technol, Dept Environm Engn, Chungli 320, Taiwan. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. RP Lee, JF (reprint author), Natl Cent Univ, Grad Inst Environm Engn, Chungli 320, Taiwan. EM jflee@ncuen.ncu.edu.tw RI Chiou, Cary/C-3203-2013 NR 26 TC 1 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 8 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0021-9797 J9 J COLLOID INTERF SCI JI J. Colloid Interface Sci. PD FEB 15 PY 2004 VL 270 IS 2 BP 381 EP 387 DI 10.1016/j.jcis.2003.08.065 PG 7 WC Chemistry, Physical SC Chemistry GA 761MZ UT WOS:000187913700019 PM 14697704 ER PT J AU Stow, DA Hope, A McGuire, D Verbyla, D Gamon, J Huemmrich, F Houston, S Racine, C Sturm, M Tape, K Hinzman, L Yoshikawa, K Tweedie, C Noyle, B Silapaswan, C Douglas, D Griffith, B Jia, G Epstein, H Walker, D Daeschner, S Petersen, A Zhou, LM Myneni, R AF Stow, DA Hope, A McGuire, D Verbyla, D Gamon, J Huemmrich, F Houston, S Racine, C Sturm, M Tape, K Hinzman, L Yoshikawa, K Tweedie, C Noyle, B Silapaswan, C Douglas, D Griffith, B Jia, G Epstein, H Walker, D Daeschner, S Petersen, A Zhou, LM Myneni, R TI Remote sensing of vegetation and land-cover change in Arctic Tundra Ecosystems SO REMOTE SENSING OF ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Review DE Arctic tundra vegetation; vegetation change; land cover change; global climate; Alaska ID LEAF-AREA INDEX; NEAR-INFRARED CHANNELS; NET PRIMARY PRODUCTION; AVHRR DATA; GROWING-SEASON; CO2 FLUX; SURFACE-TEMPERATURE; NORTHERN ALASKA; ATMOSPHERIC CO2; HIGH-LATITUDES AB The objective of this paper is to review research conducted over the past decade on the application of multi-temporal remote sensing for monitoring changes of Arctic tundra lands. Emphasis is placed on results from the National Science Foundation Land-Air-Ice Interactions (LAII) program and on optical remote sensing techniques. Case studies demonstrate that ground-level sensors on stationary or moving track platforms and wide-swath imaging sensors on polar orbiting satellites are particularly useful for capturing optical remote sensing data at sufficient frequency to study tundra vegetation dynamics and changes for the cloud prone Arctic. Less frequent imaging with high spatial resolution instruments on aircraft and lower orbiting satellites enable more detailed analyses of land cover change and calibration/validation of coarser resolution observations. The strongest signals of ecosystem change detected thus far appear to correspond to expansion of tundra shrubs and changes in the amount and extent of thaw lakes and ponds. Changes in shrub cover and extent have been documented by modem repeat imaging that matches archived historical aerial photography. NOAA Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer (AVHRR) time series provide a 20-year record for determining changes in greenness that relates to photosynthetic activity, net primary production, and growing season length. The strong contrast between land materials and surface waters enables changes in lake and pond extent to be readily measured and monitored. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 San Diego State Univ, Dept Geog, San Diego, CA 92182 USA. Univ Alaska, US Geol Survey, Alaska Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. Univ Alaska, Dept Forest Sci, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. Calif State Univ Los Angeles, Ctr Environm Anal, Los Angeles, CA 90032 USA. Calif State Univ Los Angeles, Dept Biol Sci, Los Angeles, CA 90032 USA. Univ Maryland Baltimore Cty, NASA, Goddard Space Flight Ctr, Joint Ctr Earth Syst Technol, Greenbelt, MD 20771 USA. USA, Cold Reg Res & Engn Lab, Hanover, NH 03755 USA. USA, CRREL, Ft Wainwright, AK USA. Univ Alaska, Inst Geophys, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. Univ Alaska Fairbanks, Inst No Engn, Water & Environm Res Ctr, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. Michigan State Univ, Dept Plant Biol, Arct Ecol Lab, E Lansing, MI 48824 USA. Space Imaging Solut, Michigan Off, Ann Arbor, MI 48108 USA. Univ Alaska, Dept Biol & Wildlife, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. USGS Alaska, Ctr Biol Sci, Glacier Bay Field Stn, Juneau Off, Douglas, AK 99824 USA. Univ Alaska, USGS Alaska Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. Univ Virginia, Dept Environm Sci, Charlottesville, VA 22904 USA. Univ Alaska, Inst Arctic Biol, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. Georgia Inst Technol, Sch Earth & Atmospher Sci, Atlanta, GA 30332 USA. Boston Univ, Dept Geog, Boston, MA 02215 USA. RP Stow, DA (reprint author), San Diego State Univ, Dept Geog, San Diego, CA 92182 USA. EM stow@mail.sdsu.edu RI Zhou, Liming/A-2688-2012; Gamon, John/A-2641-2014; Myneni, Ranga/F-5129-2012 OI Gamon, John/0000-0002-8269-7723; NR 106 TC 290 Z9 346 U1 23 U2 200 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC PI NEW YORK PA 360 PARK AVE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA SN 0034-4257 J9 REMOTE SENS ENVIRON JI Remote Sens. Environ. PD FEB 15 PY 2004 VL 89 IS 3 BP 281 EP 308 DI 10.1016/j.rse.2003.10.018 PG 28 WC Environmental Sciences; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA 768TA UT WOS:000188590100003 ER PT J AU Barberopoulou, A Qamar, A Pratt, TL Creager, KC Steele, WP AF Barberopoulou, A Qamar, A Pratt, TL Creager, KC Steele, WP TI Local amplification of seismic waves from the Denali Earthquake and damaging seiches in Lake Union, Seattle, Washington SO GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH LETTERS LA English DT Article ID PUGET LOWLAND; CRUSTAL STRUCTURE; FAULT; BASIN; STATE; SOUND AB The Mw7.9 Denali, Alaska earthquake of 3 November, 2002, caused minor damage to at least 20 houseboats in Seattle, Washington by initiating water waves in Lake Union. These water waves were likely initiated during the large amplitude seismic surface waves from this earthquake. Maps of spectral amplification recorded during the Denali earthquake on the Pacific Northwest Seismic Network (PNSN) strong-motion instruments show substantially increased shear and surface wave amplitudes coincident with the Seattle sedimentary basin. Because Lake Union is situated on the Seattle basin, the size of the water waves may have been increased by local amplification of the seismic waves by the basin. Complete hazard assessments require understanding the causes of these water waves during future earthquakes. C1 Univ Washington, Dept Earth & Space Sci, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. Univ Washington, US Geol Survey, Sch Oceanog, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. RP Univ Washington, Dept Earth & Space Sci, Box 351310, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. EM aggeliki@ess.washington.edu RI Barberopoulou, Aggeliki/C-5903-2014 NR 18 TC 13 Z9 14 U1 1 U2 3 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0094-8276 EI 1944-8007 J9 GEOPHYS RES LETT JI Geophys. Res. Lett. PD FEB 14 PY 2004 VL 31 IS 3 AR L03607 DI 10.1029/2003GL018569 PG 5 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 775PX UT WOS:000189051500002 ER PT J AU Gomberg, J Bodin, P Larson, K Dragert, H AF Gomberg, J Bodin, P Larson, K Dragert, H TI Earthquake nucleation by transient deformations caused by the M=7.9 Denali, Alaska, earthquake SO NATURE LA English DT Article ID FAULT EARTHQUAKE; CALIFORNIA; LANDERS; SEISMICITY; MAGNITUDE AB The permanent and dynamic (transient) stress changes inferred to trigger earthquakes are usually orders of magnitude smaller than the stresses relaxed by the earthquakes themselves, implying that triggering occurs on critically stressed faults(1-4). Triggered seismicity rate increases may therefore be most likely to occur in areas where loading rates are highest and elevated pore pressures, perhaps facilitated by high-temperature fluids, reduce frictional stresses and promote failure(5-7). Here we show that the 2002 magnitude M=7.9 Denali, Alaska, earthquake triggered widespread seismicity rate increases throughout British Columbia and into the western United States. Dynamic triggering by seismic waves should be enhanced in directions where rupture directivity focuses radiated energy, and we verify this using seismic and new high-sample GPS recordings of the Denali mainshock. These observations are comparable in scale only to the triggering caused by the 1992 M=7.4 Landers, California, earthquake(1), and demonstrate that Landers triggering did not reflect some peculiarity of the region or the earthquake. However, the rate increases triggered by the Denali earthquake occurred in areas not obviously tectonically active, implying that even in areas of low ambient stressing rates, faults may still be critically stressed and that dynamic triggering may be ubiquitous and unpredictable. C1 US Geol Survey, Ctr Earthquake Res & Informat, Memphis, TN 38152 USA. Univ Memphis, Ctr Earthquake Res & Informat, Memphis, TN 38152 USA. Univ Colorado, Dept Aerosp Engn Sci, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. Geol Survey Canada, Pacific Geosci Ctr, Sidney, BC V8L 4B2, Canada. RP Gomberg, J (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Ctr Earthquake Res & Informat, 3876 Cent Ave,Suite 2, Memphis, TN 38152 USA. EM gomberg@usgs.gov NR 20 TC 92 Z9 97 U1 1 U2 8 PU NATURE PUBLISHING GROUP PI LONDON PA MACMILLAN BUILDING, 4 CRINAN ST, LONDON N1 9XW, ENGLAND SN 0028-0836 J9 NATURE JI Nature PD FEB 12 PY 2004 VL 427 IS 6975 BP 621 EP 624 DI 10.1038/nature02335 PG 4 WC Multidisciplinary Sciences SC Science & Technology - Other Topics GA 773AJ UT WOS:000188875300037 PM 14961117 ER PT J AU Oaks, JL Gilbert, M Virani, MZ Watson, RT Meteyer, CU Rideout, BA Shivaprasad, HL Ahmed, S Chaudhry, MJI Arshad, M Mahmood, S Ali, A Khan, AA AF Oaks, JL Gilbert, M Virani, MZ Watson, RT Meteyer, CU Rideout, BA Shivaprasad, HL Ahmed, S Chaudhry, MJI Arshad, M Mahmood, S Ali, A Khan, AA TI Diclofenac residues as the cause of vulture population decline in Pakistan SO NATURE LA English DT Article ID POLYMERASE-CHAIN-REACTION; WEST NILE VIRUS; INFECTIOUS-BRONCHITIS; CHICKENS; DIFFERENTIATION; PATHOLOGY; MORTALITY AB The Oriental white-backed vulture (OWBV; Gyps bengalensis) was once one of the most common raptors in the Indian subcontinent(1). A population decline of >95%, starting in the 1990s, was first noted at Keoladeo National Park, India(2). Since then, catastrophic declines, also involving Gyps indicus and Gyps tenuirostris, have continued to be reported across the subcontinent(3). Consequently these vultures are now listed as critically endangered by BirdLife International(4). In 2000, the Peregrine Fund initiated its Asian Vulture Crisis Project with the Ornithological Society of Pakistan, establishing study sites at 16 OWBV colonies in the Kasur, Khanewal and Muzaffargarh-Layyah Districts of Pakistan to measure mortality at over 2,400 active nest sites(5). Between 2000 and 2003, high annual adult and subadult mortality (5-86%) and resulting population declines (34-95%) (ref. 5 and M. G., manuscript in preparation) were associated with renal failure and visceral gout. Here, we provide results that directly correlate residues of the anti-inflammatory drug diclofenac with renal failure. Diclofenac residues and renal disease were reproduced experimentally in OWBVs by direct oral exposure and through feeding vultures diclofenac-treated livestock. We propose that residues of veterinary diclofenac are responsible for the OWBV decline. C1 Washington State Univ, Dept Vet Microbiol & Pathol, Pullman, WA 99164 USA. Peregrine Fund, Boise, ID 83709 USA. US Geol Survey, Natl Wildlife Hlth Ctr, Madison, WI 53711 USA. Zool Soc San Diego, Ctr Reprod Endangered Species, San Diego, CA 92112 USA. Univ Calif Davis, Fresno Branch, Calif Anim Hlth & Food Safety Lab Syst, Fresno, CA 93725 USA. Bahauddin Zakariya Univ, Inst Pure & Appl Biol, Div Zool, Multan, Pakistan. RP Oaks, JL (reprint author), Washington State Univ, Dept Vet Microbiol & Pathol, Pullman, WA 99164 USA. EM loaks@vetmed.wsu.edu NR 30 TC 554 Z9 604 U1 32 U2 264 PU NATURE PUBLISHING GROUP PI LONDON PA MACMILLAN BUILDING, 4 CRINAN ST, LONDON N1 9XW, ENGLAND SN 0028-0836 J9 NATURE JI Nature PD FEB 12 PY 2004 VL 427 IS 6975 BP 630 EP 633 DI 10.1038/nature02317 PG 4 WC Multidisciplinary Sciences SC Science & Technology - Other Topics GA 773AJ UT WOS:000188875300040 PM 14745453 ER PT J AU Bohannon, RG Gardner, JV Sliter, RW AF Bohannon, RG Gardner, JV Sliter, RW TI Holocene to Pliocene tectonic evolution of the region offshore of the Los Angeles urban corridor, southern California SO TECTONICS LA English DT Article DE Los Angeles Basin; Pleistocene tectonics; subsidence; uplift; Recent faulting; offshore geology ID SANTA-MONICA BAY; WESTERN TRANSVERSE RANGES; CONTINENTAL BORDERLAND; SEISMIC-REFLECTION; FAULT; EARTHQUAKE; BASIN; BENEATH; COMPLEX; SEDIMENTATION AB Quaternary tectonism in the coastal belt of the Los Angeles urban corridor is diverse. In this paper we report the results of studies of multibeam bathymetry and a network of seismic reflection profiles that have been aimed at deciphering the diverse tectonism and at evaluating the relevance of published explanations of the region's tectonic history. Rapid uplift, subsidence in basins, folds and thrusts, extensional faulting, and strike-slip faulting have all been active at one place or another throughout the Quaternary Period. The tectonic strain is reflected in the modern physiography at all scales. Los Angeles (LA) Basin has filled from a deep submarine basin to its present condition with sediment impounded behind a large sill formed behind uplifts near the present shoreline. Newport trough to the south-southeast of LA Basin also accumulated a large volume of sediment, but remained at midbathyal depths throughout the Period. There is little or no evidence of Quaternary extensional tectonism in either basin although as much as 6 km of subsidence, which mainly occurred by sagging, has been recorded in places since the middle Miocene. The uplifts include folded and thrust faulted terranes in the Palos Verdes Hills and the shelves of Santa Monica and San Pedro Bays. The uplifted areas have been shortened in a southwest-northeast direction by 10% or slightly more, and some folds are reflected in the bathymetry. Two large adjacent midbathyal basins, Santa Monica and San Pedro, show strong evidence of subsidence and slight west-northwest extension ( 10%) during the same time folding was taking place in the uplifts. The tectonic boundaries between uplifts and basins are folded, normal faulted, reverse-faulted, and strike-slip faulted depending on location. The rapid Quaternary uplift and subsidence, along with the filling of LA Basin, have produced a reversal in the regional physiography. In the early Pliocene, LA Basin was a submarine deep, Palos Verdes and the shelves comprised a northeast basin slope, and the present offshore basins and Catalina Island formed an emergent or shallowly submerged shelf. Since extensional, compressional, and lateral strains are all locally in evidence, simple notions that this part of southern California underwent a change from Miocene transtension to Quaternary transpression fail to explain our observations. C1 US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Bohannon, RG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Mailstop 980,Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM bbohannon@usgs.gov; jvgardner@usgs.gov; rsliter@usgs.gov NR 61 TC 14 Z9 14 U1 1 U2 3 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0278-7407 J9 TECTONICS JI Tectonics PD FEB 12 PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1 AR TC1016 DI 10.1029/2003TC001504 PG 39 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 775RE UT WOS:000189055200001 ER PT J AU Buchwalter, DB Sandahl, JF Jenkins, JJ Curtis, LR AF Buchwalter, DB Sandahl, JF Jenkins, JJ Curtis, LR TI Roles of uptake, biotransformation, and target site sensitivity in determining the differential toxicity of chlorpyrifos to second to fourth instar Chironomous riparius (Meigen) SO AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY LA English DT Article DE chlorpyrifos; acetylcholinesterase; biotransformation; life stages; Chironomous ID ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE ACTIVITY; AQUATIC INSECTS; PROTEIN; METALS AB Early life stages of aquatic organisms tend to be more sensitive to various chemical contaminants than later life stages. This research attempted to identify the key biological factors that determined sensitivity differences among life stages of the aquatic insect Chironomous riparius. Specifically, second to fourth instar larvae were exposed in vivo to both low and high waterborne concentrations of chlorpyrifos to examine differences in accumulation rates, chlorpyrifos biotransformation, and overall sensitivity among instars. In vitro acetylcholinesterase (AChE) assays were performed with chlorpyrifos and the metabolite, chlorpyrifos-oxon, to investigate potential target site sensitivity differences among instars. Earlier instars accumulated chlorpyrifos more rapidly than later instars. There were no major differences among instars in the biotransformation rates of chlorpyrifos to the more polar metabolites, chlorpyrifos-oxon, and chlorpyridinol (TCP). Homogenate AChE activities from second to fourth instar larvae were refractory to chlorpyrifos, even at high concentrations. In contrast, homogenate AChE activities were responsive in a dose-dependent manner to chlorpyrifos-oxon. In general, it appeared that chlorpyrifos sensitivity differences among second to fourth instar C. riparius were largely determined by differences in uptake rates. In terms of AChE depression, fourth instar homogenates were more sensitive to chlorpyrifos and chlorpyrifos-oxon than earlier instars. However, basal AChE activity in fourth instar larvae was significantly higher than basal AChE activity in second to third instar larvae, which could potentially offset the apparent increased sensitivity to the oxon. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Oregon State Univ, Dept Environm & Mol Toxicol, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. RP Buchwalter, DB (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 465, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM buchwalt@usgs.gov NR 14 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 10 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0166-445X EI 1879-1514 J9 AQUAT TOXICOL JI Aquat. Toxicol. PD FEB 10 PY 2004 VL 66 IS 2 BP 149 EP 157 DI 10.1016/j.aquatox.2003.08.004 PG 9 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology; Toxicology SC Marine & Freshwater Biology; Toxicology GA 800CR UT WOS:000220007000004 PM 15036870 ER PT J AU Zelt, RB Wohl, EE AF Zelt, RB Wohl, EE TI Channel and woody debris characteristics in adjacent burned and unburned watersheds a decade after wildfire, Park County, Wyoming SO GEOMORPHOLOGY LA English DT Article DE channels; stream sediments; wood; forests; fire; Wyoming ID YELLOWSTONE-NATIONAL-PARK; FIRE; SEDIMENT; CALIFORNIA; MOUNTAIN; CREEK; USA; VEGETATION; ECOSYSTEM; MOVEMENT AB Large variability in responses of stream sediment and large woody debris (LWD) to severe fire has limited the accurate prediction of the magnitude and duration of fire effects on streams. Conditions in one Absaroka Range stream that was severely burned in 1988 were compared to those in an adjacent, undisturbed stream to improve understanding of fire effects on channel and LWD characteristics beyond the first few years. Ten reaches of each stream were sampled during summer 1999. Average bankfull channel width was greater in burned Jones Creek than in unburned Crow Creek. LWD frequency and overall frequency of LWD accumulations were greater in Crow Creek than Jones Creek. Debris-jam frequency was greater in Jones Creek after accounting for differences in the frequency of pieces with length greater than channel width. Larger piece size and better anchoring contributed to more frequent, small accumulations of LWD in Crow Creek. Differences between streams in LWD frequency are consistent with greater mobility of debris in burned Jones Creek. LWD-associated fine-sediment deposits were thicker but less frequent along Jones Creek than Crow Creek. Published by Elsevier Science B.V. C1 Colorado State Univ, Dept Earth Resources, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. RP Zelt, RB (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 100 Centennial Mall N, Lincoln, NE 68508 USA. EM rbzelt@usgs.gov; elienw@cnr.colostate.edu OI Zelt, Ronald/0000-0001-9024-855X NR 58 TC 43 Z9 45 U1 1 U2 6 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0169-555X J9 GEOMORPHOLOGY JI Geomorphology PD FEB 10 PY 2004 VL 57 IS 3-4 BP 217 EP 233 DI 10.1016/S0169-555X(03)00104-1 PG 17 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 776BZ UT WOS:000189096300006 ER PT J AU Pearl, CA Adams, MJ Bury, RB McCreary, B AF Pearl, CA Adams, MJ Bury, RB McCreary, B TI Asymmetrical effects of introduced bullfrogs (Rana catesbeiana) on native Ranid frogs in oregon SO COPEIA LA English DT Article ID RED-LEGGED FROGS; SOUTHWESTERN BRITISH-COLUMBIA; GARTER SNAKES THAMNOPHIS; COMPLEX LIFE-CYCLES; DIFFERENTIAL PREDATION; AMPHIBIAN DECLINE; CALIFORNIA; AURORA; COMPETITION; PRETIOSA AB Introduced American Bullfrogs (Rana catesbeiana) have become widely established in the Pacific Northwest over the last century and are thought to be an important predator of native amphibians throughout the western United States. The Northern Red-Legged Frog (Rana aurora aurora) and Oregon Spotted Frog (Rana pretiosa) historically coexisted in portions of the Pacific Northwest now invaded by R. catesbeiana, but R. pretiosa has declined more severely than R. a. aurora. We investigated whether microhabitat and behavioral differences that facilitate sympatric coexistence of the natives predict which species is more susceptible to predation by introduced R. catesbeiana. Our laboratory experiments demonstrate that R. catesbeiana adults prefer aquatic microhabitats, that R. pretiosa juveniles are more aquatic than K a. aurora, and that adult R. catesbeiana consume more R. pretiosa than R. a. aurora juveniles. Mean and maximum jump distances of R. pretiosa were shorter than equally sized R. a. aurora, and the difference between these two species increased with larger frog sizes. Our examination of field survey data indicates that R. pretiosa coexist with R. catesbeiana less frequently than R. a. aurora. We conclude that R. catesbeiana is a greater threat to survival of R. pretiosa than to R. a. aurora and suggest that microhabitat use and escape abilities of native ranid frogs may be linked to this asymmetrical effect. Analysis of behavioral and microhabitat differences among related native species may be a useful tool in predicting the effects of introduced predators on amphibians and can assist in developing conservation priorities for these species. C1 US Geol Survey, Forest & Rangeland Ecosyst Sci Ctr, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. RP Pearl, CA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Forest & Rangeland Ecosyst Sci Ctr, 3200 SW Jefferson Way, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. EM pearl@usgs.gov NR 43 TC 56 Z9 62 U1 4 U2 23 PU AMER SOC ICHTHYOLOGISTS & HERPETOLOGISTS PI MIAMI PA MAUREEN DONNELLY, SECRETARY FLORIDA INT UNIV BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES, 11200 SW 8TH STREET, MIAMI, FL 33199 USA SN 0045-8511 EI 1938-5110 J9 COPEIA JI Copeia PD FEB 9 PY 2004 IS 1 BP 11 EP 20 DI 10.1643/CE-03-010R2 PG 10 WC Zoology SC Zoology GA 774LX UT WOS:000188981900002 ER PT J AU Hendry, AP Morbey, YE Berg, OK Wenburg, JK AF Hendry, AP Morbey, YE Berg, OK Wenburg, JK TI Adaptive variation in senescence: reproductive lifespan in a wild salmon population SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY B-BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES LA English DT Article DE ageing; aging; reproductive trade-offs; energy allocation; adaptation-by-time; sockeye salmon ID SOCKEYE-SALMON; BODY-SIZE; NATURAL-SELECTION; PACIFIC SALMON; PINK SALMON; ONCORHYNCHUS-GORBUSCHA; EVOLUTIONARY-THEORIES; BREEDING DATE; COMPETITION; PLEIOTROPY AB The antagonistic pleiotropy theory of senescence postulates genes or traits that have opposite effects on early-life and late-life performances. Because selection is generally weaker late in life, genes or traits that improve early-life performance but impair late-life performance should come to predominate. Variation in the strength of age-specific selection should then generate adaptive variation in senescence. We demonstrate this mechanism by comparing early and late breeders within a population of semelparous capital-breeding sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka). We show that early breeders (but not late breeders) are under strong selection for a long reproductive lifespan (RLS), which facilitates defence of their nests against disturbance by later females. Accordingly, early females invest less energy in egg production while reserving more for nest defence. Variation along this reproductive trade-off causes delayed or slower senescence in early females (average RLS of 26 days) than in late females (reproductive lifespan of 12 days). We use microsatellites to confirm that gene flow is sufficiently limited between early and late breeders to allow adaptive divergence in response to selection. Because reproductive trade-offs should be almost universal and selection acting on them should typically vary in time and space, the mechanism described herein may explain much of the natural variation in senescence. C1 McGill Univ, Redpath Museum, Montreal, PQ H3A 2K6, Canada. McGill Univ, Dept Biol, Montreal, PQ H3A 2K6, Canada. Univ Toronto, Dept Zool, Toronto, ON M5S 3G5, Canada. Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Biol, NTNU, N-7491 Trondheim, Norway. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Conservat Genet Lab, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Hendry, AP (reprint author), McGill Univ, Redpath Museum, 859 Sherbrooke St W, Montreal, PQ H3A 2K6, Canada. EM andrew.hendry@mcgill.ca RI Hendry, Andrew/C-5765-2008; Morbey, Yolanda/F-9035-2013 OI Hendry, Andrew/0000-0002-4807-6667; NR 45 TC 55 Z9 57 U1 1 U2 21 PU ROYAL SOC PI LONDON PA 6-9 CARLTON HOUSE TERRACE, LONDON SW1Y 5AG, ENGLAND SN 0962-8452 J9 P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI JI Proc. R. Soc. B-Biol. Sci. PD FEB 7 PY 2004 VL 271 IS 1536 BP 259 EP 266 DI 10.1098/rspb.2003.2600 PG 8 WC Biology; Ecology; Evolutionary Biology SC Life Sciences & Biomedicine - Other Topics; Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Evolutionary Biology GA 769YE UT WOS:000188694400007 PM 15058436 ER PT J AU Kim, J Dong, HL Seabaugh, J Newell, SW Eberl, DD AF Kim, J Dong, HL Seabaugh, J Newell, SW Eberl, DD TI Role of microbes in the smectite-to-illite reaction SO SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID SOLE ELECTRON-ACCEPTOR; STRUCTURAL FE(III); SP-NOV; REDUCTION; GROWTH; NONTRONITES; CONVERSION; BENTONITES; MINERALS; ROCKS AB Temperature, pressure, and time have been thought to control the smectite-to-illite (S-I) reaction, an important diagenetic process used for petroleum exploration. We demonstrated that microorganisms can promote the S-I reaction by dissolving smectite through reduction of structural Fe(III) at room temperature and 1 atmosphere within 14 days. This reaction typically requires conditions of 300degrees to 350degreesC, 100 megapascals, and 4 to 5 months in the absence of microbial activity. These results challenge the conventional concept of the S-I reaction and of reaction kinetic models. C1 USN, Res Lab, Seafloor Sci Branch, Stennis Space Ctr, MS 39529 USA. Miami Univ, Dept Geol, Oxford, OH 45056 USA. US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. RP Kim, J (reprint author), USN, Res Lab, Seafloor Sci Branch, Stennis Space Ctr, MS 39529 USA. EM jkim@nrlssc.navy.mil NR 26 TC 127 Z9 143 U1 11 U2 55 PU AMER ASSOC ADVANCEMENT SCIENCE PI WASHINGTON PA 1200 NEW YORK AVE, NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20005 USA SN 0036-8075 J9 SCIENCE JI Science PD FEB 6 PY 2004 VL 303 IS 5659 BP 830 EP 832 DI 10.1126/science.1093245 PG 3 WC Multidisciplinary Sciences SC Science & Technology - Other Topics GA 770WF UT WOS:000188753800055 PM 14764877 ER PT J AU Ross, DS Lawrence, GB Fredriksen, G AF Ross, DS Lawrence, GB Fredriksen, G TI Mineralization and nitrification patterns at eight northeastern USA forested research sites SO FOREST ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE forest soils; N mineralization; nitrification; C/N ratio ID LYE-BROOK-WILDERNESS; NEW-YORK; NITROGEN MINERALIZATION; N MINERALIZATION; ADIRONDACK MOUNTAINS; CATSKILL MOUNTAINS; SURFACE WATERS; SOIL CARBON; BRUSH BROOK; NEW-ENGLAND AB Nitrogen transformation rates in eight northeastern US research sites were measured in soil samples taken in the early season of 2000 and the late season of 2001. Net mineralization and nitrification rates were determined on Oa or A horizon samples by two different sampling methods-intact cores and repeated measurements on composite samples taken from around the cores. Net rates in the composite samples (n = 30) showed three different temporal patterns: high net nitrification with minimal NH4+ accumulation, high net nitrification and high NH4+ accumulation, and minimal net nitrification and moderate NH4+ accumulation. The 4-week net rates in intact cores were about half that of the rates from the composite samples but were well related (R-2 > 0.70). Composite samples from sites that exhibited high net nitrification were incubated with acetylene and net nitrification was completely stopped, suggesting an autotrophic pathway. Gross mineralization and nitrification (2000 only) rates were estimated using the isotope dilution technique. Gross rates of nitrification and consumption in intact cores were relatively low. Gross rates of mineralization and net rates of nitrification were both related to the soil C/N ratio, with higher rates generally occurring in sites containing Acer saccharum as a dominant or co-dominant species. The comparison of methods suggests that all provide a similar hierarchy of potential rates but that the degree of net nitrification is strongly influenced by the degree of sample disturbance. Differences between sites appear to be related to an interaction of soil (C/N) and vegetation (A. saccharum contribution) characteristics. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Vermont, Dept Plant & Soil Sci, Burlington, VT 05405 USA. US Geol Survey, Troy, NY 12180 USA. RP Ross, DS (reprint author), Univ Vermont, Dept Plant & Soil Sci, Burlington, VT 05405 USA. EM donald.ross@uvm.edu RI Ross, Donald/A-4477-2008 OI Ross, Donald/0000-0002-5390-6602 NR 54 TC 58 Z9 83 U1 1 U2 17 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0378-1127 J9 FOREST ECOL MANAG JI For. Ecol. Manage. PD FEB 5 PY 2004 VL 188 IS 1-3 BP 317 EP 335 DI 10.1016/j.foreco.2003.08.004 PG 19 WC Forestry SC Forestry GA 765QL UT WOS:000188294900026 ER PT J AU Hansen, LJ Schwacke, LH Mitchum, GB Hohn, AA Wells, RS Zolman, ES Fair, PA AF Hansen, LJ Schwacke, LH Mitchum, GB Hohn, AA Wells, RS Zolman, ES Fair, PA TI Geographic variation in polychorinated biphenyl and organochlorine pesticide concentrations in the blubber of bottlenose dolphins from the US Atlantic coast SO SCIENCE OF THE TOTAL ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Article DE bottlenose dolphins; cetaceans; organochlorines; polychorinated biphenyls (PCBs); marine mammals ID PORPOISE PHOCOENA-PHOCOENA; SEAL HALICHOERUS-GRYPUS; 1987/88 MASS MORTALITY; POLYCHLORINATED-BIPHENYLS; TURSIOPS-TRUNCATUS; SMALL CETACEANS; MARINE MAMMALS; PILOT WHALES; FATTY-ACIDS; ST-LAWRENCE AB Concentrations of polychorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and other organochlorine contaminants (OCs) were measured in blubber collected from live bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) at three sites along the United States Atlantic coast. Dolphins were sampled via surgical biopsy during capture-release studies near Charleston, South Carolina and Beaufort, North Carolina. Additional animals were sampled using remote biopsy techniques in estuarine waters near Charleston and from the Indian River Lagoon, Florida. Overall concentrations of major contaminant groups were found to vary between sites and mean concentrations of most OCs from male dolphins in the Indian River Lagoon were less than half of those measured from Charleston and Beaufort males. Geometric mean total PCB concentrations were 30, 27 and 14 mug/g lipid for male dolphins sampled in Beaufort, Charleston and the Indian River Lagoon, respectively Significant variation related to sex- and age-class, as well as geographic sampling location, was seen in the PCB congener profiles. The measured PCB concentrations, although lower than those reported for stranded animals from the 1987/1988 epizootic along the United States mid-Atlantic coast, are sufficiently high to warrant concern for the health of dolphins from the sampled populations, particularly the animals near Charleston and Beaufort. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. C1 NOAA, Natl Ocean Serv, Charleston, SC 29412 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Stockton, CA 95205 USA. NOAA, Natl Marine Fisheries Serv, SE Fisheries Ctr, Beaufort, NC 28516 USA. Chicago Zool Soc, Mote Marine Lab, Sarasota, FL 34236 USA. RP Schwacke, LH (reprint author), NOAA, Natl Ocean Serv, 219 Fort Johnson Rd, Charleston, SC 29412 USA. EM Lori.Schwacke@noaa.gov RI Hohn, Aleta/G-2888-2011 OI Hohn, Aleta/0000-0002-9992-7062 NR 42 TC 66 Z9 71 U1 0 U2 22 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0048-9697 J9 SCI TOTAL ENVIRON JI Sci. Total Environ. PD FEB 5 PY 2004 VL 319 IS 1-3 BP 147 EP 172 DI 10.1016/S0048-9697(03)00371-1 PG 26 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 776QM UT WOS:000189128000012 PM 14967508 ER PT J AU Mankinen, EA Wentworth, CM AF Mankinen, EA Wentworth, CM TI Mono lake excursion recorded in sediment of the Santa Clara Valley, California SO GEOCHEMISTRY GEOPHYSICS GEOSYSTEMS LA English DT Article DE Mono Lake excursion; geomagnetism and paleomagnetism : geomagnetic excursions; geomagnetism and paleomagnetism :; rapid time variations; geomagnetism and paleomagnetism : time variations-secular and long term ID SCIENTIFIC DRILLING PROJECT; GEOMAGNETIC POLARITY EVENT; EARTHS MAGNETIC-FIELD; CHAINE DES PUYS; C-14 AGES; RADIOCARBON CALIBRATION; LASCHAMP EXCURSION; SECULAR VARIATION; BIG ISLAND; INTENSITY AB [1] Two intervals recording anomalous paleomagnetic inclinations were encountered in the top 40 meters of research drill hole CCOC in the Santa Clara Valley, California. The younger of these two intervals has an age of 28,090 +/- 330 radiocarbon years B. P. ( calibrated age similar to 32.8 ka). This age is in excellent agreement with the latest estimate for the Mono Lake excursion at the type locality and confirms that the excursion has been recorded by sediment in the San Francisco Bay region. The age of an anomalous inclination change below the Mono Lake excursion was not directly determined, but estimates of sedimentation rates indicate that the geomagnetic behavior it represents most likely occurred during the Mono Lake/Laschamp time interval (similar to45 - 28 ka). If true, it may represent one of several recurring fluctuations of magnetic inclination during an interval of a weak geomagnetic dipole, behavior noted in other studies in the region. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM emank@usgs.gov; cwent@usgs.gov NR 59 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 1525-2027 J9 GEOCHEM GEOPHY GEOSY JI Geochem. Geophys. Geosyst. PD FEB 4 PY 2004 VL 5 AR Q02H05 DI 10.1029/2003GC000592 PG 14 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 775LW UT WOS:000189043000001 ER PT J AU Lin, J Stein, RS AF Lin, J Stein, RS TI Stress triggering in thrust and subduction earthquakes and stress interaction between the southern San Andreas and nearby thrust and strike-slip faults SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-SOLID EARTH LA English DT Article DE earthquake triggering; thrust and subduction earthquakes; stress transfer; fault interaction; blind thrust; San Andreas Fault ID CENTRAL GARLOCK FAULT; 1999 CHI-CHI; CALIFORNIA SHEAR ZONE; GREAT 1857 EARTHQUAKE; 1952 KERN COUNTY; EL-PASO PEAKS; COSEISMIC DEFORMATION; WHITTIER-NARROWS; SEISMICITY; BLIND AB [1] We argue that key features of thrust earthquake triggering, inhibition, and clustering can be explained by Coulomb stress changes, which we illustrate by a suite of representative models and by detailed examples. Whereas slip on surface-cutting thrust faults drops the stress in most of the adjacent crust, slip on blind thrust faults increases the stress on some nearby zones, particularly above the source fault. Blind thrusts can thus trigger slip on secondary faults at shallow depth and typically produce broadly distributed aftershocks. Short thrust ruptures are particularly efficient at triggering earthquakes of similar size on adjacent thrust faults. We calculate that during a progressive thrust sequence in central California the 1983 M-w = 6.7 Coalinga earthquake brought the subsequent 1983 M-w = 6.0 Nunez and 1985 M-w = 6.0 Kettleman Hills ruptures 10 bars and 1 bar closer to Coulomb failure. The idealized stress change calculations also reconcile the distribution of seismicity accompanying large subduction events, in agreement with findings of prior investigations. Subduction zone ruptures are calculated to promote normal faulting events in the outer rise and to promote thrust-faulting events on the periphery of the seismic rupture and its downdip extension. These features are evident in aftershocks of the 1957 M-w = 9.1 Aleutian and other large subduction earthquakes. We further examine stress changes on the rupture surface imparted by the 1960 M-w = 9.5 and 1995 M-w = 8.1 Chile earthquakes, for which detailed slip models are available. Calculated Coulomb stress increases of 2 - 20 bars correspond closely to sites of aftershocks and postseismic slip, whereas aftershocks are absent where the stress drops by more than 10 bars. We also argue that slip on major strike-slip systems modulates the stress acting on nearby thrust and strike-slip faults. We calculate that the 1857 M-w = 7.9 Fort Tejon earthquake on the San Andreas fault and subsequent interseismic slip brought the Coalinga fault similar to 1 bar closer to failure but inhibited failure elsewhere on the Coast Ranges thrust faults. The 1857 earthquake also promoted failure on the White Wolf reverse fault by 8 bars, which ruptured in the 1952 M-w = 7.3 Kern County shock but inhibited slip on the left-lateral Garlock fault, which has not ruptured since 1857. We thus contend that stress transfer exerts a control on the seismicity of thrust faults across a broad spectrum of spatial and temporal scales. C1 Woods Hole Oceanog Inst, Dept Geol & Geophys, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Woods Hole Oceanog Inst, Dept Geol & Geophys, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. EM jlin@whoi.edu; rstein@usgs.gov NR 67 TC 314 Z9 338 U1 6 U2 35 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 2169-9313 EI 2169-9356 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA JI J. Geophys. Res.-Solid Earth PD FEB 3 PY 2004 VL 109 IS B2 AR B02303 DI 10.1029/2003JB002607 PG 19 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 775MZ UT WOS:000189046400004 ER PT J AU Pyare, S Cain, S Moody, D Schwartz, C Berger, J AF Pyare, S Cain, S Moody, D Schwartz, C Berger, J TI Carnivore re-colonisation: reality, possibility and a non-equilibrium century for grizzly bears in the southern Yellowstone ecosystem SO ANIMAL CONSERVATION LA English DT Article ID URSUS-ARCTOS; HUMAN DENSITIES; NATIONAL-PARK; POPULATION; BROWN; CONSERVATION; DEMOGRAPHY; PREDATORS; MORTALITY; PEOPLE AB Most large native carnivores have experienced range contractions due to conflicts with humans, although neither rates of spatial collapse nor expansion have been well characterised. In North America, the grizzly bear (Ursits arctos) once ranged from Mexico northward to Alaska, however its range in the continental USA has been reduced by 95-98%. Under the U. S. Endangered Species Act, the Yellowstone grizzly bear population has re-colonised habitats outside Yellowstone National Park. We analysed historical and current records, including data on radio-collared bears, (1) to evaluate changes in grizzly bear distribution in the southern Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem (GYE) over a 100-year period, (2) to utilise historical rates of re-colonisation to project future expansion trends and (3) to evaluate the reality of future expansion based on human limitations and land use. Analysis of distribution in 20-year increments reflects range reduction from south to north (1900-1940) and expansion to the south (1940-2000). Expansion was exponential and the area occupied by grizzly bears doubled approximately every 20 years. A complementary analysis of bear occurrence in Grand Teton National Park also suggests an unprecedented period of rapid expansion during the last 20-30 years. The grizzly bear population currently has re-occupied about 50% of the southern GYE. Based on assumptions of continued protection and ecological stasis, our model suggests total occupancy in 25 years. Alternatively, extrapolation of linear expansion rates from the period prior to protection suggests total occupancy could take > 100 years. Analyses of historical trends can be useful as a restoration tool because they enable a framework and timeline to be constructed to pre-emptively address the social challenges affecting future carnivore recovery. C1 Denver Zool Fdn, Potomac, MT 59823 USA. Off Sci & Resource Management, Moose, WY 83012 USA. Wyoming Game & Fish, Lander, WY 82520 USA. Montana State Univ, USGS No Rocky Mt Serv Ctr, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. Wildlife Conservat Soc, N Amer Program, Moose, WY 83012 USA. RP Pyare, S (reprint author), Denver Zool Fdn, 1650 Hole Wall Rd, Potomac, MT 59823 USA. EM sanjay_pyare@hotmail.com NR 45 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 2 U2 18 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 1367-9430 J9 ANIM CONSERV JI Anim. Conserv. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 7 BP 71 EP 77 DI 10.1017/S1367943003001203 PN 1 PG 7 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 804KJ UT WOS:000220297300009 ER PT J AU Yeager, CM Kornosky, JL Housman, DC Grote, EE Belnap, J Kuske, CR AF Yeager, CM Kornosky, JL Housman, DC Grote, EE Belnap, J Kuske, CR TI Diazotrophic community structure and function in two successional stages of biological soil crusts from the Colorado plateau and Chihuahuan desert SO APPLIED AND ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID MICROBIAL SPATIAL HETEROGENEITY; NITROGEN-FIXATION; NATIONAL MONUMENT; NIFH GENES; CYANOBACTERIA; DISTURBANCE; DIVERSITY; PCR; DNA; ASSEMBLAGES AB The objective of this study was to characterize the community structure and activity of N(2)-fixing microorganisms in mature and poorly developed biological soil crusts from both the Colorado Plateau and Chihuahuan Desert. Nitrogenase activity was approximately 10 and 2.5 times higher in mature crusts than in poorly developed crusts at the Colorado Plateau site and Chihuahuan Desert site, respectively. Analysis of nifH sequences by clone sequencing and the terminal restriction fragment length polymorphism technique indicated that the crust diazotrophic community was 80 to 90% heterocystous cyanobacteria most closely related to Nostoc spp. and that the composition of N(2)-fixing species did not vary significantly between the poorly developed and mature crusts at either site. In contrast, the abundance of nifH sequences was approximately 7.5 times greater (per microgram of total DNA) in mature crusts than in poorly developed crusts at a given site as measured by quantitative PCR. 16S rRNA gene clone sequencing and microscopic analysis of the cyanobacterial community within both crust types demonstrated a transition from a Microcoleus vaginatus-dominated, poorly developed crust to mature crusts harboring a greater percentage of Nostoc and Seytonema spp. We hypothesize that ecological factors, such as soil instability and water stress, may constrain the growth of N(2)-fixing microorganisms at our study sites and that the transition to a mature, nitrogen-producing crust initially requires bioengineering of the surface microenvironment by Microcoleus vaginatus. C1 Los Alamos Natl Lab, Biosci Div, Los Alamos, NM 87545 USA. US Geol Survey, Canyonlands Field Stn, Biol Resoures Div, Moab, UT USA. RP Kuske, CR (reprint author), Los Alamos Natl Lab, Biosci Div M888, Los Alamos, NM 87545 USA. EM kuske@lanl.gov NR 50 TC 111 Z9 120 U1 3 U2 46 PU AMER SOC MICROBIOLOGY PI WASHINGTON PA 1752 N ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-2904 USA SN 0099-2240 J9 APPL ENVIRON MICROB JI Appl. Environ. Microbiol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 70 IS 2 BP 973 EP 983 DI 10.1128/AEM.70.2.973-983.2004 PG 11 WC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Microbiology SC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Microbiology GA 772RK UT WOS:000188854900043 PM 14766579 ER PT J AU Bhattacharya, P Welch, AH Ahmed, KM Jacks, G Naidu, R AF Bhattacharya, P Welch, AH Ahmed, KM Jacks, G Naidu, R TI Arsenic in groundwater of sedimentary aquifers SO APPLIED GEOCHEMISTRY LA English DT Editorial Material ID BANGLADESH; BENGAL; INDIA C1 Kungliga Tekniska Hogskolan, Dept Land & Water Resources Engn, SE-10044 Stockholm, Sweden. US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Carson City, NV 89706 USA. Univ Dhaka, Dept Geol, Dhaka 1000, Bangladesh. Kungliga Tekniska Hogskolan, Dept Land & Water Resources Engn, SE-10044 Stockholm, Sweden. Univ S Australia, Res Ctr Environm Assessment & Remediat, Mawson Lakes Campus, SA, Australia. RP Bhattacharya, P (reprint author), Kungliga Tekniska Hogskolan, Dept Land & Water Resources Engn, SE-10044 Stockholm, Sweden. EM prosun@kth.se; ahwelch@usgs.gov; kmahmed@udhaka.net; gunnjack@kth.se; ravi.naidu@unisa.edu.au RI Naidu, Ravi/F-5927-2012; Bhattacharya, Prosun/B-1564-2010; OI Bhattacharya, Prosun/0000-0003-4350-9950; Ahmed, Kazi Matin/0000-0001-5188-4385 NR 15 TC 55 Z9 57 U1 0 U2 4 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0883-2927 J9 APPL GEOCHEM JI Appl. Geochem. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 19 IS 2 BP 163 EP 167 DI 10.1016/j.apgeochem.2003.09.004 PG 5 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 768PD UT WOS:000188550600001 ER PT J AU Grosz, AE Grossman, JN Garrett, R Friske, P Smith, DB Darnley, AG Vowinkel, E AF Grosz, AE Grossman, JN Garrett, R Friske, P Smith, DB Darnley, AG Vowinkel, E TI A preliminary geochemical map for arsenic in surficial materials of Canada and the United States SO APPLIED GEOCHEMISTRY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT International Biohydeometallurgy Symposium CY SEP 16-19, 2001 CL OURO PRETO, BRAZIL AB Over the past 30 a, regional and national solid-phase geochemical surveys have been conducted by the United States Geological Survey and the Geological Survey of Canada. In the present paper the authors have examined the distribution of As in stream-sediment and soil samples of the US and Canada in terms of geologic and anthropogenic components. The results of the compilations indicate that the distribution of As in stream sediments, lake sediments, and soils in Canada and the US shows that most of the variability is controlled by the bed rock characteristics. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. Geol Survey Canada, Ottawa, ON K1A 0E8, Canada. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. US Geol Survey, Trenton, NJ 08628 USA. RP Grosz, AE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, MS 954, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM agrosz@usgs.gov NR 3 TC 14 Z9 15 U1 0 U2 7 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0883-2927 J9 APPL GEOCHEM JI Appl. Geochem. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 19 IS 2 BP 257 EP 260 DI 10.1016/j.apgeochem.2003.09.012 PG 4 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 768PD UT WOS:000188550600009 ER PT J AU MacDonald, DD Carr, RS Eckenrod, D Greening, H Grabe, S Ingersoll, CG Janicki, S Janicki, T Lindskoog, RA Long, ER Pribble, R Sloane, G Smorong, DE AF MacDonald, DD Carr, RS Eckenrod, D Greening, H Grabe, S Ingersoll, CG Janicki, S Janicki, T Lindskoog, RA Long, ER Pribble, R Sloane, G Smorong, DE TI Development, evaluation, and application of sediment quality targets for assessing and managing contaminated sediments in Tampa Bay, Florida SO ARCHIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY LA English DT Article ID TOXICITY; GUIDELINES; POLLUTION; MARINE; CALIFORNIA; ECOSYSTEMS; CHEMISTRY; RANGES; INDEX AB Tampa Bay is a large, urban estuary that is located in west central Florida. Although water quality conditions represent an important concern in this estuary, information from numerous sources indicates that sediment contamination also has the potential to adversely affect aquatic organisms, aquatic-dependent wildlife, and human health. As such, protecting relatively uncontaminated areas of the bay from contamination and reducing the amount of toxic chemicals in contaminated sediments have been identified as high-priority sediment management objectives for Tampa Bay. To address concerns related to sediment contamination in the bay, an ecosystem-based framework for assessing and managing sediment quality conditions was developed that included identification of sediment quality issues and concerns, development of ecosystem goals and objectives, selection of ecosystem health indicators, establishment of metrics and targets for key indicators, and incorporation of key indicators, metrics, and targets into watershed management plans and decision-making processes. This paper describes the process that was used to select and evaluate numerical sediment quality targets (SQTs) for assessing and managing contaminated sediments. These SQTs included measures of sediment chemistry, whole-sediment and pore-water toxicity, and benthic invertebrate community structure. In addition, the paper describes how the SQTs were used to develop site-specific concentration-response models that describe how the frequency of adverse biological effects changes with increasing concentrations of chemicals of potential concern. Finally, a key application of the SQTs for defining sediment management areas is discussed. C1 MacDonald Environm Sci Ltd, Nanaimo, BC V9T 1W6, Canada. Texas A&M Univ, US Geol Survey, Marine Ecotoxicol Res Stn, Corpus Christi, TX 78412 USA. Tampa Bay Estuary Program, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. Hillsborough Cty Environm Protect Commis, Tampa, FL 33605 USA. US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. Janicki Environm Inc, St Petersburg, FL 33704 USA. ERL, Salem, OR 97306 USA. RP MacDonald, DD (reprint author), MacDonald Environm Sci Ltd, 4800 Isl Highway N, Nanaimo, BC V9T 1W6, Canada. EM MESL@island.net NR 42 TC 43 Z9 44 U1 3 U2 22 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0090-4341 J9 ARCH ENVIRON CON TOX JI Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 46 IS 2 BP 147 EP 161 DI 10.1007/s00244-003-2270-z PG 15 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA 772NK UT WOS:000188848000002 PM 15106665 ER PT J AU Matz, AC Parsons, KC AF Matz, AC Parsons, KC TI Organochlorines in black-crowned night heron (Nycticorax nycticorax) eggs reflect persistent contamination in northeastern US estuaries SO ARCHIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINANTS; CYTOCHROME-P450; WASHINGTON; EXPOSURE; EMBRYOS; WILD; BAY; DDE AB Colonially nesting aquatic birds can indicate site-specific contamination because they are high-level predators and dependent upon local resources during the breeding season. We compared persistent organochlorine concentrations in black-crowned night heron (Nycticorax nycticorax) eggs collected in 1992-93 among areas of known contamination (New York Harbor, Boston Harbor, Cape Cod, and Delaware Bay) and a reference site (Nantucket Island) in the northeastern United States (7-16 eggs/site). Total PCBs, p,p'-DDE, oxychlordane, heptachlor epoxide, and trans-nonachlor were detected in most eggs and were significantly higher in New York Harbor compared to all other sites (ANOVA on factor scores from the first principal component, which accounted for 75% of data variance, p < 0.0001). New York also had the highest contamination index (the number of Super-fund sites within 20 km of the colony) among the sites. Nantucket, the reference site, had consistently low contamination in eggs, and the lowest contamination index. We conclude that black-crowned night heron eggs are useful indicators of site-specific persistent organochlorine contamination, as indexed by the number of nearby Superfund sites. C1 Manomet Ctr Conservat Sci, Manomet, MA 02345 USA. RP Matz, AC (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, 101-12th Ave,Box 19,Room 110, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. EM angela_matz@fws.gov NR 23 TC 8 Z9 10 U1 1 U2 6 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0090-4341 J9 ARCH ENVIRON CON TOX JI Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 46 IS 2 BP 270 EP 274 DI 10.1007/s00244-003-2265-9 PG 5 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA 772NK UT WOS:000188848000017 PM 15106680 ER PT J AU Cantu, C Wright, RG Scott, JM Strand, E AF Cantu, C Wright, RG Scott, JM Strand, E TI Assessment of current and proposed nature reserves of Mexico based on their capacity to protect geophysical features and biodiversity SO BIOLOGICAL CONSERVATION LA English DT Article DE conservation planning; GAP; gap analysis; nature reserves ID GAP ANALYSIS; BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY; CONSERVATION; AREAS; USA AB Mexico currently has 144 nature reserves covering approximately 9.1% of its land area. These reserves were established for a variety of reasons-often unrelated to the protection of biodiversity. In 2000 in response to a growing concern about the lack of organized conservation reserve planning to protect the important threatened biological and physical features of Mexico, the Mexican Commission for Knowledge and Use of Biodiversity (CONABIO) proposed the establishment of 151 new reserves for Mexico covering 5 1 429,500 ha. We compiled a GIS analysis using digital thematic maps of physical and biological features to examine how the existing and proposed reserves serve to protect the biodiversity and physical features of the country. Using a conservation target of placing a minimum of 12% of the land area of each important biophysical feature in nature reserves, we found that the 144 existing nature reserves covering 18 million ha (9% of the country) only meet that target for elevation ranges > 3000 m and areas with poor soils. These mountainous areas represent less than 12% of the country. The gaps in the existing nature reserves network occur mainly at lower and intermediate elevations ( < 3000 m) areas with xeric, tropical, and temperate ecosystems, and high productivity soils. The areas proposed by CONABIO increase the proportion of protected lands in the country to over 27% and most of the conservation targets for geophysical features, and land cover, categories are met. Whether this area would be sufficient to maintain viable populations and ecological integrity of species and ecosystems is unknown. Even with the new reserves, low elevation coastal lands would be below the conservation target in the nature reserves. To include a representative sample of these lands would be difficult as these are the same areas where the majority of people live. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Nuevo Leon, Coll Forestry, Linares 67700, NL, Mexico. Univ Idaho, US Geol Survey, Idaho Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. Univ Idaho, Coll Nat Resources, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. RP Cantu, C (reprint author), Univ Nuevo Leon, Coll Forestry, Km 145,Carretera Nacl 85,Apartado Postal 41, Linares 67700, NL, Mexico. NR 34 TC 40 Z9 49 U1 1 U2 8 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0006-3207 J9 BIOL CONSERV JI Biol. Conserv. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 115 IS 3 BP 411 EP 417 DI 10.1016/S0006-3207(03)00158-7 PG 7 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology; Environmental Sciences SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 740DD UT WOS:000186385300007 ER PT J AU Larson, DL Grace, JB AF Larson, DL Grace, JB TI Temporal dynamics of leafy spurge (Euphorbia esula) and two species of flea beetles (Aphthona spp.) used as biological control agents SO BIOLOGICAL CONTROL LA English DT Article DE Aphthona lacertosa; Aphthona nigriscutis; Euphorbia esula; mixed-grass prairie; natural area; biological control; structural equation modeling ID MIXED-GRASS PRAIRIE; UNITED-STATES; HABITAT; INVASION; RELEASE AB The goal of this study was to evaluate the biological control program of leafy spurge (Euphorbia esula) in a large natural area, Theodore Roosevelt National Park, western North Dakota, USA. Aphthona lacertosa and Aphthona nigriscutis have been released at more than 1800 points in the 18,600-ha South Unit of the park beginning in 1989; most releases have occurred since 1994. We established permanent vegetation plots throughout the infested area of the park and determined stem counts and biomass of leafy spurge and abundance of the two flea beetle species at these plots each year from 1999 to 2001. Both biomass and stem counts declined over the 3 years of the study. Both species of flea beetle are well established within the park and have expanded into areas where they were not released. A. nigriscutis was more abundant than A. lacertosa in the grassland areas we surveyed, but in all other habitats abundances were similar. Using structural equation models, only A. lacertosa could be shown to have a significant effect on counts of mature stems of leafy spurge. A. nigriscutis numbers were positively correlated with stem counts of mature stems. Previous year's stem counts had the greatest influence on change in stem counts over each 2-year time step examined with structural equation models. Published by Elsevier Inc. C1 USGS, No Prairie Wildlife Res Ctr, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. USGS, Natl Wetlands Res Ctr, Lafayette, LA 70506 USA. RP Larson, DL (reprint author), USGS, No Prairie Wildlife Res Ctr, 100 Ecol Bldg,1987 Upper Buford Circle, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. OI Larson, Diane/0000-0001-5202-0634 NR 20 TC 16 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 7 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 1049-9644 J9 BIOL CONTROL JI Biol. Control PD FEB PY 2004 VL 29 IS 2 BP 207 EP 214 DI 10.1016/S1049-9644(03)00156-7 PG 8 WC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Entomology SC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Entomology GA 758YA UT WOS:000187678600006 ER PT J AU Poole, GC Dunham, JB Keenan, DM Sauter, ST McCullough, DA Mebane, C Lockwood, JC Essig, DA Hicks, MP Sturdevant, DJ Materna, EJ Spalding, SA Risley, J Deppman, M AF Poole, GC Dunham, JB Keenan, DM Sauter, ST McCullough, DA Mebane, C Lockwood, JC Essig, DA Hicks, MP Sturdevant, DJ Materna, EJ Spalding, SA Risley, J Deppman, M TI The case for regime-based water quality standards SO BIOSCIENCE LA English DT Article DE water quality standards; regimes; ecosystem dynamics; watershed management ID RIVER; RESTORATION; PATTERNS; PERSPECTIVE AB Conventional water quality standards have been successful in reducing the concentration of toxic substances in US waters. However, conventional standards are based on simple thresholds and are therefore poorly structured to address human-caused imbalances in dynamic, natural water quality parameters, such as nutrients, sediment, and temperature. A more applicable type of water quality standard-a "regime standard"-would describe desirable distributions of conditions over space and time within a stream network. By mandating the protection and restoration of the aquatic ecosystem dynamics that are required to support beneficial uses in streams, well-designed regime standards would facilitate more effective strategies for management of natural water quality parameters. C1 US EPA, Seattle, WA 98101 USA. Ecometr Inc, Tucker, GA 30084 USA. US Forest Serv, USDA, Rocky Mt Forest & Range Expt Stn, Boise, ID 83702 USA. US Geol Survey, Columbia River Res Lab, Cook, WA 98605 USA. Columbia River Inter Tribal Fish Commiss, Portland, OR 97232 USA. Idaho Dept Environm Qual, Boise, ID 83702 USA. NOAA, Natl Marine Fisheries Serv, Oregon Habitat Branch, Portland, OR 97232 USA. Idaho Dept Environm Qual, Boise, ID 83706 USA. Washington State Dept Ecol, Olympia, WA 98504 USA. Oregon Dept Environm Qual, Portland, OR 97204 USA. US FWS, Portland, OR 97266 USA. US FWS, Lacey, WA 98503 USA. USGS, Portland, OR 97216 USA. RP Poole, GC (reprint author), Univ Georgia, Inst Ecol, Tucker, GA 30084 USA. EM gpoole@eco-metrics.com RI Ross, Donald/F-7607-2012; Mebane, Christopher/C-7188-2009; OI Ross, Donald/0000-0002-8659-3833; Mebane, Christopher/0000-0002-9089-0267; Poole, Geoffrey/0000-0002-8458-0203 NR 25 TC 33 Z9 35 U1 0 U2 14 PU AMER INST BIOLOGICAL SCI PI WASHINGTON PA 1444 EYE ST, NW, STE 200, WASHINGTON, DC 20005 USA SN 0006-3568 J9 BIOSCIENCE JI Bioscience PD FEB PY 2004 VL 54 IS 2 BP 155 EP 161 DI 10.1641/0006-3568(2004)054[0155:TCFRWQ]2.0.CO;2 PG 7 WC Biology SC Life Sciences & Biomedicine - Other Topics GA 772UW UT WOS:000188860900010 ER PT J AU Bakun, WH Hopper, MG AF Bakun, WH Hopper, MG TI Magnitudes and locations of the 1811-1812 New Madrid, Missouri, and the 1886 Charleston, South Carolina, earthquakes SO BULLETIN OF THE SEISMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA LA English DT Article ID STABLE CONTINENTAL REGIONS; MODIFIED MERCALLI INTENSITIES; SEISMIC MOMENT ASSESSMENT; CALIFORNIA; STATES; MOTION AB We estimate locations and moment magnitudes M and their uncertainties for the three largest events in the 1811-1812 sequence near New Madrid, Missouri, and for the 1 September 1886 event near Charleston, South Carolina. The intensity magnitude M-I, our preferred estimate of M, is 7.6 for the 16 December 1811 event that occurred in the New Madrid seismic zone (NMSZ) on the Bootheel lineament or on the Blytheville seismic zone. M-I is 7.5 for the 23 January 1812 event for a location on the New Madrid north zone of the NMSZ and 7.8 for the 7 February 1812 event that occurred on the Reelfoot blind thrust of the NMSZ. Our preferred locations for these events are located on those NMSZ segments preferred by Johnston and Schweig (1996). Our estimates of M are 0.1-0.4 M units less than those of Johnston (1996b) and 0.3-0.5 M units greater than those of Hough et al. (2000). MI is 6.9 for the 1 September 1886 event for a location at the Summerville-Middleton Place cluster of recent small earthquakes located about 30 km northwest of Charleston. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. US Geol Survey, Golden, CO 80401 USA. RP US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. NR 37 TC 83 Z9 83 U1 0 U2 2 PU SEISMOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI ALBANY PA 400 EVELYN AVE, SUITE 201, ALBANY, CA 94706-1375 USA SN 0037-1106 EI 1943-3573 J9 B SEISMOL SOC AM JI Bull. Seismol. Soc. Amer. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 94 IS 1 BP 64 EP 75 DI 10.1785/0120020122 PG 12 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 773NK UT WOS:000188929700006 ER PT J AU Graves, RW Wald, DJ AF Graves, RW Wald, DJ TI Observed and simulated ground motions in the San Bernardino basin region for the hector mine, California, earthquake SO BULLETIN OF THE SEISMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA LA English DT Article ID SOUTHERN-CALIFORNIA; 3-DIMENSIONAL SIMULATIONS; VELOCITY; VALLEY; FAULT; AREA AB During the M-w 7.1 Hector Mine earthquake, peak ground velocities recorded at sites in the central San Bernardino basin region were up to 2 times larger and had significantly longer durations of strong shaking than sites just outside the basin. To better understand the effects of 3D structure on the long-period ground-motion response in this region, we have performed finite-difference simulations for this earthquake. The simulations are numerically accurate for periods of 2 sec and longer and incorporate the detailed spatial and temporal heterogeneity of source rupture, as well as complex 3D basin structure. Here, we analyze three models of the San Bernardino basin: model A (with structural constraints from gravity and seismic reflection data), model F (water well and seismic refraction data), and the Southern California Earthquake Center version 3 model (hydrologic and seismic refraction data). Models A and F are characterized by a gradual increase in sediment thickness toward the south with an abrupt step-up in the basement surface across the San Jacinto fault. The basin structure in the SCEC version 3 model has a nearly uniform sediment thickness of 1 km with little basement topography along the San Jacinto fault. In models A and F, we impose a layered velocity structure within the sediments based on the seismic refraction data and an assumed depth-dependent V-p/V-s ratio. Sediment velocities within the SCEC version 3 model are given by a smoothly varying rule-based function that is calibrated to the seismic refraction measurements. Due to computational limitations, the minimum shear-wave velocity is fixed at 600 m/sec in all of the models. Ground-motion simulations for both models A and F provide a reasonably good match to the amplitude and waveform characteristics of the recorded motions. In these models, surface waves are generated as energy enters the basin through the gradually sloping northern margin. Due to the basement step along the San Jacinto fault, the surface wave energy is confined to the region north of this structure, consistent with the observations. The SCEC version 3 model, lacking the basin geometry complexity present in the other two models, fails to provide a satisfactory match to the characteristics of the observed motions. Our study demonstrates the importance of using detailed and accurate basin geometry for predicting ground motions and also highlights the utility of integrating geological, geophysical, and seismological observations in the development and validation of 3D velocity models. C1 URS Grp Inc, Pasadena, CA 91101 USA. US Geol Survey, Golden, CO 80401 USA. RP Graves, RW (reprint author), URS Grp Inc, 566 El Dorado St, Pasadena, CA 91101 USA. EM robert_graves@urscorp.com; wald@usgs.gov RI Graves, Robert/B-2401-2013; OI Wald, David/0000-0002-1454-4514 NR 28 TC 20 Z9 20 U1 0 U2 2 PU SEISMOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI EL CERRITO PA PLAZA PROFESSIONAL BLDG, SUITE 201, EL CERRITO, CA 94530 USA SN 0037-1106 J9 B SEISMOL SOC AM JI Bull. Seismol. Soc. Amer. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 94 IS 1 BP 131 EP 146 DI 10.1785/0120030025 PG 16 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 773NK UT WOS:000188929700011 ER PT J AU Aagaard, BT Hall, JF Heaton, TH AF Aagaard, BT Hall, JF Heaton, TH TI Effects of fault dip and slip rake angles on near-source ground motions: Why rupture directivity was minimal in the 1999 Chi-Chi, Taiwan, earthquake SO BULLETIN OF THE SEISMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA LA English DT Article ID SAN-ANDREAS FAULT; 3-DIMENSIONAL SIMULATION; DYNAMIC RUPTURE; FIELD; MODEL; DISPLACEMENTS; CALIFORNIA; NORTHRIDGE; GEOMETRY; VELOCITY AB We study how the fault dip and slip rake angles affect near-source ground velocities and displacements as faulting transitions from strike-slip motion on a vertical fault to thrust motion on a shallow-dipping fault. Ground motions are computed for five fault geometries with different combinations of fault dip and rake angles and common values for the fault area and the average slip. The nature of the shear-wave directivity is the key factor in determining the size and distribution of the peak velocities and displacements. Strong shear-wave directivity requires that (1) the observer is located in the direction of rupture propagation and (2) the rupture propagates parallel to the direction of the fault slip vector. We show that predominantly along-strike rupture of a thrust fault (geometry similar in the Chi-Chi earthquake) minimizes the area subjected to large-amplitude velocity pulses associated with rupture directivity, because the rupture propagates perpendicular to the slip vector; that is, the rupture propagates in the direction of a node in the shear-wave radiation pattern. In our simulations with a shallow hypocenter, the maximum peak-to-peak horizontal velocities exceed 1.5 m/sec over an area of only 200 km(2) for the 30degrees-dipping fault (geometry similar to the Chi-Chi earthquake), whereas for the 60 and 75degrees-dipping faults this velocity is exceeded over an area of 2700 km(2). These simulations indicate that the area subjected to large-amplitude long-period ground motions would be larger for events of the same size as Chi-Chi that have different styles of faulting or a deeper hypocenter. C1 US Geol Survey, Pasadena, CA 91106 USA. CALTECH, Dept Civil Engn, Pasadena, CA 91125 USA. CALTECH, Dept Geol & Planetary Sci, Pasadena, CA 91125 USA. RP Aagaard, BT (reprint author), USGS, MS977,345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. OI Aagaard, Brad/0000-0002-8795-9833 NR 42 TC 30 Z9 31 U1 0 U2 2 PU SEISMOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI EL CERRITO PA PLAZA PROFESSIONAL BLDG, SUITE 201, EL CERRITO, CA 94530 USA SN 0037-1106 J9 B SEISMOL SOC AM JI Bull. Seismol. Soc. Amer. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 94 IS 1 BP 155 EP 170 DI 10.1785/0120030053 PG 16 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 773NK UT WOS:000188929700013 ER PT J AU Doser, DI Ratchkovski, NA Haeussler, PJ Saltus, R AF Doser, DI Ratchkovski, NA Haeussler, PJ Saltus, R TI Changes in crustal seismic deformation rates associated with the 1964 Great Alaska earthquake SO BULLETIN OF THE SEISMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA LA English DT Article ID PRINCE-WILLIAM-SOUND; REGION AB We calculated seismic moment rates from crustal earthquake information for the upper Cook Inlet region, including Anchorage, Alaska, for the 30 yr prior to and 36 yr following the 1964 Great Alaska earthquake. Our results suggest over a factor of 1000 decrease in seismic moment rate (in units of dyne centimeters per year) following the 1964 mainshock. We used geologic information on structures within the Cook Inlet basin to estimate a regional geologic moment rate, assuming the structures extend to 30 km depth and have near-vertical dips. The geologic moment rates could underestimate the true rates by up to 70% since it is difficult determine the amount of horizontal offset that has occurred along many structures within the basin. Nevertheless, the geologic moment rate is only 3-7 times lower than the pre-1964 seismic moment rate, suggesting the 1964 mainshock has significantly slowed regional crustal deformation. If we compare the geologic moment rate to the post-1964 seismic moment rate, the moment rate deficit over the past 36 yr is equivalent to a moment magnitude 6.6-7.0 earthquake. These observed differences in moment rates highlight the difficulty in using seismicity in the decades following a large megathrust earthquake to adequately characterize long-term crustal deformation. C1 Univ Texas, Dept Geol Sci, El Paso, TX 79968 USA. Univ Alaska, Inst Geophys, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. US Geol Survey, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Doser, DI (reprint author), Univ Texas, Dept Geol Sci, El Paso, TX 79968 USA. OI Haeussler, Peter/0000-0002-1503-6247 NR 19 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 0 PU SEISMOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI EL CERRITO PA PLAZA PROFESSIONAL BLDG, SUITE 201, EL CERRITO, CA 94530 USA SN 0037-1106 J9 B SEISMOL SOC AM JI Bull. Seismol. Soc. Amer. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 94 IS 1 BP 320 EP 325 DI 10.1785/0120030096 PG 6 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 773NK UT WOS:000188929700024 ER PT J AU Houghton, BF Wilson, CJN Fierstein, J Hildreth, W AF Houghton, BF Wilson, CJN Fierstein, J Hildreth, W TI Complex proximal deposition during the Plinian eruptions of 1912 at Novarupta, Alaska SO BULLETIN OF VOLCANOLOGY LA English DT Article DE eruption plume; ignimbrite; Novarupta 1912 eruption; Plinian eruption; pyroclastic density current ID TEPHRA FALL DEPOSITS; KATMAI-NATIONAL-PARK; VOLCANIC PLUMES; NEW-ZEALAND; VULCANIAN EXPLOSIONS; PYROCLASTIC FLOW; COLUMN COLLAPSE; MAGMA; DYNAMICS; SEDIMENTATION AB Proximal (<3 km) deposits from episodes II and III of the 60-h-long Novarupta 1912 eruption exhibit a very complex stratigraphy, the result of at least four transport regimes and diverse depositional mechanisms. They contrast with the relatively simple stratigraphy (and inferred emplacement mechanisms) for the previously documented, better known, medial-distal fall deposits and the Valley of Ten Thousand Smokes ignimbrite. The proximal products include alternations and mixtures of both locally and regionally dispersed fall ejecta, and numerous thin complex deposits of pyroclastic density currents (PDCs) with no regional analogs. The locally dispersed component of the fall deposits forms sector-confined wedges of material whose thicknesses halve radially from and concentrically about the vent over distances of 100-300 m (cf. several kilometers for the medial-distal fall deposits). This locally dispersed fall material (and many of the associated PDC deposits) is rich in andesitic and banded pumices and richer in shallow-derived wall-rock lithics in comparison with the coeval medial fall units of almost entirely dacitic composition. There are no marked contrasts in grain size in the near-vent deposits, however, between locally and widely dispersed beds, and all samples of the proximal fall deposits plot as a simple continuation of grain size trends for medial-distal samples. Associated PDC deposits form a spectrum of facies from fines-poor, avalanched beds through thin-bedded, landscape-mantling beds to channelized lobes of pumice-block-rich ignimbrite. The origins of the Novarupta near-vent deposits are considered within a spectrum of four transport regimes: (1) sustained buoyant plume, (2) fountaining with co-current flow, (3) fountaining with counter-current flow, and (4) direct lateral ejection. The Novarupta deposits suggest a model where buoyant, stable, regime-1 plumes characterized most of episodes II and III, but were accompanied by transient and variable partitioning of clasts into the other three regimes. Only one short period of vent blockage and cessation of the Plinian plume occurred, separating episodes II and III, which was followed by a single PDC interpreted as an overpressured 'blast' involving direct lateral ejection. In contrast, regimes 2 and 3 were reflected by spasmodic sedimentation from the margins of the jet and perhaps lower plume, which were being strongly affected by short-lived instabilities. These instabilities in turn are inferred to be associated with heterogeneities in the mixture of gas and pyroclasts emerging from the vent. Of the parameters that control explosive eruptive behavior, only such sudden and asymmetrical changes in the particle concentration could operate on time scales sufficiently short to explain the rapid changes in the proximal 1912 products. C1 Univ Hawaii, Sch Ocean & Earth Sci & Technol, Dept Geol & Geophys, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. Inst Geol & Nucl Sci, Lower Hutt, New Zealand. US Geol Survey, Volcano Hazards Program, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Houghton, BF (reprint author), Univ Hawaii, Sch Ocean & Earth Sci & Technol, Dept Geol & Geophys, 1680 East West Rd, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. EM bhought@soest.hawaii.edu RI Wilson, Colin/E-9457-2011 OI Wilson, Colin/0000-0001-7565-0743 NR 67 TC 40 Z9 41 U1 1 U2 10 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0258-8900 J9 B VOLCANOL JI Bull. Volcanol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 66 IS 2 BP 95 EP 133 DI 10.1007/s00445-003-0297-7 PG 39 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 771BM UT WOS:000188765700001 ER PT J AU Williams, DA Kadel, SD Greeley, R Lesher, CM Clynne, MA AF Williams, DA Kadel, SD Greeley, R Lesher, CM Clynne, MA TI Erosion by flowing lava: geochemical evidence in the Cave Basalt, Mount St. Helens, Washington SO BULLETIN OF VOLCANOLOGY LA English DT Article ID WESTERN-AUSTRALIA; THERMAL EROSION; KILAUEA VOLCANO; VENUSIAN CHANNELS; MAUNA-ULU; EMPLACEMENT; KOMATIITES; KAMBALDA; ERUPTION; HAWAII AB We sampled basaltic lava flows and underlying dacitic tuff deposits in or near lava tubes of the Cave Basalt, Mount St. Helens, Washington to determine whether the Cave Basalt lavas contain geochemical evidence of substrate contamination by lava erosion. The samples were analyzed using a combination of wavelength-dispersive X-ray fluorescence spectrometry and inductively-coupled plasma mass spectrometry. The results indicate that the oldest, outer lava tube linings in direct contact with the dacitic substrate are contaminated, whereas the younger, inner lava tube linings are uncontaminated and apparently either more evolved or enriched in residual liquid. The most heavily contaminated lavas occur closer to the vent and in steeper parts of the tube system, and the amount of contamination decreases with increasing distance downstream. These results suggest that erosion by lava and contamination were limited to only the initially emplaced flows and that erosion was localized and enhanced by vigorous laminar flow over steeper slopes. After cooling, the initial Cave Basalt lava flows formed an insulating lining within the tubes that prevented further erosion by later flows. This interpretation is consistent with models of lava erosion that predict higher erosion rates closer to sources and over steeper slopes. A greater abundance of xenoliths and xenocrysts relative to xenomelts in hand samples indicates that mechanical erosion rather than thermal erosion was the dominant erosional process in the Cave Basalt, but further sampling and petrographic analyses must be performed to verify this hypothesis. C1 Arizona State Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. Laurentian Univ, Dept Earth Sci, Mineral Explorat Res Ctr, Sudbury, ON P3E 2C6, Canada. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Williams, DA (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Box 871404, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. EM David.Williams@asu.edu RI Lesher, C Michael/B-6899-2011 OI Lesher, C Michael/0000-0002-3831-8554 NR 67 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 1 U2 6 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0258-8900 J9 B VOLCANOL JI Bull. Volcanol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 66 IS 2 BP 168 EP 181 DI 10.1007/s00445-003-0301-2 PG 14 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 771BM UT WOS:000188765700004 ER PT J AU Petty, JD Huckins, JN Alvarez, DA Brumbaugh, WG Cranor, WL Gale, RW Rastall, AC Jones-Lepp, TL Leiker, TJ Rostad, CE Furlong, ET AF Petty, JD Huckins, JN Alvarez, DA Brumbaugh, WG Cranor, WL Gale, RW Rastall, AC Jones-Lepp, TL Leiker, TJ Rostad, CE Furlong, ET TI A holistic passive integrative sampling approach for assessing the presence and potential impacts of waterborne environmental contaminants SO CHEMOSPHERE LA English DT Article DE SPMD; POCIS; SLMD; hydrophobic contaminants; hydrophilic contaminants; metal contaminants; passive integrative sampling; time weighted average concentration; environmental quality assessment; wastewater ID SEMIPERMEABLE-MEMBRANE DEVICES; LOWER MISSOURI RIVER; ESTROGENIC ACTIVITY; RESIDUES; SCREEN; SPMDS AB As an integral part of our continuing research in environmental quality assessment approaches, we have developed a variety of passive integrative sampling devices widely applicable for use in defining the presence and potential impacts of a broad array of contaminants. The semipermeable membrane device has gained widespread use for sampling hydrophobic chemicals from water and air, the polar organic chemical integrative sampler is applicable for sequestering waterborne hydrophilic organic chemicals, the stabilized liquid membrane device is used to integratively sample waterborne ionic metals, and the passive integrative mercury sampler is applicable for sampling vapor phase or dissolved neutral mercury species. This suite of integrative samplers forms the basis for a new passive sampling approach for assessing the presence and potential toxicological significance of a broad spectrum of environmental contaminants. In a proof-of-concept study, three of our four passive integrative samplers were used to assess the presence of a wide variety of contaminants in the waters of a constructed wetland, and to determine the effectiveness of the constructed wetland in removing contaminants. The wetland is used for final polishing of secondary-treatment municipal wastewater and the effluent is used as a source of water for a state wildlife area. Numerous contaminants, including organochlorine pesticides, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, organophosphate pesticides, and pharmaceutical chemicals (e.g., ibuprofen, oxindole, etc.) were detected in the wastewater. Herein we summarize the results of the analysis of the field-deployed samplers and demonstrate the utility of this holistic approach. Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 US Geol Survey, Coll Environm Res Ctr, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. Univ Heidelberg, D-69117 Heidelberg, Germany. US EPA, ORD, NERL, ESD, Las Vegas, NV 89193 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Petty, JD (reprint author), USGS, 373 McReynolds Hall, Columbia, MO 65211 USA. RI Furlong, Edward/C-3999-2011 OI Furlong, Edward/0000-0002-7305-4603 NR 28 TC 96 Z9 103 U1 2 U2 64 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0045-6535 J9 CHEMOSPHERE JI Chemosphere PD FEB PY 2004 VL 54 IS 6 BP 695 EP 705 DI 10.1016/j.chemosphere.2003.08.015 PG 11 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 759PA UT WOS:000187745000002 PM 14602102 ER PT J AU Campbell, S David, MD Woodward, LA Li, QX AF Campbell, S David, MD Woodward, LA Li, QX TI Persistence of carbofuran in marine sand and water SO CHEMOSPHERE LA English DT Article DE photolysis; carbofuran; seawater; carbamate; insecticide; marine pollution ID AQUEOUS-SOLUTION; CARBAMATE PESTICIDES; PHOTODEGRADATION; DEGRADATION; KINETICS; SOIL; HYDROLYSIS; PATHWAYS AB Marine sand and seawater samples were collected in March 2002 from Laysan Island in the Hawaiian Islands National Wildlife Refuge, where a small area was contaminated by the carbamate insecticide carbofuran. Carbofuran was still detected at mugg(-1) levels in the Laysan sand after its identification in 1998 and initial observation of the toxicity in 1988. The persistence of carbofuran in the marine sand was investigated in the dark in a 30 C oven, and in distilled deionized water and seawater samples exposed to artificial 300 ran light and to direct sunlight. The laboratory study showed a half-life (t(1/2)) of approximately 40 days for carbofuran in the native sand and in Ottawa sand. The photolysis of carbofuran was faster in seawater than in distilled deionized water when it was exposed to 300 nm light (t(1/2), 0.1 vs. 3.1 h) and to direct sunlight (t(1/2), 7.5 vs. 41.6 h). The large difference between the laboratory results and the field observation of carbofuran dissipation suggests that carbofuran degradation at the remote, undisturbed marine site may be governed by its unique environmental factors. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Hawaii Manoa, Dept Mol Biosci & Bioengn, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Hawaiian Isl NWR, Honolulu, HI 96850 USA. RP Li, QX (reprint author), Univ Hawaii Manoa, Dept Mol Biosci & Bioengn, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. NR 28 TC 34 Z9 38 U1 2 U2 7 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0045-6535 J9 CHEMOSPHERE JI Chemosphere PD FEB PY 2004 VL 54 IS 8 BP 1155 EP 1161 DI 10.1016/j.chemosphere.2003.09.018 PG 7 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 760GH UT WOS:000187802900014 PM 14664844 ER PT J AU Lebo, JA Almeida, FV Cranor, WL Petty, JD Huckins, JN Rastall, A Alvarez, DA Mogensen, BB Johnson, BT AF Lebo, JA Almeida, FV Cranor, WL Petty, JD Huckins, JN Rastall, A Alvarez, DA Mogensen, BB Johnson, BT TI Purification of triolein for use in semipermeable membrane devices (SPMDs) SO CHEMOSPHERE LA English DT Article DE oleic acid; methyl oleate; dialysis; purification; Microtox; yeast estrogen screen; YES ID AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS; CONTAMINANTS; AIR AB Analyses of triolein-containing semipermeable membrane devices (SPMDs) have sometimes been impeded by interferences caused by impurities endemic to triolein that codialyze with the analytes. Oleic acid and methyl oleate have been the most troublesome of these impurities because of their relatively high concentrations in triolein and because significant residues of both can persist even after size exclusion chromatographic (SEC) fractionation. These residues have also been blamed for false-positive signals during bioindicator testing of SPMD dialysates. To prevent these problems, a simple, cost-effective procedure was developed for purifying triolein destined for use in SPMDs: the bulk triolein is repeatedly (6x) partitioned against methanol. Tests of the procedure show that C-14-oleic acid is completely removed from the triolein. After SEC fractionation, dialysates of standard-size SPMDs made with the purified triolein contain less than 5 mug of methyl oleate as compared to sometimes more than 500 mug for dialysates (also after SEC) of SPMDs made with unpurified triolein. Gas chromatographic analyses with flame ionization and electron capture detection show that the purification treatment also greatly reduces the number and size of peaks caused by unidentified contaminants in the triolein. Microtox basic assay of dialysates of SPMDs shows that those made with the purified triolein have lower acute toxicities than dialysates of SPMDs made with unpurified triolein. Yeast estrogen screen (YES) testing of SPMDs fabricated with unpurified and purified triolein demonstrates that the purification process removes all background estrogenic activity. Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 USGS, CERC, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. Univ Estadual Campinas, Inst Quim, Campinas, SP, Brazil. Chem Lab, Inst Hyg, INF 324, Heidelberg, Germany. Natl Environm Res Inst, Dept Environm Chem, DK-4000 Roskilde, Denmark. RP Lebo, JA (reprint author), USGS, CERC, 4200 New Haven Rd, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. NR 18 TC 20 Z9 20 U1 2 U2 11 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0045-6535 J9 CHEMOSPHERE JI Chemosphere PD FEB PY 2004 VL 54 IS 8 BP 1217 EP 1224 DI 10.1016/j.chemosphere.2003.09.014 PG 8 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 760GH UT WOS:000187802900021 PM 14664851 ER PT J AU Cabello-Pasini, A Muniz-Salazar, R Ward, DH AF Cabello-Pasini, A Muniz-Salazar, R Ward, DH TI Biochemical characterization of the eelgrass Zostera marina at its southern distribution limit in the North Pacific SO CIENCIAS MARINAS LA Spanish DT Article DE Zostera marina; Baja California; chemical composition; chlorophyll; seasonality ID GULF-OF-CALIFORNIA; THALASSIA-TESTUDINUM; COASTAL LAGOON; GIANT-KELP; GROWTH; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PHYTOPLANKTON; PHAEOPHYCEAE; POPULATIONS; ALLOCATION AB The eelgrass Zostera marina L. is distributed along the Baja California Peninsula (Mexico) where it is exposed to a wide range of irradiances and temperatures that could promote changes in its biochemical composition. Consequently, the objective of this study was to characterize the variations in the levels of chlorophyll, carbohydrates, proteins, fiber, ash and calories in the shoots of Z. marina from the north (San Quintin) and south (Ojo de Liebre and San Ignacio lagoons) of the peninsula. Temperature in the southern lagoons was 5-6degreesC higher than in the northern lagoon; likewise, in situ irradiance was two-fold greater in the south than in the north. As a result of the lower irradiance levels, the concentration of chlorophyll in the shoots of Z. marina was twice as high (1.7 mg gWW(-1)) in the northern lagoon than in the southern ones (0.8 mg gWW(-1)). Similar to chlorophyll levels, the concentration Of Soluble carbohydrates in the shoots was greater in the northern lagoon than in the southern ones, Suggesting that the high levels of chlorophyll are enough to compensate for the low irradiance levels and to maintain a positive carbon balance at San Quintin. On the other hand, the levels of proteins in the shoots from the north of the peninsula were slightly lower than those from the southern populations. In general, these results suggest that the different environmental conditions to which Z. marina is exposed along the peninsula impact its biochemical composition. C1 Univ Autonoma Baja California, Inst Invest Oceanol, Ensenada 22800, Baja California, Mexico. US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Cabello-Pasini, A (reprint author), Univ Autonoma Baja California, Inst Invest Oceanol, Apartado Postal 453, Ensenada 22800, Baja California, Mexico. EM acabello@uabc.mx NR 33 TC 11 Z9 13 U1 2 U2 6 PU INSTITUTO INVESTIGACIONES OCEANOLOGICAS, U A B C PI BAJA CALIFORNIA PA APARTADO POSTAL 423, ENSENADA, BAJA CALIFORNIA 22800, MEXICO SN 0185-3880 J9 CIENC MAR JI Ceinc. Mar. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 30 IS 1A BP 21 EP 34 PG 14 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 810TT UT WOS:000220727300003 ER PT J AU Ward, DH Tibbitts, TL Morton, A Carrera-Gonzalez, E Kempka, R AF Ward, DH Tibbitts, TL Morton, A Carrera-Gonzalez, E Kempka, R TI Use of digital multispectral videography to assess seagrass distribution in San Quintin Bay, Baja California, Mexico SO CIENCIAS MARINAS LA English DT Article DE San Quintin Bay; airborne digital multispectral videography; seagrass distribution; Ruppia maritima; Zostera marina ID AERIAL-PHOTOGRAPHY; HERVEY-BAY; HABITAT; BEDS; QUEENSLAND; MANAGEMENT; SATELLITE; AUSTRALIA AB Apparent threats to the spatial distribution of seagrass in San Quintin Bay prompted us to make a detailed assessment of habitats in the bay. Six coastal habitats and three seagrass subclasses were delineated using airborne digital multispectral videography (DMSV). Eelgrass, Zostera marina, was the predominant seagrass and covered 40% (1949 ha) of the areal extent of the bay in 1999. Eelgrass grew over a wide range of tidal depths from about -3.0 m mean lower low water (MLLW) to about 1.0 m MLLW, but greatest spatial extent occurred in intertidal areas -0.6 m to 1.0 m MLLW. Exposed-continuous (i.e., high density) eelgrass was the most abundant habitat in the bay. Widgeongrass, Ruppia maritima, was the only other seagrass present and covered 3% (136 ha) of the areal extent of the entire bay. Widgeongrass grew in single species stands in the upper intertidal (greater than or equal to 0.4 MLLW) and intermixed with eelgrass at lower tidal depths. Overall accuracy of the six habitat classes and three subclasses in the DMSV map was relatively high at 84%. Our detailed map of San Quintin Bay can be used in future change detection analyses to monitor the health of seagrasses in the bay. C1 US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. Ducks Unltd Mexico, Garza Garcia 66260, Nueovo Leon, Mexico. Ducks Unltd Inc, Natl Headquarters, Memphis, TN 38120 USA. RP Ward, DH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, 1011 E Tudor Rd, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM david_ward@usgs.gov NR 45 TC 10 Z9 11 U1 3 U2 6 PU INSTITUTO INVESTIGACIONES OCEANOLOGICAS, U A B C PI BAJA CALIFORNIA PA APARTADO POSTAL 423, ENSENADA, BAJA CALIFORNIA 22800, MEXICO SN 0185-3880 J9 CIENC MAR JI Ceinc. Mar. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 30 IS 1A BP 47 EP 60 PG 14 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 810TT UT WOS:000220727300005 ER PT J AU Carvalho, PSM Noltie, DB Tillitt, DE AF Carvalho, PSM Noltie, DB Tillitt, DE TI Intra-strain dioxin sensitivity and morphometric effects in swim-up rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) SO COMPARATIVE BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY C-TOXICOLOGY & PHARMACOLOGY LA English DT Article DE dioxin; edema; lethality; growth; sensitivity; rainbow trout; wasting syndrome ID EARLY LIFE STAGES; 2,3,7,8-TETRACHLORODIBENZO-PARA-DIOXIN TCDD; SALVELINUS-FONTINALIS; LAKE TROUT; BIPHENYL CONGENERS; STAGE DEVELOPMENT; DIETARY EXPOSURE; TOXICITY; EMBRYOTOXICITY; DIBENZOFURAN AB Inter and intra-specific differences in sensitivity of early life stage salmonids to 2,3,7,8-TCDD exposure have been reported, but intra-strain differences have not been found in the literature. Our results indicate that intra-strain variability in terms of embryo mortality (LD50) is small in Eagle Lake strain of rainbow trout, LD50 values ranging from 285 to 457 pg TCDD egg g(-1). These results confirm Eagle Lake as a less sensitive strain within rainbow trout, and do not indicate overlap with reported LD50 values for brook or lake trout. Our results also demonstrate that although generalized edema in regions including the yolk-sac are frequently associated with mortality following dioxin exposure, not all edematous fish die. We detected dose-dependent decreases in cranial length, eye diameter, mass, and total length (P < 0.05) in viable swim-up rainbow trout. These effects are presumed to indicate more subtle dose-dependent disruptions of the viteline vein vasculature and, therefore, in access to energy sources. A tendency for dose-dependent decrease in liver glycogen reserves concurred with previous results on salmonids and with the well described TCDD-induced alterations in intermediate metabolism of rats and chicken embryos (wasting syndrome). This syndrome could be contributing to the reduced growth that we observed. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. Fed Agcy Res & Teaching Personnel, CAPES, Brasilia, DF, Brazil. Univ Missouri, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife, Columbia, MO 65211 USA. RP Carvalho, PSM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, 4200 New Haven Rd, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. EM pcarvalho@ccb.ufsc.br RI Carvalho, Paulo/D-7213-2011 OI Carvalho, Paulo/0000-0002-4957-9768 NR 25 TC 12 Z9 13 U1 0 U2 2 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC PI NEW YORK PA 360 PARK AVE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA SN 1532-0456 J9 COMP BIOCHEM PHYS C JI Comp. Biochem. Physiol. C-Toxicol. Pharmacol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 137 IS 2 BP 133 EP 142 DI 10.1016/j.cca.2003.12.005 PG 10 WC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Endocrinology & Metabolism; Toxicology; Zoology SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Endocrinology & Metabolism; Toxicology; Zoology GA 809LH UT WOS:000220637700005 PM 15050925 ER PT J AU Saab, VA Dudley, J Thompson, WL AF Saab, VA Dudley, J Thompson, WL TI Factors influencing occupancy of nest cavities in recently burned forests SO CONDOR LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on the Ecology of Cavity Nesters - Keystone Processes CY SEP, 2002 CL NEW ORLEANS, LA DE burned forests; cavity-nesting birds; Lewis's Woodpecker; Melanerpes lewis; nesting habitat; Picoides; Pinus ponderosa ID BREEDING BIRD POPULATIONS; SIERRA-NEVADA; REPRODUCTIVE SUCCESS; BRITISH-COLUMBIA; NATURAL CAVITIES; SITE SELECTION; FIRE; COMMUNITY; WOODPECKERS; EVOLUTION AB Recently burned forests in western North America provide nesting habitat for many species of cavity-nesting birds. However, little is understood about the time frame and the variables affecting occupancy of postfire habitats by these birds. We studied factors influencing the occupancy and reuse of nest cavities from 1-7 years after fire in two burned sites of western Idaho during 1994-1999. Tree cavities were used for nesting by 12 species of cavity nesters that were classified by the original occupant (strong excavator, weak excavator, or nonexcavator) of 385 nest cavities. We used logistic regression to model cavity occupancy by strong excavators (n = 575 trials) and weak excavators (n = 206 trials). Year after fire had the greatest influence on occupancy of nest cavities for both groups, while site of the burn was secondarily important in predicting occupancy by strong excavators and less important for weak excavators. Predicted probability of cavity occupancy was highest during the early years (1-4) after fire, declined over time (5-7 years after fire), and varied by site, with a faster decline in the smaller burned site with a greater mosaic of unburned forest. Closer proximity and greater interspersion of unburned forest (15% unburned) may have allowed a quicker recolonization by nest predators into the smaller burn compared to the larger burn with few patches of unburned forest (4% unburned). In combination with time and space effects, the predicted probability of cavity occupancy was positively affected by tree and nest heights for strong and weak excavators, respectively. C1 US Forest Serv, USDA, Rocky Mt Res Stn, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. US Forest Serv, USDA, Rocky Mt Res Stn, Boise, ID 83702 USA. Univ Arkansas, Dept Biol Sci, USGS Arkansas Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Fayetteville, AR 72701 USA. RP Saab, VA (reprint author), US Forest Serv, USDA, Rocky Mt Res Stn, 1648 S 7th Ave,MSU Campus, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. EM vsaab@fs.fed.us NR 48 TC 56 Z9 60 U1 0 U2 13 PU COOPER ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC PI LAWRENCE PA ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC NORTH AMER PO BOX 1897, LAWRENCE, KS 66044-8897 USA SN 0010-5422 EI 1938-5129 J9 CONDOR JI Condor PD FEB PY 2004 VL 106 IS 1 BP 20 EP 36 DI 10.1650/7485 PG 17 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 772VB UT WOS:000188861500003 ER PT J AU Petersen, MR Douglas, DC AF Petersen, MR Douglas, DC TI Winter ecology of Spectacled Eiders: Environmental characteristics and population change SO CONDOR LA English DT Article DE Bering Sea; ice concentration; population variability; remote sensing; Spectacled Eider; weather; winter ID LAWRENCE-ISLAND POLYNYA; SEA-ICE COVER; BERING-SEA; COMMON EIDERS; SOMATERIA-MOLLISSIMA; DIVING DUCKS; CHUKCHI SEAS; SURVIVAL; ALASKA; SIZE AB We described characteristics of the wintering area used by Spectacled Eiders (Somateria fischeri) in the Bering Sea, Alaska, and evaluated these characteristics in relation to long-term population trends. Remoteness, limited daylight, and extreme weather conditions precluded direct observations, so we derived the location of the wintering area from satellite telemetry, ice conditions from remotely sensed data, weather conditions from archived data sets, and benthic communities from the literature. Based on analyses of two indices spanning 1957-2002 and 1988-2002, we identified no single environmental parameter that explained the precipitous decline in nesting populations in western Alaska. In general, we found that the number of days with extreme sea ice in winter, extreme winds, and winds in spring explained the greatest variability in annual indices. These analyses support the conclusion that annual population estimates on the breeding grounds can be negatively impacted by extended periods of dense sea-ice concentration and weather during the previous winter. Examination of population indices did not support the hypothesis that changes in benthic community on the wintering grounds have contributed to the decline or inhibited the recovery of the Spectacled Eider breeding population in western Alaska. C1 US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Petersen, MR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, 1011 E Tudor Rd, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM margaret_petersen@usgs.gov NR 78 TC 15 Z9 17 U1 2 U2 16 PU COOPER ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC PI LAWRENCE PA ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC NORTH AMER PO BOX 1897, LAWRENCE, KS 66044-8897 USA SN 0010-5422 J9 CONDOR JI Condor PD FEB PY 2004 VL 106 IS 1 BP 79 EP 94 DI 10.1650/7292 PG 16 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 772VB UT WOS:000188861500008 ER PT J AU Yard, HK Van Riper, C Brown, BT Kearsley, MJ AF Yard, HK Van Riper, C Brown, BT Kearsley, MJ TI Diets of insectivorous birds along the Colorado River in Grand Canyon, Arizona SO CONDOR LA English DT Article DE anthropogenic; arthropods; avian diets; Colorado River; Grand Canyon National Park; insectivorous birds; Neotropical migrants ID AFRICAN SAVANNA; MIGRATORY BIRDS; AQUATIC INSECTS; WARBLERS; ECOLOGY; POPULATION; FORESTS; HABITAT; OVERLAP; ACACIA AB We examined diets of six insectivorous bird species (n = 202 individuals) from two vegetation zones along the Colorado River in Grand Canyon National Park, Arizona, 1994. All bird species consumed similar quantities of caterpillars and beetles, but use of other prey taxa varied. Non-native leafhoppers (Opsius stactagolus) specific to non-native tamarisk (Tamarix chinensis) substantially augmented Lucy's Warbler (Vermivora luciae) diets (49%), while ants comprised 82% of Yellow-breasted Chat (Icteria virens) diets. Yellow Warbler (Dendroica petechia) diets were composed of 45% aquatic midges. All bird species consumed the non-native leafhopper specific to tamarisk. Comparison of bird diets with availability of arthropod prey from aquatic and terrestrial origins showed terrestrial insects comprised 91% of all avian diets compared to 9% of prey from aquatic origin. Seasonal shifts in arthropod prey occurred in diets of three bird species, although no seasonal shifts were detected in arthropods sampled in vegetation indicating that at least three bird species were not selecting prey in proportion to its abundance. All bird species had higher prey overlap with arthropods collected in the native, mesquite-acacia vegetation zone which contained higher arthropod diversity and better prey items (i.e., Lepidoptera). Lucy's Warbler and Yellow Warbler consumed high proportions of prey items found in greatest abundance in the tamarisk-dominated vegetation zone that has been established since the construction of Glen Canyon Dam. These species appeared to exhibit ecological plasticity in response to an anthropogenic increase in prey resources. C1 No Arizona Univ, Dept Biol, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. No Arizona Univ, USGS SW Biol Sci Ctr, Colorado Plateau Field Stn, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. SWCA Environm Consultants Inc, Salt Lake City, UT 84102 USA. RP Yard, HK (reprint author), 2720 W Lynette Dr, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. EM hyard@infomagic.net NR 52 TC 26 Z9 30 U1 3 U2 29 PU COOPER ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC PI LAWRENCE PA ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC NORTH AMER PO BOX 1897, LAWRENCE, KS 66044-8897 USA SN 0010-5422 J9 CONDOR JI Condor PD FEB PY 2004 VL 106 IS 1 BP 106 EP 115 DI 10.1650/7242 PG 10 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 772VB UT WOS:000188861500010 ER PT J AU Knutson, MG Niemi, GJ Newton, WE Friberg, MA AF Knutson, MG Niemi, GJ Newton, WE Friberg, MA TI Avian nest success in midwestern forests fragmented by agriculture SO CONDOR LA English DT Article DE agriculture; Driftless Area; forest fragmentation; functional group; landscape; midwestern United States; nest success ID FUNCTIONAL-GROUPS; MIGRATORY BIRDS; UNITED-STATES; HABITAT FRAGMENTATION; REPRODUCTIVE SUCCESS; COWBIRD PARASITISM; MIGRANT SONGBIRDS; LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY; NORTHEAST IOWA; EDGE AB We studied how forest-bird nest success varied by landscape context from 1996 to 1998 in an agricultural region of southeastern Minnesota, southwestern Wisconsin, and northeastern Iowa. Nest success was 48% for all nests, 82% for cavity-nesting species, and 42% for cup-nesting species. Mayfield-adjusted nest success for five common species ranged from 23% for the American Redstart (Setophaga ruticilla) to 43% for the Eastern Wood-Pewee (Contopus virens). Nest success was lowest for open-cup nesters, species that reject Brown-headed Cowbird (Molothrus ater) eggs, species that nest near forest edges, and Neo-tropical migrants. The proportion of forest core area in a 5-km radius around the plot had a weakly negative relationship with daily survival rate of nests for all species pooled and for medium or high canopy nesters, species associated with interior and edge habitats, open-cup nesters, and nests located between 75 and 199 m from an edge. The proportion of forest core area was positively related to daily survival rate only for ground and low nesters. Our findings are in contrast to a number of studies from the eastern United States reporting strong positive associations between forest area and nesting success. Supported models of habitat associations changed with the spatial scale of analysis and included variables not often considered in studies of forest birds, including the proportion of water, shrubs, and grasslands in the landscape. Forest area may not be a strong indicator of nest success in landscapes where all the available forests are fragmented. C1 US Geol Survey, Upper Midw Environm Sci Ctr, La Crosse, WI 54603 USA. Univ Minnesota, Nat Resources Res Inst, Duluth, MN 55811 USA. Univ Minnesota, Dept Biol, Duluth, MN 55811 USA. US Geol Survey, No Prairie Wildlife Res Ctr, Jamestown, ND 58401 USA. Univ Minnesota, Grad Program Conservat Biol, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. RP Knutson, MG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Upper Midw Environm Sci Ctr, 2630 Fanat Reed Rd, La Crosse, WI 54603 USA. EM melinda-knutson@usgs.gov NR 90 TC 13 Z9 14 U1 2 U2 17 PU COOPER ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC PI LAWRENCE PA ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC NORTH AMER PO BOX 1897, LAWRENCE, KS 66044-8897 USA SN 0010-5422 EI 1938-5129 J9 CONDOR JI Condor PD FEB PY 2004 VL 106 IS 1 BP 116 EP 130 DI 10.1650/7358 PG 15 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 772VB UT WOS:000188861500011 ER PT J AU Murray, AB Thieler, ER AF Murray, AB Thieler, ER TI A new hypothesis and exploratory model for the formation of large-scale inner-shelf sediment sorting and "rippled scour depressions" SO CONTINENTAL SHELF RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE sediment transport; sediment sorting; inner shelf currents; nonlinears dynamics; self organization; bedford dynamics; sorted bedforms; rippled scour depressions; regional index terms; USA; North Carolina; Wrightsville Beach ID PLANE SLOPING BEACH; CONTINENTAL-SHELF; NORTH-CAROLINA; WRIGHTSVILLE BEACH; BOUNDARY-LAYER; SHOREFACE; TRANSPORT; BED; SEA; GEOLOGY AB Recent observations of inner continental shelves in many regions show numerous collections of relatively coarse sediment, which extend kilometers in the cross-shore direction and are on the order of 100 m wide. These "rippled scour depressions" have been interpreted to indicate concentrated cross-shelf currents. However, recent observations strongly Suggest that they are associated with sediment transport along-shore rather than cross-shore. A new hypothesis for the origin of these features involves the large wave-generated ripples that form in the coarse material. Wave motions interacting with these large roughness elements generate near-bed turbulence that is greatly enhanced relative to that in other areas. This enhances entrainment and inhibits settling of fine material in an area dominated by coarse sediment. The fine sediment is then carried by mean currents past the coarse accumulations, and deposited where the bed is finer. We hypothesize that these interactions constitute a feedback tending to produce accumulations of fine material separated by self-perpetuating patches of coarse sediments. As with many types of self-organized bedforms, small features Would interact as they migrate, leading to a better-organized, larger-scale pattern. As an initial test of this hypothesis, we use a numerical model treating the transport of coarse and fine sediment fractions, treated as functions of the local bed composition-a proxy for the presence of large roughness elements in coarse areas. Large-scale sorted patterns exhibiting the main characteristics of the natural features result robustly in the model, indicating that this new hypothesis offers a plausible explanation for the phenomena. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Duke Univ, Nicholas Sch Enviornm & Earth Sci, Ctr Nonlinear & Complex Syst, Div Earth & Ocean Sci, Durham, NC 27708 USA. US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. RP Murray, AB (reprint author), Duke Univ, Nicholas Sch Enviornm & Earth Sci, Ctr Nonlinear & Complex Syst, Div Earth & Ocean Sci, Durham, NC 27708 USA. EM abmurray@duke.edu OI thieler, e/0000-0003-4311-9717 NR 60 TC 88 Z9 88 U1 1 U2 12 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0278-4343 EI 1873-6955 J9 CONT SHELF RES JI Cont. Shelf Res. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 3 BP 295 EP 315 DI 10.1016/j.csr.2003.11.001 PG 21 WC Oceanography SC Oceanography GA 800JY UT WOS:000220025800001 ER PT J AU Chertkoff, DG Gardner, JE AF Chertkoff, DG Gardner, JE TI Nature and timing of magma interactions before, during, and after the caldera-forming eruption of Volcaan Ceboruco, Mexico SO CONTRIBUTIONS TO MINERALOGY AND PETROLOGY LA English DT Article ID MOUNT-ST-HELENS; EXPLOSIVE ERUPTIONS; PHENOCRYSTS; CONSTRAINTS; TEMPERATURE; EVOLUTION; CHAMBERS; STORAGE; OXIDES; BELT AB Volcaan Ceboruco, Mexico, erupted similar to1,000 years ago, producing the Jala pumice and forming a similar to4-km-wide caldera. During that eruption, 2.8 to 3.5 km(3) of rhyodacite (similar to70 wt% SiO2) magma and 0.2 to 0.5 km(3) of mixed dacite (similar to67 wt% SiO2) magma were tapped and deposited as the Jala pumice. Subsequently, the caldera was partially filled by extrusion of the Dos Equis dome, a low-silica (similar to64 wt% SiO2) dacite dome with a volume of similar to1.3 km(3). Petrographic evidence indicates that the Jala dacite and Dos Equis dacite originated largely through the mixing of three end-member magmas: (1) rhyodacite magma, (2) dacite magma, and (3) mafic magma. Linear least-squares modeling and detailed modal analysis indicate that the Jala dacite is predominantly a bimodal mixture of rhyodacite and dacite with a small additional mafic component, whereas the Dos Equis dacite is composed of mostly dacite mixed with subordinate amounts of rhyodacite and mafic magma. According to Fe-Ti oxide geothermometry, before the caldera-forming eruption the rhyodacite last equilibrated at similar to865degreesC, whereas the dacite was originally at similar to890degreesC but was heated to similar to960degreesC by intrusion of mafic magma as hot as similar to1,030degreesC. Zoning profiles in plagioclase and/or magnetite phenocrysts indicate that mixing between mafic and dacite magma occurred similar to34-47 days prior to eruption, whereas subsequent mixing between rhyodacite and dacite magmas occurred only 1-4 days prior to eruption. Following the caldera-forming eruption, continued inputs of mafic magma led to effusion of the Dos Equis dome dacite. In this case, timing between mixing and eruption is estimated at similar to93-185 days based on the thickness of plagioclase overgrowth rims. C1 Univ Alaska, Dept Geol & Geophys, Inst Geophys, Alaska Volcano Observ, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. RP Chertkoff, DG (reprint author), Univ Durham, Dept Earth Sci, South Rd, Durham DH1 3LE, England. EM d.g.chertkoff@durham.ac.uk RI Gardner, James/H-1713-2011 NR 30 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 3 U2 10 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0010-7999 J9 CONTRIB MINERAL PETR JI Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 146 IS 6 BP 715 EP 735 DI 10.1007/s00410-003-0530-6 PG 21 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Mineralogy SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Mineralogy GA 770UF UT WOS:000188748700005 ER PT J AU de Hoog, JCM Hattori, KH Hoblitt, RP AF de Hoog, JCM Hattori, KH Hoblitt, RP TI Oxidized sulfur-rich mafic magma at Mount Pinatubo, Philippines SO CONTRIBUTIONS TO MINERALOGY AND PETROLOGY LA English DT Article ID EL-CHICHON VOLCANO; OXIDATION-STATE; UPPER-MANTLE; EXPERIMENTAL GLASSES; OXYGEN GEOBAROMETER; SUBDUCTION ZONES; 1982 ERUPTIONS; REDOX STATE; ANHYDRITE; SPECIATION AB Basaltic fragments enclosed in andesitic dome lavas and pyroclastic flows erupted during the early stages of the 1991 eruption of Mount Pinatubo, Philippines, contain amphiboles that crystallized during the injection of mafic magma into a dacitic magma body. The amphiboles contain abundant melt inclusions, which recorded the mixing of andesitic melt in the mafic magma and rhyolitic melt in the dacitic magma. The least evolved melt inclusions have high sulfur contents (up to 1,700 ppm) mostly as SO42-, which suggests an oxidized state of the magma (NNO+1.4). The intrinsically oxidized nature of the mafic magma is confirmed by spinel-olivine oxygen barometry. The value is comparable to that of the dacitic magma (NNO+1.6). Hence, models invoking mixing as a means of releasing sulfur from the melt are not applicable to Pinatubo. Instead, the oxidized state of the dacitic magma likely reflects that of parental mafic magma and the source region in the sub-arc mantle. Our results fit a model in which long-lived SO2 discharge from underplated mafic magma accumulated in the overlying dacitic magma and immiscible aqueous fluids. The fluids were the most likely source of sulfur that was released into the atmosphere during the cataclysmic eruption. The concurrence of highly oxidized basaltic magma and disproportionate sulfur output during the 1991 Mt. Pinatubo eruption suggests that oxidized mafic melt is an efficient medium for transferring sulfur from the mantle to shallow crustal levels and the atmosphere. As it can carry large amounts of sulfur, effectively scavenge sulfides from the source mantle and discharge SO2 during ascent, oxidized mafic magma forms arc volcanoes with high sulfur fluxes, and potentially contributes to the formation of metallic sulfide deposits. C1 Univ Gothenburg, Dept Earth Sci, S-41320 Gothenburg, Sweden. Univ Ottawa, Dept Earth Sci, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada. US Geol Survey, Hawaii Natl Pk, HI 96718 USA. RP de Hoog, JCM (reprint author), Univ Gothenburg, Dept Earth Sci, S-41320 Gothenburg, Sweden. EM cees-jan@gvc.gu.se RI De Hoog, Jan/C-1354-2010; OI De Hoog, Jan/0000-0002-5930-3597; Hattori, Keiko/0000-0002-6757-707X NR 59 TC 60 Z9 61 U1 1 U2 11 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0010-7999 EI 1432-0967 J9 CONTRIB MINERAL PETR JI Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 146 IS 6 BP 750 EP 761 DI 10.1007/s00410-003-0532-4 PG 12 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Mineralogy SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Mineralogy GA 770UF UT WOS:000188748700007 ER PT J AU Rudstam, LG VanDeValk, AJ Adams, CM Coleman, JTH Forney, JL Richmond, ME AF Rudstam, LG VanDeValk, AJ Adams, CM Coleman, JTH Forney, JL Richmond, ME TI Cormorant predation and the population dynamics of walleye and yellow perch in Oneida lake SO ECOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS LA English DT Article DE double-crested cormorants; long-term data series; Perea flavescens; Phalacrocorax auritus; Stizostedion vitreum; walleye; yellow perch ID DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANTS; MUSSELS DREISSENA-POLYMORPHA; INDIVIDUAL-BASED MODEL; NEW-YORK; PHALACROCORAX-CARBO; ZEBRA MUSSELS; GREAT-LAKES; STIZOSTEDION-VITREUM; RECREATIONAL FISHERIES; WATERBIRD PREDATION AB Double-crested Cormorants (Phalacrocorax auritus) increased dramatically in North America during the 1990s, providing the opportunity to study the effects of an increase of a top predator on an existing predator-prey system. In Oneida Lake, New York, USA, Double-crested Cormorants were first observed nesting in 1984 and had increased to over 360 nesting pairs by 2000. Concomitant with this increase in piscivorous birds was a decrease in the adult walleye (Stizostedion vitreum) and yellow perch (Perca flavescens) populations. Analysis of a 40-yr data series shows higher mortality of subadults (age 1-2 yr perch and age 1-3 yr walleye) for both species in the 1990s compared to the previous three decades. Cormorant diet was investigated from 1995 to 2000 using a combination of cast pellets, regurgitants, and stomach analysis. Walleye and yellow perch were a major portion of the cormorant diet during these years (40-82% by number). The number of subadult walleye and yellow perch consumed by cormorants suggests that the increase in subadult mortality can be explained by predation from cormorants. Mean mortality rates of adult percids attributed to cormorant predation were 1.1% per year for walleye and 7.7% per year for yellow perch. Our analysis suggests that predation by cormorants on subadult percids is a major factor contributing to the decline in both the walleye and the yellow perch populations in Oneida Lake. Other ecosystem changes (zebra mussels, lower nutrient loading, decrease in alternate prey) are not likely explanations because the potential mechanisms involved are not consistent with auxiliary data from the lake and would not affect subadult mortality. The likely impact of bird predation on percid populations in Oneida Lake occurs because cormorants feed on larger fish that are beyond the size range where compensatory mechanisms are important. C1 Cornell Univ, Cornell Biol Field Stn, Bridgeport, NY 13030 USA. Cornell Univ, Dept Nat Resources, Bridgeport, NY 13030 USA. Cornell Univ, USGS Biol Res Div, New York Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Ithaca, NY 14853 USA. Cornell Univ, Dept Nat Resources, Ithaca, NY 14853 USA. RP Rudstam, LG (reprint author), Cornell Univ, Cornell Biol Field Stn, Bridgeport, NY 13030 USA. NR 91 TC 95 Z9 99 U1 5 U2 27 PU ECOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI WASHINGTON PA 1707 H ST NW, STE 400, WASHINGTON, DC 20006-3915 USA SN 1051-0761 J9 ECOL APPL JI Ecol. Appl. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 14 IS 1 BP 149 EP 163 DI 10.1890/03-5010 PG 15 WC Ecology; Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 776RG UT WOS:000189130000015 ER PT J AU Ainley, DG Ribic, CA Ballard, G Heath, S Gaffney, I Karl, BJ Barton, KJ Wilson, PR Webb, S AF Ainley, DG Ribic, CA Ballard, G Heath, S Gaffney, I Karl, BJ Barton, KJ Wilson, PR Webb, S TI Geographic structure of Adelie Penguin populations: Overlap in colony-specific foraging areas SO ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS LA English DT Article DE Adelie Penguin; Antarctica; colonial breeding; foraging area; foraging distance; foraging theory; geographic colony structuring; metapopulation; Pygoscelis adeliae; telemetry ID ROSS SEA; INTERCOLONY COMPETITION; PYGOSCELIS-ADELIAE; CHINSTRAP PENGUINS; CLIFF SWALLOWS; HERON COLONIES; SIZE; FOOD; ANTARCTICA; SEABIRDS AB In an investigation of the factors leading to geographic structuring among Adelie Penguin (Pygoscelis adeliae) populations, we studied the size and overlap of colony-specific foraging areas within an isolated cluster of colonies. The study area, in the southwestern Ross Sea, included one large and three smaller colonies, ranging in size from 3900 to 135 000 nesting pairs, clustered on Ross and Beaufort Islands. We used triangulation of radio signals from transmitters attached to breeding penguins to determine foraging locations and to define colony-specific foraging areas during the chick-provisioning period of four breeding seasons, 1997-2000. Colony populations (nesting pairs) were determined using aerial photography just after egg-laying; reproductive success was estimated by comparing ground counts of chicks fledged to the number of breeding pairs apparent in aerial photos. Foraging-trip duration, meal size, and adult body mass were estimated using RFID (radio frequency identification) tags and an automated reader and weighbridge. Chick growth was assessed by weekly weighing. We related the following variables to colony size: foraging distance, area, and duration; reproductive success; chick meal size and growth rate; and seasonal variation in adult body mass. We found that penguins foraged closest to their respective colonies, particularly at the smaller colonies. However, as the season progressed, foraging distance, duration, and area increased noticeably, especially at the largest colony. The foraging areas of the smaller colonies overlapped broadly, but very little foraging area overlap existed between the large colony and the smaller colonies, even though the foraging area of the large colony was well within range of the smaller colonies. Instead, the foraging areas of the smaller colonies shifted as that of the large colony grew. Colony size was not related to chick meal size, chick growth, or parental body mass. This differed from the year previous to the study, when foraging trips of the large colony were very long, parents lost mass, and chick meals were smaller. In light of. existing data on prey abundance in neritic waters in Antarctica suggesting that krill are relatively evenly distributed and in high abundance in the Southern Ross Sea, we conclude that penguins depleted or changed the availability of their prey, that the degree of alteration was a function of colony size, and that the large colony affected the location (and perhaps ultimately the size) of foraging areas for the smaller colonies. It appears, therefore, that foraging dynamics play a role in the geographic structuring of colonies in this species. C1 Ht Harvey & Associates, San Jose, CA 95118 USA. Univ Wisconsin, USGS Wisconsin Cooperat Wildlife Res Unit, Dept Wildlife Ecol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. Point Reyes Bird Observ, Stinson Beach, CA 94970 USA. LandCare Res New Zealand Ltd, Nelson, New Zealand. RP Ainley, DG (reprint author), Ht Harvey & Associates, 3150 Almaden Expressway,Suite 145, San Jose, CA 95118 USA. EM dainley@penguinscience.com NR 70 TC 77 Z9 81 U1 1 U2 22 PU ECOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI WASHINGTON PA 1707 H ST NW, STE 400, WASHINGTON, DC 20006-3915 USA SN 0012-9615 J9 ECOL MONOGR JI Ecol. Monogr. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 74 IS 1 BP 159 EP 178 DI 10.1890/02-4073 PG 20 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 777QW UT WOS:000189189900008 ER PT J AU Magner, JA Payne, GA Steffen, LJ AF Magner, JA Payne, GA Steffen, LJ TI Drainage effects on stream nitrate-N and hydrology in south-central Minnesota (USA) SO ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT LA English DT Article DE channel geomorphology; denitrification; drainage; floodplain; nitrate-nitrogen; peak flow ID GULF-OF-MEXICO; TILE DRAINAGE; SYSTEMS AB Excessive nitrate-N in south-central Minnesota ditches and streams is related to land-use change, and may be contributing to the development of the zone of hypoxia in the Gulf of Mexico. Intensive land-use (agricultural management) has progressively increased as subsurface drainage has improved crop productivity over the past 25 years. We have examined water at varying scales for delta(18)O and, nitrate-N concentrations. Additionally, analysis of annual peak flows, and channel geomorphic features provided a measure of hydrologic change. Laboratory and field results indicate that agricultural drainage has influenced riverine source waters, concentrations of nitrate-N, channel dimensions and hydrology in the Blue Earth River (BER) Basin. At the mouth of the BER shallow ground water comprises the largest source water component. The highest nitrate-N concentrations in the BER and tributaries typically occurred in May and June and ranged from 7-34 mg L-1. Peak flows for the 1.01-2-yr recurrence intervals increased by 20-to-206% over the past 25 years. Geomorphic data suggest that small channels (ditches) were entrenched by design, whereas, natural channels incised. Increased frequent peak flows in the BER have created laterally confined channels that are disconnected from an accessible riparian corridor. Frequent access to a functioning riparian zone is important for denitrification. C1 Minnesota Pollut Control Agcy, St Paul, MN USA. US Geol Survey, Moundsview, MN USA. Nat Resources Conservat Serv, USDA, Lincoln, NE USA. RP Magner, JA (reprint author), Minnesota Pollut Control Agcy, St Paul, MN USA. NR 36 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 1 U2 12 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-6369 J9 ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS JI Environ. Monit. Assess. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 91 IS 1-3 BP 183 EP 198 DI 10.1023/B:EMAS.0000009235.50413.42 PG 16 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 754VU UT WOS:000187353700009 PM 14969443 ER PT J AU Arai, Y Sparks, DL Davis, JA AF Arai, Y Sparks, DL Davis, JA TI Effects of dissolved carbonate on arsenate adsorption and surface speciation at the hematite-water interface SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article ID RAY-ABSORPTION SPECTROSCOPY; AQUEOUS-SOLUTION INTERFACE; PHOSPHATE ADSORPTION; ALUMINUM HYDROXIDE; IRON-OXIDE; ATR-FTIR; GOETHITE; FERRIHYDRITE; COMPLEXATION; ARSENITE AB Effects of dissolved carbonate on arsenate [As(V)] reactivity and surface speciation at the hematite-water interface were studied as a function of pH and two different partial pressures of carbon dioxidegas [Pco(2) = 10(-3.5) atm and similar to0; CO2-free argon (Ar)] using adsorption kinetics, pseudo-equilibrium adsorption/titration experiments, extended X-ray absorption fine structure spectroscopic (EXAFS) analyses, and surface complexation modeling. Different adsorbed carbonate concentrations, due to the two different atmospheric systems, resulted in an enhanced and/or suppressed extent of As(V) adsorption. As(V) adsorption kinetics [4 g L-1, [As(V)](0) = 1.5 mM and I = 0.01 M NaCl] showed carbonate-enhanced As(V) uptake in the air-equilibrated systems at pH 4 and 6 and at pH 8 after 3 h of reaction. Suppressed As(V) adsorption was observed in the air-equilibrated system in the early stages of the reaction at pH 8. In the pseudo-equilibrium adsorption experiments [1 g L-1, [As(V)](0) = 0.5 mM and I = 0.01 M NaCl], in which each pH value was held constant by a pH-stat apparatus, effects of dissolved carbonate on As(V) uptake were almost negligible at equilibrium, but titrant (0.1 M HCl] consumption was greater in the air-equilibrated Systems (Pco(2) = 10(-3.5) atm) than in the CO2-free argon system at pH 4-7.75. The EXAFS analyses indicated that As(V) tetrahedral molecules were coordinated on iron octahedral via bidentate mononuclear (approximate to2.8 Angstrom) and bidentate binuclear (approximate to3.3Angstrom) bonding at pH 4.5-8 and loading levels of 0.46-3.10 muM m(-2). Using the results of the pseudo-equilibrium adsorption data and the XAS analyses, the pH-dependent As(V) adsorption under the Pco(2) = 10(-3.5) atm and the CO2-free argon system was modeled using surface complexation modeling, and the results are consistent with the formation of nonprotonated bidentate surface species at the hematite surfaces. The results also suggest that the acid titrant consumption was strongly affected by changes to electrical double-layer potentials caused by the adsorption of carbonate in the air-equilibrated system. Overall results suggest that the effects of dissolved carbonate on As(V) adsorption were influenced by there action conditions [e.g., available surface sites, initial As(V) concentrations, and reaction times]. quantifying the effects of adsorbed carbonate may be important in predicting As(V) transport processes in groundwater, where iron oxide-coated aquifer materials are exposed to seasonally fluctuating partial pressures of CO2(g). C1 US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Univ Delaware, Dept Plant & Soil Sci, Newark, DE 19717 USA. RP Arai, Y (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, 345 Middleford Rd,MS 465, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM yarai@usgs.gov NR 46 TC 113 Z9 114 U1 6 U2 50 PU AMER CHEMICAL SOC PI WASHINGTON PA 1155 16TH ST, NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 USA SN 0013-936X J9 ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL JI Environ. Sci. Technol. PD FEB 1 PY 2004 VL 38 IS 3 BP 817 EP 824 DI 10.1021/es034800w PG 8 WC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences SC Engineering; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 769NE UT WOS:000188656000035 PM 14968869 ER PT J AU Hamilton, SJ Holley, KM Buhl, KJ Bullard, FA Weston, LK McDonald, SF AF Hamilton, SJ Holley, KM Buhl, KJ Bullard, FA Weston, LK McDonald, SF TI Evaluation of flushing of a high-selenium backwater channel in the Colorado River SO ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY LA English DT Review DE colorado pikeminnow; selenium; endangered fish; flushing; Colorado River; trace elements; remediation ID FRESH-WATER FISH; CONTAMINANT-BIOMONITORING-PROGRAM; PESTICIDE MONITORING PROGRAM; RAINBOW-TROUT SALMO; FATHEAD MINNOW; FOOD-CHAIN; HAZARD ASSESSMENT; ORGANIC SELENIUM; RAZORBACK SUCKER; DAPHNIA-MAGNA AB Concern has been raised that selenium contamination may be adversely affecting endangered fish in the upper Colorado River basin. The objective of the study was to determine if operation of a water control structure (opened in December 1996) that allowed the Colorado River to flow through a channel area at Walter Walker State Wildlife Area (WWSWA) would reduce selenium and other inorganic elements in water, sediment, aquatic invertebrates, and forage fish. Endangered Colorado pikeminnow were collected and muscle plug samples taken for selenium analysis. Selenium concentrations in filtered water were 21.0 mug/L in 1995, 23.5 mug/L in 1996, 2.1 mug/L in 1997, and 2.1 mug/L in 1998. Selenium concentrations in sediment cores and sediment traps were 8.5 mug/g in 1995, 8.2 mug/g in 1996, 4.8 mug/g in 1997, and 1.1 mug/g in 1998. Selenium concentrations in aquatic invertebrates were 27.4 mug/g in 1996, 15.5 mug/g in 1997, and 4.9 mug/g in 1998. Selenium concentrations in forage fish were 27.2 mug/g in 1996, 20.2 mug/g in 1997, and 8.6 mug/g in 1998. Selenium concentrations in muscle plugs of Colorado pikeminnow were 9.8 mug/g in 1995, 9.5 mug/g in 1996, 9.0 mug/g in 1997, and 10.3 mug/g in 1998. Although selenium concentrations in water, sediment, aquatic invertebrates, and forage fish decreased substantially after operation of the water control structure, a corresponding change in Colorado pikeminnow did not seem to occur. Selenium concentrations in muscle plugs decreased with increasing fish total length and weight, did not change between repeat sampling in the same year or recapture in subsequent years, and seemed to be most closely associated with the mean monthly river flow for the March-July period. (C) 2004 Wiley Periodicals. Inc.*. C1 US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Biol Resources Div, Field Res Stn, Yankton, SD 57078 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Grand Junction, CO 81506 USA. US Bur Reclamat, Grand Junction, CO 81506 USA. RP Hamilton, SJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Biol Resources Div, Field Res Stn, 31247 436th Ave, Yankton, SD 57078 USA. EM steve_hamilton@usgs.gov NR 124 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 5 PU JOHN WILEY & SONS INC PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN, NJ 07030 USA SN 1520-4081 J9 ENVIRON TOXICOL JI Environ. Toxicol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 19 IS 1 BP 51 EP 81 DI 10.1002/tox.10151 PG 31 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology; Water Resources GA 771YY UT WOS:000188814700007 PM 14758594 ER PT J AU Wilson, HM Petersen, MR Troy, D AF Wilson, HM Petersen, MR Troy, D TI Concentrations of metals and trace elements in blood of spectacled and king eiders in northern Alaska, USA SO ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY LA English DT Article DE eiders; trace elements; mercury; selenium; lead ID COMMON EIDERS; SOMATERIA-MOLLISSIMA; WESTERN ALASKA; EMPEROR GEESE; SELENIUM; MERCURY; LEAD; SURVIVAL; FISCHERI; MALLARDS AB In 1996, we measured concentrations of arsenic, barium, cadmium, lead, mercury, and selenium in blood of adult king (Somateria spectabilis) and spectacled (Somateria fischeri) ciders and duckling spectacled eiders from northern Alaska, USA. Concentrations of selenium exceeded background levels in all adults sampled and 9 of 12 ducklings. Mercury was detected in all adult spectacled eiders and 5 of 12 ducklings. Lead concentrations were above the clinical toxicity threshold in one duckling (0.64 ppm) and two adult female spectacled ciders (0.54 and 4.30 ppm). Concentrations of cadmium and mercury varied between species; barium, cadmium, mercury, and selenium varied between sexes. In female spectacled eiders, mercury concentrations increased during the breeding season and barium and selenium levels decreased through the breeding season. Selenium declined at 2.3 +/- 0.9% per day and levels were lower in spectacled eiders arriving to the breeding grounds in northern Alaska than in western Alaska. The variation in selenium levels between breeding areas may be explained by differences in timing and routes of spring migration. Most trace elements for which we tested were not at levels currently considered toxic to marine birds. However, the presence of mercury and elevated lead in ducklings and adult female spectacled eiders suggests these metals are available on the breeding grounds. C1 US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. Troy Ecol Res Associates, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. RP Petersen, MR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, 1011 E Tudor Rd, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM margaret_petersen@usgs.gov NR 42 TC 19 Z9 20 U1 1 U2 4 PU SETAC PI PENSACOLA PA 1010 NORTH 12TH AVE, PENSACOLA, FL 32501-3367 USA SN 0730-7268 J9 ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM JI Environ. Toxicol. Chem. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 23 IS 2 BP 408 EP 414 DI 10.1897/03-21 PG 7 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA 767AH UT WOS:000188415800023 PM 14982389 ER PT J AU Iwanowicz, LR Densmore, CL Ottinger, CA AF Iwanowicz, LR Densmore, CL Ottinger, CA TI Calcein AM release-based cytotoxic cell assay for fish leucocytes SO FISH & SHELLFISH IMMUNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE calcein AM; NCC cytotoxicity; EPC; leucocyte; method; assay; in vitro; rainbow trout; fluorescent ID CYTO-TOXIC CELLS; ICTALURUS-PUNCTATUS; MEDIATED CYTOTOXICITY; PERIPHERAL-BLOOD; INNATE IMMUNITY; FLOW-CYTOMETRY; TARGET-CELLS; ACTIVATION; TILAPIA; SYSTEM AB A non-specific cytotoxic cell assay for fish is presented that is based on the release of the activated fluorochrome calcein AM from lysed carp epithelioma papulosum cyprini (EPC) cells. To establish the suitability of treating EPC cells with calcein AM the uptake and spontaneous release of the calcein AM by the EPC cells was evaluated. Incubation of 5 muM calcein AM in culture medium with I x 10(5) EPC cells well(-1) for a minimum of 3 h provided sufficient labelling. Spontaneous release of fluorescence from the labelled EPC cells during 10 h of post labelling incubation ranged from 30 to 39% of the total observed fluorescence. Cytotoxic activity of trout leucocytes was evaluated at three leucocyte to target cell ratios (10:1, 2:1 and 1:1) following incubation (4, 6, 8, and 10 h) with calcein AM-labelled EPC cells at 15 degreesC. In some instances, the monoclonal antibody specific for the NCC surface receptor NCCRP-1 (MAb5C.6) was included in the cultures. The activity of NCC cells was significantly inhibited in the presence of 0.25 mug well(-1) of MAb5C.6 relative to no antibody (Pless than or equal to0.013) or an equal amount of an unrelated antibody (Pless than or equal to0.001). Average maximum observed percent cytotoxic, cell activity of similar to18% was observed following 8 It of incubation at the 2:1 and 1:1 leucocyte to target cell ratios. Percent cytotoxic cell activity using calcein AM was similar to values reported for rainbow trout leucocytes using the Cr-51-release assay. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Leetown Sci Ctr, Natl Fish Hlth Res Lab, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. RP Ottinger, CA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Leetown Sci Ctr, Natl Fish Hlth Res Lab, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. EM chris_ottinger@usgs.gov OI Ottinger, Christopher/0000-0003-2551-1985; Iwanowicz, Luke/0000-0002-1197-6178 NR 37 TC 7 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 3 PU ACADEMIC PRESS LTD ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI LONDON PA 24-28 OVAL RD, LONDON NW1 7DX, ENGLAND SN 1050-4648 J9 FISH SHELLFISH IMMUN JI Fish Shellfish Immunol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 16 IS 2 BP 127 EP 137 DI 10.1016/S1050-4648(03)00056-1 PG 11 WC Fisheries; Immunology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Veterinary Sciences SC Fisheries; Immunology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Veterinary Sciences GA 778DT UT WOS:000189224400005 PM 15123317 ER PT J AU Wissmar, RC Craig, SD AF Wissmar, RC Craig, SD TI Factors affecting habitat selection by a small spawning charr population, bull trout, Salvelinus confluentus: implications for recovery of an endangered species SO FISHERIES MANAGEMENT AND ECOLOGY LA English DT Article DE bull trout; habitat selection; Salvelinus confluentus; spawning; redds ID LIFE-HISTORY; RIVER SYSTEM; BROOK TROUT; MONTANA; GEOMORPHOLOGY; CONSERVATION; FONTINALIS; STREAMS; LAKE AB Bull trout, Salvelinus confluentus (Suckley), populations are declining in many streams of North America and are listed under the Endangered Species Act in the United States. Many small populations are isolated in fragmented habitats where spawning conditions and success are not well understood. Factors affecting habitats selected for redds by spawning bull trout and redd habitat characteristics within Gold Creek, a headwater stream in the Yakima River within the Columbia River basin, Washington State, USA, were evaluated. Most spawning (>80% of the redds) occurred in upstream habitats after dewatering of downstream channels isolated fish. Habitats were selected or avoided in proportions different to their availability. For example, most bull trout selected pools and glides and avoided riffles despite the latter being more readily available. Although preferences suggest influences of prolonged fish entrapment, site fidelity could be important. A habitat with redds commonly contained abundant cover, gravel substratum and higher stream flows. The major factors influencing habitat selection by spawning fish and their persistence in streams of the Yakima and Columbia River regions include entrapment of fish by dewatering of channels and geographical isolation by dams. The goal of the US Government's recovery plan is 'to ensure the long-term persistence of self-sustaining bull trout populations'. Recovery plans linked to provisions for protecting and conserving bull trout populations and their habitats were recommended. Landscape approaches are needed that provide networks of refuge habitats and greater connectivity between populations. Concurrent recovery efforts are encouraged to focus on protecting small populations and minimizing dangers of hybridization. C1 Univ Washington, Sch Aquat & Fishery Sci, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Lacey, WA USA. RP Wissmar, RC (reprint author), Univ Washington, Sch Aquat & Fishery Sci, Fishery Sci Bldg,355020, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. EM wissmar@u.washington.edu NR 43 TC 9 Z9 10 U1 3 U2 15 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0969-997X J9 FISHERIES MANAG ECOL JI Fisheries Manag. Ecol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 11 IS 1 BP 23 EP 31 DI 10.1111/j.1365-2400.2004.00350.x PG 9 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 766EM UT WOS:000188353800003 ER PT J AU Switalski, TA Bissonette, JA DeLuca, TH Luce, CH Madej, MA AF Switalski, TA Bissonette, JA DeLuca, TH Luce, CH Madej, MA TI Benefits and impacts of road removal SO FRONTIERS IN ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Review ID FOREST ROADS; LOGGING ROADS; RESTORATION; EROSION; OREGON; TILLAGE; NEED AB Road removal is being used to mitigate the physical and ecological impacts of roads and to restore both public and private lands. Although many federal and state agencies and private landowners have created protocols for road removal and priorities for restoration, research has not kept pace with the rate of removal. Some research has been conducted on hydrologic and geomorphic restoration following road removal, but no studies have directly addressed restoring wildlife habitat. Road removal creates a short-term disturbance which may temporarily increase sediment loss. However, long-term monitoring and initial research have shown that road removal reduces chronic erosion and the risk of landslides. We review the hydrologic, geomorphic, and ecological benefits and impacts of three methods of road removal, identify knowledge gaps, and propose questions for future research, which is urgently needed to quantify how effectively road removal restores terrestrial, riparian, and aquatic habitat and other ecosystem processes. C1 Wildlands CPR, Missoula, MT 59807 USA. Utah State Univ, USGS Utah Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Logan, UT 84322 USA. Univ Montana, Dept Ecosyst & Conservat Sci, Missoula, MT 59812 USA. US Forest Serv, USDA, Intermt Res Stn, Boise, ID 83702 USA. USGS Western Ecol Res Ctr, Arcata, CA 95521 USA. RP Switalski, TA (reprint author), Wildlands CPR, POB 7516, Missoula, MT 59807 USA. EM adam@wildlandscpr.org RI Luce, Charles/A-9267-2008; DeLuca, Thomas/B-4547-2012 OI Luce, Charles/0000-0002-6938-9662; NR 43 TC 52 Z9 55 U1 4 U2 32 PU ECOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI WASHINGTON PA 1707 H ST NW, STE 400, WASHINGTON, DC 20006-3915 USA SN 1540-9295 J9 FRONT ECOL ENVIRON JI Front. Ecol. Environ. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 2 IS 1 BP 21 EP 28 DI 10.2307/3868291 PG 8 WC Ecology; Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 825XJ UT WOS:000221791800018 ER PT J AU Halvorson, W AF Halvorson, W TI Restoration ecology: the challenge of social values and expectations SO FRONTIERS IN ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Arizona, Sch Renewable Nat Resources, USGS SW Biol Sci Ctr, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. RP Halvorson, W (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Sch Renewable Nat Resources, USGS SW Biol Sci Ctr, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. NR 9 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 1 PU ECOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI WASHINGTON PA 1990 M STREET NW, STE 700, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 USA SN 1540-9295 EI 1540-9309 J9 FRONT ECOL ENVIRON JI Front. Ecol. Environ. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 2 IS 1 BP 46 EP 47 PG 2 WC Ecology; Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 825XJ UT WOS:000221791800024 ER PT J AU Lovelock, CE Feller, IC Mckee, KL Engelbrecht, BMJ Ball, MC AF Lovelock, CE Feller, IC Mckee, KL Engelbrecht, BMJ Ball, MC TI The effect of nutrient enrichment on growth, photosynthesis and hydraulic conductance of dwarf mangroves in Panama SO FUNCTIONAL ECOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Bocas del Toro; fertilization experiment; herbivory; Rhizophora mangle ID VS. PHOSPHORUS LIMITATION; NITROGEN-USE EFFICIENCY; RHIZOPHORA MANGLE L.; COASTAL PEAT SWAMP; BOCAS DEL TORO; SPARTINA-ALTERNIFLORA; GAS-EXCHANGE; AVICENNIA-GERMINANS; WATER TRANSPORT; PLANT-GROWTH AB 1. Dwarf stands of the mangrove Rhizophora mangle L. are extensive in the Caribbean. We fertilized dwarf trees in Almirante Bay, Bocas del Toro Province, north-eastern Panama with nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) to determine (1) if growth limitations are due to nutrient deficiency; and (2) what morphological and/or physiological factors underlie nutrient limitations to growth. 2. Shoot growth was 10-fold when fertilized with P and twofold with N fertilization, indicating that stunted growth of these mangroves is partially due to nutrient deficiency. 3. Growth enhancements caused by N or P enrichment could not be attributed to increases in photosynthesis on a leaf area basis, although photosynthetic nutrient-use efficiency was improved. The most dramatic effect was on stem hydraulic conductance, which was increased sixfold by P and 2.5-fold with N enrichment. Fertilization with P enhanced leaf and stem P concentrations and reduced C : N ratio, but did not alter leaf damage by herbivores. 4. Our findings indicate that addition of N and P significantly alter tree growth and internal nutrient dynamics of mangroves at Bocas del Toro, but also that the magnitude, pattern and mechanisms of change will be differentially affected by each nutrient. C1 Smithsonian Environm Res Ctr, Edgewater, MD 21037 USA. US Geol Survey, Natl Wetlands Res Ctr, Lafayette, LA 70506 USA. Univ Utah, Dept Biol, Salt Lake City, UT 84112 USA. Australian Natl Univ, Res Sch Biol Sci, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia. RP Smithsonian Environm Res Ctr, POB 28, Edgewater, MD 21037 USA. EM lovelockc@si.edu RI Ball, Marilyn/D-1180-2009; Engelbrecht, Bettina/E-9914-2012; McKee, Karen/D-1365-2014; Lovelock, Catherine/G-7370-2012; OI McKee, Karen/0000-0001-7042-670X; Lovelock, Catherine/0000-0002-2219-6855; Feller, Ilka/0000-0002-6391-1608 NR 57 TC 79 Z9 87 U1 2 U2 50 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0269-8463 EI 1365-2435 J9 FUNCT ECOL JI Funct. Ecol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 18 IS 1 BP 25 EP 33 DI 10.1046/j.0269-8463.2004.00805.x PG 9 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 772BT UT WOS:000188821200003 ER PT J AU Warrick, JA Mertes, LAK Washburn, L Siegel, DA AF Warrick, JA Mertes, LAK Washburn, L Siegel, DA TI Dispersal forcing of southern California river plumes, based on field and remote sensing observations SO GEO-MARINE LETTERS LA English DT Article ID SANTA-BARBARA CHANNEL; SEDIMENT DISCHARGE; NORTHERN CALIFORNIA; CONTINENTAL-SHELF; OCEAN; CIRCULATION; VARIABILITY; TRANSPORT; PATTERNS; BUDGETS AB River plumes are important pathways of terrestrial materials entering the sea. In southern California, rivers are known to be the dominant source of littoral, shelf and basin sediment and coastal pollution, although a basic understanding of the dynamics of these river inputs does not exist. Here we evaluate forcing parameters of a southern California river plume using ship-based hydrographic surveys and satellite remote sensing measurements to provide the first insights of river dispersal dynamics in southern California. Our results suggest that plumes of the Santa Clara River are strongly influenced by river inertia, producing jet-like structures similar to10 km offshore during annual recurrence (similar totwo-year) flood events and similar to30 km during exceptional (similar to10-year recurrence) floods. Upwelling-favorable winds may be strong following stormwater events and can alter dispersal pathways of these plumes. Due to similar runoff relationships and other reported satellite observations, we hypothesize that interia-dominated dispersal may be an important characteristic of the small, mountainous rivers throughout southern California. C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Interdepartmental Grad Program Marine Sci, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Inst Computat Earth Syst Sci, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Dept Geog, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. RP Warrick, JA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 999, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM jwarrick@usgs.gov RI Liu, Cheng-Chien/E-4859-2011; Siegel, David/C-5587-2008 NR 33 TC 37 Z9 37 U1 0 U2 10 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0276-0460 J9 GEO-MAR LETT JI Geo-Mar. Lett. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 46 EP 52 DI 10.1007/s00367-003-0163-9 PG 7 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Oceanography SC Geology; Oceanography GA 769RR UT WOS:000188664000006 ER PT J AU Swenson, JB Person, M Raffensperger, JP Cannon, WF Woodruff, LG Berndt, ME AF Swenson, JB Person, M Raffensperger, JP Cannon, WF Woodruff, LG Berndt, ME TI A hydrogeologic model of stratiform copper mineralization in the Midcontinent Rift System, Northern Michigan, USA SO GEOFLUIDS LA English DT Article DE Midcontinent Rift System; ore genesis; paleohydrogeology; stratiform copper deposit ID CANADA SEDIMENTARY BASIN; STRATABOUND ORE-DEPOSITS; GROUNDWATER-FLOW; LAKE-SUPERIOR; THEORETICAL-ANALYSIS; KEWEENAW PENINSULA; NONESUCH FORMATION; NUMERICAL-MODEL; ALLUVIAL-FAN; ORONTO GROUP AB This paper presents a suite of two-dimensional mathematical models of basin-scale groundwater flow and heat transfer for the middle Proterozoic Midcontinent Rift System. The models were used to assess the hydrodynamic driving mechanisms responsible for main-stage stratiform copper mineralization of the basal Nonesuch Formation during the post-volcanic/pre-compressional phase of basin evolution. Results suggest that compaction of the basal aquifer (Copper Harbor Formation), in response to mechanical loading during deposition of the overlying Freda Sandstone, generated a pulse of marginward-directed, compaction-driven discharge of cupriferous brines from within the basal aquifer. The timing of this pulse is consistent with the radiometric dates for the timing of mineralization. Thinning of the basal aquifer near White Pine, Michigan, enhanced stratiform copper mineralization. Focused upward leakage of copper-laden brines into the lowermost facies of the pyrite-rich Nonesuch Formation resulted in copper sulfide mineralization in response to a change in oxidation state. Economic-grade mineralization within the White Pine ore district is a consequence of intense focusing of compaction-driven discharge, and corresponding amplification of leakage into the basal Nonesuch Formation, where the basal aquifer thins dramatically atop the Porcupine Mountains volcanic structure. Equilibrium geochemical modeling and mass-balance calculations support this conclusion. We also assessed whether topography and density-driven flow systems could have caused ore genesis at White Pine. Topography-driven flow associated with the Ottawan orogeny was discounted because it post-dates main-stage ore genesis and because recent seismic interpretations of basin inversion indicates that basin geometry would not be conductive to ore genesis. Density-driven flow systems did not produce focused discharge in the vicinity of the White Pine ore district. C1 Indiana Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. Univ Minnesota, Dept Geol Sci, Duluth, MN 55812 USA. Univ Minnesota, Large Lakes Observ, Duluth, MN 55812 USA. US Geol Survey, Water Resources Div, Baltimore, MD 21237 USA. US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 22092 USA. US Geol Survey, Mounds View, MN 55112 USA. Univ Minnesota, Dept Geol & Geophys, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA. RP Person, M (reprint author), Indiana Univ, Dept Geol Sci, 1001 E 10th St, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. EM maperson@indiana.edu OI Raffensperger, Jeff/0000-0001-9275-6646 NR 77 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 3 U2 11 PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD PI OXFORD PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1468-8115 J9 GEOFLUIDS JI Geofluids PD FEB PY 2004 VL 4 IS 1 BP 1 EP 22 DI 10.1111/j.1468-8123.2004.00062.x PG 22 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology GA 769FM UT WOS:000188615800001 ER PT J AU Cashman, KV Hoblitt, RP AF Cashman, KV Hoblitt, RP TI Magmatic precursors to the 18 May 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens, USA SO GEOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Mount St. Helens; crystallization; volcanic processes; eruptions ID LAVA DOME; CRYSTALLIZATION; DACITE; ASCENT; CONSTRAINTS; ANDESITE; VOLCANO AB Perhaps the most difficult task facing volcanologists today is that of distinguishing between low-level volcanic restlessness and activity that presages a full-scale eruption. We illustrate these difficulties by reexamining the sequence of events that led to the 18 May 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens, activity that is often presented as a classic example of early phreatic explosions leading to a magmatic eruption. This interpretation is problematic, however, given the known ascent of juvenile magma to within similar to250 m of the surface prior to the climactic event. Reexamination of ash samples from several precursory events shows that small amounts of juvenile material were erupted as early as 28 March 1980, just two weeks after the first seismic signals of reawakening, and that the juvenile content of the ash had probably increased by early May. The magmatic component of these eruptions was not recognized at the time because of the high crystallinity of the juvenile material-a signature of extensive degassing-induced crystallization during magma ascent. Identification of juvenile material in the precursory ash from Mount St. Helens has important implications for initiation of eruptive activity. C1 Univ Oregon, Dept Geol Sci, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. US Geol Survey, Hawaiian Volcano Observ, Hilo, HI 96718 USA. RP Cashman, KV (reprint author), Univ Oregon, Dept Geol Sci, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. NR 28 TC 31 Z9 31 U1 2 U2 12 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMERICA, INC PI BOULDER PA PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301-9140 USA SN 0091-7613 J9 GEOLOGY JI Geology PD FEB PY 2004 VL 32 IS 2 BP 141 EP 144 DI 10.1130/G20078.1 PG 4 WC Geology SC Geology GA 772LC UT WOS:000188842500012 ER PT J AU England, P Engdahl, R Thatcher, W AF England, P Engdahl, R Thatcher, W TI Systematic variation in the depths of slabs beneath arc volcanoes SO GEOPHYSICAL JOURNAL INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article DE island arcs; seismicity; volcanoes ID ALEUTIAN SUBDUCTION ZONE; NORTHEASTERN JAPAN ARC; EARTHQUAKE LOCATION; PLATE MOTIONS; LITHOSPHERE; TEMPERATURES; CONSEQUENCES; INTERMEDIATE; CONVERGENCE; RELOCATION AB The depths to the tops of the zones of intermediate- depth seismicity beneath arc volcanoes are determined using the hypocentral locations of Engdahl et al. These depths are constant, to within a few kilometres, within individual arc segments, but differ by tens of kilometres from one arc segment to another. The range in depths is from 65 km to 130 km, inconsistent with the common belief that the volcanoes directly overlie the places where the slabs reach a critical depth that is roughly constant for all arcs. The depth to the top of the intermediate-depth seismicity beneath volcanoes correlates neither with age of the descending ocean floor nor with the thermal parameter of the slab. This depth does, however, exhibit an inverse correlation with the descent speed of the subducting plate, which is the controlling factor both for the thermal structure of the wedge of mantle above the slab and for the temperature at the top of the slab. We interpret this result as indicating that the location of arc volcanoes is controlled by a process that depends critically upon the temperature at the top of the slab, or in the wedge of mantle, immediately below the volcanic arc. C1 Univ Oxford, Dept Earth Sci, Oxford OX1 3PR, England. Univ Colorado, Dept Phys, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP England, P (reprint author), Univ Oxford, Dept Earth Sci, Parks Rd, Oxford OX1 3PR, England. RI England, Philip/A-1920-2010 OI England, Philip/0000-0002-9024-8901 NR 38 TC 115 Z9 119 U1 0 U2 21 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0956-540X J9 GEOPHYS J INT JI Geophys. J. Int. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 156 IS 2 BP 377 EP 408 DI 10.1111/j.1365-246X.2003.02132.x PG 32 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 765JH UT WOS:000188263000019 ER PT J AU Applegate, D AF Applegate, D TI Grand plan for another world SO GEOTIMES LA English DT Editorial Material C1 US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Applegate, D (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER GEOLOGICAL INST PI ALEXANDRIA PA 4220 KING ST, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22302-1507 USA SN 0016-8556 J9 GEOTIMES JI Geotimes PD FEB PY 2004 VL 49 IS 2 BP 13 EP 13 PG 1 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 808EY UT WOS:000220553600015 ER PT J AU Brooks, WE AF Brooks, WE TI Coal and cremation in ancient Peru SO GEOTIMES LA English DT Editorial Material C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 22092 USA. RP Brooks, WE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 959 Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 22092 USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER GEOLOGICAL INST PI ALEXANDRIA PA 4220 KING ST, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22302-1507 USA SN 0016-8556 J9 GEOTIMES JI Geotimes PD FEB PY 2004 VL 49 IS 2 BP 36 EP + PG 3 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 808EY UT WOS:000220553600022 ER PT J AU Munn, MD Brusven, MA AF Munn, MD Brusven, MA TI The influence of Dworshak Dam on epilithic community metabolism in the Clearwater River, USA SO HYDROBIOLOGIA LA English DT Article DE regulated rivers; stream metabolism; serial discontinuity ID WHOLE-STREAM METABOLISM; ARCTIC TUNDRA STREAM; PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY; CONTINUUM CONCEPT; HYPORHEIC ZONE; PERIPHYTON; BRYOPHYTES; DOWNSTREAM; DYNAMICS; ALGAL AB Epilithic community metabolism was determined on a seasonal basis over two years in nonregulated and regulated reaches of the Clearwater River in northern Idaho, U.S.A. Metabolism was estimated using three, 12-liter recirculating chambers and the dissolved oxygen method, with parameters expressed as g O-2 m(-2) d(-1). In the nonregulated reach above the reservoir, gross community productivity (GCP) ranged from 0.8 to 3.2, community respiration (CR24) from 0.3 to 1.2, and production/respiration (P/R) ratios from 1.2 to 3.3. Epilithic metabolism in the regulated reach immediately below the dam increased sharply; GCP ranged from 4.2 to 25.5, CR24 from 1.9 to 9.7, and P/R ratios from 1.4 to 5.7. Increased primary production and respiration in the regulated reach was a result of extensive growth of an aquatic moss (Fontanalis neo-mexicanus). The influence of the dam on epilithic community metabolism was mitigated 2.5 km downstream of the dam due to the regulated North Fork of the Clearwater River (NFCR) merging with the larger, nonregulated Clearwater River. While the regulated Clearwater River below the confluence was somewhat affected by the regulated NFCR flows upstream, metabolism was similar to that found above the reservoir (GCP=1.2-2.6, CR24=0.6-1.3, and P/R=1.4-2.2). This study demonstrates that while Dworshak Dam has altered both primary production and respiration directly below the dam, the placement of the dam only 2.5 km upstream from a nonregulated reach greatly mitigates its effects on stream metabolism downstream. C1 US Geol Survey, Tacoma, WA 98402 USA. Univ Idaho, Dept Plant Soil & Entomol Sci, Moscow, ID 83843 USA. RP Munn, MD (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 1201 Pacific Ave,Suite 600, Tacoma, WA 98402 USA. NR 27 TC 15 Z9 15 U1 2 U2 13 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0018-8158 J9 HYDROBIOLOGIA JI Hydrobiologia PD FEB 1 PY 2004 VL 513 IS 1-3 BP 121 EP 127 DI 10.1023/B:hydr.0000018177.78841.08 PG 7 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 811PQ UT WOS:000220784200012 ER PT J AU Schemel, LE Sommer, TR Muller-Solger, AB Harrell, WC AF Schemel, LE Sommer, TR Muller-Solger, AB Harrell, WC TI Hydrologic variability, water chemistry, and phytoplankton biomass in a large floodplain of the Sacramento River, CA, USA SO HYDROBIOLOGIA LA English DT Article DE dissolved inorganic nutrients; floodplain hydrology; phytoplankton biomass; Sacramento River ID SAN-JOAQUIN DELTA; ORGANIC-MATTER; ORINOCO FLOODPLAIN; ENERGY-SOURCES; LOWER RHINE; LAKES; SYSTEM; AMAZON; CONNECTIVITY; SEASONALITY AB The Yolo Bypass, a large, managed floodplain that discharges to the headwaters of the San Francisco Estuary, was studied before, during, and after a single, month-long inundation by the Sacramento River in winter and spring 2000. The primary objective was to identify hydrologic conditions and other factors that enhance production of phytoplankton biomass in the floodplain waters. Recent reductions in phytoplankton have limited secondary production in the river and estuary, and increased phytoplankton biomass is a restoration objective for this system. Chlorophyll a was used as a measure of phytoplankton biomass in this study. Chlorophyll a concentrations were low (<4 μg l(-1)) during inundation by the river when flow through the floodplain was high, but concentrations rapidly increased as river inflow decreased and the floodplain drained. Therefore, hydrologic conditions in the weeks following inundation by river inflow appeared most important for producing phytoplankton biomass in the floodplain. Discharges from local streams were important sources of water to the floodplain before and after inundation by the river, and they supplied dissolved inorganic nutrients while chlorophyll a was increasing. Discharge from the floodplain was enriched in chlorophyll a relative to downstream locations in the river and estuary during the initial draining and later when local stream inflows produced brief discharge pulses. Based on the observation that phytoplankton biomass peaks during drainage events, we suggest that phytoplankton production in the floodplain and biomass transport to downstream locations would be higher in years with multiple inundation and draining sequences. C1 US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Schemel, LE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, MS 439,345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM lschemel@usgs.gov NR 47 TC 38 Z9 40 U1 3 U2 18 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0018-8158 J9 HYDROBIOLOGIA JI Hydrobiologia PD FEB 1 PY 2004 VL 513 IS 1-3 BP 129 EP 139 DI 10.1023/B:hydr.0000018178.85404.1c PG 11 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 811PQ UT WOS:000220784200013 ER PT J AU Ketterer, ME Hafer, KM Link, CL Kolwaite, D Wilson, J Mietelski, JW AF Ketterer, ME Hafer, KM Link, CL Kolwaite, D Wilson, J Mietelski, JW TI Resolving global versus local/regional Pu sources in the environment using sector ICP-MS SO JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL ATOMIC SPECTROMETRY LA English DT Article ID PLASMA-MASS SPECTROMETRY; PLUTONIUM ISOTOPES; SAMPLES; RATIOS; SOILS; SEDIMENTS; PU-240/PU-239; CHERNOBYL; FALLOUT; POLAND AB Sector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry is a versatile method for the determination of plutonium activities and isotopic compositions in samples containing this element at fallout levels. Typical detection limits for Pu239 + 240 are 0.1, 0.02 and 0.002 Bq kg(-1) Pu for samples sizes of 0.5 g, 3 g, and 50 g of soil, respectively. The application of sector ICP-MS-based Pu determinations is demonstrated in studies in sediment chronology, soil Pu inventory and depth distribution, and the provenance of global fallout versus local or regional Pu sources. A sediment core collected from Sloans Lake (Denver, Colorado, USA) exhibits very similar Cs-137 and Pu239 + 240 activity profiles; Pu-240/Pu-239 atom ratios indicate possible small influences from the Nevada Test Site and/or the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site. An undisturbed soil profile from Lockett Meadow (Flagstaff, Arizona, USA) exhibits an exponential decrease in Pu239 + 240 activity versus depth; Pu-240/Pu-239 in the top 3 cm is slightly lower than the global fallout range of 0.180 +/- 0.014 due to possible regional influence of Nevada Test Site fallout. The (239 +/-) Pu-240 inventory at Lockett Meadow is 56 +/- 4 Bq m(-2), consistent with Northern Hemisphere mid-latitude fallout. Archived NdF3 sources, prepared from Polish soils, demonstrate that substantial Pu239 + 240 from the 1986 Chernobyl disaster has been deposited in north eastern regions of Poland; compared to global fallout, Chernobyl Pu exhibits higher abundances of Pu-240 and Pu-241. The ratios Pu-240/Pu-239 and Pu-241/Pu-239 co-vary and range from 0.186-0.348 and 0.0029-0.0412, respectively, in forest soils (Pu-241/Pu-239 = 0.2407.[Pu-240/Pu-239] - 0.0413; r(2) = 0.9924). C1 No Arizona Univ, Dept Chem, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. US Geol Survey, Austin, TX 78754 USA. Henryk Niewodniczanski Inst Nucl Phys, Environm Radioact Lab, PL-31324 Krakow, Poland. RP Ketterer, ME (reprint author), No Arizona Univ, Dept Chem, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. EM Michael.Ketterer@nau.edu NR 23 TC 37 Z9 38 U1 2 U2 11 PU ROYAL SOC CHEMISTRY PI CAMBRIDGE PA THOMAS GRAHAM HOUSE, SCIENCE PARK, MILTON RD, CAMBRIDGE CB4 0WF, CAMBS, ENGLAND SN 0267-9477 J9 J ANAL ATOM SPECTROM JI J. Anal. At. Spectrom. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 19 IS 2 BP 241 EP 245 DI 10.1039/b302903d PG 5 WC Chemistry, Analytical; Spectroscopy SC Chemistry; Spectroscopy GA 803TO UT WOS:000220253600006 ER PT J AU Caswell, NM Peterson, DL Manny, BA Kennedy, GW AF Caswell, NM Peterson, DL Manny, BA Kennedy, GW TI Spawning by lake sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens) in the Detroit River SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED ICHTHYOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ST-CLAIR RIVER; HABITAT; CHANNEL AB Overfishing and habitat destruction in the early 1900s devastated lake sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens) populations in the Great Lakes. Although a comprehensive restoration strategy for this species was recently drafted by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, a lack of current data on Great Lakes sturgeon stocks has hindered rehabilitation efforts. Historically, the Detroit River supported one of the largest lake sturgeon populations in the Great Lakes; however, little is known about the current population or its habitat use. The main objective of this study was to determine if lake sturgeon spawns in the Detroit River. As part of a larger study, baited setlines were used to capture lake sturgeon in the Detroit River in the spring and summer of 2000 and 2001. In each year of the study, ultrasonic transmitters were surgically implanted in 10 adult fish to track their movements, evaluate habitat use and identify possible spawning sites. Using telemetry and egg mats to verify spawning activity, one spawning site was located and verified in the Detroit River. Spawning was verified by recovering sturgeon eggs deposited on egg collection mats anchored at the site. Telemetry data suggested that several other possible spawning sites also may exist, however, spawning activity was not verified at these sites. C1 Cent Michigan Univ, Dept Biol, Mt Pleasant, MI 48859 USA. Univ Georgia, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, Athens, GA 30602 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI USA. RP Caswell, NM (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Carterville Fishery Resources Off, 9053 Rte 148,Suite A, Marion, IL 62959 USA. EM Nate_Caswell@fws.gov NR 21 TC 32 Z9 34 U1 3 U2 26 PU BLACKWELL VERLAG GMBH PI BERLIN PA KURFURSTENDAMM 57, D-10707 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0175-8659 J9 J APPL ICHTHYOL JI J. Appl. Ichthyol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 20 IS 1 BP 1 EP 6 DI 10.1111/j.1439-0426.2004.00499.x PG 6 WC Fisheries; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Fisheries; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 772DA UT WOS:000188824300001 ER PT J AU Kim, CS Rytuba, J Brown, GE AF Kim, CS Rytuba, J Brown, GE TI EXAFS study of mercury(II) sorption to Fe- and Al-(hydr)oxides - II. Effects of chloride and sulfate SO JOURNAL OF COLLOID AND INTERFACE SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE EXAFS; mercury; sorption; goethite; gamma-alumina; bayerite; chloride; sulfate ID OXIDE-WATER INTERFACES; GOETHITE ALPHA-FEOOH; SURFACE COMPLEXATION; PB(II) SORPTION; ORGANIC-ACIDS; ADSORPTION; SPECTROSCOPY; ALUMINA; XAFS; PH AB Common complexing ligands such as chloride and sulfate can significantly impact the sorption of Hg(II) to particle surfaces in aqueous environmental systems. To examine the effects of these ligands on Hg(II) sorption to mineral sorbents, macroscopic Hg(II) uptake measurements were conducted at pH 6 and [Hg](i) = 0.5 mM on goethite (alpha-FeOOH), gamma-alumina (gamma-Al(2)O(3)), and bayerite (beta-Al(OH)(3)) in the presence of chloride or sulfate, and the sorption products were characterized by extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) spectroscopy. The presence of chloride resulted in reduced uptake of Hg(II) on all three substrates over the Cl(-) concentration ([CI(-)]) range 10(-5) to 10(-2) M, lowering Hg surface coverages on goethite, gamma-alumina, and bayerite from 0.42 to 0.07 mumol/m(2), 0.06 to 0.006 mumol/m(2), and 0.55 to 0.39 mumol/m(2) ([CI(-)] = 10(-5) to 10(-3) M only), respectively. This reduction in Hg(II) uptake is primarily a result of the formation of stable, nonsorbing aqueous HgCl(2) complexes in solution, limiting the amount of free Hg(II) available to sorb. At higher [Cl(-)] beam reduction of Hg(II) to Hg(I) was observed, resulting in the possible formation of aqueous Hg(2)Cl(2) species and the precipitation of calomel, Hg(2)Cl(2)(,). The presence of sulfate caused enhanced Hg(II) uptake over the sulfate concentration ([SO(4)(2-)]) range 10(-5) to 0.9 M, increasing Hg surface coverages on goethite, gamma-alumina, and bayerite from 0.39 to 0.45 mumol/m(2) 0.11 to 0.38 mumol/m(2), and 0.36 to 3.33 mumol/m(2), respectively. This effect is likely due to the direct sorption or accumulation of sulfate ions at the substrate interface, effectively reducing the positive surface charge that electrostatically inhibits Hg(II) sorption. Spectroscopic evidence for ternary surface complexation was observed in isolated cases, specifically in the Hg-goethite-sulfate system at high [SO(4)(2-)] and in the Hg-goethite-chloride system. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Stanford Univ, Dept Geol & Environm Sci, Surface & Aqueous Geochem Grp, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. SLAC, Stanford Synchrotron Radiat Lab, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Kim, CS (reprint author), Stanford Univ, Dept Geol & Environm Sci, Surface & Aqueous Geochem Grp, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. EM chriskim@pangea.stanford.edu NR 48 TC 61 Z9 63 U1 5 U2 47 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0021-9797 J9 J COLLOID INTERF SCI JI J. Colloid Interface Sci. PD FEB 1 PY 2004 VL 270 IS 1 BP 9 EP 20 DI 10.1016/j.jcis.2003.07.029 PG 12 WC Chemistry, Physical SC Chemistry GA 761DC UT WOS:000187883900002 PM 14693130 ER PT J AU Clark, MP Hay, LE AF Clark, MP Hay, LE TI Use of medium-range numerical weather prediction model output to produce forecasts of streamflow SO JOURNAL OF HYDROMETEOROLOGY LA English DT Article ID NCEP-NCAR; HYDROLOGICAL CYCLE; PRECIPITATION; CLIMATE; REANALYSES; TEMPERATURE; VALIDATION; SYSTEM; ERROR AB This paper examines an archive containing over 40 years of 8-day atmospheric forecasts over the contiguous United States from the NCEP reanalysis project to assess the possibilities for using medium-range numerical weather prediction model output for predictions of streamflow. This analysis shows the biases in the NCEP forecasts to be quite extreme. In many regions, systematic precipitation biases exceed 100% of the mean, with temperature biases exceeding 3degreesC. In some locations, biases are even higher. The accuracy of NCEP precipitation and 2-m maximum temperature forecasts is computed by interpolating the NCEP model output for each forecast day to the location of each station in the NWS cooperative network and computing the correlation with station observations. Results show that the accuracy of the NCEP forecasts is rather low in many areas of the country. Most apparent is the generally low skill in precipitation forecasts (particularly in July) and low skill in temperature forecasts in the western United States, the eastern seaboard, and the southern tier of states. These results outline a clear need for additional processing of the NCEP Medium-Range Forecast Model (MRF) output before it is used for hydrologic predictions. Techniques of model output statistics (MOS) are used in this paper to downscale the NCEP forecasts to station locations. Forecasted atmospheric variables (e.g., total column precipitable water, 2-m air temperature) are used as predictors in a forward screening multiple linear regression model to improve forecasts of precipitation and temperature for stations in the National Weather Service cooperative network. This procedure effectively removes all systematic biases in the raw NCEP precipitation and temperature forecasts. MOS guidance also results in substantial improvements in the accuracy of maximum and minimum temperature forecasts throughout the country. For precipitation, forecast improvements were less impressive. MOS guidance increases the accuracy of precipitation forecasts over the northeastern United States, but overall, the accuracy of MOS-based precipitation forecasts is slightly lower than the raw NCEP forecasts. Four basins in the United States were chosen as case studies to evaluate the value of MRF output for predictions of streamflow. Streamflow forecasts using MRF output were generated for one rainfall-dominated basin (Alapaha River at Statenville, Georgia) and three snowmelt-dominated basins (Animas River at Durango, Colorado; East Fork of the Carson River near Gardnerville, Nevada; and Cle Elum River near Roslyn, Washington). Hydrologic model output forced with measured-station data were used as "truth'' to focus attention on the hydrologic effects of errors in the MRF forecasts. Eight-day streamflow forecasts produced using the MOS-corrected MRF output as input (MOS) were compared with those produced using the climatic Ensemble Streamflow Prediction (ESP) technique. MOS-based streamflow forecasts showed increased skill in the snowmelt-dominated river basins, where daily variations in streamflow are strongly forced by temperature. In contrast, the skill of MOS forecasts in the rainfall-dominated basin (the Alapaha River) were equivalent to the skill of the ESP forecasts. Further improvements in streamflow forecasts require more accurate local-scale forecasts of precipitation and temperature, more accurate specification of basin initial conditions, and more accurate model simulations of streamflow. C1 Univ Colorado, Ctr Sci & Technol Policy Res, Cooperat Inst Res Environm Sci, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Clark, MP (reprint author), Univ Colorado, Ctr Sci & Technol Policy Res, Cooperat Inst Res Environm Sci, 1333 Grandview Ave,UCB 488, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. EM clark@vorticity.colorado.edu RI Clark, Martyn/A-5560-2015 OI Clark, Martyn/0000-0002-2186-2625 NR 34 TC 91 Z9 91 U1 1 U2 15 PU AMER METEOROLOGICAL SOC PI BOSTON PA 45 BEACON ST, BOSTON, MA 02108-3693 USA SN 1525-755X J9 J HYDROMETEOROL JI J. Hydrometeorol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 5 IS 1 BP 15 EP 32 DI 10.1175/1525-7541(2004)005<0015:UOMNWP>2.0.CO;2 PG 18 WC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 775TL UT WOS:000189076700002 ER PT J AU Clark, M Gangopadhyay, S Hay, L Rajagopalan, B Wilby, R AF Clark, M Gangopadhyay, S Hay, L Rajagopalan, B Wilby, R TI The Schaake shuffle: A method for reconstructing space-time variability in forecasted precipitation and temperature fields SO JOURNAL OF HYDROMETEOROLOGY LA English DT Article ID MODEL AB A number of statistical methods that are used to provide local-scale ensemble forecasts of precipitation and temperature do not contain realistic spatial covariability between neighboring stations or realistic temporal persistence for subsequent forecast lead times. To demonstrate this point, output from a global-scale numerical weather prediction model is used in a stepwise multiple linear regression approach to downscale precipitation and temperature to individual stations located in and around four study basins in the United States. Output from the forecast model is downscaled for lead times up to 14 days. Residuals in the regression equation are modeled stochastically to provide 100 ensemble forecasts. The precipitation and temperature ensembles from this approach have a poor representation of the spatial variability and temporal persistence. The spatial correlations for downscaled output are considerably lower than observed spatial correlations at short forecast lead times (e.g., less than 5 days) when there is high accuracy in the forecasts. At longer forecast lead times, the downscaled spatial correlations are close to zero. Similarly, the observed temporal persistence is only partly present at short forecast lead times. A method is presented for reordering the ensemble output in order to recover the space-time variability in precipitation and temperature fields. In this approach, the ensemble members for a given forecast day are ranked and matched with the rank of precipitation and temperature data from days randomly selected from similar dates in the historical record. The ensembles are then reordered to correspond to the original order of the selection of historical data. Using this approach, the observed intersite correlations, intervariable correlations, and the observed temporal persistence are almost entirely recovered. This reordering methodology also has applications for recovering the space-time variability in modeled streamflow. C1 Univ Colorado, CIRES, Ctr Sci & Technol Policy Res, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. Univ Colorado, Dept Civil Environm & Architectural Engn, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. Environm Agcy, Trentside Off, Nottingham, England. RP Clark, M (reprint author), Univ Colorado, CIRES, Ctr Sci & Technol Policy Res, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. EM clark@vorticity.colorado.edu RI Rajagopalan, Balaji/A-5383-2013; Clark, Martyn/A-5560-2015 OI Rajagopalan, Balaji/0000-0002-6883-7240; Clark, Martyn/0000-0002-2186-2625 NR 20 TC 93 Z9 98 U1 0 U2 15 PU AMER METEOROLOGICAL SOC PI BOSTON PA 45 BEACON ST, BOSTON, MA 02108-3693 USA SN 1525-755X J9 J HYDROMETEOROL JI J. Hydrometeorol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 5 IS 1 BP 243 EP 262 DI 10.1175/1525-7541(2004)005<0243:TSSAMF>2.0.CO;2 PG 20 WC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 775TL UT WOS:000189076700016 ER PT J AU Vandergast, AG Roderick, GK AF Vandergast, AG Roderick, GK TI Mermithid parasitism of Hawaiian Tetragnatha spiders in a fragmented landscape (vol 84, pg 128, 2003) SO JOURNAL OF INVERTEBRATE PATHOLOGY LA English DT Correction C1 USGS Western Ecol Res Ctr, San Diego Field Stn, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. Univ Calif Berkeley, Dept Environm Sci Policy & Management, Div Insect Biol, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. RP Vandergast, AG (reprint author), USGS Western Ecol Res Ctr, San Diego Field Stn, 5745 Kearny Villa Rd,Suite M, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. EM avandergast@usgs.gov RI Vandergast, Amy/H-3618-2012; OI Vandergast, Amy/0000-0002-7835-6571 NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0022-2011 J9 J INVERTEBR PATHOL JI J. Invertebr. Pathol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 85 IS 2 BP 136 EP 137 DI 10.1016/j.jip.2004.01.001 PG 2 WC Zoology SC Zoology GA 812PR UT WOS:000220851900012 ER PT J AU Kienast, SS Hendy, IL Crusius, J Pedersen, TF Calvert, SE AF Kienast, SS Hendy, IL Crusius, J Pedersen, TF Calvert, SE TI Export production in the subarctic North Pacific over the last 800 kyrs: No evidence for iron fertilization? SO JOURNAL OF OCEANOGRAPHY LA English DT Review DE atmospheric CO2; HNLC regions; glacial-interglacial productivity changes; aeolian iron; fertilization; North Pacific palaeoceanography ID SEDIMENTARY ORGANIC-MATTER; STATION KNOT 44-DEGREES-N; VOSTOK ICE CORE; CARBON-DIOXIDE; INTERANNUAL VARIABILITY; NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC; INTERGLACIAL CHANGES; OCEAN PRODUCTIVITY; MARINE-SEDIMENTS; GLACIAL MAXIMUM AB The subarctic North Pacific is a high nitrate-low chlorophyll (HNLC) region, where phytoplankton growth rates, especially those of diatoms, are enhanced when micronutrient Fe is added. Accordingly, it has been suggested that glacial Fe-laden dust might have increased primary production in this region. This paper reviews published palaeoceanographic records of export production over the last 800 kyrs from the open North Pacific (north of similar to35degreesN). We find different patterns of export production change over time in the various domains of the North Pacific (NW and NE subarctic gyres, the marginal seas and the transition zone). However, there is no compelling evidence for an overall increase in productivity during glacials in the subarctic region, challenging the paradigm that dust-born Fe fertilization of this region has contributed to the glacial draw down of atmospheric CO2. Potential reasons for the lack of increased glacial export production include the possibility that Fe-fertilization rapidly drives the ecosystem towards limitation by another nutrient. This effect would have been exacerbated by an even more stable mixed layer compared to today. C1 Woods Hole Oceanog Inst, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. Univ Michigan, Dept Geol Sci, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. Univ Victoria, Sch Earth & Ocean Sci, Victoria, BC V8P 5C2, Canada. Univ British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4, Canada. RP Kienast, SS (reprint author), Woods Hole Oceanog Inst, 360 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. EM skienast@whoi.edu OI hendy, Ingrid/0000-0001-8305-6752 NR 118 TC 29 Z9 30 U1 2 U2 25 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0916-8370 J9 J OCEANOGR JI J. Oceanogr. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 60 IS 1 BP 189 EP 203 DI 10.1023/B:JOCE.0000038326.73943.aa PG 15 WC Oceanography SC Oceanography GA 765BW UT WOS:000188248100013 ER PT J AU Colman, SM Bradbury, JP Rosenbaum, JG AF Colman, SM Bradbury, JP Rosenbaum, JG TI Paleolimnology and paleoclimate studies in Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon SO JOURNAL OF PALEOLIMNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE climate proxies; lake sediments; paleoclimate; paleolimnology; Upper Klamath Lake ID CALIFORNIA CURRENT; CLIMATE-CHANGE; PLIOCENE; BENEATH; KYR AB The subsiding Upper Klamath Lake Basin contains sediments that were continuously deposited in a shallow, freshwater lake for more than 40 000 years. Well dated by radiometric methods and containing volcanic ashes of known age, these sediments constitute a valuable paleoclimate record. Sediment constituents and properties that reflect past climatic conditions in the area include pollen, diatoms, sediment geochemistry, and sediment magnetic properties. Many of these proxy measurements are also useful for comparing natural conditions in the lake to conditions following human settlement. Because of its location, the paleoclimate record from Upper Klamath Lake is valuable for comparisons to offshore marine records and as part of latitudinal transects of paleoclimate records along the west coast of the Americas. C1 US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Colman, SM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 384 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. EM scolman@usgs.gov NR 37 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 2 U2 11 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2728 J9 J PALEOLIMNOL JI J. Paleolimn. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 31 IS 2 BP 129 EP 138 DI 10.1023/B:JOPL.0000019235.72107.92 PG 10 WC Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 801ZM UT WOS:000220133800001 ER PT J AU Colman, SM Bradbury, JP McGeehin, JP Holmes, CW Edginton, D Sarna-Wojcicki, AM AF Colman, SM Bradbury, JP McGeehin, JP Holmes, CW Edginton, D Sarna-Wojcicki, AM TI Chronology of sediment deposition in Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon SO JOURNAL OF PALEOLIMNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE (137)Cs; (210)Pb; radiocarbon; paleoclimate; paleolimnology; tephrochronology; Upper Klamath Lake ID CASCADE RANGE; CALIBRATION; HISTORY; SAMPLES; PB-210; MAZAMA; CORE; AGES AB A combination of tephrochronology and (14)C, (210)Pb, and (137)Cs measurements provides a robust chronology for sedimentation in Upper Klamath Lake during the last 45 000 years. Mixing of surficial sediments and possible mobility of the radio-isotopes limit the usefulness of the (137)Cs and (210)Pb data, but (210)Pb profiles provide reasonable average sediment accumulation rates for the last 100 - 150 years. Radiocarbon ages near the top of the core are somewhat erratic and are too old, probably as a result of detrital organic carbon, which may have become a more common component in recent times as surrounding marshes were drained. Below the tops of the cores, radiocarbon ages in the center of the basin appear to be about 400 years too old, while those on the margin appear to be accurate, based on comparisons with tephra layers of known age. Taken together, the data can be combined into reasonable age models for each site. Sediments have accumulated at site K1, near the center of the basin, about 2 times faster than at site CM2, on the margin of the lake. The rates are about 0.10 and 0.05 cm/yr, respectively. The chronological data also indicate that accumulation rates were slower during the early to middle Holocene than during the late Holocene, consistent with increasing wetness in the late Holocene. C1 US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. US Geol Survey, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Great Lakes Studies, Milwaukee, WI 53204 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Colman, SM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 384 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. EM scolman@usgs.gov NR 25 TC 17 Z9 17 U1 0 U2 5 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2728 J9 J PALEOLIMNOL JI J. Paleolimn. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 31 IS 2 BP 139 EP 149 DI 10.1023/B:JOPL.0000019234.05899.ea PG 11 WC Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 801ZM UT WOS:000220133800002 ER PT J AU Bradbury, JP Colman, SM Reynolds, RL AF Bradbury, JP Colman, SM Reynolds, RL TI The history of recent limnological changes and human impact on Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon SO JOURNAL OF PALEOLIMNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE diatoms; eutrophication; limnology; sediment magnetic properties; tephra; Upper Klamath Lake AB Hypereutrophic Upper Klamath Lake has been studied for almost 50 years to evaluate the nature, cause, and effects of its very productive waters. Mitigation of undesirable effects of massive cyanobacterial blooms requires understanding their modern causes as well as their history. Knowledge of the pre-settlement natural limnology of this system can provide guidelines for lake restoration and management of land and water use strategies to maximize the benefits of this aquatic resource. This investigation uses a paleolimnological approach to document the nature and chronology of limnological and biological changes in Upper Klamath Lake for the past 200 years, covering the time when the lake was first described until today. A 45-cm gravity core, dated by Pb-210 and diatom correlations, was analyzed for diatoms, pollen, akinetes ( resting spores) of the cyanobacterium Aphanizomenon flos-aquae, reworked tephra shards, and sediment magnetic characteristics. Pollen profiles show little vegetation change during this time. In contrast, diatoms indicative of increased nutrient fluxes ( P and Si) increase moderately, coinciding with the settlement of the region by Euro-Americans. Numerous settlement activities, including draining of lake-margin marshes, upstream agriculture and timber harvest, road construction, and boat traffic, may have affected the lake. Magnetic properties and reworked tephra suggest riparian changes throughout the basin and increased lithogenic sediment delivery to the lake, especially after 1920 when the marshes near the mouth of the Williamson River were drained and converted to agricultural and pasture land. Drainage and channelization also decreased the ability of the marshes to function as traps and filters for upstream water and sediments. Akinetes of Aphanizomenon flos-aquae record progressive eutrophication of Upper Klamath Lake beginning in the 20th century and particularly after 1920 when lake-margin marsh reclamation more than doubled. The coincidence of limnological changes and human activities following European settlement suggests a major impact on the Upper Klamath Lake ecosystem, although ascribing specific limnological changes to specific human activities is difficult. C1 US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Colman, SM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 384 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. EM scolman@usgs.gov NR 27 TC 47 Z9 48 U1 0 U2 14 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2728 J9 J PALEOLIMNOL JI J. Paleolimn. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 31 IS 2 BP 151 EP 165 PG 15 WC Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 801ZM UT WOS:000220133800003 ER PT J AU Bradbury, JP Colman, SM Dean, WE AF Bradbury, JP Colman, SM Dean, WE TI Limnological and climatic environments at Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon during the past 45,000 years SO JOURNAL OF PALEOLIMNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE diatoms; paleoclimate; paleolimnology; sediment geochemistry; Upper Klamath Lake ID DIATOM ASSEMBLAGES; NORTH-AMERICA; SEDIMENTS; CARBONATE; SALINITY; CYCLE; USA AB Upper Klamath Lake, in south-central Oregon, contains long sediment records with well-preserved diatoms and lithological variations that reflect climate-induced limnological changes. These sediment archives complement and extend high resolution terrestrial records along a north - south transect that includes areas influenced by the Aleutian Low and Subtropical High, which control both marine and continental climates in the western United States. The longest and oldest core collected in this study came from the southwest margin of the lake at Caledonia Marsh, and was dated by radiocarbon and tephrochronology to an age of about 45 ka. Paleolimnological interpretations of this core, based upon geochemical and diatom analyses, have been augmented by data from a short core collected from open water environments at nearby Howards Bay and from a 9-m core extending to 15 ka raised from the center of the northwestern part of Upper Klamath Lake. Pre- and full-glacial intervals of the Caledonia Marsh core are characterized and dominated by lithic detrital material. Planktic diatom taxa characteristic of cold-water habitats (Aulacoseira subarctica and A. islandica) alternate with warm-water planktic diatoms ( A. ambigua) between 45 and 23 ka, documenting climate changes at millennial scales during oxygen isotope stage (OIS) 3. The full-glacial interval contains mostly cold-water planktic, benthic, and reworked Pliocene lacustrine diatoms ( from the surrounding Yonna Formation) that document shallow water conditions in a cold, windy environment. After 15 ka, diatom productivity increased. Organic carbon and biogenic silica became significant sediment components and diatoms that live in the lake today, indicative of warm, eutrophic water, became prominent. Lake levels fell during the mid-Holocene and marsh environments extended over the core site. This interval is characterized by high levels of organic carbon from emergent aquatic vegetation (Scirpus) and by the Mazama ash (7.55 ka), generated by the eruption that created nearby Crater Lake. For a brief time the ash increased the salinity of Upper Klamath Lake. High concentrations of molybdenum, arsenic, and vanadium indicate that Caledonia Marsh was anoxic from about 7 to 5 ka. After the mid-Holocene, shallow, but open-water environments returned to the core site. The sediments became dominated (> 80%) by biogenic silica. The open-water cores show analogous but less extreme limnological and climatic changes more typical of mid-lake environments. Millennial-scale lake and climate changes during OIS 3 at Upper Klamath Lake contrast with a similar record of variation at Owens Lake, about 750 km south. When Upper Klamath Lake experienced cold-climate episodes during OIS 3, Owens Lake had warm but wet episodes; the reverse occurred during warmer intervals at Upper Klamath Lake. Such climatic alternations apparently reflect the variable position and strength of the Aleutian Low during the mid-Wisconsin. C1 US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Colman, SM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 384 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. EM scolman@usgs.gov NR 36 TC 20 Z9 21 U1 1 U2 15 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2728 J9 J PALEOLIMNOL JI J. Paleolimn. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 31 IS 2 BP 167 EP 188 PG 22 WC Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 801ZM UT WOS:000220133800004 ER PT J AU Reynolds, RL Rosenbaum, JG Rapp, J Kerwin, MW Bradbury, JP Colman, S Adam, D AF Reynolds, RL Rosenbaum, JG Rapp, J Kerwin, MW Bradbury, JP Colman, S Adam, D TI Record of late Pleistocene glaciation and deglaciation in the southern Cascade Range. I. Petrological evidence from lacustrine sediment in Upper Klamath Lake, southern Oregon SO JOURNAL OF PALEOLIMNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE glacial flour; lacustrine sediment; Late Pleistocene; paleoclimate; sediment magnetism ID BACTERIAL MAGNETITE; GREIGITE FE3S4; CLIMATE-CHANGE; CRATER LAKE; CALIFORNIA; DUST; USA; VEGETATION; ISLANDS; POLLEN AB Petrological and textural properties of lacustrine sediments from Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon, reflect changing input volumes of glacial flour and thus reveal a detailed glacial history for the southern Cascade Range between about 37 and 15 ka. Magnetic properties vary as a result of mixing different amounts of the highly magnetic, glacially generated detritus with less magnetic, more weathered detritus derived from unglaciated parts of the large catchment. Evidence that the magnetic properties record glacial flour input is based mainly on the strong correlation between bulk sediment particle size and parameters that measure the magnetite content and magnetic mineral freshness. High magnetization corresponds to relatively fine particle size and lower magnetization to coarser particle size. This relation is not found in the Buck Lake core in a nearby, unglaciated catchment. Angular silt-sized volcanic rock fragments containing unaltered magnetite dominate the magnetic fraction in the late Pleistocene sediments but are absent in younger, low magnetization sediments. The finer grained, highly magnetic sediments contain high proportions of planktic diatoms indicative of cold, oligotrophic limnic conditions. Sediment with lower magnetite content contains populations of diatoms indicative of warmer, eutrophic limnic conditions. During the latter part of oxygen isotope stage 3 ( about 37 - 25 ka), the magnetic properties record millennial- scale variations in glacial-flour content. The input of glacial flour was uniformly high during the Last Glacial Maximum, between about 21 and 16 ka. At about 16 ka, magnetite input, both absolute and relative to hematite, decreased abruptly, reflecting a rapid decline in glacially derived detritus. The decrease in magnetite transport into the lake preceded declines in pollen from both grass and sagebrush. A more gradual decrease in heavy mineral content over this interval records sediment starvation with the growth of marshes at the margins of the lake and dilution of detrital material by biogenic silica and other organic matter. C1 US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. RP Reynolds, RL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Box 25046,MS 980, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM rreynolds@usgs.gov RI Rapp, Joshua/C-4061-2013 OI Rapp, Joshua/0000-0002-7767-5837 NR 39 TC 15 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 14 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2728 J9 J PALEOLIMNOL JI J. Paleolimn. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 31 IS 2 BP 217 EP 233 DI 10.1023/B:JOPL.0000019230.42575.03 PG 17 WC Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 801ZM UT WOS:000220133800006 ER PT J AU Rosenbaum, JG Reynolds, RL AF Rosenbaum, JG Reynolds, RL TI Record of Late Pleistocene glaciation and deglaciation in the southern Cascade Range. II. Flux of glacial flour in a sediment core from Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon SO JOURNAL OF PALEOLIMNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE glacial flour; lacustrine sediment; Late Pleistocene; paleoclimate; sediment magnetism ID SIERRA-NEVADA; OWENS LAKE; FLUCTUATIONS; CALIFORNIA; INDICATORS; ALBERTA; EROSION; CANADA; RATES AB During the late Wisconsin, glacial flour from alpine glaciers along the east side of the Cascade Range in southern Oregon was deposited in Upper Klamath Lake. Quantitative interpretation of magnetic properties and grain-size data of cored sediments from Caledonia Marsh on the west side of the lake provides a continuous record of the flux of glacial flour spanning the last approximate to 37 000 calendar years. For modeling purposes, the lake sediments from the 13-m core were divided into three sedimentary components defined from magnetic, geochemical, petrographic, and grain-size data. The components are ( 1) strongly magnetic, glacial flour made up of extremely fine-grained, fresh volcanic rock particles, ( 2) less magnetic lithic material made up of coarser, weathered volcanic detritus, and ( 3) non-magnetic biogenic material ( largely biogenic silica). Quantitative interpretation is possible because there has been no significant postdepositional destruction or formation of magnetic minerals, nor alteration affecting grain-size distributions. Major steps involved in the interpretation include: ( 1) computation of biogenic and lithic components; ( 2) determination of magnetic properties and grain-size distributions of the non-glacial and glacial flour end-members; ( 3) computation of the contents of weathered and glacial flour components for each sample; ( 4) development of an age model based on the mass accumulation of the non-glacial lithic component; and ( 5) use of the age model and glacial flour contents to compute the flux of glacial flour. Comparison of the glacial flour record from Upper Klamath Lake to mapped glacial features suggests a nearly linear relation between flux of glacial flour and the extent of nearby glaciers. At approximate to 22 ka, following an extended period during which glaciers of limited size waxed and waned, late Wisconsin (Waban) glaciers began to grow, reaching their maximum extent at approximate to 19 ka. Glaciers remained near their maximum extent for approximate to 1000 years. During this period, lake sediments were made up of approximate to 80% glacial flour. The content of glacial flour decreased as the glaciers receded, and reached undetectable levels by 14 ka. C1 US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Rosenbaum, JG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Box 25046,MS 980, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM jrosenbaum@usgs.gov NR 40 TC 30 Z9 30 U1 3 U2 6 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2728 J9 J PALEOLIMNOL JI J. Paleolimn. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 31 IS 2 BP 235 EP 252 DI 10.1023/B:JOPL.0000019229.75336.7a PG 18 WC Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 801ZM UT WOS:000220133800007 ER PT J AU Rosenbaum, JG Reynolds, RL AF Rosenbaum, JG Reynolds, RL TI Basis for paleoenvironmental interpretation of magnetic properties of sediment from Upper Klamath Lake (Oregon): effects of weathering and mineralogical sorting SO JOURNAL OF PALEOLIMNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE fluvial sediment; hydrodynamic sorting; lacustrine sediment; sediment magnetism; weathering ID ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETISM AB Studies of magnetic properties enable reconstruction of environmental conditions that affected magnetic minerals incorporated in sediments from Upper Klamath Lake. Analyses of stream sediment samples from throughout the catchment of Upper Klamath Lake show that alteration of Fe-oxide minerals during subaerial chemical weathering of basic volcanic rocks has significantly changed magnetic properties of surficial deposits. Titanomagnetite, which is abundant both as phenocrysts and as microcrystals in fresh volcanic rocks, is progressively destroyed during weathering. Because fine-grained magnetite is readily altered due to large surface-to-volume ratios, weathering causes an increase in average magnetic grain size as well as reduction in the quantity of titanomagnetite both absolutely and relative to hematite. Hydrodynamic mineralogical sorting also produces differences in magnetic properties among rock and mineral grains of differing sizes. Importantly, removal of coarse silicate and Fe-oxide grains by sorting concentrated extremely fine-grained magnetite in the resulting sediment. The effects of weathering and sorting of minerals cannot be completely separated. These processes combine to produce the magnetic properties of a non-glacial lithic component of Upper Klamath Lake sediments, which is characterized by relatively low magnetite content and coarse magnetic grain size. Hydrodynamic sorting alone causes significant differences between the magnetic properties of glacial flour in lake sediments and of fresh volcanic rocks in the catchment. In comparison to source volcanic rocks, glacial flour in the lake sediment is highly enriched in extremely fine-grained magnetite. C1 US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Rosenbaum, JG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Box 25046,MS 980, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM jrosenbaum@usgs.gov NR 11 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 6 U2 12 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2728 J9 J PALEOLIMNOL JI J. Paleolimn. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 31 IS 2 BP 253 EP 265 DI 10.1023/B:JOPL.0000019228.46421.f4 PG 13 WC Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Limnology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 801ZM UT WOS:000220133800008 ER PT J AU Muzzall, PM Hudson, PL AF Muzzall, PM Hudson, PL TI Occurrence of Ergasilus megaceros Wilson, 1916, in the sea lamprey and other fishes from North America SO JOURNAL OF PARASITOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COPEPODA-CYCLOPOIDA AB Ergasilus megaceros (Copepoda: Ergasilidae) was recovered from the nasal fossae (lamellae) of the olfactory sac in 1 (1.8%) of 56 sea lampreys, Petromyzon marinus Linne, 1758, collected in May 2002 from the Cheboygan River, Michigan. Although the sea lamprey is a new host record for E. megaceros, this fish species may not be a preferred host because of its low prevalence. Ergasilus megaceros is the second ergasilid species reported from the sea lamprey in North America. This is the third report of an ergasilid species infecting the nasal fossae of fishes in North America, with E. rhinos being the only other species reported from this site. C1 Michigan State Univ, Dept Zool, E Lansing, MI 48824 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. RP Muzzall, PM (reprint author), Michigan State Univ, Dept Zool, 203 Nat Sci Bldg, E Lansing, MI 48824 USA. EM muzzall@msu.edu NR 11 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER SOC PARASITOLOGISTS PI LAWRENCE PA 810 EAST 10TH STREET, LAWRENCE, KS 66044 USA SN 0022-3395 J9 J PARASITOL JI J. Parasitol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 90 IS 1 BP 184 EP 185 DI 10.1645/GE-3256RN PG 2 WC Parasitology SC Parasitology GA 805LH UT WOS:000220367300032 PM 15040691 ER PT J AU Bakal, RS Bai, SA Stoskopf, MK AF Bakal, RS Bai, SA Stoskopf, MK TI Pharmacokinetics of sulfadimethoxine and ormetoprim in a 5 : 1 ratio following intraperitoneal and oral administration, in the hybrid striped bass (Morone chrysops x Morone saxitalis) SO JOURNAL OF VETERINARY PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS LA English DT Article ID CATFISH ICTALURUS-PUNCTATUS; TROUT ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; RAINBOW-TROUT; SALMO-GAIRDNERI; IN-VITRO; BIOAVAILABILITY; EXCRETION AB Selected pharmacokinetic parameters for sulfadimethoxine and ormetoprim, administered in a 5:1 ratio, via the oral and intraperitoneal (i.p.) routes were determined in the hybrid striped bass (Morone chrysops X Morone saxitalis). Plasma concentrations of both drugs were determined by high-performance liquid chromatography. A first-order one-compartment model adequately described plasma drug disposition. The elimination half-lives for sulfadimethoxine following i.p. and oral administration were 26 and 10.5 h, respectively. The half-lives for ormetoprim administered via i.p. and oral routes were 7.5 and 3.9 h, respectively. C-max for sulfadimethoxine via the i.p. and oral routes were calculated to be 27.7 (+/-9.0) mug/mL at 3.6 h and 3.2 (+/-1.2) mug/mL at 1.2 h, respectively. Cm,, for ormetoprim via the i.p. route was calculated to be 1.2 (+/-0.5) mug/mL at 9.1 h and 1.58 (+/-0.7) mug/mL at 5.7 h for the oral route. The oral availability of sulfadimethoxine relative to the i.p. route was 4.6%, while the oral availability of ormetoprim relative to the i.p. route was 78.5%. Due to the nonconstant ratio of these drugs in the plasma of the animal, the actual drug ratio to use for determining minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) is unclear. Using the ratio of the total amount of each drug that is absorbed as a surrogate for the mean actual ratio may be the best alternative to current methods. Using this ratio as determined in these studies, (2.14:1 sulfadimethoxine:ormetoprim) to determine the MICs the single 50 mg/kg oral dose of the 5:1 combination of sulfadimethoxine and ormetoprim appears to provide plasma concentrations high enough to inhibit the growth of Yersinia ruckeril Edwardsiella tarda, and Escherichia coli. C1 N Carolina State Univ, Coll Vet Med, Environm Med Consortium, Raleigh, NC USA. N Carolina State Univ, Coll Vet Med, Dept Clin Sci, Raleigh, NC USA. Dupont Merck Pharmaceut Co, Newark, DE USA. RP Bakal, RS (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Warm Springs Reg Fish Hlth Ctr, 5308 Spring St, Warm Springs, GA 31830 USA. EM robert_bakal@fws.gov NR 14 TC 8 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 5 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0140-7783 J9 J VET PHARMACOL THER JI J. Vet. Pharmacol. Ther. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 27 IS 1 BP 1 EP 6 PG 6 WC Pharmacology & Pharmacy; Veterinary Sciences SC Pharmacology & Pharmacy; Veterinary Sciences GA 803DN UT WOS:000220211900001 PM 14995959 ER PT J AU Kurath, G Batts, WN Ahne, W Winton, JR AF Kurath, G Batts, WN Ahne, W Winton, JR TI Complete genome sequence of Fer-de-Lance virus reveals a novel gene in reptilian paramyxoviruses SO JOURNAL OF VIROLOGY LA English DT Article ID NEWCASTLE-DISEASE VIRUS; VESICULAR STOMATITIS-VIRUS; MOLECULAR CHARACTERIZATION; FAMILY PARAMYXOVIRIDAE; MESSENGER-RNA; FRUIT BATS; PHYLOGENETIC ANALYSIS; INFECTIOUS-DISEASES; NUCLEOTIDE-SEQUENCE; INTERFERON-BETA AB The complete RNA genome sequence of the archetype reptilian paramyxovirus, Fer-de-Lance virus (FDLV), has been determined. The genome is 15,378 nucleotides in length and consists of seven nonoverlapping genes in the order 3' N-U-P-M-F-HN-L 5', coding for the nucleocapsid, unknown, phospho-, matrix, fusion, hemagglutinin-neuraminidase, and large polymerase proteins, respectively. The gene junctions contain highly conserved transcription start and stop signal sequences and tri-nucleotide intergenic regions similar to those of other Paramyxoviridae. The FDLV P gene expression strategy is like that of rubulaviruses, which express the accessory V protein from the primary transcript and edit a portion of the mRNA to encode P and I proteins. There is also an overlapping open reading frame potentially encoding a small basic protein in the P gene. The gene designated U (unknown), encodes a deduced protein of 19.4 kDa that has no counterpart in other paramyxoviruses and has no similarity with sequences in the National Center for Biotechnology Information database. Active transcription of the U gene in infected cells was demonstrated by Northern blot analysis, and bicistronic N-U mRNA was also evident. The genomes of two other snake paramyxovirus genotypes were also found to have U genes, with 11 to 16% nucleotide divergence from the FDLV U gene. Pairwise comparisons of amino acid identities and phylogenetic analyses of all deduced FDLV protein sequences with homologous sequences from other Paramyxoviridae indicate that FDLV represents a new genus within the subfamily Paramyxovirinae. We suggest the name Ferlavirus for the new genus, with FDLV as the type species. C1 USGS, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. Univ Munich, Inst Zool Fishery Biol & Fish Dis, D-80539 Munich, Germany. RP Kurath, G (reprint author), USGS, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, 6505 NE 65th St, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. EM gael_kurath@usgs.gov NR 59 TC 36 Z9 36 U1 3 U2 5 PU AMER SOC MICROBIOLOGY PI WASHINGTON PA 1752 N ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-2904 USA SN 0022-538X J9 J VIROL JI J. Virol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 78 IS 4 BP 2045 EP 2056 DI 10.1128/JVI.78.4.2045-2056.2004 PG 12 WC Virology SC Virology GA 769RE UT WOS:000188662900044 PM 14747569 ER PT J AU Barron, JA Bukry, D Bischoff, JL AF Barron, JA Bukry, D Bischoff, JL TI High resolution paleoceanography of the Guaymas Basin, Gulf of California, during the past 15000 years SO MARINE MICROPALEONTOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Holocene; Gulf of California; upwelling; diatoms; silicoflagellates; productivity ID CLIMATE-CHANGE; COLD EVENT; EL-NINO; VARIABILITY; SEDIMENTS; RECORD; CIRCULATION; PLANKTON; MEXICO; ZONE AB Deep Sea Drilling Project Site 480 (27degrees54.10'N, 111degrees39.34'W; 655 m water depth) contains a high resolution record of paleoceanographic change of the past 15 000 years for the Guaymas Basin, a region of very high diatom productivity within the central Gulf of California. Analyses of diatoms and silicoflagellates were completed on samples spaced every 40-50 yr, whereas ICP-AES geochemical analyses were completed on alternate samples (sample spacing 80 100 yr). The Bolling-Allerod interval (14.6-12.9 ka) (note, ka refers to 1000 calendar years BP throughout this report) is characterized by an increase in biogenic silica and a decline in calcium carbonate relative to surrounding intervals, suggesting conditions somewhat similar to those of today. The Younger Dryas event (12.9-11.6 ka) is marked by a major drop in biogenic silica and an increase in calcium carbonate. Increasing relative percentage contributions of Azpeitia nodulifera and Dictyocha perlaevis (a tropical diatom and silicoflagellate, respectively) and reduced numbers of the silicoflagellate Octactis pulchra are supportive of reduced upwelling of nutrient-rich waters. Between 10.6 and 10.0 ka, calcium carbonate and A. nodulifera abruptly decline at DSDP 480, while Roperia tesselata, a diatom indicative of winter upwelling in the modern-day Gulf, increases sharply in numbers. A nearly coincident increase in the silicoflagellate Dictyocha stapedia suggests that waters above DSDP 480 were more similar to the cooler and slightly more saline waters of the northern Gulf during much of the early and middle parts of the Holocene (similar to 10 to 3.2 ka). At about 6.2 ka a stepwise increase in biogenic silica and the reappearance of the tropical diatom A. nodulifera marks a major change in oceanographic conditions in the Gulf. A winter shift to more northwesterly winds may have occurred at this time along with the onset of periodic northward excursions (El Nino-driven?) of the North Equatorial Countercurrent during the summer. Beginning between 2.8 and 2.4 ka, the amplitude of biogenic silica and wt% Fe, Al, and Ti (proxies of terrigenous input) increase, possibly reflecting intensification of ENSO cycles and the establishment of modern oceanographic conditions in the Gulf. Increased numbers of O. pulchra after 2.8 ka suggest enhanced spring upwelling. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 USGS, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Barron, JA (reprint author), USGS, MS910,345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM jbarron@usgs.gov NR 45 TC 41 Z9 45 U1 5 U2 14 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0377-8398 J9 MAR MICROPALEONTOL JI Mar. Micropaleontol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 50 IS 3-4 BP 185 EP 207 DI 10.1016/S0377-8398(03)00071-9 PG 23 WC Paleontology SC Paleontology GA 800DG UT WOS:000220008500002 ER PT J AU Ormo, J Dohm, JM Ferris, JC Lepinette, A Fairen, AG AF Ormo, J Dohm, JM Ferris, JC Lepinette, A Fairen, AG TI Marine-target craters on Mars? An assessment study SO METEORITICS & PLANETARY SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID PATHFINDER LANDING SITE; IMPACT CRATER; NORTHERN PLAINS; ANCIENT OCEANS; SWEDEN; EVOLUTION; ORIGIN; LOCKNE; LAKES; VOLATILES AB Observations of impact craters on Earth show that a water column at the target strongly influences lithology and morphology of the resultant crater. The degree of influence varies with the target water depth and impactor diameter. Morphological features detectable in satellite imagery include a concentric shape with an inner crater inset within a shallower outer crater, which is cut by gullies excavated by the resurge of water. In this study, we show that if oceans, large seas, and lakes existed on Mars for periods of time, marine-target craters must have formed. We make an assessment of the minimum and maximum amounts of such craters based on published data on water depths, extent, and duration of putative oceans within "contacts 1 and 2," cratering rate during the different oceanic phases, and computer modeling of minimum impactor diameters required to form long-lasting craters in the seafloor of the oceans. We also discuss the influence of erosion and sedimentation on the preservation and exposure of the craters. For an ocean within the smaller "contact 2" with a duration of 100,000 yr and the low present crater formation rate, only similar to1-2 detectable marine-target craters would have formed. In a maximum estimate with a duration of 0.8 Gyr as many as 1400 craters may have formed. An ocean within the larger "contact 1-Meridiani," with a duration of 100,000 yr, would not have received any seafloor craters despite the higher crater formation rate estimated before 3.5 Gyr. On the other hand, with a maximum duration of 0.8 Gyr, about 160 seafloor craters may have formed. However, terrestrial examples show that most marine-target craters may be covered by thick sediments. Ground penetrating radar surveys planned for the ESA Mars Express and NASA 2005 missions may reveal buried craters, though it is uncertain if the resolution will allow the detection of diagnostic features of marine-target craters. The implications regarding the discovery of marine-target craters on Mars is not without significance, as such discoveries would help address the ongoing debate of whether large water bodies occupied the northern plains of Mars and would help constrain future paleoclimatic reconstructions. C1 CSIC, Ctr Astrobiol, INTA, Madrid 28850, Spain. Univ Arizona, Dept Hydrol & Water Resources, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. Univ Autonoma Madrid, CSIC, Ctr Biol Mol, E-28049 Madrid, Spain. RP Ormo, J (reprint author), CSIC, Ctr Astrobiol, INTA, Ctra Torrejon Ajalvir,Km 4, Madrid 28850, Spain. EM ormo@inta.es RI Dohm, James/A-3831-2014; Ormo, Jens/L-9058-2014 OI Ormo, Jens/0000-0002-5810-9442 NR 90 TC 17 Z9 17 U1 0 U2 1 PU METEORITICAL SOC PI FAYETTEVILLE PA DEPT CHEMISTRY/BIOCHEMISTRY, UNIV ARKANSAS, FAYETTEVILLE, AR 72701 USA SN 1086-9379 J9 METEORIT PLANET SCI JI Meteorit. Planet. Sci. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 39 IS 2 BP 333 EP 346 PG 14 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 804XB UT WOS:000220330300011 ER PT J AU Cortini, M Ayuso, RA De Vivo, B Holden, P Somma, R AF Cortini, M Ayuso, RA De Vivo, B Holden, P Somma, R TI Isotopic composition of Pb and Th in interplinian volcanics from Somma-Vesuvius volcano, Italy SO MINERALOGY AND PETROLOGY LA English DT Article ID RECENT LAVAS; ND-PB; ROCKS; SR; FRACTIONATION; GEOCHEMISTRY; RELIABILITY; URANIUM AB We present a detailed isotopic study of volcanic rocks emitted from Somma-Vesuvius volcano during three periods of interplinian activity: "Protohistoric" (3550 y B.P. to 79 A.D.), "Ancient Historic" (79 to 472 A.D.) and "Medieval" (472 to 1631 A.D.). Pb isotopic compositions of two acid leached fractions and whole rock residues of 37 whole rock samples (determined by Somma et al., 2001) show that each of the three interplinian periods is distinguished by small, systematic, and unique uranogenic and thorogenic Pb isotopic trends. This key and novel feature is compatible with the notion that the Pb isotopic data reflect small-scale source heterogeneity operating over relatively short periods of time. From this representative group of samples, a selected set of nine whole rocks were analysed for Th isotopes. Th-232/U-238 ratios in the source can be obtained independently from Pb and from Th isotopes. Those obtained from Pb isotopes represent source ratios, time-integrated over the whole age of the Earth; they range from 3.9 to 4.1. Th-232/U-238 obtained from Th isotopes are those of the present source. They are lower, and cluster around 3.5; this difference probably indicates recent U enrichment of the present source. The behaviour of Pb, as inferred by its isotopic ratios, is quite distinct from that of Sr and Nd isotopes: Pb isotope variations are not correlated to Sr or Nd isotope variations. The isotopic contrast is compatible with the idea that the isotopes were decoupled during magmatic production, evolution, and ascent through the crust. Thus, the Pb isotopes do not reflect the effects of the same processes as in the case of the Sr and Nd isotopes, or, as we also favor, they do not necessarily reflect the same source contributions into the magmas. Moreover, the Pb isotopic evolution of the interplinian rocks chiefly reflects mixing, driven by processes that are superimposed on, and independent of, other source contributions that determine the isotopic compositions of Sr and Nd. We suggest that reactions between magmas and fluids transported Pb and U, but not Sr. These data show that isotope mixing in the mantle is active at different times and scales. C1 Univ Naples Federico II, Dipartimento Geofis & Vulcanol, I-80134 Naples, Italy. US Geol Survey, Reston, VA USA. Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Dept Earth Sci, Santa Cruz, CA 95064 USA. RP De Vivo, B (reprint author), Univ Naples Federico II, Dipartimento Geofis & Vulcanol, Via Mezzocannone 8, I-80134 Naples, Italy. EM bdevivo@unina.it RI Somma, Renato/G-5976-2014 OI Somma, Renato/0000-0002-2227-6054 NR 25 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 8 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG WIEN PI VIENNA PA SACHSENPLATZ 4-6, PO BOX 89, A-1201 VIENNA, AUSTRIA SN 0930-0708 J9 MINER PETROL JI Mineral. Petrol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 80 IS 1-2 BP 83 EP 96 DI 10.1007/s00710-003-0023-3 PG 14 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Mineralogy SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Mineralogy GA 778KN UT WOS:000189240900005 ER PT J AU Ramstad, KM Woody, CA Sage, GK Allendorf, FW AF Ramstad, KM Woody, CA Sage, GK Allendorf, FW TI Founding events influence genetic population structure of sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka) in Lake Clark, Alaska SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY LA English DT Article DE bottleneck; founder effect; Lake Clark; Oncorhynchus nerka; population structure; sockeye salmon ID ALLELE FREQUENCY-DISTRIBUTIONS; BAY-NATIONAL-PARK; MICROSATELLITE LOCI; PACIFIC SALMON; STEPWISE MUTATION; BRITISH-COLUMBIA; CHINOOK SALMON; DIFFERENTIATION; CONSERVATION; BOTTLENECKS AB Bottlenecks can have lasting effects on genetic population structure that obscure patterns of contemporary gene flow and drift. Sockeye salmon are vulnerable to bottleneck effects because they are a highly structured species with excellent colonizing abilities and often occupy geologically young habitats. We describe genetic divergence among and genetic variation within spawning populations of sockeye salmon throughout the Lake Clark area of Alaska. Fin tissue was collected from sockeye salmon representing 15 spawning populations of Lake Clark, Six-mile Lake, and Lake Iliamna. Allele frequencies differed significantly at 11 microsatellite loci in 96 of 105 pairwise population comparisons. Pairwise estimates of F-ST ranged from zero to 0.089. Six-mile Lake and Lake Clark populations have historically been grouped together for management purposes and are geographically proximate. However, Six-mile Lake populations are genetically similar to Lake Iliamna populations and are divergent from Lake Clark populations. The reduced allelic diversity and strong divergence of Lake Clark populations relative to Six-mile Lake and Lake Iliamna populations suggest a bottleneck associated with the colonization of Lake Clark by sockeye salmon. Geographic distance and spawning habitat differences apparently do not contribute to isolation and divergence among populations. However, temporal isolation based on spawning time and founder effects associated with ongoing glacial retreat and colonization of new spawning habitats contribute to the genetic population structure of Lake Clark sockeye salmon. Nonequilibrium conditions and the strong influence of genetic drift caution against using estimates of divergence to estimate gene flow among populations of Lake Clark sockeye salmon. C1 Univ Montana, Div Biol Sci, Missoula, MT 59812 USA. US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. RP Ramstad, KM (reprint author), Univ Montana, Div Biol Sci, Missoula, MT 59812 USA. EM kristina@selway.umt.edu RI Ramstad, Kristina/G-3728-2014 NR 78 TC 46 Z9 47 U1 2 U2 17 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0962-1083 J9 MOL ECOL JI Mol. Ecol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 13 IS 2 BP 277 EP 290 DI 10.1046/j.1365-294X.2003.02062.x PG 14 WC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Ecology; Evolutionary Biology SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Evolutionary Biology GA 761QJ UT WOS:000187919200004 PM 14717887 ER PT J AU Schneeweiss, GM Colwell, A Park, JM Jang, CG Stuessy, TF AF Schneeweiss, GM Colwell, A Park, JM Jang, CG Stuessy, TF TI Phylogeny of holoparasitic Orobanche (Orobanchaceae) inferred from nuclear ITS sequences SO MOLECULAR PHYLOGENETICS AND EVOLUTION LA English DT Article DE Diphelypaea; Orobanche; Orobanche group; Phelipanche group; phylogeny ID PHOTOSYNTHETIC GENE RBCL; CHROMOSOME-NUMBERS; PARASITIC PLANT; PLASTID GENOME; SECT OROBANCHE; TRANSFER-RNA; EVOLUTION; DNA; SCROPHULARIACEAE AB Orobanche is the largest genus among the holoparasitic members of Orobanchaceae. We present the first molecular phylogenetic analysis (using nuclear ITS sequences) that includes members. of all sections of Orobanche, Gymnocaulis, Myzorrhiza, Trionychon, and Orobanche. Orobanche is not monophyletic, but falls into two lineages: (1) the Orobanche group comprises Orobanche sect. Orobanche and the small Near Asian genus Diphelypaea and is characterized by a chromosome base number of x = 19 and (2) the Phelipanche group contains Orobanche sects. Gymnocaulis, Myzorrhiza, and Trionychon and possesses a chromosome base number of x = 12. The relationships between these two groups and to other genera such as Boschniakia or Cistanche remain unresolved. Within the Orobanche group, Orobanche macrolepis and Orobanche anatolica (including Orobanche colorata) constitute two phylogenetically distinct lineages. Intrasectional structurings proposed by some authors for O. sect. Orobanche are not confirmed by the molecular data. In most cases, intraspecific sequence divergence between accessions, if present, is negligible and not correlated with morphological or ecological traits. In a few cases, however, there is evidence for the presence of cryptic taxa. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science (USA). All rights reserved. C1 Univ Vienna, Inst Bot, Dept Higher Plant Systemat & Evolut, A-1030 Vienna, Austria. United States Geol Survey, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Seattle, WA USA. RP Schneeweiss, GM (reprint author), Univ Vienna, Inst Bot, Dept Higher Plant Systemat & Evolut, Rennweg 14, A-1030 Vienna, Austria. EM gerald.schneeweiss@univie.ac.at RI Schneeweiss, Gerald/B-4344-2013 OI Schneeweiss, Gerald/0000-0003-2811-3317 NR 53 TC 63 Z9 71 U1 4 U2 15 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 1055-7903 J9 MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL JI Mol. Phylogenet. Evol. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 30 IS 2 BP 465 EP 478 DI 10.1016/S1055-7903(03)00210-0 PG 14 WC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Evolutionary Biology; Genetics & Heredity SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Evolutionary Biology; Genetics & Heredity GA 766CY UT WOS:000188328900018 PM 14715236 ER PT J AU Schmalz, PJ Hansen, MJ Holey, ME McKee, PC Toneys, ML AF Schmalz, PJ Hansen, MJ Holey, ME McKee, PC Toneys, ML TI Effect of rewards on lake trout tag returns in northwestern Lake Michigan SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID BAND REPORTING RATES; MALLARDS; ANGLERS AB We determined the effect of a reward of one free case of Stroh's beer (retail value of US$7.50 in 1986 dollars) on lake trout Salvelinus nantaycush tag returns made by two voluntary-return fisheries (recreational and commercial) in northwestern Lake Michigan during 1984-1990. To examine the effect of the reward, which was offered in 1986 and 1987, we determined the proportion of tags that were returned by assessment, recreational, and commercial fisheries. We used the log-likelihood G-statistic to test for homogeneity of recapture rates among years for the three fisheries. Comparison of individual G-statistics in the reward years versus the nonreward years yielded the impact of the reward. Recapture rates varied significantly among years for assessment, recreational, and commercial fisheries, and were also significantly different among the three fisheries. The reward of a free case of Stroh's beer increased the recapture rate in both of the voluntary tag-return fisheries (recreational and commercial), but the impact was greater in the commercial fishery. Despite the poor design of the reward program, recapture rates increased with the reward. However, we believe that increased recapture rates can be as much harmful as beneficial without careful a priori consideration of the impact of various types of rewards on response rates. C1 Univ Wisconsin, Coll Nat Resources, Stevens Point, WI 54481 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Green Bay Fishery Resources Off, New Franken, WI 54229 USA. Wisconsin Dept Nat Resources, Sturgeon Bay, WI 54235 USA. RP Schmalz, PJ (reprint author), Univ Wisconsin, Coll Nat Resources, 1900 Franklin St, Stevens Point, WI 54481 USA. EM patrick.schmalz@dnr.state.wi.us OI Hansen, Michael/0000-0001-8522-3876 NR 20 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 2 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 1 EP 6 DI 10.1577/M01-199 PG 6 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400001 ER PT J AU Mueller, GA Wydoski, R AF Mueller, GA Wydoski, R TI Reintroduction of the flannelmouth sucker in the lower Colorado river SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID CATOSTOMUS-LATIPINNIS; XYRAUCHEN-TEXANUS; GRAND-CANYON; ECOLOGY; POPULATION; ARIZONA AB A single stocking of 611 wild flannelmouth suckers Catostomus latipinnis in 1976 represented the first successful reintroduction of a native fish in the lower Colorado River. Flannelmouth suckers ranging in age from young of the year to 24 years were captured during 19992001; their population was estimated as at least 2,286 (95% confidence interval, 1,847-2,998). Recruitment appeared sporadic, consisting of consecutive years of low recruitment (<10%) supplemented by a stronger (31%) year-class. Historically, this native fish was rare and was believed extirpated from the lower river by 1975, but it now reproduces naturally in a reach dramatically altered by water development. This successful reintroduction indicates that one native fish can successfully tolerate environmental alterations whereas another, the razorback sucker Xyrauchen texanus, apparently cannot. Other opportunities may exist in altered rivers to benefit native fishes where they were absent or historically rare. C1 US Geol Survey, BRD FORT, Denver, CO 80225 USA. US Bur Reclamat, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Mueller, GA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, BRD FORT, POB 25007,USA D-8220, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM gordon_a_mueller@usgs.gov NR 27 TC 9 Z9 11 U1 1 U2 4 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 325 CHESTNUT ST, SUITE 800, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 41 EP 46 DI 10.1577/M02-170 PG 6 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400005 ER PT J AU Keefer, ML Peery, CA Ringe, RR Bjornn, IC AF Keefer, ML Peery, CA Ringe, RR Bjornn, IC TI Regurgitation rates of intragastric radio transmitters by adult Chinook salmon and steelhead during upstream migration in the Columbia and Snake Rivers SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article AB Regurgitation rates for radio tags gastrically implanted into adult salmon Oncorhynchus spp. and steelhead O. mykiss are difficult to estimate in the wild because most fish are never recaptured to allow inspection of secondary tags. During 1996-2000, 9,006 Chinook salmon O. tshawytscha and steelhead with both radio tags and secondary tags were released near Bonneville Dam on the Columbia River (Washington-Oregon), and 1,764 fish were recaptured in midmigration 460 kin upstream on the lower Snake River. Minimum annual regurgitation rates ranged from 0.4% to 10.9% for spring-summer Chinook salmon (pooled rate = 3.0%; n = 838), from 3.5% to 4.3% for steelhead (pooled rate = 4.0%; n = 881), and from 0% to 5.6% for fall Chinook salmon (pooled rate = 2.2%; n = 45). Fish that lost transmitters retained them a median of 7 d (average = 14.1 d) before regurgitation, and a majority of losses occurred in the lower Columbia River. Transmitter retention was improved by placing rubber bands or a ring of surgical tubing around part of each tag. C1 Univ Idaho, US Geol Survey, Biol Rescources Div, Idaho Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. RP Keefer, ML (reprint author), Univ Idaho, US Geol Survey, Biol Rescources Div, Idaho Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. EM mkeefer@uidaho.edu NR 18 TC 38 Z9 38 U1 0 U2 5 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 530 WALNUT STREET, STE 850, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 0275-5947 EI 1548-8675 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 47 EP 54 DI 10.1577/M02-128 PG 8 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400006 ER PT J AU Miranda, LE Dolan, CR AF Miranda, LE Dolan, CR TI Electrofishing power requirements in relation to duty cycle SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article AB Under controlled laboratory conditions we measured the electrical peak power required to immobilize (i.e., narcotize or tetanize) fish of various species and sizes with duty cycles (i.e., percentage of time a field is energized) ranging from 1.5% to 100%. Electrofishing effectiveness was closely associated with duty cycle. Duty cycles of 10-50% required the least peak power to immobilize fish; peak power requirements increased gradually above 50% duty cycle and sharply below 10%. Small duty cycles can increase field strength by making possible higher instantaneous peak voltages that allow the threshold power needed to immobilize fish to radiate farther away from the electrodes. Therefore, operating within the 10-50% range of duty cycles would allow a larger radius of immobilization action than operating with higher duty cycles. This 10-50% range of duty cycles also coincided with some of the highest margins of difference between the electrical power required to narcotize and that required to tetanize fish. This observation is worthy of note because proper use of duty cycle could help reduce the mortality associated with tetany documented by some authors. Although electrofishing with intermediate duty cycles can potentially increase effectiveness of electrofishing, our results suggest that immobilization response is not fully-accounted for by duty cycle because of a potential interaction between pulse frequency and duration that requires further investigation. C1 US Geol Survey, Mississippi Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. RP Miranda, LE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Mississippi Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, POB 9691, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. EM smiranda@usgs.gov NR 18 TC 15 Z9 15 U1 2 U2 4 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 55 EP 62 DI 10.1577/M02-114 PG 8 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400007 ER PT J AU Dolan, CR Miranda, LE AF Dolan, CR Miranda, LE TI Injury and mortality of warmwater fishes immobilized by electrofishing SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID RAINBOW-TROUT; ELECTROSHOCK; POPULATION; DC AB Most studies of injury associated with electrofishing have focused on salmonids; few have given attention to warmwater fishes. Under controlled laboratory conditions, we treated bluegill Lepomis macrochirus, channel catfish Ictalurus punctatus, and largemouth bass Micropterus salmoides of various sizes to duty cycles ranging from 1.5% to 100%. This range of duty cycles represented continuous DC and pulsed-DC frequencies ranging from 15 to 110 Hz and pulse durations of 1 to 6 ms. At each duty cycle, fish were exposed to power densities in excess of those required to immobilize them within 3 s, and we subsequently determined the incidence of hemorrhage, spinal injury, and mortality. Incidence of hemorrhage averaged 3% (range, 0-25%), differed among species, and was not related to duty cycle or fish size. Incidence of spinal injury averaged 3% (range, 0-22%) and mortality averaged 10% (range, 0-75%); both differed among species and were related to duty cycle, fish size, and interactions among these variables. Largemouth bass was the species most vulnerable to hemorrhage, spinal injury, and mortality, channel catfish the least vulnerable; bluegills exhibited effects that were intermediate. Small centrarchids were especially susceptible to mortality. Fish tetanized by the electrical treatment were more likely to experience injury and mortality than fish that were only narcotized. However, mortality was not related to the injuries studied because hemorrhage and spinal injuries were similar in fish that survived electroshock and in those that died. We suggest that electrotishing with intermediate to high duty cycles could reduce electrofishing-induced injury and mortality to warmwater fish. Additionally, the power output and electrode system should be managed to induce narcosis and prevent tetany and to avoid the large peak powers required to immobilize small individuals. C1 US Geol Survey, Mississipi Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. RP Dolan, CR (reprint author), Illinois Dept Nat Resources, Off Resoruce Conservat, Tect Support Sect, 1 Nat Resources Way, Springfield, IL 62702 USA. EM cdolan@dnrmail.state.il.us NR 40 TC 27 Z9 28 U1 4 U2 11 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 118 EP 127 DI 10.1577/M02-115 PG 10 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400014 ER PT J AU Tabor, RA Brown, GS Luiting, VT AF Tabor, RA Brown, GS Luiting, VT TI The effect of light intensity on sockeye salmon fry migratory behavior and predation by Cottids in the Cedar River, Washington SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID ONCORHYNCHUS-NERKA; LAKE-WASHINGTON; COTTUS-BAIRDI; TROUT; SCULPINS AB We examined the relationship between light intensity, migratory behavior of sockeye salmon Oncorhynchus nerka fry, and predation by cottids Cottus spp. We tested the hypothesis that above-natural intensities of nighttime light would increase cottid predation of sockeye salmon fry. In circular tank experiments under controlled laboratory conditions, we tested the ability of cottids to prey on sockeye salmon fry under six different light intensities using minimal water circulation to separate the effect of the migratory behavior of fry from the ability of cottids to capture them. We found that cottids preyed most effectively in complete darkness, whereas the lowest predation occurred at the brightest light intensity. We next tested the predation ability of cottids at four light intensities in a pair of artificial streams to simulate more natural conditions. In experiments without cottids, the majority of fry passed quickly through the artificial streams under complete darkness, but as light intensity was increased, fewer fry emigrated and did so at a slower rate. With cottids present and increased light intensity, even fewer fry emigrated but they did so at a faster rate than did those in the stream without cottids. We determined that cottids probably consumed about 5% of the sockeye salmon fry under complete darkness and ate about 45% of the fry at the brightest light intensity tested. In experimental field trials, the shoreline abundance of fry and predation by cottids increased as light intensities increased. Using two small lights within an 8-m shoreline section on the Cedar River, Washington, we delayed as many as 550 sockeye salmon fry and observed predation of as many as 7.6 fry/cottid. At the end of the experiment, we turned the lights off and noted that the shoreline abundance of fry declined dramatically. At two locations on the Cedar River lit by city lights, the abundance of sockeye salmon fry and predation by cottids was substantially greater than at nearby sites with low light. Also, we demonstrated at one site that reducing light intensity substantially reduced predation on sockeye salmon fry. Overall, we conclude that increased light intensity appears to slow or stop out-migration of fry, making them more vulnerable to capture by predators such as cottids. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Western Washington Fish & Wildlife Off, Lacey, WA 98503 USA. US Geol Survey, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. RP Tabor, RA (reprint author), Fisheries & Oceans Canada, Pacific Biol Stn, 3190 Hammond Bay Rd, Nanaimo, BC V9T 6N7, Canada. EM roger_tabor@fws.gov NR 27 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 0 U2 6 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 128 EP 145 DI 10.1577/M02-095 PG 18 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400015 ER PT J AU Paukert, CP Willis, DW Bouchard, MA AF Paukert, CP Willis, DW Bouchard, MA TI Movement, home range, and site fidelity of Bluegills in a Great Plains lake SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID LEPOMIS-MACROCHIRUS; LARGEMOUTH BASS; SOUTH-DAKOTA; PATTERNS; FISHES; RATES; SELECTION; SIZE AB Little is known about the distribution, movement, and home ranges of bluegills Lepomis macrochirus in lentic environments. Therefore, the objectives of this study were to evaluate the seasonal and diel differences in movement rates, site fidelity, and home range of bluegills in a shallow, natural Great Plains lake. A total of 78 bluegills (200-273 mm total length) were implanted with radio transmitters in March and May 2000. Of these fish, 10 males and 10 females were randomly selected and located every 2 h during one 24-h period each month from April to September 2000. Bluegill movement peaked during midsummer; however, there was little difference in diel movements, suggesting relatively consistent movement throughout the 24-h period. Home range estimates (which included the 24-h tracking plus an additional six locations from the same fish located once per day for six consecutive days each month) ranged up to 172 ha, probably because only about half of the bluegills exhibited site fidelity during any month sampled. Bluegill movement did not appear to be strongly linked with water temperature, barometric pressure, or wind speed. These results suggest that bluegills move considerable distances and that many roam throughout this 332-ha shallow lake. However, diet patterns were not evident. Sampling bluegills in Great Plains lakes using passive gears (e.g., trap nets) may be most effective during the summer months, when fish are most active. Active sampling (e.g., electrofishing) may be more effective than the use of passive gears in spring and fall, when bluegills are less active. C1 S Dakota State Univ, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries Sci, Brookings, SD 57007 USA. RP Paukert, CP (reprint author), Kansas State Univ, US Geol Survey, Biol Resource Div, Div Biol, 205 Leasure Hall, Manhattan, KS 66506 USA. EM cpaukert@ksu.edu RI Willis, David/D-3400-2009; OI Bouchard, Michelle/0000-0002-6353-3491 NR 35 TC 18 Z9 19 U1 3 U2 9 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 154 EP 161 DI 10.1577/M03-004 PG 8 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400017 ER PT J AU Layzer, JB Heinricher, JR AF Layzer, JB Heinricher, JR TI Coded wire tag retention in ebonyshell mussels Fusconaia ebena SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article AB Ebonyshell Fusconaia ebena (38-75 mm long) were collected from Kentucky Lake, Tennessee, and tagged in the hinge ligament with coded wire tags. Mussels were then suspended in pocket nets in an embayment of Kentucky Lake. After 2 years, the 50 tagged individuals were retrieved. Survival and tag retention were 100%. Eleven individuals were sacrificed and their tags were retrieved by making a longitudinal cut through the hinge ligament. Because coded wire tags are not visible externally, they are especially useful for detecting illegally harvested mussels. C1 Tennessee Technol Univ, Dept Biol, US Geol Survey, Tennessee Cooperat Fishery Res Unit, Cookeville, TN 38505 USA. RP Layzer, JB (reprint author), Tennessee Technol Univ, Dept Biol, US Geol Survey, Tennessee Cooperat Fishery Res Unit, Cookeville, TN 38505 USA. EM jim_layzer@tntech.edu NR 9 TC 7 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 228 EP 230 DI 10.1577/M02-168 PG 3 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400024 ER PT J AU Underwood, TJ Bromaghin, JF Klosiewski, SP AF Underwood, TJ Bromaghin, JF Klosiewski, SP TI Evidence of handling mortality of adult chum salmon caused by fish wheel capture in the Yukon River, Alaska SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article AB From 1996 to 1998, marked fish from a mark-recapture experiment were used to examine potential effects of fish wheel capture, handling, and tagging on adult chum salmon Oncorhynchus keta in the Yukon River, Alaska. Four fish wheels equipped with live holding boxes were used to capture fish, two at the marking site and two at the recapture site. During the 3 years of the study we annually marked 8,513-18,632 fish with individually numbered spaghetti tags; annual tag returns external to the mark-recapture experiment (not by project fish wheels) ranged from 594 to 1,007. Individual salmon were captured from one to four times in the four project fish wheels used in the mark-recapture experiment. Tag returns, interviews, carcass surveys, and data from other management projects indicated that the proportion of fish with marks decreased as distance from the marking site increased. Nine possible explanations for these observations were considered, but fish mortality associated with capture and handling appeared to be the most likely cause. Tags returned outside of the mark-recapture experiment were used to investigate the relationship between the capture history within the experiment and upriver recapture. Recapture probabilities declined significantly as the number of times a fish was captured increased. Our results raise concern over the relatively common use of fish wheels for gathering in-season management data and for other research purposes. We recommend more definitive investigation of these phenomena, a review of fish wheel construction and operation to minimize potential effects to salmon populations, reexamination of the efficacy of live box capture as a management tool, and development of alternatives to current live box capture practices. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Fairbanks Fish & Wildlife Field Off, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Div Fisheries & Habitat Conservat, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Underwood, TJ (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Fairbanks Fish & Wildlife Field Off, 101 12th Ave,Box 17,Room 222, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. EM tevis_underwood@fws.gov RI Bromaghin, Jeffrey/B-5058-2009 OI Bromaghin, Jeffrey/0000-0002-7209-9500 NR 23 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 3 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 237 EP 243 DI 10.1577/M02-006 PG 7 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400026 ER PT J AU Waters, DS Kwak, TJ Arnott, JB Pine, WE AF Waters, DS Kwak, TJ Arnott, JB Pine, WE TI Evaluation of stomach tubes and gastric lavage for sampling diets from blue catfish and flathead catfish SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID LIVE FISH; MANAGEMENT AB We compared the ability to extract all stomach contents by using stomach tubes or gastric lavage to sample diets from blue catfish Ictalurus furcatus and flathead catfish Pylodictus olivarus. Pulsed gastric lavage (PGL) removed a significantly greater proportion of stomach content mass (95.6%) from blue catfish than did stomach tubes (14.6%). Percent mass of flathead catfish contents removed with PGL (96.0%) was not significantly different from that removed with stomach tubes (86.9%). Based on the greater effectiveness of PGL for blue catfish, combined with a shorter mean time required per sample (69 versus 118 s) and the better preservation of extracted diet material, we recommend using PGL as a nonlethal technique to collect diet samples from large catfishes. C1 N Carolina State Univ, US Geol Survey, N Carolina Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA. RP Waters, DS (reprint author), N Carolina State Univ, US Geol Survey, N Carolina Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Box 7617, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA. EM scott_waters@ncsu.edu NR 13 TC 15 Z9 17 U1 1 U2 7 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 258 EP 261 DI 10.1577/M02-156 PG 4 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400030 ER PT J AU Beeman, JW Grant, C Haner, PV AF Beeman, JW Grant, C Haner, PV TI Comparison of three underwater antennas for use in radiotelemetry SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID SALMONID SMOLTS; RIVER; MOVEMENTS; FISH; DAM AB The radiation patterns of three versions of underwater radiotelemetry antennas were measured to compare the relative reception ranges in the horizontal and vertical planes, which are important considerations when designing detection systems. The received signal strengths of an antenna made by stripping shielding from a section of coaxial cable (stripped coax) and by two versions of a dipole antenna were measured at several orientations relative to a dipole transmit antenna under controlled field conditions. The received signal strengths were greater when the transmit and receive antennas were parallel to each other than when they were perpendicular, indicating that a parallel orientation provides optimal detection range. The horizontal plane radiation pattern of the flexible, stripped coax antenna was similar to that of a rigid dipole antenna, but movement of underwater stripped coax antennas in field applications could affect the orientation of transmit and receive antennas in some applications, resulting in decreased range and variation in received signal strengths. Compared with a standard dipole, a dipole antenna armored by housing within a polyvinyl chloride fitting had a smaller radiation pattern in the horizontal plane but a larger radiation pattern in the vertical plane. Each of these types of underwater antenna can be useful, but detection ranges can be maximized by choosing an appropriate antenna after consideration of the location, relation between transmit and receive antenna orientations, radiation patterns, and overall antenna resiliency. C1 US Geol Survey, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Columbia River Res Lab, Cook, WA 98605 USA. Grant Syst Engn Inc, King City, ON L7B 1E7, Canada. RP Beeman, JW (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Columbia River Res Lab, 5001-A Cook Underwood Rd, Cook, WA 98605 USA. EM john_beeman@usgs.gov NR 11 TC 18 Z9 18 U1 1 U2 3 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 275 EP 281 DI 10.1577/M02-081 PG 7 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400033 ER PT J AU Isermann, DA Chipps, SR Brown, ML AF Isermann, DA Chipps, SR Brown, ML TI Seasonal Daphnia biomass in winterkill and nonwinterkill glacial lakes of South Dakota SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID OXYGEN DEPLETION; ONEIDA LAKE; NEW-YORK; ZOOPLANKTON; SELECTION; FISH; RESERVOIR; PLANKTON; HABITS; LARVAL AB We compared the seasonal biomass (mug dry weight/L) and body size of Daphnia pulex populations between South Dakota lakes that experienced nearly complete winterkill (n = 2) and those that did not experience fish winterkill the previous winter (n = 2). In spring (March-May), D. pulex biomass was substantially lower in winterkill lakes (0.4-1.9 mug/L) than in non-winterkill lakes (13.8-129.4 mug/L). In summer months (June-July), D. pulex biomass increased in all lakes but was generally higher in winterkill lakes (332.1-469.3 Lg/L) than in nonwinterkill lakes (88.6-204.2 mug/L). By September, D. pulex biomass was substantially higher in winterkill lakes (243.8 mug/L) than in nonwinterkill lakes (1.0 mug/L). The mean size of D. pulex increased significantly from March to August in winterkill lakes but not in nonwinterkill lakes. The seasonal differences in D. pulex biomass and size may have been related to size-selective predation by planktivorous fishes because the ratio of spine length to body length in D. pulex was significantly lower in winterkill lakes (mean, 0.34) than in nonwinterkill lakes (mean, 0.43). Moreover, seasonal patterns in chlorophyll-a biomass were inversely related to D. pulex biomass. The production and subsequent hatching of resting eggs may be important for recolonization of Daphnia populations after severe winter conditions. The survival and growth of zooplanktivorous fish that are stocked to repopulate winterkill lakes may be increased by delaying stocking until Daphnia populations recover from severe winterkill. C1 S Dakota State Univ, US Geol Survey, S Dakota Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries Sci, Brookings, SD 57007 USA. RP Chipps, SR (reprint author), S Dakota State Univ, US Geol Survey, S Dakota Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries Sci, Box 2140B No Plains Biostress, Brookings, SD 57007 USA. EM steve_chipps@sdstate.edu NR 29 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 2 U2 7 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 287 EP 292 DI 10.1577/M02-151 PG 6 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400035 ER PT J AU Wirgin, I Currie, DD Stabile, J Jennings, CA AF Wirgin, I Currie, DD Stabile, J Jennings, CA TI Development and use of a simple DNA test to distinguish larval redhorse species in the Oconee River, Georgia SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article ID CONTROL REGION SEQUENCES; IDENTIFICATION AB The robust redhorse Moxostoma robustum is a rare catostomid species that was recently "rediscovered" in three Atlantic slope drainages in the southeastern United States, including the Oconee River, Georgia. Adult population size in the Oconee River is declining, and the population may be senescent due to recruitment failure. Evaluation of the environmental factors affecting the success of young life stages requires the ability to distinguish robust redhorse larvae from those of other redhorse species in the Oconee River. The use of morphological approaches, including size at collection date, have proven to be problematic in distinguishing larval robust redhorse from notchlip redhorse M. collapsum from the Oconee River. We developed a mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) assay to distinguish between reference adults of these two redhorse species from the Oconee, Savannah, and Pee Dee rivers. This mtDNA assay was then applied to unknown larval redhorse collections from the Oconee River. In one collection, discordance was revealed in 40% of the individual larvae identified by both size at collection date and mtDNA. Of these, 75% of the fish thought to be notchlip redhorses based on size at date of collection exhibited robust redhorse mtDNA haplotypes. These results illustrate the utility of DNA techniques in characterizing the young life stages of fish and suggest that earlier surveys underestimated the abundance of larval robust redhorses in the Oconee River. C1 NYU, Sch Med, Dept Environm Med, Tuxedo Pk, NY 10987 USA. Iona Coll, Dept Biol, New Rochelle, NY 10801 USA. Univ Georgia, US Geol Survey, Georgia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, Athens, GA 30602 USA. RP Wirgin, I (reprint author), NYU, Sch Med, Dept Environm Med, 57 Old Forge Rd, Tuxedo Pk, NY 10987 USA. EM wirgin@enr.med.nyu.edu NR 12 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 1 U2 5 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 293 EP 298 DI 10.1577/M02-198 PG 6 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400036 ER PT J AU Walsh, MG Winkelman, DL Bahr, RJ AF Walsh, MG Winkelman, DL Bahr, RJ TI Electrofishing injury and short-term mortality in hatchery-reared rainbow trout stocked into an Ozark stream SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF FISHERIES MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article AB We conducted an electrofishing injury study to evaluate potential effects of sampling procedures on survival and health of hatchery rainbow trout Oncorhynchus mykiss (187-307 mm total length) stocked into an Ozark stream. We assessed two groups of trout: one group had acclimated to stream conditions for I month; the other group was handled and transported just before the study. Each group was sampled by electrofishing (boat-mounted, 60-Hz AC) and seining (controls), resulting in four treatment groups (N = 21). We held fish for 48 h to evaluate mortalities in that period, then euthanized all fish and examined them for hemorrhages and spinal damage. No fish died during the 48-h holding period, indicating that our procedures did not cause significant sampling-related mortality among stocked trout in Brush Creek. Spinal damage was observed in 5% of fish collected with electrofishing but in none of the control fish. We found hemorrhages in 90% of electrofished trout but none in control fish, and recently handled and hauled trout had a greater occurrence and severity of hemorrhaging. C1 Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Zool, Oklahoma Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. Oklahoma State Univ, Vet Teaching Hosp, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. RP Walsh, MG (reprint author), Univ Georgia, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, Georgia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Athens, GA 30602 USA. EM mgwalsh@smokey.forestry.uga.edu NR 18 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 3 U2 11 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0275-5947 J9 N AM J FISH MANAGE JI North Am. J. Fish Manage. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 316 EP 321 DI 10.1577/M03-002 PG 6 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 802NE UT WOS:000220169400040 ER PT J AU Landa, ER AF Landa, ER TI Albert H. Munsell: A sense of color at the interface of art and science SO SOIL SCIENCE LA English DT Biographical-Item DE soil color; Albert H. Munsell; Dorothy Nickerson AB The color theory conceived and commercialized by Albert H. Munsell (1858-1918) has become a universal part of the lexicon of soil science. An American painter noted for his seascapes and portraits, he had a long-standing interest in the description of color. Munsell began studies aimed at standardizing color description, using hue, value, and chroma scales, around 1898. His landmark treatise, "A Color Notation," was published in 1905. Munsell died about 30 years before his color charts came into widespread use in soil survey programs in the United States. Dorothy Nickerson, who began her career as secretary and laboratory assistant to Munsell's son, and later spent 37 years at USDA as a color-science specialist, did much to adapt the Munsell Color System to soil-color usage. The legacy of color research pioneered by A.H. Munsell is honored today by the Munsell Color Science Laboratory established in 1983 at the Rochester Institute of Technology. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr 430, Reston, VA USA. RP Landa, ER (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr 430, Reston, VA USA. EM erlanda@usgs.gov NR 0 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 1 U2 6 PU LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS PI PHILADELPHIA PA 530 WALNUT ST, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106-3621 USA SN 0038-075X J9 SOIL SCI JI Soil Sci. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 169 IS 2 BP 83 EP 89 DI 10.1097/01.ss0000117789.98510.30 PG 7 WC Soil Science SC Agriculture GA 774UV UT WOS:000189004500001 ER PT J AU Nimmo, JR Rousseau, JP Perkins, KS Stollenwerk, KG Glynn, PD Bartholomay, RC Knobel, LL AF Nimmo, JR Rousseau, JP Perkins, KS Stollenwerk, KG Glynn, PD Bartholomay, RC Knobel, LL TI Hydraulic and geochemical framework of the Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory vadose zone SO VADOSE ZONE JOURNAL LA English DT Review ID SNAKE-RIVER-PLAIN; WASTE-DISPOSAL SITE; AQUIFER SYSTEM; POROUS-MEDIA; WATER; FLOW; PLUTONIUM; MIGRATION; RADIONUCLIDES; SOILS AB Questions of major importance for subsurface contaminant transport at the Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory ( INEEL) include ( i) travel times to the aquifer, both average or typical values and the range of values to be expected, and ( ii) modes of contaminant transport, especially sorption processes. The hydraulic and geochemical framework within which these questions are addressed is dominated by extreme heterogeneity in a vadose zone and aquifer consisting of interbedded basalts and sediments. Hydraulically, major issues include diverse possible types of flow pathways, extreme anisotropy, preferential flow, combined vertical and horizontal flow, and temporary saturation or perching. Geochemically, major issues include contaminant mobility as influenced by redox conditions, the concentration of organic and inorganic complexing solutes and other local variables, the interaction with infiltrating waters and with the source environment, and the aqueous speciation of contaminants such as actinides. Another major issue is the possibility of colloid transport, which inverts some of the traditional concepts of as sorbed contaminants on mobile colloids may be transported with ease compared with contaminants that are not sorbed. With respect to the goal of minimizing aquifer concentrations of contaminants, some characteristics of the vadose zone are essentially completely favorable. Examples include the great thickness ( 200 m) of the vadose zone, and the presence of substantial quantities of fine sediments that can retard contaminant transport both hydraulically and chemically. Most characteristics, however, have both favorable and unfavorable aspects. For example, preferential flow, as promoted by several notable features of the vadose zone at the INEEL, can provide fast, minimally sorbing pathways for contaminants to reach aquifer easily, but it also leads to a wide dispersal of contaminants a large volume of subsurface material, thus increasing the opportunity for dilution and sorption. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. USGS, Idaho Falls, ID 83401 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. USGS, Reston, VA 20192 USA. USGS, Huron, SD 57350 USA. RP Nimmo, JR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM jrnimmo@usgs.gov OI Bartholomay, Roy/0000-0002-4809-9287 NR 131 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 2 U2 7 PU SOIL SCI SOC AMER PI MADISON PA 677 SOUTH SEGOE ROAD, MADISON, WI 53711 USA SN 1539-1663 J9 VADOSE ZONE J JI Vadose Zone J. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 3 IS 1 BP 6 EP 34 PG 29 WC Environmental Sciences; Soil Science; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Agriculture; Water Resources GA 903AM UT WOS:000227397800002 ER PT J AU Amirbahman, A Ruck, PL Fernandez, IJ Haines, TA Kahl, JS AF Amirbahman, A Ruck, PL Fernandez, IJ Haines, TA Kahl, JS TI The effect of fire on mercury cycling in the soils of forested watersheds: Acadia National Park, Maine, USA SO WATER AIR AND SOIL POLLUTION LA English DT Article DE Acadia National Park; fire; forested watershed; forest soil mercury; methylmercury ID ORGANIC-MATTER; SVARTBERGET CATCHMENT; HARDWOOD FORESTS; HUMIC SUBSTANCES; NORTHERN SWEDEN; METHYL MERCURY; BOREAL FOREST; METHYLMERCURY; FLUXES; DEPOSITION AB This study compares mercury (Hg) and methylmercury (MeHg) distribution in the soils of two forested stream watersheds at Acadia National Park, Maine, U.S.A. Cadillac Brook watershed, which burned in 1947, has thin soils and predominantly deciduous vegetation. It was compared to the unburned Hadlock Brook watershed, with thicker soil and predominantly coniferous vegetation. Soils in both watersheds were primarily well drained. The fire had a significant impact on the Cadillac watershed, by raising the soil pH, altering the vegetation, and reducing carbon and Hg pools. Total Hg content was significantly higher(P<0.05) in Hadlock soils (0.18 kg Hg ha(-1)) compared to Cadillac soils (0.13 kg Hg ha(-1)). Hadlock O horizon had an average Hg concentration of 134&PLUSMN;48 ng Hg g(-1) dry weight, compared to 103&PLUSMN;23 ng Hg g(-1) dry weight in Cadillac O horizon. Soil pH was significantly higher in all soil horizons at Cadillac compared to Hadlock soils. This difference was especially significant in the O horizon, where Cadillac soils had an average pH of 3.41&PLUSMN;0.22 compared to Hadlock soils with an average pH of 2.99&PLUSMN;0.13. To study the mobilization potential of Hg in the O horizons of the two watersheds, batch adsorption experiments were conducted, and the results were modeled using surface complexation modeling. The results of Hg adsorption experiments indicated that the dissolved Hg concentration was controlled by the dissolved organic carbon (DOC) concentration. The adsorption isotherms suggest that Hg is more mobile in the O horizon of the unburned Hadlock watershed because of higher solubility of organic carbon resulting in higher DOC concentrations in that watershed. Methylmercury concentrations, however, were consistently higher in the burned Cadillac O horizon (0.20&PLUSMN;0.13 ng Hg g(-1) dry weight) than in the unburned Hadlock O horizon (0.07&PLUSMN;0.07 ng Hg g(-1) dry weight). Similarly, Cadillac soils possessed a higher MeHg content (0.30 g MeHg ha(-1)) than Hadlock soils (0.16 g MeHg ha(-1)). The higher MeHg concentrations in Cadillac soils may reflect generally faster rates of microbial metabolism due to more rapid nutrient cycling and higher soil pH in the deciduous forest. In this research, we have shown that the amount of MeHg is not a function of the total pool of Hg in the watershed. Indeed, MeHg was inversely proportional to total Hg, suggesting that landscape factors such as soil pH, vegetation type, or land use history(e.g., fire) may be the determining factors for susceptibility to high Hg in biota. C1 Univ Maine, Dept Civil & Environm Engn, Orono, ME 04473 USA. Univ Maine, Dept Plant Soil & Environm Sci, Orono, ME USA. US Geol Survey, Leetown Field Stn, Orono, ME USA. RP Amirbahman, A (reprint author), Univ Maine, Dept Civil & Environm Engn, Orono, ME 04473 USA. EM aria@umit.maine.edu NR 52 TC 32 Z9 32 U1 2 U2 17 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0049-6979 J9 WATER AIR SOIL POLL JI Water Air Soil Pollut. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 152 IS 1-4 BP 313 EP 331 PG 19 WC Environmental Sciences; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences; Water Resources GA 772TD UT WOS:000188856600019 ER PT J AU Scoppettone, GG Harvey, JE Heinrich, J AF Scoppettone, GG Harvey, JE Heinrich, J TI Conservation, status, and life history of the endangered White River Spinedace, Lepidomeda albivallis (Cyprinidae) SO WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN NATURALIST LA English DT Article DE Lepidomeda; spinedace; Plagopterini; endangered fish; life history; White River; Colorado River; largemouth bass ID WESTERN NORTH-AMERICA; MEDA-FULGIDA; POPULATION; SPIKEDACE; ECOLOGY; VITTATA; ARIZONA; GROWTH; FISH AB Lepidomeda albivallis (White River spinedace), a fish species endemic to the White River, Nevada, appeared headed toward extinction. In 1991 only 1 population remained, and it comprised fewer than 50 individuals in a 70-m stream reach. We monitored population recruitment and distribution and studied life history and habitat use from 1993 through 1998. We determined that L. albivallis was not reproducing and was continuing to decline, and as an emergency measure we relocated the population (14 in spring 1995 and 6 in spring 1996) downstream 200 to to a secure habitat that we judged more favorable for reproduction. The relocated population reproduced, and by September 1998 it bad increased to 396 individuals that inhabited more than 1 km of stream including both pond and stream habitats. In streams they oriented near the bottom but frequently moved up in the water column to strike at drift items. Gut analysis of museum specimens indicated L. albivallis is omnivorous but feeds primarily upon aquatic invertebrates. Conservation of L. albivallis will require reestablishing additional populations within its former range. C1 US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Reno, NV 89502 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Reno, NV 89502 USA. Nevada Div Wildlife, Boulder City, NV 89005 USA. RP Scoppettone, GG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, 1340 Financial Blvd,Suite 161, Reno, NV 89502 USA. NR 22 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIV PI PROVO PA 290 LIFE SCIENCE MUSEUM, PROVO, UT 84602 USA SN 1527-0904 J9 WEST N AM NATURALIST JI West. North Am. Naturalist PD FEB PY 2004 VL 64 IS 1 BP 38 EP 44 PG 7 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 778XW UT WOS:000189267500005 ER PT J AU Scoppettone, GG Rissler, PH Shea, S AF Scoppettone, GG Rissler, PH Shea, S TI A fish survey of the White River, Nevada SO WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN NATURALIST LA English DT Article DE fish survey; spinedace; sculpin; springfish; desert sucker; speckled dace; White River; Colorado River; largemouth bass AB In spring and summer 1991 and 1992, we surveyed fishes of the White River system, Nye and White Pine Counties, Nevada, to determine the status of natives. There are 5 known native fishes to the White River: Lepidomeda albivallis (White River spinedace), Crenichthys baileyi albivallis (Preston White River springfish), Crenichthys baileyi thermophilus (Moorman White River springfish), Catostomus clarki intermedius (White River desert sucker), and Rhinichthys osculus ssp. (White River speckled dace). All 5 had declined in range. Lepidomeda albivallis had experienced the greatest decline, with less than 50 remaining, and these were restricted to a 70-m stream reach. Rhinichthys osculus spp. was most widespread, found in 18 spring systems. Cottus bairdi (mottled sculpin) was collected for the 1st time from the White River system, where it was probably native. Protective measures should be implemented to conserve all native White River fishes to include C. bairdi. C1 US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Reno, NV 89502 USA. RP Scoppettone, GG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, 1340 Financial Blvd,Suite 161, Reno, NV 89502 USA. NR 20 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 10 PU BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIV PI PROVO PA 290 LIFE SCIENCE MUSEUM, PROVO, UT 84602 USA SN 1527-0904 J9 WEST N AM NATURALIST JI West. North Am. Naturalist PD FEB PY 2004 VL 64 IS 1 BP 45 EP 52 PG 8 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 778XW UT WOS:000189267500006 ER PT J AU Hardy, PC Griffin, DJ Kuenzi, AJ Morrison, ML AF Hardy, PC Griffin, DJ Kuenzi, AJ Morrison, ML TI Occurrence and habitat use of passage neotropical migrants in the Sonoran Desert SO WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN NATURALIST LA English DT Article DE bird abundance; desert; habitat use; migration; Southwest; xeroriparian ID BREEDING BIRDS; COMMUNITY; SOUTHERN; ARIZONA AB Little is known about stopover habitat use by neotropical migratory birds in the deserts of North America. We determined distribution, abundance, and habitat associations of neotropical migrants during Spring migration in the Sonoran Desert of southwestern Arizona along large washes that supported xeroriparian scrub vegetation. We detected 91 bird species during surveys, 50 (52%) of which were passage neotropical migrants. Although xeroriparian scrub covered less than 55% of the area surveyed, 97% of all detections of passage migrants were front this vegetation type. By calculating habitat breadth for each species, we classified 87% of passage migrants as xeroriparian specialists. Richness of passage migrants was strongly associated with the presence of overstory (>2.5 m) mesquite and paloverde. The highest species richness of breeding neotropical migrants was associated with width of the xeroriparian corridor. Habitat characteristics we have shown to be important to neotropical migrants can be preserved and managed by protecting xeroriparian areas, particularly those supporting mature (>2.5 m) paloverde, mesquite, desert willow, and catclaw acacia trees. Additionally, xeroriparian scrub within the creosote-bursage vegetation type may be particularly important to passage neotropical migrants. C1 Univ Calif, White Mt Res Stn, Bishop, CA 93514 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, San Diego Natl Wildlife Refuge, Jamul, CA 91935 USA. Feather River Land Trust, Quincy, CA 95971 USA. Montana Tech Univ, Dept Biol, Butte, MT 59701 USA. RP Morrison, ML (reprint author), Univ Calif, White Mt Res Stn, 3000 E Line St, Bishop, CA 93514 USA. NR 42 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 5 PU BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIV PI PROVO PA 290 LIFE SCIENCE MUSEUM, PROVO, UT 84602 USA SN 1527-0904 J9 WEST N AM NATURALIST JI West. North Am. Naturalist PD FEB PY 2004 VL 64 IS 1 BP 59 EP 71 PG 13 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 778XW UT WOS:000189267500008 ER PT J AU Danley, RE Murphy, RK Madden, EM AF Danley, RE Murphy, RK Madden, EM TI Species diversity and habitat of grassland passerines during grazing of a prescribe-burned, mixed-grass prairie SO WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN NATURALIST LA English DT Article DE prescribed fire; rotation grazing; habitat management; grassland passerine; mixed-grass prairie; northern Great Plains; species diversity ID NORTH-DAKOTA; VEGETATION; FIRE AB No published data exist on responses of grassland passerines and their habitat to combined grazing and burning treatments in northern mixed-grass prairie. At Lostwood National Wildlife Refuge (LNWR) in northwestern North Dakota, we monitored breeding bird occurrence, abundance, and habitat during successive annual grazing treatments (1998-2000) on 5 prescribe-burned, mixed-grass prairie management units (range = 50-534 ha, each burned 3-6 times in the previous 10-20 years). All breeding passerine species characteristic of upland, northern mixed-grass prairie were common (> 10% occurrence) during at least 1 of 3 years on burned and grazed units, except Chestnut-collared Longspur (Calcarius ornatus), which was uncommon. Vegetation was generally shorter and sparser than that found on 4 nearby units treated by fire only (1999; density, visual obstruction, and height, all P < 0.01). Regardless, occurrences of individual bird species resembled those previously documented on prairie units at LNWR with similar fire histories but no grazing; however, Brown-headed Cowbird (Molothrus ater) occurred 2.4 times more frequently on burned and grazed units studied. Our data suggest that species diversity of breeding grassland passerines changes little during initial years of rotation grazing at moderate stocking rates in fire-managed, northern mixed-grass prairie at LNWR. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Lostwood Natl Wildlife Refuge, Kenmare, ND 58746 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Des Lacs Natl Wildlife Refuge Complex, Kenmare, ND 58746 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Med Lake Natl Wildlife Refuge, Med Lake, MT 59247 USA. RP Danley, RE (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Lostwood Natl Wildlife Refuge, 8315 Highway 8, Kenmare, ND 58746 USA. NR 20 TC 4 Z9 5 U1 7 U2 14 PU BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIV PI PROVO PA 290 LIFE SCIENCE MUSEUM, PROVO, UT 84602 USA SN 1527-0904 J9 WEST N AM NATURALIST JI West. North Am. Naturalist PD FEB PY 2004 VL 64 IS 1 BP 72 EP 77 PG 6 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 778XW UT WOS:000189267500009 ER PT J AU Joyce, MP Hubert, WA AF Joyce, MP Hubert, WA TI Spawning ecology of finespotted snake river cutthroat trout in spring streams of the Salt River Valley, Wyoming SO WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN NATURALIST LA English DT Article DE cutthroat trout; Oncorhynchus clarki bouvieri; Snake River; spawning; migration; habitat improvement; redd ID BROWN TROUT; REDDS AB We studied spawning ecology of cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki) in streams that originate as springs along the Salt River, a Snake River tributary in western Wyoming. We assessed (1) relative numbers of upstream-migrant and resident adults present during the spawning period in spring streams, (2) influence of habitat modification on use of spring streams for spawning, and (3) habitat features used for spawning in spring streams. Four spring streams were studied, 2 with substantial modification to enhance trout habitat and 2 with little or no modification. Modifications consisted primarily of constructing alternating pools and gravel-cobble riffles. Only a small portion of adult fish in spring streams during the spawning period had migrated upstream from the Salt River between March and the middle of June. Larger numbers of adult fish and more redds were observed in the 2 modified streams compared with the 2 streams with little or no modification. Most spawning occurred on constructed riffles with small gravel and over a narrow range of depths and velocities. Cutthroat trout, rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss), and their hybrids were observed in 1 stream with habitat modifications, indicating that measures to halt invasion by rainbow trout, as well as habitat improvement, are needed to preserve this native trout within the Salt River valleys. C1 Univ Wyoming, US Geol Survey, Wyoming Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. RP Joyce, MP (reprint author), Univ Wyoming, US Geol Survey, Wyoming Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. NR 23 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 2 U2 5 PU BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIV PI PROVO PA 290 LIFE SCIENCE MUSEUM, PROVO, UT 84602 USA SN 1527-0904 J9 WEST N AM NATURALIST JI West. North Am. Naturalist PD FEB PY 2004 VL 64 IS 1 BP 78 EP 85 PG 8 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 778XW UT WOS:000189267500010 ER PT J AU Hughes, JE Brown, GK AF Hughes, JE Brown, GK TI A putative hybrid swarm within Oonopsis foliosa (Asteraceae : Astereae) SO WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN NATURALIST LA English DT Article DE plant hybridization; hybrid zone; Asteraceae; Astereae; sympatry; floral traits; chromosome cytology; pollen stainability ID SAGEBRUSH ARTEMISIA-TRIDENTATA; BIG SAGEBRUSH; HYBRIDIZATION; ZONE; EVOLUTION; INTROGRESSION; COMPOSITAE; SPECIATION; PATTERN; IRISES AB Oonopsis foliosa var. foliosa and var. monocephala are endemic to short-grass steppe of southeastern Colorado and until recently were considered geographically disjunct. The only known qualitative feature separating these 2 varieties is floral head type; var. foliosa has radiate heads, whereas var. monocephala beads are discoid. Sympatry between these varieties is restricted to a small area in which a range of parental types and intermediate head morphologies is observed. We used distribution mapping, morphometric analyses, chromosome cytology, and pollen stainability to characterize the sympatric zone. Morphometries confirms that the only discrete difference between var. foliosa and var. monocephala is radiate versus discoid heads, respectively. The enter florets of putative hybrid individuals ranged from conspicuously elongated yet radially symmetric disc-floret corollas, to elongated radially asymmetric bilabiate- or deeply cleft corollas, to stunted ray florets with appendages remnant of corolla lobes. Chromosome cytology of pollen mother cells from both putative parental varieties and a series of intermediate morphological types collected at the sympatric zone reveal evidence of translocation heterozygosity. Pollen stainability shows no significant differences in viability between the parental varieties and putative hybrids. The restricted distribution of putative hybrids to a narrow zone of sympatry between the parental types and the presence of meiotic chromosome-pairing anomalies in these intermediate plants are consistent with a hybrid origin. The high stainability of putative-hybrid pollen adds to a growing body of evidence that hybrids are not universally unfit. C1 Univ Washington, US Geol Survey, Dept Earth & Space Sci, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. Univ Wyoming, Dept Bot, Rocky Mt Herbarium, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. RP Hughes, JE (reprint author), Univ Washington, US Geol Survey, Dept Earth & Space Sci, Box 351310, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. NR 44 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 3 U2 4 PU BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIV PI PROVO PA 290 LIFE SCIENCE MUSEUM, PROVO, UT 84602 USA SN 1527-0904 J9 WEST N AM NATURALIST JI West. North Am. Naturalist PD FEB PY 2004 VL 64 IS 1 BP 109 EP 124 PG 16 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 778XW UT WOS:000189267500014 ER PT J AU Mueller, GA Brooks, JL AF Mueller, GA Brooks, JL TI Collection of an adult gizzard shad (Dorosoma cepedianum) from the San Juan River, Utah SO WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN NATURALIST LA English DT Article DE gizzard shad; Dorosoma cepedianum; stocking contamination; range expansion ID ARIZONA-NEVADA; COLORADO RIVER C1 US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Albuquerque, NM 87113 USA. RP Mueller, GA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Box 25007, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 11 TC 4 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 1 PU BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIV PI PROVO PA 290 LIFE SCIENCE MUSEUM, PROVO, UT 84602 USA SN 1527-0904 J9 WEST N AM NATURALIST JI West. North Am. Naturalist PD FEB PY 2004 VL 64 IS 1 BP 135 EP 136 PG 2 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 778XW UT WOS:000189267500017 ER PT J AU Johnson, SY Blakely, RJ Stephenson, WJ Dadisman, SV Fisher, MA AF Johnson, SY Blakely, RJ Stephenson, WJ Dadisman, SV Fisher, MA TI Active shortening of the Cascadia forearc and implications for seismic hazards of the Puget Lowland SO TECTONICS LA English DT Article DE Seattle uplift; Tacoma fault; Rosedale monocline; margin-parallel shortening ID SEATTLE FAULT ZONE; WESTERN WASHINGTON; OBLIQUE SUBDUCTION; PLATE CONVERGENCE; DEFORMATION; SOUND; CONSTRAINTS; ISLAND; ORIGIN; CALIFORNIA AB [1] Margin-parallel shortening of the Cascadia forearc is a consequence of oblique subduction of the Juan de Fuca plate beneath North America. Strikeslip, thrust, and oblique crustal faults beneath the densely populated Puget Lowland accommodate much of this north-south compression, resulting in large crustal earthquakes. To better understand this forearc deformation and improve earthquake hazard assessment, we here use seismic reflection surveys, coastal exposures of Pleistocene strata, potential-field data, and airborne laser swath mapping to document and interpret a significant structural boundary near the City of Tacoma. This boundary is a complex structural zone characterized by two distinct segments. The northwest trending, eastern segment, extending from Tacoma to Carr Inlet, is formed by the broad (similar to11.5 km), southwest dipping (similar to11degrees - 20degrees) Rosedale monocline. This monocline raises Crescent Formation basement about 2.5 km, resulting in a moderate gravity gradient. We interpret the Rosedale monocline as a fault-bend fold, forming above a deep thrust fault. Within the Rosedale monocline, inferred Quaternary strata thin northward and form a growth triangle that is 4.1 to 6.6 km wide at its base, suggesting similar to 2 - 3 mm/yr of slip on the underlying thrust. The western section of the >40-km-long, north dipping Tacoma fault, extending from Hood Canal to Carr Inlet, forms the western segment of the Tacoma basin margin. Structural relief on this portion of the basin margin may be several kilometers, resulting in steep gravity and aeromagnetic anomalies. Quaternary structural relief along the Tacoma fault is as much as 350 - 400 m, indicating a minimum slip rate of about 0.2 mm/yr. The inferred eastern section of the Tacoma fault ( east of Carr Inlet) crosses the southern part of the Seattle uplift, has variable geometry along strike, and diminished structural relief. The Tacoma fault is regarded as a north dipping backthrust to the Seattle fault, so that slip on a master thrust fault at depth could result in movement on the Seattle fault, the Tacoma fault, or both. C1 US Geol Survey, Pacific Sci Ctr, Santa Cruz, CA 95060 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. US Geol Survey, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. RP US Geol Survey, Pacific Sci Ctr, 400 Nat Bridges Dr, Santa Cruz, CA 95060 USA. EM sjohnson@usgs.gov; blakely@usgs.gov; stephens@usgs.gov; sdadisman@usgs.gov; mfisher@usgs.gov NR 75 TC 30 Z9 30 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0278-7407 EI 1944-9194 J9 TECTONICS JI Tectonics PD JAN 31 PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1 AR TC1011 DI 10.1029/2003TC001507 PG 27 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 772YZ UT WOS:000188872000002 ER PT J AU O'Connor, JE Costa, JE AF O'Connor, JE Costa, JE TI Spatial distribution of the largest rainfall-runoff floods from basins between 2.6 and 26,000 km(2) in the United States and Puerto Rico SO WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE floods; stream gaging stations ID CENTRAL APPALACHIANS; PRECIPITATION; EVENTS; MORPHOMETRY; HYDROLOGY; PLAINS; SCALE AB [1] We assess the spatial distribution of the largest rainfall-generated streamflows from a database of 35,663 flow records composed of the largest 10% of annual peak flows from each of 14,815 U. S. Geological Survey stream gaging stations in the United States and Puerto Rico. High unit discharges ( peak discharge per unit contributing area) from basins with areas of 2.6 to 26,000 km(2) (1 - 10,000 mi(2)) are widespread, but streams in Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and Texas together account for more than 50% of the highest unit discharges. The Appalachians and western flanks of Pacific coastal mountain systems are also regions of high unit discharges, as are several areas in the southern Midwest. By contrast, few exceptional discharges have been recorded in the interior West, northern Midwest, and Atlantic Coastal Plain. Most areas of high unit discharges result from the combination of ( 1) regional atmospheric conditions that produce large precipitation volumes and ( 2) steep topography, which enhances precipitation by convective and orographic processes and allows flow to be quickly concentrated into stream channels. Within the conterminous United States, the greatest concentration of exceptional unit discharges is at the Balcones Escarpment of central Texas, where maximum U. S. rainfall amounts apparently coincide with appropriate basin physiography to produce many of the largest measured U. S. floods. Flood-related fatalities broadly correspond to the spatial distribution of high unit discharges, with Texas having nearly twice the average annual flood-related fatalities of any other state. C1 US Geol Survey, Portland, OR 97216 USA. RP O'Connor, JE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 10615 SE Cherry Blossom Dr, Portland, OR 97216 USA. EM oconnor@usgs.gov NR 38 TC 30 Z9 31 U1 0 U2 8 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0043-1397 J9 WATER RESOUR RES JI Water Resour. Res. PD JAN 31 PY 2004 VL 40 IS 1 AR W01107 DI 10.1029/2003WR002247 PG 11 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Water Resources GA 772ZD UT WOS:000188872500002 ER PT J AU Huff, GF AF Huff, GF TI Use of simulated evaporation to assess the potential for scale formation during reverse osmosis desalination SO DESALINATION LA English DT Article DE scaling potential; simulated evaporation; thermodynamic modeling; RO desalination ID PREDICTION AB The tendency of solutes in input water to precipitate efficiency lowering scale deposits on the membranes of reverse osmosis (RO) desalination systems is an important factor in determining the suitability of input water for desalination. Simulated input water evaporation can be used as a technique to quantitatively assess the potential for scale formation in RO desalination systems. The technique was demonstrated by simulating the increase in solute concentrations required to form calcite, gypsum, and amorphous silica scales at 25degreesC and 40degreesC from 23 desalination input waters taken from the literature. Simulation results could be used to quantitatively assess the potential of a given input water to form scale or to compare the potential of a number of input waters to form scale during RO desalination. Simulated evaporation of input waters cannot accurately predict the conditions under which scale will form owing to the effects of potentially stable supersaturated solutions, solution velocity, and residence time inside RO systems. However, the simulated scale-forming potential of proposed input waters could be compared with the simulated scale-forming potentials and actual scale-forming properties of input waters having documented operational histories in RO systems. This may provide a technique to estimate the actual performance and suitability of proposed input waters during RO. C1 New Mexico State Univ, US Geol Survey, Dept 3ARP, Las Cruces, NM 88003 USA. RP Huff, GF (reprint author), New Mexico State Univ, US Geol Survey, Dept 3ARP, POB 30001, Las Cruces, NM 88003 USA. EM gfhuff@usgs.gov NR 13 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 2 U2 4 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0011-9164 J9 DESALINATION JI Desalination PD JAN 30 PY 2004 VL 160 IS 3 BP 285 EP 292 AR PII S0011-9164(03)00668-4 DI 10.1016/S0011-9164(04)90030-6 PG 8 WC Engineering, Chemical; Water Resources SC Engineering; Water Resources GA 770JE UT WOS:000188718800007 ER PT J AU Normark, WR McGann, M Sliter, R AF Normark, WR McGann, M Sliter, R TI Age of Palos Verdes submarine debris avalanche, southern California SO MARINE GEOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Workshop on Prediction of Underwater Landslide and Slump Occurrence and Tsunami Hazards Off of Southern California CY MAR 10-11, 2000 CL UNIV SO CALIF, LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA SP US Natl Sci Fdn HO UNIV SO CALIF DE submarine landslide; debris avalanche; California Borderland; turbidite fan valley; basin sedimentation ID SEDIMENT WAVES; MARGIN; CALIBRATION; LANDSLIDES AB The Palos Verdes debris avalanche is the largest, by volume, late Quaternary mass-wasted deposit recognized from the inner California Borderland basins. Early workers speculated that the sediment failure giving rise to the deposit is young, taking place well after sea level reached its present position. A newly acquired, closely-spaced grid of high-resolution, deep-tow boomer profiles of the debris avalanche shows that the Palos Verdes debris avalanche fills a turbidite leveed channel that extends seaward from San Pedro Sea Valley, with the bulk of the avalanche deposit appearing to result from a single failure on the adjacent slope. Radiocarbon dates from piston-cored sediment samples acquired near the distal edge of the avalanche deposit indicate that the main failure took place about 7500 yr BP. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Normark, WR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM wnormark@usgs.gov; mmcgann@usgs.gov; rsliter@usgs.gov NR 18 TC 34 Z9 34 U1 0 U2 6 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0025-3227 J9 MAR GEOL JI Mar. Geol. PD JAN 30 PY 2004 VL 203 IS 3-4 BP 247 EP 259 DI 10.1016/S0025-3227(03)00308-6 PG 13 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Oceanography SC Geology; Oceanography GA 769GZ UT WOS:000188641900005 ER PT J AU Bohannon, RG Gardner, JV AF Bohannon, RG Gardner, JV TI Submarine landslides of San Pedro Escarpment, southwest of Long Beach, California SO MARINE GEOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Workshop on Prediction of Underwater Landslide and Slump Occurrence and Tsunami Hazards Off of Southern California CY MAR 10-11, 2000 CL UNIV SO CALIF, LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA SP US Natl Sci Fdn HO UNIV SO CALIF DE tsunamis; California; submarine environment; mass movements; avalanches; seismic methods; Holocene; earthquakes ID TSUNAMI; MONICA AB The coastal infrastructure of the southern greater Los Angeles metropolitan area would be profoundly affected by a large tsunami. Submarine slope failures and active faults, either of which could have generated a tsunami, are known on the shelf and slope near Long Beach. Large slope failures are present on the San Pedro Escarpment and on the basin slope adjacent to the San Pedro shelf. The southeastern part of the escarpment has had a long history of slope failure. The most recent failure, the Palos Verdes slide, is over 4.5 km long, has been dated as 7500 years old, and involved over 0.34 km(3) of material, which now litters the adjacent basin floor. Other, smaller, deposits from nearby failures are also present, as are buried wedges of debris that indicate slope failures have occurred locally throughout the Holocene and much of the late Pleistocene. Slope failures have occurred in response to continual Quaternary uplift of the Palos Verdes anticlinorium. The Palos Verdes slide could potentially have generated a failure-related tsunami with an amplitude in the range of 8-12 m because it apparently failed catastrophically, started in shallow water, evolved on low-drag bedding planes, had a long slide path, and involved high-strength lithified material. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. RP Bohannon, RG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Mailstop 980,POB 25046, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. EM bbohannon@usgs.gov NR 20 TC 24 Z9 25 U1 0 U2 6 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0025-3227 J9 MAR GEOL JI Mar. Geol. PD JAN 30 PY 2004 VL 203 IS 3-4 BP 261 EP 268 DI 10.1016/S0025-3227(03)00309-8 PG 8 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Oceanography SC Geology; Oceanography GA 769GZ UT WOS:000188641900006 ER PT J AU Locat, J Lee, HJ Locat, P Imran, J AF Locat, J Lee, HJ Locat, P Imran, J TI Numerical analysis of the mobility of the Palos Verdes debris avalanche, California, and its implication for the generation of tsunamis SO MARINE GEOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Workshop on Prediction of Underwater Landslide and Slump Occurrence and Tsunami Hazards Off of Southern California CY MAR 10-11, 2000 CL UNIV SO CALIF, LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA SP US Natl Sci Fdn HO UNIV SO CALIF DE tsunami; submarine mass movements; modeling; failure; debris flow; rheology; yield strength; mobility; rock avalanche; marine geo-hazards ID SUBMARINE LANDSLIDES; UNDERWATER LANDSLIDES; WATER-WAVES; SLIDES AB Analysis of morphology, failure and post-failure stages of the Palos Verdes debris avalanche reveals that it may have triggered a significant tsunami wave. Our analysis of the failure itself indicates that the slope is stable under aseismic conditions but that a major earthquake (with a magnitude around 7) could have triggered the slide. A post-failure analysis, considering the debris avalanche as a bi-linear flow, shows that peak velocities of up to 45 m/s could have been reached and that the initial movement involved a mass of rock less than 10 km wide, 1 km long and about 50-80 m thick. Initial wave height estimates vary from 10 to 50 m. Tsunami waves propagating to the local shoreline would be significantly smaller. Such a range demonstrates our lack of proper knowledge of the transition from failure to post-failure behavior related to mass movements. Further investigations and analyses of terrestrial and submarine evidence are required for a proper hazard assessment related to tsunami generation in the Los Angeles area. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Laval, Dept Geol & Geol Engn, St Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Univ S Carolina, Dept Civil & Environm Engn, Columbia, SC 29208 USA. RP Locat, J (reprint author), Univ Laval, Dept Geol & Geol Engn, St Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. EM locat@ggl.ulaval.ca NR 26 TC 52 Z9 52 U1 2 U2 9 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0025-3227 J9 MAR GEOL JI Mar. Geol. PD JAN 30 PY 2004 VL 203 IS 3-4 BP 269 EP 280 DI 10.1016/S0025-3227(03)00310-4 PG 12 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Oceanography SC Geology; Oceanography GA 769GZ UT WOS:000188641900007 ER PT J AU Blazer, VS Densmore, CL Schill, WB Cartwright, DD Page, SJ AF Blazer, VS Densmore, CL Schill, WB Cartwright, DD Page, SJ TI Comparative susceptibility of Atlantic salmon, lake trout and rainbow trout to Myxobolus cerebralis in controlled laboratory exposures SO DISEASES OF AQUATIC ORGANISMS LA English DT Article DE whirling disease; rainbow trout; Atlantic salmon; lake trout; Myxobolus cerebralis ID WHIRLING DISEASE; MYXOSOMA-CEREBRALIS; ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; MYXOZOA; BIOLOGY; AGENT; FIELD; WILD AB The susceptibility of lake trout Salvelinus namaycush, rainbow trout Oncorhynchus mykiss and Atlantic salmon Salmo salar to Myxobolus cerebralis, the causative agent of whirling disease, was compared in controlled laboratory exposures. A total of 450 (225 for each dose) fry for each species were exposed to a low (200 spores per fish) or high (2000 spores per fish) dose of the infective triactinomyxon. At 22 wk post-exposure, 60 fish from each group, as well as controls for each species, were examined for clinical signs (whirling behavior, blacktail, deformed heads and skeletal deformities), microscopic lesions, and presence of spores. Rainbow trout were highly susceptible to infection, with 100% being positive for spores and with microscopic pathological changes in both exposure groups. Rainbow trout were the only species to show whirling behavior and blacktail. Atlantic salmon were less susceptible, with only 44 and 61% being positive for spores, respectively, in the low and high dose groups, while 68 and 75%, respectively, had microscopic pathology associated with cartilage damage. Rainbow trout heads contained mean spore concentrations of 2.2 (low dose) or 4.0 (high dose) x 10(6) spores g tissue(-1). The means for positive Atlantic salmon (not including zero values) were 1.7 (low) and 7.4 (high) x 10(4) spores g tissue(-1). Lake trout showed no clinical signs of infection, were negative for spores in both groups and showed no histopathological signs of M. cerebralis infection. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Fish Hlth Res Lab, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. RP Blazer, VS (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Fish Hlth Res Lab, 11700 Leetown Rd, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. EM vicki_blazer@usgs.gov OI Schill, William/0000-0002-9217-984X NR 18 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 8 PU INTER-RESEARCH PI OLDENDORF LUHE PA NORDBUNTE 23, D-21385 OLDENDORF LUHE, GERMANY SN 0177-5103 J9 DIS AQUAT ORGAN JI Dis. Aquat. Org. PD JAN 28 PY 2004 VL 58 IS 1 BP 27 EP 34 DI 10.3354/dao058027 PG 8 WC Fisheries; Veterinary Sciences SC Fisheries; Veterinary Sciences GA 809RP UT WOS:000220654100004 PM 15038448 ER PT J AU Keefe, SH Barber, LB Runkel, RL Ryan, JN McKnight, DM Wass, RD AF Keefe, SH Barber, LB Runkel, RL Ryan, JN McKnight, DM Wass, RD TI Conservative and reactive solute transport in constructed wetlands SO WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE constructed wetlands; OTIS; transient storage ID RHODAMINE-WT DYE; TRANSIENT STORAGE; HEADWATER STREAMS; ORGANIC-MATTER; RIFFLE STREAM; TRACER; FLOW; MODEL; SIMULATION; SORPTION AB The transport of bromide, a conservative tracer, and rhodamine WT (RWT), a photodegrading tracer, was evaluated in three wastewater-dependent wetlands near Phoenix, Arizona, using a solute transport model with transient storage. Coupled sodium bromide and RWT tracer tests were performed to establish conservative transport and reactive parameters in constructed wetlands with water losses ranging from (1) relatively impermeable (15%), (2) moderately leaky (45%), and (3) significantly leaky (76%). RWT first-order photolysis rates and sorption coefficients were determined from independent field and laboratory experiments. Individual wetland hydraulic profiles influenced the extent of transient storage interaction in stagnant water areas and consequently RWT removal. Solute mixing and transient storage interaction occurred in the impermeable wetland, resulting in 21% RWT mass loss from main channel and storage zone photolysis (10%) and sorption (11%) reactions. Advection and dispersion governed solute transport in the leaky wetland, limiting RWT photolysis removal (1.2%) and favoring main channel sorption (3.6%). The moderately leaky wetland contained islands parallel to flow, producing channel flow and minimizing RWT losses (1.6%). C1 US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. Univ Colorado, Dept Civil & Environm Engn, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. Water Serv Dept, Phoenix, AZ USA. RP Keefe, SH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 3215 Marine St,Room E127, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. EM shkeefe@usgs.gov RI Ryan, Joseph/H-7025-2012 NR 51 TC 51 Z9 51 U1 1 U2 16 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0043-1397 J9 WATER RESOUR RES JI Water Resour. Res. PD JAN 27 PY 2004 VL 40 IS 1 AR W01201 DI 10.1029/2003WR002130 PG 12 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Water Resources GA 772ZB UT WOS:000188872200001 ER PT J AU Prescott, JR Robertson, GB Shoemaker, C Shoemaker, EM Wynn, J AF Prescott, JR Robertson, GB Shoemaker, C Shoemaker, EM Wynn, J TI Luminescence dating of the Wabar meteorite craters, Saudi Arabia SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-PLANETS LA English DT Article DE meteorite impact; luminescence dating; Wabar ID SHOCK-METAMORPHOSED SANDSTONE; DOSE-RATES; QUARTZ; THERMOLUMINESCENCE; ARIZONA; CERAMICS; DOLOMITE; COESITE; EARTH; AGE AB Luminescence dating has been used to find the age of meteorite impact craters at Wabar (Al Hadida) in Saudi Arabia. The luminescence characteristics of the shocked material were determined. Using a variety of luminescence dating techniques applied to impactite formed by the meteorite, and to the underlying sand, the age is found to be 290+/-38 years. A comparison is made with two possible historically recorded ages. An impact as young as this has implications for the assessment of hazards from the impact on Earth of small meteorites. C1 Univ Adelaide, Dept Phys, Adelaide, SA 5005, Australia. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. US Geol Survey, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. RP Prescott, JR (reprint author), Univ Adelaide, Dept Phys, Adelaide, SA 5005, Australia. EM john.prescott@adelaide.edu.au NR 41 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 3 U2 6 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0148-0227 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-PLANET JI J. Geophys. Res.-Planets PD JAN 21 PY 2004 VL 109 IS E1 AR E01008 DI 10.1029/2003JE002136 PG 8 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 769WN UT WOS:000188672900001 ER PT J AU Major, JJ AF Major, JJ TI Posteruption suspended sediment transport at Mount St. Helens: Decadal-scale relationships with landscape adjustments and river discharges SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-EARTH SURFACE LA English DT Article DE sediment yield; suspended sediment transport; Mount St. Helens; erosion; volcano; geomorphology ID 1980 ERUPTION; NEW-ZEALAND; PYROCLASTIC SURGE; FLOW BEHAVIOR; WASHINGTON; LAHARS; VOLCANO; STREAMS; CHANNEL; EROSION AB Widespread landscape disturbance by the cataclysmic 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens abruptly increased sediment supply in surrounding watersheds. The magnitude and duration of the redistribution of sediment deposited by the eruption as well as decades- to centuries-old sediment remobilized from storage have varied chiefly with the style of disturbance. Posteruption suspended sediment transport has been greater and more persistent from zones of channel disturbance than from zones of hillslope disturbance. Despite the severe landscape disturbances caused by the eruption, relationships between discharge magnitudes and frequencies and suspended sediment transport have been remarkably consistent. Discharges smaller than mean annual flows generally have transported <5%, but locally &SIM;15%, of the annual suspended sediment loads, and infrequent (p < 0.01), large floods have transported as much as 50% of the annual suspended sediment loads in a single day. However, moderate-magnitude discharges (those greater than mean annual flows but less than 2-year floods) have transported the greatest amounts of sediment from all disturbance zones. Such discharges have transported, on average, 60% to similar to95% of the annual suspended sediment loads, usually within cumulative periods of 1-3 weeks each year. Although small-magnitude and large-magnitude discharges have locally and episodically transported considerable amounts of suspended sediment, there has not been any notable change in the overall nature of the effective discharges; moderate-magnitude flows have been the predominant discharges responsible for transporting the majority of suspended sediment during 20 years of posteruption landscape adjustment. C1 US Geol Survey, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. RP Major, JJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 1300 SE Cardinal Court,Suite 100, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. EM jjmajor@usgs.gov OI Major, Jon/0000-0003-2449-4466 NR 99 TC 30 Z9 30 U1 1 U2 9 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0148-0227 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-EARTH JI J. Geophys. Res.-Earth Surf. PD JAN 17 PY 2004 VL 109 IS F1 AR F01002 DI 10.1029/2002JF000010 PG 22 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 863MW UT WOS:000224567000001 ER PT J AU Coombs, ML Sisson, TW Kimura, JI AF Coombs, ML Sisson, TW Kimura, JI TI Ultra-high chlorine in submarine Kilauea glasses: evidence for direct assimilation of brine by magma SO EARTH AND PLANETARY SCIENCE LETTERS LA English DT Article DE assimilation; brine; seawater-derived components; hydrothermal systems; tholeiite; Kilauea; Hawaii ID HYDROTHERMAL ALTERATION PROCESSES; CARBON-DIOXIDE SOLUBILITIES; RIDGE BASALTIC LIQUIDS; MID-OCEAN RIDGES; LOIHI SEAMOUNT; SILICATE-GLASSES; MELT INCLUSIONS; MIDOCEAN RIDGES; MAJOR-ELEMENT; SUMMIT LAVAS AB Basaltic glass grains from the submarine south flank of K-ilauea, Hawai'i, have C1 concentrations of 0.01-1.68 wt%, the latter being the highest Cl content yet recorded for a Hawaiian glass. The high-Cl glass grains are products of brine assimilation by tholeiite magma. The glasses are grains in a sandstone clast from bedded breccias draping the southwestern margin of K-ilauea's submarine midslope bench. The clast contains two distinct suites of glass grains: abundant degassed tholeiites, perhaps derived from subaerial lavas of Mauna Loa that shattered upon ocean entry, and a smaller population of Kea-type tholeiite (n = 17 analyzed) that erupted subaqueously, based on elevated S (7801050 ppm), H2O (0.42-1.27 wt%), and CO2 (< 30-120 ppm), probably early in Kilauea's shield-building stage. Ten grains in this group have Cl > 1000 ppm, six > 5000 ppm, and two grains have > 10 000 ppm dissolved Cl. Abundances of H2O, Na,O, K2O, and several trace elements increase regularly with Cl concentration, and we estimate that Cl enrichment was due to up to 13 wt% addition of a brine consisting of 78% H2O (H2O, 13% Cl, 4.4% Na, 2.6% K, 2.6% Ca, 620 ppm Ba, 360 ppm Sr, 65 ppm Rb, and 7 ppm Pb. The large amounts of brine addition argue against bulk assimilation of low-porosity brine-bearing rock. The brine's composition is appropriate for a seawater-derived hydrothermal fluid that reacted with basaltic wall rocks at T > 100degreesC, losing Mg and S and gaining K, Ca, Rb, Ba, Sr, and Pb, followed by phase separation near 500degreesC and similar to 50 MPa (5 kin below sea level at hydrostatic pressure). Brine was assimilated at or near the depth it formed, as estimated on petrologic grounds, but under lithostatic conditions. The highest extents of assimilation either forced volatile saturation of the magma or enriched already coexisting magmatic vapor in H2O. Possible mechanisms for assimilation are: (1) forcible injection of brine into magma during bursting of overpressured pockets heated by new dikes, or (2) intrusion of magma into lenses or sills occupied by trapped brine. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Shimane Univ, Dept Geosci, Matsue, Shimane 6900853, Japan. RP Coombs, ML (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 910, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM mcoombs@usgs.gov; tsisson@usgs.gov; jkimura@riko.shimane-u.ac.jp NR 63 TC 24 Z9 26 U1 0 U2 4 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0012-821X J9 EARTH PLANET SC LETT JI Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. PD JAN 15 PY 2004 VL 217 IS 3-4 BP 297 EP 313 DI 10.1016/S0012-821X(03)00631-9 PG 17 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 764RK UT WOS:000188219700006 ER PT J AU Mangan, M Mastin, L Sisson, T AF Mangan, M Mastin, L Sisson, T TI Gas evolution in eruptive conduits: combining insights from high temperature and pressure decompression experiments with steady-state flow modeling SO JOURNAL OF VOLCANOLOGY AND GEOTHERMAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE magmatic degassing; volatiles; modeling; experiments ID MOUNT-ST-HELENS; BUBBLE NUCLEATION; EXPLOSIVE ERUPTIONS; DEGASSING PROCESSES; SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS; MONO CRATERS; MAGMA; CRYSTALLIZATION; CONSTRAINTS; CALIFORNIA AB In this paper we examine the consequences of bubble nucleation mechanism on eruptive degassing of rhyolite magma. We use the results of published high temperature and pressure decompression experiments as input to a modified version of CONFLOW, the numerical model of Mastin and Ghiorso [(2000) U.S.G.S. Open-File Rep. 00209, 53 pp.] and Mastin [(2002) Geochem. Geophys. Geosyst. 3, 10.1029/2001GC000192] for steady, two-phase flow in vertical conduits. Synthesis of the available experimental data shows that heterogeneous nucleation is triggered at DeltaP < 5-20 MPa in water-saturated rhyolite and leads to equilibrium degassing through a discrete nucleation event. Typically 10(5)-10(7) bubbles/cm(3) are produced which evolve Gaussian bubble size distributions. Homogeneous nucleation requires DeltaP > 120-150 MPa, and leads to disequilibrium degassing at extreme H2O supersaturation. In this latter case, nucleation is an ongoing process controlled by changing supersaturation conditions. Exponential bubble size distributions are often produced with number densities of 10(6)-10(9) bubbles/cm(3). Our numerical analysis adopts an end-member approach that specifically compares equilibrium degassing with delayed, disequilibrium degassing characteristic of homogeneously-nucleating systems. The disequilibrium simulations show that delaying nucleation until DeltaP = 150 MPa restricts degassing to within similar to 1500 m of the surface. Fragmentation occurs at similar porosity in both the disequilibrium and equilibrium modes (similar to80 vol%), but at the distinct depths of similar to500 in and similar to2300 m, respectively. The vesiculation delay leads to higher pressures at equivalent depths in the conduit, and the mass flux and exit pressure are each higher by a factor of similar to 2.0. Residual water contents in the melt reaching the vent are between 0.5 and 1.0 wt%, roughly twice that of the equilibrium model. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Volcano Hazards Team MS 910, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. US Geol Survey, Cascades Volcano Observ, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. RP Mangan, M (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Volcano Hazards Team MS 910, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM mmangan@usgs.gov; lgmastin@usgs.gov; tsisson@usgs.gov NR 31 TC 51 Z9 51 U1 0 U2 15 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0377-0273 J9 J VOLCANOL GEOTH RES JI J. Volcanol. Geotherm. Res. PD JAN 15 PY 2004 VL 129 IS 1-3 BP 23 EP 36 DI 10.1016/S0377-0273(03)00230-0 PG 14 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 753HP UT WOS:000187226200003 ER PT J AU James, MR Lane, SJ Chouet, B Gilbert, JS AF James, MR Lane, SJ Chouet, B Gilbert, JS TI Pressure changes associated with the ascent and bursting of gas slugs in liquid-filled vertical and inclined conduits SO JOURNAL OF VOLCANOLOGY AND GEOTHERMAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Strombolian-type eruptions; very-long-period seismicity; slug flow; pressure oscillations ID PERIOD SEISMIC EVENTS; STROMBOLI-VOLCANO; VELOCITY-FIELD; LONG BUBBLES; FLOW; EXPLOSIONS; ERUPTION; TUBES; TREMOR; MOTION AB At basaltic volcanoes, the sources of long-period and very-long-period seismicity and acoustic signals are frequently described in terms of fluid dynamic processes, in particular the formation and ascent of gas slugs within the magma column and their bursting at the surface. To investigate pressure changes associated with these processes, two-phase flow experiments have been carried out in vertical and inclined pipes with both single gas slugs and a continuously supplied gas phase. The ascent of individual gas slugs is accompanied by strong dynamic pressure variations resulting from the flow of liquid around the slug. These dynamic transients generate sub-static pressures below the ascending slug in viscosity-controlled systems, and produce super-static pressures when the slug reaches the surface and motion ceases in inertia-dominated systems. Conduit inclination promotes a change of regime from bubbly to slug flow and favours an increase in size and velocity of the slugs at the expense of their frequency of occurrence during continuously supplied two-phase flow. The experimental pressure data support previous theoretical analyses of oscillatory sources in ascending slugs as the slugs approach the surface and burst. Pressure oscillations are also observed during the release of gas slugs and in their wake region. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Lancaster, Dept Environm Sci, Inst Environm & Nat Sci, Lancaster LA1 4YQ, England. USGS, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP James, MR (reprint author), Univ Lancaster, Dept Environm Sci, Inst Environm & Nat Sci, Lancaster LA1 4YQ, England. RI Lane, Stephen/C-6809-2008; James, Mike/C-6817-2008; Gilbert, Jennie/A-3243-2009 OI Lane, Stephen/0000-0001-7330-621X; James, Mike/0000-0002-9177-2588; Gilbert, Jennie/0000-0002-6277-738X NR 43 TC 68 Z9 69 U1 1 U2 14 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0377-0273 J9 J VOLCANOL GEOTH RES JI J. Volcanol. Geotherm. Res. PD JAN 15 PY 2004 VL 129 IS 1-3 BP 61 EP 82 DI 10.1016/S0377-0273(03)00232-4 PG 22 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 753HP UT WOS:000187226200005 ER PT J AU Polyak, L Curry, WB Darby, DA Bischof, J Cronin, TM AF Polyak, L Curry, WB Darby, DA Bischof, J Cronin, TM TI Contrasting glacial/interglacial regimes in the western Arctic Ocean as exemplified by a sedimentary record from the Mendeleev Ridge SO PALAEOGEOGRAPHY PALAEOCLIMATOLOGY PALAEOECOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Arctic Ocean; Quaternary; stratigraphy; paleoceanography; glaciation; ice rafting; Foraminifera; Ostracoda; stable isotopes; provenance ID RECENT BENTHIC FORAMINIFERA; NORWEGIAN-GREENLAND SEA; LAST GLACIAL PERIOD; NORTH-ATLANTIC; BARENTS SEA; QUATERNARY PALEOCEANOGRAPHY; PLANKTIC FORAMINIFERS; ISOTOPE COMPOSITION; CONTINENTAL-MARGIN; LATE PLEISTOCENE AB Distinct cyclicity in lithology and microfaunal distribution in sediment cores from the Mendeleev Ridge in the western Arctic Ocean (water depths ca. 1.5 km) reflects contrasting glacial/interglacial sedimentary patterns. We conclude that during major glaciations extremely thick pack ice or ice shelves covered the western Arctic Ocean and its circulation was restricted in comparison with interglacial, modern-type conditions. Glacier collapse events are marked in sediment cores by increased contents of ice-rafted debris, notably by spikes of detrital carbonates and iron oxide grains from the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Composition of foraminiferal calcite delta(18)O and delta(13)C also shows strong cyclicity indicating changes in freshwater balance and/or ventilation rates of the Arctic Ocean. Light stable isotopic spikes characterize deglacial events such as the last deglaciation at ca. 12 C-14 kyr BP. The prolonged period with low delta(18)O and delta(13)C values and elevated contents of iron oxide grains from the Canadian Archipelago in the lower part of the Mendeleev Ridge record is interpreted to signify the pooling of freshwater in the Amerasia Basin, possibly in relation to an extended glaciation in arctic North America. Unique benthic foraminiferal events provide a means for an independent stratigraphic correlation of sedimentary records from the Mendeleev Ridge and other mid-depth locations throughout the Arctic Ocean such as the Northwind and Lomonosov Ridges. This correlation demonstrates the disparity of existing age models and underscores the need to establish a definitive chronostratigraphy for Arctic Ocean sediments. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Ohio State Univ, Byrd Polar Res Ctr, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. Woods Hole Oceanog Inst, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. Old Dominion Univ, Norfolk, VA 23529 USA. US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20191 USA. RP Polyak, L (reprint author), Ohio State Univ, Byrd Polar Res Ctr, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. EM polyak.l@osu.edu RI Darby, Dennis/A-9219-2010 OI Darby, Dennis/0000-0002-3112-9072 NR 87 TC 76 Z9 96 U1 0 U2 5 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0031-0182 J9 PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL JI Paleogeogr. Paleoclimatol. Paleoecol. PD JAN 15 PY 2004 VL 203 IS 1-2 BP 73 EP 93 DI 10.1016/S0031-0182(03)00661-8 PG 21 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Paleontology SC Physical Geography; Geology; Paleontology GA 768QN UT WOS:000188586700004 ER PT J AU Latifovic, R Zhu, ZL Cihlar, J Giri, C Olthof, I AF Latifovic, R Zhu, ZL Cihlar, J Giri, C Olthof, I TI Land cover mapping of north and central America - Global Land Cover 2000 SO REMOTE SENSING OF ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Article DE remote sensing; landcover; classification; accuracy assessment; VGT ID SPATIAL-RESOLUTION; AVHRR DATA; DATA SETS; CLASSIFICATION; METHODOLOGY; BIOSPHERE; ACCURACY; DISCOVER; SURFACE AB The Land Cover Map of North and Central America for the year 2000 (GLC 2000-NCA), prepared by NRCan/CCRS and USGS/EROS Data Centre (EDC)' as a regional component of the Global Land Cover 2000 project, is the subject of this paper. A new mapping approach for transforming satellite observations acquired by the SPOT4/VGTETATION (VGT) sensor into land cover information is outlined. The procedure includes: (1) conversion of daily data into 10-day composite; (2) post-seasonal correction and refinement of apparent surface reflectance in 10-day composite images; and (3) extraction of land cover information from the composite images. The pre-processing and mosaicking techniques developed and used in this study proved to be very effective in removing cloud contamination, BRDF effects, and noise in Short Wave Infra-Red (SWIR). The GLC 2000-NCA land cover map is provided as a regional product with 28 land cover classes based on modified Federal Geographic Data Committee/Vegetation Classification Standard (FGDC NVCS) classification system, and as part of a global product with 22 land cover classes based on Land Cover Classification System (LCCS) of the Food and Agriculture Organisation. The map was compared on both areal and per-pixel bases over North and Central America to the International Geosphere-Biosphere Programme (IGBP) global land cover classification, the University of Maryland global land cover classification (UMd) and the Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS) Global land cover classification produced by Boston University (BU). There was good agreement (79%) on the spatial distribution and areal extent of forest between GLC 2000-NCA and the other maps, however, GLC 2000-NCA provides additional information on the spatial distribution of forest types.. The GLC 2000-NCA map was produced at the continental level incorporating specific needs of the region. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Natl Resources Canada, Applicat Div, Canada Ctr Remote Sensing, Ottawa, ON K1A 0Y7, Canada. US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD USA. Noetix Res Inc, Ottawa, ON, Canada. RP Latifovic, R (reprint author), Natl Resources Canada, Applicat Div, Canada Ctr Remote Sensing, 588 Booth St, Ottawa, ON K1A 0Y7, Canada. EM Rasim.Latifovic@geocan.nrcan.gc.ca NR 31 TC 112 Z9 117 U1 3 U2 28 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC PI NEW YORK PA 360 PARK AVE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA SN 0034-4257 J9 REMOTE SENS ENVIRON JI Remote Sens. Environ. PD JAN 15 PY 2004 VL 89 IS 1 BP 116 EP 127 DI 10.1016/j.rse.2003.11.002 PG 12 WC Environmental Sciences; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA 761BH UT WOS:000187879000010 ER PT J AU Wright, TJ Parsons, BE Lu, Z AF Wright, TJ Parsons, BE Lu, Z TI Toward mapping surface deformation in three dimensions using InSAR SO GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH LETTERS LA English DT Article ID RADAR INTERFEROMETRY; EARTHS SURFACE; HECTOR MINE; EARTHQUAKE; CALIFORNIA; TURKEY; SPACE; GPS AB One of the limitations of deformation measurements made with interferometric synthetic aperture radar (InSAR) is that an interferogram only measures one component of the surface deformation-in the satellite's line of sight. We investigate strategies for mapping surface deformation in three dimensions by using multiple interferograms, with different imaging geometries. Geometries for both current and future missions are evaluated, and their abilities to resolve the displacement vector are compared. The north component is always the most difficult to determine using data from near-polar orbiting satellites. However, a satellite with an inclination of about 60degrees/120degrees would enable all three components to be well resolved. We attempt to resolve the 3D displacements for the 23 October 2002 Nenana Mountain (Alaska) Earthquake. The north component's error is much larger than the signal, but proxies for eastward and vertical motion can be determined if the north component is assumed negligible. Inversions of hypothetical coseismic interferograms demonstrate that earthquake model parameters can be well recovered from two interferograms, acquired on ascending and descending tracks. C1 Univ Oxford, Dept Earth Sci, Ctr Observat & Modelling Earthquakes & Tecton, Oxford OX1 3PR, England. US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, SAIC, Sioux Falls, SD 57196 USA. RP Wright, TJ (reprint author), Univ Oxford, Dept Earth Sci, Ctr Observat & Modelling Earthquakes & Tecton, Parks Rd, Oxford OX1 3PR, England. EM tim.wright@earth.ox.ac.uk; barry.parsons@earth.ox.ac.uk; lu@usgs.gov RI Wright, Tim/A-5892-2011; Parsons, Barry/K-4716-2012; NCEO, COMET+`/A-3443-2013 OI Wright, Tim/0000-0001-8338-5935; NR 11 TC 172 Z9 187 U1 5 U2 26 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0094-8276 EI 1944-8007 J9 GEOPHYS RES LETT JI Geophys. Res. Lett. PD JAN 14 PY 2004 VL 31 IS 1 AR L01607 DI 10.1029/2003GL018827 PG 5 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 765WC UT WOS:000188306500003 ER PT J AU Tiedeman, CR Hsieh, PA AF Tiedeman, CR Hsieh, PA TI Evaluation of longitudinal dispersivity estimates from simulated forced- and natural-gradient tracer tests in heterogeneous aquifers SO WATER RESOURCES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE radial flow tracer test; solute dispersion; two-well tracer test ID CONVERGENT RADIAL DISPERSION; LAPLACE TRANSFORM SOLUTION; SOLUTE TRANSPORT; SPATIAL MOMENTS; FLOW; POROSITY; SAND AB [1] We simulate three types of forced-gradient tracer tests (converging radial flow, unequal strength two well, and equal strength two well) and natural-gradient tracer tests in multiple realizations of heterogeneous two-dimensional aquifers with a hydraulic conductivity distribution characterized by a spherical variogram. We determine longitudinal dispersivities (alpha(L)) by analysis of forced-gradient test breakthrough curves at the pumped well and by spatial moment analysis of tracer concentrations during the natural-gradient tests. Results show that among the forced-gradient tests, a converging radial-flow test tends to yield the smallest alpha(L), an equal strength two-well test tends to yield the largest alpha(L), and an unequal strength two-well test tends to yield an intermediate value. This finding is qualitatively explained by considering the aquifer area sampled by a particular test. A converging radial-flow test samples a small area, and thus the tracer undergoes a low degree of spreading and mixing. An equal strength two-well test samples a much larger area, so the tracer is spread and mixed to a greater degree. Results also suggest that if the distance between the tracer source well and the pumped well is short relative to the lengths over which velocity is correlated, then the alpha(L) estimate can be highly dependent on local heterogeneities in the vicinity of the wells. Finally, results indicate that alpha(L) estimated from forced-gradient tracer tests can significantly underestimate the alpha(L) needed to characterize solute dispersion under natural-gradient flow. Only a two-well tracer test with a large well separation in an aquifer with a low degree of heterogeneity can yield a value of alpha(L) that characterizes natural-gradient tracer spreading. This suggests that a two-well test with a large well separation is the preferred forced-gradient test for characterizing solute dispersion under natural-gradient flow. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Tiedeman, CR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 496, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM tiedeman@usgs.gov NR 24 TC 15 Z9 15 U1 1 U2 12 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0043-1397 J9 WATER RESOUR RES JI Water Resour. Res. PD JAN 14 PY 2004 VL 40 IS 1 AR W01512 DI 10.1029/2003WR002401 PG 15 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Water Resources GA 765XF UT WOS:000188309100003 ER PT J AU Glaser, PH Chanton, JP Morin, P Rosenberry, DO Siegel, DI Ruud, O Chasar, LI Reeve, AS AF Glaser, PH Chanton, JP Morin, P Rosenberry, DO Siegel, DI Ruud, O Chasar, LI Reeve, AS TI Surface deformations as indicators of deep ebullition fluxes in a large northern peatland SO GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLES LA English DT Article DE ebullition; methane; peatlands ID LOST RIVER PEATLAND; METHANE PRODUCTION; HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY; SULFATE REDUCTION; GROUNDWATER-FLOW; FLUID EXPULSION; WATER CHEMISTRY; RAISED BOGS; PORE-WATER; MINNESOTA AB [1] Peatlands deform elastically during precipitation cycles by small (+/- 3 cm) oscillations in surface elevation. In contrast, we used a Global Positioning System network to measure larger oscillations that exceeded 20 cm over periods of 4 - 12 hours during two seasonal droughts at a bog and fen site in northern Minnesota. The second summer drought also triggered 19 depressuring cycles in an overpressured stratum under the bog site. The synchronicity between the largest surface deformations and the depressuring cycles indicates that both phenomena are produced by the episodic release of large volumes of gas from deep semi-elastic compartments confined by dense wood layers. We calculate that the three largest surface deformations were associated with the release of 136 g CH4 m(-2), which exceeds by an order of magnitude the annual average chamber fluxes measured at this site. Ebullition of gas from the deep peat may therefore be a large and previously unrecognized source of radiocarbon depleted methane emissions from northern peatlands. C1 Univ Minnesota, Dept Geol & Geophys, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA. Florida State Univ, Dept Oceanog, Tallahassee, FL 32306 USA. US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. Syracuse Univ, Dept Earth Sci, Syracuse, NY 13244 USA. UNAVCO, Boulder, CO 80301 USA. Univ Maine, Dept Geol Sci, Orono, ME 04469 USA. RP Glaser, PH (reprint author), Univ Minnesota, Dept Geol & Geophys, 220D Pillsbury Hall,310 Pillsbury Dr SE, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA. EM glase001@tc.umn.edu; jchanton@mailer.fsu.edu; lpaul@umn.edu; rosenber@usgs.gov; disiegel@mailbox.syr.edu; ruud@unavco.ucar.edu; lchasar@usgs.gov; asreeve@maine.maine.edu RI Rosenberry, Donald/C-2241-2013 NR 70 TC 96 Z9 98 U1 5 U2 29 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0886-6236 J9 GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY JI Glob. Biogeochem. Cycle PD JAN 7 PY 2004 VL 18 IS 1 AR GB1003 DI 10.1029/2003GB002069 PG 23 WC Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 765ME UT WOS:000188286700003 ER PT J AU Tollo, RP AF Tollo, RP TI Neoproterozoic A-type granitoids of the central and southern Appalachians: intraplate magmatism associated with episodic rifting of the Rodinian supercontinent (vol 124, pg 2, 2003) SO PRECAMBRIAN RESEARCH LA English DT Correction ID BLUE-RIDGE PROVINCE; AIR-ABRASION TECHNIQUE; U-PB GEOCHRONOLOGY; GEOCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS; CONTINENTAL-MARGIN; MANHATTAN PRONG; UNITED-STATES; ZIRCON AGES; VIRGINIA; LAURENTIA AB Emplacement of compositionally distinctive granitic plutons accompanied two pulses (765-680 and 620-550 Ma) of crustal extension that affected the Rodinian craton at the present location of the central Appalachians during the Neoproterozoic. The dominantly metaluminous plutons display mineralogical and geochemical characteristics of A-type granites including high FeOt/MgO ratios, high abundances of Nb, Zr, Y, Ta, and REE (except Eu), and low concentrations of Sc, Ba, Sr, and Eu. These dike-like, sheet complexes occur throughout the Blue Ridge province of Virginia and North Carolina, and were emplaced at shallow levels in continental crust during active extension, forming locally multiple-intrusive plutons elongated perpendicular to the axis of extension. New U-Pb zircon ages obtained from the Polly Wright Cove (706 +/- 4Ma) and Suck Mountain (680 4 Ma) plutons indicate that metaluminous magmas continued to be replenished near the end of the first pulse of rifting. The Suck Mountain body is presently the youngest known igneous body associated with earlier rifting. U-Pb zircon ages for the Pound Ridge Granite Gneiss (562 +/- 5 Ma) and Yonkers Gneiss (563 +/- 2 Ma) in the Manhattan prong of southeastern New York constitute the first evidence of plutonic felsic activity associated with the later period of rifting in the U.S. Appalachians, and suggest that similar melt-generation processes were operative during both intervals of crustal extension. Fractionation processes involving primary minerals were responsible for much of the compositional variation within individual plutons. Compositions of mapped lithologic units in a subset of plutons studied in detail define overlapping data arrays, indicating that, throughout the province, similar petrologic processes operated locally on magmas that became successively more chemically evolved. Limited variation in source-sensitive Y/Nb and Yb/Ta ratios is consistent with results of melting experiments and indicates that metaluminous granitoids of the supersuite likely were derived through melting of lower crustal sources. Mildly peralkaline rocks of the Robertson River batholith and Irish Creek pluton may be derived from more chemically primitive sources similar in composition to ocean-island basalts. Blue Ridge granitoids define a plutonic episode that occurred during an unsuccessful pulse of crustal extension which predated opening of Iapetus by more than 100 million years. Granitoid gneisses in New York were emplaced during an extension-related, dominantly mafic magmatic episode that ultimately led to development of Iapetus. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 George Washington Univ, Dept Earth & Environm Sci, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. Univ Memphis, Dept Earth Sci, Memphis, TN 38152 USA. US Geol Survey, Reston, VA USA. RP Tollo, RP (reprint author), George Washington Univ, Dept Earth & Environm Sci, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. NR 96 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 3 U2 7 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0301-9268 J9 PRECAMBRIAN RES JI Precambrian Res. PD JAN 5 PY 2004 VL 128 IS 1-2 BP 1 EP + DI 10.1016/S0301-9268(03)00325-5 PG 37 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 766XU UT WOS:000188409700001 ER PT J AU Silverstein, JT Rexroad, CE King, TL AF Silverstein, JT Rexroad, CE King, TL TI Genetic variation measured by microsatellites among three strains of domesticated rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss, Walbaum) SO AQUACULTURE RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE microsatellite marker variation; population differentiation; selective breeding; rainbow trout; Oncorhynchus mykiss ID POPULATIONS AB Genetic variation fuels selective change in natural and captive populations. In establishing a broodstock for selective improvement, the level of genetic diversity is an important consideration because it provides an indication of the scope for selective progress. Three domesticated strains of rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss (Walbaum), were examined at nine polymorphic microsatellite loci to assess detectable levels of allelic diversity and heterozygosity within and differentiation among the strains. A total of 126 alleles were observed to segregate into unique multilocus genotypes for each of the 152 individuals assayed. There was an average heterozygosity of 71.5% at these nine loci, and an average of 14 alleles at a locus. Each locus was represented by alleles unique to at least two of the three strains. Deviations from Hardy-Weinberg expectations of genotype frequencies were detected in each strain. Subsequent analysis indicated sub-structuring within strains leading to Wahlund effects that caused these deviations. Significant differences in genotype frequencies and pairwise F-ST values demonstrated that all strains were unique. The overall F-ST of 0.089 provides additional evidence of unique genetic diversity present in each strain, and agrees well with the degree of genetic variation found in rainbow trout across broad geographical ranges. The genetic diversity contributed by each population suggests that there is greater scope for selective improvement of numerous traits within a synthetic strain combining these three strains than within any individual strain. C1 ARS, Natl Ctr Cool & Cold Water Aquaculture, USDA, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. US Geol Serv, Leetown Sci Ctr, Biol Resource Div, Kearneysville, WV USA. RP Silverstein, JT (reprint author), ARS, Natl Ctr Cool & Cold Water Aquaculture, USDA, 11876 Leetown Rd, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. NR 27 TC 28 Z9 32 U1 1 U2 4 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1355-557X J9 AQUAC RES JI Aquac. Res. PD JAN 3 PY 2004 VL 35 IS 1 BP 40 EP 48 DI 10.1111/j.1365-2109.2004.00979.x PG 9 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 754QW UT WOS:000187342900006 ER PT J AU Kastrup, U Zoback, ML Deichmann, N Evans, KF Giardini, D Michael, AJ AF Kastrup, U Zoback, ML Deichmann, N Evans, KF Giardini, D Michael, AJ TI Stress field variations in the Swiss Alps and the northern Alpine foreland derived from inversion of fault plane solutions SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-SOLID EARTH LA English DT Review DE earthquake; focal mechanism; stress rotation; stress inversion; Swiss Alps; gravitational potential energy ID EARTHQUAKE FOCAL MECHANISMS; SOUTHERN RHINE GRABEN; JURA MOUNTAINS; WESTERN ALPS; CONTINENTAL LITHOSPHERE; SURROUNDING REGIONS; TECTONIC STRESSES; CENTRAL-EUROPE; SWITZERLAND; SEISMICITY AB [1] This study is devoted to a systematic analysis of the state of stress of the central European Alps and northern Alpine foreland in Switzerland based on focal mechanisms of 138 earthquakes with magnitudes between 1 and 5. The most robust feature of the results is that the azimuth of the minimum compressive stress, S-3, is generally well constrained for all data subsets and always lies in the NE quadrant. However, within this quadrant, the orientation of S-3 changes systematically both along the structural strike of the Alpine chain and across it. The variation in stress along the mountain belt from NE to SW involves a progressive, counterclockwise rotation of S-3 and is most clear in the foreland, where it amounts to 45degrees - 50degrees. This pattern of rotation is compatible with the disturbance to the stress field expected from the indentation of the Adriatic Block into the central European Plate, possibly together with buoyancy forces arising from the strongly arcuate structure of the Moho to the immediate west of our study area. Across the Alps, the variation in azimuth of S-3 is defined by a progressive, counterclockwise rotation of about 45degrees from the foreland in the north across the Helvetic domain to the Penninic nappes in the south and is accompanied by a change from a slight predominance of strikeslip mechanisms in the foreland to a strong predominance of normal faulting in the high parts of the Alps. The observed rotation can be explained by the perturbation of the large-scale regional stress by a local uniaxial deviatoric tension with a magnitude similar to that of the regional differential stress and with an orientation perpendicular to the strike of the Alpine belt. The tensile nature and orientation of this stress is consistent with the "spreading'' stress expected from lateral density changes due to a crustal root beneath the Alps. C1 ETH Honggerberg, Inst Geophys, CH-8093 Zurich, Switzerland. US Geol Survey, Western Reg Earthquake Hazard Team, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Kastrup, U (reprint author), ETH Honggerberg, Inst Geophys, CH-8093 Zurich, Switzerland. EM ulrike@kastrup.net; zoback@usgs.gov; nico@seismo.ifg.ethz.ch; keith.evans@erdw.ethz.ch; giardini@seismo.ifg.ethz.ch; michael@usgs.gov RI Michael, Andrew/A-5059-2010; Giardini, Domenico/F-5406-2011 OI Michael, Andrew/0000-0002-2403-5019; NR 101 TC 100 Z9 101 U1 1 U2 8 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 2169-9313 EI 2169-9356 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA JI J. Geophys. Res.-Solid Earth PD JAN 3 PY 2004 VL 109 IS B1 AR B01402 DI 10.1029/2003JB002550 PG 22 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 765LG UT WOS:000188284600001 ER PT J AU Masterlark, T Lu, Z AF Masterlark, T Lu, Z TI Transient volcano deformation sources imaged with interferometric synthetic aperture radar: Application to Seguam Island, Alaska SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-SOLID EARTH LA English DT Article DE volcano deformation; InSAR; static deformation ID CENTRAL ALEUTIAN ARC; RHYODACITE ERUPTIVE SUITE; MIDPLEISTOCENE LAVAS; LANDERS EARTHQUAKE; MAGMATIC ACTIVITY; BASALT; ETNA; INTERFEROGRAMS; CALIFORNIA; CRUSTAL AB Thirty interferometric synthetic aperture radar (InSAR) images, spanning various intervals during 1992-2000, document coeruptive and posteruptive deformation of the 1992-1993 eruption on Seguam Island, Alaska. A procedure that combines standard damped least squares inverse methods and collective surfaces, identifies three dominant amorphous clusters of deformation point sources. Predictions generated from these three point source clusters account for both the spatial and temporal complexity of the deformation patterns of the InSAR data. Regularized time series of source strength attribute a distinctive transient behavior to each of the three source clusters. A model that combines magma influx, thermoelastic relaxation, poroelastic effects, and petrologic data accounts for the transient, interrelated behavior of the source clusters and the observed deformation. Basaltic magma pulses, which flow into a storage chamber residing in the lower crust, drive this deformational system. A portion of a magma pulse is injected into the upper crust and remains in storage during both coeruption and posteruption intervals. This injected magma degasses and the volatile products accumulate in a shallow poroelastic storage chamber. During the eruption, another portion of the magma pulse is transported directly to the surface via a conduit roughly centered beneath Pyre Peak on the west side of the island. A small amount of this magma remains in storage during the eruption, and posteruption thermoelastic contraction ensues. This model, made possible by the excellent spatial and temporal coverage of the InSAR data, reveals a relatively simple system of interrelated predictable processes driven by magma dynamics. C1 US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sci Applicat Int Corp, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. RP Masterlark, T (reprint author), US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sci Applicat Int Corp, 47914 252nd St, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. EM masterlark@usgs.gov; lu@usgs.gov NR 41 TC 29 Z9 30 U1 1 U2 10 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 2169-9313 EI 2169-9356 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA JI J. Geophys. Res.-Solid Earth PD JAN 2 PY 2004 VL 109 IS B1 AR B01401 DI 10.1029/2003JB002568 PG 16 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 765LF UT WOS:000188284500002 ER PT J AU Dong, XP Repetski, JE Bergstrom, SM AF Dong, XP Repetski, JE Bergstrom, SM TI Conodont biostratigraphy of the middle Cambrian through lowermost Ordovician in Hunan, South China SO ACTA GEOLOGICA SINICA-ENGLISH EDITION LA English DT Article DE conodont zonation; Middle and Upper Cambrian; lowermost Ordovician; Hunan; South China ID BOUNDARY STRATOTYPE; PROTOCONODONTS; PARACONODONTS; SECTION; POINT AB Since 1985, samples with a total weight of more than 14,000 kg, mainly from three key sections in western and northwestern Hunan, South China, have been processed for conodonts. In strata older than the late. Late Cambrian paraconodonts have proved useful for stratigraphic subdivision and correlation. Thirteen conodont zones are proposed in the Middle Cambrian through lowermost Ordovician. The correlation between these zones and those of North China, western U. S.A., western Newfoundland, Canada, and Iran is discussed. In ascending order, these 13 zones are as follows: The Gapparodus bisulcatus-Westergaardodina brevidens Zone, Shandongodus priscus-Hunanognathus tricuspidatus Zone, Westergaardodina quadrata Zone, Westergaardodina matsushitai-W. grandidens Zone, Westergaardodina lui-W ani Zone, Westergaardodina cf. calix-Prooneotodus rotundatus Zone, Proconodontus tenuiserratus Zone, Proconodontus Zone, Eoconodontus Zone, Cordylodus proavus Zone, Cordylodus intermedius Zone, Cordylodus lindstromi Zone, and Cordylodus angulatus Zone (lower part). The Westergaardodina lui-W. ani and Westergaardodina cf. calix-Prooneotodus rotundatus Zones replace the Westergaardodina proligida and Westergaardodina cf. behrae-Prooneotodus rotundatus Zones, respectively, in the lowermost Upper Cambrian. Two new species (Westergaardodina lui and Westergaardodina ani) and one conditionally identified species (Westergaardodina cf. calix) are described. C1 Peking Univ, Dept Geol, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China. US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. Ohio State Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. RP Dong, XP (reprint author), Peking Univ, Dept Geol, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China. EM dongxp@pku.edu.cn RI Dong, Xi-ping/N-5741-2014 OI Dong, Xi-ping/0000-0001-5917-7159 NR 55 TC 38 Z9 54 U1 2 U2 3 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 1000-9515 J9 ACTA GEOL SIN-ENGL JI Acta Geol. Sin.-Engl. Ed. PY 2004 VL 78 IS 6 BP 1185 EP 1206 PG 22 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 898TU UT WOS:000227099900003 ER PT B AU Winters, WJ Waite, WF Mason, DH AF Winters, WJ Waite, WF Mason, DH BE Taylor, CE Kwan, JT TI Strength and acoustic properties of ottawa sand containing laboratory-formed methane gas hydrate SO ADVANCES IN THE STUDY OF GAS HYDRATES LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Gas Hydrate held at the 2003 Spring National Meeting of the American-Institute-of-Chemical-Engineers CY MAR 30-APR 02, 2003 CL New Orleans, LA SP Amer Inst Chem Engineers ID PHYSICAL-PROPERTIES; POROUS-MEDIA C1 US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. RP Winters, WJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 384 Woods Hole Rd, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. NR 16 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 1 U2 2 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC/PLENUM PUBL PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA BN 0-306-48645-8 PY 2004 BP 213 EP 226 DI 10.1007/0-306-48645-8_14 PG 14 WC Chemistry, Physical; Energy & Fuels; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Chemistry; Energy & Fuels; Geology GA BBB30 UT WOS:000224505100014 ER PT J AU Arnedo, L Ahumada, J AF Arnedo, L. Ahumada, J. TI Optimal size of feeding and traveling subgroups of spider monkey (Ateles belzebuth) SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Meeting Abstract C1 [Arnedo, L.] Univ Wisconsin, Dept Anthropol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. [Ahumada, J.] USGS Natl Wildlife Hlth Ctr, Madison, WI USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 2 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 0002-9483 J9 AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL JI Am. J. Phys. Anthropol. PY 2004 SU 38 BP 53 EP 54 PG 2 WC Anthropology; Evolutionary Biology SC Anthropology; Evolutionary Biology GA V16BZ UT WOS:000207846400017 ER PT J AU Kamler, JF Gipson, PS AF Kamler, JF Gipson, PS TI Survival and cause-specific mortality among furbearers in a protected area SO AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID POPULATION-DYNAMICS; ADULT BOBCATS; MESOPREDATOR RELEASE; RACCOON POPULATION; SOUTH TEXAS; HABITAT USE; LYNX-RUFUS; COYOTES; RATES; MINNESOTA AB Information is needed on protected furbearer communities to help understand the ecological impacts of trapping pressure on furbearer populations. We monitored coyotes (Canis latrans), bobcats (Lynx rufus), raccoons (Procyon lotor) and opossums (Didelphis virginiana) from October 1995 to March 2000 in northeastern Kansas to determine survival and cause-specific mortality of a furbearer community protected from trapping. Annual survival did not differ among years or between sexes for all species, but seasonal differences occurred for coyotes, raccoons and opossums. For coyotes, deaths from humans resulted in decreased survival in winter compared to summer. For raccoons and opossums, deaths from coyote predation resulted in decreased survival in winter compared to summer. Annual survival rates of coyotes (0.71), bobcats (0.77) and raccoons (0.71) were similar to those reported from lightly exploited populations. Annual survival of opossums (0.06) appeared to be extremely low although survival of opossums was not reported in previous studies. The wide-ranging movements of coyotes and bobcats took them off the protected area and made them susceptible to anthropogenic mortalities (80% and 83% of deaths, respectively). In contrast, coyote predation accounted for 40% and 76% of raccoon and opossum deaths, respectively. The high density of coyotes (0.8-0.9 coyotes km(2)) on the protected area likely contributed to the high predation rates on raccoons and opossums. C1 Kansas State Univ, Kansas Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Div Biol, Manhattan, KS 66506 USA. RP Gipson, PS (reprint author), Kansas State Univ, Kansas Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Div Biol, Manhattan, KS 66506 USA. EM gipson@ksu.edu RI Kamler, Jan/F-8520-2011 NR 55 TC 19 Z9 20 U1 4 U2 14 PU AMER MIDLAND NATURALIST PI NOTRE DAME PA UNIV NOTRE DAME, BOX 369, ROOM 295 GLSC, NOTRE DAME, IN 46556 USA SN 0003-0031 J9 AM MIDL NAT JI Am. Midl. Nat. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 151 IS 1 BP 27 EP 34 DI 10.1674/0003-0031(2004)151[0027:SACMAF]2.0.CO;2 PG 8 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 766KX UT WOS:000188376500003 ER PT J AU Villella, RF Smith, DR Lemarie, DP AF Villella, RF Smith, DR Lemarie, DP TI Estimating survival and recruitment in a freshwater mussel population using mark-recapture techniques SO AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID ESTIMATING ANIMAL ABUNDANCE; CAPTURE-RECAPTURE; ELLIPTIO-COMPLANATA; TEMPORARY EMIGRATION; ROBUST DESIGN; UNIONIDAE; MOLLUSCA; GROWTH; MODELS; MOVEMENT AB We used a mark-recapture method and model averaging to estimate apparent survival, recruitment and rate of population growth in a native freshwater mussel population at a site on the Cacapon River, which is a tributary to the Potomac River. Over 2200 Elliptio complanata, E. fisheriana and Lampsilis cariosa were uniquely tagged over a period of 4 y. Recapture probabilities were higher in spring and summer than in winter except for L. cariosa which had a low probability of recapture regardless of time of year. All three species had high annual adult survival rates (>90%) with lower estimated survival of small (less than or equal to55 mm) mussels (43%-69%). The variation in apparent survival over time was similar for all three species. This suggests that whatever environmental variables affect survival of mussels in this site affected all three species the same. Recruitment rates were low (1-4%) for both E. complanata and L. cariosa, with E. fisheriana having several periods of high (15-23%) recruitment. Distribution within the site was affected by both downstream and upstream movement, though movement rates were generally <1%. Average population growth rates for E. complanata (lambda = 0.996, SE = 0.053), L. cariosa (lambda = 0.993, SE = 0.076) and E. fisheriana (lambda = 1.084, SE = 0.276) indicated static populations. Population growth rate approximating 1.0 suggests this site supports a stable freshwater mussel population through a life history strategy of low but constant recruitment and high annual adult survival. C1 US Geol Survey, Leetown Sci Ctr, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. RP Villella, RF (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Leetown Sci Ctr, 11700 Leetown Rd, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. NR 49 TC 44 Z9 44 U1 1 U2 18 PU AMER MIDLAND NATURALIST PI NOTRE DAME PA UNIV NOTRE DAME, BOX 369, ROOM 295 GLSC, NOTRE DAME, IN 46556 USA SN 0003-0031 J9 AM MIDL NAT JI Am. Midl. Nat. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 151 IS 1 BP 114 EP 133 DI 10.1674/0003-0031(2004)151[0114:ESARIA]2.0.CO;2 PG 20 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 766KX UT WOS:000188376500012 ER PT J AU Kasparian, MA Hellgren, EC Ginger, SM Levesque, LP Clark, JE Winkelman, DL Engle, DM AF Kasparian, MA Hellgren, EC Ginger, SM Levesque, LP Clark, JE Winkelman, DL Engle, DM TI Population characteristics of Virginia opossum in the cross timbers during raccoon reduction SO AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID COOCCURRING POPULATIONS; DIDELPHIS-VIRGINIANA; NORTHEASTERN KANSAS; PROCYON-LOTOR; COMMUNITY; PATTERNS; SURVIVAL; ECOLOGY; REMOVAL; TEXAS AB Mesopredator populations are increasing because of habitat fragmentation and elimination of keystone predators. An increase of mesopredators, such as the raccoon (Procyon lotor) and Virginia opossum (Didelphis virginiana), may change competitive interactions within the trophic level of medium-sized carnivores and omnivores. We conducted live-trapping during 1998-2001 in north-central Oklahoma and compared population parameters of opossums living in areas with and without reduction of raccoons during 2000-2001. The equivalent of 6.2 raccoons/km(2) was removed from the treatment area. Capture rates of opossums were higher in the non-removal area for most of the study period, but population estimates and,density did not vary by treatment. Survival rates of opossums varied by sex and season, but not by treatment according to modeling of opossum survival. Habitat partitioning, prey switching by opossum predators, food supply, study scale, and environmental and demographic stochasticity may have masked effects of interspecific competition on population dynamics of opossums on the study site. C1 Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Zool, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. Oklahoma State Univ, Oklahoma Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. RP Hellgren, EC (reprint author), Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Zool, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. EM ehellgr@okstate.edu OI Hellgren, Eric/0000-0002-3870-472X NR 36 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 3 U2 19 PU AMER MIDLAND NATURALIST PI NOTRE DAME PA UNIV NOTRE DAME, BOX 369, ROOM 295 GLSC, NOTRE DAME, IN 46556 USA SN 0003-0031 J9 AM MIDL NAT JI Am. Midl. Nat. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 151 IS 1 BP 154 EP 163 DI 10.1674/0003-0031(2004)151[0154:PCOVOI]2.0.CO;2 PG 10 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 766KX UT WOS:000188376500015 ER PT S AU Ferrigno, JG Williams, RS Foley, KM AF Ferrigno, JG Williams, RS Foley, KM BE Jacka, J TI Coastal-change and glaciological map of the Saunders Coast area, Antarctica: 1972-97 SO ANNALS OF GLACIOLOGY, VOL 39, 2004 SE Annals of Glaciology-Series LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 7th International Symposium on Antarctic Glaciology (ISAG-7) CY AUG 25-29, 2003 CL Univ Milano Bicocca, Milan, ITALY SP Sci Comm Antarct Res, Int Glaciol Soc, Italian Antarct Res Programme, Italian Glaciol Comm, Italian Agcy New Technol, Energy & Environm HO Univ Milano Bicocca ID MARIE BYRD LAND; WEST ANTARCTICA; ICE STREAMS; VELOCITY; GLACIER AB Satellite images from 1972 to 1997 have been used to prepare a map showing glaciological features of the Saunders Coast area, Antarctica. Analysis of the imagery shows a trend toward ice-front retreat that may be a result of changing environmental conditions. C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. US Geol Survey, Woods Hole Sci Ctr, Woods Hole, MA 02540 USA. RP Ferrigno, JG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 926A Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM jferrigno@usgs.gov NR 18 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 2 PU INT GLACIOLOGICAL SOC PI CAMBRIDGE PA LENSFIELD RD, CAMBRIDGE CB2 1ER, ENGLAND SN 0260-3055 BN 0-946417-34-2 J9 ANN GLACIOL-SER PY 2004 VL 39 BP 245 EP 250 DI 10.3189/172756404781814285 PG 6 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA BDB58 UT WOS:000232368400037 ER PT J AU Lafferty, KD Porter, JW Ford, SE AF Lafferty, KD Porter, JW Ford, SE TI Are diseases increasing in the ocean? SO ANNUAL REVIEW OF ECOLOGY EVOLUTION AND SYSTEMATICS LA English DT Review DE mass mortality; bleaching; global warming; disease; marine ID CARIBBEAN CORAL-REEFS; BLACK BAND DISEASE; FRESH-WATER FISHES; SEA FAN CORALS; MASS MORTALITY; FLORIDA-KEYS; HARBOR SEALS; PARASITE COMMUNITIES; SEASONAL OCCURRENCE; LARVAL TREMATODES AB Many factors (climate warming, pollution, harvesting, introduced species) can contribute to disease outbreaks in marine life. Concomitant increases in each of these makes it difficult to attribute recent changes in disease occurrence or severity to any one factor. For example, the increase in disease of Caribbean coral is postulated to be a result of climate change and introduction of terrestrial pathogens. Indirect evidence exists that (a) warming increased disease in turtles; (b) protection, pollution, and terrestrial pathogens increased mammal disease; (c) aquaculture increased disease in mollusks; and (d) release from overfished predators increased sea urchin disease. In contrast, fishing and pollution may have reduced disease in fishes. In other taxa (e.g., sea grasses, crustaceans, sharks), there is little evidence that disease has changed over time. The diversity of patterns suggests there are many ways that environmental change can interact with disease in the ocean. C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Inst Marine Sci, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. Univ Georgia, Inst Ecol, Athens, GA 30602 USA. Rutgers State Univ, Haskin Shellfish Res Lab, Port Norris, NJ 08349 USA. RP Lafferty, KD (reprint author), Univ Calif Santa Barbara, US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Inst Marine Sci, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. EM Lafferty@lifesci.ucsb.edu; jporter@uga.edu; susan@hsrl.rutgers.edu RI Lafferty, Kevin/B-3888-2009 OI Lafferty, Kevin/0000-0001-7583-4593 NR 145 TC 181 Z9 189 U1 9 U2 110 PU ANNUAL REVIEWS PI PALO ALTO PA 4139 EL CAMINO WAY, PO BOX 10139, PALO ALTO, CA 94303-0139 USA SN 1543-592X J9 ANNU REV ECOL EVOL S JI Annu. Rev. Ecol. Evol. Syst. PY 2004 VL 35 BP 31 EP 54 DI 10.1146/annurev.ecolsys.35.021103.105704 PG 24 WC Ecology; Evolutionary Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Evolutionary Biology GA 886QT UT WOS:000226244100002 ER PT J AU Oremland, RS Herbel, MJ Blum, JS Langley, S Beveridge, TJ Ajayan, PM Sutto, T Ellis, AV Curran, S AF Oremland, RS Herbel, MJ Blum, JS Langley, S Beveridge, TJ Ajayan, PM Sutto, T Ellis, AV Curran, S TI Structural and spectral features of selenium nanospheres produced by se-respiring bacteria SO APPLIED AND ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID ELEMENTAL SELENIUM; SELENATE REDUCTION; THAUERA-SELENATIS; RAMAN-SPECTRA; SP NOV.; RESPIRATION; SEDIMENTS; NANOWIRES; TRANSFORMATIONS; SELENOCYSTEINE AB Certain anaerobic bacteria respire toxic selenium oxyanions and in doing so produce extracellular accumulations of elemental selenium [Se(0)]. We examined three physiologically and phyllogenetically diverse species of selenate and selenite-respiring bacteria, Sulfurospirillum barnesii, Bacillus selenitireducens, and Seleni halanaerobacter shriftii, for the occurrence of this phenomenon. When grown with selenium oxyanions as the electron acceptor, all of these organisms formed extracellular granules consisting of stable, uniform nanospheres (diameter, similar to300 mn) of Se(0) having monoclinic crystalline structures. Intracellular packets of Se(0) were also noted. The number of intracellular Se(0) packets could be reduced by first growing cells with nitrate as the electron acceptor and then adding selenite ions to washed suspensions of the nitrate-grown cells. This resulted in the formation of primarily extracellular Se nanospheres. After harvesting and cleansing of cellular debris, we observed large differences in the optical properties (UV-visible absorption and Raman spectra) of purified extracellular nanospheres produced in this manner by the three different bacterial species. The spectral properties in turn differed substantially from those of amorphous Se(0) formed by chemical oxidation of H2Se and of black, vitreous Se(0) formed chemically by reduction of selenite with ascorbate. The microbial synthesis of Se(0) nanospheres results in unique, complex, compacted nanostructural arrangements of Se atoms. These arrangements probably reflect a diversity of enzymes involved in the dissimilatory reduction that are subtly different in different microbes. Remarkably, these conditions cannot be achieved by current methods of chemical synthesis. C1 US Geol Survey, Water Resources Div, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Univ Guelph, Coll Biol Sci, Dept Microbiol, Guelph, ON N1G 2W1, Canada. Rensselaer Polytech Inst, Dept Mat Sci, Troy, NY 12180 USA. USN, Ctr Surface Warfare, Chem Div, Dahlgren, VA 22448 USA. New Mexico State Univ, Dept Phys, Las Cruces, NM 88001 USA. RP Oremland, RS (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Water Resources Div, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM roremlan@usgs.gov RI Ellis, Amanda/G-9019-2012; OI Ellis, Amanda/0000-0002-0053-5641 NR 44 TC 189 Z9 195 U1 8 U2 72 PU AMER SOC MICROBIOLOGY PI WASHINGTON PA 1752 N ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-2904 USA SN 0099-2240 J9 APPL ENVIRON MICROB JI Appl. Environ. Microbiol. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 70 IS 1 BP 52 EP 60 DI 10.1128/AEM.70.1.52-60.2004 PG 9 WC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Microbiology SC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Microbiology GA 763RY UT WOS:000188115300007 PM 14711625 ER PT J AU Tonkin, JW Balistrieri, LS Murray, JW AF Tonkin, JW Balistrieri, LS Murray, JW TI Modeling sorption of divalent metal cations on hydrous manganese oxide using the diffuse double layer model SO APPLIED GEOCHEMISTRY LA English DT Article ID SURFACE COMPLEXATION MODEL; NA-RICH BIRNESSITE; X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; HEXAGONAL BIRNESSITE; SOLUTION INTERFACE; AQUEOUS-SOLUTION; ADSORPTION CHARACTERISTICS; EXAFS SPECTROSCOPY; DIOXIDE; IRON AB Manganese oxides are important scavengers of trace metals and other contaminants in the environment. The inclusion of Mn oxides in predictive models, however, has been difficult due to the lack of a comprehensive set of sorption reactions consistent with a given surface complexation model (SCM), and the discrepancies between published sorption data and predictions using the available models. The authors have compiled a set of surface complexation reactions for synthetic hydrous Mn oxide (HMO) using a two surface site model and the diffuse double layer SCM which complements databases developed for hydrous Fe (III) oxide, goethite and crystalline Al oxide. This compilation encompasses a range of data observed in the literature for the complex HMO surface and provides an error envelope for predictions not well defined by fitting parameters for single or limited data sets. Data describing surface characteristics and cation sorption were compiled from the literature for the synthetic HMO phases birnessite, vernadite and delta-MnO2. A specific surface area of 746 m(2) g(-1) and a surface site density of 2.1 mmol g(-1) were determined from crystallographic data and considered fixed parameters in the model. Potentiometric titration data sets were adjusted to a pH(IEP) value of 2.2. Two site types (equivalent toXOH and equivalent toYOH) were used. The fraction of total sites attributed to equivalent toXOH (alpha) and pK(a2) were optimized for each of 7 published potentiometric titration data sets using the computer program FITEQL3.2. pK(a2) values of 2.35 +/- 0.077 (equivalent toXOH) and 6.06 +/- 0.040 (equivalent toYOH) were determined at the 95% confidence level. The calculated average a value was 0.64, with high and low values ranging from 1.0 to 0.24, respectively. pK(a2) and alpha values and published cation sorption data were used subsequently to determine equilibrium surface complexation constants for Ba2+, Ca2+, Cd2+, Co2+, Cu2+, Mg2+, Mn2+, Ni2+, Pb2+, Sr2+ and Zn2+. In addition, average model parameters were used to predict additional sorption data for which complementary titration data were not available. The two-site model accounts for variability in the titration data and most metal sorption data are fit well using the pK(a2) and alpha values reported above. A linear free energy relationship (LFER) appears to exist for some of the metals; however, redox and cation exchange reactions may limit the prediction of surface complexation constants for additional metals using the LFER. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Washington, Dept Chem, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. Univ Washington, Sch Oceanog, US Geol Survey, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. RP Tonkin, JW (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Chem, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. EM jtonkin@u.washington.edu OI Murray, James/0000-0002-8577-7964 NR 62 TC 115 Z9 117 U1 9 U2 59 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0883-2927 J9 APPL GEOCHEM JI Appl. Geochem. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 19 IS 1 BP 29 EP 53 DI 10.1016/S0883-2927(03)00115-X PG 25 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 759ME UT WOS:000187740800003 ER PT S AU Taggart, SJ Shirley, TC O'Clair, CE Mondragon, J AF Taggart, SJ Shirley, TC O'Clair, CE Mondragon, J BE Shipley, JB TI Dramatic increase in the relative abundance of large male Dungeness crabs Cancer magister following closure of commercial fishing in Glacier bay, Alaska SO AQUATIC PROTECTED AREAS AS FISHERIES MANAGEMENT TOOLS SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Aquatic Protected Areas as Fisheries Management Tools CY AUG 11-12, 2003 CL Quebec City, CANADA SP Amer Fisheries Soc, Natl Sea Grant Coll ID CALLINECTES-SAPIDUS; MARINE RESERVES; SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA; SPERM; DEPLETION; SIZE; VARIABILITY; MANAGEMENT; POPULATION; FISHERIES AB The size structure of the population of the Dungeness crab Cancer magister was studied at six sites in or near Glacier Bay, Alaska, before and after the closure of commercial fishing. Seven years of preclosure and 4 years of postclosure data are presented. After the closure of Glacier Bay to commercial fishing, the number and size of legal-sized male Dungeness crabs increased dramatically at the experimental sites. Female and sublegal-sized male crabs, the portions of the population not directly targeted by commercial fishing, did not increase in size or abundance following the closure. There was not a large shift in the size-abundance distribution of male crabs at the control site that is still open to commercial fishing. Marine protected areas are being widely promoted as effective tools for managing fisheries while simultaneously meeting marine conservation goals and maintaining marine biodiversity. Our data demonstrate that the size of male Dungeness crabs can markedly increase in a marine reserve, which supports the concept that marine reserves could help maintain genetic diversity in Dungeness crabs and other crab species subjected to size-limit fisheries and possibly increase the fertility of females. C1 US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Juneau, AK 99801 USA. RP Taggart, SJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, 3100 Natl Pk Rd, Juneau, AK 99801 USA. NR 30 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 1 U2 3 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-62-X J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 42 BP 243 EP 253 PG 11 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Fisheries SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Fisheries GA BAV67 UT WOS:000223814600024 ER PT J AU Petrivelli, PJ AF Petrivelli, PJ TI Unangam Aleut social system SO ARCTIC ANTHROPOLOGY LA English DT Article AB An analysis of the kinship terminology used in pre-contact Aleut society reveals a balanced system without indications of matrilineal or patrilineal descent. The social system of the Aleut, especially the nature of the pre-contact descent reckoning, has been a subject of scholarly debate for several decades. The early researchers studying the kinship and social organization of the pre-contact and early contact Unangam Aleut society characterized the descent system as matrilineal, stressing the importance of the avunculate relationship as the basis for this conclusion. A review of marriage patterns and post-marital residence indicates patrilineal tendencies that would overshadow implications from the avunculate relationship. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Off Subsistence Management, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Petrivelli, PJ (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Off Subsistence Management, 3601 C St,Suite 1030, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. NR 30 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 1 U2 1 PU UNIV WISCONSIN PRESS PI MADISON PA JOURNAL DIVISION, 1930 MONROE ST, 3RD FL, MADISON, WI 53711 USA SN 0066-6939 J9 ARCTIC ANTHROPOL JI Arct. Anthropol. PY 2004 VL 41 IS 2 BP 126 EP 139 PG 14 WC Anthropology SC Anthropology GA 900PQ UT WOS:000227227200012 ER PT J AU Hamel, PB Dawson, DK Keyser, PD AF Hamel, PB Dawson, DK Keyser, PD TI How we can learn more about the Cerulean Warbler (Dendroica Cerulea) SO AUK LA English DT Editorial Material ID DISTURBANCE; BEHAVIOR; ONTARIO; BIRDS C1 USDA, Forst Serv, Ctr Bottomland Hardwoods Res, Stoneville, MS 38776 USA. US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. MeadWestvaco Corp, Forestry Div, Rupert, WV 25984 USA. RP Hamel, PB (reprint author), USDA, Forst Serv, Ctr Bottomland Hardwoods Res, POB 227, Stoneville, MS 38776 USA. EM phamel@fs.fed.us NR 31 TC 35 Z9 37 U1 1 U2 10 PU AMER ORNITHOLOGISTS UNION PI LAWRENCE PA ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC NORTH AMER PO BOX 1897, LAWRENCE, KS 66044-8897 USA SN 0004-8038 J9 AUK JI AUK PD JAN PY 2004 VL 121 IS 1 BP 7 EP 14 DI 10.1642/0004-8038(2004)121[0007:HWCLMA]2.0.CO;2 PG 8 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 774FY UT WOS:000188970200002 ER PT J AU Sedinger, JS Herzog, MP Ward, DH AF Sedinger, JS Herzog, MP Ward, DH TI Early environment and recruitment of black brant (Branta bernicla nigricans) into the breeding population SO AUK LA English DT Article ID LESSER SNOW GEESE; BARNACLE GEESE; GOOSE FLOCKS; SURVIVAL; GROWTH; DOMINANCE; BEHAVIOR; DYNAMICS; ECOLOGY; SIZE AB In geese, growth regulates survival in the first year. We examined whether early growth, which is primarily governed by environmental conditions, also affects the probability that individuals that survive their first year enter the breeding population. We used logistic regression on a sample of Black Brant (Branta bernicla nigricans) that were weighed at a known age in their first summer and observed during winter (indicating that they had survived the principal mortality period in their first year) to study whether early growth influenced the probability that those individuals would be recruited into the breeding population. We also examined the effects of cohort (1986-1996), sex, age when measured, and area where individuals were reared. The model with the lowest Akaike's Information Criterion score contained body mass, age (days) at measurement, cohort, sex, and brood-rearing area. Models that included variable mass had 85% of the cumulative model weight of the models we considered, indicating that gosling mass had a substantial effect on probability of them entering the breeding population. Females were more likely to be detected breeding than males, which is consistent with the differential fidelity of the sexes. Of individuals that survived the first year, larger goslings were more likely to become breeders. More recent cohorts were less likely to have been detected as breeders. Our findings indicate that environment during the growth period affects the ability of individuals to enter the breeding population, even after accounting for the effects of growth on survival. C1 Univ Nevada, Dept Environm & Resource Sci, Reno, NV 89512 USA. US Geol Survey, Alaska Biol Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99509 USA. RP Sedinger, JS (reprint author), Univ Nevada, Dept Environm & Resource Sci, 1000 Valley Rd, Reno, NV 89512 USA. EM jsedinger@cabnr.unr.edu NR 29 TC 22 Z9 25 U1 2 U2 9 PU AMER ORNITHOLOGISTS UNION PI LAWRENCE PA ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC NORTH AMER PO BOX 1897, LAWRENCE, KS 66044-8897 USA SN 0004-8038 J9 AUK JI AUK PD JAN PY 2004 VL 121 IS 1 BP 68 EP 73 DI 10.1642/0004-8038(2004)121[0068:EEAROB]2.0.CO;2 PG 6 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 774FY UT WOS:000188970200008 ER PT J AU Stanley, TR AF Stanley, TR TI Estimating stage-specific daily survival probabilities of nests when nest age is unknown SO AUK LA English DT Article ID CAPTURE-RECAPTURE; MAYFIELD METHOD; SUCCESS; HETEROGENEITY; REPRODUCTION; POPULATIONS; MODEL; MARK AB Estimation of daily survival probabilities of nests is common in studies of avian populations. Since the introduction of Mayfield's (1961, 1975) estimator, numerous models have been developed to relax Mayfield's assumptions and account for biologically important sources of variation. Stanley (2000) presented a model for estimating stage-specific (e.g. incubation stage, nestling stage) daily survival probabilities of nests that conditions on "nest type" and requires that nests be aged when they are found. Because aging nests typically requires handling the eggs, there may be situations where nests can not or should not be aged and the Stanley (2000) model will be inapplicable. Here, I present a model for estimating stage-specific daily survival probabilities that conditions on nest stage for active nests, thereby obviating the need to age nests when they are found. Specifically, I derive the maximum likelihood function for the model, evaluate the model's performance using Monte Carlo simulations, and provide software for estimating parameters (along with an example). For sample sizes as low as 50 nests, bias was small and confidence interval coverage was close to the nominal rate, especially when a reduced-parameter model was used for estimation. C1 US Geol Survey, Ft Collins Sci Ctr, Ft Collins, CO 80526 USA. RP Stanley, TR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Ft Collins Sci Ctr, 2150 Ctr Ave,Bldg C, Ft Collins, CO 80526 USA. EM tom_stanley@usgs.gov NR 32 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 2 U2 12 PU AMER ORNITHOLOGISTS UNION PI LAWRENCE PA ORNITHOLOGICAL SOC NORTH AMER PO BOX 1897, LAWRENCE, KS 66044-8897 USA SN 0004-8038 J9 AUK JI AUK PD JAN PY 2004 VL 121 IS 1 BP 134 EP 147 DI 10.1642/0004-8038(2004)121[0134:ESDSPO]2.0.CO;2 PG 14 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 774FY UT WOS:000188970200014 ER PT J AU Gee, GF Bertschinger, H Donoghue, AM Blanco, J Soley, J AF Gee, GF Bertschinger, H Donoghue, AM Blanco, J Soley, J TI Reproduction in nondomestic birds: Physiology, semen collection, artificial insemination and cryopreservation SO AVIAN AND POULTRY BIOLOGY REVIEWS LA English DT Review DE reproduction; nondomestic birds; semen collection; artificial insemination; cryopreservation ID OSTRICH STRUTHIO-CAMELUS; SPERM-STORAGE TUBULES; EXTRA-PAIR COPULATIONS; CAPTIVE AMERICAN KESTRELS; FROZEN TURKEY SEMEN; POULTRY SEMEN; CHICKEN SPERMATOZOA; FOWL SPERMATOZOA; AFRICAN OSTRICH; FERTILIZING-CAPACITY AB Pioneering work by Quinn and Burrows in the late 1930s led to successful artificial insemination (AI) programs in the domestic poultry industry. A variety of species specific modifications to the Quinn and Burrows massage technique made AI possible in nondomestic birds. Massage semen collection and insemination techniques span the entire range of species from sparrows to ostriches. Also, cooperative semen collection and electroejaculation have found limited use in some nondomestic species. Artificial insemination produces good fertility, often exceeding fertility levels in naturally copulating populations. However, aviculturists should explore other ways to improve fertility before resorting to AI. Artificial insemination is labor intensive and may pose risks to nondomestic birds as well as handlers associated with capture and insemination. Semen collection and AI makes semen cryopreservation and germ plasma preservation possible. Yet, semen cryopreservation techniques need improvement before fertility with frozen-thawed semen will equal fertility from AI with fresh semen. C1 USGS, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. Univ Pretoria, Vet Wildlife Unit, ZA-0110 Onderstepoort, South Africa. Univ Arkansas, USDA ARS, Fayetteville, AR 72701 USA. Junta Comunidades Castilla La Manch, Ctr Estudios Rapaces Ibericas, Toledo 45671, Spain. RP Gee, GF (reprint author), USGS, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. RI Soley, John/G-9839-2014; Madekurozwa, Mary-Catherine/O-7064-2014 NR 281 TC 34 Z9 35 U1 2 U2 28 PU SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY LETTERS PI ST ALBANS PA PO BOX 314, ST ALBANS AL1 4ZG, HERTS, ENGLAND SN 1470-2061 J9 AVIAN POULT BIOL REV JI Avian Poult. Biol. Rev. PY 2004 VL 15 IS 2 BP 47 EP 101 DI 10.3184/147020604783637435 PG 55 WC Agriculture, Dairy & Animal Science SC Agriculture GA 842JB UT WOS:000222999000001 ER PT J AU Kery, M Schmid, H AF Kery, M Schmid, H TI Monitoring programs need to take into account imperfect species detectability SO BASIC AND APPLIED ECOLOGY LA English DT Article DE avian surveys; Biodiversitatsmonitoring (BDM) Schweiz; capture-recapture models; change of species richness; extinction rate; species richness; survey; trend ID ANIMAL COMMUNITIES; MARKED ANIMALS; CAPTURE; POPULATIONS; INFERENCE; SURVIVAL; RICHNESS; DYNAMICS AB Biodiversity monitoring is important to identify biological units in need of conservation and to check the effectiveness of conservation actions. Programs generally monitor species richness and its changes (trend). Usually, no correction is made for imperfect species detectability. Instead, it is assumed that each species present has the same probability of being recorded and that there is no difference in this detectability across space and time, e.g. among observers and habitats. Consequently, species richness is determined by enumeration as the sum of species recorded. In Switzerland, the federal government has recently launched a comprehensive program that aims at detecting changes in biodiversity at all levels of biological integration. Birds are an important part of that program. Since 1999, 2-3 visits per breeding season are made to each of >250 1 km(2) squares to map the territories of all detected breeding bird species. Here, we analyse data from three squares to illustrate the use of capture-recapture models in monitoring to obtain detectability-corrected estimates of species richness and trend. Species detectability averaged only 85%. Hence an estimated 15% of species present remained overlooked even after three visits. Within a square, changes in detectability for different years were of the same magnitude when surveys were conducted by the same observer as when they were by different observers. Estimates of trend were usually biased and community turnover was overestimated when based on enumeration. Here we use bird data as an illustration of methods. However, species detectability for any taxon is unlikely ever to be perfect or even constant across categories to be compared. Therefore, monitoring programs should correct for species detectability. C1 US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. Swiss Ornithol Inst, Sempach, Switzerland. RP Kery, M (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 11510 Amer Holly Dr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. EM mkery@usgs.gov NR 22 TC 61 Z9 67 U1 5 U2 38 PU ELSEVIER GMBH, URBAN & FISCHER VERLAG PI JENA PA OFFICE JENA, P O BOX 100537, 07705 JENA, GERMANY SN 1439-1791 EI 1618-0089 J9 BASIC APPL ECOL JI Basic Appl. Ecol. PY 2004 VL 5 IS 1 BP 65 EP 73 DI 10.1078/1439-1791-00194 PG 9 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 802XE UT WOS:000220195400008 ER PT J AU Krushelnycky, PD Loope, LL Joe, SM AF Krushelnycky, PD Loope, LL Joe, SM TI Limiting spread of a unicolonial invasive insect and characterization of seasonal patterns of range expansion SO BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS LA English DT Article DE ant control; ant dispersal; Argentine ant; biological invasion; budding; invasive ants; Linepithema humile ID ARGENTINE ANT HYMENOPTERA; IRIDOMYRMEX-HUMILIS MAYR; HALEAKALA NATIONAL-PARK; LINEPITHEMA HUMILE; AC 217,300; FORMICIDAE; HAWAII; AMDRO; BAIT; HYDRAMETHYLNON AB Limiting dispersal is a fundamental strategy in the control of invasive species, and in certain situations containment of incipient populations may be an important management technique. To test the feasibility of slowing the rapid spread of two Argentine ant (Linepithema handle) supercolonies in Haleakala National Park, Hawaii, we applied ant bait and toxicant within an experimental plot situated along a supercolony boundary. The 120 x 260 m plot simulated a small section of what could potentially be a 120 m wide treatment encompassing the entire expanding boundaries of both supercolonies. Foraging ant numbers at baited monitoring stations decreased sharply within two weeks after treatment, and ant spread was completely halted within the plot for at least one year. In contrast, an adjacent untreated colony boundary advanced an average of 65.2 m over the course of I year. Most of this spread took place in the summer and fall, at the time of highest ant abundance at bait monitoring stations, while no outward dispersal occurred during the spring and early summer. These patterns are consistent with the hypothesis that local budding dispersal in this unicolonial species stems from density dependent pressure rather than inherent founding behavior associated with mating. Based on results from this experiment, we are investigating the effectiveness of annual boundary treatments in slowing the Argentine ant invasion at Haleakala National Park. The goals of this program are to protect populations of native arthropods and to keep options open for eventual attempts at eradication. C1 US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Makawao, HI 96768 USA. RP Krushelnycky, PD (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Haleakala Field Stn,POB 369, Makawao, HI 96768 USA. EM krusheln@hotmail.com NR 50 TC 29 Z9 34 U1 3 U2 11 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 1387-3547 J9 BIOL INVASIONS JI Biol. Invasions PY 2004 VL 6 IS 1 BP 47 EP 57 DI 10.1023/B:BINV.0000010121.45225.cc PG 11 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 814HN UT WOS:000220965900004 ER PT J AU Diggins, TP Weimer, M Stewart, KM Baier, RE Meyer, AE Forsberg, RF Goehle, MA AF Diggins, TP Weimer, M Stewart, KM Baier, RE Meyer, AE Forsberg, RF Goehle, MA TI Epiphytic refugium: are two species of invading freshwater bivalves partitioning spatial resources? SO BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS LA English DT Article DE Dreissena bugensis; Dreissena polymorpha; epiphytic; spatial partitioning ID MUSSEL DREISSENA-BUGENSIS; LOWER GREAT-LAKES; QUAGGA MUSSEL; NORTH-AMERICA; ZEBRA MUSSEL; COMPARATIVE GROWTH; SHELL MORPHOLOGY; POLYMORPHA; IDENTIFICATION; ERIE AB Enumeration of benthic (bottom dwelling) and epiphytic (attached to plants) zebra and quagga mussels (Dreissena polymorpha and D. bugensis, respectively) at Lake Erie near-shore sites in fall of 2000 revealed an unexpected prevalence of the zebra mussel on submerged plants. Even at Buffalo, New York, USA, where benthic dreissenids have been 92-100% quagoa mussel since 1996, zebra mussels constituted 30-61% of epiphytes numerically. This may reflect a partitioning of settling space consistent with interspecific competition. A seasonal epiphytic refugium might allow the zebra mussel to persist even where the benthos is almost exclusively quagga mussel. C1 Hamilton Coll, Dept Biol, Clinton, NY 13323 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Lower Great Lakes Fishery Resource Off, Buffalo, NY USA. SUNY Buffalo, Dept Biol Sci, Buffalo, NY USA. SUNY Buffalo, Ind Univ Ctr Biosurfaces, Buffalo, NY USA. SUNY Buffalo, Great Lakes Ctr Environm Res & Educ, Buffalo, NY USA. RP Diggins, TP (reprint author), Hamilton Coll, Dept Biol, Clinton, NY 13323 USA. EM tpdiggins@ysu.edu NR 31 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 6 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 1387-3547 J9 BIOL INVASIONS JI Biol. Invasions PY 2004 VL 6 IS 1 BP 83 EP 88 DI 10.1023/B:BINV.0000010124.00582.d3 PG 6 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 814HN UT WOS:000220965900007 ER PT J AU Kellogg, CH Bridgham, SD AF Kellogg, CH Bridgham, SD TI Disturbance, herbivory, and propagule dispersal control dominance of an invasive grass SO BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS LA English DT Article DE deer; invasibility; marsh; Phalaris arundinacea; plant community; reed canarygrass; restoration; richness; selective herbivory; wetland ID WHITE-TAILED DEER; BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS; REED CANARYGRASS; PLANT-COMMUNITIES; WETLAND PLANTS; PHALARIS-ARUNDINACEA; SPECIES RICHNESS; SEED BANKS; VEGETATION; INVASIBILITY AB Despite the dramatic changes invasive plants cause to ecosystems and communities, factors that control dominance of invasive species after establishment in a community are poorly understood. Most active management relies on catastrophic disturbances of invasive-dominated communities to increase richness and diversity of plant communities. This study examines the importance of propagule dispersal and deer herbivory on continued dominance of Phalaris arundinacea after a non-catastrophic, short-term disturbance to monotypic stands of this invasive grass. The disturbance caused no change in R arundinacea cover among treatments during any year of the study and, thus, simulates disturbance intensity more likely to be encountered in unmanaged settings. Despite the small disturbance, the combinations of disturbance + seeding and disturbance + seeding + deer exclusion caused greater species richness than controls even three years after disturbance. Increased invasion of P. arundinacea stands caused few effects on the dominant, as R arundinacea biomass was unaffected after the first year. Selective herbivory by deer of species other than R arundinacea increased the effects of disturbance and seeding, and aided in continued dominance of the grass. The tolerance of R arundinacea for direct anthropogenic effects, including poor water quality and hydroperiod fluctuations, and indirect effects, such as increased herbivory by historically high deer populations, indicates the complexity of determining persistence of invasive species. C1 Univ Notre Dame, Dept Biol Sci, Notre Dame, IN 46556 USA. RP Kellogg, CH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Forest & Rangeland Ecosyst Sci Ctr, 3200 SW Jefferson Way, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. EM chev_kellogg@usgs.gov NR 64 TC 25 Z9 25 U1 5 U2 22 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 1387-3547 J9 BIOL INVASIONS JI Biol. Invasions PY 2004 VL 6 IS 3 BP 319 EP 329 DI 10.1023/B:BINV.0000034606.84830.d5 PG 11 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 845ZK UT WOS:000223284000006 ER PT J AU Mollett, TA Reed, PJ McGowan, KR Daugherty, SL Sherfy, MH AF Mollett, TA Reed, PJ McGowan, KR Daugherty, SL Sherfy, MH TI Relationship of gonadal steroids to reproductive activity and age class in nutria (Myocastor coypus) SO BIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION LA English DT Meeting Abstract CT 37th Annual Meeting of the Society-for-the-Study-of-Reproduction CY AUG 01-04, 2004 CL Univ British Columbia, Vancouver, CANADA SP Soc Study Reprod HO Univ British Columbia C1 Univ Maryland Eastern Shore, Dept Agr, Princess Anne, MD USA. Delaware Valley Coll, Dept Anim Sci, Doylestown, PA USA. Univ Maryland Eastern Shore, US Geol Survey, Maryland Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Princess Anne, MD USA. Prairie & No Wildlife Res Ctr, US Geol Survey, Jamestown, MD USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 1 U2 4 PU SOC STUDY REPRODUCTION PI MADISON PA 1603 MONROE ST, MADISON, WI 53711-2021 USA SN 0006-3363 J9 BIOL REPROD JI Biol. Reprod. PY 2004 SI SI MA 106 BP 117 EP 117 PG 1 WC Reproductive Biology SC Reproductive Biology GA 840HJ UT WOS:000222848400166 ER PT J AU Bruno, DW Elliott, DG Nowak, B AF Bruno, DW Elliott, DG Nowak, B TI Fish Neoplasia, histopathology workshop 2003 SO BULLETIN OF THE EUROPEAN ASSOCIATION OF FISH PATHOLOGISTS LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 9th EAFP International Conference CY 2001 CL Rhodes, GREECE SP EAFP C1 FRS Marine Lab, Aberdeen AB11 9DB, Scotland. US Geol Survey, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Biol Resources Discipline, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. Univ Tasmania, Sch Aquaculture, Tasmanian Aquaculture & Fisheries Inst, CRC,Aquafin, Launceston, Tas 7250, Australia. RP Bruno, DW (reprint author), FRS Marine Lab, POB 101,375 Victoria Rd, Aberdeen AB11 9DB, Scotland. NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU EUR ASSOC FISH PATHOLOGISTS PI ABERDEEN PA C/O DR DAVID BRUNO, MARINE LABORATORY, PO BOX 101, VICTORIA RD, ABERDEEN AB11 9DB, SCOTLAND SN 0108-0288 J9 B EUR ASSOC FISH PAT JI Bull. Eur. Assoc. Fish Pathol. PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1 BP 61 EP 61 PG 1 WC Fisheries; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Fisheries; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 808WK UT WOS:000220599000011 ER PT J AU Soule, SA Cashman, KV Kauahikaua, JP AF Soule, SA Cashman, KV Kauahikaua, JP TI Examining flow emplacement through the surface morphology of three rapidly emplaced, solidified lava flows, Kilauea Volcano, Hawai'i SO BULLETIN OF VOLCANOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Kilauea; 'a'(a)over-bar flow; surface morphology; channels; crystallinity ID SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS; FIELD OBSERVATIONS; YIELD STRENGTH; PAHOEHOE; AA; CRYSTALLIZATION; TRANSITION; MODEL; DYNAMICS; CHANNEL AB The surface morphologies (pamacrhoehoe and 'a'amacr) of three short-duration, high effusion rate Kilauean lava flows record important information about basaltic lava flow emplacement. Variations in the distributions of surface morphology with distance from the vent indicate the cumulative effects of both intrinsic (i.e. composition, temperature, crystallinity) and extrinsic (i.e. topography, effusion rate, flow velocity) parameters of emplacement. Detailed surface mapping with aerial photos and radar imagery reveal that all three flows exhibit a flow facies evolution common to Hawaiian 'a'amacr flows of (1) pamacrhoehoe sheet flows, (2) 'a'amacr-filled channels within pamacrhoehoe sheets, and (3) channelized 'a'amacr. The resulting surface morphology distribution is similar among flows, although differences in the length scale of the distribution exist. We characterize the surface morphology distribution by the distance from the vent to the onset of the surface morphology transition (0.5-4 km) and the length of the transition from onset to completion (1.5-7 km). The parameters that affect surface morphology changes are investigated by comparison of two recent flows (July and December 1974). There is no correlation between the location of the surface morphology transition and local changes in slope; instead, 'a'amacr formation initiates when flows reach a critical groundmass crystallinity of phisimilar to0.18. This critical crystallinity, composed primarily of plagioclase and pyroxene microlites, does not appear to be affected by the presence or absence of olivine phenocrsyts. This crystallinity also correlates with theoretical and experimental predictions for the onset of a yield strength and supports the idea that crystal-crystal interactions are controlled primarily by the content of prismatic crystals (e.g. plagioclase). The dependence of the morphologic transition on post-eruptive crystallization requires that the down-flow location of the surface morphology transition is determined by both eruption temperature and effusion rate, with hotter, faster flows traveling greater distances before crystallizing enough to form 'a'amacr. The length of the transition zone is proportional to the rate of flow cooling, which is dramatically influenced by topographic confinement. A comparison of the surface morphology distributions of these flows to the 1823 Keaiwa flow, which has a similar composition, pre-eruptive topography, and eruption temperature suggests that it was emplaced at effusion and flow advance rates, 300 m(3)/s and 1-3 m/s, respectively, typical of observed Hawaiian eruptions and much lower than previous estimates from the run-up height of lava. Evaluation of independent methods to determine flow-front velocities indicates that run-up height estimates consistently exceed estimates from tree-mold measurements and observation of active flows of <2 m/s. Channel velocities of 1-3 m/s, inferred through analysis of 'a'amacr clinker size as a function of distance from the vent, are higher than those inferred at the flow-front. C1 1272 Univ Oregon, Dept Geol Sci, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. Hawaii Volcano Observ, Hawaii Volcanoes Natl Pk, Hilo, HI 96718 USA. RP Soule, SA (reprint author), 1272 Univ Oregon, Dept Geol Sci, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. EM ssoule@gladstone.uoregon.edu OI Soule, Adam/0000-0002-4691-6300 NR 53 TC 38 Z9 38 U1 1 U2 8 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0258-8900 J9 B VOLCANOL JI Bull. Volcanol. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 66 IS 1 BP 1 EP 14 DI 10.1007/s00445-003-0291-0 PG 14 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 757EV UT WOS:000187548400001 ER PT J AU Mech, LD McIntyre, RT Smith, DW AF Mech, LD McIntyre, RT Smith, DW TI Unusual behavior by Bison, Bison bison, toward Elk, Cervus elaphus, and Wolves, Canis lupus SO CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST LA English DT Article DE Bison; Bison bison; Wolf; Canis lulyus; Elk; Cervus elaphus; Yellowstone National Park ID NATIONAL-PARK; HARASSMENT AB Incidents are described of Bison (Bison bison) in Yellowstone National Park mauling and possibly killing a young Elk (Cervus elaphus) calf, chasing wolves (Canis lupus) off Elk they had just killed or were killing, and keeping the wolves away for extended periods. During one of the latter cases, the Bison knocked a wolf-wounded Elk down. Bison were also seen approaching wolves that were resting and sleeping, rousting them, following them to new resting places and repeating this behavior. These behaviors might represent some type of generalized hyper-defensiveness that functions as an anti-predator strategy. C1 US Geol Survey, Prairie & No Wildlife Res Ctr, Jamestown, ND 58401 USA. Natl Pk Serv, Yellowstone Ctr Resources, Yellowstone Natl Pk, WY 82190 USA. RP Mech, LD (reprint author), Univ Minnesota, Raptor Ctr, 1920 5th Ave, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. NR 14 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 6 PU OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS CLUB PI OTTAWA PA PO BOX 35069, WESTGATE PO, OTTAWA, ONTARIO K1Z 1A2, CANADA SN 0008-3550 J9 CAN FIELD NAT JI Can. Field-Nat. PD JAN-MAR PY 2004 VL 118 IS 1 BP 115 EP 118 PG 4 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 887SM UT WOS:000226325800014 ER PT J AU Mech, LD Tracy, S AF Mech, LD Tracy, S TI Record high Wolf, Canis lupus, pack density SO CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST LA English DT Editorial Material DE Wolf; Canis lupus; Minnesota; Superior National Forest; White-tailed deer; Odocoileus virginianus ID NORTHEASTERN MINNESOTA; POPULATION; WOLVES AB This report documents a year-around Wolf (Canis lupus) density of 18.2/100 km(2) and a summer density of 30.8/100 km(2), in a northeastern Minnesota Wolf pack. The previous record was a summer density of 14.1/100 km(2), for a Wolf pack on Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada. C1 US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Prairie & No Wildlife Res Ctr, Jamestown, ND 58401 USA. Univ Minnesota, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. Univ Minnesota, Raptor Ctr, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. RP Mech, LD (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Prairie & No Wildlife Res Ctr, 8711-37th St SE, Jamestown, ND 58401 USA. NR 17 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 6 PU OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS CLUB PI OTTAWA PA PO BOX 35069, WESTGATE PO, OTTAWA, ONTARIO K1Z 1A2, CANADA SN 0008-3550 J9 CAN FIELD NAT JI Can. Field-Nat. PD JAN-MAR PY 2004 VL 118 IS 1 BP 127 EP 129 PG 3 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 887SM UT WOS:000226325800018 ER PT J AU Longcore, JR McAuley, DG AF Longcore, JR McAuley, DG TI Extraordinary size and survival of American Black Duck, Anas rubripes, broods SO CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST LA English DT Editorial Material DE American Black Duck; Anas rubripes; brood size; duckling survival; post-hatch brood amalgamation; Maine ID LIFE HISTORIES; CLUTCH SIZE; GAME BIRDS; AMALGAMATION AB Two female American Black Ducks (Anas rubripes) were initially observed during June 1982 with 20 Class Ib or 18-22 Class Ia-b ducklings in two wetlands in Hancock County, Cherryfield, Maine. Fifteen of 20 ducklings (75%) in one brood and 16 of 18-22 ducklings (72-89%) in the other brood survived to fledge. These large broods probably resulted from post-hatch brood amalgamation. C1 US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Orono, ME 04469 USA. RP Longcore, JR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 5768 S Annex A, Orono, ME 04469 USA. NR 17 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS CLUB PI OTTAWA PA PO BOX 35069, WESTGATE PO, OTTAWA, ONTARIO K1Z 1A2, CANADA SN 0008-3550 J9 CAN FIELD NAT JI Can. Field-Nat. PD JAN-MAR PY 2004 VL 118 IS 1 BP 129 EP 131 PG 3 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 887SM UT WOS:000226325800019 ER PT J AU O'Neill, JM Lonn, JD Lageson, DR Kunk, MJ AF O'Neill, JM Lonn, JD Lageson, DR Kunk, MJ TI Early Tertiary Anaconda Metamorphic Core Complex, southwestern Montana SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF EARTH SCIENCES LA English DT Article ID WESTERN MONTANA; IDAHO; BATHOLITH AB A sinuous zone of gently southeast-dipping low-angle Tertiary normal faults is exposed for 100 km along the eastern margins of the Anaconda and Flint Creek ranges in southwest Montana. Faults in the zone variously place Mesoproterozoic through Paleozoic sedimentary rocks on younger Tertiary granitic rocks or on sedimentary rocks older than the overlying detached rocks. Lower plate rocks are lineated and mylonitic at the main fault and, below the mylonitic front, are cut by mylonitic mesoscopic to microscopic shear zones. The upper plate consists of an imbricate stack of younger-on-older sedimentary rocks that are locally mylonitic at the main, lowermost detachment fault but are characteristically strongly brecciated or broken. Kinematic indicators in the lineated mylonite indicate tectonic transport to the east-southeast. Syntectonic sedimentary breccia and coarse conglomerate derived solely from upper plate rocks were deposited locally on top of hanging-wall rocks in low-lying areas between fault blocks and breccia zones. Muscovite occurs locally as mica fish in mylonitic quartzites at or near the main detachment. The Ar-40/Ar-39 age spectrum obtained from muscovite in one mylonitic quartzite yielded an age of 47.2 + 0.14 Ma, interpreted to be the age of mylonitization. The fault zone is interpreted as a detachment fault that bounds a metamorphic core complex, here termed the Anaconda metamorphic core complex, similar in age and character to the Bitterroot mylonite that bounds the Bitterroot metamorphic core complex along the Idaho-Montana state line 100 km to the west. The Bitterroot and Anaconda core complexes are likely components of a continuous, tectonically integrated system. Recognition of this core complex expands the region of known early Tertiary brittle-ductile crustal extension eastward into areas of profound Late Cretaceous contractile deformation characterized by complex structural interactions between the overthrust belt and Laramide basement uplifts, overprinted by late Tertiary Basin and Range faulting. C1 US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. Montana Tech Univ, Montana Bur Mines & Geol, Butte, MT 59701 USA. Montana State Univ, Dept Earth Sci, Bozeman, MT 59601 USA. RP O'Neill, JM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM jmoneill@usgs.gov NR 34 TC 14 Z9 14 U1 0 U2 6 PU NATL RESEARCH COUNCIL CANADA PI OTTAWA PA RESEARCH JOURNALS, MONTREAL RD, OTTAWA, ONTARIO K1A 0R6, CANADA SN 0008-4077 J9 CAN J EARTH SCI JI Can. J. Earth Sci. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 41 IS 1 BP 63 EP 72 DI 10.1139/E03-086 PG 10 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 775EN UT WOS:000189027900005 ER PT J AU Himmelberg, GR Haeussler, PJ Brew, DA AF Himmelberg, GR Haeussler, PJ Brew, DA TI Emplacement, rapid burial, and exhumation of 90-Ma plutons in southeastern Alaska SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF EARTH SCIENCES LA English DT Article ID WESTERN METAMORPHIC BELT; SOUTH-EASTERN ALASKA; COAST MOUNTAINS BATHOLITH; BRITISH-COLUMBIA; CANADIAN CORDILLERA; STRUCTURAL EVOLUTION; ALEXANDER TERRANE; PHASE-EQUILIBRIA; CAPE FANSHAW; GRAVINA BELT AB In southeastern Alaska, granodiorite-tonalite plutons of the Admiralty-Revillagigedo belt intruded the Jurassic-Cretaceous Gravina belt along the eastern side of the Alexander terrane around 90 Ma. These plutons postdate some deformation related to a major contractional event between the previously amalgamated Wrangellia and Alexander terranes and the previously accreted terranes of the North American margin. We studied the aureole mineral assemblages of these plutons near Petersburg, Alaska, determined pressure and temperature of equilibration, and examined structures that developed within and adjacent to these plutons. Parallelism of magmatic and submagmatic fabrics with fabrics in the country rock indicates synchroneity of pluton emplacement with regional deformation and suggests that magma transport to higher crustal levels was assisted by regional deformation. Replacement of andalusite by kyanite or sillimanite indicates crustal thickening soon after pluton emplacement. Regional structural analysis indicates the crustal thickening was accomplished by thrust burial. Thermobarometric analyses indicate the aureoles reached near-peak temperatures of 525 to 635 degreesC at pressures of 570 to 630 MPa. Consideration of the rate of thermal decay of the aureoles suggests that burial was rapid and occurred at rates around 5 to 8 mm/year. Structural observations indicate there was contractional deformation before, during, and after emplacement of the 90-Ma plutons. Initial exhumation of the Admiralty-Revillagigedo belt in the Petersburg area may have occurred along a thrust west of the pluton belt within the Gravina belt. C1 Univ Missouri, Dept Geol Sci, Columbia, MO 65211 USA. US Geol Survey, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Himmelberg, GR (reprint author), Univ Missouri, Dept Geol Sci, 101 Geol Bldg, Columbia, MO 65211 USA. EM HimmelbergG@missouri.edu OI Haeussler, Peter/0000-0002-1503-6247 NR 79 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 5 PU NATL RESEARCH COUNCIL CANADA PI OTTAWA PA RESEARCH JOURNALS, MONTREAL RD, OTTAWA, ONTARIO K1A 0R6, CANADA SN 0008-4077 J9 CAN J EARTH SCI JI Can. J. Earth Sci. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 41 IS 1 BP 87 EP 102 DI 10.1139/E03-087 PG 16 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 775EN UT WOS:000189027900007 ER PT J AU McNair, DB Lombard, CD AF McNair, DB Lombard, CD TI Population estimates, habitat associations, and management of Ameiva polops (Cope) at Green Cay, United States Virgin Islands SO CARIBBEAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE endangered species; habitat associations; lizard; management; population estimates ID PROTESTANT CAY AB The endemic St. Croix Ground Lizard (Ameiva polops), listed in 1977 by the United States Fish and Wildlife Service as an endangered species, has not been surveyed since the mid-1990s on Green Cay (5.7 ha), an islet just off the northeastern coast of St. Croix, US Virgin Islands. We conducted six surveys here within three divisions (north, south, beach) along 32 randomly selected fixed-width plots (25 x 4 m) from August to October 2002. The total weighted mean population estimate, using a conservative procedure, was 183 lizards. The number of lizards was positively associated with a greater number of shrub stems. Lizards were more abundant in forested areas in the southern half of the cay (81% of the weighted total), but scarcer than expected on beaches (< 0.05% of the total), especially treeless areas. Since our recent population estimate suggests a decline in the long-term (ca. 35 yr) population of Ameiva polops on Green Cay, mark-resight, recapture surveys, or distance sampling (adjusted for the proportion of animals that are unobserved) are required to obtain population estimates and to assess hurricane effects (since Hugo in 1989) on habitat structure and composition. C1 Dept Planning & Nat Resources, Div Fish & Wildlife, Frederiksted, VI 00840 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Christiansted, VI 00820 USA. RP McNair, DB (reprint author), Dept Planning & Nat Resources, Div Fish & Wildlife, 45 Mars Hill, Frederiksted, VI 00840 USA. EM dbmcnair@vipowernet.net NR 19 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV PUERTO RICO, PI MAYAGUEZ PA COLLEGE ARTS SCIENCES, MAYAGUEZ, PR 00680 USA SN 0008-6452 J9 CARIBB J SCI JI Caribb. J. Sci. PY 2004 VL 40 IS 3 BP 353 EP 361 PG 9 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 887IY UT WOS:000226300400007 ER PT J AU Earsom, SD AF Earsom, SD TI Predation of fledgling Warbling Silverbill, Lonchura malabarica (Aves : Estrildidae) by Troupial, Icterus icterus (Aves : Icteridae) in southwestern Puerto Rico SO CARIBBEAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE endemic; frugivore; introduced species; Oriole; subtropical dry forest; Venezuela AB An apparent act of predation was witnessed between two introduced species. A Troupial captured a fledgling Warbling Silverbill, perhaps constituting the first recorded example of this behavior for Icterus icterus on Puerto Rico. Due to its relatively low population density and the lack of other examples of this agonistic behavior, it is unlikely that the troupial has a significant negative impact on the native flora and fauna of the island. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Boqueron, PR 00622 USA. RP Earsom, SD (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Caribbean Isl Natl Wildlife Refuge Complex,POB 51, Boqueron, PR 00622 USA. EM stephen_earsom@fws.gov NR 18 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV PUERTO RICO, PI MAYAGUEZ PA COLLEGE ARTS SCIENCES, MAYAGUEZ, PR 00680 USA SN 0008-6452 J9 CARIBB J SCI JI Caribb. J. Sci. PY 2004 VL 40 IS 3 BP 413 EP 415 PG 3 WC Biodiversity Conservation SC Biodiversity & Conservation GA 887IY UT WOS:000226300400017 ER PT J AU Stewart, IT Cayan, DR Dettinger, MD AF Stewart, IT Cayan, DR Dettinger, MD TI Changes in snowmelt runoff timing in western North America under a 'business as usual' climate change scenario SO CLIMATIC CHANGE LA English DT Article ID UNITED-STATES; MODEL AB Spring snowmelt is the most important contribution of many rivers in western North America. If climate changes, this contribution may change. A shift in the timing of springtime snowmelt towards earlier in the year already is observed during 1948 - 2000 in many western rivers. Streamflow timing changes for the 1995 - 2099 period are projected using regression relations between observed streamflow-timing responses in each river, measured by the temporal centroid of streamflow (CT) each year, and local temperature (TI) and precipitation ( PI) indices. Under 21st century warming trends predicted by the Parallel Climate Model (PCM) under business-as-usual greenhouse-gas emissions, streamflow timing trends across much of western North America suggest even earlier springtime snowmelt than observed to date. Projected CT changes are consistent with observed rates and directions of change during the past five decades, and are strongest in the Pacific Northwest, Sierra Nevada, and Rocky Mountains, where many rivers eventually run 30 - 40 days earlier. The modest PI changes projected by PCM yield minimal CT changes. The responses of CT to the simultaneous effects of projected TI and PI trends are dominated by the TI changes. Regression-based CT projections agree with those from physically-based simulations of rivers in the Pacific Northwest and Sierra Nevada. C1 Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. US Geol Survey, La Jolla, CA USA. RP Stewart, IT (reprint author), Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, 9500 Gilman Dr, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. EM istewart@meteora.ucsd.edu NR 17 TC 310 Z9 321 U1 10 U2 77 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0165-0009 J9 CLIMATIC CHANGE JI Clim. Change PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 62 IS 1-3 BP 217 EP 232 DI 10.1023/B:CLIM.0000013702.22656.e8 PG 16 WC Environmental Sciences; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 768FA UT WOS:000188531900009 ER PT J AU Dettinger, MD Cayan, DR Meyer, M Jeton, AE AF Dettinger, MD Cayan, DR Meyer, M Jeton, AE TI Simulated hydrologic responses to climate variations and change in the Merced, Carson, and American River basins, Sierra Nevada, California, 1900-2099 SO CLIMATIC CHANGE LA English DT Article ID SACRAMENTO BASIN; NCAR CCM3; MODEL; IMPACT; SYSTEM AB Hydrologic responses of river basins in the Sierra Nevada of California to historical and future climate variations and changes are assessed by simulating daily streamflow and water-balance responses to simulated climate variations over a continuous 200-yr period. The coupled atmosphere-ocean-ice-land Parallel Climate Model provides the simulated climate histories, and existing hydrologic models of the Merced, Carson, and American Rivers are used to simulate the basin responses. The historical simulations yield stationary climate and hydrologic variations through the first part of the 20th century until about 1975 when temperatures begin to warm noticeably and when snowmelt and streamflow peaks begin to occur progressively earlier within the seasonal cycle. A future climate simulated with business-as-usual increases in greenhouse-gas and aerosol radiative forcings continues those recent trends through the 21st century with an attendant + 2.5 degreesC warming and a hastening of snowmelt and streamflow within the seasonal cycle by almost a month. The various projected trends in the business-as-usual simulations become readily visible despite realistic simulated natural climatic and hydrologic variability by about 2025. In contrast to these changes that are mostly associated with streamflow timing, long-term average totals of streamflow and other hydrologic fluxes remain similar to the historical mean in all three simulations. A control simulation in which radiative forcings are held constant at 1995 levels for the 50 years following 1995 yields climate and streamflow timing conditions much like the 1980s and 1990s throughout its duration. The availability of continuous climate-change projection outputs and careful design of initial conditions and control experiments, like those utilized here, promise to improve the quality and usability of future climate-change impact assessments. C1 Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, US Geol Survey, Dept 0224, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, Div Climate Res, San Diego, CA 92103 USA. US Geol Survey, Carson City, NV USA. RP Dettinger, MD (reprint author), Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, US Geol Survey, Dept 0224, 9500 Gilman Dr, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. EM mddettin@usgs.gov NR 43 TC 187 Z9 192 U1 2 U2 43 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0165-0009 J9 CLIMATIC CHANGE JI Clim. Change PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 62 IS 1-3 BP 283 EP 317 DI 10.1023/B:CLIM.0000013683.13346.4f PG 35 WC Environmental Sciences; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 768FA UT WOS:000188531900012 ER PT J AU Knowles, N Cayan, DR AF Knowles, N Cayan, DR TI Elevational dependence of projected hydrologic changes in the San Francisco Estuary and watershed SO CLIMATIC CHANGE LA English DT Article ID JOAQUIN RIVER-BASIN; CLIMATE; MODEL; CALIFORNIA; RESOURCES AB California's primary hydrologic system, the San Francisco Estuary and its upstream watershed, is vulnerable to the regional hydrologic consequences of projected global climate change. Previous work has shown that a projected warming would result in a reduction of snowpack storage leading to higher winter and lower spring-summer streamflows and increased spring-summer salinities in the estuary. The present work shows that these hydrologic changes exhibit a strong dependence on elevation, with the greatest loss of snowpack volume in the 1300 - 2700 m elevation range. Exploiting hydrologic and estuarine modeling capabilities to trace water as it moves through the system reveals that the shift of water in mid-elevations of the Sacramento river basin from snowmelt to rainfall runoff is the dominant cause of projected changes in estuarine inflows and salinity. Additionally, although spring-summer losses of estuarine inflows are balanced by winter gains, the losses have a stronger influence on salinity since longer spring-summer residence times allow the inflow changes to accumulate in the estuary. The changes in inflows sourced in the Sacramento River basin in approximately the 1300 - 2200 m elevation range thereby lead to a net increase in estuarine salinity under the projected warming. Such changes would impact ecosystems throughout the watershed and threaten to contaminate much of California's freshwater supply. C1 Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, Div Climate Res, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Knowles, N (reprint author), Univ Calif San Diego, Scripps Inst Oceanog, Div Climate Res, 9500 Gilman Dr, La Jolla, CA 92093 USA. EM nknowles@usgs.gov NR 25 TC 72 Z9 75 U1 0 U2 16 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0165-0009 J9 CLIMATIC CHANGE JI Clim. Change PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 62 IS 1-3 BP 319 EP 336 DI 10.1023/B:CLIM.0000013696.14308.b9 PG 18 WC Environmental Sciences; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 768FA UT WOS:000188531900013 ER PT J AU McCarthy, K Walker, L Vigoren, L AF McCarthy, K Walker, L Vigoren, L TI Subsurface fate of spilled petroleum hydrocarbons in continuous permafrost SO COLD REGIONS SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE permafrost; contaminant transport; arctic; arctic environment AB Accidental releases of approximately 2000 m(3) of fuel have resulted in subsurface contamination adjacent to Imikpuk Lake, a drinking-water source near Barrow, AK. This paper presents a conceptual model of the distribution and transport of subsurface free-phase hydrocarbons at this site. The mean annual temperature in Barrow is - 13 degreesC, and average monthly temperatures exceed 0 degreesC only during the months of June, July, and August. As a result, the region is underlain by areally continuous permafrost that extends to depths of up to 300 m and constrains subsurface hydrologic processes to a shallow zone that temporarily thaws each summer. During the 1993 and 1994 thaw seasons, the measured depth of thaw varied across the site from approximately 0.5 to 2 m. However, exploratory borings in 1995 showed that free-phase hydrocarbons were present at depths greater than 3 in, indicating that permafrost at this site is not a barrier to the vertical migration of nonaqueous-phase liquids. In 1996, a subsurface containment barrier was installed to prevent lateral movement of contaminated water to Imikpuk Lake, and a recovery trench was excavated upgradient of the barrier to facilitate removal of free-phase hydrocarbons. Free-phase hydrocarbons were recovered from the trench during 1996, 1997, and 1998. Recovery rates diminished over this time, and in 1999, no further product was recovered and the recovery operation was halted. Subsequent exploratory borings in 2001 and 2002 have revealed that some product remains in the subsurface. Data indicate that this remaining product exists in small discrete pockets or very thin layers of hydrocarbon floating on brine. These small reservoirs appear to be isolated from one another by relatively impermeable permafrost. Published by Elsevier B.V. C1 US Geol Survey, Portland, OR 97216 USA. USN, Facil Engn Command, Engn Field Act NW, Poulsbo, WA 98370 USA. Foster Wheeler Environm Corp, Poulsbo, WA 98370 USA. RP McCarthy, K (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 10615 SE Cherry Blossom Dr, Portland, OR 97216 USA. EM mccarthy@usgs.gov NR 16 TC 9 Z9 13 U1 1 U2 6 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0165-232X J9 COLD REG SCI TECHNOL JI Cold Reg. Sci. Tech. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 38 IS 1 BP 43 EP 54 DI 10.1016/S0165-232X(03)00062-4 PG 12 WC Engineering, Environmental; Engineering, Civil; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Engineering; Geology GA 769CU UT WOS:000188609500004 ER PT B AU Falzarano, SRJ Taylor, A Thomas, K AF Falzarano, SRJ Taylor, A Thomas, K BE VanRiper, C Cole, KL TI USGS and Hopi Tribe perspectives on research collaborations SO COLORADO PLATEAU: CULTURAL, BIOLOGICAL, AND PHYSICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 6th Biennial Conference of Research on the Colorado Plateau CY NOV 05-08, 2001 CL Flagstaff, AZ SP USGS, CPFS, NO Arizona Univ ID BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY; INDIGENOUS KNOWLEDGE; SCIENCE C1 No Arizona Univ, USGS SW Biol Sci Ctr, Colorado Plateau Field Stn, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. RP Falzarano, SRJ (reprint author), No Arizona Univ, USGS SW Biol Sci Ctr, Colorado Plateau Field Stn, NAU Box 5614, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. NR 14 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU UNIV ARIZONA PRESS PI TUCSON PA 355 S EUCLID AVE, STE 103, TUCSON, AZ 85719 USA BN 0-8165-2408-4 PY 2004 BP 63 EP 69 PG 7 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA BY84R UT WOS:000189477200005 ER PT J AU Lee, KA Franson, JC Kinsella, JM Hollmen, T Hansen, SP Hollmen, A AF Lee, KA Franson, JC Kinsella, JM Hollmen, T Hansen, SP Hollmen, A TI Intestinal helminths in mourning doves (Zenaida macroura) from Arizona, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, and Tennessee, USA SO COMPARATIVE PARASITOLOGY LA English DT Article DE helminths; mourning dove; Zenaida macroura; Killigrewia delafondi; Ornithostrongylus crami; Ascaridia columbae; Capillaria obsignata; Arizona; Pennsylvania; South Carolina; Tennessee ID ECOLOGY AB We examined 115 hunter-killed mourning doves (Zenaida macroura) from 4 states (Arizona, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, and Tennessee, U.S.A.) in 1998 and 1999 to investigate geographical variation in the prevalence and intensity of intestinal helminth infections. Four intestinal helminth species Were identified: Killigrewia delafondi, Ornithostrongylus crami, Ascaridia columbae, and Capillaria obsignata. The number of worms (all helminth species combined) per infected bird ranged from 1 to 166 (mean +/- SE = 12.7 +/- 7.45, median = 2.0). Filarids, Aproctella stoddardi, were found in 2 birds but were probably adhering to the outside of the intestine. Overall, 18% of the doves were infected with 1 or more species of helminths. The percentage of doves infected with at least I helminth species varied from 4% in Arizona to 27% in South Carolina. Mixed infections occurred in only 3 individuals (14% of infected birds). We found no significant differences in prevalence of infection among any of the 4 helminths by host age or sex, and prevalences were too low to test for differences among states. The intensity of O. crami was higher in males than in females but did not differ significantly among states. Intensities of the other 3 helminths did not differ by sex or state, and we found no differences in helminth intensity by age. Intestinal length was significantly greater in infected than in uninfected birds. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Wildlife Hlth Ctr, Madison, WI 53711 USA. RP Franson, JC (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Wildlife Hlth Ctr, 6006 Schroeder Rd, Madison, WI 53711 USA. EM kellylee@princeton.edu; chris_franson@usgs.gov; wormdwb@aol.com; hollmen@alaskasealife.org; scott_hansen@usgs.gov; ahollmen@paju.oulu.fi OI Franson, J/0000-0002-0251-4238 NR 21 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 1 U2 2 PU HELMINTHOLOGICAL SOC WASHINGTON PI LAWRENCE PA C/O ALLEN PRESS INC, 1041 NEW HAMPSHIRE ST, ACCT# 141866, LAWRENCE, KS 66044 USA SN 1525-2647 EI 1938-2952 J9 COMP PARASITOL JI Comp. Parasitol. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 71 IS 1 BP 81 EP 85 DI 10.1654/4091 PG 5 WC Parasitology; Zoology SC Parasitology; Zoology GA 765PV UT WOS:000188293400014 ER PT S AU Misut, PE Voss, CI AF Misut, PE Voss, CI BE Miller, CT Farthing, MW Gray, WG Pinder, GF TI Simulation of seawater intrusion resulting from proposed expanded pumpage in New York City, USA SO Computational Methods in Water Resources, Vols 1 and 2 SE DEVELOPMENTS IN WATER SCIENCE LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 15th International Conference on Computational Methods in Water Resources CY JUN 13-17, 2004 CL Chapel Hill, NC SP Univ N Carolina Chapel Hill, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Sch Public Hlth AB Ground-water flow and movement of the freshwater/saltwater interface on western Long Island. N.Y., were simulated to evaluate the effects of a proposed increase in ground-water pumpage to meet the New York City's growing demand for freshwater without causing saltwater intrusion. Accurate simulation of the long-term movement of the freshwater/ saltwater interface is limited by uncertainty as to the rate of sea-level rise since the Pleistocene glaciation and the amount of flow that moves through offshore breaches in a shall l confining unit, the Gardiners Clay. Reasonable estimates of these and related factors were applied to a three- dimensional version of the U.S. Geological Survey's SUTRA model to predict interface movement in response to the proposed increase in pumpage. Hypothetical wells for the proposed expansion were sited to minimize the effects of saltwater intrusion and ground-water flooding of subsurface structures in low-lying areas. Overpumping on western Long Island induced severe saltwater intrusion in the 1940's. which necessitated well abandonment and has resulted in ground-water flooding through the ensuing v, water-table recovery. The results of this investigation indicate that well locations and pumping rates can be optimized to minimize saltwater intrusion while providing the benefits of the increased pumpage. C1 US Geol Survey, Coram, NY 11727 USA. RP Misut, PE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 2045 Route 112, Coram, NY 11727 USA. NR 8 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 3 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA SARA BURGERHARTSTRAAT 25, PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 7108-8070 BN 0-444-51769-3 J9 DEV WATER SCI PY 2004 VL 55 BP 1595 EP 1606 PG 12 WC Mathematics, Interdisciplinary Applications; Water Resources SC Mathematics; Water Resources GA BCE93 UT WOS:000228987900136 ER PT J AU Haig, SM Mullins, TD Forsman, ED AF Haig, SM Mullins, TD Forsman, ED TI Subspecific relationships and genetic structure in the spotted owl SO CONSERVATION GENETICS LA English DT Review DE control region; cytochrome b; intraspecific hybridization; mitochondrial DNA; phylogeography; population structure; spotted owls; Strix occidentalis; subspecies ID MITOCHONDRIAL-DNA VARIATION; EVOLUTIONARILY SIGNIFICANT UNITS; MAXIMUM-LIKELIHOOD-ESTIMATION; POPULATION-STRUCTURE; CLADISTIC-ANALYSIS; MUTATION-RATE; BARRED OWLS; GEOGRAPHICAL-DISTRIBUTION; PHENOTYPIC ASSOCIATIONS; MOLECULAR VARIATION AB Hierarchical genetic structure was examined in the three geographically-defined subspecies of spotted owl (Strix occidentalis) to define relationships among subspecies and quantify variation within and among regional and local populations. Sequences (522 bp) from domains I and II of the mitochondrial control region were analyzed for 213 individuals from 30 local breeding areas. Results confirmed significant differences between northern spotted owls and the other traditional geographically defined subspecies but did not provide support for subspecific level differences between California and Mexican spotted owls. Divergence times among subspecies estimated with a 936 bp portion of the cytochrome b gene dated Northern and California/Mexican spotted owl divergence time to 115,000-125,000 years ago, whereas California/Mexican spotted owl divergence was estimated at 15,000 years ago. Nested clade analyses indicated an association between California spotted owl and Mexican spotted owl haplotypes, implying historical contact between the two groups. Results also identified a number of individuals geographically classified as northern spotted owls (S. o. caurina) that contained haplotypes identified as California spotted owls (S. o. occidentalis). Among all northern spotted owls sampled (n = 131), 12.9% contained California spotted owl haplotypes. In the Klamath region, which is the contact zone between the two subspecies, 20.3% (n = 59) of owls were classified as California spotted owls. The Klamath region is a zone of hybridization and speciation for many other taxa as well. Analyses of population structure indicated gene flow among regions within geographically defined subspecies although there was significant differentiation among northern and southern regions of Mexican spotted owls. Among all areas examined, genetic diversity was not significantly reduced except in California spotted owls where the southern region consists of one haplotype. Our results indicate a stable contact zone between northern and California spotted owls, maintaining distinct subspecific haplotypes within their traditional ranges. This supports recovery efforts based on the traditional subspecies designation for the northern spotted owl. Further, although little variation was found between California and Mexican spotted owls, we suggest they should be managed separately because of current isolation between groups. C1 USGS, Forest & Rangeland Ecosyst Sci Ctr, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. US Forest Serv, Pacific NW Res Stn, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. RP Haig, SM (reprint author), USGS, Forest & Rangeland Ecosyst Sci Ctr, 3200 SW Jefferson Way, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. EM susan_haig@usgs.gov NR 106 TC 23 Z9 24 U1 4 U2 22 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 1566-0621 J9 CONSERV GENET JI Conserv. Genet. PY 2004 VL 5 IS 5 BP 683 EP 705 DI 10.1007/s10592-004-1864-y PG 23 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Genetics & Heredity SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Genetics & Heredity GA 884OB UT WOS:000226093800009 ER PT J AU King, TL Julian, SE AF King, TL Julian, SE TI Conservation of microsatellite DNA flanking sequence across 13 Emydid genera assayed with novel bog turtle (Glyptemys muhlenbergii) loci SO CONSERVATION GENETICS LA English DT Article DE bog turtle; Emydidae; Glyptemys muhlenbergii; microsatellite DNA ID POPULATION GENETIC-STRUCTURE; CHELONIA-MYDAS; TORTOISES C1 USGS, Biol Resources Div, Aquat Ecol Branch, Leetown Sci Ctr, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. RP King, TL (reprint author), USGS, Biol Resources Div, Aquat Ecol Branch, Leetown Sci Ctr, 11649 Leetown Rd, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. EM tim_king@usgs.gov NR 14 TC 54 Z9 56 U1 2 U2 8 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 1566-0621 J9 CONSERV GENET JI Conserv. Genet. PY 2004 VL 5 IS 5 BP 719 EP 725 DI 10.1007/s10592-004-1854-0 PG 7 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Genetics & Heredity SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Genetics & Heredity GA 884OB UT WOS:000226093800012 ER PT J AU Crane, PA Lewis, CJ Kretschmer, EJ Miller, SJ Spearman, WJ DeCicco, AL Lisac, MJ Wenburg, JK AF Crane, PA Lewis, CJ Kretschmer, EJ Miller, SJ Spearman, WJ DeCicco, AL Lisac, MJ Wenburg, JK TI Characterization and inheritance of seven microsatellite loci from Dolly Varden, Salvelinus malma, and cross-species amplification in Arctic char, S-alpinus SO CONSERVATION GENETICS LA English DT Article DE Arctic char; Dolly Varden; microsatellites; Salvelinus ID RATES C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Conservat Genet Lab, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. Alaska Dept Fish & Game, Sportfish Div, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. Togiak Natl Wildlife Refuge, Dillingham, AK 99576 USA. RP Crane, PA (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Conservat Genet Lab, 1011 E Tudor Rd, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM penelope_crane@fws.gov NR 14 TC 32 Z9 37 U1 2 U2 9 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 1566-0621 J9 CONSERV GENET JI Conserv. Genet. PY 2004 VL 5 IS 5 BP 737 EP 741 DI 10.1007/s10592-004-1853-1 PG 5 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Genetics & Heredity SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Genetics & Heredity GA 884OB UT WOS:000226093800015 ER PT J AU Whyte, JJ Schmitt, CJ Tillitt, DE AF Whyte, JJ Schmitt, CJ Tillitt, DE TI The H4IIE cell bioassay as an indicator of dioxin-like chemicals in wildlife and the environment SO CRITICAL REVIEWS IN TOXICOLOGY LA English DT Review DE TCDD; TEQs; screening assay ID ARYL-HYDROCARBON HYDROXYLASE; ETHOXYRESORUFIN-O-DEETHYLASE; DIBENZO-P-DIOXINS; POLYCHLORINATED-BIPHENYLS PCBS; HALOGENATED AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS; SUCKER CATOSTOMUS-COMMERSONI; TOXIC EQUIVALENCY FACTORS; EMBRYO HEPATOCYTE CULTURES; TROUT SALVELINUS-NAMAYCUSH; DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANTS AB The H4IIE cell bioassay has proven utility as a screening tool for planar halogenated hydrocarbons (PHHs) and structurally similar chemicals accumulated in organisms from the wild. This bioassay has additional applications in hazard assessment of PHH exposed populations. In this review, the toxicological principles, current protocols, performance criteria, and field applications for the assay are described. The H4IIE cell bioassay has several advantages over the analytical measurement of PHHs in environmental samples, but conclusions from studies can be strengthened when both bioassay and analytical chemistry data are presented together. Often, the bioassay results concur with biological effects in organisms and support direct measures of PHHs. For biomonitoring purposes and prioritization of PHH-contaminated environments, the H4IIE bioassay may be faster and less expensive than analytical measurements. The H4IIE cell bioassay can be used in combination with other biomarkers such as in vivo measurements of CYP1A1 induction to help pinpoint the sources and identities of dioxin-like chemicals. The number of studies that measure H4IIE-derived TCDD-EQs continues to increase, resulting in subtle improvements over time. Further experiments are required to determine if TCDD-EQs derived from mammalian cells are adequate predictors of toxicity to non-mammalian species. The H4IIE cell bioassay has been used in over 300 published studies, and its combination of speed, simplicity, and ability to integrate the effects of complex contaminant mixtures makes it a valuable addition to hazard assessment and biomonitoring studies. C1 US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Biol Resources Div, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. Univ Missouri, US Geol Survey, Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Columbia, MO USA. RP Tillitt, DE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Biol Resources Div, 4200 New Haven Rd, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. EM Donald_Tillitt@usgs.gov NR 225 TC 48 Z9 51 U1 0 U2 8 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 325 CHESTNUT ST, SUITE 800, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 1040-8444 J9 CRIT REV TOXICOL JI Crit. Rev. Toxicol. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 34 IS 1 BP 1 EP 83 DI 10.1080/10408440490265193 PG 83 WC Toxicology SC Toxicology GA 772ND UT WOS:000188847400001 PM 15000436 ER PT J AU Chapman, EW Ribic, CA Fraser, WR AF Chapman, EW Ribic, CA Fraser, WR TI The distribution of seabirds and pinnipeds in Marguerite Bay and their relationship to physical features during austral winter 2001 SO DEEP-SEA RESEARCH PART II-TOPICAL STUDIES IN OCEANOGRAPHY LA English DT Article ID PENINSULA CONTINENTAL-SHELF; ANTARCTIC PENINSULA; BERING-SEA; ABUNDANCE; ECOLOGY; OCEAN; HYDROGRAPHY; ASSEMBLAGES; FRONTS; WATERS AB The distribution of seabirds and pinnipeds and their relationship to physical oceanographic variables were investigated as part of the US Southern Ocean Global Ocean Ecosystem Dynamics field program along a study grid centered around Marguerite Bay on the west Antarctic Peninsula during late fall (April-May) and winter (July-August), 2001. Sea-ice conditions during the cruises provided an opportunity to compare the relationship among physical oceanographic variables and species distributions before and after the development of pack ice. During the fall cruise before pack ice development, both sea-ice-affiliated species and open-water-affiliated were observed in the area. The most common ice-affiliated species observed at this time were snow petrel (Pagodroma nivea, 0.7 individuals km(-2)) and Antarctic petrel (Thalassoica antarctica, 0.2 individuals km-2) and the most common open-water- affiliated species were blue petrel (Halobaena caeridea, 0.4 individuals km(-2)), cape petrel (Daption capense, 0.2 individuals km(-2)), and southern fulmar (Fuhmarus glacialoides, 0.1 individuals km(-2)). In addition, Antarctic fur seals (Arctocephahis gazella, 0.1 individuals km(-2)) and crabeater seals (Lobodon carcinophagus, 0.4 individuals km(-2)) were observed in low numbers. Akaike's information criterion was used to assess competing models that predicted predator distributions based on physical oceanographic variables proposed to structure predator distribution in previous research. These analyses indicated that predator distributions were primarily associated with water-mass structure and variability in bottom depth during the fall cruise. Crabeater seal, snow petrel, Antarctic petrel, and southern fulmar had higher densities in Inner Shelf Water, particularly near Alexander Island where a coastal current was present. Blue petrel, kelp gull (Larus dominicanus), and southern giant petrel (Macronectes giganteus) were positively associated with variability in bottom depth in April-May, suggesting that hydrographic processes influenced by bathymetry may have been important in structuring bird distributions. After the development of pack ice, during July and August, only sea-ice-affiliated species, including snow petrel (1.0 individuals km(-2)), Antarctic petrel (0.1 individuals km(-2)), Adelie penguin (Pygoseelis adeliae, 0.4 individuals km(-2)), and crabeater seal (0.3 individuals km(-2)), were observed. Seabirds were primarily associated with sea-ice characteristics (e.g. sea-ice concentration, sea-ice type) rather than the water-column environment later in the winter. Results from this study suggest that the timing and extent of sea-ice development in the fall may influence over-winter predation by seabirds and pinnipeds on zooplankton and fish on the western Antarctic Peninsula. Delays in sea-ice development may allow seabirds and pinnipeds access to biologically important areas such as the Inner Shelf Water for a longer period of time thereby increasing predation on zooplankton and fish. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Wisconsin, USGS Wisconsin Cooperat Wildlife Res Unit, Dept Wildlife Ecol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. Polar Oceans Res Grp, Sheridan, MT 59749 USA. RP Chapman, EW (reprint author), CCPO, Crittenton Hall 768,52nd St, Norfolk, VA 23529 USA. EM chapinan@ccpo.odu.edu NR 48 TC 31 Z9 32 U1 1 U2 13 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0967-0645 J9 DEEP-SEA RES PT II JI Deep-Sea Res. Part II-Top. Stud. Oceanogr. PY 2004 VL 51 IS 17-19 BP 2261 EP 2278 DI 10.1016/j.dsr2.2004.07.005 PG 18 WC Oceanography SC Oceanography GA 883VZ UT WOS:000226045100019 ER PT S AU Kuivila, KM Moon, GE AF Kuivila, KM Moon, GE BE Feyrer, F Brown, LR Brown, RL Orsi, JJ TI Potential exposure of larval and juvenile delta smelt to dissolved pesticides in the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta, California SO EARLY LIFE HISTORY OF FISHES IN THE SAN FRANCISCO ESTUARY AND WATERSHED SE American Fisheries Society Symposium LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Early Life History of Fishes in the San Francisco Estuary and Watershed CY AUG 20-23, 2003 CL Santa Cruz, CA SP Amer Fisheries Soc ID ESTUARY AB The San Francisco Estuary is critical, habitat for delta. smelt Hypomesus transpacificus, a fish whose abundance-has declined greatly since 1983 and is now listed as threatened. In addition, the. estuary receives drainage from the Central Valley, an urban and agricultural region with intense and diverse pesticide usage. One possible, factor of the delta smelt population decline is pesticide toxicity. during vulnerable larval and juvenile stages, but pesticide concentrations aret not well characterized,, in delta smelt spawning and nursery habitat. The objective of this study was, to estimate the potential exposure of delta smelt during their early life stages to dissolved. pesticides. For 3 years (1998-2000), water samples from the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta were collected during April-June in coordination with the California Department of Fish. and Game's delta smelt early life stage monitoring program.. Samples were analyzed for pesticides using sohd-phase extraction and gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. Water samples contained multiple pesticides, ranging from 2 to 14 pesticides in each sample. In both, 1999 and 2000, elevated concentrations of pesticides overlapped in time and space with peak densities, of larval. and juvenile:delta. smelt.. In. contrast, high spring, outflows in 1998 transported delta smelt away from the pesticide sampling sites so, that. exposure could not be estimated. During 2 years, larval and juvenile delta smelt were potentially exposed. to a complex mixture of. pesticides for a minimum of 2-3 weeks. Although the measured concentrations were well below short-term (96-h) LC50 values for individual pesticides, the combination of multiple pesticides and lengthy exposure duration could potentially have lethal or sublethal effects on delta smelt, especially during early larval development. C1 US Geol Survey, Sacramento, CA 95819 USA. RP Kuivila, KM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Placer Hall,6000 J St, Sacramento, CA 95819 USA. EM kkuivila@usgs.gov NR 18 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-59-X J9 AM FISH S S JI Am. Fish. Soc. Symp. PY 2004 VL 39 BP 229 EP 241 PG 13 WC Fisheries; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Fisheries; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA BY71C UT WOS:000189444700015 ER PT J AU Yue, YJ Ritts, BD Graham, SA Wooden, JL Gehrels, GE Zhang, ZC AF Yue, YJ Ritts, BD Graham, SA Wooden, JL Gehrels, GE Zhang, ZC TI Slowing extrusion tectonics: lowered estimate of post-Early Miocene slip rate for the Altyn Tagh fault SO EARTH AND PLANETARY SCIENCE LETTERS LA English DT Article DE Altyn Tagh fault; post-Early Miocene slip rate; Xorkol basin; provenance analysis; SHRIMP zircon dating ID INDIA-EURASIA COLLISION; APATITE FISSION-TRACK; TIBETAN PLATEAU; NORTHWEST CHINA; NORTHEASTERN MARGIN; AUTONOMOUS REGION; QILIAN SHAN; DEFORMATION; ZONE; EVOLUTION AB Determination of long-term slip rate for the Allyn Tagh fault is essential for testing whether Asian tectonics is dominated by lateral extrusion or distributed crustal shortening. Previous slip-history studies focused on either Quaternary slip-rate measurements or pre-Early Miocene total-offset estimates and do not allow a clear distinction between rates based on the two. The magmatic and metamorphic history revealed by SHRIMP zircon dating of clasts from Miocene conglomerate in the Xorkol basin north of the Altyn Tagh fault strikingly matches that of basement in the southern Qilian Shan and northern Qaidam regions south of the fault. This match requires that the post-Early Miocene long-term slip rate along the Altyn Tagh fault cannot exceed 10 mm/year, supporting the hypothesis of distributed crustal thickening for post-Early Miocene times. This low long-term slip rate and recently documented large pre-Early Miocene cumulative offset across the fault support a two-stage evolution, wherein Asian tectonics was dominated by lateral extrusion before the end of Early Miocene, and since then has been dominated by distributed crustal thickening and rapid plateau uplift. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Stanford Univ, Dept Geol & Environm Sci, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. Utah State Univ, Dept Geol, Logan, UT 84322 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 90425 USA. Univ Arizona, Dept Geosci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. Peking Univ, Dept Geol, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China. RP Yue, YJ (reprint author), Stanford Univ, Dept Geol & Environm Sci, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. NR 39 TC 43 Z9 51 U1 1 U2 11 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0012-821X J9 EARTH PLANET SC LETT JI Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. PD JAN 1 PY 2004 VL 217 IS 1-2 BP 111 EP 122 DI 10.1016/S0012-821X(03)00544-2 PG 12 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 759YC UT WOS:000187781600009 ER PT S AU Stone, TC Kieffer, HH AF Stone, TC Kieffer, HH BE Barnes, WL Butler, JJ TI Assessment of uncertainty in ROLO lunar irradiance for on-orbit calibration SO EARTH OBSERVING SYSTEMS IX SE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY OF PHOTO-OPTICAL INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERS (SPIE) LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Conference on Earth Observing Systems IX CY AUG 02-06, 2004 CL Denver, CO SP SPIE DE on-orbit calibration; moon; irradiance; uncertainty ID MOON; REFLECTANCE; TIME AB A system to provide radiometric calibration of remote sensing imaging instruments on-orbit using the Moon has been developed by the US Geological Survey RObotic Lunar Observatory (ROLO) project. ROLO has developed a model for lunar irradiance which treats the primary geometric variables of phase and libration explicitly. The model fits hundreds of data points in each of 23 VNIR and 9 SWIR bands; input data are derived from lunar radiance images acquired by the project's on-site telescopes, calibrated to exoatmospheric radiance and converted to disk-equivalent reflectance. Experimental uncertainties are tracked through all stages of the data processing and modeling. Model fit residuals are similar to1% in each band over the full range of observed phase and libration angles. Application of ROLO lunar calibration to SeaWiFS has demonstrated the capability for long-term instrument response trending with precision approaching 0.1% per year. Current work involves assessing the error in absolute responsivity and relative spectral response of the ROLO imaging systems, and propagation of error through the data reduction and modeling software systems with the goal of reducing the uncertainty in the absolute scale, now estimated at 5-10%. This level is similar to the scatter seen in ROLO lunar irradiance comparisons of multiple spacecraft instruments that have viewed the Moon. A field calibration campaign involving NASA and NIST has been initiated that ties the ROLO lunar measurements to the NIST (SI) radiometric scale. C1 US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. RP Stone, TC (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 2255 N Gemini Dr, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. NR 23 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 1 U2 3 PU SPIE-INT SOC OPTICAL ENGINEERING PI BELLINGHAM PA 1000 20TH ST, PO BOX 10, BELLINGHAM, WA 98227-0010 USA SN 0277-786X BN 0-8194-5480-X J9 P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS PY 2004 VL 5542 BP 300 EP 310 DI 10.1117/12.560236 PG 11 WC Engineering, Aerospace; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Engineering; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA BBJ15 UT WOS:000225736400031 ER PT J AU Hirata, K Tanioka, Y Satake, K Yamaki, S Geist, EL AF Hirata, K Tanioka, Y Satake, K Yamaki, S Geist, EL TI The tsunami source area of the 2003 Tokachi-oki earthquake estimated from tsunami travel times and its relationship to the 1952 Tokachi-oki earthquake SO EARTH PLANETS AND SPACE LA English DT Article DE The 2003 Tokachi-oki earthquake; tsunami; tide gauge records; the 1952 Tokachi-oki earthquake AB We estimate the tsunami source area of the 2003 Tokachi-oki earthquake (Mw 8.0) from observed tsunami travel times at 17 Japanese tide gauge stations. The estimated tsunami source area (similar to1.4 x 10(4) km(2)) coincides with the western-half of the ocean-bottom deformation area (similar to2.52 x 10(4) km(2)) of the 1952 Tokachi-oki earthquake (Mw 8.1), previously inferred from tsunami waveform inversion. This suggests that the 2003 event ruptured only the western-half of the 1952 rupture extent. Geographical distribution of the maximum tsunami heights in 2003 differs significantly from that of the 1952 tsunami, supporting this hypothesis. Analysis of first-peak tsunami travel times indicates that a major uplift of the ocean-bottom occurred approximately 30 km to the NNW of the mainshock epicenter, just above a major asperity inferred from seismic waveform inversion. C1 Japan Marine Sci & Technol Ctr, Deep Sea Res Dept, Yokosuka, Kanagawa 2370061, Japan. Hokkaido Univ, Inst Seismol & Volcanol, Kita Ku, Sapporo, Hokkaido 0600810, Japan. Natl Inst Adv Ind Sci & Technol, Act Fault Res Ctr, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 3058567, Japan. Seamus Ltd, Toyosaka 9503304, Japan. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Hirata, K (reprint author), Japan Marine Sci & Technol Ctr, Deep Sea Res Dept, 2-15 Natsuhima Cho, Yokosuka, Kanagawa 2370061, Japan. EM hiratak@jamstec.go.jp RI Satake, Kenji/E-2312-2011 OI Satake, Kenji/0000-0002-3368-3085 NR 8 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 2 PU TERRA SCIENTIFIC PUBL CO PI TOKYO PA 2003 SANSEI JIYUGAOKA HAIMU, 5-27-19 OKUSAWA, SETAGAYA-KU, TOKYO, 158-0083, JAPAN SN 1343-8832 J9 EARTH PLANETS SPACE JI Earth Planets Space PY 2004 VL 56 IS 3 BP 367 EP 372 PG 6 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 813FL UT WOS:000220892900013 ER PT J AU Duda, JJ Freeman, DC Brown, ML Graham, JH Krzysik, AJ Emlen, JM Zak, JC Kovacic, DA AF Duda, JJ Freeman, DC Brown, ML Graham, JH Krzysik, AJ Emlen, JM Zak, JC Kovacic, DA TI Estimating disturbance effects from military training using developmental instability and physiological measures of plant stress SO ECOLOGICAL INDICATORS LA English DT Article DE developmental instability; disturbance gradient; ecological indicators; fluctuating asymmetry; fluorescence; Rhus copallinum; water potential ID FLUCTUATING ASYMMETRY; CHLOROPHYLL FLUORESCENCE; PHENOTYPIC PLASTICITY; INDICATORS; LEAVES; INCREASES; POLLUTION; MODELS; COSTS; FIELD AB We used developmental instability, water potential, and variable fluorescence to determine if populations of winged sumac (Rhus copallinum) were being negatively effected by military training disturbance. We established nine sites that represented a land-use disturbance gradient with three impact levels (low, medium, and high), the effects mostly due to mechanized infantry training maneuvers. Although mean values of developmental instability, water potential, and variable fluorescence differed significantly among sites, the patterns did not consistently differentiate sites relative to the disturbance gradient. At the population level, some measures of developmental instability and variable fluorescence were positively correlated. All nine sites consisted of habitat mosaics, with the abundance of higher quality habitat patches and canopy gaps closely related to habitat impacts. It may be that R. copallinum is selecting similar micro-environments at all sites and therefore minimizing inter-site variation in stress measures, despite large differences in overall habitat condition. Our results call for caution in developing ecological indicators using the response of physiological and morphological measures from a single plant species. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Wayne State Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Detroit, MI 48202 USA. USGS Biol Resources Div, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. Berry Coll, Dept Biol, Mt Berry, GA 30149 USA. Prescott Coll, Inst Ecol Res, Prescott, AZ 86301 USA. Texas Tech Univ, Dept Biol, Lubbock, TX 79409 USA. Univ Illinois, Dept Landscape Architecture, Champaign, IL 61820 USA. RP Freeman, DC (reprint author), Wayne State Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Detroit, MI 48202 USA. EM cfceeman@sun.science.wayne.edu RI Duda, Jeffrey/A-7132-2009; OI Duda, Jeffrey/0000-0001-7431-8634; Graham, John/0000-0003-1974-132X NR 46 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 2 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 1470-160X J9 ECOL INDIC JI Ecol. Indic. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 3 IS 4 BP 251 EP 262 DI 10.1016/j.ecolind.2003.11.003 PG 12 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Environmental Sciences SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 857CL UT WOS:000224093500003 ER PT J AU Lewison, RL Carter, J AF Lewison, RL Carter, J TI Exploring behavior of an unusual megaherbivore: a spatially explicit foraging model of the hippopotamus SO ECOLOGICAL MODELLING LA English DT Article DE hippopotamus; megaherbivore; spatially explicit; foraging behavior; central place foraging ID NATIONAL-PARK; LANDSCAPE; HERBIVORES; CONSERVATION; BOUNDARIES; SELECTION; DISTANCE; PATTERN; MOOSE; COSTS AB Herbivore foraging theories have been developed for and tested on herbivores across a range of sizes. Due to logistical constraints, however, little research has focused on foraging behavior of megaherbivores. Here we present a research approach that explores megaherbivore foraging behavior, and assesses the applicability of foraging theories developed on smaller herbivores to megafauma. With simulation models as reference points for the analysis of empirical data, we investigate foraging strategies of the common hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius). Using a spatially explicit individual based foraging model, we apply traditional herbivore foraging strategies to a model hippopotamus, compare model output, and then relate these results to field data from wild hippopotami. Hippopotami appear to employ foraging strategies that respond to vegetation characteristics, such as vegetation quality, as well as spatial reference information, namely distance to a water source. Model predictions, field observations, and comparisons of the two support that hippopotami generally conform to the central place foraging construct. These analyses point to the applicability of general herbivore foraging concepts to megaherbivores, but also point to important differences between hippopotami and other herbivores. Our synergistic approach of models as reference points for empirical data highlights a useful method of behavioral analysis for hard-to-study megafauna. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Calif Davis, Grad Grp Ecol, Dept Wildlife Fish & Conservat Biol, Davis, CA 95616 USA. USGS, Wetland Res Ctr, Lafayette, LA 70506 USA. RP Lewison, RL (reprint author), Duke Univ, Nicholas Sch Environm & Earth Sci, 135 Duke Marine Lab Rd, Beaufort, NC 28516 USA. EM rebecca.lewison@duke.edu OI Lewison, Rebecca/0000-0003-3065-2926 NR 52 TC 18 Z9 18 U1 2 U2 23 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0304-3800 J9 ECOL MODEL JI Ecol. Model. PD JAN 1 PY 2004 VL 171 IS 1-2 BP 127 EP 138 DI 10.1016/S0304-3800(03)00305-3 PG 12 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 760YX UT WOS:000187863800007 ER PT J AU Chapman, RN Engle, DM Masters, RE Leslie, DM AF Chapman, RN Engle, DM Masters, RE Leslie, DM TI Tree invasion constrains the influence of herbaceous structure in grassland bird habitats SO ECOSCIENCE LA English DT Article DE eastern redcedar; grassland birds; Great Plains; habitat structure; hierarchy; plant invasions; woody plant encroachment ID CANONICAL CORRESPONDENCE-ANALYSIS; TALLGRASS PRAIRIE; PUTTING THINGS; VEGETATION; MANAGEMENT; HETEROGENEITY; GRASSHOPPER; COMMUNITIES; POPULATIONS; SUCCESSION AB Trees and other woody plants threaten grassland obligate birds, as well as the biological integrity of grasslands around the world. Bird species associated with grasslands of southern mixed-grass prairie of North America have declined in abundance, whereas species associated with shrub-stage and woodland habitats have increased. Recent increases in the extent of eastern redcedar (Juniperus virginiana) in the southern Great Plains of North America explain some of the change in bird assemblages in landscapes composed of patches of grassland fragmented by cropland and stands of eastern redcedar. In this study, we determined the influence of eastern redcedar, relative to the influence of structural attributes of the herbaceous layer, on bird assemblages within individual patches of grassland habitat. We indexed bird abundance within the breeding season with point counts on grassland patches with varying levels of invasion of eastern redcedar. Canopy cover of eastern redcedar explained a greater proportion of the composition of bird communities in these grasslands than structure of herbaceous vegetation. Species associated with grassland habitats generally declined in abundance, whereas species associated with shrub and woodland habitats increased as cover of eastern redcedar increased. Perhaps more important to conservation ecology, our data indicate that as canopy cover of eastern redcedar increased, variation in abundance of grassland birds decreased, indicating that canopy cover of eastern redcedar may constrain the local influence of herbaceous habitat structure on bird assemblages. C1 Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Plant & Soil Sci, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Forestry, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. Oklahoma State Univ, USGS, Biol Resources Div, Oklahoma Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. RP Engle, DM (reprint author), Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Plant & Soil Sci, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. NR 66 TC 26 Z9 29 U1 5 U2 26 PU UNIVERSITE LAVAL PI ST FOY PA PAVILLON CHARLES-EUGENE MARCHAND, LOCAL 0166, ST FOY, QUEBEC G1K 7P4, CANADA SN 1195-6860 J9 ECOSCIENCE JI Ecoscience PY 2004 VL 11 IS 1 BP 55 EP 63 PG 9 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 808FU UT WOS:000220555800007 ER PT J AU Niemuth, ND Boyce, MS AF Niemuth, ND Boyce, MS TI Influence of landscape composition on sharp-tailed grouse lek location and attendance in Wisconsin pine barrens SO ECOSCIENCE LA English DT Article DE disturbance; grassland bird; landscape ecology; pine barrens; scale; sharp-tailed grouse; timber harvest ID TYMPANUCHUS-PHASIANELLUS; HABITAT FRAGMENTATION; NATURE-RESERVES; DISTURBANCES; POPULATIONS; MANAGEMENT; DYNAMICS; ECOLOGY; SUCCESS; DESIGN AB Populations of sharp-tailed grouse (Tympanuchus phasianellus) in the upper Midwest are in danger of extirpation due to habitat loss caused by succession, tree planting, and control of wildfire. Sharp-tailed grouse in Wisconsin have persisted primarily on reserves maintained in early succession using prescribed burning and mechanical disturbance. However, during the late 1990s the highest and densest populations of sharp-tailed grouse in Wisconsin were found in a complex of clearcuts in southeastern Douglas County. We compared landcover composition and fragmentation at multiple scales within 2.4 km of 36 sharp-tailed grouse leks and 213 unused locations in a 1,350-km(2) study area in the pine barrens of northwestern Wisconsin. Leks were located on managed reserves (n = 11) and habitats recently created by timber harvest (n = 23) and wildfire (n = 2). Leks were clustered in the landscape, with distance to nearest neighbour lek shorter for leks than unused points. Leks were characterized by higher proportions of grass and shrub cover classes, lower proportions of forest, fewer forest patches, and greater distances to forest edge relative to unused points. Proportions of grass and shrub cover classes, distance to nearest lek, and distance to forest edge were strong predictors of lek presence in a logistic regression model. Differences between leks and unused points varied with scale of sampling. Response of sharp-tailed grouse to indices of fragmentation varied among scales and metrics. Number of sharp-tailed grouse attending leks was positively associated with recently created habitat and proportion of grass cover in the landscape. C1 Univ Wisconsin, Coll Nat Resources, Stevens Point, WI 54481 USA. Univ Alberta, Dept Biol Sci, Edmonton, AB T6G 2E9, Canada. RP Niemuth, ND (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Habitat & Populat Evaluat Team, Bismarck, ND 58501 USA. EM Neal_Niemuth@fws.gov RI Boyce, Mark/A-2620-2014 OI Boyce, Mark/0000-0001-5811-325X NR 54 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 1 U2 15 PU UNIVERSITE LAVAL PI ST FOY PA PAVILLON CHARLES-EUGENE MARCHAND, LOCAL 0166, ST FOY, QUEBEC G1K 7P4, CANADA SN 1195-6860 J9 ECOSCIENCE JI Ecoscience PY 2004 VL 11 IS 2 BP 209 EP 217 PG 9 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 834KC UT WOS:000222409000009 ER PT S AU Loveland, TR DeFries, RS AF Loveland, TR DeFries, RS BE DeFries, RS Asner, GP Houghton, RA TI Observing and monitoring land use and land cover change SO ECOSYSTEMS AND LAND USE CHANGE SE GEOPHYSICAL MONOGRAPH SERIES LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Conference on Ecosystems Interactions with Land Use Change CY JUN, 2003 CL Santa Fe, NM SP Amer Geophys Union, Chapman ID REMOTELY-SENSED DATA; TROPICAL DEFORESTATION; DEMOGRAPHIC-CHANGE; SOUTH-CAROLINA; SATELLITE DATA; MODIS; AREA; COUNTIES; GEORGIA; PROJECT AB Understanding the consequences of land use change requires robust documentation on the characteristics of change. Land use change observation and monitoring programs now rely on remotely sensed data coupled with field observations and corroborating information describing the social, economic, and physical dimensions of land use and land cover. Remote sensing approaches for observing and monitoring change vary depending on the geographic scope, ecological complexity, and the information required to understand ecosystem interactions. Strategies based on identifying spectral variability are useful for targeting areas of rapid change. Measuring changes in land cover biophysical properties requires a more complex approach, where different dates of remotely sensed data are transformed to such variables as surface imperviousness, canopy structure, and phenology, and then compared. Mapping the conversion of land use and land cover from one category to another (e.g., forest to urban) requires maps of the land use and land cover for two or more periods. These approaches have been used successfully at local, regional, and global scales using a range of remote sensing data (e.g., aerial photography, Landsat Thematic Mapper, Terra MODIS, Space Imaging's IKONOS), field measurements, and other supplemental sources. Challenges remain, however, and scientific advances in change detection methods, accuracy assessment procedures, and improved strategies for using land cover to more specifically infer land use are needed so that continued improvements in the types and quality of change measures used to study land use and ecosystem interactions can be realized. C1 US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. RP Loveland, TR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. NR 60 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 6 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA SN 0065-8448 BN 0-87590-418-1 J9 GEOPH MONOG SERIES PY 2004 VL 153 BP 231 EP 246 DI 10.1029/153GM18 PG 16 WC Ecology; Geography, Physical SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Physical Geography GA BBO99 UT WOS:000226789500017 ER PT J AU Lanno, R Wells, J Conder, J Bradham, K Basta, N AF Lanno, R Wells, J Conder, J Bradham, K Basta, N TI The bioavailability of chemicals in soil for earthworms SO ECOTOXICOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 3rd International Workshop on Earthworm Ecotoxicology CY AUG 26-29, 2001 CL UNIV AARHUS, AARHUS, DENMARK SP Inst Terrestrial Ecol, Natl Environm Res Inst, Univ Aarhus, Inst Biol HO UNIV AARHUS DE bioavailability; risk assessment; earthworms; critical body residue ID POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS; SEMIPERMEABLE-MEMBRANE DEVICES; FOLSOMIA-CANDIDA; TOXICITY; BEHAVIOR; ZINC; PENTACHLOROPHENOL; BIOACCUMULATION; CONTAMINANTS; TEMPERATURE AB The bioavailability of chemicals to earthworms can be modified dramatically by soil physical/chemical characteristics, yet expressing exposure as total chemical concentrations does not address this problem. In order to understand the effects of modifying factors on bioavailability, one must measure and express chemical bioavailability to earthworms in a consistent, logical manner. This can be accomplished by direct biological measures of bioavailability (e.g., bioaccumulation, critical body residues), indirect biological measures of bioavailability (e.g., biomarkers, reproduction), or indirect chemical measures of bioavailability (e.g., chemical or solid-phase extracts of soil). If indirect chemical measures of bioavailability are to be used, they must be correlated with some biological response. Bioavailability can be incorporated into ecological risk assessment during risk analysis, primarily in the estimation of exposure. However, in order to be used in the site-specific ecological risk assessment of chemicals, effects concentrations must be developed from laboratory toxicity tests based on exposure estimates utilizing techniques that measure the bioavailable fraction of chemicals in soil, not total chemical concentrations. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Ohio State Univ, Dept Entomol, Aronoff Lab 400, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. USGS, Columbus, OH USA. Univ N Texas, Denton, TX 76203 USA. Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Zool, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Plant & Soil Sci, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. RP Lanno, R (reprint author), Ohio State Univ, Dept Entomol, Aronoff Lab 400, 318 W 12th Ave, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. EM lanno.1@osu.edu NR 45 TC 197 Z9 230 U1 17 U2 88 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0147-6513 J9 ECOTOX ENVIRON SAFE JI Ecotox. Environ. Safe. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 57 IS 1 BP 39 EP 47 DI 10.1016/j.ecoenv.2003.08.014 PG 9 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA 758KR UT WOS:000187634000006 PM 14659365 ER PT J AU Gallant, AL Loveland, TR Sohl, TL Napton, DE AF Gallant, AL Loveland, TR Sohl, TL Napton, DE TI Using an ecoregion framework to analyze land-cover and land-use dynamics SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE land cover; land use; ecoregions; landscape patterns; change analysis; disturbance ID CONTERMINOUS UNITED-STATES; PIEDMONT COUNTY; CONSERVATION AB The United States has a highly varied landscape because of wide-ranging differences in combinations of climatic, geologic, edaphic, hydrologic, vegetative, and human management (land use) factors. Land uses are dynamic, with the types and rates of change dependent on a host of variables, including land accessibility, economic considerations, and the internal increase and movement of the human population. There is a convergence of evidence that ecoregions are very useful for organizing, interpreting, and reporting information about land-use dynamics. Ecoregion boundaries correspond well with patterns of land cover, urban settlement, agricultural variables, and resource-based industries. We implemented an ecoregion framework to document trends in contemporary land-cover and land-use dynamics over the conterminous United States from 1973 to 2000. Examples of results from six eastern ecoregions show that the relative abundance, grain of pattern, and human alteration of land-cover types organize well by ecoregion and that these characteristics of change, themselves, change through time. C1 US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sci Applicat Int Corp, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. S Dakota State Univ, Dept Geog, Brookings, SD 57007 USA. RP Gallant, AL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. NR 54 TC 31 Z9 32 U1 2 U2 12 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0364-152X J9 ENVIRON MANAGE JI Environ. Manage. PY 2004 VL 34 SU 1 BP S89 EP S110 DI 10.1007/s00267-003-0145-3 PG 22 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 915VU UT WOS:000228340200007 PM 16044555 ER PT J AU Loveland, TR Merchant, JM AF Loveland, TR Merchant, JM TI Ecoregions and ecoregionalization: Geographical and ecological perspectives SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE ecoregions; ecosystems; geography; regionalization; ecology; environment ID UNITED-STATES; REGIONS; CLASSIFICATION; AMERICA; MAP AB Ecoregions, i.e., areas exhibiting relative homogeneity of ecosystems, are units of analysis that are increasingly important in environmental assessment and management. Ecoregions provide a holistic framework for flexible, comparative analysis of complex environmental problems. Ecoregions mapping has intellectual foundations in both geography and ecology. However, a hallmark of ecoregions mapping is that it is a truly interdisciplinary endeavor that demands the integration of knowledge from a multitude of sciences. Geographers emphasize the role of place, scale, and both natural and social elements when delineating and characterizing regions. Ecologists tend to focus on environmental processes with special attention given to energy flows and nutrient cycling. Integration of disparate knowledge from the many key sciences has been one of the great challenges of ecoregions mapping, and may lie at the heart of the lack of consensus on the "optimal" approach and methods to use in such work. Through a review of the principal existing US ecoregion maps, issues that should be addressed in order to advance the state of the art are identified. Research related to needs, methods, data sources, data delivery, and validation is needed. It is also important that the academic system foster education so that there is an infusion of new expertise in ecoregion mapping and use. C1 USGS EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. Univ Nebraska, Sch Nat Resources, Ctr Land Management Informat Technol, Lincoln, NE 68588 USA. RP Loveland, TR (reprint author), USGS EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. EM loveland@usgs.gov NR 54 TC 36 Z9 38 U1 3 U2 23 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0364-152X J9 ENVIRON MANAGE JI Environ. Manage. PY 2004 VL 34 SU 1 BP S1 EP S13 DI 10.1007/s00267-003-5181-x PG 13 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 915VU UT WOS:000228340200001 PM 16044552 ER PT J AU Mcmahon, G Wiken, EB Gauthier, DA AF Mcmahon, G Wiken, EB Gauthier, DA TI Toward a scientifically rigorous basis for developing mapped ecological regions SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE ecological regions; hypothesis testing; research ID CONCEPTUAL-FRAMEWORK; CLASSIFICATION; ECOREGIONS; ECOSYSTEMS; BOUNDARIES; POLITICS; SCIENCE; SCALE AB Despite the wide use of ecological regions in conservation and resource-management evaluations and assessments, a commonly accepted theoretical basis for ecological regionalization does not exist. This fact, along with the paucity of focus on ecological regionalization by professional associations, journals, and faculties, has inhibited the advancement of a broadly acceptable scientific basis for the development, use, and verification of ecological regions. The central contention of this article is that ecological regions should improve our understanding of geographic and ecological phenomena associated with biotic and abiotic processes occurring in individual regions and also of processes characteristic of interactions and dependencies among multiple regions. Research associated with any ecoregional framework should facilitate development of hypotheses about ecological phenomena and dominant landscape elements associated with these phenomena, how these phenomena are structured in space, and how they function in a hierarchy. Success in addressing the research recommendations outlined in this article cannot occur within an ad hoc, largely uncoordinated research environment. Successful implementation of this plan will require activities - coordination, funding, and education-that are both scientific and administrative in nature. Perhaps the most important element of an infrastructure to support the scientific work of ecoregionalization would be a national or international authority similar to the Water and Science Technology Board of the National Academy of Sciences. C1 US Geol Survey, Raleigh, NC 27607 USA. Wildlife Habitat Canada, Natl Habitat Sci & Policy Program, Ottawa, ON K1Y 4P1, Canada. Univ Regina, Canadian Plains Res Ctr, Regina, SK S4S 0A2, Canada. RP Mcmahon, G (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 3916 Sunset Ridge Rd, Raleigh, NC 27607 USA. NR 45 TC 23 Z9 24 U1 1 U2 12 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0364-152X J9 ENVIRON MANAGE JI Environ. Manage. PY 2004 VL 34 SU 1 BP S111 EP S124 DI 10.1007/s00267-004-0170-2 PG 14 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 915VU UT WOS:000228340200008 PM 16044556 ER PT J AU Omernik, JM AF Omernik, JM TI Perspectives on the nature and definition of ecological regions SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE ecoregions; ecological regions; ecology; ecosystems; ecosystem management; regionalization; environment ID CONTERMINOUS UNITED-STATES; WATER-QUALITY; ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT; ECOREGIONS; INTEGRITY; FRAMEWORK; SCIENCE AB Among environmental managers, recognition of the importance of integrating management activities across agencies and programs that have different responsibilities for the same geographic areas has created an awareness of the need for a common hierarchical framework of ecological regions (ecoregions) to implement the strategy. Responding to this need in the United States, nine federal agencies have signed a memorandum of understanding on the subject of developing a common framework of ecoregions. However, considerable disagreement over how to define ecoregions and confusion over the strengths and limitations of existing frameworks stand in the way of achieving this goal. This paper presents some perspectives on the nature and definition of ecoregions related to this confusion and provides a brief overview of the weight of evidence approach to mapping ecoregions, using an example initiated by the US Environmental Protection Agency. To effectively implement ecosystem assessment, management, and research at local, regional, and national levels, research is needed to increase our understanding of ecoregions. We must find ways to illustrate the nature of ecoregion boundaries and the variability of characteristics within ecoregions as they relate to management issues. Research must also be conducted on comparing existing frameworks and developing indices of ecological integrity to effectively evaluate their usefulness. C1 US EPA, US Geol Survey, Natl Hlth & Environm Effects Lab, Western Ecol Div, Corvallis, OR 97333 USA. RP Omernik, JM (reprint author), US EPA, US Geol Survey, Natl Hlth & Environm Effects Lab, Western Ecol Div, 200 SW 35th St, Corvallis, OR 97333 USA. EM omernik.james@epa.gov NR 58 TC 58 Z9 157 U1 6 U2 45 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0364-152X EI 1432-1009 J9 ENVIRON MANAGE JI Environ. Manage. PY 2004 VL 34 SU 1 BP S27 EP S38 DI 10.1007/s00267-003-5197-2 PG 12 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 915VU UT WOS:000228340200003 PM 16044553 ER PT J AU Thompson, RS Shafer, SL Anderson, KH Strickland, LE Pelltier, RT Bartlein, PJ Kerwin, MW AF Thompson, RS Shafer, SL Anderson, KH Strickland, LE Pelltier, RT Bartlein, PJ Kerwin, MW TI Topographic, bioclimatic, and vegetation characteristics of three ecoregion classification systems in North America: Comparisons along continent-wide transects SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE ecoregions; North America; Kuchler; World Wildlife Fund; Bailey ID REGIONALIZATION AB Ecoregion classification systems are increasingly used for policy and management decisions, particularly among conservation and natural resource managers. A number of ecoregion classification systems are currently available, with each system defining ecoregions using different classification methods and different types of data. As a result, each classification system describes a unique set of ecoregions. To help potential users choose the most appropriate ecoregion system for their particular application, we used three latitudinal transects across North America to compare the boundaries and environmental characteristics of three ecoregion classification systems [Kuchler, World Wildlife Fund (WWF), and Bailey]. A variety of variables were used to evaluate the three systems, including woody plant species richness, normalized difference in vegetation index (NDVI), and bioclimatic variables (e.g., mean temperature of the coldest month) along each transect. Our results are dominated by geographic patterns in temperature, which are generally aligned north-south, and in moisture, which are generally aligned east-west. In the west, the dramatic changes in physiography, climate, and vegetation impose stronger controls on ecoregion boundaries than in the east. The Kuchler system has the greatest number of ecoregions on all three transects, but does not necessarily have the highest degree of internal consistency within its ecoregions with regard to the bioclimatic and species richness data. In general, the WWF system appears to track climatic and floristic variables the best of the three systems, but not in all regions on all transects. C1 US Geol Survey, Earth Surface Proc Team, Denver, CO 80225 USA. Univ Oregon, Dept Geog, Eugene, OR 97403 USA. Univ Denver, Dept Geog, Denver, CO 80208 USA. RP Thompson, RS (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Earth Surface Proc Team, Box 25046,MS 980,DFC, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM rthompson@usgs.gov RI Bartlein, Patrick/E-4643-2011 OI Bartlein, Patrick/0000-0001-7657-5685 NR 35 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 1 U2 10 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0364-152X J9 ENVIRON MANAGE JI Environ. Manage. PY 2004 VL 34 SU 1 BP S125 EP S148 DI 10.1007/s00267-003-7200-3 PG 24 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 915VU UT WOS:000228340200009 PM 15883868 ER PT J AU Wolock, DM Winter, TC Mcmahon, G AF Wolock, DM Winter, TC Mcmahon, G TI Delineation and evaluation of hydrologic-landscape regions in the United States using geographic information system tools and multivariate statistical analyses SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE hydrologic landscapes; hydrologic regions; cluster analysis; network design AB Hydrologic-landscape regions in the United States were delineated by using geographic information system (GIS) tools combined with principal components and cluster analyses. The GIS and statistical analyses were applied to land-surface form, geologic texture (permeability of the soil and bedrock), and climate variables that describe the physical and climatic setting of 43,931 small (approximately 200 km(2)) watersheds in the United States. (The term "watersheds" is defined in this paper as the drainage areas of tributary streams, headwater streams, and stream segments lying between two confluences.) The analyses grouped the watersheds into 20 noncontiguous regions based on similarities in land-surface form, geologic texture, and climate characteristics. The percentage of explained variance (R-squared value) in an analysis of variance was used to compare the hydrologic-landscape regions to 19 square geometric regions and the 21 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency level-II ecoregions. Hydrologic-landscape regions generally were better than ecoregions at delineating regions of distinct land-surface form and geologic texture. Hydrologic-landscape regions and ecoregions were equally effective at defining regions in terms of climate, land cover, and water-quality characteristics. For about half of the landscape, climate, and water-quality characteristics, the R-squared values of square geometric regions were as high as hydrologic-landscape regions or ecoregions. C1 US Geol Survey, Lawrence, KS 66049 USA. US Geol Survey MS 413, Denver Fed Ctr, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. US Geol Survey, Raleigh, NC 27607 USA. RP Wolock, DM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 4821 Quail Crest Pl, Lawrence, KS 66049 USA. EM dwolock@usgs.gov NR 19 TC 83 Z9 87 U1 1 U2 32 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0364-152X J9 ENVIRON MANAGE JI Environ. Manage. PY 2004 VL 34 SU 1 BP S71 EP S88 DI 10.1007/s00267-003-5077-9 PG 18 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 915VU UT WOS:000228340200006 PM 16044554 ER PT J AU Gettings, ME Bultman, MW Fisher, FS AF Gettings, ME Bultman, MW Fisher, FS TI A complex systems model approach to quantified mineral resource appraisal SO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE mineral resource appraisal; complex systems; fuzzy logic; weights of evidence ID FUZZY-LOGIC AB For federal and state land management agencies, mineral resource appraisal has evolved from value-based to outcome-based procedures wherein the consequences of resource development are compared with those of other management options. Complex systems modeling is proposed as a general framework in which to build models that can evaluate outcomes. Three frequently used methods of mineral resource appraisal (subjective probabilistic estimates, weights of evidence modeling, and fuzzy logic modeling) are discussed to obtain insight into methods of incorporating complexity into mineral resource appraisal models. Fuzzy logic and weights of evidence are most easily utilized in complex systems models. A fundamental product of new appraisals is the production of reusable, accessible databases and methodologies so that appraisals can easily be repeated with new or refined data. The data are representations of complex systems and must be so regarded if all of their information content is to be utilized. The proposed generalized model framework is applicable to mineral assessment and other geoscience problems. We begin with a (fuzzy) cognitive map using (+ 1,0, - 1) values for the links and evaluate the map for various scenarios to obtain a ranking of the importance of various links. Fieldwork and modeling studies identify important links and help identify unanticipated links. Next, the links are given membership functions in accordance with the data. Finally, processes are associated with the links; ideally, the controlling physical and chemical events and equations are found for each link. After calibration and testing, this complex systems model is used for predictions under various scenarios. C1 US Geol Survey, Tucson, AZ 85719 USA. RP Gettings, ME (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 520 N Pk Ave, Tucson, AZ 85719 USA. NR 32 TC 3 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0364-152X J9 ENVIRON MANAGE JI Environ. Manage. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 33 IS 1 BP 87 EP 98 DI 10.1007/s00267-003-2835-7 PG 12 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 808OJ UT WOS:000220578100008 PM 14743292 ER PT J AU Eisler, R AF Eisler, R TI Gold concentrations in abiotic materials, plants, and animals: A synoptic review SO ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT LA English DT Article DE air; gold; humans; invertebrates; plants; sediments; sewage sludge; snow; soils; vertebrates; water ID PLASMA-MASS SPECTROMETRY; TRACE-ELEMENTS; GEOCHEMICAL BEHAVIOR; CONTACT-DERMATITIS; MARINE-SEDIMENTS; HUMAN-MILK; PALLADIUM; PLATINUM; SAMPLES; ALLERGY AB Gold (Au) is ubiquitous in the environment and mined commercially at numerous locations worldwide. It is also an allergen that induces dermatitis in sensitive individuals. Gold concentrations were comparatively elevated in samples collected near gold mining and processing facilities, although no data were found for birds and non-human mammals. Maximum gold concentrations reported in abiotic materials were 0.001 mug L(-1) in rainwater; 0.0015 mug L(-1) in seawater near hydrothermal vents vs. < 0.00004 - 0.0007 mu g L(-1) elsewhere; 5.0 mu g kg(-1) dry weight (DW) in the Earth's crust; 19.0 mu g L(-1) in a freshwater stream near a gold mining site; 440 mu g kg(-1) DW in atmospheric dust near a high traffic road; 843 mu g kg(-1) DW in alluvial soil near a Nevada gold mine vs. < 29 mug kg(-1) DW premining; 2.53 mg kg(-1) DW in snow near a Russian smelter vs. < 0.35 mg kg(-1) DW at a reference site; 4.5 mg kg(-1) DW in sewage sludge; 28.7 mg kg(-1) DW in polymetallic sulfides from the ocean floor; and 256.0 mg kg(-1) DW in freshwater sediments near a gold mine tailings pile vs. < 5 mug kg(-1) DW prior to mining. In plants, elevated concentrations of 19 mug Au kg(-1) DW were reported in terrestrial vegetation near gold mining operations vs. < 4 mu g kg(-1) DW at a reference site; 37 mu g kg(-1) DW in aquatic bryophytes downstream from a gold mine; 150 mu g Au kg(-1) DW in leaves of beans grown in soil containing 170 mu g kg(-1) DW; up to 1.06 mg kg(-1) DW in algal mats of rivers receiving gold mine wastes; and 0.1 - 100 mg kg(-1) DW in selected gold accumulator plants. Fish and aquatic invertebrates contained 0.1 - 38.0 mu g Au kg(-1) DW. In humans, gold concentrations up to 1.1 mu g L(-1) were documented in urine of dental technicians vs. 0.002-0.85 mu g L(-1) in reference populations; 2.1 mu g L(-1) in breast milk, attributed to gold dental fillings and jewelry of mothers; 1.4 mg kg(-1) DW in hair of goldsmiths vs. a normal range of 6 - 880 mu g kg(-1) DW; 2.39 mg L(-1) in whole blood of rheumatoid arthritis patients receiving gold thiol drugs to reduce inflammation (chrysotherapy) vs. a normal range of 0.2 - 2.0 mu g L(-1); and 60.0 to 233.0 mg kg(-1) fresh weight (FW) in kidneys of rheumatoid arthritis patients undergoing active chrysotherapy vs. < 42.0 mg kg(-1) FW kidney 140 months posttreatment. C1 US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD USA. RP Eisler, R (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD USA. EM ronald_eisler@usgs.gov NR 51 TC 8 Z9 10 U1 1 U2 17 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-6369 J9 ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS JI Environ. Monit. Assess. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 90 IS 1-3 BP 73 EP 88 DI 10.1023/B:EMAS.0000003567.66682.d8 PG 16 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 744CP UT WOS:000186610600005 PM 15887364 ER PT J AU Schmitt, CJ AF Schmitt, CJ TI Concentrations of arsenic, cadmium, copper, lead, selenium, and zinc in fish from the Mississippi River basin, 1995 SO ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT LA English DT Article DE Arkansas River; arsenic; cadmium; copper; irrigation; lead; metals; Mississippi River; Missouri River; monitoring; Ohio River; Red River; selenium; Tennessee River; zinc ID FRESH-WATER FISH; CONTAMINANT-BIOMONITORING-PROGRAM; COEUR-DALENE RIVER; GREAT-LAKES; POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL; SUSPENDED SEDIMENT; RESIDUES; TISSUE; MERCURY; METALS AB Fish were collected in late 1995 from 34 National Contaminant Biomonitoring Program ( NCBP) stations and 12 National Water Quality Assessment Program (NAWQA) stations in the Mississippi River basin (MRB), and in late 1996 from a reference site in West Virginia. The NCBP sites represented key points (dams, tributaries, etc.) in the largest rivers of the MRB. The NAWQA sites were typically on smaller rivers and were selected to represent dominant land uses in their watersheds. The West Virginia site, which is in an Eastern U. S. watershed adjacent to the MRB, was selected to document elemental concentrations in fish used for other aspects of a larger study and to provide additional contemporaneous data on background elemental concentrations. At each site four samples, each comprising (nominally) 10 adult common carp (Cyprinus carpio, 'carp') or black bass (Micropterus spp., 'bass') of the same sex, were collected. The whole fish were composited by station, species, and gender for analysis of arsenic (As), lead (Pb), and selenium (Se) by atomic absorption spectroscopy and for cadmium (Cd), copper (Cu), and zinc (Zn) by inductively-coupled plasma emission spectroscopy. Concentrations of most of the elements examined were lower in both carp and bass from the reference site, a small impoundment located in a rural area, than from the NCBP and NAWQA sites on rivers and larger impoundments. In contrast, there were few overall differences between NCBP sites NAWQA sites. The 1995 results generally confirmed the continued weathering and re-distribution of these elemental contaminants in the MRB; concentrations declined or were unchanged from 1984 - 1986 to 1995 at most NCBP sites, thus continuing two-decade trends. Exceptions were Se at Station 77 ( Arkansas R. at John Martin Reservoir, CO), where concentrations have been elevated historically and increased slightly (to 3.8 - 4.7 mug g(-1) in bass and carp); and Pb, Cd, and Zn at Station 67 (Allegheny R. at Natrona, PA), where levels of these metals were high in the past and increased from 1986 to 1995. C1 US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Columbia, MO USA. RP Schmitt, CJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Columbia, MO USA. RI 张, 楠/B-1010-2010 NR 60 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 1 U2 14 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-6369 J9 ENVIRON MONIT ASSESS JI Environ. Monit. Assess. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 90 IS 1-3 BP 289 EP 321 DI 10.1023/B:EMAS.0000003594.64248.0a PG 33 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 744CP UT WOS:000186610600018 PM 15887377 ER PT J AU Burns, DA AF Burns, DA TI The effects of atmospheric nitrogen deposition in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado and southern Wyoming, USA - a critical review SO ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION LA English DT Review DE atmospheric nitrogen deposition; Colorado; Rocky Mountains; nitrogen saturation; lake chemistry ID ALPINE TUNDRA COMMUNITIES; GREEN LAKES VALLEY; FRASER EXPERIMENTAL FOREST; FRONT RANGE; INORGANIC NITROGEN; MICROBIAL BIOMASS; NUTRIENT AVAILABILITY; ENVIRONMENTAL-CHANGE; ECOSYSTEM RESPONSES; AMBYSTOMA-TIGRINUM AB The Rocky Mountains of Colorado and southern Wyoming receive atmospheric nitrogen (N) deposition that ranges from 2 to 7 kg ha(-1) yr(-1), and some previous research indicates pronounced ecosystem effects at the highest rates of deposition. This paper provides a critical review of previously published studies on the effects of atmospheric N deposition in the region. Plant community changes have been demonstrated through N fertilization studies, however, N limitation is still widely reported in alpine tundra and subalpine forests of the Front Range, and sensitivity to changes in snow cover alone indicate the importance of climate sensitivity in these ecosystems. Retention of N in atmospheric wet deposition is < 50% in some watersheds east of the Continental Divide, which reflects low biomass and a short growing season relative to the timing and N load in deposition. Regional upward temporal trends in surface water NO3- concentrations have not been demonstrated, and future trend analyses must consider the role of climate as well as N deposition. Relatively high rates of atmospheric N deposition east of the Divide may have altered nutrient limitation of phytoplankton, species composition of diatoms, and amphibian populations, but most of these effects have been inconclusive to date, and additional studies are needed to confirm hypothesized cause and effect relations. Projected future population growth and energy use in Colorado and the west increase the likelihood that the subtle effects of atmospheric N deposition now evident in the Front Range will become more pronounced and widespread in the future. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Troy, NY 12180 USA. RP Burns, DA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 425 Jordon Rd, Troy, NY 12180 USA. RI Burns, Douglas/A-7507-2009 NR 71 TC 42 Z9 44 U1 9 U2 35 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0269-7491 J9 ENVIRON POLLUT JI Environ. Pollut. PY 2004 VL 127 IS 2 BP 257 EP 269 DI 10.1016/S0269-7491(03)00264-1 PG 13 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 759XK UT WOS:000187780000011 PM 14568725 ER PT J AU Hoffman, DJ Albers, PH Melancon, MJ Miles, AK AF Hoffman, DJ Albers, PH Melancon, MJ Miles, AK TI Effects of the mosquito larvicide GB-1111 on bird eggs SO ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION LA English DT Article DE mosquito larvicide; GB-1111; mallard; bobwhite; embryo development; hatching success ID OXIDATIVE STRESS; MALLARD EGGS; OIL; PETROLEUM; TOXICITY; GLUTATHIONE; DUCKLINGS; BOBWHITE; EMBRYOS AB Golden Bear Oil (GB-1111; legal trade name for GB-1313) is a petroleum distillate used in the United States and other countries as a mosquito larvicide. As part of an evaluation of the potential effects of GB-1111 on birds, fertile eggs of mallards (Anus platyrhynchos) and bobwhite (Colinus virginianus) were incubated in the laboratory, and treated on day 4 of incubation with external applications equivalent to either 0, 1/3, 1, 3 or 10 times the maximum rate (X) of 47 l/ha (5 gal/A) of field application of GB-1111. Hatching success was significantly reduced in mallards treated at 3 and 10 times the maximum field application, with a calculated approximate LD50 of 1.9 times the maximum field application. Most mortality occurred within a week of treatment. Hepatic P450-associated monooxygenase activity (ethoxyresorufin-O-dealkylase; EROD) was negatively related to dose. In the 3X group there was a significant increase in the concentration of hepatic reduced glutathione (GSH) but a decrease in protein-bound thiols (PBSH). Hatching success of bobwhite was marginally reduced at the highest level of treatment (10X). Other effects at this level in bobwhite included a significant increase in incidence of abnormal embryos or hatchlings, lower body and liver weights, and a two-fold increase in hepatic microsomal EROD activity in hatchlings. The recommended maximum rate of field application of GB-1111 is unlikely to impair the survival or development of bobwhite embryos but is potentially toxic to mallard embryos under conditions of larvicide drift or spray overlap. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 USGS, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. Univ Calif Davis, USGS, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Davis, CA 95616 USA. RP Hoffman, DJ (reprint author), USGS, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 12011 Beech Florest Rd, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. NR 36 TC 1 Z9 3 U1 1 U2 2 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0269-7491 J9 ENVIRON POLLUT JI Environ. Pollut. PY 2004 VL 127 IS 3 BP 353 EP 358 DI 10.1016/j.envpol.2003.08.021 PG 6 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 760YZ UT WOS:000187864000005 PM 14638295 ER PT J AU Bridges, C Little, E Gardiner, D Petty, J Huckins, J AF Bridges, C Little, E Gardiner, D Petty, J Huckins, J TI Assessing the toxicity and teratogenicity of pond water in north-central Minnesota to amphibians SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND POLLUTION RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE amphibian malformation; pesticides; semipermeable membrane devices (SPMD); syngergistic interactions; teratogenicity; toxicity; UV radiation ID UV-B RADIATION; SEMIPERMEABLE-MEMBRANE DEVICES; FROG RANA-TEMPORARIA; ULTRAVIOLET-RADIATION; SEDIMENT EXTRACTS; EMBRYOS; DEFORMITIES; TADPOLES; XENOPUS; METAMORPHOSIS AB Background. Incidence of amphibian deformities have increased in recent years, especially in the northern region of the United States. While many factors have been proposed as being responsible for generating deformities (e.g., contaminants, ultraviolet radiation [UV], parasites), no single cause has been definitively established. Methods. To determine whether waterborne chemicals are responsible for amphibian deformities in ponds in north-central Minnesota, we deployed semipermeable membrane devices (SPMDs) in an impacted and a reference site to accumulate lipophilic contaminants. We then exposed native tadpoles (northern leopard frogs; Rana pipiens) to the SPMD extracts combined with two agricultural pesticides (atrazine, carbaryl) at two levels of UV radiation. Results and Discussion. UV radiation alone caused a slight increase in hatching success and tadpole growth rate. Deformity rate among hatchlings was high following exposure to SPMD extracts from the reference site in the absence of UV, suggesting that chemicals present at this site are broken down by UV to less harmful forms, or become less bioavailable. Conversely, impacted site SPMD extracts caused hatchling deformities only in the presence of UV, suggesting that UV potentiates the teratogenicity of the compounds present there. Impacted site SPMD extracts significantly increased the number of bony triangles among metamorphs, a common deformity observed at this site. The incidence of skin webbings increased significantly with SPMD extracts from both sites as well as with our pesticide control containing atrazine and carbaryl alone. Conclusions. Higher deformity rates among tadpoles reared in the presence of UV radiation and SPMD extracts from sites where deformities are common indicates a chemical compound (or compounds) in the water at this site may be causing the deformities. Recommendations and Outlook. It is important to examine the effects of chemical stressors in the presence of other natural stressors (e.g., UV radiation) to gain a better understanding of how multiple stressors work to impact amphibians and amphibian populations. C1 USGS, BRD, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. RP Bridges, C (reprint author), USGS, BRD, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, 4200 New Haven Rd, Columbia, MO 65201 USA. EM cbridges@usgs.gov NR 42 TC 22 Z9 26 U1 1 U2 17 PU ECOMED PUBLISHERS PI LANDSBERG PA RUDOLF-DIESEL-STR 3, D-86899 LANDSBERG, GERMANY SN 0944-1344 J9 ENVIRON SCI POLLUT R JI Environ. Sci. Pollut. Res. PY 2004 VL 11 IS 4 BP 233 EP 239 DI 10.1065/espr2004.03.195 PG 7 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 842XT UT WOS:000223038700005 PM 15341313 ER PT J AU Quist, MC Hubert, WA AF Quist, MC Hubert, WA TI Bioinvasive species and the preservation of cutthroat trout in the western United States: ecological, social, and economic issues SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & POLICY LA English DT Article DE non-native; conservation; economic; social; values; management strategy ID COLORADO RIVER; CONSERVATION STRATEGY; ABSAROKA MOUNTAINS; YELLOWSTONE-LAKE; BROOK TROUT; BIODIVERSITY; STREAMS; HYBRIDIZATION; MANAGEMENT; THREATS AB The cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki) was the only endemic salmonid species across most of the western United States, and it has severely declined largely due to introduction and bioinvasion by non-native salmonid species. However, the ecological, social, and economic consequences of cutthroat trout declines and replacement by non-native salmonid species are relatively minor, and measurable affects on ecosystem function are rare. Restoration efforts for cutthroat trout involve removal or control of bioinvasive salmonid species, but such efforts are costly, ongoing, and resisted frequently by segments of society. Cutthroat trout declines are of little concern to much of the public because they are valued similarly to non-native salmonids, and non-native salmonid species frequently have higher recreational values. Due to the low values placed on cutthroat trout relative to non-native salmonid species, net economic benefits of preserving cutthroat trout are equal to or less than those for non-native salmonids. Cutthroat trout provide a classic case of the consequences of biological invasion; however, other native species are faced with similar issues. We suggest that management agencies establish realistic goals to preserve native species within the context of ecological, social, and economic issues. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Wyoming, US Geol Survey, Wyoming Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. RP Quist, MC (reprint author), Univ Wyoming, US Geol Survey, Wyoming Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. EM mcquist@uwyo.edu NR 88 TC 29 Z9 29 U1 7 U2 26 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1462-9011 J9 ENVIRON SCI POLICY JI Environ. Sci. Policy PY 2004 VL 7 IS 4 BP 303 EP 313 DI 10.1016/j.envsci.2004.05.003 PG 11 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 843KJ UT WOS:000223077400006 ER PT J AU Wong, CS Mabury, SA Whittle, DM Backus, SM Teixeira, C DeVault, DS Bronte, CR Muir, DCG AF Wong, CS Mabury, SA Whittle, DM Backus, SM Teixeira, C DeVault, DS Bronte, CR Muir, DCG TI Organochlorine compounds in Lake Superior: Chiral polychlorinated biphenyls and biotransformation in the aquatic food web SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article ID TROUT SALVELINUS-NAMAYCUSH; MYSIS-RELICTA; GREAT-LAKES; NORTHWATER POLYNYA; ENANTIOSELECTIVE DETERMINATION; ENANTIOMERIC COMPOSITION; BIOACCUMULATION MODEL; TOXAPHENE CONGENERS; ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; GAS-CHROMATOGRAPHY AB The enantiomeric composition of seven chiral PCB congeners was measured in the Lake Superior aquatic food web sampled in 1998, to determine the extent of enantioselective biotransformation in aquatic biota. All chiral PCB congeners studied (CBs 91, 95, 136, 149, 174, 176, and 183) biomagnified in the Lake Superior aquatic food web, based on biomagnification and food web magnification factors greater than unity. PCB atropisomers were racemic in phytoplankton and zooplankton, suggesting no biotransformation potential toward PCBs for these low trophic level organisms. However, Diporeia and mysids had significantly nonracemic residues for most chiral congeners studied. This observation suggests that these macrozooplankton can stereoselectively metabolize chiral congeners. Alternatively, macrozooplankton obtained nonracemic residues from feeding on organic-rich suspended particles and sediments, which would imply that stereoselective microbial PCB biotransformation may be occurring in Lake Superior sediments at PCB concentrations far lower than that previously associated with such activity. Widely nonracemic PCB residues in forage fish (lake herring, rainbow smelt, and slimy sculpin) and lake trout suggest a combination of both in vivo biotransformation and uptake of nonracemic residues from prey for these species. Minimum biotransformation rates, calculated from enantiomer mass balances between predators and prey, suggest metabolic half-lives on the order of 8 yr for CB 136 in lake trout and 2.6 yr for CB 95 in sculpins. This result suggests that significant biotransformation may occur for metabolizable PCB congeners over the lifespan of these biota. This study highlights the potential of chiral analysis to study biotransformation processes in food webs. C1 Environm Canada, Natl Water Res Inst, Burlington, ON L7R 4A6, Canada. Univ Toronto, Dept Chem, Toronto, ON M5S 3H6, Canada. Fisheries & Oceans Canada, Great Lakes Lab Fisheries & Aquat Sci, Burlington, ON L7R 4A6, Canada. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Ft Snelling, MN 55111 USA. US Geol Survey, Ashland, WI USA. RP Muir, DCG (reprint author), Environm Canada, Natl Water Res Inst, Burlington, ON L7R 4A6, Canada. RI Wong, Charles/B-4215-2012; OI Wong, Charles/0000-0002-5743-2942; Muir, Derek/0000-0001-6631-9776 NR 71 TC 57 Z9 59 U1 3 U2 27 PU AMER CHEMICAL SOC PI WASHINGTON PA 1155 16TH ST, NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 USA SN 0013-936X J9 ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL JI Environ. Sci. Technol. PD JAN 1 PY 2004 VL 38 IS 1 BP 84 EP 92 DI 10.1021/es0346983 PG 9 WC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences SC Engineering; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 759YE UT WOS:000187781800025 PM 14740721 ER PT J AU Kohler, M Curtis, GP Meece, DE Davis, JA AF Kohler, M Curtis, GP Meece, DE Davis, JA TI Methods for estimating adsorbed uranium(VI) and distribution coefficients of contaminated sediments SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SURFACE COMPLEXATION MODEL; VARIABLE PH; SORPTION BEHAVIOR; GROUNDWATER; ADSORPTION; TRANSPORT; MIGRATION; MOLYBDATE; AQUIFER; DEPOSIT AB Assessing the quantity of U(VI) that participates in sorption/desorption processes in a contaminated aquifer is an important task when investigating U migration behavior. U-contaminated aquifer sediments were obtained from 16 different locations at a former U mill tailings site at Naturita, CO (U.S.A.) and were extracted with an artificial groundwater, a high pH sodium bicarbonate solution, hydroxylamine hydrochloride solution, and concentrated nitric acid. With an isotopic exchange method, both a K-D value for the specific experimental conditions as well as the total exchangeable mass of U(VI) was determined. Except for one sample, KD values determined by isotopic exchange with U-contaminated sediments that were in equilibrium with atmospheric CO2 agreed within a factor of 2 with KD values predicted from a nonelectrostatic surface complexation model (NEM) developed from U(VI) adsorption experiments with uncontaminated sediments. The labile fraction of U(VI) and U extracted by the bicarbonate solution were highly correlated (r(2) = 0.997), with a slope of 0.96 +/- 0.01. The proximity of the slope to one suggests that both methods likely access the same reservoir of U(VI) associated with the sediments. The results indicate that the bicarbonate extraction method is useful for estimating the mass of labile U(VI) in sediments that do not contain U(IV). In-situ K-D values calculated from the measured labile U(VI) and the dissolved U(VI) in the Naturita alluvial aquifer agreed within a factor of 3 with in-situ KD values predicted with the NEM and groundwater chemistry at each well. C1 Solar Energy Res Inst, Environm Sci & Engn Div, Golden, CO 80401 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Kohler, M (reprint author), Solar Energy Res Inst, Environm Sci & Engn Div, Golden, CO 80401 USA. EM mkohler@usgs.gov NR 36 TC 79 Z9 81 U1 1 U2 17 PU AMER CHEMICAL SOC PI WASHINGTON PA 1155 16TH ST, NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 USA SN 0013-936X EI 1520-5851 J9 ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL JI Environ. Sci. Technol. PD JAN 1 PY 2004 VL 38 IS 1 BP 240 EP 247 DI 10.1021/es0341236 PG 8 WC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences SC Engineering; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 759YE UT WOS:000187781800046 PM 14740742 ER PT J AU Kannan, K Kajiwara, N Watanabe, M Nakata, H Thomas, NJ Stephenson, M Jessup, DA Tanabe, S AF Kannan, K Kajiwara, N Watanabe, M Nakata, H Thomas, NJ Stephenson, M Jessup, DA Tanabe, S TI Profiles of polychlorinated biphenyl congeners, organochlorine pesticides, and butyltins in southern sea otters and their prey SO ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY LA English DT Article DE sea otters; polychlorinated biphenyls; toxic equivalents; organochlorines ID INCLUDING COPLANAR CONGENERS; GANGES RIVER DOLPHINS; COASTAL WATERS; BIOACCUMULATION PROFILES; SMALL CETACEANS; PHOCA-SIBIRICA; NORTH PACIFIC; CALIFORNIA; ACCUMULATION; TRIS(4-CHLOROPHENYL)METHANOL AB Concentrations of organochlorine pesticides, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) congeners, and butyltins were measured in sea otters and selected prey species (invertebrates) collected from the California (USA) coast. Polychlorinated biphenyls, DDTs (sum of p,p'-dichlorodiphenyldichloroethylene [p,p'-DDE], p,p'-dichlorodiphenyldichloroethane [p,p'-DDD], and p,p'-DDT), and butyltins were the major contaminants found in sea otters and their prey. Lipid-normalized concentrations of PCBs and DDT in sea otter livers were 60- and 240-fold greater than those found in the prey. Great biomagnification of PCBs and DDT in sea otters is suggested to result from their high per-capita intake of diet compared with those of other marine mammals. Profiles of PCB congeners in sea otters and prey species suggest a great capacity of sea otters to biotransform lower-chlorinated congeners. Sea otters seem to possess a greater ability than cetaceans to metabolize PCBs. The 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin equivalents of non- and mono-ortho PCBs in sea otters and certain prey species were at or above the theoretical threshold for toxic effects. C1 SUNY Albany, Wadsworth Ctr, New York State Dept Hlth, Albany, NY 12201 USA. SUNY Albany, Dept Environm Hlth & Toxicol, Albany, NY 12201 USA. Ehime Univ, Ctr Marine Environm Studies, Matsuyama, Ehime 790, Japan. US Geol Survey, Natl Wildlife Hlth Res Ctr, Biol Resources Div, Madison, WI 53711 USA. Marine Wildlife Vet Care & Res Ctr, Calif Dept Fish & Game, Santa Cruz, CA 95060 USA. RP Kannan, K (reprint author), SUNY Albany, Wadsworth Ctr, New York State Dept Hlth, Empire State Plaza,POB 509, Albany, NY 12201 USA. EM kkannan@wadsworth.org RI Tanabe, Shinsuke/G-6950-2013 NR 37 TC 22 Z9 25 U1 1 U2 19 PU SETAC PI PENSACOLA PA 1010 NORTH 12TH AVE, PENSACOLA, FL 32501-3367 USA SN 0730-7268 J9 ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM JI Environ. Toxicol. Chem. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1 BP 49 EP 56 DI 10.1897/03-53 PG 8 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA 761JF UT WOS:000187897200008 PM 14768866 ER PT J AU Lee, JS Lee, BG Luoma, SN Yoo, H AF Lee, JS Lee, BG Luoma, SN Yoo, H TI Importance of equilibration time in the partitioning and toxicity of zinc in spiked sediment bioassays SO ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY LA English DT Article DE zinc; toxicity; equilibration time; sediment aging; acid volatile sulfides ID ACID-VOLATILE SULFIDE; AMPHIPOD LEPTOCHEIRUS-PLUMULOSUS; TERM RESUSPENSION EVENTS; SAN-FRANCISCO BAY; CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS; BENTHIC INVERTEBRATES; METAL BIOAVAILABILITY; STORAGE-TEMPERATURE; RELATIVE IMPORTANCE; CHIRONOMUS-TENTANS AB The influences of spiked Zn concentrations (1-40 mumol/g) and equilibration time (similar to95 d) on the partitioning of Zn between pore water (PW) and sediment were evaluated with estuarine sediments containing two levels (5 and 15 mumol/g) of acid volatile sulfides (AVS). Their influence on Zn bioavailability was also evaluated by a parallel, 10-d amphipod (Leptocheirus plumulosus) mortality test at 5, 20, and 85 d of equilibration. During the equilibration, AVS increased (up to twofold) with spiked Zn concentration ([Zn]), whereas Zn-simultaneously extracted metals ([SEM]; Zn with AVS) remained relatively constant. Concentrations of Zn in PW decreased most rapidly during the initial 30 d and by 11- to 23-fold during the whole 95-d equilibration period. The apparent partitioning coefficient (K(pw,) ratio of [Zn] in SEM to PW) increased by 10- to 20-fold with time and decreased with spiked [Zn] in sediments. The decrease of PW [Zn] could be explained by a combination of changes in AVS and redistribution of Zn into more insoluble phases as the sediment aged. Amphipod mortality decreased significantly with the equilibration time, consistent with decrease in dissolved [Zn]. The median lethal concentration (LC50) value (33 muM) in the second bioassay, conducted after 20 d of equilibration, was twofold the LC50 in the initial bioassay at 5 d of equilibration, probably because of the change of dissolved Zn speciation. Sediment bioassay protocols employing a short equilibration time and high spiked metal concentrations could accentuate partitioning of metals to the dissolved phase and shift the pathway for metal exposure toward the dissolved phase. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. NeoEnBiz Co, Seoul, South Korea. Chonnam Natl Univ, Dept Oceanog, Kwangju 500757, South Korea. RP Lee, BG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM blee@chonnam.ac.kr NR 47 TC 29 Z9 29 U1 2 U2 12 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 0730-7268 J9 ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM JI Environ. Toxicol. Chem. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1 BP 65 EP 71 DI 10.1897/03-176 PG 7 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA 761JF UT WOS:000187897200010 PM 14768868 ER PT J AU Heinz, GH Hoffman, DJ AF Heinz, GH Hoffman, DJ TI Mercury accumulation and loss in mallard eggs SO ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY LA English DT Article DE mercury; methylmercury; mallard; accumulation; loss ID METHYL MERCURY; METHYLMERCURY; DUCKS AB Female mallards (Anas platyrhynchos) were fed diets containing 5, 10, or 20 ppm mercury as methylmercury chloride. One egg was collected from each bird before the start of the mercury diets and 15 eggs were collected from each bird while it was being fed mercury. The mercury diets were then replaced by uncontaminated diets, and each female was allowed to lay 29 more eggs. Mercury levels in eggs rose to about 7, 18, and 35 ppm wet-weight in females fed 5, 10, or 20 ppm mercury, respectively. Mercury levels fell to about 0.16, 0.80, and 1.7 ppm in the last egg laid by birds that had earlier been fed 5, 10, or 20 ppm mercury, respectively. Higher concentrations of mercury were found in egg albumen than in yolk, and between 95 and 100% of the mercury in the eggs was in the form of methylmercury. C1 US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. RP Heinz, GH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 11510 Amer Holly Dr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. EM gary_heinz@usgs.gov NR 11 TC 29 Z9 31 U1 1 U2 8 PU SETAC PI PENSACOLA PA 1010 NORTH 12TH AVE, PENSACOLA, FL 32501-3367 USA SN 0730-7268 J9 ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM JI Environ. Toxicol. Chem. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1 BP 222 EP 224 DI 10.1897/03-111 PG 3 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA 761JF UT WOS:000187897200031 PM 14768889 ER PT B AU Cheng, RT Casulli, V AF Cheng, RT Casulli, V BE Spaulding, ML TI Modeling a three-dimensional river plume over continental shelf using a 3D unstructured grid model SO ESTUARINE AND COASTAL MODELING, PROCEEDINGS LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 8th International Conference on Estuarine and Coastal Modeling CY NOV 03-05, 2003 CL Monterey, CA ID BUOYANT COASTAL DISCHARGE; FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS; SHALLOW-WATER EQUATIONS; SUBTIDAL VARIABILITY; ESTUARINE PLUMES; NUMERICAL-MODEL; FATE; FLOW AB River derived fresh water discharging into an adjacent continental shelf forms a trapped river plume that propagates in a narrow region along the coast. These river plumes are real and they have been observed in the field. Many previous investigations have reported some aspects of the river plume properties, which are sensitive to stratification, Coriolis acceleration, winds (upwelling or downwelling), coastal currents, and river discharge. Numerical modeling of the dynamics of river plumes is very challenging, because the complete problem involves a wide range of vertical and horizontal scales. Proper simulations of river plume dynamics cannot be achieved without a realistic representation of the flow and salinity structure near the river mouth that controls the initial formation and propagation of the plume in the coastal ocean. In this study, an unstructured grid model was used for simulations of river plume dynamics allowing fine grid resolution in the river and in regions near the coast with a coarse grid in the far field of the river plume in the coastal ocean. In the vertical, fine fixed levels were used near the free surface, and coarse vertical levels were used over the continental shelf. The simulations have demonstrated the uniquely important role played by Coriolis acceleration. Without Coriolis acceleration, no trapped river plume can be formed no matter how favorable the ambient conditions might be. The simulation results show properties of the river plume and the characteristics of flow and salinity within the estuary; they are completely consistent with the physics of estuaries and coastal oceans. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Cheng, RT (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RI casulli, vincenzo/A-8507-2013; OI Casulli, Vincenzo/0000-0002-2398-9339 NR 29 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER SOC CIVIL ENGINEERS PI NEW YORK PA UNITED ENGINEERING CENTER, 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017-2398 USA BN 0-7844-0734-7 PY 2004 BP 1027 EP 1043 PG 17 WC Engineering, Civil; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Engineering; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA BBW43 UT WOS:000228129600062 ER PT J AU Kennedy, TA Hobbie, SE AF Kennedy, TA Hobbie, SE TI Saltcedar (Tamarix ramosissima) invasion alters organic matter dynamics in a desert stream SO FRESHWATER BIOLOGY LA English DT Article DE allochthonous; autochthonous; desert stream; decomposition; Tamarix ID MIDDLE RIO-GRANDE; BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS; SALT CEDAR; NEW-MEXICO; WATER-USE; ECOLOGY; LITTER; ECOSYSTEMS; USA; MACROINVERTEBRATES AB 1. We investigated the impacts of saltcedar invasion on organic matter dynamics in a spring-fed stream (Jackrabbit Spring) in the Mojave Desert of southern Nevada, U.S.A., by experimentally manipulating saltcedar abundance. 2. Saltcedar heavily shaded Jackrabbit Spring and shifted the dominant organic matter inputs from autochthonous production that was available throughout the year to allochthonous saltcedar leaf litter that was strongly pulsed in the autumn. Specifically, reaches dominated by saltcedar had allochthonous litter inputs of 299 g ash free dry mass (AFDM) m(-2) year(-1), macrophyte production of 15 g AFDM m(-2) year(-1) and algal production of 400 g AFDM m(-2) year(-1), while reaches dominated by native riparian vegetation or where saltcedar had been experimentally removed had allochthonous litter inputs of 7-34 g AFDM m(-2) year(-1), macrophyte production of 118-425 g AFDM m(-2) year(-1) and algal production of 640-900 g AFDM m(-2) year(-1). 3. A leaf litter breakdown study indicated that saltcedar also altered decomposition in Jackrabbit Spring, mainly through its influence on litter quality rather than by altering the environment for decomposition. Decomposition rates for saltcedar were lower than for ash (Fraxinus velutina), the dominant native allochthonous litter type, but faster than for bulrush (Scirpus americanus), the dominant macrophyte in this system. C1 Univ Minnesota, Dept Ecol Evolut & Behav, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. RP Kennedy, TA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Grand Canyon Monitoring & Res Ctr, 2255 N Gemini Dr, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. OI Hobbie, Sarah/0000-0001-5159-031X NR 38 TC 41 Z9 41 U1 2 U2 16 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0046-5070 J9 FRESHWATER BIOL JI Freshw. Biol. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 49 IS 1 BP 65 EP 76 DI 10.1046/j.1365-2426.2003.01166.x PG 12 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 755LZ UT WOS:000187405500006 ER PT B AU Betancourt, JL AF Betancourt, JL BE Lomolino, MV Heaney, LR TI Arid lands poleobioaeography: The rodent midden record in the Americas SO Frontiers of Biogeography: New Directions in the Geography of Nature LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 1st Meeting of the International-Biogeography-Society CY JAN 04-08, 2003 CL Mesquite, NV SP Int Biogeog Soc C1 US Geol Survey, Tucson, AZ 85745 USA. RP Betancourt, JL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 1675 W Anklam Rd, Tucson, AZ 85745 USA. NR 0 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 4 PU SINAUER ASSOC PI SUNDERLAND PA SINAUER ASSOC, SUNDERLAND, MA 01375 USA BN 0-87893-479-0 PY 2004 BP 27 EP 46 PG 20 WC Biology; Geography, Physical SC Life Sciences & Biomedicine - Other Topics; Physical Geography GA BDC12 UT WOS:000232529500003 ER PT B AU Bricker, OP Newell, WL Simon, NS AF Bricker, OP Newell, WL Simon, NS BE MartinDuque, JF Brebbie, CA Godfrey, AE DeTeran, JRD TI Bog iron formation in the Nassawango Creek watershed, Maryland, USA SO GEO-ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 1st International Conference on Monitoring, Simulation and Remediation of the Geological Environment CY 2004 CL Segovia, SPAIN SP Municipal Segovia, Wessex Inst Technol, Complutense Univ, Dept Geodynam, Univ Cantabria, Dept Earth Sci, Int Union Geol Sci, Comm Geol Sci Environm Planning DE bog iron; ferrous ion; ferric ion; redox; floodplain; phosphorous; turbidity; ferric oxyhydroxide ID ATLANTIC COASTAL-PLAIN; SHALLOW GROUNDWATER; CHLOROFLUOROCARBONS; TRACERS AB The ground water of the Pocomoke River basin is rich in reduced iron. This is particularly true in the Nassawango Creek sub-basin where bog iron deposits along the flood plain of the Nassawango Creek we're stripped in the mid-1800's to supply an iron smelter near the town of Snow Hill, Maryland. The rate of bog iron formation was so rapid that areas could be re-stripped in a matter of few years. Bog iron is still forming in this area and in other parts of the Pocomoke Basin. Ground water has been measured with ferrous iron concentrations in excess of 20 ppm. When this water emerges at the surface or is discharged into the river system it rapidly oxidizes to an amorphous particulate iron oxyhydroxide which in time crystallizes to goethite. The iron in this system is important for at least two reasons: 1) iron oxyhydroxides strongly sorb phosphorous and many trace metals, 2) the iron oxyhydroxides precipitating in the rivers cause turbidity which reduces light penetration to rooted aquatic vegetation and may impact other organisms, for instance, by coating gills and interfering with oxygen transfer. The first effect will play a role in the behavior and cycling of P in the system, while the second effect will impact biota in the system. In the fall of two very dry years (1999 and 200 1) we found the rivers in the central part of the Pocomoke Basin quite turbid although there had been no storms to wash sediment-laden runoff into the rivers. Samples of the particulate matter creating the turbidity were iron-rich and displayed a weak x-ray diffraction pattern of goethite. The materials that cause turbidity are internally generated in the rivers and are not contributed by runoff. Any practice recommended to reduce suspended sediment in these waters must take internally generated sediment into consideration. Best management practices for sediment control in the watershed will have no effect on the turbidity generated by internal processes. C1 US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Bricker, OP (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 10 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 2 U2 7 PU WIT PRESS PI SOUTHAMPTON PA ASHURST LODGE, SOUTHAMPTON SO40 7AA, ASHURST, ENGLAND BN 1-85312-723-X PY 2004 BP 13 EP 23 PG 11 WC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Engineering; Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology GA BAT83 UT WOS:000223515100002 ER PT B AU Newell, WL Stone, B Harrison, R AF Newell, WL Stone, B Harrison, R BE MartinDuque, JF Brebbie, CA Godfrey, AE DeTeran, JRD TI Holocene alluvium around Lefkosia (Nicosia), Cyprus: an archive of land-use, tectonic processes, and climate change SO GEO-ENVIRONMENT LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 1st International Conference on Monitoring, Simulation and Remediation of the Geological Environment CY 2004 CL Segovia, SPAIN SP Municipal Segovia, Wessex Inst Technol, Complutense Univ, Dept Geodynam, Univ Cantabria, Dept Earth Sci, Int Union Geol Sci, Comm Geol Sci Environm Planning DE Holocene stratigraphy; alluvium; paleosol; flood plain; alluvial fan; flood history; anthropogenic activity; Cyprus AB Excavations for modem, urban construction in the greater Lefkosia (Nicosia) area of Cyprus expose three to ten meter thick Holocene alluvium of the Pedhieos River. The Pedhieos River originates in the Trodoos Mountains, flows north to the Mesaoria Valley, then eastward to the Mediterranean. Alluvial stratigraphy presents serial flood deposits underlying river terraces and an extensive alluvial fan. Individual flood deposits include fining-upward sequences of gravel, sand, and silt. Thick, silty, fine-sand, over-bank sequences are overprinted by textural soil profiles and incipient caliche representing periods of sub-aerial, non-deposition. Artifacts from a long history of human occupation occur with 14 C dates from charcoal and other organic remains that indicate the Holocene alluvial sequence has been accumulating for at least 8,000 years. The stratigraphy and geomorphology of the alluvium can be interpreted to distinguish not only the effects of climate change, but also land-use change, and the impact of particular engineering works. Following thousands of years of floods on the aggraded Pedhieos River flood plain, the Venetians rebuilt the city of Lefkosia (Nicosia) in the mid-sixteenth century. The Pedhieos River was redirected into a shorter, steeper channel, initiating vigorous arroyo cutting and downstream aggradation of lithically distinctive alluvium. The redistributed alluvium caused local channel migration and eventual disuse of a Roman-style bridge. In response to the upstream arroyo cutting, a new Gothic-style bridge was constructed by the Venetians; it remained in service until late in the twentieth century. This fluvial signature of a unique event is an analog for the effect of surface cutting faults that are part of the seismic risk for the Lefkosia (Nicosia) area. C1 US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Newell, WL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 4 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 1 PU WIT PRESS PI SOUTHAMPTON PA ASHURST LODGE, SOUTHAMPTON SO40 7AA, ASHURST, ENGLAND BN 1-85312-723-X PY 2004 BP 71 EP 80 PG 10 WC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Engineering; Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Geology GA BAT83 UT WOS:000223515100007 ER PT B AU Eganhouse, RP AF Eganhouse, RP BE Hill, RJ Leventhal, J Aizenshtat, Z Baedecker, MJ Claypool, G Eganhouse, R Goldhaber, M Peters, K TI Molecular markers and their use in environmental organic geochemistry SO GEOCHEMICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE: A TRIBUTE TO ISSAC R. KAPLAN SE GEOCHEMICAL SOCIETY SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Annual Meeting of the Geological-Society-of-America CY OCT 27-30, 2002 CL Denver, CO SP Geol Soc Amer ID PALOS-VERDES SHELF; EFFLUENT-AFFECTED SEDIMENT; SOUTHERN-CALIFORNIA; BOSTON HARBOR; CRUDE-OIL; GRAVEL AQUIFER; SHALLOW SAND; CONTAMINANTS; MARGIN; ALKYLBENZENES AB Molecular markers are organic substances that carry information about sources of organic matter or contamination. The source/marker relation can be used to indicate the presence of a given source material (qualitative), or, under appropriate conditions, to estimate the amount of a source material (quantitative source apportionment) in the environment. Assemblages of markers can also be used as process probes. In this instance, systematic differences and/or similarities in the physical -chemical properties of markers are coupled with compositional changes in marker composition to infer the operation of natural processes. This paper provides an overview of what molecular markers are, what types of markers are present in the environment, the requirements for the use of markers, and some common applications. To illustrate how molecular markers can answer specific environmental questions, three case studies are presented. The first case study examines the impact of municipal waste on a large urban harbor (Boston Harbor). Linear alkylbenzenes (unreacted residues of linear alkylbenzenesulfonate surfactants) and coprostanot (a fecal indicator) provide information on the sources and likely transport pathways of municipal wastes in a complex hydrologic system. The marker data are also used to estimate the proportion of sewage-derived polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) in polluted harbor sediments. The second case study concerns a portion of the continental shelf off southern California (Palos Verdes) where discharge of municipal wastewaters has led to extensive contamination of sediments and biota. Long-chain alkylbenzenes (surfactant residues), PCBs and the pesticide, DDT (dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane), are used to develop sedimentation rate estimates for several time periods by molecular stratigraphy. These results, when combined with other information, allow conclusions to be drawn about the most likely transport pathway of sediments at the study site and to predict the fate of historically deposited contaminants. Finally, an investigation of a crude-oil spill in Bemidji, MN illustrates how monoaromatic hydrocarbons can be exploited as process probes, providing insights into the relative importance of different attenuation processes in a contaminated aquifer. The results show that natural attenuation of the monoaromatic hydrocarbons is occurring at this site and is dominated, not by physical and/or chemical processes, but by biodegradation. C1 US Geol Survey, Water Resources Discipline, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RP Eganhouse, RP (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Water Resources Discipline, 12201 Sunrise Valley Dr,MS 432, Reston, VA 20192 USA. NR 41 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 2 U2 5 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA SARA BURGERHARTSTRAAT 25, PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS BN 0-444-51647-6 J9 GEO SOC S P PY 2004 IS 9 BP 143 EP 158 PG 16 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA BBD00 UT WOS:000224951800011 ER PT B AU Goldhaber, M Callender, T Reynolds, R AF Goldhaber, M Callender, T Reynolds, R BE Hill, RJ Leventhal, J Aizenshtat, Z Baedecker, MJ Claypool, G Eganhouse, R Goldhaber, M Peters, K TI The geochemical and magnetic record of coal-combustion products in West Virginia reservoir sediments and soils SO GEOCHEMICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE: A TRIBUTE TO ISSAC R. KAPLAN SE GEOCHEMICAL SOCIETY SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Annual Meeting of the Geological-Society-of-America CY OCT 27-30, 2002 CL Denver, CO SP Geol Soc Amer ID FLY-ASH; UNITED-STATES; ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETISM; ACIDIC DEPOSITION; POWER-PLANT; SULFUR; LAKE; ACCUMULATION; POLLUTION; ELEMENTS AB We stern West Virginia lies downwind from numerous coal-fired power plants along the Ohio River Valley. To test whether geochemical and mineralogical impacts from these power plants are detectable on the West Virginia landscape, we obtained reservoir cores, soils, and rocks from two separate sites in West Virginia, one in Harrison County (Hinkel and Deegan Reservoirs) and the other in Roane County (Miletree Run Reservoir). Both have small drainage basins that have the effect of maximizing atmospheric inputs relative to weathering inputs. Sediments from Hinkel Reservoir were dated using the Cs-137 method, and by knowledge of the age of the base of the sedimentary section. Major elements in Hinkel Reservoir sediments do not vary systematically over time, suggesting that the depositional history of these sediments has been relatively constant. In contrast, minor elements and sulfur do show dramatic shifts. Zn, Pb, As, S, Cd, Ge, and Hg all peak during the late 1960s and early 1970s. Polyaromatic hydrocarbons associated with combustion processes likewise show this same behavior. Coincident with these maxima is a peak in isothermal remnant magnetization (IRM), a parameter that is proportional to magnetite abundance. We separated the magnetic fraction of the sediments and examined this fraction petrographically. It is dominated by magnetite with a spherical morphology, which is characteristic of magnetite produced by combustion processes. Chemical analyses on local rocks showed that they were not the likely source for the trace element and magnetite enrichments. To compare soils and reservoir sediments, we normalized geochernical data to Ti; the underlying assumption is that Ti will track physical inputs of soil materials into the reservoir sediments. The normalized sediment data for the elements Zn, Pb, As, and S are all higher for sediments deposited during the late 1960s and early 1970s compared to normalized soil data, implying that soils are not the source for the element enrichments. We thus attribute the enrichment to atmospheric inputs. However, a coal-burning zinc smelter within 10 km of the reservoir site that operated until 1971 may have supplied some or all of the anomalous input.. There are no nearby major atmospheric pollution sites near Miletree Run Reservoir. A core from this reservoir was dated based on knowledge of the time it was impounded. Like Hinkel Reservoir, there are no systematic shifts in major element contents over its depositional history. Like Hinkel Reservoir, there are also significant shifts in trace elements and IRM that cannot be explained by local soil sources. Magnetic separates from this reservoir are also dominated by spherical combustion -produced magnetite. Covariance over the period 1930-1980 between magnetite and sulfur with US SO2 production (which comes dominantly from coal combustion) is strongly suggestive of a significant atmospheric input into Miletree Run Reservoir sediments. The nearest upwind power plants are between 50 and 75 km distant. Thus, relatively long distance transmission of particulate matter from the power plants of the Ohio River Valley is likely in this case. C1 USGS, Denver Fed Ctr, Crustal Imaging Team, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Goldhaber, M (reprint author), USGS, Denver Fed Ctr, Crustal Imaging Team, MS 973, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 49 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 3 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA SARA BURGERHARTSTRAAT 25, PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS BN 0-444-51647-6 J9 GEO SOC S P PY 2004 IS 9 BP 159 EP 186 PG 28 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA BBD00 UT WOS:000224951800012 ER PT B AU Kvenvolden, KA Hostettler, FD AF Kvenvolden, KA Hostettler, FD BE Hill, RJ Leventhal, J Aizenshtat, Z Baedecker, MJ Claypool, G Eganhouse, R Goldhaber, M Peters, K TI Geochemistry of coastal tarballs in southern California - A tribute to I. R. Kaplan SO GEOCHEMICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE: A TRIBUTE TO ISSAC R. KAPLAN SE GEOCHEMICAL SOCIETY SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Annual Meeting of the Geological-Society-of-America CY OCT 27-30, 2002 CL Denver, CO SP Geol Soc Amer ID COAL-OIL-POINT; ENVIRONMENT; PETROLEUM; SEEPAGE; STERANE; CARBON; ROCKS; TAR AB In the southern offshore California borderland, natural oil seeps occur mainly in the Santa Barbara Channel and Santa Monica Bay. Coastal tar residues (tarballs) from beaches bordering these water bodies were analyzed for six geochemical parameters: stable carbon isotopic compositions (delta(13)C) and four biomarker ratios (C-28/C-29 hopane, sterane/hopane, refractory index, bisnorhopane index), and the presence or absence of trisnorhopane. The objectives of this study were to group these residues and infer possible sources and transport directions. Three major groups were established. Two groups are likely from natural seeps near the Channel Islands, whereas the third group probably comes from seeps within Santa Monica Bay. Residues from all groups occur on the Channel Islands and on mainland beaches from as far south as San Diego to Point Reyes north of San Francisco. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Kvenvolden, KA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 999, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. NR 25 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 1 U2 1 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA SARA BURGERHARTSTRAAT 25, PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS BN 0-444-51647-6 J9 GEO SOC S P PY 2004 IS 9 BP 197 EP 209 PG 13 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA BBD00 UT WOS:000224951800014 ER PT B AU Peters, KE Creaney, S AF Peters, KE Creaney, S BE Hill, RJ Leventhal, J Aizenshtat, Z Baedecker, MJ Claypool, G Eganhouse, R Goldhaber, M Peters, K TI Geochemical differentiation of Silurian from Devonian crude oils in eastern Algeria SO GEOCHEMICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE: A TRIBUTE TO ISSAC R. KAPLAN SE GEOCHEMICAL SOCIETY SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Annual Meeting of the Geological-Society-of-America CY OCT 27-30, 2002 CL Denver, CO SP Geol Soc Amer ID PETROLEUM SYSTEM; SAUDI-ARABIA AB The ability to distinguish crude oils generated from prolific Silurian and Devonian source rocks provides a means to map their petroleum systems and thereby reduce exploration risk in North Africa. Routine geochemical analyses commonly fail to reliably separate these oils. This study demonstrates that non-routine analyses, such as compound-specific isotopes of light hydrocarbons and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry of diamondoids, can distinguish Silurian from Devonian oils in Algeria. Oil samples from Zemlet field and the giant Hassi Messaoud field were obtained from the northern part of the study area in Algeria where the Devonian source rock is absent. These oils originated from thermally mature Silurian source rock and migrated updip to fractured Cambro-Ordoviciall quartzite reservoirs below the Hercynian unconformity. Oil samples from the Assekaifaf, Oued Zenani, Zarzaitine, and Dome fields occur in the southern part of the study area, where both source rocks exist, but migration paths indicate input mainly from Devonian source rock. Despite higher maturity, the Silurian oil samples have diamondoid isomer concentrations 2-3 times lower than the Devonian samples. Because diamondoids form in source rocks by clay-catalyzed reactions and increase relative to other compounds during thermal cracking of oils, the diamondoid concentrations in the oil samples suggest that the Silurian source rock had less clay than the Devonian source rock. Higher dibenzothiophene/2-methylnaphthalene and generally higher sulfur in the Silurian oil samples support a source rock with less clay. For the Devonian oil samples, slightly more iron in clays reacted with sulfides to form pyrite, thus limiting sulfur incorporation into the kerogen and the generated crude oil. Light hydrocarbons, such as n-hexane, methyleyclopentane, cyclopentane, and methylcyclohexane, are depleted in C-13 in the Silurian compared to Devonian oil samples (> 1.1, 0.6, 1.0, and 0.2%o, respectively). Patterns of isotopic ratios among these compounds also differ (e.g. cyclohexane is more depleted in 13C than methylcyclopentane and methylcyclohexane in Silurian, but not Devonian oil samples). The Silurian oil samples have smaller differences in delta(13) C between pristane and the C-17 n-alkane and between phytane and the C-18 n-alkane than the Devonian samples. Different assemblages of organisms likely contributed to the acyclic isoprenoids versus n-alkanes in the source rocks for these two oil families. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Peters, KE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 969, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. NR 24 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 2 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA SARA BURGERHARTSTRAAT 25, PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS BN 0-444-51647-6 J9 GEO SOC S P PY 2004 IS 9 BP 287 EP 301 PG 15 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA BBD00 UT WOS:000224951800019 ER PT B AU Hill, RJ Lu, ST Tang, YC Henry, M Kaplan, IR AF Hill, RJ Lu, ST Tang, YC Henry, M Kaplan, IR BE Hill, RJ Leventhal, J Aizenshtat, Z Baedecker, MJ Claypool, G Eganhouse, R Goldhaber, M Peters, K TI C-4-benzene and C-4-naphthalene thermal maturity indicators for pyrolysates, oils and condensates SO GEOCHEMICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE: A TRIBUTE TO ISSAC R. KAPLAN SE GEOCHEMICAL SOCIETY SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Annual Meeting of the Geological-Society-of-America CY OCT 27-30, 2002 CL Denver, CO SP Geol Soc Amer ID WESTERN CANADA BASIN; CRUDE OILS; LIGHT-HYDROCARBONS; AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS; ORGANIC-MATTER; GEOCHEMICAL SIGNIFICANCE; TOARCIAN SHALES; PETROLEUM; ALKYLBENZENES; SEDIMENTS AB Determining the thermal maturity of light oils and condensates using chemical indicators can be difficult. Here we describe the Use Of C-4-benzenes (C-10) and C-4-naphthalenes (C-14) which are common constituents of oils and condensates as potential thermal maturity indicators. Using confined, dry pyrolysis of a saturate-rich Devonian oil from the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin, experiments were performed at 350-400degreesC, 650 bars and at time periods ranging from 3 to 33 days. The equivalent vitrinite reflectance (%R-0) for the pyrolysis products (1.02-1.67%) was calculated from experimental conditions using Easy R-0 software (Geochim. Cosmochim Acta 53, 1989, 2649-2657) to assess relative experimental thermal maturity. Ratios employing tetramethyl, dimethylethyl-, and methylisopropylberizene isomers and tetramethyl-naphthalene isomers correlate with calculated %R-0 from pyrolysis. Excellent correlation of all C-4-benzene parameters and Most C-4-naphthalene parameters was observed. The thermal maturity parameters defined by pyrolysis were applied to oils in the Fort Worth Basin, Texas, USA to determine applicability in natural systems. All C-4-benzene and C-4-naphthalene parameters showed positive correlation with the triaromatic steroid (TAS) maturity parameter commonly used to assess oil maturity. C-4-benzene and C-4-naphthalene ratios extend beyond the range of biomarker applicability, especially TAS, and are more abundant than biomarkers and less volatile than C-7 hydrocarbons. C1 United States Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Hill, RJ (reprint author), United States Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Box 25046,MS 939, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 47 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA SARA BURGERHARTSTRAAT 25, PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS BN 0-444-51647-6 J9 GEO SOC S P PY 2004 IS 9 BP 303 EP 319 PG 17 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA BBD00 UT WOS:000224951800020 ER PT S AU Johnson, TM Bullen, TD AF Johnson, TM Bullen, TD BE Johnson, CM Beard, BL Albarede, F TI Mass-dependent fractionation of selenium and chromium isotopes in low-temperature environments SO GEOCHEMISTRY OF NON-TRADITIONAL STABLE ISOTOPES SE Reviews in Mineralogy & Geochemistry LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Meeting on Nontraditional Stable Isotopes CY MAY 15-16, 2004 CL Montreal, CANADA SP AGU, CGU ID BACTERIAL SULFATE REDUCTION; EARLY SOLAR-SYSTEM; ELEMENTAL SELENIUM; SULFUR ISOTOPES; SEDIMENTS; DENITRIFICATION; RATIOS; SOILS; BIOGEOCHEMISTRY; SPECTROMETRY C1 Univ Illinois, Dept Geol, Urbana, IL 61801 USA. US Geol Survey, Water Resources Div, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Univ Illinois, Dept Geol, Urbana, IL 61801 USA. RI Johnson, Thomas/A-2740-2008 OI Johnson, Thomas/0000-0003-1620-1408 NR 102 TC 71 Z9 76 U1 3 U2 28 PU MINERALOGICAL SOC AMER PI CHANTILLY PA 3635 CONCORDE PKWY STE 500, CHANTILLY, VA 20151-1125 USA SN 1529-6466 BN 0-939950-67-7 J9 REV MINERAL GEOCHEM JI Rev. Mineral. Geochem. PY 2004 VL 55 BP 289 EP 317 DI 10.2138/gsrmg.55.1.289 PG 29 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Mineralogy SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Mineralogy GA BAE32 UT WOS:000221800600009 ER PT J AU Rehder, G Kirby, SH Durham, WB Stern, LA Peltzer, ET Pinkston, J Brewer, PG AF Rehder, G Kirby, SH Durham, WB Stern, LA Peltzer, ET Pinkston, J Brewer, PG TI Dissolution rates of pure methane hydrate and carbon-dioxide hydrate in undersaturated seawater at 1000-m depth SO GEOCHIMICA ET COSMOCHIMICA ACTA LA English DT Article ID CO2 HYDRATE; LIQUID CO2; CLATHRATE-HYDRATE; SEA-FLOOR; WATER; OCEAN; STABILITY; DISPOSAL; STATE; FLOWS AB To help constrain models involving the chemical stability and lifetime of gas clathrate hydrates exposed at the seafloor, dissolution rates of pure methane and carbon-dioxide hydrates were measured directly on the seafloor within the nominal pressure-temperature (P/T) range of the gas hydrate stability zone. Other natural boundary conditions included variable flow velocity and undersaturation of seawater with respect to the hydrate-forming species. Four cylindrical test specimens of pure, polycrystalline CH4 and CO2 hydrate were grown and fully compacted in the laboratory, then transferred by pressure vessel to the seafloor (1028 m depth), exposed to the deep ocean environment, and monitored for 27 hours using time-lapse and HDTV cameras. Video analysis showed diameter reductions at rates between 0.94 and 1.20 mum/s and between 9.0 and 10.6 (.) 10(-2) mum/s for the CO2 and CH4 hydrates, respectively, corresponding to dissolution rates of 4.15 +/- 0.5 rmnol CO2/m(2)s and 0.37 +/- 0.03 mmol CH4/m(2)s. The ratio of the dissolution rates fits a diffusive boundary layer model that incorporates relative gas solubilities appropriate to the field site, which implies that the kinetics of the dissolution of both hydrates is diffusion-controlled. The observed dissolution of several mm (CH4) or tens of mm (CO2) of hydrate from the sample surfaces per day has major implications for estimating the longevity of natural gas hydrate outcrops as well as for the possible roles of CO2 hydrates in marine carbon sequestration strategies. Copyright (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. C1 Monterey Bay Aquarium Res Inst, Moss Landing, CA 95039 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Lawrence Livermore Natl Lab, Livermore, CA 94550 USA. RP Rehder, G (reprint author), GEOMAR Res Ctr, Wischhofstr 1-3, D-24148 Kiel, Germany. EM grehder@geomar.de OI Peltzer, Edward/0000-0003-2821-3553 NR 35 TC 78 Z9 82 U1 2 U2 26 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0016-7037 J9 GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC JI Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta PD JAN PY 2004 VL 68 IS 2 BP 285 EP 292 DI 10.1016/j.gca.2003.07.001 PG 8 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 762JB UT WOS:000187967400008 ER PT J AU Hoaglund, JR Kolak, JJ Long, DT Larson, GJ AF Hoaglund, JR Kolak, JJ Long, DT Larson, GJ TI Analysis of modern and pleistocene hydrologic exchange between Saginaw Bay (Lake Huron) and the Saginaw Lowlands area SO GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE Saginaw Bay; Port Huron; glacier; Michigan Basin; chloride and groundwater ID LAURENTIDE ICE-SHEET; MICHIGAN BASIN; GREAT-LAKES; GROUND-WATER; RECHARGE; FLOW; GLACIATION; DISCHARGE; REGION; ORIGIN AB Two numerical models, one simulating present groundwater flow conditions and one simulating ice-induced hydraulic loading from the Port Huron ice advance, were used to characterize both modern and Pleistocene groundwater exchange between the Michigan Basin and near-surface water systems of Saginaw Bay (Lake Huron) and the surrounding Saginaw Lowlands area. These models were further used to constrain the origin of saline, isotopically light groundwater, and porewater from the study area. Output from the groundwaterflow model indicates that, at present conditions, head in the Marshall aquifer beneath Saginaw Bay exceeds the modern lake elevation by as much as 21 m. Despite this potential for flow, simulated groundwater discharge through the Saginaw Bay floor constitutes only 0.028 m(3) s(-1) (similar to1 cfs). Bedrock lithology appears to regulate the rate of groundwater discharge, as the portion of the Saginaw Bay floor underlain by the Michigan confining unit exhibits an order of magnitude lower flux than the portion underlain by the Saginaw aquifer. The calculated shoreline discharge of groundwater to Saginaw Bay is also relatively small (1.13 m(3) s(-1) or similar to40 cfs) because of low gradients across the Saginaw Lowlands area and the low hydraulic conductivities of lodgement tills and glacial-lake clays surrounding the bay. In contrast to the present groundwater flow conditions, the Port Huron ice-induced hydraulic-loading model generates a groundwater-flow reversal that is localized to the region of a Pleistocene ice sheet and proglacial lake. This area of reversed vertical gradient is largely commensurate with the distribution of isotopically light groundwater presently found in the study area. Mixing scenarios, constrained by chloride concentrations and delta(18)O values in porewater samples, demonstrate that a mixing event involving subglacial recharge could have produced the groundwater chemistry currently observed in the Saginaw Lowlands area. The combination of models and mixing scenarios indicates that structural control is a major influence on both the present and Pleistocene flow systems. C1 Penn State Univ, Earth & Mineral Sci Environm Inst, University Pk, PA 16802 USA. US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. Michigan State Univ, Dept Geol Sci, E Lansing, MI 48824 USA. RP Hoaglund, JR (reprint author), Penn State Univ, Earth & Mineral Sci Environm Inst, 2217 Earth Engn Sci, University Pk, PA 16802 USA. EM hoaglund@essc.psu.edu OI Kolak, Jonathan/0000-0003-2981-9522 NR 65 TC 21 Z9 22 U1 0 U2 7 PU ASSOC ENGINEERING GEOLOGISTS GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AMER PI DENVER PA 720 S COLORADO BLVD, STE 960-S, DENVER, CO 80246 USA SN 0016-7606 J9 GEOL SOC AM BULL JI Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 116 IS 1-2 BP 3 EP 15 DI 10.1130/B25290.1 PG 13 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 765CG UT WOS:000188249100001 ER PT J AU Barth, AP Wooden, JL Jacobson, CE Probst, K AF Barth, AP Wooden, JL Jacobson, CE Probst, K TI U-Pb geochronology and geochemistry of the McCoy Mountains Formation, southeastern California: A Cretaceous retroarc foreland basin SO GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE California; stratigraphy; tectonics; geochronology; geochemistry ID DETRITAL ZIRCON PROVENANCE; SOUTHWESTERN ARIZONA; NORTH-AMERICA; MOJAVE DESERT; AGE; EVOLUTION; STRATA; ANGIOSPERM; GEOLOGY; HISTORY AB The timing of deposition of fluvial sediments now forming the >7-km-thick McCoy Mountains Formation is one of the key uncertainties in reconstructing the Mesozoic paleogeography of southern California and western Arizona. Ion-microprobe U-Pb geochronologic data for individual zircons from nine sandstones from the McCoy Mountains type section and six associated igneous rocks provide significant new constraints on the tectonic setting and the timing of deposition within the northwest-trending McCoy basin. U-Pb zircon data from a metavolcanic rock of the underlying Dome Rock sequence in the Palen Mountains confirm that the McCoy Mountains Formation was deposited after regional Middle to Late Jurassic arc magmatism. U-Pb zircon data from a Late Cretaceous granodiorite intruding the formation in the Coxcomb Mountains confirm that the formation was deformed and metamorphosed prior to 73.5 +/- 1.3 Ma. Populations of detrital zircons vary systematically with both rock type and stratigraphic height; lithic arkoses predominantly derived from the west have consistently more abundant younger zircons than do litharenite sandstones predominantly derived from the north, and the youngest zircons yield maximum depositional ages that decrease from 116 Ma near the base to 84 Ma near the top of the section. The detrital-zircon data permit a Late Jurassic age for the basal, comparatively quartz-rich sandstone. However, the data further suggest that >90% of the formation was deposited between middle Early and middle Late Cretaceous time. These results are consistent with the hypothesis that most of the McCoy Mountains Formation represents a retroare foreland basin, deposited behind the active, evolving Cretaceous Cordilleran continental-margin magmatic arc that lay to the west and in the foreland of the actively deforming Cretaceous Maria fold-and-thrust belt. C1 Indiana Univ Purdue Univ, Dept Geol, Indianapolis, IN 46202 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Iowa State Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Geol & Atmospher Sci, Ames, IA 50011 USA. Indiana Univ Purdue Univ, Dept Geol, Indianapolis, IN 46202 USA. RP Barth, AP (reprint author), Indiana Univ Purdue Univ, Dept Geol, Indianapolis, IN 46202 USA. EM ibsz100@iupui.edu NR 63 TC 30 Z9 31 U1 0 U2 9 PU ASSOC ENGINEERING GEOLOGISTS GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AMER PI DENVER PA 720 S COLORADO BLVD, STE 960-S, DENVER, CO 80246 USA SN 0016-7606 J9 GEOL SOC AM BULL JI Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 116 IS 1-2 BP 142 EP 153 DI 10.1130/B25288.1 PG 12 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 765CG UT WOS:000188249100010 ER PT J AU Iriondo, A Premo, WR Martinez-Torres, LM Budahn, JR Atkinson, WW Siems, DF Guaras-Gonzalez, B AF Iriondo, A Premo, WR Martinez-Torres, LM Budahn, JR Atkinson, WW Siems, DF Guaras-Gonzalez, B TI Isotopic, geochemical, and temporal characterization of Proterozoic basement rocks in the Quitovac region, northwestern Sonora, Mexico: Implications for the reconstruction of the southwestern margin of Laurentia SO GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE isotopes; geochemistry; geochronology; tectonics; proterozoic; Sonora; Mexico ID WESTERN NORTH-AMERICA; UNITED-STATES; CRUSTAL EVOLUTION; AUSTRALIA; ARIZONA; CONSTRAINTS; CONNECTION; ANTARCTICA; ACCRETION; TERRANES AB A detailed geochemical characterization of 19 representative Proterozoic basement rocks in the Quitovac region in northwestern Sonora, Mexico, has identified two distinct Paleoproterozoic basement blocks that coincide spatially with the previously proposed Caborca and "North America" blocks. New U-Pb zircon geochronology revises their age ranges, the Caborca (1.78-1.69 Ga) and "North America" (1.71-1.66 Ga) blocks at Quitovac, and precludes a simple age differentiation between them. In addition, Grenvillian-age granitoids (ca. 1.1 Ga), spatially associated with the Caborca block have been identified at Quitovac. Nd isotopes and major- and trace-element geochemistry support the distinction of these Paleoproterozoic blocks. Granitoids of the "North America" block are characterized by depleted epsilonNd values (3.4-3.9) and younger Nd model ages (18001740 Ma) and have lower K2O, Y, Rb, Ba, Th, REE, and Fe/Mg values than coeval rocks of the Caborca block. The Caborca block granitoids are likewise characterized by slightly less depleted epsilonNd (0.6-2.6) and older Nd model ages (2070-1880 Ma). Despite the subtle differences, granitoids from both the Caborca and "North America" blocks exhibit island are-like affinities. We propose that Proterozoic basement rocks from the Quitovac region are an extension of the Proterozoic crustal provinces in the southwestern United States. Specifically, rocks of the Caborca block exhibit an affinity to rocks of either the Yavapai province or the Mojave-Yavapai transition zone, whereas rocks of the "North America" block have signatures similar to those of the Mazatzal province or possibly the Yavapai province of Arizona. The new isotopic ages and geochemical data do not support the existence of the Late Jurassic Mojave-Sonora megashear at Quitovac, as originally proposed. However, the Quitovac region accounts only for a small fraction of the Proterozoic basement in Sonora, so these findings do not eliminate the possibility of a megashear elsewhere in northern Sonora. Our new data create the possibility of alternative hypotheses for the distribution of Paleoproterozoic crustal provinces in southwestern North America that affect reconstructions of the original southwestern margin of Laurentia, and reduce uncertainties in the configuration, timing, and existence of the Proterozoic supercontinent, Rodinia. C1 Univ Colorado, Dept Geol Sci, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. Univ Basque Country, Dept Geodinam, E-48080 Bilbao, Spain. Univ Colorado, Dept Geol Sci, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. Alava Museum Nat Sci, Vitoria, Spain. RP Iriondo, A (reprint author), Univ Nacl Autonoma Mexico, Ctr Geociencias, CP 76230, Juriquilla, Mexico. EM iriondo@geociencias.unam.mx NR 83 TC 47 Z9 50 U1 0 U2 2 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER, INC PI BOULDER PA PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301-9140 USA SN 0016-7606 J9 GEOL SOC AM BULL JI Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 116 IS 1-2 BP 154 EP 170 DI 10.1130/B25288.1 PG 17 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 765CG UT WOS:000188249100011 ER PT J AU French, BM Cordua, WS Plescia, JB AF French, BM Cordua, WS Plescia, JB TI The Rock Elm meteorite impact structure, Wisconsin: Geology and shock-metamorphic effects in quartz SO GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA BULLETIN LA English DT Review DE Rock Elm (Wisconsin); meteorite impact craters; shock metamorphism; quartz deformation; quartz cleavage; planar deformation features (PDFs) ID SLATE ISLANDS; TERRESTRIAL IMPACT; LAKE-SUPERIOR; CRYPTOEXPLOSION STRUCTURES; DEFORMATION FEATURES; UPHEAVAL DOME; CRATER; CONSTRAINTS; RECORD; CANADA AB The Rock Elm structure in southwest Wisconsin is an anomalous circular area of highly deformed rocks, similar to6.5 km in diameter, located in a region of virtually horizontal undeformed sedimentary rocks. Shock-produced planar microstructures (PMs) have been identified in quartz grains in several lithologies associated with the structure: sandstones, quartzite pebbles, and breccia. Two distinct types of PMs are present: P1 features, which appear identical to planar fractures (PFs or cleavage), and P2 features, which are interpreted as possible incipient planar deformation features (PDFs). The latter are uniquely produced by the shock waves associated with meteorite impact events. Both types of PMs are oriented parallel to specific crystallographic planes in the quartz, most commonly to c(0001), xi{11 (2) over bar2}, and r/k{10 (1) over bar1}. The association of unusual, structurally deformed strata with distinct shock-produced microdeformation features in their quartz-bearing rocks establishes Rock Elm as a meteorite impact structure and supports the view that the presence of multiple parallel cleavages in quartz may be used independently as a criterion for meteorite impact. Preliminary paleontological studies indicate a minimum age of Middle Ordovician for the Rock Elm structure. A similar age estimate (450-400 Ma) is obtained independently by combining the results of studies of the general morphology of complex impact structures with estimated rates of sedimentation for the region. Such methods may be applicable to dating other old and deeply eroded impact structures formed in sedimentary target rocks. C1 Smithsonian Inst, Dept Mineral Sci, Washington, DC 20560 USA. Univ Wisconsin, Dept Earth & Planetary Sci, River Falls, WI 54022 USA. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ USA. RP French, BM (reprint author), Smithsonian Inst, Dept Mineral Sci, Washington, DC 20560 USA. EM french.bevan@nmnh.si.edu RI Plescia, Jeffrey/B-7738-2016 NR 112 TC 37 Z9 39 U1 1 U2 4 PU ASSOC ENGINEERING GEOLOGISTS GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AMER PI DENVER PA 720 S COLORADO BLVD, STE 960-S, DENVER, CO 80246 USA SN 0016-7606 J9 GEOL SOC AM BULL JI Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 116 IS 1-2 BP 200 EP 218 DI 10.1130/B25207.1 PG 19 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 765CG UT WOS:000188249100014 ER PT J AU Macias, JL Capra, L Scott, KM Espindola, JM Garcia-Palomo, A Costa, JE AF Macias, JL Capra, L Scott, KM Espindola, JM Garcia-Palomo, A Costa, JE TI The 26 May 1982 breakout flows derived from failure of a volcanic dam at El Chichon, Chiapas, Mexico SO GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA BULLETIN LA English DT Article DE volcanic dam; breakout; debris flow; Chichon; Chiapas; Mexico ID DEBRIS FLOW; ERUPTIONS; DEPOSITS; LAHAR AB The eruptions of El Chichon between 28 March and 4 April 1982 produced a variety of pyroclastic deposits. The climactic phase, on 3 April at 07:35 (4 April at 01:35 GMT), destroyed the central andesitic dome and fed pyroclastic surges and flows that dammed nearby drainages, including the Magdalena River. By late April, a lake had formed, 4 km long and 300-400 m wide, containing a volume of 26 x 10(6) m(3) of hot water. At 01:30 on 26 May, the pyroclastic dam was breached and surges of sediment and hot water soon inundated the town of Ostuacan, 10 km downstream. This hot flood was finally contained at Penitas Hydroelectric Dam, 35 km downstream, where one fatality occurred and three workers were badly scalded. Stratigraphic and sedimentologic evidence indicates that the rapidly draining lake initially discharged two debris flows, followed by five smaller debris flows and water surges. The main debris flows became diluted with distance, and by the time they reached Ostuacan, they merged into a single hyperconcentrated flow with a sediment concentration of similar to30 vol%. Deposits from this hyperconcentrated flow were emplaced for 15 km, as far as the confluence with another river, the Mas-Pac, below which the flow was diluted to sediment-laden streamflow. The minimum volume of the breakout-flow deposits is estimated at 17 X 10(6) m(3). From high-water marks, flow profiles, and simulations utilizing the DAMBRK code from the National Weather Service, we calculated a maximum peak discharge of 11,000 m(3)/s at the breach; this maximum peak discharge occurred 1 h after initial breaching. The calculations indicated that similar to2 h were required to drain the lake. C1 Natl Autonomous Univ Mexico, Inst Geofis, Mexico City 04510, DF, Mexico. US Geol Survey, Cascades Volcano Observat, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. US Geol Survey, Cascades Volcano Observat, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. RP Macias, JL (reprint author), Natl Autonomous Univ Mexico, Inst Geofis, Mexico City 04510, DF, Mexico. EM macias@tonatiuh.igeofcu.unam.mx RI Capra, Lucia/C-2371-2011; Macias, Jose Luis/P-7679-2015 OI Macias, Jose Luis/0000-0002-2494-9849 NR 33 TC 29 Z9 29 U1 0 U2 5 PU ASSOC ENGINEERING GEOLOGISTS GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AMER PI DENVER PA 720 S COLORADO BLVD, STE 960-S, DENVER, CO 80246 USA SN 0016-7606 J9 GEOL SOC AM BULL JI Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 116 IS 1-2 BP 233 EP 246 DI 10.1130/B25318.1 PG 14 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 765CG UT WOS:000188249100016 ER PT J AU Sherrod, BL Brocher, TM Weaver, CS Bucknam, RC Blakely, RJ Kelsey, HM Nelson, AR Haugerud, R AF Sherrod, BL Brocher, TM Weaver, CS Bucknam, RC Blakely, RJ Kelsey, HM Nelson, AR Haugerud, R TI Holocene fault scarps near Tacoma, Washington, USA SO GEOLOGY LA English DT Article DE holocene; scarp; Puget Sound; paleoseismology; fault ID SOUTHERN PUGET-SOUND; SEATTLE FAULT; ICE-SHEET; LOWLAND; GLACIATION; HAZARDS; AREA AB Airborne laser mapping confirms that Holocene active faults traverse the Puget Sound metropolitan area, northwestern continental United States. The mapping, which detects forest-floor relief of as little as 15 cm, reveals scarps along geophysical lineaments that separate areas of Holocene uplift and subsidence. Along one such line of scarps, we found that a fault warped the ground surface between A.D. 770 and 1160. This reverse fault, which projects through Tacoma, Washington, bounds the southern and western sides of the Seattle uplift. The northern flank of the Seattle uplift is bounded by a reverse fault beneath Seattle that broke in A.D. 900-930. Observations of tectonic scarps along the Tacoma fault demonstrate that active faulting with associated surface rupture and ground motions pose a significant hazard in the Puget Sound region. C1 Univ Washington, Dept Earth & Space Sci, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Humboldt State Univ, Dept Geog, Arcata, CA 95521 USA. RP Sherrod, BL (reprint author), Univ Washington, Dept Earth & Space Sci, Box 351310, Seattle, WA 98195 USA. EM bsherrod@ess.washington.edu OI Brocher, Thomas/0000-0002-9740-839X NR 22 TC 53 Z9 55 U1 1 U2 10 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMERICA, INC PI BOULDER PA PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301-9140 USA SN 0091-7613 J9 GEOLOGY JI Geology PD JAN PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 9 EP 12 DI 10.1130/G19914.1 PG 4 WC Geology SC Geology GA 765EH UT WOS:000188253800003 ER PT J AU Evans, WC van Soest, MC Mariner, RH Hurwitz, S Ingebritsen, SE Wicks, CW Schmidt, ME AF Evans, WC van Soest, MC Mariner, RH Hurwitz, S Ingebritsen, SE Wicks, CW Schmidt, ME TI Magmatic intrusion west of Three sisters, Central Oregon, USA: The perspective from spring geochemistry SO GEOLOGY LA English DT Article DE three sisters; oregon; springs; gases; intrusions ID CASCADE RANGE; HEAT-FLOW; CALIFORNIA; GAS; WASHINGTON; ORIGIN; CARBON AB A geochemical investigation of springs near Three Sisters volcanoes was conducted in response to the detection of crustal uplift west of the peaks. Dilute, low-temperature springs near the center of uplift show He-3/He-4 ratios greater than or equal to7R(A) (R-A is the ratio in air), and transport in total similar to16 MW of heat and similar to180 g/s of magmatic carbon (as CO2). These anomalous conditions clearly reflect the influence of magma, but they seemingly predate the onset of the present uplift and derive from a previous event. Episodes of intrusion may thus be more common in this area than the age of eruptive vents would imply. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Lawrence Berkeley Lab, Isotope Geochem Ctr, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. Oregon State Univ, Dept Geosci, Corvallis, OR 97370 USA. RP Evans, WC (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RI Evans, William/J-4283-2012 NR 22 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 0 U2 2 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMERICA, INC PI BOULDER PA PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301-9140 USA SN 0091-7613 J9 GEOLOGY JI Geology PD JAN PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1 BP 69 EP 72 DI 10.1130/G19974.1 PG 4 WC Geology SC Geology GA 765EH UT WOS:000188253800018 ER PT J AU Ellefsen, KJ Abraham, JD Wright, DL Mazzella, AT AF Ellefsen, KJ Abraham, JD Wright, DL Mazzella, AT TI Numerical study of electromagnetic waves generated by a prototype dielectric logging tool SO GEOPHYSICS LA English DT Article ID PROPAGATION; BOREHOLE; RADAR; SOIL; ROCK AB To understand the electromagnetic waves generated by a prototype dielectric logging tool, a numerical study was conducted using both the finite-difference, time-domain method and a frequency-wavenumber method. When the propagation velocity in the borehole was greater than that in the formation (e.g., an air-filled borehole in the unsaturated zone), only a guided wave propagated along the borehole. As the frequency decreased, both the phase and the group velocities of the guided wave asymptotically approached the phase velocity of a plane wave in the formation. The guided wave radiated electromagnetic energy into the formation, causing its amplitude to decrease. When the propagation velocity in the borehole was less than that in the formation (e.g., a water-filled borehole in the saturated zone), both a refracted wave and a guided wave propagated along the borehole. The velocity of the refracted wave equaled the phase velocity of a plane wave in the formation, and the refracted wave preceded the guided wave. As the frequency decreased, both the phase and the group velocities of the guided wave asymptotically approached the phase velocity of a plane wave in the formation. The guided wave did not radiate electromagnetic energy into the formation. To analyze traces recorded by the prototype tool during laboratory tests, they were compared to traces calculated with the finite-difference method. The first parts of both the recorded and the calculated traces were similar, indicating that guided and refracted waves indeed propagated along the prototype tool. C1 US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. US EPA, Las Vegas, NV 89193 USA. RP Ellefsen, KJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, MS 964,Box 25046, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. EM ellefsen@usgs.gov; jdabrahs@usgs.gov; dwright@usgs.gov; mazzella.aldo@epa.gov NR 35 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU SOC EXPLORATION GEOPHYSICISTS PI TULSA PA 8801 S YALE ST, TULSA, OK 74137 USA SN 0016-8033 J9 GEOPHYSICS JI Geophysics PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 69 IS 1 BP 64 EP 77 DI 10.1190/1.1649376 PG 14 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 773QX UT WOS:000188935200006 ER PT J AU Du, AD Wu, SQ Sun, DZ Wang, SX Qu, WJ Markey, R Stain, H Morgan, J Malinovskiy, D AF Du, AD Wu, SQ Sun, DZ Wang, SX Qu, WJ Markey, R Stain, H Morgan, J Malinovskiy, D TI Preparation and certification of Re-Os dating reference materials: Molybdenites HLP and JDC SO GEOSTANDARDS AND GEOANALYTICAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Geoanalysis 2003 Conference CY JUN, 2003 CL Rovaniemi, FINLAND DE molybdenite; rheniurn; osmium; Re-Os dating; isotope dilution; certified reference material ID HIGHLY PRECISE; OSMIUM; METEORITES; DIGESTION; RHENIUM; SAMPLES; FUSION; AGES AB Two Re-Os dating reference material molybdenites were prepared. Molybdenite JDC and molybdenite HLP are from a carbonate vein-type molybdenum(lead)-uranium deposit in the Jinduicheng-Huanglongpu area of Shaanxi province, China. The samples proved to be homogeneous, based on the coefficient of variation of analytical results and an analysis of variance test. The sampling weight was 0.1 g for JDC and 0.025 g for HLP. An isotope dilution method was used for the determination of Re and Os. Sample decomposition and pre-concentration of Re and Os prior to measurement were accomplished using a variety of methods: acid digestion, alkali fusion, ion exchange and solvent extraction. Negative thermal ionisation mass spectrometry and inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry were used for the determination of Re and Os-187 concentration and isotope ratios. The certified values include the contents of Re and Os and the model ages. For HLP, the Re content was 283.8 +/- 6.2 mug g(-1), Os-187 was 659 +/- 14 ng g(-1) and the Re-Os model age was 221.4 +/- 5.6 Ma. For JDC, the Re content was 17.39 +/- 0.32 mug g-1, Os-187 was 25.46 +/- 0.60 ng g(-1) and the Re-Os model age was 139.6 +/- 3.8 Ma. Uncertainties for both certified reference materials are stated at the 95% level of confidence. Three laboratories (from three countries: P.R. China, USA, Sweden) joined in the certification programme. These certified reference materials are primarily useful for Re-Os dating of molybdenite, sulfides, black shale, etc. C1 Natl Res Ctr Geoanal, Beijing 10037, Peoples R China. Colorado State Univ, Dept Earth Resources, AIRIE Grp, Denver, CO USA. US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. Lulea Univ Technol, Div Appl Geol, SE-97187 Lulea, Sweden. RP Du, AD (reprint author), Natl Res Ctr Geoanal, 26 Baiwanzhun Dajie, Beijing 10037, Peoples R China. EM andaodu@163.com NR 17 TC 212 Z9 407 U1 4 U2 22 PU GEOSTANDARDS PI VANDOEUVRE NANCY PA 15 RUE NOTRE-DAME-DES-PAUVRES BP 20, 54501 VANDOEUVRE NANCY, FRANCE SN 1639-4488 J9 GEOSTAND GEOANAL RES JI Geostand. Geoanal. Res. PY 2004 VL 28 IS 1 BP 41 EP 52 DI 10.1111/j.1751-908X.2004.tb01042.x PG 12 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 863KT UT WOS:000224561200004 ER PT B AU Petersen, M Cao, TQ Dawson, T Frankel, A Wills, C Schwartz, D AF Petersen, M Cao, TQ Dawson, T Frankel, A Wills, C Schwartz, D BE Yegian, MK Kavazanjian, E TI Evaluating fault rupture hazard for strike-slip earthquakes SO GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING FOR TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS, VOL 1 SE GEOTECHNICAL SPECIAL PUBLICATION LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Conference on Geotechnical Engineering for Transportation Projects (Geo-Trans 2004) CY JUL 27-31, 2004 CL Los Angeles, CA SP Amer Soc Civil Engineers, Geo Inst AB We present fault displacement data, regressions, and a methodology to calculate in both a probabilistic and deterministic framework the fault rupture hazard for strike-slip faults. To assess this hazard we consider: (1) the size of the earthquake and probability that it will rupture to the surface, (2) the rate of all potential earthquakes on the fault (3) the distance of the site along and from the mapped fault, (4) the complexity of the fault and quality of the fault mapping, (5) the size of the structure that will be placed at the site, and (6) the potential and size of displacements along or near the fault. Probabilistic fault rupture hazard analysis should be an important consideration in design of structures or lifelines that are located within about 50m of well-mapped active faults. C1 US Geol Survey, Golden, CO USA. RP Petersen, M (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Golden, CO USA. NR 8 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER SOC CIVIL ENGINEERS PI NEW YORK PA UNITED ENGINEERING CENTER, 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017-2398 USA BN 0-7844-0744-4 J9 GEOTECH SP PY 2004 IS 126 BP 787 EP 796 PG 10 WC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Geological; Transportation Science & Technology SC Engineering; Transportation GA BBS06 UT WOS:000227500700066 ER PT J AU Poag, CW AF Poag, CW TI Coring the Chesapeake Bay impact crater SO GEOTIMES LA English DT Article C1 US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. RP Poag, CW (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. NR 0 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER GEOLOGICAL INST PI ALEXANDRIA PA 4220 KING ST, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22302-1507 USA SN 0016-8556 J9 GEOTIMES JI Geotimes PD JAN PY 2004 VL 49 IS 1 BP 22 EP 25 PG 4 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 809OQ UT WOS:000220646400018 ER PT J AU McKee, KL Mendelssohn, IA Materne, MD AF McKee, KL Mendelssohn, IA Materne, MD TI Acute salt marsh dieback in the Mississippi River deltaic plain: a drought-induced phenomenon? SO GLOBAL ECOLOGY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY LA English DT Article DE climate change; disturbance; Louisiana; pyrite; salinity; sea-level; soil acidification; Spartina; USA; wetland ID LOUISIANA; MANAGEMENT; PYRITE; ROOTS AB Aims Extensive dieback of salt marsh dominated by the perennial grass Spartina alterniflora occurred throughout the Mississippi River deltaic plain during 2000. More than 100,000 ha were affected, with 43,000 ha severely damaged. The aim of this work was to determine if sudden dieback could have been caused by a coincident drought and to assess the significance of this event with respect to long-term changes in coastal vegetation. Location Multiple dieback sites and reference sites were established along 150 km of shoreline in coastal Louisiana, USA. Methods Aerial and ground surveys were conducted from June 2000 to September 2001 to assess soil conditions and plant mortality and recovery. Results Dieback areas ranged in size from similar to300 m(2)-5 km(2) in area with 50-100% mortality of plant shoots and rhizomes in affected zones. Co-occurring species such as Avicennia germinans (black mangrove) and Juncus roemerianus (needlegrass rush) were unaffected. Historical records indicate that precipitation, river discharge, and mean sea level were unusually low during the previous year. Although the cause of dieback is currently unknown, plant and soil characteristics were consistent with temporary soil desiccation that may have reduced water availability, increased soil salinity, and/or caused soil acidification (via pyrite oxidation) and increased uptake of toxic metals such as Fe or Al. Plant recovery 15 months after dieback was variable (0-58% live cover), but recovering plants were vigorous and indicated no long-lasting effects of the dieback agent. Main conclusions These findings have relevance for global change models of coastal ecosystems that predict vegetation responses based primarily on long-term increases in sea level and submergence of marshes. Our results suggest that large-scale changes in coastal vegetation may occur over a relatively short time span through climatic extremes acting in concert with sea-level fluctuations and pre-existing soil conditions. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Wetlands Res Ctr, Lafayette, LA 70506 USA. Louisiana State Univ, Wetland Biogeochem Inst, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. Nat Resources Conservat Serv, USDA, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. Louisiana State Univ, Dept Agron, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. RP McKee, KL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Wetlands Res Ctr, Lafayette, LA 70506 USA. EM karen_mckee@usgs.gov RI McKee, Karen/D-1365-2014 OI McKee, Karen/0000-0001-7042-670X NR 26 TC 85 Z9 89 U1 3 U2 47 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0960-7447 J9 GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR JI Glob. Ecol. Biogeogr. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 13 IS 1 BP 65 EP 73 DI 10.1111/j.1466-882X.2004.00075.x PG 9 WC Ecology; Geography, Physical SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Physical Geography GA 762EV UT WOS:000187959300008 ER PT J AU Alley, M Leake, SA AF Alley, M Leake, SA TI The journey from safe yield to sustainability SO GROUND WATER LA English DT Article ID WATER-BUDGET MYTH; RESOURCES; MANAGEMENT; SYSTEMS AB Safe-yield concepts historically focused attention on the economic and legal aspects of ground water development. Sustainability concerns have brought environmental aspects more to the forefront and have resulted in a more integrated outlook. Water resources sustainability is not a purely scientific concept, but rather a perspective that can frame scientific analysis. The evolving concept of sustainability presents a challenge to hydrologists to translate complex, and sometimes vague, socioeconomic and political questions into technical questions that can be quantified systematically. Hydrologists can contribute to sustainable water resources management by presenting the longer-term implications of ground water development as an integral part of their analyses. C1 US Geol Survey, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. US Geol Survey, Tucson, AZ 85719 USA. RP Alley, M (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 5735 Kearny Vila Rd, San Diego, CA 92123 USA. NR 28 TC 29 Z9 34 U1 4 U2 14 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 0017-467X J9 GROUND WATER JI Ground Water PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 42 IS 1 BP 12 EP 16 PG 5 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Geology; Water Resources GA 762JL UT WOS:000187968400005 ER PT J AU Pope, JP Burbey, TJ AF Pope, JP Burbey, TJ TI Multiple-aquifer characterization from single borehole extensometer records SO GROUND WATER LA English DT Article ID ONE-DIMENSIONAL SIMULATION; SYSTEM COMPACTION; CALIFORNIA; PARAMETERS; PIXLEY AB Measurement and analysis of aquifer-system compaction have been used to characterize aquifer and confining unit properties when other techniques such as flow modeling have been ineffective at adequately quantifying storage properties or matching historical water levels in environments experiencing land subsidence. In the southeastern coastal plain of Virginia, high-sensitivity borehole pipe extensometers were used to measure 24.2 mm of total compaction at Franklin from 1979 through 1995 (1.5 mm/year) and 50.2 mm of total compaction at Suffolk from 1982 through 1995 (3.7 mm/year). Analysis of the extensometer data reveals that the small rates of aquifer-system compaction appear to be correlated with withdrawals of water from confined aquifers. One-dimensional vertical compaction modeling indicates measured compaction is the result of nonrecoverable hydrodynamic consolidation of the fine-grained confining units and interbeds, as well as recoverable compaction and expansion of coarse-grained aquifer units. The calibrated modeling results indicate that nonrecoverable specific storage values decrease with depth and range from 1.5 x 10(-5)/m for aquifer units to 1.5 X 10(-4)/m for confining units and interbeds. The aquifer and Potomac system recoverable specific storage values were all estimated to be 4.5 x 10(-6)/m, while the confining units and interbeds had values of 6.0 x 10(-6)/m. The calibrated vertical hydraulic conductivity values of the confining units and interbeds ranged from 6.6 x 10(-4) m/year to 2.0 x 10(-3) m/year. These parameter values will be useful in future management and modeling of ground water in the Virginia Coastal Plain. C1 Virginia Tech, Dept Geol Sci, Blacksburg, VA USA. RP Pope, JP (reprint author), USGS Water Resources Div, Richmond, VA USA. NR 24 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 3 U2 10 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 0017-467X J9 GROUND WATER JI Ground Water PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 42 IS 1 BP 45 EP 58 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6584.2004.tb02449.x PG 14 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Geology; Water Resources GA 762JL UT WOS:000187968400008 PM 14763616 ER PT J AU Rosenberry, DO Morin, RH AF Rosenberry, DO Morin, RH TI Use of an electromagnetic seepage meter to investigate temporal variability in lake seepage SO GROUND WATER LA English DT Article ID GROUNDWATER SEEPAGE; BOREHOLE FLOWMETER; WATER; FLUX; ERRORS AB A commercially available electromagnetic flowmeter is attached to a seepage cylinder to create an electromagnetic seepage meter (ESM) for automating measurement of fluxes across the sediment/water interface between ground water and surface water. The ESM is evaluated through its application at two lakes in New England, one where water seeps into the lake and one where water seeps out of the lake. The electromagnetic flowmeter replaces the seepage-meter bag and provides a continuous series of measurements from which temporal seepage processes can be investigated. It provides flow measurements over a range of three orders of magnitude, and contains no protruding components or moving parts. The ESM was used to evaluate duration of seepage disturbance following meter installation and indicated natural seepage rates resumed approximately one hour following meter insertion in a sandy lakebed. Lakebed seepage also varied considerably in response to lakebed disturbances, near-shore waves, and rainfalls, indicating hydrologic processes are occurring in shallow lakebed settings at time scales that have largely gone unobserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Rosenberry, DO (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM rosenber@usgs.gov RI Rosenberry, Donald/C-2241-2013; OI Rosenberry, Donald/0000-0003-0681-5641 NR 42 TC 45 Z9 45 U1 0 U2 5 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 0017-467X J9 GROUND WATER JI Ground Water PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 42 IS 1 BP 68 EP 77 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6584.2004.tb02451.x PG 10 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Geology; Water Resources GA 762JL UT WOS:000187968400010 PM 14763618 ER PT J AU Masterson, JP Walter, DA LeBlanc, DR AF Masterson, JP Walter, DA LeBlanc, DR TI Transient analysis of the source of water to wells: Cape Cod, Massachusetts SO GROUND WATER LA English DT Article ID PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION; CAPTURE ZONES; UNCERTAINTY; MODELS; FLOW AB A transient flow modeling analysis for potential public-supply wells on western Cape Cod, Massachusetts, demonstrates the difference between transient and steady-state recharge areas can have important implications for wellhead protection. An example of a single pumping well illustrates that commonly used steady-state time-related capture areas do not represent the recharge area and travel times of water being pumped from the well until sufficient time has elapsed for steady-state flow conditions to be established. Until that time, transient recharge areas are needed to account for the portion of water discharging from the well that entered the aquifer before pumping started. An example of two pumping wells demonstrates the same area at the water table cannot supply water to more than one well under steady-state flow conditions. Transient recharge areas to multiple wells can overlap, however, until steady-state flow conditions are established. The same area can, therefore, be a source of water to more than one well during early pumping times, and the water pumped from a given well may derive from source areas, including contaminated areas, that do not lie within the well's steady-state recharge area. C1 US Geol Survey, Northborough, MA 01532 USA. RP Masterson, JP (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 10 Bearfoot Rd, Northborough, MA 01532 USA. EM jpmaster@usgs.gov; dawalter@usgs.gov; dleblanc@usgs.gov NR 26 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 2 U2 7 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 0017-467X J9 GROUND WATER JI Ground Water PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 42 IS 1 BP 126 EP 134 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6584.2004.tb02458.x PG 9 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Geology; Water Resources GA 762JL UT WOS:000187968400017 PM 14763625 ER PT J AU Paillet, FL AF Paillet, FL TI Implications of observed and simulated ambient flow in monitoring wells, by Alper Elci, Fred J. Molz III, and W. R. Waldrop, November-December 2001 issue, v. 39, no. 6: 853-862. SO GROUND WATER LA English DT Editorial Material C1 US Geol Survey, Res Project, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Paillet, FL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Res Project, Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM fpaillet@usgs.gov OI Elci, Alper/0000-0002-8102-0438 NR 2 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 5 PU NATIONAL GROUND WATER ASSOC PI WESTERVILLE PA 601 DEMPSEY RD, WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 USA SN 0017-467X J9 GROUND WATER JI Ground Water PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 42 IS 1 BP 137 EP 138 DI 10.1111/j.1745-6584.2004.tb02461.x PG 2 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Water Resources SC Geology; Water Resources GA 762JL UT WOS:000187968400020 PM 14763627 ER PT J AU Angermeier, PL Davideanu, G AF Angermeier, PL Davideanu, G TI Using fish communities to assess streams in Romania: initial development of an index of biotic integrity SO HYDROBIOLOGIA LA English DT Article DE biotic integrity; environmental assessment; fish communities; Romania; streams ID WATER-RESOURCE MANAGEMENT; SEINE BASIN; ASSEMBLAGES; QUALITY; FRAMEWORK; RIVERS; ECOSYSTEMS; RESPONSES AB Multimetric biotic indices increasingly are used to complement physicochemical data in assessments of stream quality. We initiated development of multimetric indices, based on fish communities, to assess biotic integrity of streams in two physiographic regions of central Romania. Unlike previous efforts to develop such indices for European streams, our metrics and scoring criteria were selected largely on the basis of empirical relations in the regions of interest. We categorised 54 fish species with respect to ten natural-history attributes, then used this information to compute 32 candidate metrics of five types ( taxonomic, tolerance, abundance, reproductive, and feeding) for each of 35 sites. We assessed the utility of candidate metrics for detecting anthropogenic impact based on three criteria: ( a) range of values taken, (b) relation to a site-quality index (SQI), which incorporated information on hydrologic alteration, channel alteration, land-use intensity, and water chemistry, and ( c) metric redundancy. We chose seven metrics from each region to include in preliminary multimetric indices (PMIs). Both PMIs included taxonomic, tolerance, and feeding metrics, but only two metrics were common to both PMIs. Although we could not validate our PMIs, their strong association with the SQI in each region suggests that such indices would be valuable tools for assessing stream quality and could provide more comprehensive assessments than the traditional approaches based solely on water chemistry. C1 Virginia Polytech Inst & State Univ, US Geol Survey, Virginia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA. Univ Al I Cuza, Nat Hist Museum, Iasi 6600, Romania. RP Angermeier, PL (reprint author), Virginia Polytech Inst & State Univ, US Geol Survey, Virginia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA. EM Biota@vt.edu RI Cuza, UAIC/D-2604-2009 NR 45 TC 31 Z9 37 U1 0 U2 9 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0018-8158 J9 HYDROBIOLOGIA JI Hydrobiologia PD JAN PY 2004 VL 511 IS 1 BP 65 EP 78 DI 10.1023/B:HYDR.0000014030.18386.65 PG 14 WC Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 769UC UT WOS:000188667300006 ER PT J AU Soderblom, LA Boice, DC Britt, DT Brown, RH Buratti, BJ Kirk, RL Lee, M Nelson, RM Oberst, J Sandel, BR Stern, SA Thomas, N Yelle, RV AF Soderblom, LA Boice, DC Britt, DT Brown, RH Buratti, BJ Kirk, RL Lee, M Nelson, RM Oberst, J Sandel, BR Stern, SA Thomas, N Yelle, RV TI Imaging Borrelly SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE comet; imaging; nucleus; topography; coma; dust jet; short-period comets; 19P/Borrelly; Borrelly; deep space 1; rotation axis; rotation pole ID DEEP-SPACE-1 EXTENDED MISSION; PERIODIC COMET ENCKE; DEEP SPACE 1; OUTGASSING ASYMMETRY; INTEGRATED CAMERA; 253 MATHILDE; INNER COMA; DUST JETS; NUCLEUS; PHOTOMETRY AB The nucleus, coma, and dust jets of short-period Comet 19P/Borrelly were imaged from the Deep Space 1 spacecraft during its close flyby in September 2001. A prominent jet dominated the near-nucleus coma and emanated roughly normal to the long axis of nucleus from a broad central cavity. We show it to have remained fixed in position for more than 34 hr, much longer than the 26-hr rotation period. This confirms earlier suggestions that it is co-aligned with the rotation axis. From a combination of fitting the nucleus light curve from approach images and the nucleus' orientation from stereo images at encounter, we conclude that the sense of rotation is right-handed around the main jet vector. The inferred rotation pole is approximately perpendicular to the long axis of the nucleus, consistent with a simple rotational state. Lacking an existing IAU comet-specific convention but applying a convention provisionally adopted for asteroids, we label this the north pole. This places the sub-solar latitude at similar to 60degrees N at the time of the perihelion with the north pole in constant sunlight and thus receiving maximum average insolation. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. SW Res Inst, Space Sci & Engn Div, San Antonio, TX 78228 USA. Univ Cent Florida, Dept Phys, Orlando, FL 32816 USA. Univ Arizona, Dept Planetary Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. Univ Arizona, Dept Astron, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. Gernam Aerosp Ctr, Inst Plantary Sci, D-12489 Berlin, Germany. Univ Arizona, Lunar & Planetary Lab, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. SW Res Inst, Dept Space Studies, Boulder, CO 80302 USA. Inst Phys, Space Res & Planetol Div, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland. RP Soderblom, LA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 2255 N Gemini Dr, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. EM isoderblom@usgs.gov NR 40 TC 47 Z9 49 U1 0 U2 3 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 4 EP 15 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.07.008 PG 12 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100002 ER PT J AU Buratti, BJ Hicks, MD Soderblom, LA Britt, D Oberst, J Hillier, JK AF Buratti, BJ Hicks, MD Soderblom, LA Britt, D Oberst, J Hillier, JK TI Deep Space 1 photometry of the nucleus of Comet 19P/Borrelly SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE Comets; cometary nuclei; Deep Space 1; 19P/Borrelly ID BIDIRECTIONAL REFLECTANCE SPECTROSCOPY; MULTIPLE-SCATTERING; GALILEO PHOTOMETRY; VOYAGER PHOTOMETRY; RADAR OBSERVATIONS; CCD PHOTOMETRY; 253 MATHILDE; SURFACE; SATELLITES; IAPETUS AB The NASA-JPL Deep Space 1 Mission (DS1) encountered the short-period Jupiter-family Comet 19P/Borrelly on September 22, 2001, about 8 days after perihelion. DS1's payload contained a remote-sensing package called MICAS (Miniature integrated Camera Spectrometer) that included a 1024 square CCD and a near IR spectrometer with similar to 12 nm resolution. Prior to its closest approach of 2171 km, the remote-sensing package on the spacecraft obtained 25 CCD images of the comet and 45 near-IR spectra (L. Soderblom et al., 2002, Science 296, 1087-1091). These images provided the first close-up view of a comet's nucleus sufficiently unobscured to perform quantitative photometric studies. At closest approach, corresponding to a resolution of 47 meters per pixel, the intensity of the coma was less than 1% of that of the nucleus. An unprecedented range of high solar phase angles (52-89 degrees), viewing geometries that are in general attainable only when a comet is active, enabled the first quantitative and disk resolved modeling of surface photometric physical parameters, including the single particle phase function and macroscopic roughness. The disk-integrated geometric albedo of Borrelly's nucleus is 0.029 +/- 0.006, comparable to the dark hemisphere of Iapetus, the lowest albedo C-type asteroids, and the uranian rings. The Bond albedo, 0.009 +/- 0.002, is lower than that of any Solar System object measured. Such a low value may enhance the heating of the nucleus and sublimation of volatiles, which in turn causes the albedo to decrease even further. A map of normal reflectance of Borrelly shows variations far greater than those seen on asteroids. The two main terrain types, smooth and mottled, exhibit mean normal reflectances of 0.03 and 0.022. The physical photometric parameters of Borrelly's nucleus are typical of other small dark bodies, particularly asteroids, except preliminary modeling results indicate its regolith may be substantially fluffier. The nucleus exhibits significant variations in macroscopic roughness, with the oldest, darkest terrain being slightly smoother. This result suggests the infilling of low-lying areas with dust and particles that have not been able to leave the comet. The surface of the comet is backscattering, but there are significant variations in the single particle phase function. One region exhibits a flat particle phase function between solar phase angles of 50degrees and 75degrees (like cometary dust and unlike planetary surfaces), suggesting that its regolith is controlled by native dust rather than by meteoritic bombardment. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91009 USA. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. Univ Tennessee, Dept Geol Sci, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA. Deutsches Zentrum Luft & Raumfahrt, D-51147 Cologne, Germany. Grays Harbor Coll, Dept Math & Sci, Aberdeen, WA 98520 USA. RP Buratti, BJ (reprint author), CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, 4800 Oak Grove Dr, Pasadena, CA 91009 USA. EM bonnie.j.buratti@jpl.nasa.gov NR 47 TC 38 Z9 39 U1 1 U2 4 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 16 EP 29 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.05.002 PG 14 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100003 ER PT J AU Yelle, RV Soderblom, LA Jokipii, JR AF Yelle, RV Soderblom, LA Jokipii, JR TI Formation of jets in Comet 19P/Borrelly by subsurface geysers SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE Comets; comae; jets ID INNER COMA; INTENSITY PROFILES; GAS-PRODUCTION; DUST JETS; NUCLEUS; MODEL; HALLEY; MASS; P/HALLEY; SURFACE AB Observations of the inner coma of Comet 19P/Borrelly with the camera on the Deep Space I spacecraft revealed several highly collimated dust jets emanating from the nucleus. The observed jets can be produced by acceleration of evolved gas from a subsurface cavity through a narrow orifice to the surface. As long as the cavity is larger than the orifice, the pressure in the cavity will be greater than the ambient pressure in the coma and the flow from the geyser will be supersonic. The gas flow becomes collimated as the sound speed is approached and dust entrainment in the gas flow creates the observed jets. Outside the cavity, the expanding gas loses its collimated character, but the density drops rapidly decoupling the dust and gas, allowing the dust to continue in a collimated beam. The hypothesis proposed here can explain the jets seen in the inner coma of Comet IP/Halley as well, and may be a primary mechanism for cometary activity. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Inc. C1 Univ Arizona, Dept Planetary Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. Univ Arizona, Lunar & Planetary Lab, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. RP Yelle, RV (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Planetary Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. EM yelle@lpl.arizona.edu NR 35 TC 38 Z9 38 U1 1 U2 3 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 30 EP 36 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.08.020 PG 7 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100004 ER PT J AU Nelson, RM Soderblom, LA Hapke, BW AF Nelson, RM Soderblom, LA Hapke, BW TI Are the circular, dark features on Comet Borrelly's surface albedo variations or pits? SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE Comets; surface morphology; surface processes; photometry; albedo AB The highest resolution images of Comet 19P/Borrelly show many dark features which, upon casual inspection, appear to be low albedo markings, but which may also be shadows or other photometric variations caused by a depression in the local topography. In order to distinguish between these two possible interpretations we conducted a photometric analysis of three of the most prominent of these features using six of the highest quality images from the September 22, 2001 Deep Space 1 (DS1) flyby. We find that: 1. The radiance in the darkest parts of each feature increases as phase angle decreases, similarly to the radiance behavior of the higher albedo surrounding terrain. The dark features could be either fully illuminated low albedo spots or, alternatively, they could be depressions. No part of any of the three regions was in full shadow. 2. One of the regions has a radiance profile consistent with a rimmed depression, the second, with a simple depression with no rim, and the third with a low albedo spot. 3. The regolith particles are backscattering and carbon black is one of the few candidate regolith materials that might explain this low albedo. We conclude that Borrelly's surface is geologically complex to the limit of resolution of the images with a combination complex topography, pits, troughs, peaks and ridges, and some very dark albedo markings, perhaps a factor of two to three darker than the average 3-4% albedo of the surrounding terrains. Our technique utilizing measured radiance profiles through the dark regions is able to discriminate between rimmed depressions, rimless depressions and simple albedo changes not associated with topography. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Geol & Planetary Sci, Pittsburgh, PA 15260 USA. RP Nelson, RM (reprint author), Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. EM robert.m.nelson@jpl.nasa.gov NR 11 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 1 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 37 EP 44 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.04.002 PG 8 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100005 ER PT J AU Britt, DT Boice, DC Buratti, BJ Campins, H Nelson, RM Oberst, J Sandel, BR Stem, SA Soderblom, LA Thomas, N AF Britt, DT Boice, DC Buratti, BJ Campins, H Nelson, RM Oberst, J Sandel, BR Stem, SA Soderblom, LA Thomas, N TI The morphology and surface processes of Comet 19/P Borrelly SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE Comets; geological processes; regoliths; surfaces; Comets ID NUCLEUS; MATHILDE AB The flyby of the nucleus of the Comet 19P/Borrelly by the Peep Space I spacecraft produced the best views to date of the surface of these interesting objects. It transformed Borrelly from an astronomical object shrouded in coma of gas and dust into a geological object with complex surface processes and a rich history of erosion and landform evolution. Based on analysis of the highest resolution images, stereo images, photometry, and albedo we have mapped four major morphological units and four terrain features. The morphological units are named dark spots, mottled terrain, mesas, and smooth terrain. The features are named ridges, troughs, pits, and hills. In strong contrast to asteroids, unambiguous impact craters were not observed on Borrelly's surface. Because of the relatively short period of this comet, surface erosion by volatile sublimation is, in geologic terms, a very active process. The formation and the morphologies of units and features appear to be driven by differential rates of sublimation erosion. Erosional rates across the comet are probably controlled by solar energy input and the location of the subsolar point during perihelion. Differences in energy input may produce different varieties of sublimation erosional landforms. The terrains on Borrelly suggest that solar energy input could map directly into erosional processes and landforms. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Cent Florida, Dept Phys, Orlando, FL 32816 USA. SW Res Inst, Boulder, CO 80302 USA. Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. German Aerosp Ctr, DLR, Inst Space Sensor Technol & Planetary Explorat, D-12489 Berlin, Germany. Univ Arizona, Lunar & Planetary Lab, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. US Geol Survey, Astrogeol Branch, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. Inst Phys, Dept Space Res & Planetol, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland. RP Britt, DT (reprint author), Univ Cent Florida, Dept Phys, POB 162385, Orlando, FL 32816 USA. EM britt@physics.ucf.edu NR 20 TC 43 Z9 44 U1 1 U2 2 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 45 EP 53 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.09.004 PG 9 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100006 ER PT J AU Kirk, RL Howington-Kraus, E Soderblom, LA Giese, B Oberst, J AF Kirk, RL Howington-Kraus, E Soderblom, LA Giese, B Oberst, J TI Comparison of USGS and DLR topographic models of Comet Borrelly and photometric applications SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE Borrelly; small bodies; topography; photogrammetry; photometry ID BIDIRECTIONAL REFLECTANCE SPECTROSCOPY; ROUGHNESS AB Stereo analysis of images obtained during the 2001 flyby of Comet Borrelly by NASA's Deep Space 1 (DS1) probe allows us to quantify the shape and photometric behavior of the nucleus. The shape is complex, with planar facets corresponding to the dark, mottled regions of the surface whereas the bright, smooth regions are convexly curved. The photometric as well as textural differences between these regions can be explained in terms of topography (roughness) at and below the image resolution, without invoking significant variations in single-particle properties; the material on Borrelly's surface could be quite uniform. A statistical comparison of the digital elevation models (DEMs) produced from the three highest-resolution images independently at the USGS and DLR shows that their difference standard deviation is 120 in, consistent with a matching error of 0.20 pixel (similar to reported matching accuracies for many other stereo datasets). The DEMs also show some systematic differences attributable to manual versus automatic matching. Disk-resolved photometric modeling of the nucleus using the DEM shows that bright, smooth terrains on Borrelly are similar in roughness (Hapke roughness theta = 20degrees) to C-type asteroid Mathilde but slightly brighter and more backscattering (single-scattering albedo omega = 0.056, Henyey-Greenstein phase parameter g = -0.32). The dark, mottled terrain is photometrically consistent with the same particles but with roughnesses as large as 60degrees. Intrinsically darker material is inconsistent with the phase behavior of these regions. Many local radiance variations are clearly related to topography, and others are consistent with a topographic explanation; one need not invoke albedo variations greater than a few tens of percent to explain the appearance of Borrelly. Published by Elsevier Inc. C1 US Geol Survey, Astrol Team, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. DLR, Inst Space Sensor Technol & Planetary Explorat, D-12489 Berlin, Germany. RP Kirk, RL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Astrol Team, 2255 N Gemini Dr, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. EM rkirk@usgs.gov NR 33 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 0 U2 1 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 54 EP 69 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.07.009 PG 16 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100007 ER PT J AU Oberst, J Giese, B Howington-Kraus, E Kirk, R Soderblom, L Buratti, B Hicks, M Nelson, R Britt, D AF Oberst, J Giese, B Howington-Kraus, E Kirk, R Soderblom, L Buratti, B Hicks, M Nelson, R Britt, D TI The nucleus of Comet Borrelly: a study of morphology and surface brightness SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE Comets; nucleus; surfaces; topography; morphology; photometry ID IMAGES; GANYMEDE AB Stereo images obtained during the DS1 flyby were analyzed to derive a topographic model for the nucleus of Comet 19P/Borrelly for morphologic and photometric studies. The elongated nucleus has an overall concave shape, resembling a peanut, with the lower end tilted towards the camera. The bimodal character of surface-slopes and curvatures support the idea that the nucleus is a gravitational aggregate, consisting of two fragments in contact. Our photometric modeling suggests that topographic shading effects on Borrelly's surface are very minor (< 10%) at the given resolution of the terrain model. Instead, albedo effects are thought to dominate Borrelly's large variations in surface brightness. With 90% of the visible surface having single scattering albedos between 0.008 and 0.024, Borrelly is confirmed to be among the darkest of the known Solar System objects. Photometrically corrected images emphasize that the nucleus has distinct, contiguous terrains covered with either bright or dark, smooth or mottled materials. Also, mapping of the changes in surface brightness with phase angle suggests that terrain roughness at subpixel scale is not uniform over the nucleus. High surface roughness is noted in particular near the transition between the upper and lower end of the nucleus, as well as near the presumed source region of Borrelly's main jets. Borrelly's surface is complex and characterized by distinct types of materials that have different compositional and/or physical properties. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 DLR, German Aerosp Ctr, Inst Space Sensor Technol & Planetary Explorat, D-12489 Berlin, Germany. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. Univ Cent Florida, Dept Phys, Orlando, FL 32816 USA. RP Oberst, J (reprint author), DLR, German Aerosp Ctr, Inst Space Sensor Technol & Planetary Explorat, Rutherfordstr 2, D-12489 Berlin, Germany. EM juergen.oberst@dlr.de NR 21 TC 32 Z9 32 U1 2 U2 5 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 70 EP 79 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.05.001 PG 10 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100008 ER PT J AU Soderblom, LA Britt, DT Brown, RH Buratti, BJ Kirk, RL Owen, TC Yelle, RV AF Soderblom, LA Britt, DT Brown, RH Buratti, BJ Kirk, RL Owen, TC Yelle, RV TI Short-wavelength infrared (1.3-2.6 mu m) observations of the nucleus of Comet 19P/Borrelly SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE Comet; temperature; thermal emission; imaging spectrometer; short-wavelength infrared; SWIR; JHK color; nitrogen-bearing organic molecules; H-K color; J-H color; infrared spectra; spectral absorption; nucleus; short-period Comets; 19P/Borrelly; Borrelly; deep space 1 ID P/AREND-RIGAUX; INTEGRATED CAMERA; JHK PHOTOMETRY; SOLAR-SYSTEM; WATER ICE; HALLEY; SPECTROSCOPY; MOLECULES; ASTEROIDS; ALBEDO AB During the last two minutes before closest approach of Deep Space 1 to Comet 19P/Borrelly, a long exposure was made with the short-wavelength infrared (SWIR) imaging spectrometer. The observation yielded 46 spectra covering 1.3-2.6 mum; the footprint of each spectrum was similar to 160 m x width of the nucleus. Borrelly's highly variegated and extremely dark 8-km-long nucleus exhibits a strong red slope in its short-wavelength infrared reflection spectrum. This slope is equivalent to J-K and H-K colors of similar to 0.82 and similar to 0.43, respectively. Between 2.3-2.6 mum thermal emission is clearly detectable in most of the spectra. These data show the nucleus surface to be hot and dry; no trace of H2O ice was detected. The surface temperature ranged continuously across the nucleus from less than or equal to 300 K near the terminator to a maximum of similar to 340 K, the expected sub-solar equilibrium temperature for a slowly rotating body. A single absorption band at similar to 2.39 mum is quite evident in all of the spectra and resembles features seen in nitrogen-bearing organic molecules that are reasonable candidates for compositional components of cometary nuclei. However as of yet the source of this band is unknown. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. Univ Cent Florida, Dept Phys, Orlando, FL 32816 USA. Univ Arizona, Dept Planetary Sci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. Univ Arizona, Dept Astron, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. Univ Hawaii, Astron Inst, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. RP Soderblom, LA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 2255 N Gemini Dr, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. EM lsoderblom@usgs.gov NR 45 TC 34 Z9 35 U1 0 U2 2 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 100 EP 112 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.08.019 PG 13 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100011 ER PT J AU Buratti, BJ Britt, DT Soderblom, LA Hicks, MD Boice, DC Brown, RH Meier, R Nelson, RM Oberst, J Owen, TC Rivkin, AS Sandel, BR Stern, SA Thomas, N Yelle, RV AF Buratti, BJ Britt, DT Soderblom, LA Hicks, MD Boice, DC Brown, RH Meier, R Nelson, RM Oberst, J Owen, TC Rivkin, AS Sandel, BR Stern, SA Thomas, N Yelle, RV TI 9969 Braille: Deep Space 1 infrared spectroscopy, geometric albedo, and classification SO ICARUS LA English DT Article DE asteroids; NEOs; 9969 Braille; Deep Space 1 ID NEAR-EARTH ASTEROIDS; REFLECTANCE SPECTRA; METEORITES; ROTATION; BRAILLE; LUNAR AB Spectra of Asteroid 9969 Braille in the 1.25-2.6 mum region returned by the Deep Space 1 (DS1) Mission show a similar to 10% absorption band centered at 2 mum, and a reflectance peak at 1.6 mum. Analysis of these features suggest that the composition of Braille is roughly equal parts pyroxene and olivine. Its spectrum between 0.4 and 2.5 mum suggests that it is most closely related to the Q taxonomic type of asteroid. The spectrum also closely matches that of the ordinary chondrites, the most common type of terrestrial meteorite. The geometric albedo of Braille is unusually high (p(v) = 0.34), which is also consistent with its placement within the rarer classes of stony asteroids, and which suggests it has a relatively fresh, unweathered surface, perhaps due to a recent collision. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. Univ Tennessee, Dept Geol Sci, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. SW Res Inst, San Antonio, TX 78228 USA. Univ Arizona, Lunar & Planetary Inst, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. DLR, Inst Space Sensor Technol & Planetary Explorat, D-12489 Berlin, Germany. Univ Hawaii, Inst Astron, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA. SW Res Inst, Dept Space Studies, Boulder, CO 80302 USA. Max Planck Inst Aeron, D-37191 Katlenburg Duhm, Germany. RP Buratti, BJ (reprint author), CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, 4800 Oak Grove Dr, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. EM bonnie.j.buratti@jpl.nasa.gov RI Rivkin, Andrew/B-7744-2016 OI Rivkin, Andrew/0000-0002-9939-9976 NR 34 TC 8 Z9 9 U1 1 U2 3 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0019-1035 J9 ICARUS JI Icarus PD JAN PY 2004 VL 167 IS 1 BP 129 EP 135 DI 10.1016/j.icarus.2003.06.002 PG 7 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 762DR UT WOS:000187956100013 ER PT B AU Oimoen, MJ AF Oimoen, MJ GP ieee TI The effects of wavelet compression on digital elevation models (DEMs) SO IGARSS 2004: IEEE INTERNATIONAL GEOSCIENCE AND REMOTE SENSING SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS, VOLS 1-7: SCIENCE FOR SOCIETY: EXPLORING AND MANAGING A CHANGING PLANET SE IEEE International Symposium on Geoscience and Remote Sensing (IGARSS) LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT IEEE International Geoscience and Remote Sensing Symposium CY SEP 20-24, 2004 CL Anchorage, AK SP IEEE, IEEE Geosci & Remote Sensing Soc, Univ Alaska Fairbanks, Geophys Inst, Univ Missouri Columbia, NASA, NOAA, USN, Off Naval Res, Ball Aerosp &Technol Corp, Natl Polar Orbiting Operat Environm Satellite Syst, Japan Aerosp Explorat Agcy, Raytheon, US Geol Survey, ITT Ind, IEEE Ocean Engn Soc, Int Union Radio Sci AB This paper investigates the effects of lossy compression on floating-point digital elevation models using the discrete wavelet transform. The compression of elevation data poses a different set of problems and concerns than does the compression of images. Most notably, the usefulness of DEMs depends largely in the quality of their derivatives, such as slope and aspect. Three areas extracted from the U.S. Geological Survey's National Elevation Dataset were transformed to the wavelet domain using the third order filters of the Daubechies family (DAUB6), and were made sparse by setting 95 percent of the smallest wavelet coefficients to zero. The resulting raster is compressible to a corresponding degree. The effects of the nulled coefficients on the reconstructed DEM are noted as residuals in elevation, derived slope and aspect, and delineation of drainage basins and streamlines. A simple masking technique also is presented, that maintains the integrity and flatness of water bodies in the reconstructed DEM. C1 US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. RP Oimoen, MJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, 47914 252nd St, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. NR 5 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 2 PU IEEE PI NEW YORK PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017 USA BN 0-7803-8742-2 J9 INT GEOSCI REMOTE SE PY 2004 BP 293 EP 296 PG 4 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Geology; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA BBP98 UT WOS:000227006900077 ER PT B AU Kwoun, OI Lu, Z AF Kwoun, OI Lu, Z GP ieee TI Deformation of the Aniakchak Caldera, Alaska, mapped by InSAR SO IGARSS 2004: IEEE INTERNATIONAL GEOSCIENCE AND REMOTE SENSING SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS, VOLS 1-7: SCIENCE FOR SOCIETY: EXPLORING AND MANAGING A CHANGING PLANET SE IEEE International Symposium on Geoscience and Remote Sensing (IGARSS) LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT IEEE International Geoscience and Remote Sensing Symposium CY SEP 20-24, 2004 CL Anchorage, AK SP IEEE, IEEE Geosci & Remote Sensing Soc, Univ Alaska Fairbanks, Geophys Inst, Univ Missouri Columbia, NASA, NOAA, USN, Off Naval Res, Ball Aerosp &Technol Corp, Natl Polar Orbiting Operat Environm Satellite Syst, Japan Aerosp Explorat Agcy, Raytheon, US Geol Survey, ITT Ind, IEEE Ocean Engn Soc, Int Union Radio Sci DE volcano; caldera; deformation; InSAR; stacking; least squares; Aniakchak; Aleutian Arc ID RADAR INTERFEROMETRY; SURFACE AB The deformation of Aniakchak volcano is investigated using 19 ERS-1 / 2 interferometric synthetic aperture radar (InSAR) data from 1992 through 2002. InSAR images from the different time intervals reveal that tbe10-km-wide caldera has been subsiding during the time of investigation. The pattern of subsidence does not following the pyroclastic flows from the last eruption of the caldera in 1931. The maximum subsidence is near the center of the caldera, with a rate of up to 13 mm/yr. Deformation outside the caldera is insignificant. Least squares inversion of the multi-temporal deformation maps indicates that the subsidence rate has been relatively constant. Field observations have identified numerous fumaroles inside the caldera. In 1973, temperatures of 80degreesC were measured at a depth of 15 cm in loose volcanic rubble adjacent to the small cinder cone (about 1.5 kin northeast of the vent of the 1931 eruption), whereas springs near a caldera lake had a temperature of 25degreesC in July 1993. Therefore, we suggest the observed subsidence at Aniakchak caldera is most likely caused by the reduction of pore fluid pressure of a hydrothermal system located a few kilometers beneath the caldera. C1 US Geol Survey, SAIC, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD USA. RP Kwoun, OI (reprint author), US Geol Survey, SAIC, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD USA. NR 13 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU IEEE PI NEW YORK PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017 USA BN 0-7803-8742-2 J9 INT GEOSCI REMOTE SE PY 2004 BP 637 EP 640 PG 4 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Geology; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA BBP98 UT WOS:000227006900167 ER PT B AU Josberger, EG Savage, S Shuchman, R Payne, J Meadows, G AF Josberger, EG Savage, S Shuchman, R Payne, J Meadows, G GP ieee TI An integrated geospatial approach to monitoring the Bering Glacier System, Alaska SO IGARSS 2004: IEEE INTERNATIONAL GEOSCIENCE AND REMOTE SENSING SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS, VOLS 1-7: SCIENCE FOR SOCIETY: EXPLORING AND MANAGING A CHANGING PLANET SE IEEE International Symposium on Geoscience and Remote Sensing (IGARSS) LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT IEEE International Geoscience and Remote Sensing Symposium CY SEP 20-24, 2004 CL Anchorage, AK SP IEEE, IEEE Geosci & Remote Sensing Soc, Univ Alaska Fairbanks, Geophys Inst, Univ Missouri Columbia, NASA, NOAA, USN, Off Naval Res, Ball Aerosp &Technol Corp, Natl Polar Orbiting Operat Environm Satellite Syst, Japan Aerosp Explorat Agcy, Raytheon, US Geol Survey, ITT Ind, IEEE Ocean Engn Soc, Int Union Radio Sci DE component; GIS; remote sensing; bathymetry; water quality; Bering Glacier; Alaska ID WATER; ICE; USA AB The Bering Glacier is the largest and longest glacier in continental North America, with an area of approximately 5,175 km(2), and a length of 190 km. It is also the largest surging glacier in America, having surged at least five times during the twentieth century. The last surge of the Bering Glacier occurred in 19931995, since then, the glacier has undergone constant and significant retreat thereby expanding the boundaries of Vitus Lake and creating a highly dynamic system, both ecologically and hydrologically. This study utilized GIS to integrate remote sensing observations, with detailed bathymetric, hydrographic and in situ water quality measurements of the rapidly expanding Vitus Lake. Vitus Lake has nearly doubled in surface area from 58.4 km(2) to 108.8 km(2), with a corresponding increase in water volume from 6.1 km(3) to 10.5 km(3) over the same period. The remote sensing observations were used to direct a systematic bathymetric, hydrographic and water quality measurement survey in Vitus Lake which revealed a complex three dimensional structure that is the result of sea water inflow, convection generated by ice melting and the injection of fresh water from beneath the glacier. C1 Washington Water Sci Inst, US Geol Survey, Tacoma, WA USA. RP Josberger, EG (reprint author), Washington Water Sci Inst, US Geol Survey, Tacoma, WA USA. NR 10 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 2 PU IEEE PI NEW YORK PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017 USA BN 0-7803-8742-2 J9 INT GEOSCI REMOTE SE PY 2004 BP 1140 EP 1143 PG 4 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Geology; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA BBP98 UT WOS:000227006900301 ER PT B AU Friesen, BA Hester, DJ Casey, KA AF Friesen, BA Hester, DJ Casey, KA GP ieee TI Edwards Plateau: Analysis of land cover trends SO IGARSS 2004: IEEE INTERNATIONAL GEOSCIENCE AND REMOTE SENSING SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS, VOLS 1-7: SCIENCE FOR SOCIETY: EXPLORING AND MANAGING A CHANGING PLANET SE IEEE International Symposium on Geoscience and Remote Sensing (IGARSS) LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT IEEE International Geoscience and Remote Sensing Symposium CY SEP 20-24, 2004 CL Anchorage, AK SP IEEE, IEEE Geosci & Remote Sensing Soc, Univ Alaska Fairbanks, Geophys Inst, Univ Missouri Columbia, NASA, NOAA, USN, Off Naval Res, Ball Aerosp &Technol Corp, Natl Polar Orbiting Operat Environm Satellite Syst, Japan Aerosp Explorat Agcy, Raytheon, US Geol Survey, ITT Ind, IEEE Ocean Engn Soc, Int Union Radio Sci DE land use; land cover change; Edwards Plateau; Landsat; ecoregions ID UNITED-STATES AB The Land Cover Trends project studies the rates, causes, and consequences of contemporary (1973-2000) change in land use and land cover in the United States on an ecoregional basis. The Edwards Plateau ecoregion is the focus of this report. Landsat imagery from five dates during a nearly 30-year period are interpreted for randomly selected sample blocks. The resulting data provide the foundation for estimating change. Along with the image analysis, site visits to 90% of the sampled areas, geographical profiles, and socioeconomic data for the ecoregion are synthesized to assess regional driving. forces and consequences of change. Complete, project methodology can be found in Loveland et al [1]. C1 US Geol Survey, Rocky Mt Mapping Ctr, Denver, CO USA. RP Friesen, BA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Rocky Mt Mapping Ctr, Denver, CO USA. NR 5 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 2 PU IEEE PI NEW YORK PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017 USA BN 0-7803-8742-2 J9 INT GEOSCI REMOTE SE PY 2004 BP 2639 EP 2642 PG 4 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Geology; Instruments & Instrumentation; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA BBP98 UT WOS:000227006900690 ER PT J AU Clinton, BD Vose, JM Vroblesky, DA Harvey, GJ AF Clinton, BD Vose, JM Vroblesky, DA Harvey, GJ TI Determination of the relative uptake of ground vs. surface water by Populus deltoides during phytoremediation SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PHYTOREMEDIATION LA English DT Article DE trichloroehtene; stable isotopes; xylem sapflux ID TREE; STAND; SAP; TRANSPIRATION; ROOTS AB The use of plants to remediate polluted groundwater is becoming an attractive alternative to more expensive traditional techniques. In order to adequately assess the effectiveness of the phytoremediation treatment, a clear understanding of water-use habits by the selected plant species is essential. We examined the relative uptake of surface water (i.e., precipitation) vs. groundwater by mature Populus deltoides by applying irrigation water at a rate equivalent to a 5-cm rain event. We used stable isotopes of hydrogen (D) and oxygen (O-18) to identify groundwater and surface water (irrigation water) in the xylem sap water. Pretreatment isotopic ratios of both deuterium and 180, ranked from heaviest to lightest, were irrigation water > groundwater > xylem sap. The discrepancy in preirrigation. isotopic signatures between groundwater and xylem sap suggests that in the absence of a surface source of water (i.e., between rain events) there is an unknown amount of water being extracted from sources other than groundwater (i.e., soil surface water). We examined changes in volumetric soil water content (%), total hourly sapflux rates, and trichloroethene (TCE) concentrations. Following the irrigation treatment, volumetric soil water increased by 86% and sapflux increased by as much as 61%. Isotopic signatures of the xylem sap became substantially heavier following irrigation, suggesting that the applied irrigation water was quickly taken up by the plants. TCE concentrations in the xylem sap were diluted by an average of 21 % following irrigation; however, dilution was low relative to the increase in sapflux. Our results show that water use by Populus deltoides is variable. Hence, studies addressing phytoremediation effectiveness must account for the relative proportion of surface vs. groundwater uptake. C1 US Forest Serv, So Res Stn, Coweeta Hydrol Lab, USDA, Otto, NC 28763 USA. US Geol Survey, Columbia, SC USA. USAF, Wright Patterson AFB, OH 45433 USA. RP Clinton, BD (reprint author), US Forest Serv, So Res Stn, Coweeta Hydrol Lab, USDA, 3160 Coweeta Lab Rd, Otto, NC 28763 USA. EM bclinton@fs.fed.us NR 26 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 1 U2 14 PU CRC PRESS LLC PI BOCA RATON PA 2000 CORPORATE BLVD NW, JOURNALS CUSTOMER SERVICE, BOCA RATON, FL 33431 USA SN 1522-6514 J9 INT J PHYTOREMEDIAT JI Int. J. Phytoremediat. PY 2004 VL 6 IS 3 BP 239 EP 252 DI 10.1080/16226510490496438 PG 14 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 859PU UT WOS:000224281200004 PM 15554476 ER PT J AU Freeman, DC Brown, ML Duda, JJ Graham, JH Emlen, JM Krzysik, AJ Balbach, H Kovacic, DA Zak, JC AF Freeman, DC Brown, ML Duda, JJ Graham, JH Emlen, JM Krzysik, AJ Balbach, H Kovacic, DA Zak, JC TI Developmental instability in Rhus copallinum L.: Multiple stressors, years, and responses SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PLANT SCIENCES LA English DT Article DE fluctuating asymmetry; sumac; internode allometry; soil disturbance; fire ID LEAF FLUCTUATING ASYMMETRY; SAND PINE SCRUB; PRESCRIBED FIRE; BIRCH LEAVES; PLANTS; VEGETATION; INCREASES; AVAILABILITY; ALLOCATION; RADIATION AB Developmental instability, as assessed by leaf fluctuating asymmetry and stem internode allometry, was examined at nine sites, representing three levels of disturbance, over multiple years. Site selection was based on land-use disturbance classes related to training of mechanized infantry and other land management activities at Fort Benning, Georgia. Developmental instability varied among sites and years, and there was a strong site-by-year interaction for many traits. Indeed, depending on the year, the same site could be ranked as having the greatest and least amount of leaf fluctuating asymmetry. Burning a site the year prior to collecting the leaves profoundly influenced measures of leaf fluctuating asymmetry. In the absence of recent burning, leaf fluctuating asymmetry declined with increasing disturbance, but burning the year prior to collecting the leaves reversed this trend. Total plant cover, proportion of bare ground, and amount of plant litter influenced the amount of leaf asymmetry in a site-dependent manner. Overall, burning influenced the levels of developmental instability more than either disturbance or microhabitat variables such as total plant cover, which should reflect competition in a plant's immediate neighborhood. C1 Wayne State Univ, Dept Biol, Detroit, MI 48202 USA. US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. Berry Coll, Dept Biol, Mt Berry, GA 30149 USA. Prescott Coll, Inst Ecol Res, Prescott, AZ 86301 USA. USA, Construct Engn Res Lab, Champaign, IL 61826 USA. Univ Illinois, Dept Landscape Architecture, Champaign, IL 61820 USA. Texas Tech Univ, Dept Biol, Lubbock, TX 79409 USA. RP Freeman, DC (reprint author), Wayne State Univ, Dept Biol, 5047 Gullen Mall 1360, Detroit, MI 48202 USA. EM cfreeman@sun.science.wayne.edu RI Duda, Jeffrey/A-7132-2009 OI Duda, Jeffrey/0000-0001-7431-8634 NR 53 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 0 U2 4 PU UNIV CHICAGO PRESS PI CHICAGO PA 1427 E 60TH ST, CHICAGO, IL 60637-2954 USA SN 1058-5893 J9 INT J PLANT SCI JI Int. J. Plant Sci. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 165 IS 1 BP 53 EP 63 DI 10.1086/380986 PG 11 WC Plant Sciences SC Plant Sciences GA 815PF UT WOS:000221053500005 ER PT J AU Keeley, JE AF Keeley, JE TI Ecological impacts of wheat seeding after a Sierra Nevada wildfire SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF WILDLAND FIRE LA English DT Article DE BAER; biodiversity; species area curves; erosion; forest fire; non-persistent wheat; sterile wheat ID GRASS; COMPETITION; SEEDLINGS; DIVERSITY AB The Highway Fire burned 1680 ha of mixed ponderosa pine-oak-chaparral in the newly created Giant Sequoia National Monument and the adjacent Sequoia National Forest of Fresno County, California in August 2001. The USDA Forest Service Burned Area Emergency Rehabilitation (BAER) program recommended that portions of the burned forest be seeded with a non-persistent variety of wheat at a density of 157 kg ha(-1) (140 lb/ac). The present study compared the vascular plant diversity and cover in seeded and unseeded parts of this burn to evaluate the ecological impact of seeding an alien grass. In the first post-fire growing season, the natural regeneration of unseeded control sites averaged similar to55% ground surface covered. Wheat seeding enhanced the ground cover, averaging 95% ground surface cover. Wheat was the dominant species on the seeded sites, comprising 67% of the total cover. Dominance-diversity curves were markedly affected by the seeding and indicated a disruption in the natural ecological structure of these communities. On seeded sites, wheat dominated and all other species were poorly represented whereas, on unseeded control sites, there was a more equitable distribution of species. Correlated with the wheat cover was a significant decrease in species richness at all scales examined. Total species richness was reduced from 152 species across all unseeded sites to 104 species on all seeded sites. Average species richness, at scales from 1 to 1000 m(2), was 30-40% lower on seeded sites. Species most strongly inhibited were post-fire endemics whose lifecycle is restricted to immediate post-fire environments. Seeded sites had fewer alien species than unseeded sites; however, this may not have any lasting effect since other studies show the primary alien threat is not in the first post-fire year. Seeding was also associated with an order of magnitude drop in Pinus ponderosa seedling recruitment and, coupled with the massive thatch still remaining on the site, it is likely that recruitment will be inhibited in subsequent years. C1 US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Sequoia Kings Canyon Filed Stn, Three Rivers, CA 93271 USA. Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Organism Biol Ecol & Evolut, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. RP Keeley, JE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Sequoia Kings Canyon Filed Stn, Three Rivers, CA 93271 USA. EM jon_keeley@usgs.gov NR 35 TC 26 Z9 27 U1 3 U2 7 PU C S I R O PUBLISHING PI COLLINGWOOD PA 150 OXFORD ST, PO BOX 1139, COLLINGWOOD, VICTORIA 3066, AUSTRALIA SN 1049-8001 J9 INT J WILDLAND FIRE JI Int. J. Wildland Fire PY 2004 VL 13 IS 1 BP 73 EP 78 DI 10.1071/WF03035 PG 6 WC Forestry SC Forestry GA 810NF UT WOS:000220710300007 ER PT J AU Keeley, JE AF Keeley, JE TI Impact of antecedent climate on fire regimes in coastal California SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF WILDLAND FIRE LA English DT Article DE ENSO; drought; foehn winds ID NINO-SOUTHERN-OSCILLATION; UNITED-STATES; ENSO; ECOSYSTEMS; FOREST; PRECIPITATION; DISTURBANCE; SUPPRESSION; MANAGEMENT; RAINFALL AB Severe fire weather is a major determinant of fire size in coastal California; however, it is unclear to what extent antecedent climate also controls fire activity. This study investigates the relationship between fire activity and climate in central coastal and southern California. Climate variables included the Palmer Drought Severity Index (PDSI), total monthly precipitation, mean monthly maximum temperature and the autumn and winter Southern Oscillation Indices (SOI). For both the central coast and the south coast regions there was no significant relationship between growing season PDSI, precipitation or temperature and number of fires. When examined by season, summer temperatures were positively correlated with number of fires in the central coast and autumn PDSI and precipitation were negatively correlated with fire occurrence in the south coast region. Area burned was not correlated with any current year climate variables in southern California although, in the central coast, drought during spring and autumn were correlated, but explained less than 10% of the variation in the area burned. Although there was a modest relationship between the Southern Oscillation Index ( SOI) and local climate parameters, there was only a relatively weak relationship with fire activity. The importance of autumn foehn winds is illustrated by the observation that large fires occur most commonly during the autumn, regardless of PDSI. Antecedent climate, however, does appear to play some role in determining the length of the fire season on these landscape as PDSI is consistently related to the occurrence of large fires that occur before or after the autumn months. C1 US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Sequoia Kings Canyon Field Stn, Three Rivers, CA 93271 USA. Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Organism Biol Ecol & Evolut, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA. RP Keeley, JE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Sequoia Kings Canyon Field Stn, Three Rivers, CA 93271 USA. EM jon_keeley@usgs.gov NR 47 TC 50 Z9 52 U1 1 U2 11 PU C S I R O PUBLISHING PI COLLINGWOOD PA 150 OXFORD ST, PO BOX 1139, COLLINGWOOD, VICTORIA 3066, AUSTRALIA SN 1049-8001 J9 INT J WILDLAND FIRE JI Int. J. Wildland Fire PY 2004 VL 13 IS 2 BP 173 EP 182 DI 10.1071/WF03037 PG 10 WC Forestry SC Forestry GA 833OS UT WOS:000222348100005 ER PT J AU Barclay, AD Betancourt, JL Allen, CD AF Barclay, AD Betancourt, JL Allen, CD TI Effects of seeding ryegrass (Lolium multiflorum) on vegetation recovery following fire in a ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa) forest SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF WILDLAND FIRE LA English DT Article DE south-western USA; New Mexico; burn intensity; Conyza canadensis; diversity; exotics; post-fire rehabilitation ID SOUTHERN-CALIFORNIA; SUCCESSION; POSTFIRE AB Forty-nine vegetation transects were measured in 1997 and 1998 to determine the impact of grass seeding after the 1996 Dome Fire, which burned almost 6900 ha of ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa Lawson) forest in the Jemez Mountains of north-central New Mexico. High- and moderate-burned areas in Santa Fe National Forest were seeded with a mixture that included the exotic ryegrass (Lolium multiflorum Lam.). Adjacent burned areas of Bandelier National Monument were not seeded, and were used as a control in the post-seeding study. On the seeded plots, foliar cover of ryegrass declined from 1997 to 1998 due to self-inhibition and/or reduced precipitation from 1997 to 1998. Foliar cover and diversity of native forbs were greater in 1997 than 1998, probably due to a wet growing season in 1997. Cover, species richness, and diversity of native forbs were highest in non-seeded areas of moderate- and high-burn intensities. Regeneration and survivorship of conifer seedlings decreased as ryegrass cover increased, particularly in areas of high-burn intensity. Exotic plant cover, mostly horseweed [Conyza canadensis (L.) Cronq.], increased from 1997 to 1998 in non-seeded areas of moderate- and high-burn intensity. Both the initial success of seeding and the eventual impacts on native vegetation were strongly modulated by climate variability. C1 US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Desert Lab, Tucson, AZ 85745 USA. Univ Arizona, Sch Renewable Nat Resources, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Jemez Mt Res Stn, Los Alamos, NM 87544 USA. RP Barclay, AD (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Desert Lab, 1675 W Anklam Rd, Tucson, AZ 85745 USA. EM barclay@dakotacom.net NR 57 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 3 U2 24 PU C S I R O PUBLISHING PI COLLINGWOOD PA 150 OXFORD ST, PO BOX 1139, COLLINGWOOD, VICTORIA 3066, AUSTRALIA SN 1049-8001 J9 INT J WILDLAND FIRE JI Int. J. Wildland Fire PY 2004 VL 13 IS 2 BP 183 EP 194 DI 10.1071/WF03012 PG 12 WC Forestry SC Forestry GA 833OS UT WOS:000222348100006 ER PT J AU Cunningham, KJ AF Cunningham, KJ TI Application of ground-penetrating radar, digital optical borehole images, and cores for characterization of porosity hydraulic conductivity and paleokarst in the Biscayne aquifer, southeastern Florida, USA SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED GEOPHYSICS LA English DT Article DE ground-penetrating radar; porosity; biscayne aquifer; carbonates; karst; southeastern Florida ID STRATIGRAPHY; ROCK AB This paper presents examples of ground-penetrating radar (GPR) data from two study sites in southeastern Florida where karstic Pleistocene platform carbonates that comprise the unconfined Biscayne aquifer were imaged. Important features shown on resultant GPR profiles include: (1) upward and lateral qualitative interpretative distribution of porosity and hydraulic conductivity; (2) paleotopographic relief on karstic subaerial exposure surfaces; and (3) vertical stacking of chronostratigraphic high-frequency cycles (HFCs). These characteristics were verified by comparison to rock properties observed and measured in core samples, and identified in digital optical borehole images. Results demonstrate that an empirical relation exists between measured whole-core porosity and hydraulic conductivity, observed porosity on digital optical borehole images, formation conductivity, and GPR reflection amplitudes-as porosity and hydraulic conductivity determined from core and borehole images increases, formation conductivity increases, and GPR reflection amplitude decreases. This relation allows for,qualitative interpretation of the vertical and lateral distribution of porosity and hydraulic conductivity within HFCs. Two subtidal HFCs in the uppermost Biscayne aquifer have significantly unique populations of whole-core porosity values and vertical hydraulic conductivity values. Porosity measurements from one cycle has a median value about two to three times greater than the values from the other HFC, and median values of vertical hydraulic-conductivity about three orders of magnitude higher than the other HFC. The HFC with the higher porosity and hydraulic conductivity values is shown as a discrete package of relatively low-amplitude reflections, whereas the HFC characterized by lower porosity and hydraulic-conductivity measurements is expressed by higher amplitude reflections. Porosity and hydraulic-conductivity values measured from whole-core samples, and vuggy porosity identified on digital borehole images from shallowing-upward, peritidal HFCs show that the highest porosity occurs at the base of the cycles, moderate porosity at the middle of the cycles, and lowest porosity occurs at the top of cycles. Hydraulic conductivity is also highest at the base of the peritidal cycles and lowest in the middle to upper parts of cycles. This change in porosity and hydraulic conductivity from bottom to top is visible as an upward variation in reflection amplitude on GPR profiles-lowest amplitudes at the base and highest at the cycle tops. This study demonstrates that GPR can be used to show the qualitative distribution of porosity and hydraulic conductivity within a cycle-stratigraphic framework composed of carbonate HFCs. The distribution of porosity and hydraulic conductivity within HFCs is related to depositional textures. The upward and lateral patterns of the rock facies within the HFCs can be translated to geophysical-log properties and radar facies configurations that could aid in interpretation and prediction of ground-water flow through a carbonate aquifer. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Water Resources Discipline, Miami, FL 33178 USA. RP Cunningham, KJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Water Resources Discipline, 9100 NW 36th St,Suite 107, Miami, FL 33178 USA. EM kcunning@usgs.gov OI Cunningham, Kevin/0000-0002-2179-8686 NR 23 TC 22 Z9 24 U1 0 U2 13 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0926-9851 J9 J APPL GEOPHYS JI J. Appl. Geophys. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 55 IS 1-2 BP 61 EP 76 DI 10.1016/j.jappgeo.2003.06.005 PG 16 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Mining & Mineral Processing SC Geology; Mining & Mineral Processing GA 766HP UT WOS:000188371200004 ER PT J AU Cunningham, KJ Carlson, JI Hurley, NF AF Cunningham, KJ Carlson, JI Hurley, NF TI New method for quantification of vuggy porosity from digital optical borehole images as applied to the karstic Pleistocene limestone of the Biscayne aquifer, southeastern Florida SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED GEOPHYSICS LA English DT Article DE digital borehole image log; vuggy porosity; borehole geophysics; Biscayne aquifer; carbonates; southeastern Florida ID CLASSIFICATION; LOGS AB Vuggy porosity is gas- or fluid-filled openings in rock matrix that are large enough to be seen with the unaided eye. Well-connected vugs can form major conduits for flow of ground water, especially in carbonate rocks. This paper presents a new method for quantification of vuggy porosity calculated from digital borehole images collected from 47 test coreholes that penetrate the karstic Pleistocene limestone of the Biscayne aquifer, southeastern Florida. Basically, the method interprets vugs and background based on the grayscale color of each in digital borehole images and calculates a percentage of vuggy porosity. Development of the method was complicated because enviromnental conditions created an uneven grayscale contrast in the borehole images that makes it difficult to distinguish vugs from background. The irregular contrast was produced by unbalanced illumination of the borehole wall, which was a result of eccentering of the borehole-image logging tool. Experimentation showed that a simple, single grayscale threshold would not realistically differentiate between the grayscale contrast of vugs and background. Therefore, an equation was developed for an effective subtraction of the changing grayscale contrast, due to uneven illumination, to produce a grayscale threshold that successfully identifies vugs. In the equation, a moving average calculated around the circumference of the borehole and expressed as the background grayscale intensity is defined as a baseline from which to identify a grayscale threshold for vugs. A constant was derived empirically by calibration with vuggy porosity values derived from digital images of slabbed-core samples and used to make the subtraction from the background baseline to derive the vug grayscale threshold as a function of azimuth. The method should be effective in estimating vuggy porosity in any carbonate aquifer. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier B.V. C1 US Geol Survey, Miami, FL 33178 USA. Colorado Sch Mines, Dept Geol & Geol Engn, Golden, CO 80401 USA. RP Cunningham, KJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 9100 NW 36th St,Suite 107, Miami, FL 33178 USA. EM kcunning@usgs.gov OI Cunningham, Kevin/0000-0002-2179-8686 NR 15 TC 22 Z9 23 U1 1 U2 6 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0926-9851 J9 J APPL GEOPHYS JI J. Appl. Geophys. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 55 IS 1-2 BP 77 EP 90 DI 10.1016/j.jappgeo.2003.06.006 PG 14 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Mining & Mineral Processing SC Geology; Mining & Mineral Processing GA 766HP UT WOS:000188371200005 ER PT J AU Williams, JH Johnson, CD AF Williams, JH Johnson, CD TI Acoustic and optical borehole-wall imaging for fractured-rock aquifer studies SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED GEOPHYSICS LA English DT Article DE geophysical logging; borehole-wall imaging; acoustic televiewer; optical televiewer; fractured-rock aquifer; borehole; ground water AB Imaging with acoustic and optical televiewers results in continuous and oriented 360degrees views of the borehole wall from which the character, relation, and orientation of lithologic and structural planar features can be defined for studies of fractured-rock aquifers. Fractures are more clearly defined under a wider range of conditions on acoustic images than on optical images including dark-colored rocks, cloudy borehole water, and coated borehole walls. However, optical images allow for the direct viewing of the character of and relation between lithology, fractures, foliation, and bedding. The most powerful approach is the combined application of acoustic and optical imaging with integrated interpretation. Imaging of the borehole wall provides information useful for the collection and interpretation of flowmeter and other geophysical logs, core samples, and hydraulic and water-quality data from packer testing and monitoring. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Troy, NY 12180 USA. US Geol Survey, Storrs, CT 06269 USA. RP Williams, JH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 425 Jordan Rd, Troy, NY 12180 USA. EM jhwillia@usgs.gov NR 11 TC 45 Z9 58 U1 0 U2 10 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0926-9851 J9 J APPL GEOPHYS JI J. Appl. Geophys. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 55 IS 1-2 BP 151 EP 159 DI 10.1016/j.jappgeo.2003.06.009 PG 9 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Mining & Mineral Processing SC Geology; Mining & Mineral Processing GA 766HP UT WOS:000188371200010 ER PT J AU Belchansky, GI Douglas, DC Platonov, NG AF Belchansky, GI Douglas, DC Platonov, NG TI Duration of the Arctic Sea ice melt season: Regional and interannual variability, 1979-2001 SO JOURNAL OF CLIMATE LA English DT Article ID SYNTHETIC-APERTURE-RADAR; PASSIVE-MICROWAVE DATA; SNOWMELT-ONSET DATES; ATMOSPHERIC CIRCULATION; AIR-TEMPERATURE; TIME-SERIES; COVER; CLIMATE; SURFACE; SUMMER AB Melt onset dates, freeze onset dates, and melt season duration were estimated over Arctic sea ice, 1979 - 2001, using passive microwave satellite imagery and surface air temperature data. Sea ice melt duration for the entire Northern Hemisphere varied from a 104-day minimum in 1983 and 1996 to a 124-day maximum in 1989. Ranges in melt duration were highest in peripheral seas, numbering 32, 42, 44, and 51 days in the Laptev, BarentsKara, East Siberian, and Chukchi Seas, respectively. In the Arctic Ocean, average melt duration varied from a 75-day minimum in 1987 to a 103-day maximum in 1989. On average, melt onset in annual ice began 10.6 days earlier than perennial ice, and freeze onset in perennial ice commenced 18.4 days earlier than annual ice. Average annual melt dates, freeze dates, and melt durations in annual ice were significantly correlated with seasonal strength of the Arctic Oscillation (AO). Following high-index AO winters ( January - March), spring melt tended to be earlier and autumn freeze later, leading to longer melt season durations. The largest increases in melt duration were observed in the eastern Siberian Arctic, coincident with cyclonic low pressure and ice motion anomalies associated with high-index AO phases. Following a positive AO shift in 1989, mean annual melt duration increased 2 - 3 weeks in the northern East Siberian and Chukchi Seas. Decreasing correlations between consecutive-year maps of melt onset in annual ice during 1979 - 2001 indicated increasing spatial variability and unpredictability in melt distributions from one year to the next. Despite recent declines in the winter AO index, recent melt distributions did not show evidence of reestablishing spatial patterns similar to those observed during the 1979 - 88 low-index AO period. Recent freeze distributions have become increasingly similar to those observed during 1979 - 88, suggesting a recurrent spatial pattern of freeze chronology under low-index AO conditions. C1 US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Juneau Field Stn, Juneau, AK 99801 USA. Russian Acad Sci, Inst Ecol, Space Monitoring & Ecoinformat Syst Sector, Moscow, Russia. RP Douglas, DC (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Juneau Field Stn, 3100 Natl Pk Rd, Juneau, AK 99801 USA. NR 48 TC 89 Z9 100 U1 2 U2 16 PU AMER METEOROLOGICAL SOC PI BOSTON PA 45 BEACON ST, BOSTON, MA 02108-3693 USA SN 0894-8755 J9 J CLIMATE JI J. Clim. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 17 IS 1 BP 67 EP 80 DI 10.1175/1520-0442(2004)017<0067:DOTASI>2.0.CO;2 PG 14 WC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 759MX UT WOS:000187742400005 ER PT J AU Andrews, ED Antweiler, RC Neiman, PJ Ralph, FM AF Andrews, ED Antweiler, RC Neiman, PJ Ralph, FM TI Influence of ENSO on flood frequency along the California coast SO JOURNAL OF CLIMATE LA English DT Article ID WESTERN UNITED-STATES; LA-NINA EVENTS; SOUTHERN OSCILLATION; EL-NINO; PRECIPITATION; CLIMATE; CIRCULATION; VARIABILITY; TEMPERATURE; STREAMFLOW AB The influence of the El Nino-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) phenomenon on flooding in California coastal streams is investigated by analyzing the annual peak floods recorded at 38 gauging stations. The state of ENSO prior to and during flooding is characterized by the multivariate ENSO index (MEI), where MEI, 20.5 is defined as the La Nina phase and MEI>0.5 as the El Nino phase. Flood magnitude in all 20 streams located south of 35degreesN has a significant positive correlation (r=0.3 to 0.6), whereas in 3 of the 4 streams located north of 41degreesN flood magnitude has a significant negative correlation (r=-0.3 to 20.4), with MEI from -2.2 to +3.2. Correlations with MEI are uniformly weak and insignificant, however, when the floods are subdivided into El Nino and non-El Nino phases. A comparison of the geometric mean El Nino flood to the geometric mean non-El Nino flood determined that the means were statistically different at gauging stations south of 35degreesN and north of 41degreesN. For 20 streams located south of 35degreesN, the geometric mean of annual peak floods recorded at a stream gauge during El Nino phases is 2-14 times the geometric mean of annual peak floods recorded during non-El Nino phases. Thus, south of 35degreesN along the California coast, floods are significantly larger during an El Nino phase than a non-El Nino phase. For the three streams located north of 41degreesN, the geometric mean of annual peak floods during an El Nino phase was less than 70% of the geometric mean of annual peak floods during a non-El Nino phase. The relative strength of the El Nino phase, however, has, at most, a weak influence on flood magnitude. Flood exceedance probabilities for the El Nino and non-El Nino periods were calculated for all gauging stations using a three-parameter log gamma distribution. For exceedance probabilities from 0.50 to 0.02, the ratio of the El Nino to non-El Nino floods varies from greater than 10 near 32degreesN to less than 0.7 near 42degreesN. Latitude explains 76%-90% of the observed variation in the relative magnitude of El Nino versus non-El Nino floods over the range of exceedance probabilities. C1 US Geol Survey, WRD, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. NOAA, Environm Technol Lab, Boulder, CO USA. RP Andrews, ED (reprint author), US Geol Survey, WRD, 3215 Marine St,Suite E127, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. EM eandrews@usgs.gov NR 32 TC 61 Z9 63 U1 1 U2 13 PU AMER METEOROLOGICAL SOC PI BOSTON PA 45 BEACON ST, BOSTON, MA 02108-3693 USA SN 0894-8755 J9 J CLIMATE JI J. Clim. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 17 IS 2 BP 337 EP 348 DI 10.1175/1520-0442(2004)017<0337:IOEOFF>2.0.CO;2 PG 12 WC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 767RR UT WOS:000188466900007 ER PT J AU Boore, DM AF Boore, DM TI Can site response be predicted? SO JOURNAL OF EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 3rd International ROSE-School Seminar CY JUN 23-24, 2003 CL Pavia, ITALY DE site response; amplification; transfer functions; ground motion; variability; prediction ID STRONG-MOTION DATA; GROUND-MOTION; NORTHRIDGE EARTHQUAKE; LOS-ANGELES; SEISMIC-WAVES; EURO-SEISTEST; SANTA-MONICA; CALIFORNIA; AMPLIFICATION; WEAK AB Large modifications of seismic waves are produced by variations of material properties near the Earth's surface and by both surface and buried topography. These modifications, usually referred to as "site response", in general lead to larger motions on soil sites than on rock-like sites. Because the soil amplifications can be as large as a factor of ten, they are important in engineering applications that require the quantitative specification of ground motions. This has been recognised for years by both seismologists and engineers, and it is hard to open an earthquake journal these days without finding an article on site response. What is often missing in these studies, however, are discussions of the uncertainty of the predicted response. A number of purely observational studies demonstrate that ground motions have large site-to-site variability for a single earthquake and large earthquake-location-dependent variability for a single site. This variability makes site-specific, earthquake-specific predictions of site response quite uncertain, even if detailed geotechnical and geological information is available near the site. Predictions of site response for average classes of sites exposed to the motions from many earthquakes can be made with much greater certainty if sufficient empirical observations are available. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Boore, DM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 977, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. NR 47 TC 52 Z9 55 U1 2 U2 5 PU IMPERIAL COLLEGE PRESS PI LONDON PA 57 SHELTON ST, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON WC2H 9HE, ENGLAND SN 1363-2469 J9 J EARTHQ ENG JI J. EARTHQU. ENG. PY 2004 VL 8 SI 1 BP 1 EP 41 DI 10.1142/S1363246904001651 PG 41 WC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Geological; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Engineering; Geology GA 854RI UT WOS:000223920600003 ER PT J AU Van Cuyk, S Siegrist, RL Lowe, K Harvey, RW AF Van Cuyk, S Siegrist, RL Lowe, K Harvey, RW TI Evaluating microbial purification during soil treatment of wastewater with multicomponent tracer and surrogate tests SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY LA English DT Article ID VIRUS TRANSPORT; REMOVAL; INFILTRATION; GROUNDWATER; SURVIVAL; BACTERIA; AQUIFER; COLUMNS AB Soil treatment of wastewater has the potential to achieve high purification efficiency, yet the understanding and predictability of purification with respect to removal of viruses and other pathogens is limited. Research has been completed to quantify the removal of virus and bacteria through the use of microbial surrogates and conservative tracers during controlled experiments with three-dimensional pilot-scale soil treatment systems in the laboratory and during the testing of full-scale systems under field conditions. The surrogates and tracers employed included two viruses (MS-2 and PRD-1 bacterio-phages), one bacterium (ice-nucleating active Pseudomonas), and one conservative tracer (bromide ion). Efforts have also been made to determine the relationship between viruses and fecal coliform bacteria in soil samples below the wastewater infiltrative surface, and the correlation between Escherichia coli concentrations measured in percolating soil solution as compared with those estimated from analyses of soil solids. The results suggest episodic breakthrough of virus and bacteria during soil treatment of wastewater and a 2 to 3 log (99-99.9%) removal of virus and near complete removal of fecal coliform bacteria during unsaturated now through 60 to 90 cm of sandy medium. Results also suggest that the fate of fecal coliform bacteria may be indicative of that of viruses in soil media near the infiltrative surface receiving wastewater effluent. Concentrations of fecal coliform in percolating soil solution may be conservatively estimated from analysis of extracted soil solids. C1 Colorado Sch Mines, Golden, CO 80401 USA. US Geol Survey, Div Water Resources, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. RP Van Cuyk, S (reprint author), Colorado Sch Mines, Golden, CO 80401 USA. EM svancuyk@mines.edu RI Harvey, Ronald/C-5783-2013 OI Harvey, Ronald/0000-0002-2791-8503 NR 39 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 1 U2 7 PU AMER SOC AGRONOMY PI MADISON PA 677 S SEGOE RD, MADISON, WI 53711 USA SN 0047-2425 J9 J ENVIRON QUAL JI J. Environ. Qual. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 33 IS 1 BP 316 EP 329 PG 14 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 767WP UT WOS:000188497100034 PM 14964386 ER PT J AU Landa, ER AF Landa, ER TI Uranium mill tailings: nuclear waste and natural laboratory for geochemical and radioecological investigations SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL RADIOACTIVITY LA English DT Article DE uranium mill tailings; radionuclides; metals ID SULFATE-REDUCING BACTERIA; PORT-HOPE HARBOR; TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEM; MINE TAILINGS; CONTAMINATED AQUIFER; URANYL INCORPORATION; LAKE-ONTARIO; ELLIOT-LAKE; REDUCTION; RA-226 AB Uranium mill tailings (UMT) are a high volume, low specific activity radioactive waste typically disposed in surface impoundments. This review focuses on research on UMT and related earth materials during the past decade relevant to the assessment of. (1) mineral hosts of radionuclides; (2) the use of soil analogs in predicting long-term fate of radionuclides; (3) microbial and diagenctic processes that may alter radionuclide mobility in the surficial environment; (4) waste-management technologies to limit radionuclide migration; and (5) the impact of UNIT on biota. Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr 430, Reston, VA USA. RP Landa, ER (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr 430, Reston, VA USA. EM erlanda@usgs.gov NR 122 TC 37 Z9 39 U1 1 U2 21 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0265-931X J9 J ENVIRON RADIOACTIV JI J. Environ. Radioact. PY 2004 VL 77 IS 1 BP 1 EP 27 DI 10.1016/j.jenvrad.2004.01.030 PG 27 WC Environmental Sciences SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 849TR UT WOS:000223564300001 PM 15297038 ER PT J AU Datta, S Do, LV Young, TM AF Datta, S Do, LV Young, TM TI A simplified method for sampling and analysis of high volume surface water for organic contaminants using XAD-2 SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND HEALTH PART B-PESTICIDES FOOD CONTAMINANTS AND AGRICULTURAL WASTES LA English DT Article DE high volume water sampling; XAD; organic contaminants; field sampling AB A simple compressed-gas driven system for field processing and extracting water for subsequent analyses of hydrophobic organic compounds is presented. The pumping, device is a pneumatically driven pump and filtration system that can easily clarify at 4 L/min. The extraction device Uses compressed gas to drive filtered water through two parellel XAD-2 resin columns, at about 200 mL/min. No batteries or inverters are required for water collection or processing. Solvent extractions were performed directly in the XAD-2 glass columns. Final extracts are cleaned-up on Florisil cartridges without fractionation and contaminants analyzed by GC-MS. Method detection limits (MDLs) and recoveries for dissolved organic contaminants, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and pesticides Lire reported along with results of surface water analysis for the San Francisco Bay, CA. C1 Univ Maine, Environm Chem Lab, Sawyer Environm Res Ctr, Orono, ME USA. Univ Calif Davis, Davis, CA 95616 USA. RP Datta, S (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Calif Dist Off, Water Resource Div, Placer Hall,6000 J St, Sacramento, CA 95819 USA. EM sdatta@usgs.gov RI Young, Thomas/A-4786-2008 OI Young, Thomas/0000-0001-7217-4753 NR 10 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 3 PU MARCEL DEKKER INC PI NEW YORK PA 270 MADISON AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10016 USA SN 0360-1234 J9 J ENVIRON SCI HEAL B JI J. Environ. Sci. Health Part B-Pestic. Contam. Agric. Wastes PY 2004 VL 39 IS 2 BP 225 EP 234 DI 10.1081/PFC-120030237 PG 10 WC Environmental Sciences; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health GA 813UR UT WOS:000220932500001 PM 15132330 ER PT J AU Cannon, WF Woodraff, LG Pimley, S AF Cannon, WF Woodraff, LG Pimley, S TI Some statistical relationships between stream sediment and soil geochemistry in northwestern Wisconsin - can stream sediment compositions be used to predict compositions of soils in glaciated terranes? SO JOURNAL OF GEOCHEMICAL EXPLORATION LA English DT Article DE geochemistry; soil; stream sediment; Wisconsin AB Mean stream sediment chemical compositions from northwestern Wisconsin in the north central United States, based on more than 800 samples, differ significantly from mean A-horizon and C-horizon soil compositions, based on about 380 samples of each horizon. Differences by a factor greater than 1.5 exist for some elements (Ca, Mn, Mg, P, Ti, Ni, Pb, Se, Zn). A very large database of stream sediment geochemistry exists for the region (more than 2200 samples) and for the U.S. (roughly 400,000 samples), whereas data on the chemistry of soils is much sparser both regionally and nationally. Therefore, we have attempted to quantify trends in compositional differences between stream sediments and nearby soils to test whether the abundant stream sediment data can be used to predict soil compositions. A simple computational technique of adjusting the stream sediment compositions according to the ratio of means of soils and stream sediments was conducted. A variety of techniques of correction and interpolation of data were tested and indicate that repetitive testing of results allows an optimum correction to be achieved. Predicted soil compositions compared to analytically determined soil compositions show a range of results from relatively good correspondence for some elements to rather poor correspondence for others. In general, predictions are best at midranges of compositions. The technique does not predict well more extreme or anomalous values. Thus, this technique appears to be useful for estimating background soil compositions and delineating regional compositional trends in soils in situations where large amounts of stream sediment analyses and smaller amounts of soil analyses are available. The technique also provides probabilistic qualifications on the expected error between predicted and actual soil compositions so that individual users can judge if the technique provides data of sufficient accuracy for specific needs. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. US Geol Survey, St Paul, MN USA. Environm Careers Org, Reston, VA USA. RP Cannon, WF (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, MS 432,12201 Sunrise Valley Dr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM wcannon@usgs.gov NR 15 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 2 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0375-6742 J9 J GEOCHEM EXPLOR JI J. Geochem. Explor. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 81 IS 1-3 BP 29 EP 46 DI 10.1016/S0375-6742(03)00211-5 PG 18 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 762CZ UT WOS:000187954100003 ER PT J AU Fenton, CR Poreda, RJ Nash, BP Webb, RH Cerling, TE AF Fenton, CR Poreda, RJ Nash, BP Webb, RH Cerling, TE TI Geochemical discrimination of five pleistocene lava-dam outburst flood deposits, western Grand Canyon, Arizona SO JOURNAL OF GEOLOGY LA English DT Article ID COSMOGENIC HE-3; TERRESTRIAL ROCKS; USA; CLASSIFICATION; EVOLUTION; RATES; AGES AB Pleistocene basaltic lava dams and outburst-flood deposits in the western Grand Canyon, Arizona, have been correlated by means of cosmogenic He-3 (He-3(c)) ages and concentrations of SiO2, Na2O, K2O, and rare earth elements. These data indicate that basalt clasts and vitroclasts in a given outburst-flood deposit came from a common source, a lava dam. With these data, it is possible to distinguish individual dam-flood events and improve our understanding of the interrelations of volcanism and river processes. At least five lava dams on the Colorado River failed catastrophically between 100 and 525 ka; subsequent outburst floods emplaced basalt-rich deposits preserved on benches as high as 200 m above the current river and up to 53 km downstream of dam sites. Chemical data also distinguishes individual lava flows that were collectively mapped in the past as large long-lasting dam complexes. These chemical data, in combination with age constraints, increase our ability to correlate lava dams and outburst-flood deposits and increase our understanding of the longevity of lava dams. Bases of correlated lava dams and flood deposits approximate the elevation of the ancestral river during each flood event. Water surface profiles are reconstructed and can be used in future hydraulic models to estimate the magnitude of these large-scale floods. C1 US Geol Survey, Tucson, AZ 85745 USA. RP Fenton, CR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Tucson, AZ 85745 USA. EM cfenton@usgs.gov RI Fenton, Cassandra/B-8928-2012; OI Fenton, Cassandra/0000-0002-2989-3629 NR 32 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 0 U2 5 PU UNIV CHICAGO PRESS PI CHICAGO PA 1427 E 60TH ST, CHICAGO, IL 60637-2954 USA SN 0022-1376 J9 J GEOL JI J. Geol. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 112 IS 1 BP 91 EP 110 DI 10.1086/379694 PG 20 WC Geology SC Geology GA 769NM UT WOS:000188656700006 ER PT J AU Cox, LH March, RS AF Cox, LH March, RS TI Comparison of geodetic and glaciological mass-balance techniques, Gulkana Glacier, Alaska, USA SO JOURNAL OF GLACIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID SEA-LEVEL; CLIMATE-CHANGE; NORTH-AMERICA; FLUCTUATIONS; VOLUME AB The net mass balance on Gulkana Glacier, Alaska, U.S.A., has been measured since 1966 by the glaciological method, in which seasonal balances are measured at three index sites and extrapolated over large areas of the glacier. Systematic errors can accumulate linearly with time in this method. Therefore, the geodetic balance, in which errors are less time-dependent, was calculated for comparison with the glaciological method. Digital elevation models of the glacier in 1974, 1993 and 1999 were prepared using aerial photographs, and geodetic balances were computed, giving 6.0 +/- 0.7 m w.e. from 1974 to 1993 and -11.8 +/- 0.7 m w.e. from 1974 to 1999. These balances are compared with the glaciological balances over the same intervals, which were 5.8 +/- 0.9 and -11.2 +/- 1.0 m w.e. respectively; both balances show that the thinning rate tripled in the 1990s. These cumulative balances differ by < 6%. For this close agreement, the glaciologically measured mass balance of Gulkana Glacier must be largely free of systematic errors and be based on a time-variable area-altitude distribution, and the photography used in the geodetic method must have enough contrast to enable accurate photogrammetry. C1 US Geol Survey, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. RP Cox, LH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 3400 Shell St, Fairbanks, AK 99701 USA. EM lcox@mines.utah.edu NR 32 TC 51 Z9 53 U1 0 U2 7 PU INT GLACIOL SOC PI CAMBRIDGE PA LENSFIELD RD, CAMBRIDGE CB2 1ER, ENGLAND SN 0022-1430 J9 J GLACIOL JI J. Glaciol. PY 2004 VL 50 IS 170 BP 363 EP 370 DI 10.3189/172756504781829855 PG 8 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 939NR UT WOS:000230080200006 ER PT J AU Johnston, JW Baedke, SJ Booth, RK Thompson, TA Wilcox, DA AF Johnston, JW Baedke, SJ Booth, RK Thompson, TA Wilcox, DA TI Late Holocene lake-level variation in southeastern Lake Superior: Tahquamenon Bay, Michigan SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Lake Superior; lake level; beach ridge; late Holocene; Tahquamenon ID GREAT-LAKES; NORTHERN MICHIGAN; AGE CALIBRATION; BEACH RIDGES; SHORE; SEDIMENTATION; EVOLUTION; SEQUENCE; CLIMATE; REGION AB Internal architecture and ages of 71 beach ridges in the Tahquamenon Bay embayment along the southeastern shore of Lake Superior on the Upper Peninsula of Michigan were studied to generate a late Holocene relative lake-level curve. Establishing a long-term framework is important to examine the context of historic events and help predict potential future changes critical for effective water resource management. Ridges in the embayment formed between about 4,200 and 2,100 calendar years before 1950 (cal. yrs. B. P.) and were created and preserved every 28 +/- 4.8 years on average. Groups of three to six beach ridges coupled with inflections in the lake-level curve indicate a history of lake levels fluctuations and outlet changes. A rapid lake-level drop (approximately 4 m) from about 4, 100 to 3,800 cal. yrs. B.P. was associated with a fall from the Nipissing II high-water- level phase. A change from a gradual fall to a slight rise was associated with an outlet change from Port Huron, Michigan/Sarnia, Ontario to Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan/Ontario. A complete outlet change occurred after the Algoma high-water- level phase (ca. 2,400 cal. yrs. B.P.). Preliminary rates of vertical ground movement calculated from the strandplain are much greater than rates calculated from historical and geologic data. High rates of vertical ground movement could have caused tectonism in the Whitefish Bay area, modifying the strandplain during the past 2,400 years. A tectonic event at or near the Sault outlet also may have been a factor in the outlet change from Port Huron/Sarnia to Sault Ste. Marie. C1 Indiana Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. James Madison Univ, Dept Geol & Environm Sci, Harrisonburg, VA 22807 USA. Univ Wyoming, Dept Bot, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. Indiana Univ, Indiana Geol Survey, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. RP Johnston, JW (reprint author), Univ Waterloo, Dept Earth Sci, CEIT Bldg,200 Univ Ave W, Waterloo, ON N2L 3G1, Canada. EM jwjohnst@uwaterloo.ca RI Booth, Robert/G-5563-2010; Thompson, Todd/G-6579-2011 NR 57 TC 21 Z9 21 U1 0 U2 5 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 SU 1 BP 1 EP 19 PG 19 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 911GV UT WOS:000227991500002 ER PT J AU Kane, DD Gannon, JE Culver, DA AF Kane, DD Gannon, JE Culver, DA TI The status of Limnocalanus macrurus (Copepoda : Calanoida : Centropagidae) in Lake Erie SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Limnocalanus; Lake Erie; ecosystem recovery; resilience; dissolved oxygen; rainbow smelt ID CRUSTACEAN ZOOPLANKTON; GREAT-LAKES; OXYGEN; REHABILITATION; PHOSPHORUS; HEXAGENIA; ECOSYSTEM; ABUNDANCE; LIFE AB The calanoid copepod Lininocalanus macrurus showed large declines in abundance and a narrowing of spatial distribution with the onset of cultural eutrophication and increases in rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) abundances in Lake Erie in the mid 20th century. Since 1995, however, Limnocalanus macrurus appears to have repopulated in western Lake Erie to levels of abundance that have not been observed since the late 1930s. We hypothesize that phosphorus abatement and the subsequent decrease in low dissolved oxygen events have assisted this resurgence. However, Limnocalanus macrurus abundances have not increased in the central and eastern basins, even though water quality has improved there too. High densities of rainbow smelt and associated smelt predation pressure in the central and eastern basins may be responsible for the low numbers in these basins. C1 Ohio State Univ, Dept Ecol Evolut & Organismal Biol, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. RP Culver, DA (reprint author), Ohio State Univ, Dept Ecol Evolut & Organismal Biol, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. EM culver.3@osu.edu NR 42 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 1 U2 5 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 IS 1 BP 22 EP 30 PG 9 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 812SF UT WOS:000220858500003 ER PT J AU Garza, EL Whitman, RL AF Garza, EL Whitman, RL TI The nearshore benthic invertebrate community of southern Lake Michigan and its response to beach nourishment SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE sand; coastal; disturbance; macrobenthos; meiobenthos; Great Lakes ID GEORGIAN BAY; ILLINOIS; COAST AB The nearshore benthic environment of Lake Michigan represents a dynamic and little studied habitat. To explore the biology and response of this community to beach nourishment, Ponar samples were taken at 1. 5, 3, and 6 m depths at 10 transects along the southern shore of Lake Michigan before and after beach nourishment. Forty taxa were identified, and two of these, Chaetogaster diastrophus and Nematoda, made up over 81% of all organisms collected. Shallow sites (! 3 m) were generally dominated by C. diastrophus and Nematoda, and these sites represent communities adapted to constant wave induced sediment disturbance. Deep (6 m) sites were generally dominated by Nematoda, but fair numbers of C. diastrophus, Amphichaeta leydigi, Paracladopelma spp., and other less abundant taxa were identified. Greater diversity at deeper sites may be related to the stability resulting from reduced wave disturbance. A notable decrease in mean invertebrate density (P < 0.01) from 2001 to 2002 downdrift from the site of beach nourishment suggests that sand placement affected invertebrate populations, although a more thorough understanding of this community's response to environmental variables is required to further support this conclusion. C1 US Geol Survey, Lake Michigan Ecol Res Stn, Porter, IN 46304 USA. Indiana Univ, Sch Publ & Environm Affairs, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. RP Whitman, RL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Lake Michigan Ecol Res Stn, 1100 N Mineral Springs Rd, Porter, IN 46304 USA. EM richard_whitman@usgs.gov NR 22 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 7 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 IS 1 BP 114 EP 122 PG 9 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 812SF UT WOS:000220858500011 ER PT J AU Wilberg, MJ Bronte, CR Hansen, MJ AF Wilberg, MJ Bronte, CR Hansen, MJ TI Fleet dynamics of the commercial lake trout fishery in Michigan waters of Lake Superior during 1929-1961 SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Great Lakes; Salvelinus namaycush; effort dynamics ID SALVELINUS-NAMAYCUSH; POPULATION; RESTORATION; ABUNDANCE; GROWTH AB Understanding fishing fleet dynamics is important when using fishery dependent data to infer the status of fish stocks. We analyzed data from mandatory catch reports from the commercial lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) fishery in Michigan waters of Lake Superior during 1929-1961, a period when lake trout populations collapsed through the combined effects of overfishing and sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus) predation. The number of full-time fishermen increased during 1933-1943 and then decreased during 1943-1957. Addition of new fishermen was related to past yield, market prices, World War H draft exemptions, and lost fishing opportunities in Lake Huron and Lake Michigan. Loss of existing fishermen was related to declining lake trout density. Large mesh (greater than or equal to 114-mm stretch-measure) gill net effort increased during 1929-1951 because fishermen fished more net inshore as lake trout density declined, even though catch per effort (CPE) was often higher in deeper waters. The most common gill net mesh size increased from 114-mm to 120-mm stretch-measure during 1929-1957, as lake trout growth increased. More effort was fished inshore than offshore and the amount of inshore effort was less variable over time than offshore effort. Relatively stable yield was maintained by increasing gill net effort and by moving some effort to better grounds. Because fishing-up caused yield and CPE to remain high despite declining lake trout abundance, caution must be used when basing goals for lake trout restoration on historical fishery indices. C1 Univ Wisconsin, Coll Nat Resources, Stevens Point, WI 54481 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. RP Wilberg, MJ (reprint author), Michigan State Univ, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife, 13 Nat Resources Bldg, E Lansing, MI 48824 USA. EM wilbergm@msu.edu RI Wilberg, Michael/C-2765-2008; Wilberg, Michael/D-6289-2013; OI Wilberg, Michael/0000-0001-8982-5946; Hansen, Michael/0000-0001-8522-3876 NR 34 TC 3 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 IS 2 BP 252 EP 266 PG 15 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 843MA UT WOS:000223086800003 ER PT J AU Muir, DCG Whittle, DM De Vault, DS Bronte, CR Karlsson, H Backus, S Teixeira, C AF Muir, DCG Whittle, DM De Vault, DS Bronte, CR Karlsson, H Backus, S Teixeira, C TI Bioaccumulation of toxaphene congeners in the Lake Superior food web SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Toxaphene; chlorobornanes; bioaccumulation; lake trout; Siskiwit Lake; lake herring; rainbow smelt; stable isotopes; food web; biomagnification ID GREAT-LAKES; ATMOSPHERIC TRANSPORT; ENVIRONMENTAL-SAMPLES; NORTH-AMERICA; ACCUMULATION; MICHIGAN; FISHES; ORGANOCHLORINES; SEDIMENTS; QUANTITATION AB The bioaccumulation and biotransformation of toxaphene was examined in the food webs of Lake Superior and Siskiwit Lake (Isle Royale) using congener specific analysis as well as stable isotope ratios of carbon and nitrogen to characterize food webs. Toxaphene concentrations (calculated using technical toxaphene) in lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) from the western basin of Lake Superior (N = 95) averaged (+/-SD) 889 +/- 896 ng/g wet wt and 60 +/- 34 ng/g wet wt in Siskiwit Lake. Major congeners in lake trout were B8-789 (P38), B8-2226 (P44), B9-1679 (P50), and B9-1025 (P62). Toxaphene concentrations were found to vary seasonally, especially in lower food web organisms in Lake Superior and to a lesser extent in Siskiwit Lake. Toxaphene concentrations declined significantly in lake herring (Coregonus artedii), rainbow smelt (Omerus mordax), and slimy sculpin (Cottus cognatus) as well as in zooplankton (> 102 mum) and Mysis (Mysis relicta) between May and October. The seasonal variation may reflect seasonal shifts in the species abundance within the zooplankton community. Trophic magnification factors (TMF) derived from regressions of toxaphene congener concentrations versus delta(15)N were > 1 for most octa- and nonachlorobornanes in Lake Superior except B8-1413 (P26) and B9-715. Log bioaccumulation factors (BAFs) for toxaphene congeners in lake trout (ng/g lipid/ng/L dissolved) ranged from 4.54 to 9.7 and were significantly correlated with log octanol-water partition coefficients. TMFs observed for total toxaphene and congener B9-1679 in Lake Superior were similar to those in Arctic lakes, as well as to previous studies in the Great Lakes, which suggests that the bioaccumulation behavior of toxaphene is similar in pelagic food webs of large, cold water systems. However, toxaphene concentrations were lower in lake trout from Siskiwit Lake and lakes in northwestern Ontario than in Lake Superior possibly because of shorter food chains and greater reliance on zooplankton or other pelagic invertebrates. C1 Environm Canada, Natl Water Res Inst, Burlington, ON L7R 4A6, Canada. Fisheries & Oceans Canada, Great Lakes Lab Fisheries & Aquat Sci, Burlington, ON L7R 4A6, Canada. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Ecol Serv, Fort Snelling, MN 55111 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. RP Muir, DCG (reprint author), Environm Canada, Natl Water Res Inst, Burlington, ON L7R 4A6, Canada. EM Derek.muir@ec.gc.ca OI Muir, Derek/0000-0001-6631-9776 NR 56 TC 27 Z9 28 U1 1 U2 16 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 IS 2 BP 316 EP 340 PG 25 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 843MA UT WOS:000223086800010 ER PT J AU Link, J Selgeby, JH Keen, RE AF Link, J Selgeby, JH Keen, RE TI Changes in the Lake Superior Crustacean zooplankton community SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE trophic dynamics; community ecology; lake herring; habitat heterogeneity; scale; food webs; size-selective planktivory ID GREAT-LAKES; MICHIGAN; POPULATIONS; PREDATION; ABUNDANCE; FISH AB We examined crustacean zooplankton densities at five locations in two regions of Lake Superior during a time period that spanned two decades, for three years in the early 1970's and again for three years in the early 1990's. We used coupled multivariate and univariate analyses to find whether the zooplankton community had changed over these decades, and to determine if such changes had occurred consistently across all stations. Seasonal variation was also examined. We found that the structure of the zooplankton community changed in directions predicted by the concurrent increase in the abundance of a major endemic planktivore, the lake herring (Coregonus artedi). The presence and abundance of various species in different habitats also varied within a year, between years, and between decades. The spatiotemporal scale of this study confirms that size-selective planktivory may produce community-wide effects in large lakes. C1 Michigan Technol Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Houghton, MI 49931 USA. US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. RP Link, J (reprint author), Michigan Technol Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Houghton, MI 49931 USA. EM jlink@whsun1.wh.whoi.edu NR 37 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 3 U2 11 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 SU 1 BP 327 EP 339 PG 13 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 911GV UT WOS:000227991500023 ER PT J AU Hoff, MH AF Hoff, MH TI Discrimination among spawning aggregations of lake herring from Lake Superior using whole-body morphometric characters SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Lake Superior; lake herring; morphometrics; stock structure ID COREGONUS-ARTEDI; LOCOMOTION; FISHERY; WINTER AB The lake herring (Coregonus artedi) was one of the most commercially and ecologically valuable Lake Superior fishes, but declined in the second half of the 20th century as the result of overharvest of putatively discrete stocks. No tools were previously available that described lake herring stock structure and accurately classified lake herring to their spawning stocks. The accuracy of discriminating among spawning aggregations was evaluated using whole-body morphometrics based on a truss network. Lake herring were collected from 11 spawning aggregations in Lake Superior and two inland Wisconsin lakes to evaluate morphometrics as a stock discrimination tool. Discriminant function analysis correctly classified 53% of all fish from all spawning aggregations, and fish from all but one aggregation were classified at greater rates than were possible by chance. Discriminant analysis also correctly classified 66% of fish to nearest neighbor groups, which were groups that accounted for the possibility of mixing among the aggregations. Stepwise discriminant analysis showed that posterior body length and depth measurements were among the best discriminators of spawning aggregations. These findings support other evidence that discrete stocks of lake herring exist in Lake Superior, and fishery managers should consider all but one of the spawning aggregations as discrete stocks. Abundance, annual harvest, total annual mortality rate, and exploitation data should be collected from each stock, and surplus production of each stock should be estimated. Prudent management of stock surplus production and exploitation rates will aid in restoration of stocks and will prevent a repeat of the stock collapses that occurred in the middle of the 20th century, when the species was nearly extirpated from the lake. C1 US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. RP Hoff, MH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, 2800 Lake Shore Dr E, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. EM michael_hoff@fws.gov NR 34 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 7 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 SU 1 BP 385 EP 394 PG 10 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 911GV UT WOS:000227991500027 ER PT J AU Johnson, TB Hoff, MH Trebitz, AS Bronte, CR Corry, TD Kitchell, JF Lozano, SJ Mason, DM Scharold, JV Schram, ST Schreiner, DR AF Johnson, TB Hoff, MH Trebitz, AS Bronte, CR Corry, TD Kitchell, JF Lozano, SJ Mason, DM Scharold, JV Schram, ST Schreiner, DR TI Spatial patterns in assemblage structures of pelagic forage fish and zooplankton in western Lake Superior SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Lake Superior; zooplankton; lake herring; rainbow smelt; deepwater cisco; abundance; biomass ID CRUSTACEAN ZOOPLANKTON; SPECIES-DIVERSITY; HETEROGENEITY; PREDATION; COMMUNITY; PLANKTON AB We assessed abundance, size, and species composition of forage fish and zooplankton communities of western Lake Superior during August 1996 and July 1997. Data were analyzed for three ecoregions (Duluth-Superior, Apostle Islands, and the open lake) differing in bathymetry and linmological and biological patterns. Zooplankton abundance was three times higher in the Duluth-Superior and Apostle Islands regions than in the open lake due to the large numbers of rotifers. Copepods were far more abundant than Cladocera in all ecoregions. Mean zooplankton size was larger in the open lake due to dominance by large calanoid copepods although size of individual taxa was similar among ecoregions. Forage fish abundance and biomass was highest in the Apostle Islands region and lowest in the open lake ecoregion. Lake herring (Coregonus artedi), rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) and deepwater ciscoes (Coregonus spp.) comprised over 90% of the abundance and biomass of fishes caught in midwater trawls and recorded with hydroacoustics. Growth and condition of fish was good, suggesting they were not resource limited. Fish and zooplankton assemblages differed among the three ecoregions of western Lake Superior, due to a combination of physical and linmological factors related to bathymetry and landscape position. C1 Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. US Geol Survey, Lake Superior Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. US EPA, Midcontinent Ecol Div, Duluth, MN 55804 USA. Wisconsin Dept Nat Resources, Bayfield, WI 54814 USA. Minnesota Dept Nat Resources, Lake Superior Area Fisheries Program, Duluth, MN 55804 USA. RP Johnson, TB (reprint author), Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, 680 N Pk St, Madison, WI 53706 USA. EM tim.johnson@mnr.gov.on.ca OI Mason, Doran/0000-0002-6017-4243 NR 37 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 11 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 SU 1 BP 395 EP 406 PG 12 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 911GV UT WOS:000227991500028 ER PT J AU Johnson, TB Brown, WP Corry, TD Hoff, MH Scharold, JV Trebitz, AS AF Johnson, TB Brown, WP Corry, TD Hoff, MH Scharold, JV Trebitz, AS TI Lake herring (Coregonus artedi) and rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) diets in western Lake Superior SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Lake Superior; lake herring; rainbow smelt; diet; zooplankton ID FISH; FOOD; ZOOPLANKTON; SUPPORT AB We describe the diets of lake herring (Coregonus artedi) and rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) in western Lake Superior during the summers of 1996 and 1997. Both species consumed predominantly (> 71 % by number) zooplankton, showing a preference for larger taxa. Diet overlap between the two species was low (Schoener's index = 0.42). Mysis was most important in rainbow smelt diets, whereas Diaptomus sicilis was most important in lake herring diets. Rainbow smelt selected larger taxa, and larger individuals within a taxon when compared to take herring, although rainbow smelt tended to be smallerfish. Fish diets have changed relative to previous studies and may be reflecting changes in the zooplankton community. Continued changes in the fish and zooplankton community will alter predatorprey and energetic pathways, ultimately affecting growth and production of the ecosystem. C1 Ontario Minist Nat Resources, Lake Erie Fisheries Stn, Wheatley, ON N0P 2P0, Canada. Univ Wisconsin, Ctr Limnol, Madison, WI 53706 USA. US Geol Survey, Lake Superior Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. US EPA, Midcontinent Ecol Div, Duluth, MN 55804 USA. RP Johnson, TB (reprint author), Ontario Minist Nat Resources, Lake Erie Fisheries Stn, RR 2,320 Milo Rd, Wheatley, ON N0P 2P0, Canada. EM tim.johnson@mnr.gov.on.ca NR 20 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 15 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 SU 1 BP 407 EP 413 PG 7 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 911GV UT WOS:000227991500029 ER PT J AU Hoff, MH AF Hoff, MH TI Biotic and abiotic factors related to rainbow smelt recruitment in the Wisconsin waters of Lake Superior, 1978-1997 SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Lake Superior; rainbow smelt; recruitment; model ID OSMERUS-MORDAX; TEMPERATURE; ABUNDANCE; FOOD AB Lake Superior rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) recruitment to 12-13 months of age in the Wisconsin waters of Lake Superior varied by a factor of 9.3 during 1978-1997. Management agencies have sought models that accurately predict recruitment, but no satisfactory models had previously been developed. In this study, modeling was conducted to determine which factors best explained recruitment variability. The Ricker stock- recruitment model derived from only the paired stock and recruit data accounted for 63% of the variability in recruitment data. The functional relationship that accounted for the greatest amount of recruitment variation (81%) included rainbow smelt stock size, May rainfall, and bloater (Coregonus hoyi) biomass. Model results were interpreted to mean that recruitment was affected negatively by increased river flows from increased rainfall, and affected positively by the biomass of bloater, and those results were interpreted to mean that bloater mediated the effects of lake trout predation on rainbow smelt recruits. Model results were also interpreted to mean that stock size caused compensatory, density-dependent mortality on rainbow smelt recruits. Correlations observed here may be of value to managers seeking approaches to either enhance or control populations of this species, which is not indigenous to the Great Lakes. C1 US Geol Survey, Great Lake Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. RP Hoff, MH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Great Lake Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, 2800 Lake Shore Dr E, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. EM michael_hoff@fws.gov NR 33 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 3 U2 9 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 SU 1 BP 414 EP 422 PG 9 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 911GV UT WOS:000227991500030 ER PT J AU Hoff, MH AF Hoff, MH TI Biotic and abiotic factors related to Lake Herring recruitment in the Wisconsin waters of Lake Superior, 1984-1998 SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Lake Superior; Lake Herring; recruitment; model ID CISCO COREGONUS-AUTUMNALIS; SMELT OSMERUS-MORDAX; OVERWINTER SURVIVAL; WINTER MORTALITY; RAINBOW SMELT; YELLOW PERCH; LARVAL TRANSPORT; WHITE PERCH; 1ST WINTER; SIZE AB Lake Superior lake herring (Coregonus artedi) recruitment to 13-14 months of age in the Wisconsin waters of Lake Superior varied by a factor of 5,233 during 1984-1998. Management agencies have sought models that accurately predict recruitment, but no satisfactory model had previously been developed. Lake herring recruitment was modeled to determine which factors most explained recruitment variability. The Ricker stock- recruitment model derived from only the paired stock and recruit data explained 35% of the variability in the recruitment data. The functional relationship that explained the greatest amount of recruitment variation (93%) included lake herring stock size, lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) population size, slimy sculpin (Cottus cognatus) biomass, the interaction of mean daily wind speed in April (month of hatch) and lake herring stock size, and mean air temperature in April (when lake herring are 12-months old). Model results were interpreted to mean that lake herring recruitment was affected negatively by: slimy sculpin predation on lake herring ova; predation on age-0 lake herring by lake trout; and adult cannibalism on lake herring larvae, which was reduced by increased wind speed. April temperature was the variable that explained the least amount of variability in recruitment, but lake herring recruitment was positively affected by a warm April, which shortened winter and apparently reduced first-winter mortality. Stock size caused compensatory, density-dependent mortality on lake herring recruits. Management efforts appear best targeted at stock size protection, and empirical data implies that stock size in the Wisconsin waters of the lake should be maintained at 2.1-15.0 adults/ha in spring, bottom-trawl surveys. C1 US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. RP Hoff, MH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, 2800 Lake Shore Dr E, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. EM michael_hoff@fws.gov NR 66 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 2 U2 15 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 SU 1 BP 423 EP 433 PG 11 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 911GV UT WOS:000227991500031 ER PT J AU Hoff, MH Meyer, MW Van Stappen, J Fratt, TW AF Hoff, MH Meyer, MW Van Stappen, J Fratt, TW TI Relationships between bald eagle productivity and dynamics of fish populations and fisheries in the Wisconsin waters of Lake Superior, 1983-1999 SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Lake Superior; bald eagle; productivity ID ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINANTS; FOOD-HABITS; SHELL THICKNESS; EGGS; REPRODUCTION; COMMUNITIES; RESIDUES; MERCURY AB Bald eagle (Haliacetus leucocephalus) abundance declined in the 1950s and 1960s along the Wisconsin waters of Lake Superior, and were nearly absent along Wisconsin's Lake Superior shoreline. The population began to increase again between 1980 and 1983, and since then bald eagles nesting on islands along Wisconsin's Lake Superior shoreline (i.e., Apostle Islands) reproduced at a lower rate than have those nesting along the mainland shoreline of the lake and inland. Recent research indicated that bioaccumulation of toxic chemicals in the aquatic food chain no longer limits bald eagle reproduction there, and that productivity at island nests was lower than at mainland nests and inland nests as the result of low food availability. Management agencies have sought models that accurately predict productivity and explain ecological relationships, but no satisfactory models had previously been developed. Modeling was conducted here to determine which factors best explained productivity variability. The Ricker stock-recruitment model derived from only the bivariate breeding pair and productivity data explained only 1% of the variability in productivity data. The functional relationship that explained the greatest amount of productivity variation (83%) included the number of breeding pairs, burbot (Lota Iota) biomass, longnose sucker (Catostomus catostomus) biomass, and commercial harvest of nontarget fishes. Model results were interpreted to mean that productivity was positively affected by populations of burbot and longnose sucker, which are important prey items, and by commercial fishermen feeding nontarget fish to bald eagles. Harvest of nontarget fishes by tribal fishermen and burbot and longnose sucker populations have not tended to change during the entire study period, although the burbot population has declined since 1991. Therefore, bald eagle productivity is not predicted to increase unless burbot, longnose sucker, or other preferred prey of bald eagles increases in the Apostle Islands. C1 US Geol Survey, Great Lake Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. Wisconsin Dept Nat Resources, Bureau Integrated Sci Serv, Rhinelander, WI 54501 USA. Natl Pk Serv, Apostle Isl Natl Lakeshore, Bayfield, WI 54814 USA. Red Cliff Nat Resources Dept, Bayfield, WI 54814 USA. RP Hoff, MH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Great Lake Sci Ctr, Lake Superior Biol Stn, 2800 Lake Shore Dr E, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. EM michael_hoff@fws.gov NR 39 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 1 U2 9 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 SU 1 BP 434 EP 442 PG 9 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 911GV UT WOS:000227991500032 ER PT J AU Klassen, W Adams, JV Twohey, MB AF Klassen, W Adams, JV Twohey, MB TI Modeling the suppression of sea lamprey populations by the release of sterile males or sterile females SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE sterile-male-release technique; sterile-female-release technique; Great Lakes; sea lamprey management; trapping ID ST-MARYS RIVER; PETROMYZON-MARINUS; GREAT-LAKES; STRATEGIES; HABITAT; HURON AB The suppressive effects of trapping adult sea lampreys, Petromyzon marinus Linnaeus, and releasing sterile males (SMRT) or females (SFRT) into a closed system were expressed in deterministic models. Suppression was modeled as a function of the proportion of the population removed by trapping, the number of sterile animals released, the reproductive rate and sex ratio of the population, and (for the SFRT) the rate of polygyny. Releasing sterile males reduced populations more quickly than did the release of sterile females. For a population in which 30% are trapped, sterile animals are initially released at ratio of 10 sterile to 1 fertile animal, 5 adult progeny are produced per fertile mating, 60% are male, and males mate with an average of 1.65 females, the initial population is reduced 87% by SMRT and 68% by SFRT in one generation. The extent of suppression achieved is most sensitive to changes in the initial sterile release ratio. Given the current status of sea lamprey populations and trapping operations in the Great Lakes, the sterile-male-release technique has the best chance for success on a lake-wide basis if implemented in Lake Michigan. The effectiveness of the sterile-female-release technique should be investigated in a controlled study. Advancing trapping technology should be a high priority in the near term, and artificial rearing of sea lampreys to the adult stage should be a high priority in the long term. The diligent pursuit of sea lamprey suppression over a period of several decades can be expected to yield great benefits. C1 Univ Florida, IFAS, Ctr Agr Trop, Homestead, FL 33031 USA. Univ Florida, IFAS, Ctr Trop Res & Educ, Homestead, FL 33031 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Cr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Marquette Biol Stn, Marquette, MI 49855 USA. RP Klassen, W (reprint author), Univ Florida, IFAS, Ctr Agr Trop, Homestead, FL 33031 USA. EM WKlassen@mail.ifas.ufl.edu NR 32 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 6 PU INT ASSOC GREAT LAKES RES PI ANN ARBOR PA 2205 COMMONWEALTH BLVD, ANN ARBOR, MI 48105 USA SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 IS 4 BP 463 EP 473 PG 11 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 896RU UT WOS:000226952000001 ER PT J AU Hook, TO Rutherford, ES Brines, SJ Geddes, CA Mason, DM Schwab, DJ Fleischer, GW AF Hook, TO Rutherford, ES Brines, SJ Geddes, CA Mason, DM Schwab, DJ Fleischer, GW TI Landscape scale measures of steelhead (Oncorhynchus mykiss) bioenergetic growth rate potential in Lake Michigan and comparison with angler catch rates SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE steelhead; Lake Michigan; bioenergetics; spatial model; habitat; AVHRR ID SPATIALLY-EXPLICIT MODELS; SURFACE-WATER TEMPERATURE; FISH GROWTH; HABITAT QUALITY; STRIPED BASS; FOOD-WEB; SIZE; DYNAMICS; ONTARIO; TROUT AB The relative quality of a habitat can influence fish consumption, growth, mortality, and production. In order to quantify habitat quality, several authors have combined bioenergetic and foraging models to generate spatially explicit estimates of fish growth rate potential (GRP). However, the capacity of GRP to reflect the spatial distributions of fishes over large areas has not been fully evaluated. We generated landscape scale estimates of steelhead (Oncorhynchus mykiss) GRP throughout Lake Michigan for 1994-1996, and used these estimates to test the hypotheses that GRP is a good predictor of spatial patterns of steelhead catch rates. We used surface temperatures (measured with AVHRR satellite imagery) and acoustically measured steelhead prey densities (alewife, Alosa pseudoharengus) as inputs for the GRP model. Our analyses demonstrate that potential steelhead growth rates in Lake Michigan are highly variable in both space and time. Steelhead GRP tended to increase with latitude, and mean GRP was much higher during September 1995, compared to 1994 and 1996. In addition, our study suggests that landscape scale measures of GRP are not good predictors of steelhead catch rates throughout Lake Michigan, but may provide an index of interannual variation in system-wide habitat quality. C1 Univ Michigan, Sch Nat Resources & Environm, Fisheries Res Inst, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. NOAA, Great Lakes Environm Res Lab, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. USGS BRD, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. RP Hook, TO (reprint author), Univ Michigan, Sch Nat Resources & Environm, Fisheries Res Inst, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. EM thook@umich.edu RI Schwab, David/B-7498-2012; OI Mason, Doran/0000-0002-6017-4243; Rutherford, Edward/0000-0002-7282-6667 NR 44 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 6 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 IS 4 BP 545 EP 556 PG 12 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 896RU UT WOS:000226952000008 ER PT J AU Allen, JD Walker, GK Nichols, SJ Sorenson, D AF Allen, JD Walker, GK Nichols, SJ Sorenson, D TI The fine structure of the sperm of the round goby (Neogobius melanostomus) SO JOURNAL OF GREAT LAKES RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE round goby; Neogobius melanostomus; sperm; ultrastructure ID ELECTRON-MICROSCOPY; MULLUS-BARBATUS; DIPLODUS-SARGUS; TELEOST FISHES; SPERMATOZOA; ULTRASTRUCTURE; APPARATUS; GOBIES AB The fine structural details of the spermatozoon of the round goby are presented for the first time in this study. Scanning and transmission electron microscopic examination of testis reveals an anacrosomal spermatozoon with a slightly elongate head and uniformly compacted chromatin. The midpiece contains a single, spherical mitochondrion. Two perpendicularly oriented centrioles lie in a deep, eccentric nuclear fossa with no regularly observed connection to the nucleus. The flagellum develops bilateral fins soon after emerging from the fossa; each extends approximately 1 mum from the axoneme and persists nearly the length of the flagellum. C1 USGS, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. Eastern Michigan Univ, Dept Biol, Ypsilanti, MI 48197 USA. Univ Michigan, Sch Med, Dept Cell & Dev Biol, Microscopy & Image Anal Lab, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA. RP Allen, JD (reprint author), USGS, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, 1451 Green Rd, Ann Arbor, MI 48105 USA. EM jeffrey_allen@usgs.gov NR 34 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 3 U2 5 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0380-1330 J9 J GREAT LAKES RES JI J. Gt. Lakes Res. PY 2004 VL 30 IS 4 BP 566 EP 572 PG 7 WC Environmental Sciences; Limnology; Marine & Freshwater Biology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology GA 896RU UT WOS:000226952000010 ER PT J AU Findikakis, AN Helmig, R Kitanidis, P Nimmo, J Pruess, K Rubin, Y Stauffer, F Tsang, CF AF Findikakis, AN Helmig, R Kitanidis, P Nimmo, J Pruess, K Rubin, Y Stauffer, F Tsang, CF TI Summary of a Panel Discussion at the International Groundwater Symposium held on March 25-28, 2002 in Berkeley, California, USA SO JOURNAL OF HYDRAULIC RESEARCH LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Bechtel Natl Corp, San Francisco, CA USA. Univ Stuttgart, D-7000 Stuttgart, Germany. Stanford Univ, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Lawrence Berkeley Natl Lab, Berkeley, CA USA. Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. ETH, Zurich, Switzerland. RP Findikakis, AN (reprint author), Bechtel Natl Corp, San Francisco, CA USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU INT ASSN HYDRAULIC RESEARCH PI MADRID PA PASEO BAJO VIRGEN DEL PUERTO, 3, 28005 MADRID, SPAIN SN 0022-1686 J9 J HYDRAUL RES JI J. Hydraul. Res. PY 2004 VL 42 SI SI BP III EP IV PG 2 WC Engineering, Civil; Water Resources SC Engineering; Water Resources GA 818JG UT WOS:000221240800002 ER PT J AU Halford, KJ Campbell, B AF Halford, KJ Campbell, B TI A unique approach to estimating lateral anisotropy in complex geohydrologic environments SO JOURNAL OF HYDRAULIC RESEARCH LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT International Groundwater Symposium CY MAR 25-28, 2002 CL Berkeley, CA DE aquifer test; anisotropy; numerical model; parameter estimation; ASR; Charleston; SC AB Aquifers in fractured rock or karstic settings are likely to have anisotropic transmissivity distributions. Aquifer tests that are performed in these settings also are frequently affected by leakage from adjacent confining units. Finite-difference models such as MODFLOW are convenient tools for estimating the hydraulic characteristics of the stressed aquifer and adjacent confining units but are poor tools for the estimation of lateral anisotropy. This limitation of finite-difference methods can be overcome by application of the spin method, a technique whereby the positions of the observation wells are rotated about the production well to estimate anisotropy and orientation. Formal parameter estimation is necessary to analyze aquifer tests because of the number of parameters that are estimated. As a test, transmissivity, anisotropy, and orientation were successfully estimated for a simple hypothetical problem with known properties. The technique also was applied to estimate hydraulic properties of the Santee Limestone/Black Mingo (SL/BM) aquifer and a leaky confining unit beneath Charleston, South Carolina. A 9-day aquifer test with an average discharge of 644 1/min was analyzed numerically. Drawdowns in the SL/BM aquifer and confining unit were simulated with a 12-layer MODFLOW model that was discretized into 81 rows of 81 columns. Simulated drawdowns at seven observation wells that ranged from 23 to 2700 m from the production well were matched to measured drawdowns. Transmissivity estimated along the minor axis ranged from 10 to 15 m(2)/day and along the major axis ranged from 80 to 100 m(2)/day. The major axis of transmissivity was oriented along compass heading 116degrees (degrees clockwise from north), which agrees with geologic interpretations. Vertical hydraulic conductivity and specific storage estimates for the overlying confining unit were 4 x 10(-5) m/day and 2 x 10(-4) 1/m, respectively. C1 USGS, Carson City, NV 89706 USA. USGS, Amer Embassy Nicosia, Nicosia, Cyprus. RP Halford, KJ (reprint author), USGS, 333 W Nye Ln, Carson City, NV 89706 USA. EM khalford@usgs.gov NR 8 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 1 U2 1 PU INT ASSN HYDRAULIC RESEARCH PI MADRID PA PASEO BAJO VIRGEN DEL PUERTO, 3, 28005 MADRID, SPAIN SN 0022-1686 J9 J HYDRAUL RES JI J. Hydraul. Res. PY 2004 VL 42 SI SI BP 77 EP 81 PG 5 WC Engineering, Civil; Water Resources SC Engineering; Water Resources GA 818JG UT WOS:000221240800012 ER PT J AU Graham, JH Hughie, HH Jones, S Wrinn, K Krzysik, AJ Duda, JJ Freeman, DC Emlen, JM Zak, JC Kovacic, DA Chamberlin-Graham, C Balbach, H AF Graham, JH Hughie, HH Jones, S Wrinn, K Krzysik, AJ Duda, JJ Freeman, DC Emlen, JM Zak, JC Kovacic, DA Chamberlin-Graham, C Balbach, H TI Habitat disturbance and the diversity and abundance of ants (Formicidae) in the Southeastern Fall-Line Sandhills SO JOURNAL OF INSECT SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE ecological communities; landscape disturbance; military training; species richness; upland mixed pine-hardwoods forest ID UNITED-STATES; LAND-USE; SOLENOPSIS-INVICTA; WESTERN-AUSTRALIA; FOREST; HYMENOPTERA; FLORIDA; FIRE; COMMUNITIES; MYRMECOCHORES AB We examined habitat disturbance, species richness, equitability, and abundance of ants in the Fall-Line Sandhills, at Fort Benning, Georgia. We collected ants with pitfall traps, sweep nets, and by searching tree trunks. Disturbed areas were used for military training; tracked and wheeled vehicles damaged vegetation and soils. Highly disturbed sites had fewer trees, diminished ground cover, warmer soils in the summer, and more compacted soils with a shallower A-horizon. We collected 48 species of ants, in 23 genera ( 141,468 individuals), over four years of sampling. Highly disturbed areas had fewer species, and greater numbers of ants than did moderately or lightly disturbed areas. The ant communities in disturbed areas were also less equitable, and were dominated by Dorymyrmex smithi. C1 Berry Coll, Dept Biol, Mt Berry, GA 30149 USA. Tall Timbers Res Stn, Tallahassee, FL 32312 USA. Univ Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH USA. Prescott Coll, Prescott, AZ 86301 USA. USGS, Biol Resources Div, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. Wayne State Univ, Dept Biol Sci, Detroit, MI 48202 USA. Texas Tech Univ, Dept Biol, Lubbock, TX 79409 USA. Univ Illinois, Dept Landscape Architecture & Nat Resources & Env, Champaign, IL 61820 USA. USA, ERDC CERL, Champaign, IL 61826 USA. RP Graham, JH (reprint author), Berry Coll, Dept Biol, Mt Berry, GA 30149 USA. EM jgraham@berry.edu RI Duda, Jeffrey/A-7132-2009 OI Duda, Jeffrey/0000-0001-7431-8634 NR 81 TC 14 Z9 15 U1 0 U2 3 PU UNIV ARIZONA PI TUCSON PA LIBRARY C327, TUCSON, AZ 85721 USA SN 1536-2442 J9 J INSECT SCI JI J Insect Sci. PY 2004 VL 4 AR 30 PG 15 WC Entomology SC Entomology GA 885MP UT WOS:000226161700011 PM 15861245 ER PT J AU George, R Turner, S Hawkesworth, C Bacon, CR Nye, C Stelling, P Dreher, S AF George, R Turner, S Hawkesworth, C Bacon, CR Nye, C Stelling, P Dreher, S TI Chemical versus temporal controls on the evolution of tholeiitic and calc-alkaline magmas at two volcanoes in the Alaska-Aleutian arc SO JOURNAL OF PETROLOGY LA English DT Article DE uranium-series; Aleutian arc; magma differentiation; time scales ID MOUNT ST-HELENS; U-SERIES; MASS-SPECTROMETER; U-238 SERIES; ISLAND ARCS; TIME SCALES; DISEQUILIBRIA; SYSTEMATICS; ISOTOPE; CRYSTAL AB The Alaska-Aleutian island arc is well known for erupting both tholeiitic and calc-alkaline magmas. To investigate the relative roles of chemical and temporal controls in generating these contrasting liquid lines of descent we have undertaken a detailed study of tholeiitic lavas from Akutan volcano in the oceanic Aleutian arc and calc-alkaline products from Aniakchak volcano on the continental Alaskan Peninsula. The differences do not appear to be linked to parental magma composition. The Akutan lavas can be explained by closed-system magmatic evolution, whereas curvilinear trace element trends and a large range in Sr-87/Sr-86 isotope ratios in the Aniakchak data appear to require the combined effects of fractional crystallization, assimilation and magma mixing. Both magmatic suites preserve a similar range in Ra-226-Th-230 disequilibria, which suggests that the time scale of crustal residence of magmas beneath both these volcanoes was similar, and of the order of several thousand years. This is consistent with numerical estimates of the time scales for crystallization caused by cooling in convecting crustal magma chambers. During that time interval the tholeiitic Akutan magmas underwent restricted, closed-system, compositional evolution. In contrast, the calc-alkaline magmas beneath Aniakchak volcano underwent significant open-system compositional evolution. Combining these results with data from other studies we suggest that differentiation is faster in calc-alkaline and potassic magma series than in tholeiitic series, owing to a combination of greater extents of assimilation, magma mixing and cooling. C1 Univ Bristol, Dept Earth Sci, Bristol BS8 1RJ, Avon, England. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Alaska Div Geol & Geophys Surveys, Alaska Volcano Observ, Fairbanks, AK 99709 USA. Indiana State Univ, Dept Geog Geol & Anthropol, Terre Haute, IN 47809 USA. RP George, R (reprint author), Macquarie Univ, Dept Earth & Planetary Sci, GEMOC, Sydney, NSW 2109, Australia. EM rgeorge@els.mq.edu.au NR 57 TC 40 Z9 40 U1 0 U2 7 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0022-3530 J9 J PETROL JI J. Petrol. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 45 IS 1 BP 203 EP 219 DI 10.1093/petrology/egg086 PG 17 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 762ND UT WOS:000187988300008 ER PT J AU Crawford, JA Olson, RA West, NE Mosley, JC Schroeder, MA Whitson, TD Miller, RF Gregg, MA Boyd, CS AF Crawford, JA Olson, RA West, NE Mosley, JC Schroeder, MA Whitson, TD Miller, RF Gregg, MA Boyd, CS TI Synthesis Paper - Ecology and management of sage-grouse and sage-grouse habitat SO JOURNAL OF RANGE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Review DE population dynamics; habitat; fire ecology; livestock grazing; herbicide; landscape ecology ID BIG SAGEBRUSH COMMUNITIES; SOUTH-CENTRAL WASHINGTON; REST-ROTATION MANAGEMENT; INTERIOR COLUMBIA BASIN; SOUTHEASTERN IDAHO; WESTERN JUNIPER; BROOD HABITAT; CENTRAL MONTANA; GREAT BASIN; CENTROCERCUS-UROPHASIANUS AB Sage-grouse (Centrocercus urophasianus and C. minimus) historically inhabited much of the sagebrush-dominated habitat of North America. Today, sage-grouse populations are declining throughout most of their range. Population dynamics of sage-grouse are marked by strong cyclic behavior. Adult survival is high, but is offset by low juvenile survival, resulting in low productivity. Habitat for sage-grouse varies strongly by life-history stage. Critical habitat components include adequate canopy cover of tall grasses (greater than or equal to 18 cm) and medium height shrubs (40-80 cm) for nesting, abundant forbs and insects for brood rearing, and availability of herbaceous riparian species for late-growing season foraging. Fire ecology of sage-grouse habitat changed dramatically with European settlement. In high elevation sagebrush habitat, fire return intervals have increased (from 12-24 to > 50 years) resulting in invasion of conifers and a consequent loss of understory herbaceous and shrub canopy cover. In lower elevation sagebrush habitat, fire return intervals have decreased dramatically (from 50-100 to < 10 years) due to invasion by annual grasses, causing loss of perennial bunchgrasses and shrubs. Livestock grazing can have negative or positive impacts on sage-grouse habitat depending on the timing and intensity of grazing, and which habitat element is being considered. Early season light to moderate grazing can promote forb abundance/availability in both upland and riparian habitats. Heavier levels of utilization decrease herbaceous cover, and may promote invasion by undesirable species. At rates intended to produce high sagebrush kill, herbicide-based control of big sagebrush may result in decreased habitat quality for sage-grouse. Light applications of tebuthiuron (N-[5-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl]-N,N'-dimethylurea) can decrease canopy cover of sagebrush and increase grass and forb production which may be locally important to nesting and foraging activities. The ability of resource managers to address sage-grouse habitat concerns at large scales is aided greatly by geomatics technology and advances in landscape ecology. These tools allow unprecedented linkage of habitat and population dynamics data over space and time and can be used to retroactively assess such relationships using archived imagery. The present sage-grouse decline is a complex issue that is likely associated with multiple causative factors. Solving management issues associated with the decline will require unprecedented cooperation among wildlife biology, range science, and other professional disciplines. C1 USDA ARS, Eastern Oregon Agr Res Ctr, Burns, OR 97720 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Sheldon Hart Mtn Refuges, Lakeview, OR 97630 USA. Oregon State Univ, Eastern Oregon Agr Res Ctr, Dept Rangeland Resources, Burns, OR 97720 USA. Univ Wyoming, Dept Plant Sci, Powell, WY 82435 USA. Washington Dept Fish & Wildlife, Bridgeport, WA 98813 USA. Montana State Univ, Dept Anim & Range Sci, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. Utah State Univ, Dept Forest Range & Wildlife Sci, Logan, UT 84322 USA. Univ Wyoming, Dept Renewable Resources, Laramie, WY 82701 USA. Oregon State Univ, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. RP Crawford, JA (reprint author), USDA ARS, Eastern Oregon Agr Res Ctr, 67826-A Hwy 205, Burns, OR 97720 USA. NR 245 TC 120 Z9 123 U1 7 U2 109 PU SOC RANGE MANAGEMENT PI LAKEWOOD PA 445 UNION BLVD, STE 230, LAKEWOOD, CO 80228-1259 USA SN 0022-409X J9 J RANGE MANAGE JI J. Range Manage. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 57 IS 1 BP 2 EP 19 DI 10.2307/4003949 PG 18 WC Agriculture, Dairy & Animal Science; Ecology SC Agriculture; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 766AB UT WOS:000188322300001 ER PT J AU Rubin, DM AF Rubin, DM TI A simple autocorrelation algorithm for determining grain size from digital images of sediment SO JOURNAL OF SEDIMENTARY RESEARCH LA English DT Article AB Autocorrelation between pixels in digital images of sediment can be used to measure average grain size of sediment on the bed, grain-size distribution of bed sediment, and vertical profiles in grain size in a cross-sectional image through a bed. The technique is less sensitive than traditional laboratory analyses to tails of a grain-size distribution, but it offers substantial other advantages: it is 100 times as fast; it is ideal for sampling surficial sediment (the part that interacts with a flow); it can determine vertical profiles in grain size on a scale finer than can be sampled physically; and it can be used in the field to provide almost real-time grain-size analysis. The technique can be applied to digital images obtained using any source with sufficient resolution, including digital cameras, digital video, or underwater digital microscopes (for real-time grain-size mapping of the bed). C1 US Geol Survey, Santa Cruz, CA 95060 USA. RP Rubin, DM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Santa Cruz, CA 95060 USA. EM drubin@usgs.gov NR 12 TC 81 Z9 83 U1 1 U2 22 PU SEPM-SOC SEDIMENTARY GEOLOGY PI TULSA PA 6128 EAST 38TH ST, STE 308, TULSA, OK 74135-5814 USA SN 1527-1404 J9 J SEDIMENT RES JI J. Sediment. Res. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 74 IS 1 BP 160 EP 165 DI 10.1306/052203740160 PG 6 WC Geology SC Geology GA 762BR UT WOS:000187950900015 ER PT J AU Gonzalez-Bonorino, G Osterkamp, WR AF Gonzalez-Bonorino, G Osterkamp, WR TI Applying RUSLE 2.0 on burned-forest lands: An appraisal SO JOURNAL OF SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION LA English DT Article DE erosion; forest fire; RUSLE ID ROOT BIOMASS; FIRE; EROSION; LITTER; PINE AB Forestlands disturbed by wildfire commonly constitute major and long-lasting sources of sediment that degrade water quality and cause siltation. Postfire restoration of the resistance to erosion of the forest soil is largely controlled by the rate of regrowth of vegetation and may take several years to return to prefire levels, particularly in areas of high-severity burns in semiarid climate. Time-instantaneous prediction techniques such as the Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE) fail to describe the long-term effect. The latest version of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE version 2.0) includes a time-varying option that can model seasonal or pluri-year variations in biomass and other factors; also, it has revised governing equations and an updated database. RUSLE 2.0 claims to be land-use independent and, thus, it should apply to burned-forest lands with proper input for forest vegetation. This paper discusses this matter and concludes there still exist in RUSLE 2.0 built-in routines and parameters inherited from its agricultural application that hinder its use on burned-forest soils. Moreover, many forest lands are characterized by soil textures and slope gradients that fall near, or outside, the limit of the database used for validating USLE/RUSLE, a condition that may counter RUSLE's overall improvement in precision and accuracy. C1 Univ Nac Salta, CONICET, Inst Geonorte, Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. US Geol Survey, Desert Lab, Tucson, AZ USA. RP Gonzalez-Bonorino, G (reprint author), Univ Nac Salta, CONICET, Inst Geonorte, Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. NR 33 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 1 U2 4 PU SOIL WATER CONSERVATION SOC PI ANKENY PA 945 SW ANKENY RD, ANKENY, IA 50023-9723 USA SN 0022-4561 J9 J SOIL WATER CONSERV JI J. Soil Water Conserv. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 59 IS 1 BP 36 EP 42 PG 7 WC Ecology; Soil Science; Water Resources SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Agriculture; Water Resources GA 768XL UT WOS:000188596100010 ER PT J AU Peters, SG AF Peters, SG TI Syn-deformational features of Carlin-type Au deposits SO JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Carlin-type deposits; gold; Nevada; syn-deformational ID DISSEMINATED-GOLD DEPOSITS; ILLITE CRYSTALLINITY; JERRITT CANYON; NEVADA; ORIGIN; ORE; BEHAVIOR; ZONE AB Syn-deformational ore deposition played an important role in some Carlin-type Au deposits according to field and laboratory evidence, which indicates that flow of Au-bearing fluids was synchronous with regional-scale deformation events. Gold-related deformation events linked to ore genesis were distinct from high-level, brittle deformation that is typical of many epidermal deposits. Carlin-type Au deposits, with brittle ductile features, most likely formed during tectonic events that were accompanied by significant fluid flow. Interactive deformation-fluid processes involved brittle-ductile folding, faulting, shearing and gouge development that were focused along illite-clay and dissolution zones caused by hydrothermal alteration. Alteration along these deformation zones resulted in increased porosity and enhancement of fluid flow, which resulted in decarbonated, significant dissolution, collapse, and volume and mass reduction. Carlin-type Au deposits commonly are hosted in Paleozoic and Mesozoic sedimentary rocks (limestone, siltstone, argillite, shale, and quartzite) on the margins of cratons. The sedimentary basins containing the host rocks underwent tectonic events that influenced the development of stratabound, structurally controlled orebodies. Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 22092 USA. RP Peters, SG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, MS-954, Reston, VA 22092 USA. EM speters@usgs.gov NR 84 TC 8 Z9 12 U1 4 U2 11 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0191-8141 J9 J STRUCT GEOL JI J. Struct. Geol. PY 2004 VL 26 IS 6-7 BP 1007 EP 1023 DI 10.1016/j.jsg.2003.11.018 PG 17 WC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Geology GA 823RO UT WOS:000221631000003 ER PT J AU Schofield, WB Talbot, SS Talbot, SL AF Schofield, WB Talbot, SS Talbot, SL TI Bryophytes from Simeonof Island in the Shumagin Islands, Southwestern Alaska SO JOURNAL OF THE HATTORI BOTANICAL LABORATORY LA English DT Article ID NORTH-AMERICA NORTH; CHECKLIST; MEXICO AB Simeonof Island is located south of the Alaska Peninsula in the hyperoceanic sector of the middle boreal subzone. We examined the bryoflora of Simeonof Island to determine species composition in an area where no previous collections had been reported. This field study was conducted in sites selected to represent the spectrum of environmental variation within Simeonof Island. Data were analyzed using published reports to compare bryophyte distribution patterns at three levels, the Northern Hemisphere, North America, and Alaska. A total of 271 bryophytes were identified: 202 mosses and 69 liverworts. The annotated list of species for Simeonof Island expands the known range for many species and fills distribution gaps within Hulten's Western Pacific Coast district. Maps and notes on the distribution of 14 significant distribution records are presented. Compared with bryophyte distribution in the Northern Hemisphere, the bryoflora of Simeonof Island primarily includes taxa of boreal (55%), temperate (20%), arctic (10%), and cosmopolitan (8%) distribution; 6% of the moss flora are western North America endemics. A description of the bryophytes present in the vegetation and habitat types is provided as is a quantitative analysis of the most frequently occurring bryophytes in crowberry heath. C1 Univ British Columbia, Dept Bot, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4, Canada. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Biol Sci Off, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Schofield, WB (reprint author), Univ British Columbia, Dept Bot, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4, Canada. RI Talbot, Sandra/C-9433-2011 NR 39 TC 7 Z9 9 U1 0 U2 0 PU HATTORI BOTANICAL LABORATORY PI NIYAZAKI-KEN PA OBI, NICHINAN-SHI, NIYAZAKI-KEN, 889-2535, JAPAN SN 0073-0912 J9 J HATTORI BOT LAB JI J. Hattori Bot. Lab. PD JAN PY 2004 IS 95 BP 155 EP 198 PG 44 WC Plant Sciences SC Plant Sciences GA 766HA UT WOS:000188369500003 ER PT J AU Bailey, LL Simons, TR Pollock, KH AF Bailey, LL Simons, TR Pollock, KH TI Estimating detection probability parameters for plethodon salamanders using the robust capture-recapture design SO JOURNAL OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE capture-recapture; detection probability; great smoky mountains national park; model selection; plethodontid salamanders; pollock's robust design; population monitoring; program MARK; temporary emigration ID DECLINING AMPHIBIAN POPULATIONS; ESTIMATE TEMPORARY EMIGRATION; LOCAL-DISTRIBUTION; TERRESTRIAL; CINEREUS; SURVIVAL; TIME AB Recent concern over global amphibian population declines has highlighted a need for more extensive, rigorous monitoring programs. Two sources of variation, spatial variation and variation in detection probability, make the design and implementation of effective monitoring programs difficult. We used Pollock's robust design in a 3-year capture-recapture study to estimate detection probability and temporary emigration for Plethodon salamanders in Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Tennessee/North Carolina), USA. We used 12 competing models to determine the importance of temporary emigration, and we explored temporal and behavioral effects on conditional capture probabilities. The top 4 models all included random temporary emigration, and Akaike model weights indicated that this parameter was the most important. Models that contained behavioral effects in capture probabilities were selected more often than models with equal capture probabilities for marked and previously unmarked individuals. The "best" model contained random emigration and behavioral effects and was selected 4 times as often as any other model. When we included Markovian emigration, the probability of emigrating from the surface usually was less than the probability of remaining an emigrant (73% of site-years). Markovian emigration estimates often were similar and always had overlapping confidence intervals, thus the Markovian model rarely was chosen over the random emigration models (only 9.6% of site-years). Our study is the first to formally estimate temporary emigration in terrestrial salamander populations, and our results verify that significant proportions of terrestrial salamander populations are subterranean. We determined that the probability of capturing salamanders on the surface may also vary temporally within a sampling season. Therefore, we caution against using unadjusted Count indices to compare salamander populations over time or space unless detection probabilities are estimated. Temporary emigration models will improve abundance estimates when a large proportion of the population is unavailable for capture during a given sampling period. C1 N Carolina State Univ, Dept Zool, Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA. N Carolina State Univ, Dept Stat Biomath & Zool, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA. RP Bailey, LL (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 11510 Amer Holly Dr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. EM lbailey@usgs.gov RI Bailey, Larissa/A-2565-2009 NR 51 TC 103 Z9 106 U1 4 U2 30 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0022-541X EI 1937-2817 J9 J WILDLIFE MANAGE JI J. Wildl. Manage. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 68 IS 1 BP 1 EP 13 DI 10.2193/0022-541X(2004)068[0001:EDPPFP]2.0.CO;2 PG 13 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 765AC UT WOS:000188243400001 ER PT J AU Bailey, LL Simons, TR Pollock, KH AF Bailey, LL Simons, TR Pollock, KH TI Spatial and temporal variation in detection probability of plethodon salamanders using the robust capture-recapture design SO JOURNAL OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE capture-recapture; detection probability; great smoky mountains national park; plethodontid salamanders; pollock's robust design; program MARK; spatial variation; temporary emigration ID SOUTHERN APPALACHIAN SALAMANDERS; TERRESTRIAL SALAMANDERS; POPULATION DECLINES; MICROTUS-PENNSYLVANICUS; FORESTS; AMPHIBIANS; EMIGRATION; PARAMETERS; COMMUNITY; ABUNDANCE AB Recent worldwide amphibian declines have highlighted a need for long-term, large-scale monitoring programs. Scientific or management objectives, appropriate spatial sampling, and detectability all must be considered when designing monitoring programs (Yoccoz et al. 2001). The ability to establish meaningful monitoring programs currently is compromised by a lack of information about amphibian detection probabilities. We used Pollock's robust design and capture-recapture models that included temporary emigration to test a priori hypotheses about spatial and temporal variation in salamander detection probability parameters for populations found in Great Smoky Mountains National Park (Tennessee/North Carolina), USA. We explored the effects of 3 large-scale habitat characteristics (disturbance history elevation, vegetation type) and found that vegetation type and elevation were correlated with detection probabilities. Vegetation type was an important covariant in estimates of temporary emigration, conditional capture probability, and surface population size. Contrasts that isolated elevation effects were significant for all detection probability parameters except recapture probability, despite our small elevational range (330 m). When detection probability parameters have the potential to vary over time and space, investigators should develop monitoring designs that permit the estimation of detection probabilities. C1 N Carolina State Univ, Dept Zool, Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA. N Carolina State Univ, Dept Stat Biomath & Zool, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA. RP Bailey, LL (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 11510 Amer Holly Dr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. EM lbailey@usgs.gov RI Bailey, Larissa/A-2565-2009 NR 54 TC 64 Z9 67 U1 0 U2 23 PU WILDLIFE SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2197 USA SN 0022-541X J9 J WILDLIFE MANAGE JI J. Wildl. Manage. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 68 IS 1 BP 14 EP 24 DI 10.2193/0022-541X(2004)068[0014:SATVID]2.0.CO;2 PG 11 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 765AC UT WOS:000188243400002 ER PT J AU Glenn, EM Hansen, MC Anthony, RG AF Glenn, EM Hansen, MC Anthony, RG TI Spotted owl home-range and habitat use in young forests of western Oregon SO JOURNAL OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE AIC(c); habitat use; home range; northern spotted owl; Oregon coast range; radiotelemetry; spatially explicit models; strix occidentalis caurina; young forests ID NORTHWESTERN CALIFORNIA; NEST SITES; OLD-GROWTH; PREY; POPULATIONS; LANDSCAPES; SELECTION AB To assess spotted owl use of young forests, we studied home-range sizes and habitat-use patterns of 24 adult northern spotted owls (Strix occidentalis caurina) on 2 sites in the Oregon Coast Range: the Elliott State Forest (ESE) and state forest lands in the Northern Coast Range (NCR). Conifer forests at ESF were characterized by a mixture of old, mature, and pole-sized conifer, similar to other areas occupied by spotted owls in western Oregon, USA. In contrast, conifer forests at NCR were younger than most other sites occupied by spotted owls in western Oregon and consisted primarily of conifers <80 years old. Broadleaf forest also was abundant (approx 22%) at both ESE and NCR. We used an information-theoretic approach and Akaike's Information Criterion (AIC) to evaluate a priori hypotheses about spotted owl home-range sizes and habitat-use patterns on our study areas. Considering previous knowledge about habitat requirements of the species, we predicted that owls occupying sites with fewer old conifer stands would have larger home ranges and that owls would select the oldest and most structurally diverse forest available for foraging and roosting. Our top model for evaluating home-range sizes indicated that the proportion of older conifer forest within the home range best explained the variability in home-range sizes. Although we found considerable variation in home-range size among owls, home-range sizes at ESF generally were smaller than home-range sizes at NCR, and home ranges at both sites were smaller than those reported for other study areas in western Oregon. Habitat-use patterns also varied widely among owls both within and between sites. Models containing distance to the nest tree, proximity to nearest forest edge, and proximity to nearest broadleaf-forest edge were the most parsimonious models for distinguishing owl locations from random points. On average, owl locations at both study areas were closer to ecotones between broadleaf forest and other cover types and farther from forest-nonforest ecotones than random points. Overall, we did not observe strong selection or avoidance of any cover type, although owls at ESE showed greatest use of older conifer forest while owls at NCR showed greatest use of broadleaf forest. Use of these habitat configurations and cover types by spotted owls had Dot been well documented prior to our study. The predictive power of our models was not great, however, indicating that factors in addition to those we included in our analysis may have influenced owl habitat-use patterns at our study areas. Based on our results, we recommend that managers at these sites maintain existing old and mature conifer forest, broadleaf forest, broadleaf-forest edges, and forested riparian areas as owl habitat; avoid timber harvest in core use areas; and plan the size of areas managed for spotted owls to reflect actual home-range and core-area sizes for owls in those forests. C1 Oregon State Univ, Oregon Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. Oregon State Univ, US Geol Survey, Oregon Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. RP Glenn, EM (reprint author), Oregon State Univ, Oregon Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Dept Fisheries & Wildlife, Corvallis, OR 97331 USA. EM betsy.glenn@orst.edu NR 41 TC 39 Z9 40 U1 3 U2 24 PU WILDLIFE SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2197 USA SN 0022-541X J9 J WILDLIFE MANAGE JI J. Wildl. Manage. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 68 IS 1 BP 33 EP 50 DI 10.2193/0022-541X(2004)068[0033:SOHAHU]2.0.CO;2 PG 18 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 765AC UT WOS:000188243400004 ER PT J AU Manley, SW Kaminski, RM Reinecke, KJ Gerard, PD AF Manley, SW Kaminski, RM Reinecke, KJ Gerard, PD TI Waterbird foods in winter-managed ricefields in Mississippi SO JOURNAL OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE foraging carrying capacity; Mississippi alluvial valley; oryza sativa; private-lands management; rice shorebirds; waterfowl ID FLOODED AGRICULTURAL FIELDS; WHITE-FRONTED GEESE; SHOREBIRD USE; AQUATIC INVERTEBRATE; SACRAMENTO VALLEY; HARVESTED FIELDS; BODY-WEIGHT; MOIST-SOIL; MALLARDS; HABITAT AB Ricefields are important foraging habitats for waterfowl and other waterbirds in primary North American wintering regions. We conducted a large-scale experiment to test effects of post-harvest ricefield treatment, winter water management, and temporal factors on availabilities of rice, moist-soil plant seeds, aquatic invertebrates, and green forage in the Mississippi Alluvial Valley (MAV), Mississippi, USA, fall-winter 1995-1997. Our results revealed that a large decrease in rice grain occurred between harvest and early winter (79-99%), which, if generally true throughout the MAV would have critical implications on foraging carrying capacity of ricefields for migrating and wintering waterbirds. During the remainder of winter, food resources generally were similar among treatment combinations. An exception was biomass of aquatic invertebrates, which demonstrated potential to increase by late winter in ricefields that remained flooded. We offer revised calculations of foraging carrying capacity for waterfowl in MAV ricefields and recommend continuing research and management designed to increase availability of residual rice and aquatic invertebrates in winter. C1 Mississippi State Univ, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. USGS, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Vicksburg, MS 39180 USA. Mississippi State Univ, Expt Stat Unit, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. RP Manley, SW (reprint author), Ducks Unltd Inc, Tri State Field Stn, 2302 Cty Pk Dr, Cape Girardeau, MO 63701 USA. EM smanley@ducks.org NR 66 TC 43 Z9 48 U1 2 U2 10 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0022-541X EI 1937-2817 J9 J WILDLIFE MANAGE JI J. Wildl. Manage. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 68 IS 1 BP 74 EP 83 DI 10.2193/0022-541X(2004)068[0074:WFIWRI]2.0.CO;2 PG 10 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 765AC UT WOS:000188243400007 ER PT J AU Hartke, KM Hepp, GR AF Hartke, KM Hepp, GR TI Habitat use and preferences of breeding female wood ducks SO JOURNAL OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE aix sponsa; anatidae; breeding ecology; habitat selection; habitat use; home range; radiotelemetry; reproduction; wood duck ID BLUE-WINGED TEAL; NUTRIENT RESERVES; WILD MALLARDS; RETURN RATES; HOME-RANGE; TRANSMITTERS; REPRODUCTION; SELECTION; AGE; SURVIVAL AB Female wood ducks (Aix sponsa) feed primarily on plant foods in the prelaying period and switch to a diet of mostly invertebrates during egg production. If nutrient acquisition is habitat-specific, then selection and use of habitats may differ between these reproductive stages. A better understanding of these processes is needed to assist future habitat conservation and management efforts. In January-May 1999 and 2000, we monitored movements and habitat use of radiomarked females (n = 47) during the prelaying and egg-production periods of first nests. Home-range size averaged 367 ha and did not vary with reproductive period, year, or female age. Habitat use did not differ between periods of prelaying and egg production; consequently, data were combined. Habitat use varied between years, female age, and periods of nest initiation (i.e., early vs. late). Use of beaver ponds (BP), temporary wetlands (TW), managed impoundments (MI), and take habitats (LK) declined in 2000 compared to 1999, possibly due to reduced precipitation. Nest initiation date was independent of female age. Adult females used BP more than yearlings, and early-nesting females used BP and MI more than late-nesting females. Females selected habitats nonrandomly when habitat composition of the study area was compared to that of home ranges (second-order selection). Lake-influenced wetlands (LI) and MI were ranked highest in preference. Home-range size was inversely related to percentage of the home range comprised of MI and LI, supporting the idea that MI and LI were high-quality habitats. However, we found no relationship between nest initiation date (an important index to reproductive performance) and the combined area of MI and LI in home ranges. Habitat selection did not differ from random when habitat composition of home ranges was compared to that of radio locations (third-order selection). Although MI and LI were preferred, high-quality habitats, our results suggest that breeding female wood ducks can satisfy requirements for egg production using a variety of wetland habitats. We suggest that providing a diversity of habitat types will increase the probability of meeting needs of breeding females throughout the breeding season, especially in areas where wetland conditions frequently change. C1 Auburn Univ, Sch Forestry & Wildlife Sci, Auburn, AL 36849 USA. RP Hepp, GR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 2524 S Frontage Rd,Suite C, Vicksburg, MS 39180 USA. EM heppgar@auburn.edu NR 53 TC 4 Z9 8 U1 2 U2 28 PU WILDLIFE SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2197 USA SN 0022-541X J9 J WILDLIFE MANAGE JI J. Wildl. Manage. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 68 IS 1 BP 84 EP 93 DI 10.2193/0022-541X(2004)068[0084:HUAPOB]2.0.CO;2 PG 10 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 765AC UT WOS:000188243400008 ER PT J AU Haroldson, MA Schwartz, CC Cherry, S Moody, DS AF Haroldson, MA Schwartz, CC Cherry, S Moody, DS TI Possible effects of elk harvest on fall distribution of grizzly bears in the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem SO JOURNAL OF WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article DE cervus elaphus; elk harvest; fall distribution; Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem; grizzly bear; mortality; ursus arctos horribilis ID MOVEMENTS; BROWN AB The tradition of early elk (Cervus elaphus) hunting seasons adjacent to Yellowstone National Park (YNP), USA, provides grizzly bears (Ursus arctos horribilis) with ungulate remains left by hunters. We investigated the fall (Aug-Oct) distribution of grizzly bears relative to the boundaries of YNP and the opening of September elk hunting seasons. Based on results from exact tests of conditional independence, we estimated the odds of radiomarked bears being outside YNP during the elk hunt versus before the hunt. Along the northern boundary, bears were 2.40 times more likely to be outside YNP during the hunt in good whitebark pine (Pinus albicaulis) seed-crop years and 2.72 times more likely in poor seed-crop years. The level of confidence associated with I-sided confidence intervals with a lower endpoint of 1 was approximately 94% in good seed-crop years and 61% in poor years. Along the southern boundary of YNP, radiomarked bears were 2.32 times more likely to be outside the park during the hunt in good whitebark pine seed-crop years and 4.35 times more likely in poor seed-crop years. The level of confidence associated with I-sided confidence intervals with a lower endpoint of I was approximately 93% in both cases. Increased seasonal bear densities and human presence in early hunt units increases potential for conflicts between bears and hunters. Numbers of reported hunting-related grizzly bear mortalities have increased in the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem (GYE) during the last decade, and nearly half of this increase is due to bear deaths occurring in early hunt units during September. Human-caused grizzly bear mortality thresholds established by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) have not been exceeded in recent years. This is because agency actions have reduced other sources of human-caused mortalities, and because population parameters that mortality thresholds are based on have increased. Agencies must continue to monitor and manage hunter-caused grizzly bear mortality at sustainable levels to ensure the long-term health of the GYE population. C1 Montana State Univ, US Geol Survey, No Rocky Mt Sci Ctr,Forestry Sci Lab, Interagcy Grizzly Bear Study Team, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. Montana State Univ, Dept Math Sci, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. Wyoming Game & Fish Dept, Lander, WY 82520 USA. RP Haroldson, MA (reprint author), Montana State Univ, US Geol Survey, No Rocky Mt Sci Ctr,Forestry Sci Lab, Interagcy Grizzly Bear Study Team, Bozeman, MT 59717 USA. EM Mark_Haroldson@usgs.gov NR 35 TC 18 Z9 20 U1 1 U2 22 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI MALDEN PA COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA SN 0022-541X J9 J WILDLIFE MANAGE JI J. Wildl. Manage. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 68 IS 1 BP 129 EP 137 DI 10.2193/0022-541X(2004)068[0129:PEOEHO]2.0.CO;2 PG 9 WC Ecology; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Zoology GA 765AC UT WOS:000188243400013 ER PT B AU Medalie, L Smeltzer, E AF Medalie, L Smeltzer, E BE Manly, TO Manley, PL Mihuc, TB TI Status and trends of phosphorus in Lake Champlain and its tributaries, 1990-2000 SO LAKE CHAMPLAIN: PARTNERSHIPS AND RESEARCH IN THE NEW MILLENNIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Spring Symposium on Lake Champlain in the New Millennium CY MAY 20-23, 2002 CL Missisquoi Bay Watershed Corp, St Jean, CANADA SP Lake Champlain Res Consortium HO Missisquoi Bay Watershed Corp ID WATER-QUALITY DATA; CONSTITUENT LOADS AB Reducing phosphorus loading to Lake Champlain in order to reverse eutrophication has been a priority of Vermont, New York, and Quebec since 1990. In-lake phosphorus concentration criteria, lake-segment watershed phosphorus load targets, and a Lake Champlain Phosphorus Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) have established reduction goals. Eleven years of tributary and lake phosphorus sampling and streamflow gaging have provided a set of data that can be used to determine preliminary status and trends of progress towards these goals. Phosphorus levels consistently were above in-lake criteria values during 1990-2000 in the Main Lake, South Lake A, Missisquoi Bay, St.Albans Bay, and the Northeast Arm. Significant upward linear phosphorus trends were present during 1990-2000 in Malletts Bay, the Northeast Arm, and St.Albans Bay. A significant downward trend was present in the South Lake B segment. Substantial declines in Vermont point-source loads occurred after 1991. In 2000, the Vermont point-source loads were below the TMDL wasteload allocations in all lake segments except South Lake B and Otter Creek. Substantial declines in New York point-source loads also have occurred since 1991 in most areas, but current loads remain above the TMDL wasteload allocation for the South Lake B, South Lake A, Port Henry, and Main Lake segments. Estimated phosphorus loads have remained above the tributary target loads in all cases, with the exception of the LaPlatte River. The tributary loads estimated in recent years generally were higher than the 1991 base year loads. Eight of the 18 tributaries tested showed significant trends in flow-adjusted concentrations after reconciling results from the mixed and the time-series approaches. The LaPlatte River and Otter Creek, both in Vermont, showed downward trends. These two tributaries also showed the greatest magnitude of change. The Bouquet, Great Chazy, Little Chazy, Salmon and Saranac Rivers, and Putnam Creek, all in New York, showed upward trends. Additional work relating trends to changes occurring in the tributary subbasins is needed to better understand the nature (upward or downward) of the trends and to help determine whether progress is being made in achieving the Lake Champlain. Basin Program phosphorus reduction goals. C1 US Geol Survey, Montpelier, VT 05601 USA. RP Medalie, L (reprint author), US Geol Survey, POB 628, Montpelier, VT 05601 USA. NR 27 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 5 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC/PLENUM PUBL PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA BN 0-306-48469-2 PY 2004 BP 191 EP 219 PG 29 WC Limnology SC Marine & Freshwater Biology GA BAY60 UT WOS:000224236900011 ER PT J AU Lawler, JJ O'Connor, RJ Hunsaker, CT Jones, KB Loveland, TR White, D AF Lawler, JJ O'Connor, RJ Hunsaker, CT Jones, KB Loveland, TR White, D TI The effects of habitat resolution on models of avian diversity and distributions: a comparison of two land-cover classifications SO LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY LA English DT Article DE bird species richness; Blackcapped Chickadee; classification; House Wren; land-cover; landscape pattern; Ovenbird; Pine Siskin; predictive modeling; Red-eyed Vireo; Savannah Sparrow; USA ID CONTERMINOUS UNITED-STATES; BIRD SPECIES-DIVERSITY; CAVITY-NESTING BIRDS; SPATIAL SCALE; HIERARCHICAL ANALYSIS; LANDSCAPE PATTERN; BREEDING BIRDS; RICHNESS; SELECTION; ECOLOGY AB Quantifying patterns is a key element of landscape analysis. One aspect of this quantification of particular importance to landscape ecologists is the classification of continuous variables to produce categorical variables such as land-cover type or elevation stratum. Although landscape ecologists are fully aware of the importance of spatial resolution in ecological investigations, the potential importance of the resolution of classifications has received little attention. Here we demonstrate the effects of using two different land-cover classifications to predict avian species richness and the occurrences of six individual species across the conterminous United States. We compared models built with a data set based on 14 coarsely resolved land-cover variables to models built with a data set based on 160 finely resolved land-cover variables. In general, comparable models built with the two data sets fit the data to similar degrees, but often produced strikingly different predictions in various parts of the country. By comparing the predictions made by pairs of models, we determined in which regions of the US predictions were most sensitive to differences in land-cover classification. In general, these sensitive areas were different for four of the individual species and for predictions of species richness, indicating that alternate classifications will have different effects in the analyses of different ecological phenomena and that these effects will likely vary geographically. Our results lead us to emphasize the importance of the resolution to which continuous variables are classified in the design of ecological studies. C1 Univ Maine, Dept Wildlife Ecol, Orono, ME 04469 USA. US Forest Serv, USDA, Pacific SW Res Stn, Fresno, CA 93710 USA. US EPA, Las Vegas, NV 89193 USA. USGS, EROS Data Ctr, Sioux Falls, SD 57198 USA. Univ Maine, Margaret Chase Smith Ctr Publ Policy, Orono, ME 04469 USA. RP Lawler, JJ (reprint author), US EPA, 200 SW 35th St, Corvallis, OR 97333 USA. EM lawler.joshua@epa.gov NR 64 TC 17 Z9 18 U1 0 U2 14 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2973 J9 LANDSCAPE ECOL JI Landsc. Ecol. PY 2004 VL 19 IS 5 BP 515 EP 530 PG 16 WC Ecology; Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Physical Geography; Geology GA 841OY UT WOS:000222941500005 ER PT J AU Bain, DJ Brush, GS AF Bain, DJ Brush, GS TI Placing the pieces: Reconstructing the original property mosaic in a warrant and patent watershed SO LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Baltimore; Maryland; USA; land use history; landscape heterogeneity; property mosaics; urban ecology ID NEW-ENGLAND; HISTORY AB Recent research shows that land use history is an important determinant of current ecosystem function. In the United States, characterization of land use change following European settlement requires reconstruction of the original property mosaic. However, this task is difficult in unsystematically surveyed areas east of the Appalachian Mountains. The Gwynns Falls watershed (Baltimore, MD) was originally surveyed in the 1600-1700s under a system of warrants and patents (commonly known as 'metes and bounds'). A method for the reconstruction and mapping of warrant and patent properties is presented and used to map the original property mosaic in the Gwynns Falls watershed. Using the mapped mosaic, the persistence of properties and property lines in the current Gwynns Falls landscape is considered. The results of this research indicate that as in agricultural areas, the original property lines in the Gwynns Falls watershed are persistent. At the same time, the results suggest that the property mosaic in heavily urbanized/suburbanized areas is generally 'reset.' Further, trends in surveying technique, parcel size, and settlement patterns cause property line density and property shape complexity to increase in the less urbanized upper watershed. The persistence of original patterns may be damping expression of heterogeneity gradients in this urban landscape. This spatial pattern of complexity in the original mosaic is directly opposite of hypothesized patterns of landscape heterogeneity arising from urbanization. The technique reported here and the resulting observations are important for landscape pattern studies in areas settled under unsystematic survey systems, especially the heavily urbanized areas of the eastern United States. C1 Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Geog & Environm Engn, Baltimore, MD 21210 USA. RP Bain, DJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 420, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM djbain@usgs.gov RI Brush, Grace S./A-3288-2010; Bain, Daniel/G-3055-2013 OI Brush, Grace S./0000-0003-1280-5933; NR 38 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 1 U2 7 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-2973 J9 LANDSCAPE ECOL JI Landsc. Ecol. PY 2004 VL 19 IS 8 BP 843 EP 856 DI 10.1007/s10980-004-0167-5 PG 14 WC Ecology; Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Physical Geography; Geology GA 886YI UT WOS:000226268600003 ER PT S AU Linder, G Harrahy, E Johnson, L Gamble, L Johnson, K Gober, J Jones, S AF Linder, G Harrahy, E Johnson, L Gamble, L Johnson, K Gober, J Jones, S BE Kapustka, L Galbraith, H Luxon, M Bidding, G TI Sunflower depredation and avicide use: A case study focused on DRC-1339 and risks to non-target birds in North Dakota and South Dakota SO LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY AND WILDLIFE HABITAT EVALUATION: CRITICAL INFORMATION FOR ECOLOGICAL RISK ASSESSMENT, LAND-USE MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES, AND BIODIVERSITY ENHANCEMENT SE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS SPECIAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATION LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Landscape Ecology and Wildlife Habitat Evaluation CY APR 07-09, 2003 CL Kansas City, MO SP Comm E-47 Biol Effects & Environm Fate DE red-winged blackbird; yellow-headed blackbird; common grackle; sunflower; wetlands; northern Great Plains; DRC-1339 ID TRENDS AB Agricultural land-use, cropping practice, agrichemical use, and wildlife interactions have long provided conflicts between wildlife needs and human uses of habitat. For example, sunflower seeds ripening in late summer and early autumn throughout agricultural areas of North Dakota and South Dakota are highly sought food items for red-winged blackbirds, common grackles, and yellow-headed blackbirds. Unfortunately, loss of sunflower seeds prior to fall harvest has been attributed to these birds, with crop losses estimated at greater than $5 million per year. An avicide, DRC-1339 (3-chloro-p-toluidine hydrochloride), has been proposed for use in spring baiting programs in North Dakota and South Dakota to control fall depredation of die sunflower crop. An estimated 60 species of non-target birds with varying sensitivities to DRC-1339 occur near spring baiting sites, with nearly half of these species being granivores that might feed on the DRC-1339-treated bait. At least nine species are birds of management concern. Our work evaluated risks to non-target birds that are potentially associated with DRC-1339 spring baitings. From the current analysis, spring baiting presents risks to non-target birds, especially small-bodied species characterized by marked responsiveness to DRC-1339, e.g., ingestion of a single baited grain will likely yield mortality in a small-bodied bird. A simple comparison of hazard quotients for small-bodied nontarget birds and target birds suggests these species have similar risks for dietary exposures to DRC-1339. At present mitigation practices are unproven with respect to minimizing non-target bird loss. Potential losses from non-target populations presently thought to be declining suggests that risks vary across the relatively simple "non-target" category, and risk managers must be wary of oversimplifying management plans based on a "non-target" and "target" categorization of species at-risk. In view of the uncertainties apparent in the present analysis, as well as other risk assessments focused on the issue, decisions regarding DRC-1339's use hinge on differing management perspectives of "acceptable risk" and resource valuation. Only when these issues are resolved can resource management plans benefit the long-term sustainability of resources at risk. C1 US Geol Survey, BRD, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, HeronWorks Field Off, Brooks, OR 97305 USA. RP Linder, G (reprint author), US Geol Survey, BRD, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, HeronWorks Field Off, Brooks, OR 97305 USA. NR 49 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 2 PU AMERICAN SOCIETY TESTING AND MATERIALS PI W CONSHOHOCKEN PA 100 BARR HARBOR DRIVE, W CONSHOHOCKEN, PA 19428-2959 USA SN 1040-1695 BN 0-8031-3476-2 J9 AM SOC TEST MATER PY 2004 VL 1458 BP 202 EP 220 DI 10.1520/STP11950S PG 19 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology; Environmental Sciences SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA BAS87 UT WOS:000223398300012 ER PT J AU Behrens, MD Lafferty, KD AF Behrens, MD Lafferty, KD TI Effects of marine reserves and urchin disease on southern Californian rocky reef communities SO MARINE ECOLOGY PROGRESS SERIES LA English DT Article DE marine reserves; Kelp forest; urchin barrens; disease; rocky reefs; community description; discriminant analysis ID SEA-URCHINS; KELP FOREST; STRONGYLOCENTROTUS-DROEBACHIENSIS; MASS MORTALITY; GIANT-KELP; POPULATIONS; PREDATION; DIVERSITY; CORAL; FRANCISCANUS AB While the species level effects of marine reserves are widely recognized, community level shifts due to marine reserves have only recently been documented. Protection from fishing of top predators may lead to trophic cascades, which have community-wide implications. Disease may act in a similar manner, regulating population levels of dominant species within a community. Two decades of data from the Channel Islands National Park Service's Kelp Forest Monitoring database allowed us to compare the effects of fishing and urchin disease on rocky reef community patterns and dynamics. Different size-frequency distributions of urchins inside and outside of reserves indicated reduced predation on urchins at sites where fishing removes urchin predators. Rocky reefs inside reserves were more likely to support kelp forests than were fished areas. We suggest that this results from cascading effects of the fishery on urchin predators outside the reserves, which releases herbivores (urchins) from predation. After periods of prevalent urchin disease, the reef community shifted more towards kelp forest assemblages. Specific groups of algae and invertebrates were associated with kelp forest and barrens communities. The community dynamics leading to transitions between kelp forests and barrens are driven by both fishing and disease; however the fishery effect was of greater magnitude. This study further confirms the importance of marine reserves not only for fisheries conservation, but also for the conservation of historically dominant community types. C1 Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Dept Ecol Evolut & Marine Biol, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. Univ Calif Santa Barbara, US Geol Survey, Western Ecol Res Ctr, Inst Marine Sci, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. RP Behrens, MD (reprint author), Univ Calif Santa Barbara, Dept Ecol Evolut & Marine Biol, Santa Barbara, CA 93106 USA. EM behrens@lifesci.ucsb.edu RI Lafferty, Kevin/B-3888-2009 OI Lafferty, Kevin/0000-0001-7583-4593 NR 42 TC 64 Z9 68 U1 6 U2 36 PU INTER-RESEARCH PI OLDENDORF LUHE PA NORDBUNTE 23, D-21385 OLDENDORF LUHE, GERMANY SN 0171-8630 J9 MAR ECOL PROG SER JI Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. PY 2004 VL 279 BP 129 EP 139 DI 10.3354/meps279129 PG 11 WC Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 866VB UT WOS:000224800400014 ER PT J AU Kellogg, CA AF Kellogg, CA TI Tropical Archaea: diversity associated with the surface microlayer of corals SO MARINE ECOLOGY PROGRESS SERIES LA English DT Article DE Coral Archaea; microbes; mucus; 16S rDNA; diversity; Virgin Islands; Caribbean ID FIXATION ACETYLENE-REDUCTION; MULTIPLE SEQUENCE ALIGNMENT; RIBOSOMAL-RNA SEQUENCES; BLACK BAND DISEASE; PHYLOGENETIC ANALYSIS; DEEP-SEA; CENARCHAEUM-SYMBIOSUM; PLANKTONIC ARCHAEA; GENE-SEQUENCES; BACTERIAL AB Recent 16S rDNA studies have focused on detecting uncultivated bacteria associated with Caribbean reef corals in an effort to address the ecological roles of coral-associated microbes. Reports of Archaea associated with fishes and marine invertebrates raised the question of whether Archaea might also be part of the coral-associated microbial community. DNA analysis of mucus from 3 reef-building species of Caribbean corals, Montastraea annularis complex, Diploria strigosa and D. labyrinthiformis in the US Virgin Islands yielded 34 groups of archaeal 16S ribotypes (defined at the level of 97% similarity). The majority (75%) was most closely matched by BLAST searches to sequences derived from marine water column samples, whereas the remaining ribotypes were most similar to sequences isolated from anoxic environments (15%) and hydrothermal vents (9%). Unlike previous 16S studies of coral-associated Bacteria, the results do not suggest specific associations between particular archaeal sequences and individual coral species. Marine Archaea (Groups I, II and III) in addition to Thermoplasma-like, methanogen, and marine benthic crenarchaeote phylotypes, were detected in the mucus of tropical corals. The finding of sequences from coral-associated Archaea that are closely related to strict and facultative anaerobes, as well as to uncultivated Archaea from other types of anoxic environments, suggests that anaerobic micro-niches may exist in coral mucus layers. Archaea, with their unique biogeochemical capabilities, broaden the scope of possible interactions between corals and their associated microbial communities. C1 US Geol Survey, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. RP Kellogg, CA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 600 4th St S, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. EM ckellogg@usgs.gov RI Kellogg, Christina/B-3257-2009 NR 65 TC 89 Z9 89 U1 2 U2 22 PU INTER-RESEARCH PI OLDENDORF LUHE PA NORDBUNTE 23, D-21385 OLDENDORF LUHE, GERMANY SN 0171-8630 J9 MAR ECOL PROG SER JI Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. PY 2004 VL 273 BP 81 EP 88 DI 10.3354/meps273081 PG 8 WC Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 838CQ UT WOS:000222691100007 ER PT J AU Yoo, H Lee, JS Lee, BG Lee, IT Schlekat, CE Koh, CH Luoma, SN AF Yoo, H Lee, JS Lee, BG Lee, IT Schlekat, CE Koh, CH Luoma, SN TI Uptake pathway for Ag bioaccumulation in three benthic invertebrates exposed to contaminated sediments SO MARINE ECOLOGY PROGRESS SERIES LA English DT Article DE silver; bioaccumulation; uptake route; acid-volatile sulfides; Macoma balthica; Neanthes arenaceodentata; Leptocheirus plumulosus ID SAN-FRANCISCO BAY; ACID-VOLATILE SULFIDE; TROUT ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; FRESH-WATER SEDIMENTS; RAINBOW-TROUT; MACOMA-BALTHICA; METAL BIOAVAILABILITY; RELATIVE IMPORTANCE; SPIKED SEDIMENTS; OVERLYING WATER AB We exposed 3 benthic invertebrates, the clam Macoma balthica, the polychaete Neanthes arenaceodentata and the amphipod Leptocheirus plumulosus, to Ag-contaminated sediments to evaluate the relative importance of various uptake routes (sediments, porewater or overlying water, and supplementary food) for Ag bioaccumulation. Silver bioaccumulation was evaluated at 4 levels of sediment Ag (0.1, 0,3, 1,2 and 3.3 mumol Ag g(-1)) and 2 levels of acid-volatile sulfide (AVS), <0.5 or similar to40 mumol g(-1), and compared among food treatments with or without Ag contamination, or with different food rations. L. plumulosus were incubated for 35 d in the Ag-contaminated sediments after 3 mo of Ag-sediment equilibration, and M balthica and N, arenaceodentata for 19 d after 5 mo equilibration. Ag bioaccumulation in the 3 organisms was significantly correlated with 1 N HCl-extractable Ag concentrations (Ag-SEM: simultaneously extracted Ag with AVS) in sediments. The Ag concentrations in porewater and overlying water were greatest in the sediments with least AVS, consistent with previous studies. Nevertheless, the amphipod and clam exposed to oxic sediments (<0.5 mumol AVS g(-1)) accumulated amounts of Ag similar to those accumulated by organisms exposed to anoxic sediments (similar to40 mumol AVS g(-1)), when Ag-SEM levels were comparable. The dissolved Ag source was important for bioaccumulation in the polychaete N. arenaceodentata. Amphipods fed Ag-contaminated food contained similar to1.8-fold more tissue Ag concentrations than those fed uncontaminated food. As suggested in kinetic (DYMBAM) modeling studies, ingestion of contaminated sediments and food were the principle routes of Ag bioaccumulation by the benthic invertebrates during chronic exposure, but the relative importance of each uptake route differed among species. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Chonnam Natl Univ, Dept Oceanog, Kwangju 500757, South Korea. Seoul Natl Univ, Sch Earth & Environm Sci, Seoul 151742, South Korea. RP Lee, BG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM blee@chonnam.ac.kr NR 59 TC 18 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 7 PU INTER-RESEARCH PI OLDENDORF LUHE PA NORDBUNTE 23, D-21385 OLDENDORF LUHE, GERMANY SN 0171-8630 J9 MAR ECOL PROG SER JI Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. PY 2004 VL 270 BP 141 EP 152 DI 10.3354/meps270141 PG 12 WC Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 823MI UT WOS:000221616700010 ER PT J AU Lindholm, J Auster, P Valentine, P AF Lindholm, J Auster, P Valentine, P TI Role of a large marine protected area for conserving landscape attributes of sand habitats on Georges Bank (NW Atlantic) SO MARINE ECOLOGY PROGRESS SERIES LA English DT Article DE microhabitat; fishing gear; fishing impacts; photography; video ID GADUS-MORHUA; SILVER HAKE; SEA; COD; RESPONSES; MEGAFAUNA; BENTHOS; SHELF AB Mobile fishing gear reduces seafloor habitat complexity through the removal of structure-building fauna, e.g. emergent organisms that create pits and burrows, as well as by smoothing of sedimentary bedforms (e.g. sand ripples). In this study, we compared the relative abundance of microhabitat features (the scale at which individual fish associate with seafloor habitat) inside and outside of a large fishery closed area (6917 km(2)) on Georges Bank. Starting in late 1994, the closed area excluded all bottom tending fishing gear capable of capturing demersal fishes. A total of 32 stations were selected inside and outside of the closed area in sand habitats. Video and still photographic transects were conducted at each station using the Seabed Observation and Sampling System (SEABOSS). Seven common (i.e. featureless sand, rippled sand, sand with emergent fauna, bare gravelly sand, gravelly sand with attached-erect fauna, whole shell, shell fragment) and 2 rare (sponges, biogenic depressions) microhabitat types were compared separately. Results showed significant differences in the relative abundance of the shell fragment and sponge microhabitat types between fished and unfished areas. The lack of differences for the other microhabitats may indicate that the level of fishing activity in the area is matched by the system's ability to recover. C1 Pfleger Inst Environm Res, Oceanside, CA 92054 USA. Univ Connecticut, Natl Undersea Res Ctr, Groton, CT 06340 USA. US Geol Survey, Woods Hole, MA 02543 USA. RP Lindholm, J (reprint author), Pfleger Inst Environm Res, 901 B Pier View Way, Oceanside, CA 92054 USA. EM james@pier.org NR 39 TC 23 Z9 24 U1 1 U2 8 PU INTER-RESEARCH PI OLDENDORF LUHE PA NORDBUNTE 23, D-21385 OLDENDORF LUHE, GERMANY SN 0171-8630 J9 MAR ECOL PROG SER JI Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. PY 2004 VL 269 BP 61 EP 68 DI 10.3354/meps269061 PG 8 WC Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 815RT UT WOS:000221060100005 ER PT J AU Bolduc, F Afton, AD AF Bolduc, F Afton, AD TI Hydrologic aspects of marsh ponds during winter on the Gulf Coast Chenier Plain, USA: effects of structural marsh management SO MARINE ECOLOGY PROGRESS SERIES LA English DT Article DE coastal wetlands; Gulf of Mexico; wintering waterbirds; ponds ID DABBLING DUCKS; NORTHERN GULF; LOUISIANA; WATER; SELECTION; MEXICO; PLANS AB The hydrology of marsh ponds influences aquatic invertebrate and waterbird communities. Hydrologic variables in marsh ponds of the Gulf Coast Chemer Plain are potentially affected by structural marsh management (SMM: levees, water control structures and impoundments) that has been implemented since the 1950s. Assuming that SMM restricts tidal flows and drainage of rainwater, we predicted that SMM would increase water depth, and concomitantly decrease salinity and transparency in impounded marsh ponds. We also predicted that SMM would increase seasonal variability in water depth in impounded marsh ponds because of the potential incapacity of water control structures to cope With large flooding events. In addition, we predicted that SMM would decrease spatial variability in water depth. Finally, we predicted that ponds of impounded freshwater (IF), oligohaline (IO), and mesohaline (IM) marshes would be similar in water depth, temperature, dissolved oxygen (O-2), and transparency. Using a priori multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) contrast, we tested these predictions by comparing hydrologic variables within ponds of impounded and unimpounded marshes during winters 1997-1998 to 1999-2000 on Rockefeller State Wildlife Refuge, near Grand Chemer, Louisiana. Specifically, we compared hydrologic variables (1) between IM and unimpounded mesohaline marsh ponds (UM); and (2) among IF, IO, and IM marshes ponds. As predicted, water depth was higher and salinity and O-2 were lower in IM than in UM marsh ponds. However, temperature and transparency did not differ between IM and UM marsh ponds. Water depth varied more among months in IM marsh ponds than within those of UM marshes, and variances among and within ponds were lower in IM than UM marshes. Finally, all hydrologic variables, except salinity, were similar among IF, IO, and IM marsh ponds. Hydrologic changes within marsh ponds due to SMM should (1) promote benthic invertebrate taxa that tolerate low levels of O-2 and salinity; (2) deter waterbird species that cannot cope with increased water levels; and (3) reduce waterbird species diversity by decreasing spatial variability in water depth among and within marsh ponds. C1 Louisiana State Univ, Sch Renewable Nat Resources, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. Louisiana State Univ, USGS Louisiana Coopert Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. RP Bolduc, F (reprint author), Tecsult, 4700 Wilfrid Hamel, Quebec City, PQ G1P 2J9, Canada. EM f.bolduc@tecsult.com NR 34 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 3 U2 11 PU INTER-RESEARCH PI OLDENDORF LUHE PA NORDBUNTE 23, D-21385 OLDENDORF LUHE, GERMANY SN 0171-8630 J9 MAR ECOL PROG SER JI Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. PY 2004 VL 266 BP 35 EP 42 DI 10.3354/meps266035 PG 8 WC Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Marine & Freshwater Biology; Oceanography GA 801ZT UT WOS:000220134500004 ER PT J AU Hampton, MA Blay, CT Murray, CJ AF Hampton, MA Blay, CT Murray, CJ TI Carbonate sediment deposits on the reef front around Oahu, Hawaii SO MARINE GEORESOURCES & GEOTECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE Oahu; Hawaii; carbonate sediment; offshore sand resources ID LITTORAL SAND; ISLANDS AB Large sediment deposits on the reef front around Oahu are a possible resource for replenishing eroded beaches. High-resolution subbottom profiles clearly depict the deposits in three study areas: Kailua Bay off the windward coast, Makua to Kahe Point off the leeward coast, and Camp Erdman to Waimea off the north coast. Most of the sediment is in water depths between 20 and 100 m, resting on submerged shelves created during lowstands of sea level. The mapped deposits have a volume of about 4 x 10(8) m(3) in water depths less than 100 m, being thickest off the mouth of channels carved into the modern insular shelf, from which most of the sediment issues. Vibracore samples contain various amounts of sediment of similar size to the sand on Oahu beaches, with the most compatible prospects located off Makaha, Haleiwa, and Camp Erdman, and the least compatible ones located in Kailua Bay. Laboratory tests show a positive correlation of abrasion with Halimeda content: samples from Kailua Bay suffered high amounts of attrition, but others were comparable to tested beach samples. The common gray color of the offshore sediment, aesthetically undesirable for sand on popular tourist beaches, was diminished in the laboratory by soaking in heated hydrogen peroxide. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. TEOK Invest, Poipu, HI USA. Battelle Pacific NW Div, Richland, WA USA. RP Hampton, MA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, MS 999,345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM mhampton@usgs.gov NR 37 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 1 U2 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 325 CHESTNUT ST, SUITE 800, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 1064-119X J9 MAR GEORESOUR GEOTEC JI Mar. Geores. Geotechnol. PD JAN-JUN PY 2004 VL 22 IS 1-2 BP 65 EP 102 DI 10.1080/10641190490473407 PG 38 WC Engineering, Ocean; Engineering, Geological; Oceanography; Mining & Mineral Processing SC Engineering; Oceanography; Mining & Mineral Processing GA 848NX UT WOS:000223475500005 ER PT J AU Marshall, CH Pielke, RA Steyaert, LT Willard, DA AF Marshall, CH Pielke, RA Steyaert, LT Willard, DA TI The impact of anthropogenic land-cover change on the Florida peninsula sea breezes and warm season sensible weather SO MONTHLY WEATHER REVIEW LA English DT Article ID CONTERMINOUS UNITED-STATES; ANCILLARY DATA SOURCES; THEMATIC MAPPER DATA; SOUTH FLORIDA; SOIL-MOISTURE; RAINFALL; MODEL; PRECIPITATION; PREDICTION; FLUXES AB During the twentieth century, the natural landscape of the Florida peninsula was transformed extensively by agriculture, urbanization, and the diversion of surface water features. The purpose of this paper is to present a numerical modeling study in which the possible impacts of this transformation on the warm season climate of the region were investigated. For three separate July-August periods ( 1973, 1989, and 1994), a pair of simulations was performed with the Regional Atmospheric Modeling System. Within each pair, the simulations differed only in the specification of land-cover class. The two different classes were specified using highly detailed datasets that were constructed to represent pre- 1900 natural land cover and 1993 land-use patterns, thus capturing the landscape transformation within each pair of simulations. When the pre- 1900 natural cover was replaced with the 1993 land-use dataset, the simulated spatial patterns of the surface sensible and latent heat flux were altered significantly, resulting in changes in the structure and strength of climatologically persistent, surface-forced mesoscale circulations-particularly the afternoon seabreeze fronts. This mechanism was associated with marked changes in the spatial distribution of convective rainfall totals over the peninsula. When averaged over the model domain, this redistribution was reflected as an overall decrease in the 2-month precipitation total. In addition, the domain average of the diurnal cycle of 2-m temperature was amplified, with a noted increase in the daytime maximum. These results were consistent among all three simulated periods, and largely unchanged when subjected to a number of model sensitivity factors. Furthermore, the model results are in reasonable agreement with an analysis of observational data that indicates decreasing regional precipitation and increasing daytime maximum temperature during the twentieth century. These results could have important implications for water resource and land-use management issues in south Florida, including efforts to restore and preserve the natural hydroclimate of the Everglades ecosystem. This study also provides more evidence for the need to consider anthropogenic land-cover change when evaluating climate trends. C1 Colorado State Univ, Dept Atmospher Sci, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. US Geol Survey, EROS Data Ctr, Greenbelt, MD USA. NASA, Goddard Space Flight Ctr, Greenbelt, MD 20771 USA. US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 22092 USA. RP Marshall, CH (reprint author), Colorado State Univ, Dept Atmospher Sci, Ft Collins, CO 80523 USA. EM curtis@atmos.colostate.edu RI Pielke, Roger/A-5015-2009 NR 49 TC 96 Z9 99 U1 2 U2 19 PU AMER METEOROLOGICAL SOC PI BOSTON PA 45 BEACON ST, BOSTON, MA 02108-3693 USA SN 0027-0644 J9 MON WEATHER REV JI Mon. Weather Rev. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 132 IS 1 BP 28 EP 52 DI 10.1175/1520-0493(2004)132<0028:TIOALC>2.0.CO;2 PG 25 WC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA 765BK UT WOS:000188247100002 ER PT J AU Bennett, JP Wetmore, CM AF Bennett, JP Wetmore, CM TI Proposed list of extinct, rare and/or endangered macrolichens in Wisconsin SO MYCOTAXON LA English DT Article DE state ranks; disjunct distribution; Midwestern states AB We propose that 41 species of macrolichens be listed for rare status in Wisconsin, along with 6 other species we think are now extinct in the state. Almost 60% of the species occur in the northern part of the state. Some of the extinct species occurred in the southern part. The rare and extinct species exist(ed) in 43% of the counties. None of the rare and extinct species are endemic to Wisconsin, and they represent 7% of the total lichen flora of the state. One species was last collected in 1884, but others were collected only recently. Forty-seven percent of the listed species are ranked critically imperiled (S1). C1 US Geol Survey, Madison, WI 53726 USA. Univ Wisconsin, Inst Environm Studies, Madison, WI 53726 USA. Univ Minnesota, Dept Plant Biol, St Paul, MN 55108 USA. RP Bennett, JP (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 504 Walnut St, Madison, WI 53726 USA. EM jpbennet@wisc.edu; wetmore@umn.edu NR 14 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU MYCOTAXON LTD PI ITHACA PA PO BOX 264, ITHACA, NY 14851-0264 USA SN 0093-4666 J9 MYCOTAXON JI Mycotaxon PD JAN-MAR PY 2004 VL 89 IS 1 BP 169 EP 180 PG 12 WC Mycology SC Mycology GA 808WO UT WOS:000220599400013 ER PT S AU Jibson, RW Crone, AJ Harp, EL Baum, RL Major, JJ Pullinger, CR Escobar, CD Martinez, M Smith, ME AF Jibson, Randall W. Crone, Anthony J. Harp, Edwin L. Baum, Rex L. Major, Jon J. Pullinger, Carlos R. Demetrio Escobar, C. Martinez, Mauricio Smith, Mark E. BE Rose, WI Bommer, JJ Lopez, DL Carr, MJ Major, JJ TI Landslides triggered by the 13 January and 13 February 2001 earthquakes in El Salvador SO NATURAL HAZARDS IN EL SALVADOR SE Geological Society of America Special Papers LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE seismic hazards; landslides; El Salvador; landslide dams ID CENTRAL-AMERICA; FAILURE AB During a one-month period in early 2001, El Salvador experienced two devastating earthquakes. On 13 January, a M-7.7 earthquake centered similar to 40 km off the southern coast in the Pacific Ocean caused widespread damage and fatalities throughout much of the country. The earthquake triggered thousands of landslides that were broadly scattered across the southern half of the country. The most damaging landslide, a rapidly moving mass of similar to 130,000 m(3), occurred in the Las Colinas neighborhood of Santa Tecla, where similar to 585 people were killed. Another large landslide (similar to 750,000 m(3)) near the city of San Vicente blocked the Pan-American Highway for several weeks. One month later, on 13 February, a M-6.6 earthquake occurred similar to 40 km east-southeast of San Salvador and triggered additional thousands of landslides in the area east of Lake Ilopango. The landslides were concentrated in a 2500 km(2) area and were particularly abundant in areas underlain by thick deposits of poorly consolidated, late Pleistocene and Holocene Tierra Blanca rhyolitic tephras erupted from Ilopango caldera. Most of the triggered landslides were relatively small, shallow failures, but two large landslides occurred that blocked the El Desague River and the Jiboa River. The two earthquakes triggered similar types of landslides, but the distribution of triggered landslides differed because of different earthquake source parameters. The large-magnitude, deep, offshore earthquake triggered broadly scattered landslides over a large region, whereas the shallow, moderate-magnitude earthquake centered within the country triggered a much smaller, denser concentration of landslides. These results are significant in the context of seismic-hazard mitigation for various earthquake scenarios. C1 [Jibson, Randall W.; Crone, Anthony J.; Harp, Edwin L.; Baum, Rex L.; Smith, Mark E.] US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. [Major, Jon J.] US Geol Survey, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. [Pullinger, Carlos R.; Demetrio Escobar, C.; Martinez, Mauricio] Serv Nacl Estudios Terr, San Salvador, El Salvador. RP Jibson, RW (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Box 25046,MS 966, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM jibson@usgs.gov OI Baum, Rex/0000-0001-5337-1970; Major, Jon/0000-0003-2449-4466 NR 30 TC 15 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 1 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1077 BN 978-0-8137-2375-4 J9 GEOL SOC AM SPEC PAP PY 2004 VL 375 BP 69 EP 88 DI 10.1130/0-8137-2375-2.69 PG 20 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA BLX64 UT WOS:000271319600006 ER PT S AU Major, JJ Schilling, SP Pullinger, CR Escobar, CD AF Major, Jon J. Schilling, Steven P. Pullinger, Carlos R. Demetrio Escobar, C. BE Rose, WI Bommer, JJ Lopez, DL Carr, MJ Major, JJ TI Debris-flow hazards at San Salvador, San Vicente, and San Miguel volcanoes, El Salvador SO NATURAL HAZARDS IN EL SALVADOR SE Geological Society of America Special Papers LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE debris flow; volcano; landslide; hazard mapping; GIS; El Salvador ID EARTHQUAKE-INDUCED LANDSLIDES; MOUNT-RAINIER; CENTRAL-AMERICA; MERAPI VOLCANO; CENTRAL JAVA; ERUPTION; COLLAPSE; LAHARS; SUSCEPTIBILITY; MOBILIZATION AB Volcanic debris flows (lahars) in El Salvador pose a significant risk to tens of thousands of people as well as to property and important infrastructure. Major cities and nearly a third of the country's population are located near San Salvador, San Vicente, and San Miguel volcanoes. Debris flows traveling as little as 4 km from source at these volcanoes put hundreds to thousands of lives, property, and infrastructure at risk. We used a statistically based model that relates debris-flow volume to cross-sectional and planimetric inundation areas to evaluate spatial patterns of inundation from a suite of debris flows ranging in volume from 100,000 m(3) to as large as 100 million m(3) and examined prehistoric deposits and a limited number of historical events at these volcanoes to estimate probable frequencies of recurrence. Our analyses show that zones of greatest debris-flow hazard generally are focused within 10 km of the summits of the volcanoes. For typical debris-flow velocities (3-10 m/s), these hazard areas can be inundated within a few minutes to a few tens of minutes after the onset of a debris flow. Our analyses of debris-flow recurrence at these volcanoes suggest that debris flows with volumes of 100,000 m(3) to as large as 500,000 m(3) have probable return periods broadly in the range of similar to 10 to 100 yr. Debris flows having volumes less than 100,000 m(3) probably recur more frequently, especially at San Miguel volcano. Despite the limited extents of the hazard zones portrayed in our analyses, even the smallest debris flows could be devastating. Urban and agricultural expansions have encroached onto the flanks of the volcanoes, and debris-flow-hazard zones extend well into areas that are settled densely or used for agriculture. Therefore, people living, working, or recreating along channels that drain the volcanoes must learn to recognize potentially hazardous conditions, be aware of the extents of debris-flow-hazard zones, and be prepared to evacuate to safer ground when hazardous conditions develop. C1 [Major, Jon J.; Schilling, Steven P.] US Geol Survey, Cascades Volcano Observ, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. [Pullinger, Carlos R.; Demetrio Escobar, C.] Serv Nacl Estudios Terr, San Salvador, El Salvador. RP Major, JJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Cascades Volcano Observ, 1300 SE Cardinal Court, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. EM jjmajor@usgs.gov; jjmajor@usgs.gov OI Major, Jon/0000-0003-2449-4466 NR 84 TC 10 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 1 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1077 BN 978-0-8137-2375-4 J9 GEOL SOC AM SPEC PAP PY 2004 VL 375 BP 89 EP 108 DI 10.1130/0-8137-2375-2.89 PG 20 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA BLX64 UT WOS:000271319600007 ER PT S AU Dewey, JW White, RA Hernandez, DA AF Dewey, James W. White, Randall A. Hernandez, Douglas A. BE Rose, WI Bommer, JJ Lopez, DL Carr, MJ Major, JJ TI Seismicity and tectonics of El Salvador SO NATURAL HAZARDS IN EL SALVADOR SE Geological Society of America Special Papers LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE El Salvador; Central America; earthquake; earthquakes; seismicity; seismotectonics; seismic hazards ID EARTHQUAKE SOURCE PARAMETERS; SUBDUCTION-ZONE EARTHQUAKES; 1977 SUMBA EARTHQUAKE; MIDDLE AMERICA ARC; WAVEFORM DATA; OCTOBER 1986; PLATE; NICARAGUA; PACIFIC; SLIP AB The large-scale plate-tectonics framework of El Salvador was defined in the "plate-tectonics revolution" of the 1960s and 1970s, but important issues related to seismic hazards depend on details that have been only recently, or are not yet, understood. Present evidence suggests that coupling across the interface-thrust zone beneath coastal El Salvador is sufficient to produce occasional interface-thrust earthquakes as large as M similar to 8. The rate of such earthquakes is determined by the percentage of relative plate motion that is accumulated as elastic strain on the thrust-fault interface between the Cocos and Caribbean plates, which appears to be lower than in many other subduction zones, but is not well established. Earthquakes in the interior of the Cocos plate, such as the El Salvador earthquake of January 13, 2001, account for a significant percentage of Wadati-Benioff zone earthquakes. Separate consideration of the seismic hazard posed by, respectively, Cocos intraplate earthquakes and interface-thrust earthquakes is complicated by the difficulty of separating interface-thrust and Cocos intraplate events in earthquake catalogs. Earthquakes such as the San Vicente San Salvador sequence of February 13-25, 2001, probably result from the motion of the Central American forearc northwestward with respect to the interior of the Caribbean plate; the geometry of the fault systems that accommodate the motion remains to be worked out. Understanding of this tectonic complexity and associated seismic hazards will be facilitated greatly by the long-term operation of high-sensitivity local seismograph networks, such as that operated by, and currently being upgraded by, the Servicio Nacional de Estudios Territoriales (SNET) of El Salvador. C1 [Dewey, James W.] US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. [White, Randall A.] US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. [Hernandez, Douglas A.] SNET, San Salvador, El Salvador. RP Dewey, JW (reprint author), US Geol Survey, MS 966,Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM dewey@usgs.gov NR 71 TC 12 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 1 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1077 BN 978-0-8137-2375-4 J9 GEOL SOC AM SPEC PAP PY 2004 VL 375 BP 363 EP 378 DI 10.1130/0-8137-2375-2.363 PG 16 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA BLX64 UT WOS:000271319600027 ER PT S AU White, RA Ligorria, JP Cifuentes, IL AF White, Randall A. Pablo Ligorria, Juan Cifuentes, Ines Lucia BE Rose, WI Bommer, JJ Lopez, DL Carr, MJ Major, JJ TI Seismic history of the Middle America subduction zone along El Salvador, Guatemala, and Chiapas, Mexico: 1526-2000 SO NATURAL HAZARDS IN EL SALVADOR SE Geological Society of America Special Papers LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE Central America; tectonics; historical seismicity; slip deficit; seismic gap ID COCOS PLATE; EARTHQUAKE PREDICTION; SOUTHWESTERN MEXICO; SOUTHERN MEXICO; TRENCH; TECTONICS; PACIFIC; MAGNITUDES; NICARAGUA; JANUARY AB We present a catalog of subduction zone earthquakes along the Pacific coast from central El Salvador to eastern Chiapas, Mexico, from 1526 to 2000. We estimate that the catalog is complete since 1690 for M-S >= 7.4 thrust events and M >= 7.4 normal-faulting events within the upper 60 km of the down-going slab. New intensity maps were constructed for the 27 earthquakes since 1690, using mostly primary data sources. By calibrating with recent events we find that the long axis of the ( MM) VII intensity contour for such large earthquakes well approximates the length and location of rupture along the subduction zone and can thus be used to estimate the locations and magnitudes of older events. The section from western El Salvador to Chiapas appears to have ruptured completely in a series of four to five earthquakes during each of the periods 1902-1915, 1743-1776, and possibly 1565-1577. Earthquakes of M-W 7.75 +/- 0.3 have caused major damage along the 200 km long section from San Salvador to Guatemala City every 71 +/- 17 yr, apparently since at least 1575. Although the January 2001 El Salvador earthquake caused damage within part of this zone, no major thrust earthquake has occurred there since at least 1915. We find that much of this section has been relatively quiescent for moderate earthquakes shallower that 50 km since at least 1963. The conditional probability that an earthquake of M-W 7.75 +/- 0.3 will occur at this location in the next 20 yr is estimated at 50% (+/- 30%). C1 [White, Randall A.] US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. [Pablo Ligorria, Juan] Coordinadora Nacl Reducc Desastres, Guatemala City, Guatemala. [Cifuentes, Ines Lucia] Carnegie Inst Sci, Washington, DC 20015 USA. RP White, RA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, MS 910,345 Middlefield Rd, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM rwhite@usgs.gov NR 82 TC 8 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 0 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1077 BN 978-0-8137-2375-4 J9 GEOL SOC AM SPEC PAP PY 2004 VL 375 BP 379 EP 396 DI 10.1130/0-8137-2375-2.379 PG 18 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology; Public, Environmental & Occupational Health; Social Sciences - Other Topics GA BLX64 UT WOS:000271319600028 ER PT S AU Leenheer, JA AF Leenheer, JA BE Newcombe, G Ho, L TI Comprehensive assessment of precursors, diagenesis, and reactivity to water treatment of dissolved and colloidal organic matter SO NATURAL ORGANIC MATERIAL RESEARCH: INNOVATIONS AND APPLICATIONS FOR DRINKING WATER SE WATER SUPPLY : THE REVIEW JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL WATER SUPPLY ASSOCIATION LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 3rd International Conference on Natural Organic Material Research CY MAR 02-05, 2004 CL Victor Harbor, SOUTH AFRICA DE dissolved organic matter; organic analyses; precursors; water treatment ID HUMIC SUBSTANCES; ACID; GROUNDWATER AB A comprehensive isolation, fractionation, and characterization research approach was developed for dissolved and colloidal organic matter (DOM) in water, and it was applied to various surface- and groundwaters to assess DOM precursors, DOM diagenesis, and DOM reactivity to water treatment processes. Major precursors for natural DOM are amino sugars, condensed tannins, and terpenoids. Amino sugar colloids derived from bacterial cell walls are incompletely removed by drinking water treatment and foul reverse osmosis membranes, but are nearly quantitatively removed by soil/aquifer treatment. When chlorinated, amino sugars produce low yields of regulated disinfection by-products (DBPs) but they produce significant chlorine demand that is likely caused by chlorination of free amino groups. Condensed tannins are major precursors for "blackwater" DOM such as that found in the Suwannee River. This DOM produces high yields of DBPs upon chorination, and is efficiently removed by coagulation/flocculation treatment. Terpenoid-derived DOM appears to be biologically refractory, infiltrates readily into groundwater with little removal by soil/aquifer treatment, gives low DBP-yields upon chlorination and is poorly removed by coagulation/flocculation treatments. Peptides derived from proteins are major components of the base DOM fraction (110% or less of the mass of DOM), and this fraction produces large yields of haloacetonitriles upon chorination. C1 US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Leenheer, JA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, POB 25046,MS 408, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM leenheer@usgs.gov NR 21 TC 32 Z9 33 U1 4 U2 14 PU IWA PUBLISHING PI LONDON PA ALLIANCE HOUSE, 12 CAXTON ST, LONDON SW1H 0QS, ENGLAND SN 0735-1917 BN 1-84339-467-7 J9 WATER SUPP PY 2004 VL 4 IS 4 BP 1 EP 9 PG 9 WC Engineering, Environmental; Water Resources SC Engineering; Water Resources GA BBP56 UT WOS:000226896200001 ER PT J AU Tiersch, TR Figiel, CR Wayman, WR Williamson, JH Gorman, OT Carmichael, GJ AF Tiersch, TR Figiel, CR Wayman, WR Williamson, JH Gorman, OT Carmichael, GJ TI Cryopreservation of sperm from the endangered Colorado pikeminnow SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF AQUACULTURE LA English DT Article ID CHANNEL CATFISH SPERM; CRYOGENIC PRESERVATION; RAZORBACK SUCKER; SQUAWFISH; STORAGE; FISH; SPERMATOZOA; CRYOPROTECTANT; GROWTH; RIVER AB We developed methods for the cryopreservation of sperm of the endangered Colorado pikeminnow Ptychocheilus lucius. Sperm were collected from a captive broodstock population of Colorado pikeminnow reared and maintained at the Dexter National Fish Hatchery and Technology Center. Our objectives were to (1) evaluate the effects on sperm motility of 24-h storage in Hanks' balanced salt solution (HBSS); (2) characterize sperm motility and duration; (3) examine the relationship between sperm motility and osmotic pressure; (4) examine the effect of four cryoprotectants (dimethyl sulfoxide [DMSO], dimethyl acetamide [DMA], glycerol, and methanol [MeOH] at two concentrations [5% and 10%]) on postthaw motility; and (5) compare the effect of two cooling rates (40degreesC/min and 4degreesC/min) on postthaw motility. The sperm samples diluted with HBSS retained higher motility (mean +/- SD, 77 +/- 22%; n = 9) than did undiluted samples (12 +/- 30%; n = 9) after 24 h of storage. When exposed to HBSS at 274 mosmols/kg or more, few sperm became motile (similar to1%). Exposure to HBSS at 265 mosmols/kg elicited threshold activation (defined as 10% motility), and maximum motility (>95%) was observed at 93 mosmols/ kg. The maximum motility of sperm was observed within 10 s after activation with deionized water, and sperm remained motile for 57 s. The sperm that were cooled at a rate of 40degreesC/min and cryopreserved with 5% MeOH retained higher postthaw motility (56 +/- 13%) than did sperm cryopreserved with DMSO, DMA, or glycerol (at 5% and 10%). When the sperm samples were cooled at a rate of 4degreesC/min, sperm cryopreserved with MeOH (5% or 10%) or DMSO (5% or 10%) retained the highest postthaw motilities (less than or equal to14%). The use of cryopreserved sperm can assist hatchery managers in the production of fish, provide for the long-term conservation of genetic resources, and assist in the recovery of endangered species such as the Colorado pikeminnow. C1 Louisiana State Univ, Ctr Agr, Louisiana Agr Expt Stn, Aquaculture Res Stn, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, SW Fisheries Technol Ctr, Dexter Unit, Dexter, NM 88230 USA. US Geol Survey, Great Lakes Sci Ctr, Lake Super Biol Stn, Ashland, WI 54806 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, SW Fisheries Technol Ctr, Mora Unit, Mora, NM 87732 USA. RP Tiersch, TR (reprint author), Louisiana State Univ, Ctr Agr, Louisiana Agr Expt Stn, Aquaculture Res Stn, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. EM ttiersch@agctr.lsu.edu NR 34 TC 11 Z9 12 U1 0 U2 5 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 1522-2055 J9 N AM J AQUACULT JI N. Am. J. Aqualcult. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 66 IS 1 BP 8 EP 14 DI 10.1577/C02-043 PG 7 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 770QK UT WOS:000188741600002 ER PT J AU Barnes, ME Gaikowski, MP AF Barnes, ME Gaikowski, MP TI Use of hydrogen peroxide during incubation of landlocked fall Chinook salmon eggs in vertical-flow incubators SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF AQUACULTURE LA English DT Article ID RAINBOW-TROUT EGGS; SAPROLEGNIA-PARASITICA; SODIUM-CHLORIDE; EYED EGGS; FORMALIN AB Six different hydrogen peroxide treatment regimes were evaluated in a series of three trials with landlocked fall Chinook salmon Oncorhynchus tshawytscha eggs incubated in vertical-flow incubators. Six daily 15-min hydrogen peroxide treatment regimes (1,000 mg/L; 1,000 mg/L with a decrease to 500 mg/L during estimated blastopore formation; 2,000 mg/L; 2,000 mg/L with a decrease to 500 mg/L during estimated blastopore formation; 2,500 mg/L; and 2,500 mg/L with a decrease to 500 mg/L during estimated blastopore formation) were compared with daily 15-min treatments of 1,667 mg/L of formalin. Mortality at egg eye-up and fry hatch and from eye-up to hatch was significantly greater in eggs receiving the 2,500-mg/L hydrogen peroxide treatments throughout incubation and in those receiving 2,500 mg/L hydrogen peroxide with a decrease to 500 mg/L during blastopore formation than in either of the 1,000-mg/L hydrogen peroxide treatment regimes or the formalin-treated eggs in the first trial. No significant differences in mortality were observed among any of the treatments in the subsequent two trials with maximum hydrogen peroxide concentrations of 2,000 mg/L. Fungal infestations were observed primarily in the incubation trays treated at either of the 1,000-mg/L hydrogen peroxide regimens, as well as in those trays whose treatment concentrations were dropped to 500 mg/L during blastopore formation. Infestations were not observed in any of the formalin-treated trays. If minor fungal infestation is acceptable, then daily hydrogen peroxide treatments of 1,000 mg/L for 15 min would probably provide adequate fungal control compared with formalin usage. C1 McNenny State Fish Hatchery, S Dakota Dept Game Fish & Pk, Spearfish, SD 57783 USA. US Geol Survey, Midw Environm Sci Ctr, La Crosse, WI 54603 USA. RP Barnes, ME (reprint author), McNenny State Fish Hatchery, S Dakota Dept Game Fish & Pk, 19619 Trout Loop, Spearfish, SD 57783 USA. EM mike.barnes@state.sd.us OI Gaikowski, Mark/0000-0002-6507-9341 NR 24 TC 15 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 1522-2055 J9 N AM J AQUACULT JI N. Am. J. Aqualcult. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 66 IS 1 BP 29 EP 34 DI 10.1577/A03-016 PG 6 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 770QK UT WOS:000188741600005 ER PT J AU King, K AF King, K TI Growth, survival, and body composition of juvenile Atlantic sturgeon fed five commercial diets under hatchery conditions SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF AQUACULTURE LA English DT Article ID ACIPENSER-TRANSMONTANUS; SALMON AB Growth and survival were evaluated for 1 year in juvenile Atlantic sturgeon Acipenser oxyrinchus (mean weight, 164.9 g) held at seasonal temperatures (6.4-16.9degreesC) and fed five commercially available feeds: Biokyowa (BK; control), Zeigler sturgeon (ZSD), Integral sturgeon (ISD), Atlantic salmon (ASD2-30), and Government Ration trout diet (GR7-30). During the 365d study, the overall growth performance of the juvenile Atlantic sturgeon fed ZSD, ASD2-30, and ISD was equal to that of the fish fed the BK diet and superior to that of the fish fed GR7-30 (P < 0.05). The final mean weight was highest for the fish fed ZSD and lowest for the fish fed GR7-30. The fish fed the ZSD and BK diets were the only groups to continue gaining weight in winter (6.4-9.7degreesC). The differences in growth may be related to dietary levels or ingredient quality. Body moisture, body protein, and body fat were affected by diet type and seasonal temperature. Among the diets tested, ZSD and ASD2-30 produced the greatest growth at the lowest cost in juvenile Atlantic sturgeon held at ambient seasonal temperatures. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, NE Fishery Ctr, Lamar, PA 16848 USA. RP King, K (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, NE Fishery Ctr, Lamar, PA 16848 USA. EM kim_king@fws.org NR 26 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 2 U2 4 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 1522-2055 J9 N AM J AQUACULT JI N. Am. J. Aqualcult. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 66 IS 1 BP 53 EP 60 DI 10.1577/A03-009 PG 8 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 770QK UT WOS:000188741600009 ER PT J AU Smith, MA Hubert, WA Barrows, FT AF Smith, MA Hubert, WA Barrows, FT TI Failure of a plant-and-krill-based diet to affect the performance of yellowstone cutthroat trout broodfish SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF AQUACULTURE LA English DT Article ID DORSAL FIN EROSION; FISH-MEAL DIET; RAINBOW-TROUT; ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; TRACE-ELEMENTS; EGG VIABILITY; QUALITY; STEELHEAD; DELETION; PROTEIN AB We compared the performance of Yellowstone cutthroat trout Oncorhynchus clarki bouvieri broodfish when fed a diet with corn Zea mays gluten meal, wheat Tritictum spp. gluten meal, and krill Euphausia superba protein sources relative to two fish meal diets. We hypothesized that the plant-and-krill-based diet would lead to a greater bioavailability of trace minerals and result in better broodfish condition, greater egg fertilization rates, increased survival of embryos to the swim-up stage, and increased egg mineral content. The three diets were fed to three replicate lots of 2-year-old, captive-reared fish for a 10-month period prior to spawning. None of the measured characteristics of broodfish condition differed significantly among diets. We found no significant differences among diets in rates of egg fertilization or survival of embryos to the swim-up stage. Manganese levels were lower in the eggs of fish fed one of the fish meal diets, but that was the only measure of egg content with a significant difference among diets. The experiment did not indicate that the plant-and-krill protein diet was better than fish-meal-based diets relative to the physiological condition of broodfish or the reproductive capabilities of Yellowstone cutthroat trout broodfish reared in captivity. C1 Univ Wyoming, Wyoming Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Fish Technol Ctr, Bozeman, MT 59715 USA. RP Smith, MA (reprint author), Univ Wyoming, Wyoming Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Laramie, WY 82071 USA. EM mark.smith@wgf.state.wy.us NR 23 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 1 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 1522-2055 J9 N AM J AQUACULT JI N. Am. J. Aqualcult. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 66 IS 1 BP 61 EP 69 DI 10.1577/A03-017 PG 9 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 770QK UT WOS:000188741600010 ER PT J AU Isely, JJ Trested, DG Grabowski, TB AF Isely, JJ Trested, DG Grabowski, TB TI Tag retention and survivorship of hatchery rainbow trout marked with large-format visible implant alphanumeric tags SO NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF AQUACULTURE LA English DT Article ID ATLANTIC SALMON; BROOK TROUT; SURVIVAL; GROWTH AB Large-format visible implant alphanumeric (VIalpha) tags were implanted into 15,400 rainbow trout Oncorhynchus mykiss. Tag retention after 25 d was 82.6%, and survivorship was 92.8%. The results of this study compare favorably with those of similar studies on other species and suggest that large-format VIalpha tags are an appropriate choice for studies requiring the individual identification of larger rainbow trout. C1 Clemson Univ, US Geol Survey, S Carolina Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. Clemson Univ, Dept Forestry & Nat Resources, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. RP Isely, JJ (reprint author), Clemson Univ, US Geol Survey, S Carolina Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Clemson, SC 29634 USA. EM jisely@clemson.edu NR 11 TC 6 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 4 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 1522-2055 J9 N AM J AQUACULT JI N. Am. J. Aqualcult. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 66 IS 1 BP 73 EP 74 DI 10.1577/C03-018 PG 2 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 770QK UT WOS:000188741600012 ER PT J AU Owen, SF Edwards, JW Ford, WM Crum, JM Wood, PB AF Owen, SF Edwards, JW Ford, WM Crum, JM Wood, PB TI Raccoon roundworm in raccoons in Central West Virginia SO NORTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID BAYLISASCARIS-PROCYONIS; ALLEGHENY WOODRAT; LARVA MIGRANS; LOTOR; POPULATION; PARASITES; MOVEMENTS; WILDLIFE AB We investigated the occurrence of raccoon roundworm (Baylisascaris procyonis) in common raccoons (Procyon lotor) in the Allegheny Mountains of West Virginia during spring (n = 9, April-June) and fall (n = 5, August-October) 2001 and spring (n = 7) and fall (n = 4) 2002. We found no evidence of B. procyonis infection in 25 raccoons sampled by fecal floatation and necropsy methodologies. However, we did detect Capillaria sp. eggs in 28% and Strongyloides sp. eggs in 64% of individual raccoons, respectively. Baylisascaris procyonis has been implicated in population declines of the Allegheny woodrat (Neotoma magister) in the northeastern United States. The low prevalence of B. procyonis in an area inhabited by what is believed to be a stable population of Allegheny woodrats supports conservation measures to continue to monitor anthropogenic activities that potentially may increase the prevalence of B. procyonis or raccoon interaction with Allegheny woodrats in the region. C1 W Virginia Univ, Div Forestry, Morgantown, WV 26506 USA. USDA, Forest Serv, NE Forest Expt Stn, Parsons, WV 26287 USA. WV Div Nat Resources, Elkins, WV 26241 USA. W Virginia Univ, USGS, Div Forestry, W Virginia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Morgantown, WV 26505 USA. RP Edwards, JW (reprint author), W Virginia Univ, Div Forestry, Morgantown, WV 26506 USA. EM jedwards@wvu.edu NR 26 TC 9 Z9 13 U1 2 U2 6 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1092-6194 J9 NORTHEAST NAT JI Northeast. Nat PY 2004 VL 11 IS 2 BP 137 EP 142 DI 10.1656/1092-6194(2004)011[0137:RRIRIC]2.0.CO;2 PG 6 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 843LT UT WOS:000223086100003 ER PT J AU Larsen, PF Barker, S Wright, J Erickson, CB AF Larsen, PF Barker, S Wright, J Erickson, CB TI Use of cost effective remote sensing to map and measure marine intertidal habitats in support of ecosystem modeling efforts: Cobscook Bay, Maine SO NORTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID ESTUARY; CLASSIFICATION AB Reliable estimates of the habitat areas of major marine producer,groups were needed in support of an ecosystem modeling effort in the macrotidal Cobscook Bay, ME. Results needed to be comprehensive, synoptic, objective, affordable, and on a suitable spatial scale. We chose to address these goals by applying accepted procedures utilizing existing Landsat Thematic Mapper imagery and a computer-generated unsupervised classification. Unsupervised classification of high and low tide Landsat TM images yielded coherent habitat maps that were supported by reference data and independent habitat analyses. The high tide image revealed surface water patterns that supported the existence of a large, Central Bay dipole eddy predicted by a numerical three-dimensional circulation model. Classification of the low tide image resulted in 14 intertidal and water habitat classes being defined. Overall accuracy of the classification was 86%. Good agreement in habitat areas existed between the affordable and easily repeatable satellite survey and four other Cobscook Bay surveys which differed methodologically and temporally. The four studies agreed within 7% of total habitat area and 12% on intertidal habitat area. The area of both brown and green algae in the Bay apparently increased modestly over a 25-year period which saw the introduction of large-scale salmon aquaculture and the advent of intensive dragging for scallops and sea urchins. The increase in both groups is inconsistent with changes induced by nutrient additions observed elsewhere. Landsat imagery appears to be a valuable tool for the management and monitoring of macrotidal environments. C1 Bigelow Lab Ocean Sci, W Boothbay Harbor, ME 04575 USA. Maine Dept Marine Resources, W Boothbay Harbor, ME 04575 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Gulf Maine Coastal Program, Falmouth, ME 04105 USA. RP Larsen, PF (reprint author), Bigelow Lab Ocean Sci, POB 475, W Boothbay Harbor, ME 04575 USA. EM plarsen@bigelow.org NR 26 TC 14 Z9 14 U1 1 U2 10 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1092-6194 J9 NORTHEAST NAT JI Northeast. Nat PY 2004 VL 11 SI 2 BP 225 EP 242 DI 10.1656/1092-6194(2004)11[225:UOCERS]2.0.CO;2 PG 18 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 954CS UT WOS:000231132300013 ER PT J AU Welsh, SA Cincotta, DA AF Welsh, SA Cincotta, DA TI Natural hybrids of the Madtoms, Noturus flavus and Noturus insignis, from the Monongahela River drainage, west Virginia SO NORTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID COTTUS-COGNATUS; MATE CHOICE; HYBRIDIZATION; SCULPINS; FISHES; COTTIDAE; PISCES AB Natural hybridization is rare in the family Ictaluridae. Putative hybrids of the madtorns Noturus flavus and N. insignis were collected from Blackwater River, Monongahela River drainage, WV. Noturusflavus is native to the Monongahela River drainage, whereas N. insignis is normative. We quantified morphological differences among N. flavus, N. insignis, and putative hybrids by sheared principal components analysis of morphometric characters. Putative hybrids were intermediate in tooth patch dimensions, caudal fin pigmentation, length of the dorsal fin base, distance between the adipose/caudal notch and base of caudal fin, and position of anal fin. Hybridization between N. flavus and N. insignis is supported by morphological intermediacy, and may be linked to higher abundances of N. insignis or degraded habitat in the Blackwater River. C1 US Geol Survey, W Virginia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Morgantown, WV 26506 USA. W Virginia Div Nat Resources, Elkins, WV 26241 USA. RP Welsh, SA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, W Virginia Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, POB 6125, Morgantown, WV 26506 USA. EM swelsh@wvu.edu NR 28 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 2 U2 3 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1092-6194 J9 NORTHEAST NAT JI Northeast. Nat PY 2004 VL 11 IS 4 BP 399 EP 406 DI 10.1656/1092-6194(2004)011[0399:NHOTMN]2.0.CO;2 PG 8 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 885SM UT WOS:000226177200006 ER PT J AU Ratti, JT Weinstein, M Scott, JM Wiseman, PA Gillesberg, AM Miller, CA Szepanski, MM Svancara, LK AF Ratti, JT Weinstein, M Scott, JM Wiseman, PA Gillesberg, AM Miller, CA Szepanski, MM Svancara, LK TI Feasibility of wolf reintroduction to Olympic Peninsula, Washington SO NORTHWEST SCIENCE LA English DT Review ID BLACK-TAILED DEER; MOUNTAIN-NATIONAL-PARK; WOLVES CANIS-LUPUS; LIVESTOCK-GUARDING DOGS; REDUCE SHEEP LOSSES; OLD-GROWTH FORESTS; GRAY WOLF; MITOCHONDRIAL-DNA; ROOSEVELT ELK; CONSERVATION BIOLOGY C1 Univ Idaho, Dept Fish & Wildlife Resources, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. Univ Idaho, US Geol Survey, Idaho Cooperat Res Unit, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. RP Ratti, JT (reprint author), Univ Idaho, Dept Fish & Wildlife Resources, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. EM jratti@uidaho.edu NR 429 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 2 U2 24 PU NORTHWEST SCIENTIFIC ASSOC PI SEATTLE PA JEFFREY DUDA, USGS, WESTERN FISHERIES RES CTR, 6505 NE 65 ST, SEATTLE, WA 98115 USA SN 0029-344X EI 2161-9859 J9 NORTHWEST SCI JI Northwest Sci. PY 2004 VL 78 SI SI BP 1 EP 76 PG 76 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 813BU UT WOS:000220883400001 ER PT J AU Chipps, SR Dunbar, JA Wahl, DH AF Chipps, SR Dunbar, JA Wahl, DH TI Phenotypic variation and vulnerability to predation in juvenile bluegill sunfish (Lepomis macrochirus) SO OECOLOGIA LA English DT Article DE phenotypic variation; polymorphism; plasticity; Lepomis macrochirus; Micropterus salmoides ID BASS MICROPTERUS-SALMOIDES; LARGEMOUTH BASS; RESOURCE POLYMORPHISMS; FEEDING MORPHOLOGY; PREY MORPHOLOGY; HABITAT USE; BODY FORM; PLASTICITY; FISHES; POPULATION AB Bluegill sunfish (Lepomis macrochirus) are known to diversify into two forms specialized for foraging on either limnetic or littoral prey. Because juvenile bluegills seek vegetative cover in the presence of largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides) predators, natural selection should favor the littoral body design at size ranges most vulnerable to predation. Yet within bluegill populations, both limnetic and littoral forms occur where vegetation and predators are present. While adaptive for foraging in different environments, does habitat-linked phenotypic variation also influence predator evasiveness for juvenile bluegills? We evaluate this question by quantifying susceptibility to predation for two groups of morphologically distinct bluegills; a limnetic form characteristic of bluegills inhabiting open water areas (limnetic bluegill) and a littoral form characteristic of bluegills inhabiting dense vegetation (littoral bluegill). In a series of predation trials, we found that bluegill behaviors differed in open water habitat but not in simulated vegetation. In open water habitat, limnetic bluegills formed more dense shoaling aggregations, maintained a larger distance from the predator, and required longer amounts of time to capture than littoral bluegill. When provided with simulated vegetation, largemouth bass spent longer amounts of time pursuing littoral bluegill and captured significantly fewer littoral bluegills than limnetic fish. Hence, morphological and behavioral variation in bluegills was linked to differential susceptibility to predation in open water and vegetated environments. Combined with previous studies, these findings show that morphological and behavioral adaptations enhance both foraging performance and predator evasiveness in different lake habitats. C1 S Dakota State Univ, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries Sci, USGS S Dakota Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Brookings, SD 57007 USA. Illinois Nat Hist Survey, Ctr Aquat Ecol, Sam Parr Biol Stn, Kinmundy, IL 62854 USA. Univ Illinois, Program Ecol & Evolut, Champaign, IL 61820 USA. RP Chipps, SR (reprint author), S Dakota State Univ, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries Sci, USGS S Dakota Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Brookings, SD 57007 USA. EM Steve_Chipps@sdstate.edu NR 47 TC 31 Z9 32 U1 0 U2 8 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0029-8549 J9 OECOLOGIA JI Oecologia PD JAN PY 2004 VL 138 IS 1 BP 32 EP 38 DI 10.1007/s00442-003-1396-z PG 7 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 750EM UT WOS:000186978400005 PM 14517677 ER PT J AU Casula, P Nichols, JD AF Casula, P Nichols, JD TI Temporal variability of local abundance, sex ratio and activity in the Sardinian chalk hill blue butterfly (vol 136, pg 374, 2003) SO OECOLOGIA LA English DT Correction C1 Univ Cagliari, Dipartimento Biol Sperimentale, Sez Genet, I-09126 Cagliari, Italy. US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. RP Casula, P (reprint author), Univ Cagliari, Dipartimento Biol Sperimentale, Sez Genet, Viale Poetto No 1, I-09126 Cagliari, Italy. OI Casula, Paolo/0000-0003-3873-6761 NR 1 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0029-8549 J9 OECOLOGIA JI Oecologia PD JAN PY 2004 VL 138 IS 1 BP 160 EP 160 DI 10.1007/s00442-003-1426-x PG 1 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 750EM UT WOS:000186978400020 ER PT J AU Morey, SR Reznick, DN AF Morey, SR Reznick, DN TI The relationship between habitat permanence and larval development in California spadefoot toads: field and laboratory comparisons of developmental plasticity SO OIKOS LA English DT Article ID SCAPHIOPUS-COUCHII TADPOLES; LIFE-HISTORY TRAITS; FROG RANA-SYLVATICA; AMPHIBIAN METAMORPHOSIS; PHENOTYPIC PLASTICITY; ADAPTIVE PLASTICITY; GENETIC-VARIATION; POND COMMUNITIES; ANURAN TADPOLE; DESERT PONDS AB We evaluated differences in larval habitats and life history of three species of spadefoot toads, then compared their life histories in a common garden study. Our field work defined the selective regime encountered by each species. Our Great Basin spadefoot (Spea intermontana) bred asynchronously in permanent streams and springs where there was no risk of larval mortality due to drying. The water chemistry remained fairly stable throughout the larval period. The western spadefoot toad, Sp. hammondii, bred fairly synchronously following heavy spring rains in temporary pools that remained filled an average of 81 d. Fifteen % of the breeding pools dried completely on or before the day the first larvae metamorphosed. The desert spadefoot toad, Scaphiopus couchii, bred synchronously after heavy summer showers in very short duration pools; 62% of the breeding pools dried completely on or before the day the first larvae metamorphosed. The concentration of ammonium nitrogen and CaCO3 increased markedly as the Sp. hammondii and S. couchii pools dried. S. couchii attained metamorphosis at a much earlier age and smaller size than the other two species. S. couchii also showed little variation in the age at metamorphosis but considerable variation in the size at metamorphosis, while the other two species varied in both age and size. The results identify some variables that could serve as cues of pool drying and demonstrate an association between breeding pool duration, breeding synchrony, development rate, and larval development. Our laboratory study yields information about the genetic basis of the differences in development and controlled comparisons of phenotypic plasticity. We manipulated food supply to study the plastic response of age and size at metamorphosis and hence construct the reaction norm for these variables as a function of growth rate. The growth rates ranged from below to above those observed in natural populations. As in the field, in the lab S. couchii attained metamorphosis at an earlier age and smaller size than the other two species. All three species had a similarly shaped reaction norm for size(y-axis) and age (x-axis) at metamorphosis, which was a concave upward curve. A consequence of this shape is that age at metamorphosis changes more readily at low levels of food availability and size at metamorphosis changes more readily at high levels of food availability. If we restrict our observations to just those growth rates that are seen in nature, then S. couchii has almost no variation in the age at metamorphosis but considerable variation in size at metamorphosis, while the other two species vary in both age and size at metamorphosis. All three species increased in size at metamorphosis with increased food levels. Our comparative reaction norm approach thus demonstrates that S. couchii has adapted to ephemeral environments by shifting its growth rate reaction norm so that age at metamorphosis is uniformly fast and is not associated with growth rate. The realized variation is concentrated in size rather than age at metamorphosis. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Portland, OR 97232 USA. Univ Calif Riverside, Dept Biol, Riverside, CA 92521 USA. RP Morey, SR (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, 911 NE 11th Ave, Portland, OR 97232 USA. EM david.reznick@ucr.edu NR 78 TC 59 Z9 62 U1 2 U2 27 PU BLACKWELL MUNKSGAARD PI COPENHAGEN PA 35 NORRE SOGADE, PO BOX 2148, DK-1016 COPENHAGEN, DENMARK SN 0030-1299 J9 OIKOS JI Oikos PD JAN PY 2004 VL 104 IS 1 BP 172 EP 190 DI 10.1111/j.0030-1299.2004.12623.x PG 19 WC Ecology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 762FY UT WOS:000187962200019 ER PT J AU Clark, SHB Poole, FG Wang, ZC AF Clark, SHB Poole, FG Wang, ZC TI Comparison of some sediment-hosted, stratiform barite deposits in China, the United States, and India SO ORE GEOLOGY REVIEWS LA English DT Article DE barite deposits; nevada; China; India; black shale; chert ID RARE-EARTH ELEMENTS; CAROLINA SLATE BELT; ISOTOPIC COMPOSITION; CENTRAL NEVADA; BEDDED BARITE; WITHERITE DEPOSITS; SOUTHERN TROUGH; STABLE-ISOTOPE; GUAYMAS BASIN; AGE CURVES AB Shifts in world barite production since the 1980s have resulted in China becoming the world's largest barite-producing country followed by the US and India. Most barite produced for use in drilling fluids is derived from black shale- and chert-hosted, stratiform marine deposits. In China, Late Proterozoic to Early Cambrian marine barite deposits occur on the oceanic margins of the Yangtze platform, in the Qinling region in the north and the Jiangnan region in the south. Most US ore-grade deposits are in the Nevada barite belt; most commercial deposits occur in Ordovician and Devonian marine rocks along the western margin of the early Paleozoic North American continent. Production in India is predominantly from a single Middle Proterozoic deposit in a sedimentary basin located on Archean basement in Andrah Pradesh. The geologic and geochemical characteristics of the deposits are consistent with origins from a variety of sedimentary exhalative processes, with biogenic processes contributing to the concentration of some seafloor barite. Linear distributions of clusters of lenticular deposits suggest a geographic relationship to syndepositional seafloor fault zones. Sulfur isotope data of the barite deposits range from values that are similar to coeval seawater sulfate to significantly higher delta(34)S values. Strontium isotope values of continental-margin-type deposits in Nevada and China are less radiogenic than those of cratonic-rift deposits (e.g. Meggen and Rammelsberg). Comparison of La-n/Ce-n ratios of barite in the Qinling region of China with marine chert ratios suggests a relationship to hydrothermal fluids, whereas ratios from the Jiangnan region and Nevada can be interpreted as reflecting a biogenic influence. The California Borderland provides a potential modem analog where hydrothermal barium is being deposited on the seafloor in fault-block-bounded basins. Anoxic to dysaerobic conditions on some marine basin floors result from upwelling, nutrient rich currents and high productivity in surface waters. In this setting, biogenic processes could contribute to the concentration of barium from hydrothermal sources. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier B.V. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. Acad Sinica, Inst Geol & Geophys, Beijing 100029, Peoples R China. RP Clark, SHB (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, MS 954, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM shbclark@usgs.gov NR 71 TC 35 Z9 50 U1 1 U2 10 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0169-1368 J9 ORE GEOL REV JI Ore Geol. Rev. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 24 IS 1-2 BP 85 EP 101 DI 10.1016/j.oregeorev.2003.08.009 PG 17 WC Geology; Mineralogy; Mining & Mineral Processing SC Geology; Mineralogy; Mining & Mineral Processing GA 761LL UT WOS:000187910200005 ER PT J AU Kotarba, MJ Lewan, MD AF Kotarba, MJ Lewan, MD TI Characterizing thermogenic coalbed gas from Polish coals of different ranks by hydrous pyrolysis SO ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY LA English DT Review ID STABLE CARBON-ISOTOPE; ARTIFICIAL MATURATION SERIES; INTRASUDETIC-BASIN; NATURAL GASES; PETROLEUM GENERATION; BITUMINOUS COALS; MAHAKAM DELTA; SW POLAND; METHANE; ORIGIN AB To provide a better characterization of origin and volume of thermogenic gas generation from coals, hydrous pyrolysis experiments were conducted at 360 C for 72 h on Polish coals ranging in rank from lignite (0.3% R-r) to semi-anthracite (2.0% R-r). Under these conditions, the lignites attained a medium-volatile bituminous rank (1.5% R-r), high-volatile bituminous coals attained a low-volatile bituminous rank (1.7% R-r), and the semi-anthracite obtained an anthracite rank (4.0% R-r). Hydrous pyrolysis of a coal, irrespective of rank, provides a diagnostic delta(13)C value for its thermogenic hydrocarbon gases. This value can be used quantitatively to interpret mixing of indigenous thermogenic gas with microbial methane or exogenous thermogenic gas from other sources. Thermogenic methane quantities range from 20 dm(3)/kg of lignite (0.3% R-r) to 0.35 dm(3)/kg of semi-anthracite (2.0% R-r). At a vitrinite reflectance of 1.7% R-r, approximately 75% of the maximum potential for a coal to generate thermogenic methane has been expended. At a vitrinite reflectance of 1.7% R-r more than 90% of the maximum potential for a coal to generate CO2 has been expended. Assuming that these quantities of generated CO2 remain associated with a sourcing coal bed as uplift or erosion provide conditions conducive for microbial methanogenesis, the resulting quantities of microbial methane generated by complete CO2 reduction can exceed the quantities of thermogenic methane generated from the same coal bed by a factor of 2-5. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 AGH Univ Sci & Technol, PL-30059 Krakow, Poland. US Geol Survey, Federal Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Kotarba, MJ (reprint author), AGH Univ Sci & Technol, Mickiewicza 30, PL-30059 Krakow, Poland. EM kotarba@uci.agh.edu.pl NR 108 TC 44 Z9 52 U1 2 U2 20 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0146-6380 J9 ORG GEOCHEM JI Org. Geochem. PY 2004 VL 35 IS 5 BP 615 EP 646 DI 10.1016/j.orggeochem.2003.12.001 PG 32 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 822AV UT WOS:000221507400009 ER PT J AU Hostettler, FD Rosenbauer, RJ Lorenson, TD Dougherty, J AF Hostettler, FD Rosenbauer, RJ Lorenson, TD Dougherty, J TI Geochemical characterization of tarballs on beaches along the California coast. Part I - Shallow seepage impacting the Santa Barbara Channel Islands, Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San Miguel SO ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY LA English DT Article ID PRINCE-WILLIAM-SOUND; SOUTHERN-CALIFORNIA; OILS; ALASKA; MATURATION; PARAMETERS; SEDIMENTS; STERANES; CARBON; ROCKS AB Tarballs are common along the southern California coastline. This study investigates tarballs from beaches along this coastline, with a focus on Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miquel Islands in the Santa Barbara Channel. The tarballs were fingerprinted using biomarker and stable carbon isotope parameters, and then grouped according to genetic similarities. The data show that the tarballs are of natural and not anthropogenic origin and that all originate from source rock within the Miocene Monterey Formation via shallow seeps offshore. Sterane biomarker parameters were found to vary widely in the sample set. Biodegradation, especially of the regular steranes, is the primary process impacting the biomarker distributions in a large group of samples. The most common tarball occurrences appear to come from offshore seepage near the west end of Santa Cruz Island. Another major group most likely was transported north from near Santa Monica Bay. Several individual occurrences of some of these tarball groups also were found on beaches as far north as Pt. Reyes and as far south as San Diego, indicating significant long-distance dispersal by ocean currents. This study begins a library of tarball fingerprints to be used as a database to help distinguish between natural and anthropogenic tar occurrences all along the California coast, and to compare shallow seepage with future samples of deeper production oils from the same area. Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Hostettler, FD (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd,MS 409, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. EM fdhostet@usgs.gov NR 33 TC 32 Z9 32 U1 1 U2 11 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0146-6380 J9 ORG GEOCHEM JI Org. Geochem. PY 2004 VL 35 IS 6 BP 725 EP 746 DI 10.1016/j.orggeochem.2004.01.022 PG 22 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 827SL UT WOS:000221920800005 ER PT J AU Curtis, JB Kotarba, MJ Lewan, MD Wieclaw, D AF Curtis, JB Kotarba, MJ Lewan, MD Wieclaw, D TI Oil/source rock correlations in the Polish Flysch Carpathians and Mesozoic basement and organic facies of the Oligocene Menilite Shales: insights from hydrous pyrolysis experiments SO ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 21st International Meeting on Organic Geochemistry CY SEP 08-12, 2003 CL Krakow, POLAND SP European Assoc Organ Geochemists Board ID PETROLEUM GENERATION; THERMAL MATURATION; SOUTHEAST POLAND; CARBON ISOTOPES; OILS; HYDROCARBONS; GEOCHEMISTRY; OVERTHRUST; HABITAT; GRAPHS AB The Oligocene Menilite Shales in the study area in the Polish Flysch Carpathians are organic-rich and contain varying mixtures of Type-II, Type-IIS and Type-III kerogen. The kerogens are thermally immature to marginally mature based on atomic H/C ratios and Rock-Eval data. This study defined three organic facies, i.e., sedimentary strata with differing hydrocarbon-generation potentials due to varying types and concentrations of organic matter. These facies correspond to the Silesian Unit and the eastern and western portions of the Skole Unit. Analysis of oils generated by hydrous pyrolysis of outcrop samples of Menilite Shales demonstrates that natural crude oils reservoired in the flysch sediments appear to have been generated from the Menilite Shales. Natural oils reservoired in the Mesozoic basement of the Carpathian Foredeep appear to be predominantly derived and migrated from Menilite Shales, with a minor contribution from at least one other source rock most probably within Middle Jurassic strata. Definition of organic facies may have been influenced by the heterogeneous distribution of suitable Menilite Shales outcrops and producing wells, and subsequent sample selection during the analytical phases of the study. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Colorado Sch Mines, Dept Geol & Geol Engn, Golden, CO 80401 USA. AGH Univ Sci & Technol, Fac Geol, PL-30059 Krakow, Poland. US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. RP Curtis, JB (reprint author), Colorado Sch Mines, Dept Geol & Geol Engn, Golden, CO 80401 USA. EM jbcurtis@mines.edu NR 50 TC 24 Z9 24 U1 3 U2 12 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0146-6380 J9 ORG GEOCHEM JI Org. Geochem. PY 2004 VL 35 IS 11-12 BP 1573 EP 1596 DI 10.1016/j.orgeochem.2004.06.018 PG 24 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 873YD UT WOS:000225316700028 ER PT J AU Blanco, DE Lanctot, RB Isacch, JP Gill, VA AF Blanco, DE Lanctot, RB Isacch, JP Gill, VA TI Temperate grasslands of southern South America as habitat for migratory shorebirds. SO ORNITOLOGIA NEOTROPICAL LA Spanish DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 7th Neotropical Ornithological Congress CY OCT 05-11, 2003 CL Puyehue, CHILE DE Buff-breasted Sandpiper; Tryngites subruficollis; conservation; distribution; grassland shorebirds; habitat use; South America; temperate grasslands ID ARGENTINA; ABUNDANCE AB Temperate grasslands of southern South America (Argentina, Brazil and Uruguay) have been altered extensively for agriculture and livestock ranching. These grasslands are the main non-reproductive areas for various migratory shorebirds (families Charadriidae and Scolopacidae), including Nearctic and Patagonian species. The objectives of this paper are to review relevant studies relating to this subject conducted during the past 10 years, and to provide a synthesis of the available information on distribution, habitat use and conservation. Relative to the number of shorebirds that use temperate grasslands, most of the research emphasis has been conducted on two species: the Buff-breasted Sandpiper (Tryngites subruficollis) and the Eskimo Curlew (Numenius borealis). Such an emphasis is probably a direct reflection of these species' vulnerable conservation status. The studies reviewed provided valuable information on the distribution and habitat use of these and other species, contributing greatly to the basic knowledge of shorebirds inhabiting temperate grasslands of southern South America. The flooding pampa subregion in Argentina and the coastal grasslands of southern Brazil and Uruguay appear to be the main non-reproductive areas for Nearctic species like the Buff-breasted Sandpiper and the Golden Plover (Pluvialis dominica). These studies have also increased our understanding of the complexity of temperate grassland systems. Introduced grassland herbivores appear to have an important role in determining habitat suitability for these species. C1 Wetlands Int, RA-1002 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. Univ Nacl Mar Plata, Fac Ciencias Exactas & Nat, Dept Biol, CONICET, RA-7600 Mar Del Plata, Argentina. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Marine Mammal Management, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Blanco, DE (reprint author), Wetlands Int, 25 Mayo 758 10 1, RA-1002 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. EM dblanco@wamani.apc.org NR 24 TC 4 Z9 5 U1 0 U2 4 PU NEOTROPICAL ORNITHOLOGICAL SOCIETY, USGS PATUXENT WILDLIFE RESEARCH CENTER PI ATHENS PA UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA, WARNELL SCHOOL OF FOREST RESOURCES, ATHENS, GA USA SN 1075-4377 J9 ORNITOL NEOTROP JI ORNITOL. NEOTROP. PY 2004 VL 15 SU S BP 159 EP 167 PG 9 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 942YQ UT WOS:000230319200011 ER PT J AU Lanctot, RB Blanco, DE Oesterheld, M Balbueno, RA Guerschman, JP Pineiro, G AF Lanctot, RB Blanco, DE Oesterheld, M Balbueno, RA Guerschman, JP Pineiro, G TI Assessing habitat availability and use by buff-breasted sandpipers (Tryngites subruficollis) wintering in South America SO ORNITOLOGIA NEOTROPICAL LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 7th Neotropical Ornithological Congress CY OCT 05-11, 2003 CL Puyehue, CHILE DE Argentina; Brazil; buff-breasted sandpiper; conservation; habitat model; satellite image; population size; South America; Tryngites subruficollis; Uruguay AB Buff-breasted Sandpiper (Tryngites subruflicollis) is a species of high conservation concern within the United States, Canada, Argentina and Brazil. Once numbering in the hundreds of thousands, the population size of the species is now estimated to be as low as 15-20,000. We surveyed Buff-breasted Sandpipers at 285, 128 and 171 locations in Argentina, Uruguay and Brazil, respectively, during 1999 and 2001. Then, we associated bird distribution with both vegetation heterogeneity and unsupervised classifications of satellite imagery. Densities ranged from 0.11 individuals/ha in Argentina to 1.08 in Uruguay, and 2.18 in Brazil. Buff-breasted Sandpipers were found primarily in pasturelands that were heavily grazed by livestock. The species was positively associated with halophytic steppes in all three countries, and negatively associated with humid mesophytic meadows, mesophytic prairies, and rice fields in at least one country. Satellite image analysis indicated that 38% (Brazil), 53% (Uruguay), and 64% (Argentina) of the main wintering range was suitable for the species. These estimates surely overestimate the real area used by the species as the habitat-bird associations were weak, the heterogeneity of unsupervised image classes were either too fine or too coarse, and not all unsupervised classes were sampled relative to their availability. Future efforts to estimate habitats used by Buff-breasted Sandpipers need to more finely divide habitat types so that, for example, tall and short grass pastures can be differentiated. The large population decline during the past century also makes it likely that Buff-breasted Sandpipers do not use all the areas that are suitable. Additional study is needed to determine how the species distributes itself and moves throughout their winter range during the austral summer. Also, additional ground surveys are needed in vegetation units and unsupervised satellite imagery classes that were poorly sampled to adequately test their use by Buff-breasted Sandpipers. Accepted 8 January 2004. C1 Alaska Sci Ctr, US Geol Survey, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. Wetlands Int, RA-1002 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. Univ Buenos Aires, Fac Agron, FAUBA, Catedra Ecol, RA-1417 Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina. Biolaw Consultoria Ambiental, BR-90460040 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil. RP Lanctot, RB (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Migratory Bird Management, 1011 E Tudor Rd,MS 201, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM Richard_-lanctot@fws.gov RI GUERSCHMAN, Juan/C-1479-2009 OI GUERSCHMAN, Juan/0000-0001-7464-6304 NR 28 TC 3 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 3 PU NEOTROPICAL ORNITHOLOGICAL SOCIETY, USGS PATUXENT WILDLIFE RESEARCH CENTER PI ATHENS PA UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA, WARNELL SCHOOL OF FOREST RESOURCES, ATHENS, GA USA SN 1075-4377 J9 ORNITOL NEOTROP JI ORNITOL. NEOTROP. PY 2004 VL 15 SU S BP 367 EP 376 PG 10 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 942YQ UT WOS:000230319200036 ER PT J AU Farmer, A Abril, M Fernandez, M Torres, J Kester, C Bern, C AF Farmer, A Abril, M Fernandez, M Torres, J Kester, C Bern, C TI Using stable isotopes to associate migratory shorebirds with their wintering locations in Argentina SO ORNITOLOGIA NEOTROPICAL LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 7th Neotropical Ornithological Congress CY OCT 05-11, 2003 CL Puyehue, CHILE DE stable isotope; shorebird; migration; Calidris melanotos; Pectoral Sandpiper ID MIGRANT SONGBIRDS; ONLINE TECHNIQUE; FEATHERS; HYDROGEN AB We are evaluating the use of stable isotopes to identify the wintering areas of Neotropical migratory shorebirds in Argentina. Our goal is to associate individual birds, captured on the breeding grounds or in migration with specific winter sites, thereby helping to identify distinct areas used by different subpopulations. In January and February 2002 and 2003, we collected flight feathers from shorebirds at 23 wintering sites distributed across seven provinces in Argentina (n = 170). Feathers samples were prepared and analyzed for delta(13)C, delta(15)N, delta(34)S, delta(18)O and delta D by continuous flow methods. A discriminant function based on deuterium alone was not an accurate predictor of a shorebird's province of origin, ranging from 8% correct (Santiago del Estero) to 80 % correct (Santa Cruz). When other isotopes were included, the prediction accuracy increased substantially (from 56 % in Buenos Aires to 100% in Tucuman). The improvement in accuracy was due to C/N, which separated D-depleted sites in the Andes from those in the south, and the inclusion of S separated sites with respect to their distance from the Atlantic. We also were able to correctly discriminate shorebirds from among two closely spaced sites within the province of Tierra del Fuego. These results suggest the feasibility of identifying the origin of a shorebird at a provincial level of accuracy, as well as uniquely identifying birds from some closely spaced sites. There is a high degree of intra- and inter-bird variability, especially in the Pampas region, where there is wide variety of wedand/water conditions. In that important shorebird region, the variability itself may in fact be the "signature." Future addition of trace elements to the analyses may improve predictions based solely on stable isotopes. C1 US Geol Survey, Ft Collins Sci Ctr, Ft Collins, CO 80525 USA. Univ Nacl Patagonia, Fac Ciencias Nat, Comodoro Rivadavia, Chubut, Argentina. Univ Nacl Pampa, Dept Ecol, RA-6300 Santa Rosa, Argentina. Univ Nacl Cordoba, Postgrad Program Wildlife Management, RA-5000 Cordoba, Argentina. US Geol Survey, Geol Div, Crustal Imaging & Characterizat Team, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Farmer, A (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Ft Collins Sci Ctr, 2150 Ctr Ave,Bldg C, Ft Collins, CO 80525 USA. EM adrian_farmer@usgs.gov NR 15 TC 6 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 8 PU NEOTROPICAL ORNITHOLOGICAL SOCIETY, USGS PATUXENT WILDLIFE RESEARCH CENTER PI ATHENS PA UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA, WARNELL SCHOOL OF FOREST RESOURCES, ATHENS, GA USA SN 1075-4377 J9 ORNITOL NEOTROP JI ORNITOL. NEOTROP. PY 2004 VL 15 SU S BP 377 EP 384 PG 8 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 942YQ UT WOS:000230319200037 ER PT J AU White, TH Vilella, FJ AF White, TH Vilella, FJ TI Nest management for the Puerto Rican Parrot (Amazona vittata): Gaining the technological edge SO ORNITOLOGIA NEOTROPICAL LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 7th Neotropical Ornithological Congress CY OCT 05-11, 2003 CL Puyehue, CHILE DE Amazona vittata; audio; infrared; management; monitoring; nesting; Puerto Rican Parrot; video camera ID NEOTROPICAL PARROT; BREEDING BIOLOGY; CAVITY USE; BEHAVIOR; VIDEO; PREDATORS; BIRDS AB Management practices for the critically endangered Puerto Rican Parrot (Amazona vitatta) since 1973 have included proactive efforts to increase nesting success through improvement of natural nest cavities, placement of artificial nest cavities, and close monitoring of nesting activity and active intervention. While these practices have resulted in improved overall nesting success over previous passive management, recent application of electronic monitoring techniques has increased not only nesting success, but also knowledge of the nesting and behavioral ecology of the species. These new techniques include both audio and video monitoring of active nest cavities, allowing for accurate documentation of nesting activities and early detection of potential problems with minimal disturbance to the nesting pair. Herein we discuss design, costs, and implementation of these monitoring systems. We also summarize the benefits accrued to date, as well as the transferability of these readily available, and user-friendly, technologies in natural history studies and population management of other cavity-nesting species in Neotropical forests. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Puerto Rican Parrot Recovery Program, Rio Grande, PR 00745 USA. Mississippi State Univ, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries, USGS Biol Resources Div, Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. RP White, TH (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Puerto Rican Parrot Recovery Program, Box 1600, Rio Grande, PR 00745 USA. EM diputado99@hotmail.com; fvilella@cfr.msstate.edu NR 39 TC 10 Z9 10 U1 0 U2 5 PU NEOTROPICAL ORNITHOLOGICAL SOCIETY, USGS PATUXENT WILDLIFE RESEARCH CENTER PI ATHENS PA UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA, WARNELL SCHOOL OF FOREST RESOURCES, ATHENS, GA USA SN 1075-4377 J9 ORNITOL NEOTROP JI ORNITOL. NEOTROP. PY 2004 VL 15 SU S BP 467 EP 476 PG 10 WC Ornithology SC Zoology GA 942YQ UT WOS:000230319200045 ER PT B AU Mueller, SH Goldfarb, RJ Hart, CJR Mair, JL Marsh, EE Rombach, CS AF Mueller, SH Goldfarb, RJ Hart, CJR Mair, JL Marsh, EE Rombach, CS GP ausimm TI The Tintina Gold Province, Alaska and Yukon - New world-class gold resources and their sustainable development SO PACRIM 2004 CONGRESS SE AUSTRALASIAN INSTITUTE OF MINING AND METALLURGY PUBLICATION SERIES LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT PACRIM 2004 Congress CY SEP 19-22, 2004 CL Adelaide, AUSTRALIA SP Australasian Inst Min & Met, Newmont, Primary Ind & Resources SA, Govt S Australia ID DEPOSIT; CANADA AB The Tintina Gold Province (TGP) is a 150 000 km(2) area comprised of >15 individual gold belts and districts of intrusion-related and orogenic gold deposit types, extending from southwestern and interior Alaska (USA) to eastern Yukon (Canada), and bounded by the Tintina-Kaltag and Denali-Farwell regional fault systems. The development of the Fort Knox (5.4 Moz at 0.95 g/t), and Brewery Creek (0.85 Moz at 1.44 g/t) deposits, and discovery of the Pogo (5.8 Moz at 18.86 g/t) and Donlin Creek (25.4 Moz at 2.5 g/t) deposits, have prompted resurgence in exploration for bulk-tonnage gold deposits within the TGP. With the exception of Pogo, most of the economically important deposits within the province represent new, low-grade resources at the sites of historic small prospects and placer deposits. The deposit styles can best be categorised as: 1. sheeted veins in both the apical portion of ca. 90 Ma pinions and in adjacent wallrock; 2. replacements, disseminations, and breccias located either above or adjacent to Cretaceous plutons within the hornfelsed aureoles; 3. fault-related ores that range from quartz bodies in ductile shear zones, to brittle, gouge-filled, sulfide-rich fractures, to disseminated ores along or adjacent to shear zones - these all may occur proximal or at significant distances from Cretaceous plutons; 4. epizonal stockwork mineralisation and related breccias; and 5. gold-bearing skams. The deposits of the TGP have environmental signatures characterised by anomalous arsenic and antimony concentrations in both ground and surface water, as well as anomalous concentrations of As, Sb, Hg, Bi, and W in stream sediments and silts, and in soils. The sustainable development of the TGP deposits is dependent on the proximity of the deposit to pre-existing infrastructure, the beneficiation method, and the land management and social politics associated with the environmental and economic impacts of mine development in Alaska and Yukon. C1 United State Geol Survey, Dever Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Mueller, SH (reprint author), United State Geol Survey, Dever Fed Ctr, MS 973, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 45 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 1 U2 3 PU AUSTRALASIAN INST MINING & METALLURGY PI PARKVILLE VICTORIA PA CLUNIES ROSS HOUSE 191 ROYAL PARADE, PARKVILLE VICTORIA, 3052, AUSTRALIA BN 1-920806-18-0 J9 AUSTRALAS I MIN MET PY 2004 VL 2004 IS 5 BP 189 EP 198 PG 10 WC Mining & Mineral Processing SC Mining & Mineral Processing GA BBF26 UT WOS:000225189000026 ER PT J AU Samish, M Ginsberg, H Glazer, I AF Samish, M Ginsberg, H Glazer, I TI Biological control of ticks SO PARASITOLOGY LA English DT Review DE biocontrol; entomopathogenic fungi; entomopathogenic nematodes; Ixodidae; parasitoids; predators ID IXODES-SCAPULARIS ACARI; IXODIPHAGUS-HOOKERI HYMENOPTERA; FUNGI BEAUVERIA-BASSIANA; ENTOMOPATHOGENIC NEMATODES STEINERNEMATIDAE; RHIPICEPHALUS-SANGUINEUS ACARI; DERMACENTOR-VARIABILIS ACARI; AMBLYOMMA-VARIEGATUM ACARI; BOOPHILUS-MICROPLUS ACARI; METARHIZIUM-ANISOPLIAE; BACILLUS-THURINGIENSIS AB Ticks have numerous natural enemies, but only a few species have been evaluated as tick biocontrol agents (BCAs). Some laboratory results suggest that several bacteria are pathogenic to ticks, but their mode of action and their potential value as biocontrol agents remain to be determined. The most promising entomopathogenic fungi appear to be Metarhizium anisopliae and Beauveria bassiana, strains of which are already commercially available for the control of some pests. Development of effective formulations is critical for tick management. Entomopathogenic nematodes that are pathogenic to ticks can potentially control ticks, but improved formulations and selection of novel nematode strains are needed. Parasitoid wasps of the genus Ixodiphagus do not typically control ticks under natural conditions, but inundative releases show potential value. Most predators of ticks are generalists, with a limited potential for tick management (one possible exception is oxpeckers in Africa). Biological control is likely to play a substantial role in future IPM programmes for ticks because of the diversity of taxa that show high potential as tick BCAs. Considerable research is required to select appropriate strains, develop them as BCAs, establish their effectiveness, and devise production strategies to bring them to practical use. C1 Kimron Vet Inst, Dept Parasitol, IL-50250 Bet Dagan, Israel. Univ Rhode Isl, US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Woodward PLS, Kingston, RI 02881 USA. Agr Res Org, Volcani Ctr, IL-50250 Bet Dagan, Israel. RP Samish, M (reprint author), Kimron Vet Inst, Dept Parasitol, POB 12, IL-50250 Bet Dagan, Israel. EM samishm@int.gov.il NR 153 TC 52 Z9 54 U1 4 U2 34 PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS PI NEW YORK PA 40 WEST 20TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211 USA SN 0031-1820 J9 PARASITOLOGY JI Parasitology PY 2004 VL 129 SU S BP S389 EP S403 DI 10.1017/S0031182004005219 PG 15 WC Parasitology SC Parasitology GA 940HP UT WOS:000230134600022 PM 15938520 ER PT J AU Li, RX Di, KC Matthies, LH Arvidson, RE Folkner, WM Archinal, BA AF Li, RX Di, KC Matthies, LH Arvidson, RE Folkner, WM Archinal, BA TI Rover localization and landing-site mapping technology for the 2003 Mars Exploration rover mission SO PHOTOGRAMMETRIC ENGINEERING AND REMOTE SENSING LA English DT Article ID PATHFINDER MISSION; RADIO TRACKING AB The technology and experiments planned for rover localization and landing site mopping in the 2003 Mars Exploration Rover (MER) mission are described. We introduce the Mars global and landing site local reference systems. For global rover localization in the Mars body-fixed reference system, a triangulation can be performed using observations of common landmarks on satellite images and the very first set of surface images. Alternatively, ultra-high frequency (UHF) two-way Doppler tracking technology can determine the location. For localization of the rover in the landing site area, onboard rover localization techniques will be performed in real time. A visual odometry experiment will improve localization by overcoming problems associated with wheel odometry such as slippage and low accuracy. Finally, a bundle-adjustment-based rover localization method will build an image network acquired by Pancam, Navcam, and Hazcam cameras. The developed incremental and integrated bundle adjustment models will supply improved rover locations and image orientation parameters, which are critical for the generation of high quality landing site topographic mapping products, Based on field tests performed on Earth and Mars (MPF mission data), a relative localization accuracy of one percent of the traversing distance from the landing center is expected to be achieved during this mission. In addition, the bundle adjustment results will also enable us to produce high precision landing site topographic mapping products, including seamless panoramic image Mosaics, DTMS, and orthophotos. C1 Ohio State Univ, Dept Civil & Environm Engn & Geodet Sci, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. Washington Univ, Dept Earth & Planetary Sci, McDonnell Ctr Space Sci, St Louis, MO 63130 USA. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. RP Ohio State Univ, Dept Civil & Environm Engn & Geodet Sci, 470 Hitchcock Hall,2070 Neil Ave, Columbus, OH 43210 USA. EM li.282@osu.edu NR 42 TC 34 Z9 39 U1 0 U2 7 PU AMER SOC PHOTOGRAMMETRY PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 210, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2160 USA SN 0099-1112 J9 PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S JI Photogramm. Eng. Remote Sens. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 70 IS 1 BP 77 EP 90 PG 14 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Physical Geography; Geology; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA 820PX UT WOS:000221402900004 ER PT J AU Dohm, JM Ferris, JC Barlow, NG Baker, VR Mahaney, WC Anderson, RC Hare, TM AF Dohm, JM Ferris, JC Barlow, NG Baker, VR Mahaney, WC Anderson, RC Hare, TM TI The northwestern slope valleys (NSVs) region, Mars: a prime candidate site for the future exploration of Mars SO PLANETARY AND SPACE SCIENCE LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Workshop on Terrestrial Analogues of Mars CY 2001 CL SICILY, ITALY DE Mars; exploration; hydrology; geology; life; climate ID THARSIS REGION; WATER; ICE; MORPHOLOGIES; EVOLUTION; DIAMETER; EJECTA; OCEANS; SCALE; BASIN AB The northwestern slope valleys region is a prime candidate site for future science-driven Mars exploration because it records Noachian to Amazonian Tharsis development in a region that encapsulates (1) a diverse and temporally extensive stratigraphic record, (2) at least three distinct paleohydrologic regimes, (3) gargantuan structurally controlled flood valleys that generally correspond with gravity and magnetic anomalies, possibly marking ancient magnetized rock materials exposed by fluvial activity, (4) water enrichment, as indicated by Mars Odyssey and impact crater analyses, (5) long-lived magma and ground water/ice interactions that could be favorable for the development and sustenance of life, and (6) potential paleosol development. This region has high probability to yield significant geologic, climatic, and exobiologic information that could revolutionize our understanding of Mars. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Arizona, Dept Hydrol & Water Resources, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. No Arizona Univ, Dept Phys & Astron, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA. Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. York Univ, Geomorphol & Pedol Lab, Atkinson Coll, N York, ON M3J 1P3, Canada. Jet Propuls Lab, Pasadena, CA USA. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. RP Dohm, JM (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Hydrol & Water Resources, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. EM jmd@hwr.arizona.edu RI Dohm, James/A-3831-2014; OI Hare, Trent/0000-0001-8842-389X NR 48 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 0 U2 0 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0032-0633 J9 PLANET SPACE SCI JI Planet Space Sci. PD JAN-MAR PY 2004 VL 52 IS 1-3 BP 189 EP 198 DI 10.1016/j.pss.2003.08.013 PG 10 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 770MD UT WOS:000188733800022 ER PT S AU Bellucci, G Formisano, V D'Aversa, E Brown, RH Baines, KH Bibring, JP Buratti, BJ Capaccioni, F Cerroni, P Clark, RN Coradini, A Cruikshank, DP Drossart, P Jaumann, R Langevin, Y Matson, DL McCord, TB Mennella, V Nelson, RM Nicholson, PD Sicardy, B Sotin, C Chamberlain, MC Hansen, G Hibbits, K Showalter, M Filacchione, G AF Bellucci, G Formisano, V D'Aversa, E Brown, RH Baines, KH Bibring, JP Buratti, BJ Capaccioni, F Cerroni, P Clark, RN Coradini, A Cruikshank, DP Drossart, P Jaumann, R Langevin, Y Matson, DL McCord, TB Mennella, V Nelson, RM Nicholson, PD Sicardy, B Sotin, C Chamberlain, MC Hansen, G Hibbits, K Showalter, M Filacchione, G BE Rodin, A Rees, D Gupta, SP TI Principal components analysis of Jupiter VIMS spectra SO PLANETARY IONOSPHERES AND ATMOSPHERES INCLUDING CIRA SE ADVANCES IN SPACE RESEARCH LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 2nd World Space Congress/34th COSPAR Scientific Assembly CY OCT 10-19, 2002 CL HOUSTON, TX SP Comm Space Res DE Jupiter; cassini; visual-infrared mapping spectrometer; great red spot AB During Cassini - Jupiter flyby occurred in December 2000, Visual-Infrared mapping spectrometer (VIMS) instrument took several image cubes of Jupiter at different phase angles and distances. We have analysed the spectral images acquired by the VIMS visual channel by means of a principal component analysis technique (PCA). The original data set consists of 96 spectral images in the 0.35-1.05 mum wavelength range. The product of the analysis are new PC bands, which contain all the spectral variance of the original data. These new components have been used to produce a map of Jupiter made of seven coherent spectral classes. The map confirms previously published work done on the Great Red Spot by using NIMS data. Some other new findings, presently under investigation, are presented. (C) 2004 Published by Elsevier Ltd on behalf of COSPAR. C1 CNR, Inst Fis Spazio Interplanetario, Rome, Italy. Univ Arizona, Lunar & Planetary Lab & Stewart Observ, Tucson, AZ USA. CALTECH, Jet Propuls Lab, Pasadena, CA USA. Univ Paris, Inst Astrophys Spatiale, Paris, France. CNR, Ist Astrofis Spaziale & Fis Cosm, Rome, Italy. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO USA. NASA Ames Res Ctr, Moffett Field, CA USA. Observ Paris, Meudon, France. Univ Washington, Dept Earth & Space Sci, Washington, DC USA. Cornell Univ, Astron Dept, Ithaca, NY 14853 USA. Univ Nantes, Lab Planetol & Geodinam, Nantes, France. RP Bellucci, G (reprint author), CNR, Inst Fis Spazio Interplanetario, Rome, Italy. EM giancarlo.bellucci@ifsi.rm.cnr.it RI Rodin, Alexander/L-1904-2013; OI Rodin, Alexander/0000-0002-3601-7790; Bellucci, Giancarlo/0000-0003-0867-8679; Capaccioni, Fabrizio/0000-0003-1631-4314; Filacchione, Gianrico/0000-0001-9567-0055; D'Aversa, Emiliano/0000-0002-5842-5867 NR 7 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 0 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI KIDLINGTON PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE,, KIDLINGTON OX5 1GB, OXFORD, ENGLAND SN 0273-1177 J9 ADV SPACE RES PY 2004 VL 34 IS 8 BP 1640 EP 1646 DI 10.1016/j.asr.2003.05.062 PG 7 WC Engineering, Aerospace; Astronomy & Astrophysics; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences SC Engineering; Astronomy & Astrophysics; Geology; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA BBH96 UT WOS:000225594400001 ER PT B AU Carlson, JM Racey, CL Lochmann, SE AF Carlson, JM Racey, CL Lochmann, SE BE Eversole, AG TI Evaluation of a crappie length limit on Lake Chicot, Arkansas SO Proceedings of the Fifty-Eighth Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 58th Annual Conference of the Southeastern-Association-of-Fish-and-Wildlife-Agencies CY OCT 31-NOV 03, 2004 CL Hilton Head Isl, SC SP SE Assoc Fish & Wildlife Agcy DE crappies; length limit; Lake Chicot; model AB Population characteristics for black Pomoxis nigronlaculatus and white crappies P. annularis combined were simulated using a dynamic pool model to determine if the current 254-mm length limit is practical at Lake Chicot, Arkansas. Catch curve regressions were used to estimate annual mortalities, and exploitation was estimated with two consecutive tag reward studies. Exploitation was adjusted for tag loss, tagging mortality, and non-reporting. Average annual mortality was 78% and adjusted exploitation was 17%. The model predicted no significant changes in PSD, RSD-P, RSD-M, or population abundance as a result of removing the length limit. However, the model predicted a significant increase (P < 0.05) in the number of crappies harvested and yield if the length limit is removed. The length limit probably has not affected most population characteristics because of low exploitation and high recruitment variability. According to the simulations, removal of the length limit at Lake Chicot would increase angler opportunity to harvest crappies, while maintaining essentially the same size structure and population abundance. A creel survey of crappie anglers would be beneficial to identify angler preferences and measure the level of support for the current length regulations. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, S Florida Field Off, Vero Beach, FL 32960 USA. RP Carlson, JM (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, S Florida Field Off, 1339 20th St, Vero Beach, FL 32960 USA. NR 19 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU SOUTHEASTERN ASSOCIATION FISH & WILDLIFE AGENCIES (SEAFWA) PI TALLAHASSEE PA 8005 FRESHWATER FARMS RD, TALLAHASSEE, FL 32308 USA PY 2004 BP 23 EP 29 PG 7 WC Ecology; Fisheries; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Fisheries; Zoology GA BDS15 UT WOS:000235161800003 ER PT B AU Panek, FM AF Panek, FM BE Eversole, AG TI Persistent and emerging diseases of freshwater and marine fishes in the southeast: Implications for fishery management SO Proceedings of the Fifty-Eighth Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 58th Annual Conference of the Southeastern-Association-of-Fish-and-Wildlife-Agencies CY OCT 31-NOV 03, 2004 CL Hilton Head Isl, SC SP SE Assoc Fish & Wildlife Agcy DE disease; pathogens; fishes; adaptive management ID BASS MORONE-SAXATILIS; APHANOMYCES-INVADANS; ATLANTIC MENHADEN; LARGEMOUTH BASS; STRIPED BASS; STREPTOCOCCUS SP; CHESAPEAKE BAY; UNITED-STATES; VIRUS; TRANSMISSION AB Several diseases of fish present challenges to both fishery managers and aqua-culturists in the Southeast. Emerging diseases along with a suite of known and persistent diseases can present management challenges for native species and biodiversity, can cause loss of recreational fishing opportunities, and can affect local economies or reduce profitability in commercial aquaculture. Emerging diseases such as mycobacteriosis in striped bass, epizootic ulcerative syndrome in menhaden, and spring viremia of carp present some new challenges to fishery managers. Likewise, recurring epizootics resulting from such etiologic agents as Streptococcus and Vibrio in estuarine fishes or Aeromonas and Edwardsiella in freshwater fishes have challenged managers for decades. Pathogens including Photobacterium damselae piscicida and several of the Mycobacterium species may represent health risks to managers, anglers, or fish culturists. Successful resource management depends on the ability of fishery managers to clearly understand the etiology of infectious diseases to both wild and hatchery stocks so that effective management and control strategies may be implemented. The needs for adaptive fisheries management strategies that employ fish health and disease considerations are discussed. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Fish Hlth Res Lab, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. RP Panek, FM (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Fish Hlth Res Lab, 11649 Leetown Rd, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. NR 42 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 5 PU SOUTHEASTERN ASSOCIATION FISH & WILDLIFE AGENCIES (SEAFWA) PI TALLAHASSEE PA 8005 FRESHWATER FARMS RD, TALLAHASSEE, FL 32308 USA PY 2004 BP 196 EP 206 PG 11 WC Ecology; Fisheries; Zoology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Fisheries; Zoology GA BDS15 UT WOS:000235161800020 ER PT B AU Meade, RH AF Meade, RH BE Hu, C Tan, Y Zhou, Z Shao, X Liu, C TI Engineering works and their effects on movement and storage of sediment in Mississippi river and its major tributaries SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RIVER SEDIMENTATION, VOLS 1-4 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 9th International Symposium on River Sedimentation CY OCT 18-21, 2004 CL Yichang, PEOPLES R CHINA SP UNESCO, Int Res & Training Ctr Erosion & Sedimentat ID BUDGET; FLOOD AB The Mississippi and its tributaries are among the most intensively engineered of the largest rivers of the world. The engineering works that have the most pervasive effects on river sedimentation are (1) dams and their impounded reservoirs, (2) bank-stabilization and channelization works, and (3) flood-control levees. High dams were constructed across major tributaries, first for hydropower, and later combining hydropower with flood control, irrigation, and navigation. High-dam construction began a century ago and continued through the 1940s mainly in the Tennessee Valley, and then, during the 1950s and 1960s, it culminated in a series of dams built across the Missouri River. Meanwhile, low-head dams designed principally to maintain navigable depths for river shipping were constructed on Ohio River, upper Mississippi River, Illinois River, Arkansas River, and Red River. Bank-stabilization works, such as revetments, pile dikes, and wing dikes, were installed to channelize the flow and to prevent lateral erosion. Flood-control levees have been constructed for centuries, beginning on the lower Mississippi during the 1700s. The levees were gradually raised in height and eventually enclosed the thousand-mile length of the Mississippi from the Ohio-Mississippi confluence to the Gulf of Mexico. Effects on fluvial sedimentation of dams and their impoundments in Mississippi River basin have been determined by six main factors: (1) initial topography, (2) geomorphic history, (3) quantities of transported sediment and (4) hydraulics of sediment transport, in the affected reach of river both before and after dam completion; (5) design of the dam and the resulting shape and size of its impoundment; (6) operating schedule of the dam, especially the timing of releases. Different combinations of these factors are available for comparative analysis within the Mississippi River basin. Levees have prevented the annual overbank deposition and storage of sediment on floodplains. Bank-protection and channelization works have locked into permanent storage the sediment that otherwise would have been repeatedly mobilized during regular flooding. The annual exchange of sedimentary material between channels and floodplains, which is a dominant feature of the sediment budgets of other large but less-engineered alluvial rivers, has been virtually stopped along the Mississippi River. C1 US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Meade, RH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, MS 413,Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 52 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 2 U2 11 PU TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY PRESS PI BEIJING PA TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY HAIDIANQU, BEIJING 100084, PEOPLES R CHINA BN 7-302-09684-8 PY 2004 BP 154 EP 161 PG 8 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA BBP04 UT WOS:000226799100014 ER PT B AU Gray, JR Glysson, GD AF Gray, JR Glysson, GD BE Hu, C Tan, Y Zhou, Z Shao, X Liu, C TI Traditional and new methods to derive sediment-discharge information in the United States SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RIVER SEDIMENTATION, VOLS 1-4 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 9th International Symposium on River Sedimentation CY OCT 18-21, 2004 CL Yichang, PEOPLES R CHINA SP UNESCO, Int Res & Training Ctr Erosion & Sedimentat DE fluvial sediment; monitoring; research; sediment data quality; collaboration AB Sediment-discharge information in the United States is derived by a number of methods that can differ in accuracy and reliability. Information derived from traditional measurements using standardized samplers and sampling methods tends to be the most accurate and reliable, but are usually temporally sparse and the most expensive to collect. Data derived from estimating equations may be comparatively inexpensive to obtain but are in many cases are the least accurate and reliable. New sediment-surrogate technologies show considerable promise toward providing the types and temporal density of fluvial-sediment data needed to improve sediment-discharge measurements and estimates for comparison to established accuracy criteria. In concert with increased international collaboration, the prospects for increasing production of more reliable and quantifiably accurate sediment-discharge information are promising. C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RP Gray, JR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 415 & 412 Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. NR 42 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY PRESS PI BEIJING PA TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY HAIDIANQU, BEIJING 100084, PEOPLES R CHINA BN 7-302-09684-8 PY 2004 BP 493 EP 504 PG 12 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA BBP04 UT WOS:000226799100052 ER PT B AU Moody, JA Martin, DA AF Moody, JA Martin, DA BE Hu, C Tan, Y Zhou, Z Shao, X Liu, C TI Wildfire impacts on reservoir sedimentation in the western United States SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RIVER SEDIMENTATION, VOLS 1-4 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 9th International Symposium on River Sedimentation CY OCT 18-21, 2004 CL Yichang, PEOPLES R CHINA SP UNESCO, Int Res & Training Ctr Erosion & Sedimentat DE sedimentation; reservoirs; wildfire; sediment yield; runoff; erosion; GIS ID FIRE; POSTFIRE; SOIL AB Wildfires change the soil properties and hydrologic conditions of watersheds upstream from reservoirs. If a wildfire is soon followed by high-intensity rainfall, then runoff and erosion can increase to a degree that depends upon the tectonic and geologic characteristics of the burned watershed. We develop a wildfire impact index covering a large scale (10(6) km(2)) to identify reservoirs expected to experience post-fire sedimentation. Reservoirs in the western United States that are most likely to be affected by wildfire are in the mountains of the southwest and along the tectonically active west coast. C1 US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. RP Moody, JA (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 3215 Marine St,Suite E-127, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. NR 38 TC 6 Z9 6 U1 0 U2 5 PU TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY PRESS PI BEIJING PA TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY HAIDIANQU, BEIJING 100084, PEOPLES R CHINA BN 7-302-09684-8 PY 2004 BP 1095 EP 1102 PG 8 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA BBP04 UT WOS:000226799100144 ER PT B AU Gray, JR Laronne, JB AF Gray, JR Laronne, JB BE Hu, C Tan, Y Zhou, Z Shao, X Liu, C TI Coordination of international bedload research SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RIVER SEDIMENTATION, VOLS 1-4 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 9th International Symposium on River Sedimentation CY OCT 18-21, 2004 CL Yichang, PEOPLES R CHINA SP UNESCO, Int Res & Training Ctr Erosion & Sedimentat DE bedload; bedload monitoring; bedload research; international collaboration AB The state of the science of bedload research and monitoring in the last quarter century has progressed at a much slower rate than that for suspended sediment due to a number of constraints. Most traditional devices still entail routine collection and subsequent analyses of physical samples. The amount and reliability of the bedload data remain limited by the characteristics of the collecting instrument, vagaries associated with manual deployment, a lack of temporal continuity in measurements, and hydraulic and bed conditions. Acceptable and quantifiably accurate measurement of bedload discharge at discrete time intervals, let alone as a time series, is rarely an attainable goal. The accuracy of equations for estimating bedload transport, predicated on data reliability, remains unquantifiable for most conditions. On-going research on bedload-measurement instruments and measuring techniques has been taking place on an ad hoc basis within and between various countries, with little coordination among researchers. Bedload studies often lack adequate funding and adequate local or institutional scientific support. We propose establishing a Bedload Research International Cooperative (BRIC) to address some of these constraints. The BRIC would be by, for, and responsive to the international bedload research and monitoring community. It would provide an international focal point for bedload research, methods development and data sharing. Membership would be free, as would be acquisition of BRIC data. Information compiled and disseminated as part of the BRIC would enable coordination of research to fill critical gaps in our knowledge of bedload processes and measurement techniques. The concept of the BRIC is evolving; suggestions are sought as the concept matures. C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RP Gray, JR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RI LARONNE, JONATHAN/F-1119-2012 NR 2 TC 0 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 0 PU TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY PRESS PI BEIJING PA TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY HAIDIANQU, BEIJING 100084, PEOPLES R CHINA BN 7-302-09684-8 PY 2004 BP 2501 EP 2506 PG 6 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA BBP04 UT WOS:000226799100364 ER PT B AU Topping, DJ Melis, TS Rubin, DM Wright, SA AF Topping, DJ Melis, TS Rubin, DM Wright, SA BE Hu, C Tan, Y Zhou, Z Shao, X Liu, C TI High-resolution monitoring of suspended-sediment concentration and grain size in the Colorado river in Grand Canyon using a laser-acoustic system SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RIVER SEDIMENTATION, VOLS 1-4 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 9th International Symposium on River Sedimentation CY OCT 18-21, 2004 CL Yichang, PEOPLES R CHINA SP UNESCO, Int Res & Training Ctr Erosion & Sedimentat DE suspended sediment; grain size; laser-diffraction; acoustic-backscatter ID SUPPLY LIMITATION; TRANSPORT; EVOLUTION AB To monitor sediment transport in the Colorado River in Grand Canyon, Arizona, USA, we have designed and are evaluating a laser-acoustic system for measuring the concentration and grain size of suspended sediment every 15 min. This system consists of (1) a subaqueously deployed laser-diffraction instrument (either a LISST 100 or a LISST 25X) connected to an automatic pump sampler, and (2) an EZQ acoustic-doppler current meter. When laser transmission drops below a user-defined threshold (as a result of increased suspended-sediment concentrations), the LISST triggers the automatic pump sampler to collect samples at a user-defined rate. This allows samples to be collected when the suspended -sediment concentrations exceed the upper limit for the LISST and the EZQ acoustic -Doppler current meter (around 2,000 mg(.)1(-1)-3,000 mg(.)1(-1)). Beginning in August 2002, we began testing this system on the Colorado River in Grand Canyon, and have developed stable coefficients relating the pump, laser -diffraction, and acoustic-backscatter measurements to cross-sectionally integrated measurements of suspended-sediment concentration and grain size. Variability between either sequential laser -diffraction or acoustic-backscatter measurements is substantially less than the variability between sequential cross -sectionally integrated measurements of concentration and grain size (collected with standard U.S. Geological Survey samplers and methods). Furthermore, the variability between either the laser -diffraction or acoustic -backscatter point measurements and the cross-sectionally integrated measurements is typically less than the variability between paired cross-sectionally fintegrated measurements of concentration and grain size. These observations suggest that more error may be introduced during the computation of suspended-sediment loads based on conventional sampling methods than is introduced during the computation of suspended-sediment loads using the laser-acoustic system. C1 US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. RP Topping, DJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. NR 9 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 1 U2 1 PU TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY PRESS PI BEIJING PA TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY HAIDIANQU, BEIJING 100084, PEOPLES R CHINA BN 7-302-09684-8 PY 2004 BP 2507 EP 2514 PG 8 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA BBP04 UT WOS:000226799100365 ER PT B AU Gray, JR Gartner, JW AF Gray, JR Gartner, JW BE Hu, C Tan, Y Zhou, Z Shao, X Liu, C TI Surrogate technologies for continuous suspended-sediment monitoring in the United States SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RIVER SEDIMENTATION, VOLS 1-4 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 9th International Symposium on River Sedimentation CY OCT 18-21, 2004 CL Yichang, PEOPLES R CHINA SP UNESCO, Int Res & Training Ctr Erosion & Sedimentat DE suspended sediment; sediment surrogate; monitoring; research; sediment data quality ID OPTICAL BACKSCATTERANCE SENSOR; PARTICLE-SIZE; ACOUSTIC BACKSCATTER; SAND CONCENTRATION; SETTLING VELOCITY; ENVIRONMENT; SUSPENSION; PROFILES; FIELD AB Traditional methods for characterizing suspended sediments in surface waters are being replaced or augmented by methods that produce continuous, quantifiably accurate surrogate data that are safer, and (or) less expensive to obtain. Optical properties of water such as turbidity and optical backscatter are the most commonly used surrogates for suspended-sediment concentration, but use of other techniques such as acoustic backscatter, laser diffraction, digital photo-optic, and pressure-difference technologies is increasing for concentration and, in some cases, particle-size distribution determinations. When suspended sediment surrogate data meet consensus accuracy criteria and appropriate sediment-record computation techniques are applied, these technologies have the potential to revolutionize the way fluvial-sediment data are collected, analyzed, and made available in the United States. C1 US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr 415, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RP Gray, JR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr 415, Reston, VA 20192 USA. NR 47 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY PRESS PI BEIJING PA TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY HAIDIANQU, BEIJING 100084, PEOPLES R CHINA BN 7-302-09684-8 PY 2004 BP 2515 EP 2522 PG 8 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA BBP04 UT WOS:000226799100366 ER PT B AU Cheng, RT Costa, JE Mason, RR Plant, WJ Gartner, JW Spicer, K Haeni, FP Melcher, N AF Cheng, RT Costa, JE Mason, RR Plant, WJ Gartner, JW Spicer, K Haeni, FP Melcher, N BE Hu, C Tan, Y Zhou, Z Shao, X Liu, C TI Continuous non-contact river discharge measurements SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RIVER SEDIMENTATION, VOLS 1-4 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 9th International Symposium on River Sedimentation CY OCT 18-21, 2004 CL Yichang, PEOPLES R CHINA SP UNESCO, Int Res & Training Ctr Erosion & Sedimentat DE streamgaging; non-contact river discharge; radar AB The U.S. Geological Survey began a bold project to develop new methods that might have the potential to change the paradigm in streamflow methodologies. The concept of a non-contact river discharge measurement system based on radar technologies was proposed and successfully demonstrated at the Skagit River, WA in 1999. Since the initial experiment, the U.S. Geological Survey has made significant progress towards the development of a radar-based, non-contact system to directly measure river discharge and provide results to users at near real-time. The proposed approach has the potential to provide continuous measurement of stream velocity during floods by non-contact or remote sensing where traditional methods often fail. This paper reports the results of an extended experiment testing the concept of continuous discharge measurements on the San Joaquin River at Vernalis, CA that took place in April 15 - May 17, 2002. The radar-measured discharges compare favorably with discharges determined by other methods. These results suggest that the accuracy of river discharge measured by the non-contact approach is comparable to conventional methods. The advantages of the non-contact method are discussed in the conclusion. As the non-contact radar system evolves from a research tool to a practical system, further testing the continuous field application is recommended. C1 US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Cheng, RT (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 8 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY PRESS PI BEIJING PA TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY HAIDIANQU, BEIJING 100084, PEOPLES R CHINA BN 7-302-09684-8 PY 2004 BP 2535 EP 2542 PG 8 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA BBP04 UT WOS:000226799100369 ER PT B AU Gray, JR Agrawal, YC Pottsmith, HC AF Gray, JR Agrawal, YC Pottsmith, HC BE Hu, C Tan, Y Zhou, Z Shao, X Liu, C TI The LISST-SL streamlined isokinetic suspended-sediment profiler SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RIVER SEDIMENTATION, VOLS 1-4 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 9th International Symposium on River Sedimentation CY OCT 18-21, 2004 CL Yichang, PEOPLES R CHINA SP UNESCO, Int Res & Training Ctr Erosion & Sedimentat DE suspended sediment; sediment measurement; sediment surrogate; sediment sampling AB The new manually deployed Laser In Situ Scattering Transmissometer-StreamLined profiler (LISST-SL) represents a major technological advance for suspended-sediment measurements in rivers. The LISST-SL provides reliable real-time data on sediment concentrations and particle-size distributions. A pressure sensor and current meter provide real-time depth and ambient velocity data, respectively. The velocity data also are used to control pumpage across an internal laser so that the intake velocity is constantly adjusted to match the ambient stream velocity. Such isokinetic withdrawal is necessary for obtaining representative sedimentary measurements in streamflow, and ensures compliance with established practices. The velocity and sediment-concentration data are used to compute fluxes for up to 32 particle-size classes at points, verticals, or in the entire stream cross section. All data are stored internally, as well as transmitted via a 2-wire conductor to the operator using a specially developed communication protocol. The LISST-SL's performance will be measured and compared to published sedimentological accuracy criteria, and a performance summary will be placed on-line. C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RP Gray, JR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 415 Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. NR 11 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 0 PU TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY PRESS PI BEIJING PA TSINGHUA UNIVERSITY HAIDIANQU, BEIJING 100084, PEOPLES R CHINA BN 7-302-09684-8 PY 2004 BP 2549 EP 2555 PG 7 WC Water Resources SC Water Resources GA BBP04 UT WOS:000226799100371 ER PT B AU Powers, MH Oden, CP AF Powers, MH Oden, CP BE Slob, EC Yarovoy, A Rhebergen, J TI Migration of dispersive GPR data SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE TENTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON GROUND PENETRATING RADAR, VOLS 1 AND 2 LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT 10th International Conference on Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR 2004) CY JUN 21-24, 2004 CL Delft Univ Technol, Delft, NETHERLANDS SP TU Delft, Int Res Ctr Telecommun & Radar, TU Delft, Ctr Tech Geosci, IEEE Geosci & Remote Sensing Soc, TNO-FEL, Geophys Sur Syst Inc, 3D Radar-AS, Allied Assoc, Ingegneria Sistemi-SPA, Mala Geosci, Radar Syst Inc, Roadscanners, Sensors & Software, T& A Survey HO Delft Univ Technol DE GPR; deconvolution; migration; dispersive ID FOURIER-TRANSFORM AB Electrical conductivity and dielectric and magnetic relaxation phenomena cause electromagnetic propagation to be dispersive in earth materials. Both velocity and attenuation may vary with frequency, depending on the frequency content of the propagating energy and the nature of the relaxation phenomena. A minor amount of velocity dispersion is associated with high attenuation. For this reason, measuring effects of velocity dispersion in ground penetrating radar (GPR) data is difficult. With a dispersive forward model, GPR responses to propagation through materials with known frequency-dependent properties have been created. These responses are used as test data for migration algorithms that have been modified to handle specific aspects of dispersive media. When either Stolt or Gazdag migration methods are modified to correct for just velocity dispersion, the results are little changed from standard migration. For nondispersive propagating wavefield data, like deep seismic, ensuring correct phase summation in a migration algorithm is more important than correctly handling amplitude. However, the results of migrating model responses to dispersive media with modified algorithms indicate that, in this case, correcting for frequency-dependent amplitude loss has a much greater effect on the result than correcting for proper phase summation. A modified migration is only effective when it includes attenuation recovery, performing deconvolution and migration simultaneously. C1 US Geol Survey, Crustal Imaging & Characterizat Team, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Powers, MH (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Crustal Imaging & Characterizat Team, Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM mhpowers@usgs.gov; coden@usgs.gov NR 10 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 2 PU IEEE PI NEW YORK PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017 USA PY 2004 BP 333 EP 336 PG 4 WC Physics, Applied; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology SC Physics; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA BBJ19 UT WOS:000225736800080 ER PT S AU Pastor, SM AF Pastor, SM BE Nickum, MJ Mazik, PM Nickum, JG Mackinlay, DD TI An evaluation of fresh water recoveries of fish released from national fish hatcheries in the Columbia River basin, and observations of straying SO PROPAGATED FISH IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Propagated Fish in Resource Management CY JUN 16-18, 2003 CL Boise, ID ID SALMON AB Approximately 80 million anadromous salmonids with coded-wire tags have been released from national Fish hatcheries in the Columbia River basin. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service operates fish hatcheries throughout the basin, many of which are located hundreds of miles from the ocean. Spring Chinook salmon Oncorhynchus tshawytscha is the most widely raised species. Coho salmon O. kisutch, steelhead O. mykiss, and both tule and upriver bright fall Chinook are raised at fewer locations, with fall Chinook being raised only in the lower basin. Releases have produced over one hundred thousand observed recoveries, seventy-five thousand of which were in the Columbia River basin. Although tagging was initially inconsistent, practically all groups of fish released since brood year 1989 have been coded-wire tagged. In spite of uncertainties in the coding of recovery locations, and inconsistencies in the sampling and reporting of returning coded-wire tagged fish, recovery patterns can be distinguished. Fish released from national fish hatcheries in the Columbia River basin generally have a high Fidelity when returning to spawn, although there are notable exceptions. Recoveries in freshwater outside of the Columbia River basin are extremely rare. The location of a hatchery relative to the main stein of the Columbia River is an important determinant of the recovery pattern, both for fish from that hatchery and for fish migrating by or near that hatchery. Spring Chinook from hatcheries in the Snake River basin are recovered in smaller basins located further up the Columbia River than the Snake River, while spring Chinook from those same basins are not recovered in the Snake River basin. Natural and artificial barriers, and other features, are also important in determining recovery patterns. More than 43 million coded-wire tagged fish have been released during the brood years considered in this paper, resulting in less than one thousand recoveries in dead fish and spawning ground surveys. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Columbia Rover Fisheries Program Off, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. RP Pastor, SM (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Columbia Rover Fisheries Program Off, 1211 SE Cardinal Court,Suite 100, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. NR 5 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-69-7 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 44 BP 87 EP 98 PG 12 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBW47 UT WOS:000228130200006 ER PT S AU Winkelman, DL Sager, C AF Winkelman, DL Sager, C BE Nickum, MJ Mazik, PM Nickum, JG Mackinlay, DD TI Managing hybrid Bluegill fisheries: Estimating and predicting the effects of young anglers SO PROPAGATED FISH IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Propagated Fish in Resource Management CY JUN 16-18, 2003 CL Boise, ID ID LEPOMIS-MACROCHIRUS AB Hybrid bluegill are becoming increasingly popular for stocking at youth fishing clinics and urban recreational fisheries. However, no studies have evaluated potential impacts of young anglers (ages 12 and under) on hybrid bluegill. Our objective was to quantify catch rate and short-term angling mortality associated with young anglers on hybrid bluegill. We held two fishing clinics to estimate catch rates of stocked hybrid bluegill and observed anglers for 10-min intervals throughout the clinic. Mean catch rates for hybrid bluegill at two youth fishing clinics were 6.6 and 4.4 fish/ h. We estimated that 65% of stocked hybrid bluegill (n = 400) were captured during a 2-h fishing period. We estimated the influence of stocking density on catch rate to predict appropriate stocking densities. Catch rates in experimental ponds ranged from 1.0 to 35.6 fish/angler-hour at stocking densities ranging from 120 to 2,000 fish/ha, respectively. We also conducted catch and release mortality trials to estimate short-term mortality of fish captured by young anglers. Fish were held in net pens and observed for 36 h following capture. We observed only one death from a total of 80 captured fish during our mortality trials. We developed a simulation model to assess management options. Model results suggest that relatively high catch rates (8-10 fish/h) can be maintained with a modest stocking effort (100 fish/month) for a catch-and-release fishery. Even modest harvest would result in a short-term put-and-take fishery. Empirical and modeling results indicate that hybrid bluegill are suitable candidates for youth fishing clinics and can be managed with catch-and-release regulations. C1 US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Oklahoma Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. RP Winkelman, DL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Biol Resources Div, Oklahoma Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, 404 Life Sci W, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. NR 14 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 2 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-69-7 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 44 BP 207 EP 214 PG 8 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBW47 UT WOS:000228130200018 ER PT S AU Reisenbichler, RR AF Reisenbichler, RR BE Nickum, MJ Mazik, PM Nickum, JG Mackinlay, DD TI Uncertainty and research needs for supplementing wild populations of anadromous Pacific salmon SO PROPAGATED FISH IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Propagated Fish in Resource Management CY JUN 16-18, 2003 CL Boise, ID ID ONCORHYNCHUS-KISUTCH; COHO SALMON; STEELHEAD TROUT; CHINOOK SALMON; REPRODUCTIVE SUCCESS; AGONISTIC BEHAVIOR; ATLANTIC SALMON; LIFE-HISTORY; PINK SALMON; HATCHERY AB Substantial disagreement and uncertainty attend the question of whether the benefits from supplementing wild populations of anadromous salmonids with hatchery fish outweigh the risks. Prudent decisions about supplementation are most likely when the suite of potential benefits and hazards and the various sources of uncertainty are explicitly identified. Models help by indicating the potential consequences of various levels of supplementation but perhaps are most valuable for showing the limitations of available data and helping design studies and monitoring to provide critical data. Information and understanding about the issue are deficient. I discuss various benefits, hazards, and associated uncertainties for supplementation, and implications for the design of monitoring and research. Several studies to reduce uncertainty and facilitate prudent supplementation are described and range from short-term reductionistic studies that help define the issue or help avoid deleterious consequences from supplementation to long-term studies (ca. 10 or more Fish generations) that evaluate the net result of positive and negative genetic, behavioral, and ecological effects from supplementation. C1 US Geol Survey, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. RP Reisenbichler, RR (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, 6505 NE 65th St, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. NR 66 TC 10 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-69-7 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 44 BP 263 EP 275 PG 13 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBW47 UT WOS:000228130200023 ER PT S AU Modde, T Birchell, GJ Christopherson, KD AF Modde, T Birchell, GJ Christopherson, KD BE Nickum, MJ Mazik, PM Nickum, JG Mackinlay, DD TI Comparison of the distribution and recapture rates of acclimated and nonacclimated razorback sucker stocked into the Green River SO PROPAGATED FISH IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Propagated Fish in Resource Management CY JUN 16-18, 2003 CL Boise, ID ID UTAH AB As part of an upper Colorado River basin recovery effort, razorback sucker Xyrauchen texanus augmentation will increase significantly in the coming years. In an effort to examine efficiency, we compared the capture returns of acclimated and nonacclimated razorback sucker in the middle Green River. We compared riverine recapture rates of fingerling razorback sucker reared for one growing season in offchannel wetlands, that accessed the river voluntarily as subadults, with subadult Fish (> 250 mm total length) stocked directly in the Green River from the Ouray National Fish Hatchery. This presentation summarizes the capture returns of Fish acclimated in wetlands for an entire growing season with those stocked directly from the hatchery. The distribution and recapture rates of approximately 2,000 subadult/adult razorback sucker (> 250 mm) stocked directly into the river between 1997 and 2001 were compared with approximately 2,192 acclimated fish that accessed the Green River from offchannel wetlands. The entire reach of the Green River between Split Mountain Canyon (river kilometer [rk] 516) and the confluence (rk 0) with the Colorado River was sampled with electro-fishing boats during the spring of 2001. As expected, the majority of poststocking movement occurred downstream of the stocking site. Little difference in observed catch rates and distribution occurred between acclimated and nonacclimated razorback sucker. However, it is probable that the total number of acclimated fish was underestimated and higher survival probably occurred within acclimated fishes. In addition, long-term survival of nonacclimated fishes remains questionable. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Colorado River Fish Project, Vernal, UT 84078 USA. RP Modde, T (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Colorado River Fish Project, 1380 S 2350 W, Vernal, UT 84078 USA. NR 23 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-69-7 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 44 BP 349 EP 355 PG 7 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBW47 UT WOS:000228130200029 ER PT S AU Moffitt, CM Haukenes, AH Williams, CJ AF Moffitt, CM Haukenes, AH Williams, CJ BE Nickum, MJ Mazik, PM Nickum, JG Mackinlay, DD TI Evaluating and understanding fish health risks and their consequences in propagated and free-ranging fish populations SO PROPAGATED FISH IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Propagated Fish in Resource Management CY JUN 16-18, 2003 CL Boise, ID ID HEMATOPOIETIC NECROSIS VIRUS; TETRACYCLINE RESISTANCE DETERMINANTS; JUVENILE CHINOOK SALMON; GRAM-NEGATIVE BACTERIA; RENIBACTERIUM-SALMONINARUM; ANTIBIOTIC-RESISTANCE; MYXOBOLUS-CEREBRALIS; AEROMONAS-SALMONICIDA; INFECTIOUS-DISEASES; BRITISH-COLUMBIA AB Fishery managers and resource conservationists are increasingly interested in understanding the fish health and disease risks of free-ranging Fishes and whether propagated fishes or features and practices used at fish culture facilities pose a health risk to free-ranging populations. Disease agents are present in most both captive and all free-ranging fish populations, but the consequences and extent of infections in free-ranging populations are often difficult to measure, control, and understand. Sampling methods, protocols, and assay techniques developed to assess the health of captive populations are not as applicable for assessments of free-ranging fishes. The use of chemicals and therapeutics to control diseases and parasites in propagated fishes likely reduces the risk of introducing specific pathogens into the environment, but control measures may have localized effects on the environment surrounding fish culture facilities. To understand health risks of propagated and free ranging fishes, we must consider fish populations, culture facilities, fish releases, and their interactions within the greater geospatial features of the aquatic environment. C1 Univ Idaho, Dept Fish & Wildlife Resources, USGS, Idaho Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. RP Moffitt, CM (reprint author), Univ Idaho, Dept Fish & Wildlife Resources, USGS, Idaho Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. NR 87 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-69-7 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 44 BP 529 EP 537 PG 9 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBW47 UT WOS:000228130200044 ER PT S AU Kurath, G Garver, KA Troyer, RM AF Kurath, G Garver, KA Troyer, RM BE Nickum, MJ Mazik, PM Nickum, JG Mackinlay, DD TI Infectious hematopoietic necrosis virus traffic in the Columbia River Basin SO PROPAGATED FISH IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Propagated Fish in Resource Management CY JUN 16-18, 2003 CL Boise, ID ID ONCORHYNCHUS-NERKA WALBAUM; SOCKEYE SALMON; MOLECULAR EPIDEMIOLOGY; BRITISH-COLUMBIA; IHN VIRUS; FISH; AQUACULTURE; DIVERSITY; DISEASES; ALASKA AB For several decades infectious hematopoietic necrosis virus (IHNV) has been a serious pathogen impacting salmon and trout in the North American West. In the Columbia River basin, IHNV caused severe epidemics in sockeye salmon Oncorhynchys nerka hatcheries during the 1950s, contributing to a great reduction of sockeye culture efforts. Since the early 1980s, IHNV has been endemic at fluctuating prevalence levels in both steelhead O. mykiss and Chinook salmon O. tshawytscha stocks in the basin, causing frequent epidemics in Cultured steelhead fry. Infectious hematopoietic necrosis has also been endemic and epidemic in the Idaho rainbow trout (nonanadromous O. mykiss) industry since its emergence in the Hagerman Valley in the late 1970s. Infectious hematopoietic necrosis virus strain typing methods based on genetic analyses of gene sequences have recently been applied to more than 270 virus isolates from the Columbia River basin, including 150 isolates from the Hagerman Valley. Phylogenetic analyses revealed that there are two distinct major genogroups of IHNV, designated U and M, that overlap in the Columbia River basin. The U genogroup has a long history of prevalence throughout the Columbia River basin with the exception that it has not been found in the upper Snake River watershed, including the Hagerman Valley. Genogroup M is prevalent throughout the Hagerman Valley rainbow trout industry, and it also occurs in the lower Snake and lower Columbia River, but it has never been found in the upper Columbia River basin. The ability to distinguish different IHNV genotypes has provided numerous insights into the epidemiology of IHNV throughout the basin, suggesting frequent viral traffic between cultured fish stocks and also between wild and cultured fish. The patterns of M genogroup IHNV in the lower Snake and lower Columbia River basins suggest that virus translocation does not occur by simple downstream water flow, but more likely involves fish translocations that are part of salmon resource management in the region. The novel insights gained from this genetic typing underscore the critical need to manage salmonid stocks to prevent further spread and establishment of M genogroup IHNV throughout the basin. C1 USGS, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. RP Kurath, G (reprint author), USGS, Western Fisheries Res Ctr, 6505 NE 65th St, Seattle, WA 98115 USA. NR 32 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-69-7 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 44 BP 539 EP 548 PG 10 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBW47 UT WOS:000228130200045 ER PT S AU Olson, DE Spateholts, B Paiya, M Campton, DE AF Olson, DE Spateholts, B Paiya, M Campton, DE BE Nickum, MJ Mazik, PM Nickum, JG Mackinlay, DD TI Salmon hatcheries for the 21st century: A model at warm springs national fish hatchery SO PROPAGATED FISH IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Propagated Fish in Resource Management CY JUN 16-18, 2003 CL Boise, ID ID CHINOOK SALMON; PACIFIC SALMON; POPULATIONS; STEELHEAD AB Salmon hatcheries in the Pacific Northwest continue to produce fish for harvest, largely to fulfill a mitigation function. Fisheries management struggles with the need to integrate this harvest opportunity from hatcheries with wild fish conservation. Warm Springs National Fish Hatchery demonstrates a program that balances this need to help offset salmon losses, provide fisheries, and protect wild fish. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and Confederated Tribes of the Warm Springs Reservation of Oregon initiated the hatchery program in 1978 with wild, native fish from the Warm Springs River. The goal is to cooperatively manage hatchery operations to balance harvest opportunities with protection of wild fish populations and their inherent genetic resources. The management objectives are (1) to produce spring Chinook salmon Oncorhynchus tshawyischa for harvest in tribal subsistence and sport fisheries, (2) to preserve the genetic characteristics of the native population both in the hatchery and in the naturally spawning component of the integrated population, (3) to manage impact on wild fish to levels which pose a minimum risk, and (4) to develop and implement a hatchery operations plan to achieve both the harvest and conservation goals for the Warm Springs River Chinook population. To determine if these objectives are met, data on harvest, escapement, recruitment, spawning success, fish health, survival, run timing, age and size at return, and juvenile production characteristics have been collected to monitor changes over time and to compare performance of wild and hatchery origin fish. These data have been cooperatively collected by the Confederated Tribes of the Warm Springs Reservation, Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife, and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service for more than 25 years. Every 5 years, a hatchery operation plan has been developed based on this monitoring. The following list of actions are identified in the 2002-2006 hatchery operations plan and are measures for protecting the natural population while operating the hatchery for harvest augmentation: (1) Mass marking and coded-wire tagging of hatchery production for selective fisheries, broodstock management, and hatchery evaluations; (2) Selecting broodstock to mimic wild fish run timing; (3) Incorporating wild fish in the hatchery broodstock using a sliding scale; (4) Limiting the number of hatchery fish allowed to spawn naturally; (5) Operating an automated passage system for returning adults to reduce handling of wild fish; (6) Replacing the hatchery's water intake structure to meet new screening criteria to protect juvenile Fish; (7) Simulating environmental and biological factors in the hatchery environment to match natural production; (8) Managing fish health at the hatchery; (9) Assessing ecological interactions between wild and hatchery fish; and (10) Determining the reproductive success of hatchery fish spawning in the stream. The monitoring and management of Warm Springs National Fish Hatchery demonstrates a sustainable program, integrating the need for both harvest and wild fish conservation. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Columbia River Fisheries Program Off, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. RP Olson, DE (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Columbia River Fisheries Program Off, 1211 SE Cardinal Court,Suite 100, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. NR 30 TC 9 Z9 9 U1 1 U2 2 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-69-7 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 44 BP 585 EP 602 PG 18 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBW47 UT WOS:000228130200049 ER PT S AU Henderson, AP Spidle, AP King, TL AF Henderson, AP Spidle, AP King, TL BE Nickum, MJ Mazik, PM Nickum, JG Mackinlay, DD TI Genetic diversity, kinship analysis, and broodstock management of captive Atlantic sturgeon for population restoration SO PROPAGATED FISH IN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY SYMPOSIUM LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Propagated Fish in Resource Management CY JUN 16-18, 2003 CL Boise, ID ID MITOCHONDRIAL-DNA; FERTILIZATION SUCCESS; ACIPENSER OXYRINCHUS; SALMON POPULATIONS; PARENTAGE ANALYSIS; PACIFIC SALMON; NEW-YORK; CONSERVATION; RIVER; INDIVIDUALS AB Captive Atlantic sturgeon Acipenser oxyrinchus considered for use as broodstock in a restoration program were genotyped using nuclear DNA microsatellites and compared to wild collections from the Hudson River, New York (source of parents of the captive sturgeon) and from Albemarle Sound, North Carolina. Because the potential broodfish were the progeny of a small number of parents, maintaining genetic diversity and minimizing inbreeding is essential to a successful breeding and supplementation program. The microsatellite loci used in this analysis generated unique multilocus genotypes for each of 136 Atlantic sturgeon. Analyses indicated significant genetic separation between the New York and North Carolina collections and correctly identified the potential broodstock as a subset of the Hudson River population. Pairwise genetic distance (-In proportion of shared alleles) between half and full siblings in the potential broodfish was as great as 1.386, a value exceeded by only 36% of the sampled broodfish pairs available for mating. Because the current broodstock population does not seem to have deviated far from their ancestral population in the Hudson River, progeny from that broodstock, or the parents themselves, would seem to be genetically suitable for release back into the Hudson River. C1 US Geol Survey, Aquat Ecol Branch, Biol Resources Div, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. RP Henderson, AP (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Aquat Ecol Branch, Biol Resources Div, 11649 Leetown Rd, Kearneysville, WV 25430 USA. NR 52 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 1 U2 6 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-69-7 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 44 BP 621 EP 633 PG 13 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBW47 UT WOS:000228130200051 ER PT B AU Fenn, DB AF Fenn, DB BE Harmon, D Kilgore, BM Vietzke, GE TI The role of the US geological survey in science delivery to The National Park Service SO Protecting Our Diverse Heritage: The Role of Parks, Protected Areas, and Cultural Sites LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT George-Wright-Society/National Park Service Joint Conference CY APR 14, 2003-APR 18, 2004 CL San Diego, CA SP George Wright Soc, Natl Pk Serv, USGS, Calif State Pks, Eastern Natl, Environm Careers Org C1 US Geol Survey, SW Biol Sci Ctr, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 1 PU GEORGE WRIGHT SOCIETY, INC. PI HANCOCK PA PO BOX 65, HANCOCK, MI 49930-0065 USA PY 2004 BP 7 EP 9 PG 3 WC Environmental Studies SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA BCW15 UT WOS:000231503300003 ER PT B AU Watson, JK AF Watson, JK BE Harmon, D Kilgore, BM Vietzke, GE TI Integration of the North American Bird Conservation Initiative (NABCI) into southeast National Park Service planning and operations SO Protecting Our Diverse Heritage: The Role of Parks, Protected Areas, and Cultural Sites LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT George-Wright-Society/National Park Service Joint Conference CY APR 14, 2003-APR 18, 2004 CL San Diego, CA SP George Wright Soc, Natl Pk Serv, USGS, Calif State Pks, Eastern Natl, Environm Careers Org C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Asheville, NC 28801 USA. NR 2 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU GEORGE WRIGHT SOCIETY, INC. PI HANCOCK PA PO BOX 65, HANCOCK, MI 49930-0065 USA PY 2004 BP 30 EP 33 PG 4 WC Environmental Studies SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA BCW15 UT WOS:000231503300009 ER PT B AU Geissler, PH McDonald, TL AF Geissler, PH McDonald, TL BE Harmon, D Kilgore, BM Vietzke, GE TI A comparison of grid sampling designs with stratified/nonuniform probability sampling designs for national park monitoring - (Summary) SO Protecting Our Diverse Heritage: The Role of Parks, Protected Areas, and Cultural Sites LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT George-Wright-Society/National Park Service Joint Conference CY APR 14, 2003-APR 18, 2004 CL San Diego, CA SP George Wright Soc, Natl Pk Serv, USGS, Calif State Pks, Eastern Natl, Environm Careers Org C1 US Geol Survey, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. NR 3 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 1 PU GEORGE WRIGHT SOCIETY, INC. PI HANCOCK PA PO BOX 65, HANCOCK, MI 49930-0065 USA PY 2004 BP 367 EP 367 PG 1 WC Environmental Studies SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA BCW15 UT WOS:000231503300080 ER PT B AU Gilbert, A O'Connell, A AF Gilbert, A O'Connell, A BE Harmon, D Kilgore, BM Vietzke, GE TI Retrieval, compilation, and organization of vertebrate and vascular plant voucher specimens originating from national parks SO Protecting Our Diverse Heritage: The Role of Parks, Protected Areas, and Cultural Sites LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT George-Wright-Society/National Park Service Joint Conference CY APR 14, 2003-APR 18, 2004 CL San Diego, CA SP George Wright Soc, Natl Pk Serv, USGS, Calif State Pks, Eastern Natl, Environm Careers Org ID SPECIES RICHNESS; BIODIVERSITY C1 US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. NR 10 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU GEORGE WRIGHT SOCIETY, INC. PI HANCOCK PA PO BOX 65, HANCOCK, MI 49930-0065 USA PY 2004 BP 400 EP 405 PG 6 WC Environmental Studies SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA BCW15 UT WOS:000231503300091 ER PT S AU Aleinikoff, JN Horton, JW Drake, AA Wintsch, RP Fanning, CM Yi, K AF Aleinikoff, John N. Horton, J. Wright, Jr. Drake, Avery A., Jr. Wintsch, Robert P. Fanning, C. Mark Yi, Keewook BE Tollo, RP Corriveau, L McLelland, J Bartholomew, MJ TI Deciphering multiple Mesoproterozoic and Paleozoic events recorded in zircon and titanite from the Baltimore Gneiss, Maryland: SEM imaging, SHRIMP U-Pb geochronology, and EMP analysis SO PROTEROZOIC TECTONIC EVOLUTION OF THE GRENVILLE OROGEN IN NORTH AMERICA SE Geological Society of America Memoir LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE Baltimore Gneiss; zircon; titanite; SHRIMP U-Pb geochronology; Grenville ID CENTRAL APPALACHIAN-PIEDMONT; GRENVILLE PROVINCE; CONTINENTAL-MARGIN; SUSPECT TERRANES; AGES; COMPLEX; METAMORPHISM; MINERALS; ONTARIO; GROWTH AB The Baltimore Gneiss, exposed in antiforms in the eastern Maryland Piedmont, consists of a suite of felsic and mafic gneisses of Mesoproterozoic age. Zircons from the felsic gneisses are complexly zoned, as shown in cathodoluminescence imaging; most zircon grains have multiple overgrowth zones, some of which are adjacent and parallel to elongate cores. Sensitive high-resolution ion microprobe ( SHRIMP) analyses of oscillatory-zoned cores indicate that the volcanic protoliths of the felsic gneisses crystallized at ca. 1.25 Ga. These rocks were subsequently affected by at least three Mesoproterozoic growth events, at ca. 1.22, 1.16, and 1.02 Ga. Foliated biotite granite intruded the Baltimore Gneiss metavolcanic sequence at ca. 1075 Ma. The Slaughterhouse Granite ( renamed herein) also is Mesoproterozoic, but extremely discordant UPb data from high-U, metamict zircons preclude calculating a precise age. The 1.25 Ga rocks of the Baltimore Gneiss are coeval with rocks emplaced in the Grenville Province during the Elzevirian orogeny, and the 1.22 Ga zircon overgrowths are coincident with a later stage of this event. Younger zircon overgrowths formed during the Ottawan phase of the Grenville orogeny. Backscattered electron imaging of titanites from felsic gneisses and foliated biotite granite reveals that many of the grains contain cores, intermediate mantles, and rims. Electron microprobe traverses across zoned grains show regular variations in composition. SHRIMP ages for titanite from the foliated biotite granite are 374 +/- 8, 336 +/- 8, and 301 +/- 12 Ma. The ca. 374 Ma age suggests growth of titanite during a thermal event following the Acadian orogeny, whereas the late Paleozoic titanite growth ages may be due to greenschist-facies replacement reactions associated with Alleghanian metamorphism and deformation. C1 [Aleinikoff, John N.] US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. [Horton, J. Wright, Jr.; Drake, Avery A., Jr.] US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. [Wintsch, Robert P.] Indiana Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Bloomington, IN 47405 USA. [Fanning, C. Mark] Australian Natl Univ, Res Sch Earth Sci, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia. [Yi, Keewook] Indiana Univ, Sch Dent, Indianapolis, IN 46202 USA. RP Aleinikoff, JN (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, MS 963, Denver, CO 80225 USA. EM jaleinikoff@usgs.gov RI Fanning, Christopher Mark/I-6449-2016 OI Fanning, Christopher Mark/0000-0003-3331-3145 NR 79 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 1 U2 3 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1069 BN 978-0-8137-1197-3 J9 GEOL SOC AM MEM JI Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. PY 2004 VL 197 BP 411 EP 434 PG 24 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology GA BLY17 UT WOS:000271405500022 ER PT S AU Burton, WC Southworth, S AF Burton, William C. Southworth, Scott BE Tollo, RP Corriveau, L McLelland, J Bartholomew, MJ TI Tectonic evolution of the northern Blue Ridge massif, Virginia and Maryland SO PROTEROZOIC TECTONIC EVOLUTION OF THE GRENVILLE OROGEN IN NORTH AMERICA SE Geological Society of America Memoir LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE Blue Ridge; Grenville; Mesoproterozoic; basement; Appalachians; Neoproterozoic ID U-PB GEOCHRONOLOGY; PROVINCE; ORIGIN; ZIRCON AB Detailed mapping in the Mesoproterozoic northern Blue Ridge massif has delineated ten high-grade metamorphic map units of mostly granitic composition occurring in association with charnockite and paragneiss. U-Pb isotopic dating of zircons from these rocks defines three episodes of protolith intrusion during the interval from 1150 to 1055 Ma. Crosscutting relationships, structural analysis of foliations and lineations, and comparison of deformational fabrics of gneisses with different protolith ages indicate three episodes of Grenvillian deformation under differing stress regimes: D1, post-1140 Ma and pre-1120 Ma, involving regional coaxial compression; D2, post-1055 Ma and pre-1035 (?) Ma, noncoaxial ductile shear; and D3, post-1035 (?) Ma and pre-1030 (?) Ma, late-stage compression. The Short Hill fault, a Paleozoic structure of possibly Grenville-age origin, separates predominantly older gneisses with D1 foliation to the west from predominantly younger gneisses with D2 and D3 structures to the east. Geologic features in the central Blue Ridge massif that are similar to those in the northern Blue Ridge include a central fault zone, the Rockfish Valley fault zone, separating a more charnockitic suite of rocks to the west from a more leucogranitic suite to the east. We propose a model in which the Short Hill fault and the Rockfish Valley fault zone were formerly part of a single discontinuity that was offset by a younger Neoproterozoic normal fault during early rifting of the Laurentian margin. This rift-related normal fault became the locus of intrusion of the 735-702 Ma Robertson River batholith. C1 [Burton, William C.; Southworth, Scott] US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. RP Burton, WC (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, MS 926A, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM bburton@usgs.gov NR 52 TC 6 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 0 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1069 BN 978-0-8137-1197-3 J9 GEOL SOC AM MEM JI Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. PY 2004 VL 197 BP 477 EP 493 PG 17 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology GA BLY17 UT WOS:000271405500025 ER PT S AU Novak, SW Rankin, DW AF Novak, Steven W. Rankin, Douglas W. BE Tollo, RP Corriveau, L McLelland, J Bartholomew, MJ TI Compositional zoning of a Neoproterozoic ash-flow sheet of the Mount Rogers Formation, southwestern Virginia Blue Ridge, and the aborted rifting of Laurentia SO PROTEROZOIC TECTONIC EVOLUTION OF THE GRENVILLE OROGEN IN NORTH AMERICA SE Geological Society of America Memoir LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE ash-flow tuff; peralkaline; rhyolite; rifting; Appalachians ID GEOCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS; SOUTHERN APPALACHIANS; MAGMA CHAMBERS; NORTH-AMERICA; WELDED TUFFS; RHODE-ISLAND; ZIRCON AGES; PETROGENESIS; EVOLUTION; ROCKS AB The 760 Ma Wilburn Rhyolite Member of the Mount Rogers Formation, in southwestern Virginia, is a mineralogically and compositionally zoned welded ash-flow sheet at least 660 m thick. Compositional zoning, preserved despite greenshist-facies metamorphism, developed in the pre-eruptive magma chamber and was inverted during eruption of the ash-flow sheet. Microphenocrysts of aegerine and riebeckite occur at the base of the sheet, riebeckite alone or with biotite at higher levels, and Fe-rich biotite at the top. Alkali feldspar phenocrysts are more potassic, and riebeckite and biotite exhibit decreasing Mg/Fe toward the top of the ash-flow sheet; F content of biotite increases toward the base. The ash-flow tuff is a high-silica rhyolite (SiO(2) = 76.6 wt%); the basal one-sixth of the sheet is interpreted as originally peralkaline, whereas the remainder is metaluminous. Major- and trace-element zoning within the sheet is similar to other well-documented ash-flow sheets: SiO(2), Na(2)O, and F increase toward the base of the sheet, whereas Al(2)O(3), MgO, CaO, K(2)O, and TiO(2) decrease. Concentrations of Be, Rb, Zr, Nb, Sn, Hf, Ta, Th, U, Tb, and Yb increase toward the base; elements more abundant toward the top include Sc, Sr, Ba, La, Ce, Nd, and Eu. These gradients developed in a high-level silicic magma chamber in which peralkaline high-silica rhyolitic magma overlay metaluminous high-silica rhyolite. The 765-740 Ma Crossnore Complex, which includes the Mount Rogers Formation, in the Grenvillian French Broad massif includes A-type granitoids and is interpreted to reflect aborted rifting of Laurentian continental crust. The locus of aborted rifting migrated northeastward to the Shenandoah massif, where A-type magmatism occurred at 735-680 Ma. Continental breakup and opening of the Iapetus Ocean followed Late Neoproterozoic (ca. 572-554 Ma) rifting. Formation of a voluminous high-silica, partly peralkaline magma chamber indicates that the initial pulse of rifting took place in relatively thick continental crust, perhaps explaining why this pulse did not culminate in continental breakup until similar to 200 m.y. later. C1 [Rankin, Douglas W.] US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, Reston, VA 20192 USA. [Novak, Steven W.] Evans E Inc, E Windsor, NJ 08520 USA. RP Rankin, DW (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Natl Ctr, MS 926A, Reston, VA 20192 USA. EM dwrankin@usgs.gov NR 74 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 1 U2 3 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1069 BN 978-0-8137-1197-3 J9 GEOL SOC AM MEM JI Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. PY 2004 VL 197 BP 571 EP 600 PG 30 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology GA BLY17 UT WOS:000271405500030 ER PT S AU Ownby, SE Miller, CF Berquist, PJ Carrigan, CW Wooden, JL Fullagar, PD AF Ownby, Steven E. Miller, Calvin F. Berquist, Peter J. Carrigan, Charles W. Wooden, Joseph L. Fullagar, Paul D. BE Tollo, RP Corriveau, L McLelland, J Bartholomew, MJ TI U-Pb geochronology and geochemistry of a portion of the Mars Hill terrane, North Carolina-Tennessee: Constraints on origin, history, and tectonic assembly SO PROTEROZOIC TECTONIC EVOLUTION OF THE GRENVILLE OROGEN IN NORTH AMERICA SE Geological Society of America Memoir LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE Appalachians; geochemistry; zircon; SHRIMP; geochronology; Proterozoic; granulite facies; Grenville; Nd isotopes ID APPALACHIAN BLUE RIDGE; SOUTHERN APPALACHIANS; ION MICROPROBE; ROCKS; COMPLEX; PIEDMONT; VIRGINIA; BASEMENT; PROVINCE; AMERICA AB The Mars Hill terrane (MHT), a lithologically diverse belt exposed between Roan Mountain, North Carolina-Tennessee, and Asheville, North Carolina, is distinct in age, metamorphic history, and protoliths from the structurally overlying Eastern Blue Ridge and underlying Western Blue Ridge. MHT lithologies include diverse granitic gneisses, abundant mafic and sparse ultramafic bodies, and mildly to strongly aluminous paragneisses. These lithologies experienced metamorphism in the granulite facies and are intimately interspersed on cm to km scale, reflecting both intrusive and tectonic juxtaposition. Previous analyses of zircons by high-resolution ion microprobe verified the presence of Paleoproterozoic orthogneiss (1.8 Ga). New data document a major magmatic event at 1.20 Ga. Inherited and detrital zircons ranging in age from 1.3 to 1.9 Ga ( plus a single 2.7 Ga core), ubiquitous Sm-Nd depleted mantle model ages ca. 2.0 Ga, and strongly negative epsilon(Nd) during Mesoproterozoic time all attest to the pre-Grenville heritage of this crust that was suggested by previous whole-rock Pb and Rb-Sr isotope studies. A single garnet amphibolite yielded a magmatic age of 0.73 Ga, equivalent to the Bakersville dike swarm, which cuts both the MHT and the adjacent Western Blue Ridge. Zircons from this sample display 0.47 Ga metamorphic rims. Zircons from all other samples have well-developed ca. 1.0 Ga metamorphic rims that date granulite-facies metamorphism. Silica contents of analyzed samples range from 45 to 76 wt%, reflecting the extreme diversity observed in the field and the highly variable protoliths. The MHT contrasts strikingly with basement of the adjacent Eastern and Western Blue Ridge, which comprise relatively homogeneous, 1.1 to 1.2 Ga granitic rocks with initial epsilon(Nd) values near 0. It appears to have more in common with distant Paleo-proterozoic crustal terranes in the Great Lakes region, the southwestern United States, and South America. C1 [Ownby, Steven E.; Miller, Calvin F.; Berquist, Peter J.; Carrigan, Charles W.] Vanderbilt Univ, Dept Geol, Nashville, TN 37235 USA. [Wooden, Joseph L.] Stanford Univ, USGS SUMAC Ion Probe Lab, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. [Fullagar, Paul D.] Univ N Carolina, Dept Geol Sci CB 3315, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 USA. RP Miller, CF (reprint author), Vanderbilt Univ, Dept Geol, Nashville, TN 37235 USA. EM calvin.miller@vanderbilt.edu RI UCLA, SIMS/A-1459-2011 NR 61 TC 25 Z9 25 U1 1 U2 2 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1069 BN 978-0-8137-1197-3 J9 GEOL SOC AM MEM JI Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. PY 2004 VL 197 BP 609 EP 632 PG 24 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology GA BLY17 UT WOS:000271405500032 ER PT S AU Steltenpohl, MG Heatherington, A Mueller, P Wooden, JL AF Steltenpohl, Mark G. Heatherington, Ann Mueller, Paul Wooden, Joseph L. BE Tollo, RP Corriveau, L McLelland, J Bartholomew, MJ TI Pre-Appalachian tectonic evolution of the Pine Mountain window in the southernmost Appalachians, Alabama and Georgia SO PROTEROZOIC TECTONIC EVOLUTION OF THE GRENVILLE OROGEN IN NORTH AMERICA SE Geological Society of America Memoir LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE Neoproterozoic; tectonics; geochronology; Appalachians; Rodinia ID ALLEGHANIAN DEVELOPMENT; WESTERN GEORGIA; SOUTH-AMERICA; ISOTOPIC DATA; FAULT ZONE; PIEDMONT; LAURENTIA; ZIRCON; MARGIN; ROCKS AB The Pine Mountain window contains the southernmost Grenville basement massif to be found in the Appalachians. Granulite- and upper-amphibolite-facies granitic gneisses that form the basement complex are isotopically dated at 1.1-1.0 Ga. Locally, the gneisses contain rare mafic injections and supracrustal and plutonic xenoliths. The Pine Mountain Group cover sequence nonconformably overlies Grenville basement and is interpreted to correlate with Blue Ridge units as follows: Halawaka/Sparks Schist = Ocoee Supergroup ( Late Proterozoic, rift), Hollis Quartzite = Chilhowee Group ( Late Proterozoic-Cambrian, rift-to-drift), and Chewacla Marble = Shady Dolomite (Cambro-Ordovician, drift). Facies variations within the sedimentary cover units were cited as evidence for a southward decrease in the extent of the Ocoee rift basins, but new mapping documents the continuity of thick packages of Halawaka (i.e., Ocoee) rocks extending southward beneath the Gulf Coastal Plain. In contrast to upper amphibolite- and granulite-facies metamorphism of the basement during the Grenville event, cover rocks contain staurolite and staurolite-kyanite zone assemblages reflecting Paleozoic Appalachian metamorphism. Sensitive high-resolution ion microprobe ( SHRIMP) and conventional single-grain U-Pb datings of detrital zircons from the basal Hollis Quartzite document a distinct population of clear, subrounded zircons of ca. 1.09 Ga, which were most likely derived from underlying Grenville-age gneiss. An older, white/gray population found in the lowermost Hollis is ca. 2.4-2.3 Ga, an age restricted to Gondwanan continents and very limited occurrences in northern Laurentia. Tectonic reconstructions of Unrug ( 1997) and others depict southeast Laurentia proximal to the Amazonia and Rio de la Plata cratons during the Neoproterozoic, offering the possibility that they may be the source for 2.4-2.3-Ga zircons in Hollis sediments. Alternatively, the AUSWUS (Australia/Western United States) reconstruction ( Karlstrom et al., 2001) places east Antarctica and the Australian Gawler craton, both of which contain abundant 2.4 Ga granites, proximal to the southwestern United States during this time. Depending on the stream systems present during the Neoproterozoic, zircons from the Gawler may have been transported to the vicinity of the Pine Mountain window. In addition, three clear zircons yield ages of 1.4 Ga, and may have been derived from either the Laurentian Mid-continent granite-rhyolite province or the Rondonian Province of South America. A Chilhowee Group sandstone sample contains a similar mixture of Grenville and Mid-continent/Rondonian-age zircons, but none with ages of 2.4-2.3 Ga. C1 [Steltenpohl, Mark G.] Auburn Univ, Dept Geol, Auburn, AL 36849 USA. [Heatherington, Ann; Mueller, Paul] Univ Florida, Dept Geol Sci, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. [Wooden, Joseph L.] US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. RP Steltenpohl, MG (reprint author), Auburn Univ, Dept Geol, Auburn, AL 36849 USA. EM steltmg@mail.auburn.edu OI Mueller, Paul/0000-0003-2608-193X NR 94 TC 19 Z9 19 U1 0 U2 2 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1069 BN 978-0-8137-1197-3 J9 GEOL SOC AM MEM JI Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. PY 2004 VL 197 BP 633 EP 646 PG 14 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology GA BLY17 UT WOS:000271405500033 ER PT S AU Tollo, RP Aleinikoff, JN Borduas, EA Hackley, PC Fanning, CM AF Tollo, Richard P. Aleinikoff, John N. Borduas, Elizabeth A. Hackley, Paul C. Fanning, C. Mark BE Tollo, RP Corriveau, L McLelland, J Bartholomew, MJ TI Petrologic and geochronologic evolution of the Grenville orogen, northern Blue Ridge Province, Virginia SO PROTEROZOIC TECTONIC EVOLUTION OF THE GRENVILLE OROGEN IN NORTH AMERICA SE Geological Society of America Memoir LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE charnockite; Grenville; Blue Ridge; A-type granite; geochronology ID A-TYPE GRANITES; U-PB GEOCHRONOLOGY; INTERNATIONAL-MINERALOGICAL-ASSOCIATION; TECTONIC IMPLICATIONS; SOUTH-AUSTRALIA; TH-PB; ROCKS; DISCRIMINATION; PETROGENESIS; NOMENCLATURE AB Basement rocks in the northern Virginia Blue Ridge include petrologically diverse granitoids and granitic gneisses that collectively record over 100 m.y. of Grenville orogenic history. New U-Pb sensitive high-resolution ion microprobe ( SHRIMP) isotopic analyses of zircon indicate igneous crystallization ages of 1159 +/- 14 Ma (high-silica charnockite), 1078 +/- 9 Ma (leucogranite gneiss), 1060 +/- 5 Ma ( Old Rag magmatic series), and 1050 +/- 8 Ma (low-silica charnockite). These ages, together with SHRIMP and thermal ionization mass spectrometry (TIMS) ages from previous studies, define three intervals of Grenville-age magmatic activity: ca. 1160-1140 Ma (Magmatic Interval I), ca. 1112 Ma ( Magmatic Interval II), and ca. 1080-1050 Ma (Magmatic Interval III). Field relations and ages of crosscutting igneous units indicate that a high- grade deformation event, likely associated with Ottawan orogenesis, occurred between 1078 and 1050 Ma. All rocks display tholeiitic affinity and trace-element concentrations indicative of derivation from heterogenous sources. The low-silica charnockite exhibits A-type geochemical affinity; however, all other meta-igneous rocks are compositionally transitional between A-types and fractionated I-types. Similar ages of magmatism in the Blue Ridge and Adirondacks indicate that meta-igneous rocks in both massifs define age clusters that both predate and postdate the main pulse of local Ottawan orogenesis. Late- to postorogenic A-type magmatism is represented by the 1050 Ma low-silica charnockite in the Blue Ridge and the 1060-1045 Ma Lyon Mountain granitic gneiss in the Adirondacks. Zircons from Blue Ridge granitoids emplaced during Magmatic Interval III preserve evidence of thermal effects associated with waning stages of Ottawan orogenesis at ca. 1020 Ma and 980 Ma. C1 [Tollo, Richard P.; Borduas, Elizabeth A.] George Washington Univ, Dept Earth & Environm Sci, Washington, DC 20052 USA. [Aleinikoff, John N.] US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. [Hackley, Paul C.] US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 20192 USA. [Fanning, C. Mark] Australian Natl Univ, Res Sch Earth Sci, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia. RP Tollo, RP (reprint author), George Washington Univ, Dept Earth & Environm Sci, 2029 G St NW, Washington, DC 20052 USA. EM rtollo@gwu.edu; rtollo@gwu.edu RI Fanning, Christopher Mark/I-6449-2016 OI Hackley, Paul/0000-0002-5957-2551; Fanning, Christopher Mark/0000-0003-3331-3145 NR 70 TC 16 Z9 16 U1 0 U2 2 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1069 BN 978-0-8137-1197-3 J9 GEOL SOC AM MEM JI Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. PY 2004 VL 197 BP 647 EP 677 PG 31 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology GA BLY17 UT WOS:000271405500034 ER PT S AU Walsh, GJ Aleinikoff, JN Fanning, CM AF Walsh, Gregory J. Aleinikoff, John N. Fanning, C. Mark BE Tollo, RP Corriveau, L McLelland, J Bartholomew, MJ TI U-Pb geochronology and evolution of Mesoproterozoic basement rocks, western Connecticut SO PROTEROZOIC TECTONIC EVOLUTION OF THE GRENVILLE OROGEN IN NORTH AMERICA SE Geological Society of America Memoir LA English DT Article; Book Chapter DE geochronology; zircon; titanite; monazite; Elzevirian; Ottawan; Grenville; Taconian; Candlewood Granite; Danbury augen granite; New Milford massif; Hudson Highlands ID NEW-YORK; NEW-ENGLAND; ADIRONDACK HIGHLANDS; ZIRCON GEOCHRONOLOGY; METAMORPHIC HISTORY; GRENVILLE PROVINCE; TECTONIC HISTORY; READING PRONG; ISOTOPIC AGE; TH-PB AB Geologic mapping and U-Pb geochronology by ion microprobe on zircon, titanite, and monazite in the New Milford quadrangle, western Connecticut indicate Meso-proterozoic events at ca. 1.3, 1.05, and 0.99 Ga in the Laurentian basement rocks. Pink granite gneiss ( 1311 +/- 7 Ma) intruded a paragneiss sequence during the early stages of the Elzevirian orogeny. During the Ottawan orogeny, syn-tectonic anatexis produced a belt of stromatic migmatite at 1057 +/- 10 Ma. Ottawan igneous activity included syn-tectonic intrusion of abundant sills of biotite granite gneiss, dated at 1050 +/- 14 and 1048 +/- 11 Ma, and intrusion of the Danbury augen granite at 1045 +/- 8 Ma. Overgrowths on igneous zircon and metamorphic zircon in hornblende gneiss indicate that terminal Grenville metamorphism occurred at ca. 993 +/- 8 Ma. Late Ordovician syn-tectonic events included intrusion of a leucogranite dike into the Brookfield Gneiss at 453 +/- 6 Ma and intrusion of the Candlewood Granite at 443 +/- 7 Ma. A monazite age from the Candlewood Granite of 445 +/- 9 Ma agrees with the zircon age. A second phase of migmatization in the basement rocks is associated with the injection of numerous granitic leucosomes at 444 +/- 6 Ma along the margin of the Candlewood Granite. Titanite ages from 431 to 406 Ma indicate several high-grade heating events from the Silurian to the Early Devonian. The lack of Grenville-age titanite in the basement suggests that post-Taconian heating was sufficient to completely reset old titanite in the massif. C1 [Walsh, Gregory J.] US Geol Survey, Montpelier, VT 05601 USA. [Aleinikoff, John N.] US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. [Fanning, C. Mark] Australian Natl Univ, Res Sch Earth Sci, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia. RP Walsh, GJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, POB 628,87 State St,Room 324, Montpelier, VT 05601 USA. EM gwalsh@usgs.gov RI Fanning, Christopher Mark/I-6449-2016 OI Fanning, Christopher Mark/0000-0003-3331-3145 NR 74 TC 11 Z9 11 U1 0 U2 0 PU GEOLOGICAL SOC AMER INC PI BOULDER PA 3300 PENROSE PL, PO BOX 9140, BOULDER, CO 80301 USA SN 0072-1069 BN 978-0-8137-1197-3 J9 GEOL SOC AM MEM JI Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. PY 2004 VL 197 BP 729 EP 753 PG 25 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology SC Geochemistry & Geophysics; Geology GA BLY17 UT WOS:000271405500037 ER PT J AU Wehmiller, JF Simmons, KR Cheng, H Edwards, RL Martin-McNaughton, J York, LL Krantz, DE Shen, CC AF Wehmiller, JF Simmons, KR Cheng, H Edwards, RL Martin-McNaughton, J York, LL Krantz, DE Shen, CC TI Uranium-series coral ages from the US Atlantic coastal plain - the "80ka problem" revisited SO QUATERNARY INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 4th Annual Meeting of the IGCP Sea Level Project/Barbados 2002 International Conference CY OCT 26-NOV 02, 2002 CL BARBADOS SP IGCP ID LAST INTERGLACIAL PERIOD; SEA-LEVEL HISTORY; ACID RACEMIZATION GEOCHRONOLOGY; SOUTHEASTERN UNITED-STATES; MASS-SPECTROMETRY; NORTH-AMERICA; QUATERNARY STRATIGRAPHY; CONTINENTAL-SHELF; HUON-PENINSULA; FOSSIL CORALS AB Uranium series coral ages for emergent units from the passive continental margin US Atlantic Coastal Plain (ACP) suggest sea level above present levels at the end of marine oxygen isotope stage (MIS) 5, contradicting age-elevation relations based on marine isotopic or coral reef models of ice equivalent sea level. We have reexamined this problem by obtaining high precision Th-230/U-238 and Pa-231/U-235 thermal ionization mass spectrometric ages for recently collected and carefully cleaned ACP corals, many in situ. We recognize samples that show no evidence for diagenesis on the basis of uranium isotopic composition and age concordance. Combining new and earlier data, among those ages close to or within the age range of MIS 5, over 85% cluster between 65 and 85 ka BP. Of the corals that we have analyzed, those that show the least evidence for diagenesis on the basis of uranium isotopic composition and age concordance have ages between 80 and 85 ka BP, consistent with a MIS 5a correlation. The units from which these samples have been collected are all emergent and have elevations within similar to3-5 m of those few units where early stage 5 (similar to125,000 ka BP) coral ages have been obtained. The ACP appears to record an unusual history of relative sea level throughout MIS 5, a history that is also apparent in the dated coral record for Bermuda. We speculate that this history is related to the regional (near-to intermediate-field) effects of ancestral Laurentide Ice sheets on last interglacial shorelines of the western North Atlantic. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd and INQUA. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Delaware, Dept Geol, Newark, DE 19716 USA. Univ Delaware, Coll Marine Studies, Newark, DE 19716 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. Univ Minnesota, Dept Geol & Geophys, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA. Brown Univ, Dept Geol, Providence, RI 02912 USA. Natl Taiwan Univ, Dept Geosci, Taipei 106, Taiwan. RP Univ Delaware, Dept Geol, Newark, DE 19716 USA. EM jwehm@udel.edu RI Shen, Chuan-Chou/H-9642-2013; OI SHEN, CHUAN-CHOU/0000-0003-2833-2771 NR 71 TC 40 Z9 40 U1 0 U2 2 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 1040-6182 EI 1873-4553 J9 QUATERN INT JI Quat. Int. PY 2004 VL 120 BP 3 EP 14 DI 10.1016/j.quaint.2004.01.002 PG 12 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 829DH UT WOS:000222023600002 ER PT J AU Chen, WS Lee, KJ Lee, LS Ponti, DJ Prentice, C Chen, YG Chang, HC Lee, YH AF Chen, WS Lee, KJ Lee, LS Ponti, DJ Prentice, C Chen, YG Chang, HC Lee, YH TI Paleoseismology of the Chelungpu Fault during the past 1900 years SO QUATERNARY INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT INQUA Joint Meeting on Sea Level Changes and Coastal Evolution and Neotectonics CY 2001 CL TAIWAN SP INQUA ID EARTHQUAKES; TAIWAN/ AB The 1999 earthquake brought about 80-km-long surface ruptures along the Shihkang, Chelungpu, and Tajienshan Faults, central Taiwan. Several trenches have been excavated across the Chelungpu Fault of the middle segment. The surface ruptures display clear scarps ranging from 0.2 to 4m high, showing a complex geomorphic pattern due to coseismic faulting and folding. In the study, measurement of the vertical offset or structural relief was taken with reference to the hanging wall beyond the trishear deformation zone. Therefore we suggest that, for the measurement of offset, we should disregard the trishear zone, and that structural relief on the hanging wall should be represented as a real vertical offset. The net slip is then calculated from the structural relief and dip angle of the thrust on a vertical plane along the slip direction. Through the excavation of a pineapple field across the Chelungpu Fault, we are able to provide evidence of at least four earthquake events for the past about 1900 years, including the 1999 earthquake. Furthermore, based on the radiocarbon dates and historical record, the timing of the penultimate event is bracketed to be between 430 and 150 years ago, and the average recurrence interval is less than 700 years. These data indicate that the average slip rate is about 8.7mm/yr for the past 1900 years. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 Natl Taiwan Univ, Dept Geosci, Taipei 106, Taiwan. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Minist Econ Affairs, Cent Geol Survey, Taipei, Taiwan. RP Chen, WS (reprint author), Natl Taiwan Univ, Dept Geosci, 245 Choushan Rd, Taipei 106, Taiwan. EM wenshan@ccms.ntu.edu.tw RI chia-chieh, cheng/H-2366-2011; OI CHEN, YUE-GAU/0000-0002-8693-583X; Chen, Wen-Shan/0000-0002-2677-1562 NR 27 TC 39 Z9 40 U1 0 U2 2 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 1040-6182 J9 QUATERN INT JI Quat. Int. PY 2004 VL 115 BP 167 EP 176 DI 10.1016/S1040-6182(03)00105-8 PG 10 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 766RW UT WOS:000188390200015 ER PT J AU Mayer, JH Mahan, SA AF Mayer, JH Mahan, SA TI Late quaternary stratigraphy and geochronology of the western Killpecker Dunes, Wyoming, USA SO QUATERNARY RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE Killpecker Dunes; eolian chronology; Wyoming basin; paleoenvironments; late pleistocene; Holocene ID SOUTHERN HIGH-PLAINS; NEBRASKA SAND HILLS; HOLOCENE EOLIAN ACTIVITY; CENTRAL UNITED-STATES; SOIL ORGANIC-MATTER; WIND-RIVER RANGE; GREAT-PLAINS; NEW-MEXICO; PALEOCLIMATIC SIGNIFICANCE; NORTHEASTERN COLORADO AB New stratigraphic and geochronologic data from the Killpecker Dunes in southwestern Wyoming facilitate a more precise understanding of the dune field's history. Prior investigations suggested that evidence for late Pleistocene eolian activity in the dune field was lacking. However, luminescence ages from eolian sand of similar to15,000 yr, as well as Folsom (12,950-11,950 cal yr B.P.) and Agate Basin (12,60010,700 cal yr) artifacts overlying eolian sand, indicate the dune field existed at least during the latest Pleistocene, with initial eolian sedimentation probably occurring under a dry periglacial climate. The period between similar to13,000 and 8900 cal yr B.P. was characterized by relatively slow eolian sedimentation concomitant with soil formation. Erosion occurred between similar to8182 and 6600 cal yr B.P. on the upwind region of the dune field, followed by relative stability and soil formation between similar to5900 and 2700 cal yr B.P. The first of at least two latest Holocene episodes of eolian sedimentation occurred between similar to2000 and 1500 yr, followed by a brief (similar to500 yr) episode of soil formation; a second episode of sedimentation, occurring by at least similar to700 yr, may coincide with a hypothesized Medieval warm period. Recent stabilization of the western Killpecker Dunes likely occurred during the Little Ice Age (similar to350-100 yr B.P.). The eolian chronology of the western Killpecker Dunes correlates reasonably well with those of other major dune fields in the Wyoming Basin, suggesting that dune field reactivation resulted primarily due to departures toward aridity during the late Quaternary. Similar to dune fields on the central Great Plains, dune fields in the Wyoming Basin have been active under a periglacial climate during the late Pleistocene, as well as under near-modem conditions during the latest Holocene. (C) 2003 University of Washington. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Arizona, Dept Geosci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. US Geol Survey, Fed Ctr, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. RP Mayer, JH (reprint author), Univ Arizona, Dept Geosci, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. EM jmayer@geo.arizona.edu OI Mahan, Shannon/0000-0001-5214-7774 NR 100 TC 21 Z9 22 U1 2 U2 5 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0033-5894 J9 QUATERNARY RES JI Quat. Res. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 61 IS 1 BP 72 EP 84 DI 10.1016/j.yqres.2003.10.003 PG 13 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 776JH UT WOS:000189112500008 ER PT J AU Li, HC Bischoff, JL Ku, TL Zhu, ZY AF Li, HC Bischoff, JL Ku, TL Zhu, ZY TI Climate and hydrology of the Last Interglaciation (MIS 5) in Owens Basin, California: isotopic and geochemical evidence from core OL-92 SO QUATERNARY SCIENCE REVIEWS LA English DT Article ID SIERRA-NEVADA; STABLE-ISOTOPE; GREAT-BASIN; YR BP; LAKE-SEDIMENTS; UNITED-STATES; SEARLES LAKE; VEIN CALCITE; DEVILS-HOLE; ROCK-FLOUR AB delta(18)O, delta(13)C, total organic carbon, total inorganic carbon, and acid-leachable Li, Mg and Sr concentrations on 443 samples from 32 to 83 m depth in Owens Lake core OL-92 were analyzed to study the climatic and hydrological conditions between 60 and 155 ka with a resolution of similar to200 a. The multi-proxy data show that Owens Lake overflowed during wet/cold conditions of marine isotope stages (MIS) 4, 5b and 6, and was closed during the dry/warm conditions of MIS 5a, c and e. The lake partially overflowed during MIS 5d. Our age model places the MIS 4/5 boundary at ca 72.5 ka and the MIS 5/6 boundary (Termination 11) at ca 140 ka, agreeing with the Devils Hole chronology. The diametrical precipitation intensities between the Great Basin (cold/wet) and eastern China (cold/dry) on Milankovitch time scales imply a climatic teleconnection across the Pacific. It also probably reflects the effect of high-latitude ice sheets on the southward shifts of both the summer monsoon frontal zone in eastern Asia and the polar jet stream in western North America during glacial periods. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ So Calif, Dept Earth Sci, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangzhou, Peoples R China. RP Li, HC (reprint author), Univ So Calif, Dept Earth Sci, 3651 Trousdale Pkwy, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA. EM hli@earth.usc.edu OI Li, Hong-Chun/0000-0001-9614-7119 NR 73 TC 18 Z9 21 U1 1 U2 12 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0277-3791 J9 QUATERNARY SCI REV JI Quat. Sci. Rev. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1-2 BP 49 EP 63 DI 10.1016/S0277-3791(03)00215-4 PG 15 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 766PR UT WOS:000188385200005 ER PT J AU Benson, L Madole, R Phillips, W Landis, G Thomas, T Kubik, P AF Benson, L Madole, R Phillips, W Landis, G Thomas, T Kubik, P TI The probable importance of snow and sediment shielding on cosmogenic ages of north-central Colorado Pinedale and pre-Pinedale moraines SO QUATERNARY SCIENCE REVIEWS LA English DT Article ID FRONT RANGE; PRODUCTION-RATES; CL-36 PRODUCTION; OWENS LAKE; USA; CALIBRATION; CALIFORNIA; CARBONATE; BASIN; DEGLACIATION AB Eight uncorrected Cl-36 ages for Pinedale boulders in north-central Colorado fall in the range 16.5 to 20.9 kyr. Be-10 age determinations on four of five boulders are in close agreement (less than or equal to 6% difference) with Cl-36 determinations. Hypothetical corrections for snow shielding increased the Cl-36 ages of Pinedale boulder surfaces by an average of similar to12%. Most ages for pre-Pinedale (Bull Lake) boulders fall within marine-isotope stage (MIS) 5, a time when continental and Sierran ice accumulations were small or nonexistent. Under the assumption that these boulders were deposited on moraines that formed before the end of MIS 6 (- 140 kyr BP), calculations indicated that rock-surface erosion rates would have had to range from 5.9 to 10.7 mm kyr(-1) to produce the observed Cl-36 values. When compared to rates that have been documented for the past 20 kyr, these erosion rates are extremely high. Snow shielding accounts for 0-48% of the additional years needed to shift pre-Pinedale dates to MIS 6. This suggests that some combination of snow shielding, sediment shielding, or Cl-36 leakage has greatly decreased the apparent ages of most pre-Pinedale boulders. Inability to account for the effects of these processes seriously hinders the use of cosmogenic ages of pre-Pinedale boulders as estimators of the timing of alpine glaciation. Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. Univ Edinburgh, Sch Earth Environm & Geog Sci, Edinburgh EH8 9XP, Midlothian, Scotland. US Geol Survey, Lakewood, CO 80225 USA. New Mexico Bur Geol, Socorro, NM 87801 USA. ETH Honggerberg, Inst Particle Phys, Paul Scherrer HPK H30, CH-8093 Zurich, Switzerland. RP Benson, L (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 3215 Marine St, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. EM lbenson@usgs.gov NR 44 TC 49 Z9 49 U1 0 U2 7 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0277-3791 J9 QUATERNARY SCI REV JI Quat. Sci. Rev. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 23 IS 1-2 BP 193 EP 206 DI 10.1016/j.quascirev.2003.07.002 PG 14 WC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary SC Physical Geography; Geology GA 766PR UT WOS:000188385200013 ER PT J AU McGeehin, J Burr, GS Hodgins, G Bennett, SJ Robbins, JA Morehead, N Markewich, H AF McGeehin, J Burr, GS Hodgins, G Bennett, SJ Robbins, JA Morehead, N Markewich, H TI Stepped-combustion C-14 dating of bomb carbon in lake sediment SO RADIOCARBON LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT 18th International Radiocarbon Conference CY SEP 01-05, 2003 CL Wellington, NEW ZEALAND SP High Voltage Engn Europa, Natl Electrostat Corp, Royal Soc New Zealand, Absolutely Organised AB In this study, we applied a stepped-combustion approach to dating post-bomb lake sediment from north-central Mississippi. Samples were combusted at a low temperature (400 degreesC) and then at 900 degreesC. The CO2 was collected separately for both combustions and analyzed. The goal of this work was to develop a methodology to improve the accuracy of C-14 dating of sediment by combusting at a lower temperature and reducing the amount of reworked carbon bound to clay minerals in the sample material. The C-14 fraction modem results for the low and high temperature fractions of these sediments were compared with well-defined Cs-137 determinations made on sediment taken from the same cores. Comparison of "bomb curves" for C-14 and Cs-137 indicate that low temperature combustion of sediment improved the accuracy of C-14 dating of the sediment. However, fraction modem results for the low temperature fractions were depressed compared to atmospheric values for the same time frame, possibly the result of carbon mixing and the low sedimentation rate in the lake system. C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 22092 USA. Univ Arizona, Tucson, AZ USA. SUNY Buffalo, Buffalo, NY 14260 USA. Natl Ocean & Atmospher Adm, Ann Arbor, MI USA. US Geol Survey, Atlanta, GA USA. RP McGeehin, J (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Reston, VA 22092 USA. EM mcgeehin@usgs.gov OI Morehead, Nancy/0000-0003-3859-3035 NR 8 TC 15 Z9 15 U1 0 U2 2 PU UNIV ARIZONA DEPT GEOSCIENCES PI TUCSON PA RADIOCARBON 4717 E FORT LOWELL RD, TUCSON, AZ 85712 USA SN 0033-8222 J9 RADIOCARBON JI Radiocarbon PY 2004 VL 46 IS 2 BP 893 EP 900 PG 8 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 853DS UT WOS:000223807300039 ER PT J AU Payne, TE Davis, JA Ochs, M Olin, M Tweed, CJ AF Payne, TE Davis, JA Ochs, M Olin, M Tweed, CJ TI Uranium adsorption on weathered schist - intercomparison of modelling approaches SO RADIOCHIMICA ACTA LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT MIGRATION 2003 Conference CY SEP 21-26, 2003 CL Gyeongju, SOUTH KOREA DE modelling; radionuclide transport; sorption; surface complexation; uranium ID MINERAL ASSEMBLAGES; SURFACE AB Experimental data for uranium adsorption on a complex weathered rock were Simulated by twelve modelling teams from eight countries using surface complexation (SC) models. This intercomparison was part of an international project to evaluate the present capabilities and limitations of SC models in representing sorption by geologic materials. The models were assessed in terms of their predictive ability, data requirements, number of optimised parameters, ability to simulate diverse chemical conditions and transferability to other substrates. A particular aim was to compare the generalised composite (GC) and component additivity (CA) approaches for modelling sorption by complex substrates. Both types of SC models showed a promising capability to simulate sorption data obtained across a range of chemical conditions. However. the models incorporated a wide variety of assumptions, particularly in terms of input parameters such as site densities and surface site types. Furthermore, the methods used to extrapolate the model simulations to different weathered rock samples collected at the same field site tended to be unsatisfactory. The outcome of this modelling exercise provides an overview of the present status of adsorption modelling in the context of radionuclide migration as practised in a number of countries worldwide. C1 Australian Nucl Sci & Technol Org, Menai, NSW 2234, Australia. US Geol Survey, Menlo Pk, CA 94025 USA. BMG Engn Ltd, CH-8952 Schlieren, Switzerland. Univ Helsinki, FIN-00014 Helsinki, Finland. Future Energy Solut, Harwell OX11 0QJ, Oxon, England. RP Payne, TE (reprint author), Australian Nucl Sci & Technol Org, PMB 1, Menai, NSW 2234, Australia. EM tep@ansto.gov.au RI Payne, Timothy/F-2545-2010 OI Payne, Timothy/0000-0002-3502-7567 NR 19 TC 23 Z9 23 U1 0 U2 7 PU R OLDENBOURG VERLAG PI MUNICH PA LEKTORAT MINT, POSTFACH 80 13 60, D-81613 MUNICH, GERMANY SN 0033-8230 J9 RADIOCHIM ACTA JI Radiochim. Acta PY 2004 VL 92 IS 9-11 BP 651 EP 661 DI 10.1524/ract.92.9.651.54992 PG 11 WC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science & Technology SC Chemistry; Nuclear Science & Technology GA 880ZY UT WOS:000225831400020 ER PT J AU Coplen, TB Bohlke, JK Casciotti, KL AF Coplen, TB Bohlke, JK Casciotti, KL TI Using dual-bacterial denitrification to improve delta N-15 determinations of nitrates containing mass-independent 17O SO RAPID COMMUNICATIONS IN MASS SPECTROMETRY LA English DT Article ID OXYGEN ISOTOPIC COMPOSITION; FRESH-WATER; CARBON-DIOXIDE; O-18; NITROGEN; DELTA-O-18; ORIGIN; N-15; FRACTIONATION; SEAWATER AB The bacterial denitrification method for isotopic analysis of nitrate using N2O generated from Pseudomonas aureofaciens may overestimate delta(15)N values by as much as 1-2parts per thousand for samples containing atmospheric nitrate because of mass-independent O-17 variations in such samples. By analyzing such samples for delta(15)N and delta(18)O using the denitrifier Pseudomonas chlororaphis, one obtains nearly correct delta(15)N values because oxygen in N2O generated by P. chlororaphis is primarily derived from H2O. The difference between the apparent delta(15)N value determined with P. aureofaciens and that determined with P. chlororaphis, assuming mass-dependent oxygen isotopic fractionation, reflects the amount of mass-independent O-17 in a nitrate sample. By interspersing nitrate isotopic reference materials having substantially different delta(18)O values with samples, one can normalize oxygen isotope ratios and determine the fractions of oxygen in N2O derived from the nitrate and from water with each denitrifier. This information can be used to improve delta(15)N values of nitrates having excess O-17. The same analyses also yield estimates of the magnitude of O-17 excess in the nitrate (expressed as Delta(17)O) that may be useful in some environmental studies. The 1-sigma uncertainties of delta(15)N, delta(18)O and Delta(17)O measurements are +/-0.2, +/-0.3 and +/-5%., respectively. Copyright (C) 2004 John Wiley Sons, Ltd. C1 US Geol Survey, Reston, VA USA. RP Coplen, TB (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 431 Natl Ctr, Reston, VA USA. EM tbcoplen@usgs.gov NR 31 TC 48 Z9 50 U1 0 U2 22 PU WILEY-BLACKWELL PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA SN 0951-4198 EI 1097-0231 J9 RAPID COMMUN MASS SP JI Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom. PY 2004 VL 18 IS 3 BP 245 EP 250 DI 10.1002/rcm.1318 PG 6 WC Biochemical Research Methods; Chemistry, Analytical; Spectroscopy SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Chemistry; Spectroscopy GA 769YN UT WOS:000188695200002 PM 14755607 ER PT J AU Hart, CJR Goldfarb, RJ Lewis, LL Mair, JL AF Hart, CJR Goldfarb, RJ Lewis, LL Mair, JL TI The northern Cordilleran mid-Cretaceous plutonic province: Ilmenite/magnetite-series granitoids and intrusion-related mineralisation SO RESOURCE GEOLOGY LA English DT Article; Proceedings Paper CT Ishihara Symposium on Granites and Related Metallogenesis CY JUL 22-24, 2003 CL Macquarie Univ, Sydney, AUSTRALIA HO Macquarie Univ DE Alaska; Yukon; granite; redox; Cretaceous; magnetic susceptibility; ferric : ferrous; plutonic suites ID YUKON-TANANA TERRANE; EAST-CENTRAL ALASKA; SCHEELITE SKARN OREBODY; CANADIAN-CORDILLERA; SOUTHERN ALASKA; NORTHWEST-TERRITORIES; TECTONIC EVOLUTION; KOYUKUK BASIN; MAGNETIC-SUSCEPTIBILITY; GOLD MINERALIZATION AB Twenty-five Early and mid-Cretaceous (145-90 Ma) plutonic suites and belts are defined across Alaska and Yukon, in the northern North American Cordillera, on the basis of lithological, geochemical, isotopic, and geochronometric similarities. These features are combined with aeromagnetic characteristics, magnetic susceptibility measurements, and whole-rock ferric:ferrous ratios to ascertain the distribution of magnetite- and ilmenite-series plutonic belts. Magnetite-series plutonic belts are dominantly associated with the older parts of the plutonic episode and comprise subduction-generated metaluminous plutons that are distributed preferentially in the more seaward localities dominated by primitive tectonic elements. Ilmenite-series plutonic belts comprise slightly younger, slightly peraluminous plutons in more landward localities in pericratonic to continental margin settings. They were likely initiated in response to crustal thickening following terrane collision. The youngest plutonic belt forms a small, but significant, magnetite- series belts in the farthest inboard position, associated with alkalic plutons that were emplaced during weak extension. Intrusion-related metallogenic provinces with distinctive metal associations are distributed, largely in accord with classical redox-sensitive granite-series. Copper, Au, and Fe mineralisation are associated with magnetite- series plutons and tungsten mineralisation associated with ilmenite-series plutons. However, there are some notable deviations from expected associations, as intrusion-related Ag-Pb-Zn deposits are few, and significant tin mineralisation is rare. Most significantly, many gold deposits and occurrences are associated with ilmenite-series plutons: these form the basis for the newly recognized reduced intrusion-related gold deposit model. C1 Yukon Geol Survey, Whitehorse, YT Y1A 2C6, Canada. Univ Western Australia, Sch Earth & Geograph Sci, Ctr Global Explorat, Crawley, WA 6009, Australia. US Geol Survey, Denver Fed Ctr, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Hart, CJR (reprint author), Yukon Geol Survey, Box 2703,K-10, Whitehorse, YT Y1A 2C6, Canada. EM craig.hart@gov.yk.ca NR 192 TC 46 Z9 49 U1 6 U2 22 PU SOC RESOURCE GEOLOGY PI TOKYO PA 6-41, AKASAKA 9-CHOME, MINATO-KU, TOKYO, 107-0052, JAPAN SN 1344-1698 J9 RESOUR GEOL JI Resour. Geol PY 2004 VL 54 IS 3 BP 253 EP 280 DI 10.1111/j.1751-3928.2004.tb00206.x PG 28 WC Geology; Mineralogy SC Geology; Mineralogy GA 868HM UT WOS:000224904700005 ER PT J AU Neill, WH Brandes, TS Burke, BJ Craig, SR Dimichele, LV Duchon, K Edwards, RE Fontaine, LP Gatlin, DM Hutchins, C Miller, JM Ponwith, BJ Stahl, CJ Tomasso, JR Vega, RR AF Neill, WH Brandes, TS Burke, BJ Craig, SR Dimichele, LV Duchon, K Edwards, RE Fontaine, LP Gatlin, DM Hutchins, C Miller, JM Ponwith, BJ Stahl, CJ Tomasso, JR Vega, RR TI Ecophys.Fish: A simulation model of fish growth in time-varying environmental regimes SO REVIEWS IN FISHERIES SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE acclimation; bioenergetics; ecophysiology; FEJ Fry; habitat value; metabolism ID DRUM SCIAENOPS-OCELLATUS; JUVENILE RED DRUM; BIOENERGETICS MODEL; BODY-COMPOSITION; ONCORHYNCHUS-NERKA; LARGEMOUTH BASS; SOCKEYE SALMON; TEMPERATURE; ECOLOGY; METABOLISM AB Ecophys.Fish is a deterministic STELLA(R) model for-simulating rates of fish growth in environmental regimes that have simultaneous temporal variation in food, oxygen, temperature, pH, and salinity. The purpose of this article is to introduce Ecophys.Fish to. those who might want to use it as a framework or starting point for applications of their own. We believe our model, although focused in autecology, will prove useful at organizational levels both below and above the individual fish. C1 Texas A&M Univ, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries Sci, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. N Carolina State Univ, Dept Zool, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA. NOAA, Natl Marine Fisheries Serv, NW Fisheries Ctr, Seattle, WA 98112 USA. Univ S Florida, FCSC, BRD, USGS,Ctr Coastal & Reg Marine Studies, St Petersburg, FL 33701 USA. NOAA, Off Sci & Technol, Silver Spring, MD 20910 USA. Clemson Univ, Dept Aquaculture Fisheries & Wildlife, Clemson, SC USA. Texas Pks & Wildlife Dept, Marine Dev Ctr, CPS, CCS, Corpus Christi, TX USA. RP Neill, WH (reprint author), Texas A&M Univ, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries Sci, College Stn, TX 77843 USA. EM w-neill@tamu.edu NR 62 TC 28 Z9 29 U1 4 U2 11 PU CRC PRESS LLC PI BOCA RATON PA 2000 CORPORATE BLVD NW, JOURNALS CUSTOMER SERVICE, BOCA RATON, FL 33431 USA SN 1064-1262 J9 REV FISH SCI JI Rev. Fish. Sci. PY 2004 VL 12 IS 4 BP 233 EP 288 DI 10.1080/10641260490479818 PG 56 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 859US UT WOS:000224294000001 ER PT J AU Eisler, R AF Eisler, R TI Arsenic hazards to humans, plants, and animals from gold mining SO REVIEWS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY, VOL 180 SE REVIEWS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY LA English DT Review ID CRABS CHIONOECETES BAIRDI; MINE TAILINGS; HEAVY-METALS; SOUTH-DAKOTA; ENVIRONMENTAL-IMPACT; MALLARD DUCKLINGS; URINARY-EXCRETION; CHRONIC TOXICITY; BLACK-HILLS; WATER C1 US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. RP Eisler, R (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 11510 Amer Holl Dr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. NR 100 TC 39 Z9 43 U1 4 U2 27 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0179-5953 J9 REV ENVIRON CONTAM T PY 2004 VL 180 BP 133 EP 165 DI 10.1007/0-387-21729-0_3 PG 33 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA BX65T UT WOS:000186006300003 PM 14561078 ER PT J AU Eisler, R AF Eisler, R TI Mercury hazards from gold mining to humans, plants, and animals SO REVIEWS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY, VOL 181 SE REVIEWS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY LA English DT Review ID TROUT ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; MADEIRA RIVER-BASIN; CLARIAS-BATRACHUS L; LAHONTAN RESERVOIR SYSTEM; SALMO-SALAR L; RAINBOW-TROUT; METHYL MERCURY; CARSON RIVER; INORGANIC MERCURY; HUMAN EXPOSURE C1 US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. RP Eisler, R (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 11510 Amer Holly Dr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. NR 245 TC 37 Z9 39 U1 4 U2 47 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0179-5953 J9 REV ENVIRON CONTAM T PY 2004 VL 181 BP 139 EP 198 DI 10.1007/0-387-21733-9_4 PG 60 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA BY44G UT WOS:000189238300004 PM 14738199 ER PT J AU Eisler, R Wiemeyer, SN AF Eisler, R Wiemeyer, SN TI Cyanide hazards to plants and animals from gold mining and related water issues SO REVIEWS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY, VOL 183 SE REVIEWS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY LA English DT Review ID TROUT SALMO-GAIRDNERI; MATURING RAINBOW-TROUT; DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES; BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT; PLASMA VITELLOGENIN; ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; PERORAL EXPOSURE; MIGRATORY BIRDS; LETHAL TOXICITY; SODIUM-CYANIDE C1 US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Nevada Fish & Wildlife Off, Reno, NV 89502 USA. RP Eisler, R (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, 11510 Amer Holly Dr, Laurel, MD 20708 USA. NR 100 TC 32 Z9 33 U1 4 U2 40 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0179-5953 J9 REV ENVIRON CONTAM T PY 2004 VL 183 BP 21 EP 54 PG 34 WC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology SC Environmental Sciences & Ecology; Toxicology GA BAQ24 UT WOS:000223199600002 PM 15369321 ER PT B AU Smith, JD AF Smith, JD BE Bennett, SJ Simon, A TI The role of riparian shrubs in preventing floodplain unraveling along the Clark fork of the Columbia River in the Deer Lodge Valley, Montana SO RIPARIAN VEGETATION AND FLUVIAL GEOMORPHOLOGY SE WATER SCIENCE AND APPLICATION LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT AGU 2001 Fall Meeting CY DEC 10-14, 2001 CL San Francisco, CA SP AGU ID FLOW AB Intensive land use along streams in the semi-arid western United States has resulted in reduced riparian-shrub densities. Loss of shrubs in the meander belt of a steep, highly sinuous, single-threaded river can put the adjacent floodplain in jeopardy of catastrophically eroding (unraveling) during a large overbank-flow and, thereby, altering the single-threaded morphology to a multiple-threaded one. A new model for flow over floodplains covered with woody vegetation is used to evaluate (1) the characteristics of a nearly 300-year-recurrence-interval flood on Clark Fork of the Columbia River in the Deer Lodge Valley, Montana, in 1908 and (2) the present vulnerability to unraveling of this fluvial system. Reconstruction of the hydraulics of the 1908 flood indicates that a dense shrub community in the meander belt was responsible for protecting its single-threaded morphology throughout the Deer Lodge Valley and making possible a relatively thick deposit of mine tailings on its floodplain. In the decades since the flood, the metals-contaminated sediments deposited on the floodplain physiologically stressed and eventually killed much of the woody vegetation near, the river. As a consequence, large portions of the meander belt of the Clark Fork through the Deer Lodge Valley have, at present, a very sparse shrub community. Calculations using the overbank-flow model indicate that, as a result of the current impoverished riparian flora, large segments of the meander belt will unravel when subjected to the boundary shear stresses produced by multi-decadal-recurrence-interval floods. C1 US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. RP Smith, JD (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 3215 Marine St,Suite E-127, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. NR 20 TC 34 Z9 34 U1 0 U2 0 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA BN 0-87590-357-6 J9 WATER SCI APPL PY 2004 VL 8 BP 71 EP 85 PG 15 WC Plant Sciences; Geography, Physical; Geology; Water Resources SC Plant Sciences; Physical Geography; Geology; Water Resources GA BAY29 UT WOS:000224176100006 ER PT B AU Griffin, ER Smith, JD AF Griffin, ER Smith, JD BE Bennett, SJ Simon, A TI Floodplain stabilization by woody riparian vegetation during an extreme flood SO RIPARIAN VEGETATION AND FLUVIAL GEOMORPHOLOGY SE WATER SCIENCE AND APPLICATION LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT AGU 2001 Fall Meeting CY DEC 10-14, 2001 CL San Francisco, CA SP AGU AB Dense woody riparian vegetation acts to reduce flow velocities and boundary shear stresses on floodplain surfaces during deep overbank flows. Where woody vegetation is sparse and the slope sufficiently steep, the floodplain surface is vulnerable to high rates of erosion during floods. Once erosion of a floodplain surface begins, it proceeds rapidly and can lead to floodplain unraveling (transformation of a narrow, single-threaded stream and its floodplain to a much wider braided or partially-braided stream). On June 16, 1965, an extreme flood occurred along East Plum Creek and its tributaries, resulting in the unraveling of East Plum Creek and then Plum Creek to its confluence with the South Platte River. Large-scale aerial photographs taken two days after the flood show that Carpenter Creek, a headwater tributary of East Plum Creek, also unraveled over much of its length. A tributary of Carpenter Creek that was also subjected to a deep overbank flow, but where the floodplain was protected by dense shrub willows, did not unravel. Boundary shear stresses on the floodplain surfaces were calculated for each of four sites using a process-based model that includes drag on shrub willows. The four sites cover the transition from locations where the floodplain surface and vegetation remained intact to locations where erosion resulted in a much wider channel and almost all vegetation within the flood channel was removed. The results indicate that the critical shear stress for erosion of a grass and sparse shrub-covered floodplain is between 0.4 and 2.0 N/m(2), and that dense shrubs reduced the boundary shear stresses on floodplain surfaces by up to three orders of magnitude. C1 US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. RP Griffin, ER (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 3215 Marine St,Suite E-127, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. NR 17 TC 17 Z9 17 U1 0 U2 2 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA BN 0-87590-357-6 J9 WATER SCI APPL PY 2004 VL 8 BP 221 EP 236 PG 16 WC Plant Sciences; Geography, Physical; Geology; Water Resources SC Plant Sciences; Physical Geography; Geology; Water Resources GA BAY29 UT WOS:000224176100016 ER PT B AU Kean, JW Smith, JD AF Kean, JW Smith, JD BE Bennett, SJ Simon, A TI Flow and boundary shear stress in channels with woody bank vegetation SO RIPARIAN VEGETATION AND FLUVIAL GEOMORPHOLOGY SE WATER SCIENCE AND APPLICATION LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT AGU 2001 Fall Meeting CY DEC 10-14, 2001 CL San Francisco, CA SP AGU AB Determination of patterns of erosion and deposition in rivers with tree-covered banks and floodplains requires a detailed knowledge of the near-boundary flow and boundary shear stress fields. Drag on the stems, branches, and exposed roots of woody vegetation on channel banks, reduces the flow within the vegetation and on near-bank portions of the channel bed. The near-bank flow is also reduced by friction on the adjacent bank. Both of these effects must be taken into account in calculating the boundary shear stress field appropriate for erosion and deposition calculations. A model is presented that explicitly calculates the drag force on rigid vegetation and includes this force as a term in the equations of motion. The velocity and boundary shear stress fields in straight channels with steady flow are found by solving these equations numerically using a ray-isovel turbulence closure that accommodates lateral boundaries and includes the effects of vegetation on the turbulence. The model is compared to laboratory data, and then used to examine the effects of vegetation density and channel geometry on the distribution of velocity and boundary shear stress in the channel. The model shows that in channels with sparse bank vegetation, both drag on the vegetation and stress on the banks contribute significantly to reducing the near-bank flow and boundary shear stress, while in channels With dense bank vegetation, drag on the vegetation is the dominant effect. The model also shows that relatively sparse vegetation by itself can have effects comparable to a sloping bank alone. C1 US Geol Survey, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. RP Kean, JW (reprint author), US Geol Survey, 3215 Marine St,Suite E-127, Boulder, CO 80303 USA. NR 20 TC 29 Z9 29 U1 0 U2 9 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 USA BN 0-87590-357-6 J9 WATER SCI APPL PY 2004 VL 8 BP 237 EP 252 PG 16 WC Plant Sciences; Geography, Physical; Geology; Water Resources SC Plant Sciences; Physical Geography; Geology; Water Resources GA BAY29 UT WOS:000224176100017 ER PT J AU Groat, CG AF Groat, CG TI USGS science for earth and ocean systems SO SEA TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article C1 US Geol Survey, Denver, CO 80225 USA. RP Groat, CG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Box 25046, Denver, CO 80225 USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU COMPASS PUBLICATIONS, INC PI ARLINGTON PA 1501 WILSON BLVD., STE 1001, ARLINGTON, VA 22209-2403 USA SN 0093-3651 J9 SEA TECHNOL JI Sea Technol. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 45 IS 1 BP 24 EP + PG 4 WC Engineering, Ocean SC Engineering GA 766TF UT WOS:000188391100007 ER PT S AU Horowitz, AJ AF Horowitz, AJ BE Golosov, V Belyaev, V Walling, DE TI Monitoring suspended sidiment and associated trace element and nutrient fluxes in large river basins in the USA SO SEDIMENT TRANSFER THROUGH THE FLUVIAL SYSTEM SE IAHS PUBLICATION LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT International Conference on Sediment Transfer through the Fluvial System CY AUG 02-06, 2004 CL Moscow, RUSSIA SP Lomonosov Moscow State Univ, Fac Geo, IInt Assoc Hydrol Sci, nt Commiss Continental Eros, UNESCO, Moscow State Univ DE large river basins; monitoring; nutrient fluxes; suspended sediment fluxes; trace element fluxes ID RATING CURVES; LOADS AB In 1996, the US Geological Survey converted its occurrence and distribution-based National Stream Quality Accounting Network (NASQAN) to a national, flux-based water-quality monitoring programme. The main objective of the revised programme is to characterize large USA river basins by measuring the fluxes of selected constituents at critical nodes in various basins. Each NASQAN site was instrumented to determine daily discharge, but water and suspended sediment samples are collected no more than 12-15 times per year. Due to the limited sampling programme, annual suspended sediment fluxes were determined from site-specific sediment rating (transport) curves. As no significant relationship could be found between either discharge or suspended sediment concentration (SSC) and suspended sediment chemistry, trace element and nutrient fluxes are estimated using site-specific mean or median chemical levels determined from a number of samples collected over a period of years, and under a variety of flow conditions. C1 Peachtree Business Ctr, US Geol Survey, Atlanta, GA 30360 USA. RP Horowitz, AJ (reprint author), Peachtree Business Ctr, US Geol Survey, 3039 Amwiler Rd, Atlanta, GA 30360 USA. NR 13 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 0 U2 2 PU INT ASSOC HYDROLOGICAL SCIENCES PI WALLINGFORD PA INST OF HYDROLOGY, WALLINGFORD OX10 8BB, ENGLAND SN 0144-7815 J9 IAHS-AISH P PY 2004 IS 288 BP 419 EP 428 PG 10 WC Geography, Physical; Water Resources SC Physical Geography; Water Resources GA BBC62 UT WOS:000224836100052 ER PT J AU Hough, SE AF Hough, SE TI Outreach and education: Reflections from the trenches SO SEISMOLOGICAL RESEARCH LETTERS LA English DT Editorial Material C1 US Geol Survey, Pasadena, CA 91106 USA. RP Hough, SE (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Pasadena, CA 91106 USA. NR 0 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 0 PU SEISMOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI EL CERRITO PA PLAZA PROFESSIONAL BLDG, SUITE 201, EL CERRITO, CA 94530 USA SN 0895-0695 J9 SEISMOL RES LETT JI Seismol. Res. Lett. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 75 IS 1 BP 3 EP 4 PG 2 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 814NI UT WOS:000220981000001 ER PT J AU Caplan-Auerbach, J Moran, SC Tytgat, G Plucinski, TA McNutt, SR Paskievitch, JF AF Caplan-Auerbach, J Moran, SC Tytgat, G Plucinski, TA McNutt, SR Paskievitch, JF TI Seismic explorations in the Eastern Aleutians, Alaska SO SEISMOLOGICAL RESEARCH LETTERS LA English DT Article ID FLUID-DRIVEN CRACK; VOLCANIC TREMOR; HARMONIC TREMOR; ERUPTION; KILAUEA; EXCITATION; SUBDUCTION; MECHANISM; MODELS; HAWAII C1 US Geol Survey, Alaska Volcano Observ, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. US Geol Survey, Cascades Volcano Observ, Vancouver, WA 98683 USA. Univ Alaska, Inst Geophys, Alaska Volcano Observ, Fairbanks, AK 99775 USA. RP Caplan-Auerbach, J (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Alaska Volcano Observ, 4200 Univ Dr, Anchorage, AK 99508 USA. EM jacap@usgs.gov; smoran@usgs.gov NR 35 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 0 PU SEISMOLOGICAL SOC AMER PI EL CERRITO PA PLAZA PROFESSIONAL BLDG, SUITE 201, EL CERRITO, CA 94530 USA SN 0895-0695 J9 SEISMOL RES LETT JI Seismol. Res. Lett. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 75 IS 1 BP 8 EP 21 PG 14 WC Geochemistry & Geophysics SC Geochemistry & Geophysics GA 814NI UT WOS:000220981000002 ER PT J AU Gao, S Fujii, R Chalmers, AT Tanji, KK AF Gao, S Fujii, R Chalmers, AT Tanji, KK TI Evaluation of adsorbed arsenic and potential contribution to shallow groundwater in Tulare Lake bed area, Tulare Basin, california SO SOIL SCIENCE SOCIETY OF AMERICA JOURNAL LA English DT Article ID COMPETITIVE ADSORPTION; LEAD ARSENATE; PHOSPHATE; SOILS; MOLYBDATE; TRANSPORT; SELENIUM; GOETHITE; ANIONS; TIME AB Elevated As concentrations in shallow groundwater in parts of the Tulare Basin, California, are a concern because of potential migration into deeper aquifers that could serve as a source of future drinking water. The objectives of this study were to evaluate adsorbed As and the potential contribution to groundwater using (i) isotopic dilution, (ii) successive extraction with an electrolyte solution resembling the pore-water chemical composition, and (iii) PO4 exchange for As. Sediment samples collected from 2 to 4 m below land surface in the Tulare Lake bed area contained a total As concentration of 24 mg As kg(-1). Pore water extracted under hydraulic pressure contained a total As concentration of 590 jig As L-1, which predominantly contained As as arsenate [As(V), 97%], a minor amount of arsenite [As(III), 3%], and non-detectable organic As. The isotopic dilution method [As-73(V)] estimated that the concentration of adsorbed As(V) on the sediment was 5.7 mg As kg(-1) at pH 8.5 and 6.7 mg As kg(-1) at pH 7.5, respectively. Fourteen successive 24-h extractions with the artificial pore water released up to 57 to 61% of the adsorbed As(V) that was determined by isotopic dilution, indicating that only a portion of the adsorbed As could be released to groundwater. The phosphate-exchangeable As (0-1 M PO4, pH 8.5 or 7.5) was 63% of the isotopically exchangeable As(V). Thus, extraction of As by 0-1 M PO4 at ambient pHs is recommended as a method to determine the potential amount of As(V) on sediments that could be released to the solution phase. The overall results indicated that adsorbed As could be a significant source of As to groundwater. However, other factors that affect As transport such as the leaching rate need to be considered. C1 Univ Calif Davis, Dept Land Air & Water Resources, Davis, CA 95616 USA. US Geol Survey, Sacramento, CA 95819 USA. US Geol Survey, Montpelier, VT 05602 USA. RP Gao, S (reprint author), Univ Calif Davis, Dept Land Air & Water Resources, Davis, CA 95616 USA. EM sugao@ucdavis.edu RI 张, 楠/B-1010-2010 NR 40 TC 7 Z9 7 U1 0 U2 6 PU SOIL SCI SOC AMER PI MADISON PA 677 SOUTH SEGOE ROAD, MADISON, WI 53711 USA SN 0361-5995 J9 SOIL SCI SOC AM J JI Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. PD JAN-FEB PY 2004 VL 68 IS 1 BP 89 EP 95 PG 7 WC Soil Science SC Agriculture GA 767WV UT WOS:000188497600012 ER PT J AU Comiskey, EJ Eller, AC Perkins, DW AF Comiskey, EJ Eller, AC Perkins, DW TI Evaluating impacts to Florida panther habitat: How porous is the umbrella? SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID SOUTH FLORIDA; FORESTS AB The endangered Florida panther (Puma concolor coryi) shares its shrinking habitat with agriculture, surface mining, and rapid urban growth. Although panthers have extensive home ranges and use diverse land covers, methods that dominate panther habitat evaluation for Endangered Species Act (ESA) consultations and regional land use planning consider only forested day-use elements within the landscape mosaic. Maehr and Deason (2002) present a Panther Habitat Evaluation Model (PHEM) that, in addition to excluding nonforested habitat, reduces the assessed value of forest patches based on criteria for patch size, forest type, proximity to a "core" area, and connectivity to other patches. An examination of the foundations of PHEM is therefore warranted. Building oil earlier work that included an evaluation of panther habitat selection studies (Comiskey et al. 2002), we examine PHEM in light of data quality criteria and the panther's known life history requirements. We conclude that the precepts and rules of the PHEM methodology are based on unwarranted assumptions, nonstandard methods of analysis, and exclusion of relevant data, leading to an undue emphasis on day-use land cover and forest patches larger than 500 ha. Large areas of southern Florida that have abundant prey and are intensively used by panthers would score low in PHEM habitat assessments because they lack large forest patches. We discuss the conservation implications of applying a methodology that discounts substantial portions of Occupied panther habitat as unsuitable, and describe all alternative approach to habitat definition and evaluation that is both consistent with panther habitat requirements and applicable to conservation decision-making. Conserving sufficient habitat for recovery of the panther extends an umbrella of protection to the many species that dwell within its range. C1 Univ Tennessee, Inst Environm Modeling, Dept Ecol & Evolutionary Biol, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, S Florida Ecosyst Off, Vero Beach, FL 32960 USA. Ctr Ecol Res, Richmond, ME 04357 USA. RP Comiskey, EJ (reprint author), Univ Tennessee, Inst Environm Modeling, Dept Ecol & Evolutionary Biol, Dabney Hall,Room 569, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA. EM ecomiske@tiem.utk.edu NR 55 TC 6 Z9 7 U1 1 U2 20 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 1 BP 51 EP 74 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0051:EITFPH]2.0.CO;2 PG 24 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 809RQ UT WOS:000220654200005 ER PT J AU Lasier, PJ Winger, PV Shelton, JL Bogenrieder, KJ AF Lasier, PJ Winger, PV Shelton, JL Bogenrieder, KJ TI Sediment-quality assessment of the lower Oconee River SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID AMPHIPOD HYALELLA-AZTECA; FRESH-WATER AMPHIPOD; PORE-WATER; CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS; TOXICITY; AMMONIA; IDENTIFICATION; TOXICANT; PH AB Sediment quality was assessed at multiple sites in the lower Oconee River, GA to identify contaminants potentially affecting the survival of an endemic "At-Risk" species of fish, the robust redhorse (Moxostonza robustum). Five major tributaries that drain urban and agricultural watersheds enter this stretch of river and several carry permitted municipal and industrial effluents containing Cd, Cu, and Zn. Sediments for chemical analyses and toxicity tests with Hyalella azteca (Amphipoda) were collected at 12 locations that included sites above and below the major tributaries. Compared to national data bases and to the nearby Apalachicola-Chattahoochee-Flint watershed, sediments from the Oconee River had elevated concentrations of Cr, Cu, Hg and Zn. Zinc concentrations showed a marked increase in sediment downstream of the confluence of Buffalo Creek demonstrating contributions from permitted municipal and industrial effluents discharged to that tributary. When exposed to these sediments, growth of H. azteca was significantly reduced. Amphipod growth was also reduced when exposed to sediments collected from another site due to toxicity from Cr. Sediments in the lower Oconee River appear to be impaired due to metal contamination and could pose a threat to organisms, such as the robust redhorse, that are closely associated with this matrix during their life cycle. C1 Univ Georgia, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Athens, GA 30602 USA. RP Lasier, PJ (reprint author), Univ Georgia, Warnell Sch Forest Resources, US Geol Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Res Ctr, Athens, GA 30602 USA. EM pete_lasier@usgs.gov NR 39 TC 3 Z9 3 U1 1 U2 6 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 1 BP 139 EP 154 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0139:SAOTLO]2.0.CO;2 PG 16 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 809RQ UT WOS:000220654200012 ER PT J AU Quattrini, AM Ross, SW Sulak, KJ Necaise, AM Casazza, TL Dennis, GD AF Quattrini, AM Ross, SW Sulak, KJ Necaise, AM Casazza, TL Dennis, GD TI Marine fishes new to continental United States waters, North Carolina, and the Gulf of Mexico SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID DEEP-REEF FISHES; SOUTH-CAROLINA; ATLANTIC; GENUS; COLLECTIONS; ASSEMBLAGES; SERRANIDAE; ABUNDANCE; REVISION; SNAPPER AB Along the southeastern coast of the United States, hardground Systems Support a high diversity of sub-tropical and tropical fishes. Many of these hardgrounds occur in deep (ca. greater than or equal to 50 m) waters and their fauna is still poorly described; however, with concentrated sampling in these deeper areas, new records of fishes continue to emerge. In the northeastern Gulf of Mexico and off North Carolina, we used the Johnson-Sea-Link submersible, remotely operated vehicles, trawling gear, and angling gear to sample deep reef systems (38-248 m). We document five records of fishes new to continental United States waters, including Liopropoma aberrans, Parasphyraenops incisus, Lipogramma regia, Apogon gouldi, and Prognathodes guyanensis. We also report range extensions for eleven species: Gymnothorax hubbsi, Gymnothorax vicinus, Lepophidium staurophor, Cypselurus comatus, Liopropoma mowbrayi, Serranus annularis, Rypticus saponaceus, Caranx lugubris, Prognathodes aculeatus, Centroopyge argi, and Canthigaster jamestyleri. C1 Univ N Carolina, Ctr Marine Sci, Wilmington, NC 28409 USA. US Geol Survey, Coastal Ecol & Conservat Res Grp, Ctr Aquat Resource Studies, Gainesville, FL 32653 USA. N Carolina Natl Estuarine Res Reserve, Wilmington, NC 28409 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, S Florida Ecol Serv Off, Vero Beach, FL 32960 USA. RP Quattrini, AM (reprint author), Univ N Carolina, Ctr Marine Sci, 5600 Marvin K Moss Lane, Wilmington, NC 28409 USA. EM quattrinia@uncw.edu NR 70 TC 14 Z9 17 U1 0 U2 2 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 EI 1938-5412 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 1 BP 155 EP 172 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0155:MFNTCU]2.0.CO;2 PG 18 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 809RQ UT WOS:000220654200013 ER PT J AU Gabrey, SW Afton, AD AF Gabrey, SW Afton, AD TI Composition of breeding bird communities in Gulf Coast Chenier Plain marshes: Effects of winter burning SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID MANAGEMENT; PLANT; VEGETATION; ABUNDANCE AB Marsh managers along the Gulf Coast Chenier Plain frequently use winter burns to alter marsh vegetation and improve habitat quality for wintering waterfowl. However, effects of these burns on marsh avifauna are not well documented. We recorded abundances of breeding bird species and vegetation structure in burned and unburned control marshes during one breeding season before (1996) and two breeding seasons after (1997, 1998) experimental winter burns. We used non-metric multidimensional scaling analysis to assess the extent and direction of changes in bird community compositions of burned and unburned control marshes and to investigate the influence of vegetation structure on bird community composition. Overall, we found that Seaside Sparrows (Emberizidae: Ammodramus maritimus [Wilson]) and Red-winged Blackbirds and Boat-tailed Grackles (Icteridae: Agelaius phoeniceus [L.] and Quiscalus major Vieillot, respectively) comprised > 85% of observed birds. In burned marshes during the first breeding season following experimental burns (1997), icterid abundance increased while Seaside Sparrow abundance decreased relative to pre-burn (1996) conditions. This pattern was reversed during the second breeding season post-burn. No obvious patterns of change in avian abundance were detected in unburned control marshes over the 3-year period. Qualitative changes in breeding bird community composition were related to effects of winter burning on percent cover of dead vegetation and Spartina patens (Aiton) Muhl. C1 Louisiana State Univ, Sch Renewable Nat Resources, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. Louisiana State Univ, US Geol Survey, Louisiana Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Baton Rouge, LA 70803 USA. RP Gabrey, SW (reprint author), NW State Univ, Dept Biol, Natchitoches, LA 71497 USA. EM steveng@nsula.edu NR 31 TC 1 Z9 3 U1 2 U2 9 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 1 BP 173 EP 185 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0173:COBBCI]2.0.CO;2 PG 13 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 809RQ UT WOS:000220654200014 ER PT J AU Sorensen, K AF Sorensen, K TI Population characteristics of Siren lacertina and Amphiuma means in north Florida SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID MARKED ANIMALS; SURVIVAL; INTERMEDIA; SALAMANDER AB I conducted a mark-recapture study of Siren lacertina and Amphiuma means for one year at a lake in north Florida and documented average individual movement, size class distribution, seasonal activity patterns, survival rates, and density estimates. I captured Siren lacertina more frequently in winter and A. means more frequently in spring. Recapture probabilities of both species were low, whereas survival rates and density estimates (1.3 salamanders/m(2) for S. lacertina, 0.28 salamanders/m(2) for A. means) were high. I recorded no individual movement of over 10 m for either species. Sirens and amphiumas are large, predatory generalists that can have substantial biomass in wetlands (233 g/m(2) and 44 g/m(2), respectively, at this study site), and therefore can impact many other wetland species. Thus, more attention must be focused on evaluating and monitoring their populations. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Lake Woodruff NWR, DeLeon Springs, FL 32130 USA. US Geol Survey, Ctr Aquat Resources Studies, Gainesville, FL 32653 USA. RP Sorensen, K (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Lake Woodruff NWR, 2045 Mud Lake Rd, DeLeon Springs, FL 32130 USA. EM kristina_sorensen@fws.gov NR 31 TC 6 Z9 13 U1 1 U2 4 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 2 BP 249 EP 258 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0249:PCOSLA]2.0.CO;2 PG 10 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 839SA UT WOS:000222804000006 ER PT J AU Hanlon, SD Levine, JF AF Hanlon, SD Levine, JF TI Notes on the life history and demographics of the savannah lilliput (Toxolasma pullus) (Bivalvia : Unionidae) in University Lake, NC SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID FRESH-WATER MUSSELS; VIRGINIA AB The savannah lilliput (Toxolasma pullus, Bivalvia: Unionidae) is the only member of its genus represented along the mid-Atlantic slope. The rarity, limited range, and declining status of this species have caused concern among resource managers for its conservation. Little is known about the life history of T. pullus; such information is necessary for recovery of the species. We conducted a fish host trial and examined population demographics of T. pullus from University Lake, NC. Toxolasma pullus appears to be a long-term brooder, brooding into August. Hybrid bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus x L. cyanellus) are suitable hosts for T. pullus, however, other Lepomis species may also serve as hosts. The sex ratio of the population was 1:1. Most specimens of T pullus were between 4 and 6 years old; the oldest specimen was 9 years of age. Predation by muskrats and raccoons may be an important source of mortality in University Lake. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, SW Virginia Ecol Serv, Field Off, Abingdon, VA 24210 USA. Univ N Carolina, Coll Vet Med, Dept Farm Anim Med & Resources Management, Raleigh, NC 27606 USA. RP Hanlon, SD (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, SW Virginia Ecol Serv, Field Off, 330 Commings St, Abingdon, VA 24210 USA. EM shane_hanlon@fws.gov NR 17 TC 5 Z9 5 U1 3 U2 7 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 2 BP 289 EP 296 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0289:NOTLHA]2.0.CO;2 PG 8 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 839SA UT WOS:000222804000010 ER PT J AU Nico, LG Muench, AM AF Nico, LG Muench, AM TI Nests and nest habitats of the invasive catfish Hoplosternum littorale in lake Tohopekaliga, Florida: A novel association with non-native Hydrilla verticillata SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID SILURIFORMES-CALLICHTHYIDAE; REPRODUCTIVE-BIOLOGY; ARMORED CATFISH AB Hoplosternum littorale is a South American catfish (Family Callichthyidae) first discovered in the United States in 1995 in Florida. The presence of H. littorale was documented from early 2002 to late 2003 in Lake Tohopekaliga (Kissimmee River Basin) in central Florida. In this paper, 22 H, littorale nests and nest sites are described. The characteristic bubble nests were present from late May to early September, with number of nests peaking in August when water stage and temperature were both high. Nest habitats (shallow, open marshes) and timing of nest construction (rainy season) were similar to what has been reported for H. littorale in its native range. Most nests (n = 14) were in areas dominated by Hydrilla verticillata and constructed largely from parts of this Asian aquatic plant, representing a unique association between two non-native species. Nevertheless, during August, as water levels increased, nesting shifted from H. verticillata-dominated communities to use of inshore grass zones dominated by Luziola fluitans. Knowledge of H. littorale nesting seasonality and habitat preferences may be useful for any efforts to control or manage this invasive fish. C1 US Geol Survey, Florida Integrated Sci Ctr, Gainesville, FL 32653 USA. Univ Florida, Florida Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA. RP Nico, LG (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Florida Integrated Sci Ctr, 7920 NW 71st St, Gainesville, FL 32653 USA. EM leo_nico@usgs.gov NR 23 TC 2 Z9 8 U1 0 U2 9 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 3 BP 451 EP 466 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0451:NANHOT]2.0.CO;2 PG 16 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 858XU UT WOS:000224226800007 ER PT J AU Winton, BR Leslie, DM AF Winton, BR Leslie, DM TI Density and habitat associations of barred owls at the edge of their range in Oklahoma SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID GREAT HORNED OWLS; BOREAL FOREST; VOCALIZATIONS; SASKATCHEWAN; SELECTION AB We assessed breeding-pair density and habitat associations of Barred Owls (Strix varia) at the edge of their range in north-central Oklahoma in 1995-1996. We played taped calls of Barred Owls to solicit and record responses (visual and auditory) and thereby determine density in our 1155-ha study area. Numbers of owls ranged from 7 pairs in 1995 to 11 pairs in 1996, or 1 Barred Owl pair/105-165 ha in a relatively contiguous bottomland forest. To assess habitat associations, we overlaid core areas of owl activity, as inferred from the locations of Barred Owl responses, on aerial photographs and quantified habitats in a 0.65-km(2) cell surrounding owl core areas. Barred owl pairs were associated with closed-canopy forest (62.8%), fallow agricultural fields (10.6%), water (8.1%), and treeless (open) areas (6.2%), which differed from single owls (presumed nonbreeders) that showed a greater affinity for open-canopy forest and agricultural fields. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Lacassine Natl Wildlife Refuge, Lake Arthur, LA 70549 USA. US Geol Survey, Oklahoma Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA. RP Winton, BR (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Lacassine Natl Wildlife Refuge, 209 Nat Rd, Lake Arthur, LA 70549 USA. EM bryan_winton@fws.gov NR 28 TC 2 Z9 3 U1 0 U2 8 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 3 BP 475 EP 482 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0475:DAHAOB]2.0.CO;2 PG 8 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 858XU UT WOS:000224226800009 ER PT J AU Schramm, HL Hart, J Hanson, LA AF Schramm, HL Hart, J Hanson, LA TI Status and reproduction of Gulf coast strain walleye in a Tombigbee River tributary SO SOUTHEASTERN NATURALIST LA English DT Article ID STIZOSTEDION-VITREUM-VITREUM; POPULATION; DRIFT AB Walleye (Sander vitreus [Mitchill]) are native to rivers and streams in the Mobile River basin in Mississippi and Alabama. These populations comprise a genetically unique strain (Gulf coast walleye, GCW) and represent the southern-most distribution of walleye in the United States. Luxapallila Creek was considered an important spawning site for GCW prior to and shortly after impoundment of the Tombigbee River in 1980. Extensive sampling in Luxapallila Creek in 2001 and 2002 collected only one larval walleye. Microsatellite DNA analysis suggested 14 of 16 adult walleye from Luxapallila Creek were hatchery-produced fish or their progeny. Controlled angling catch rates of adult walleye have declined since 1997. The scarcity of wild-spawned walleye and the similarity of wild-caught and hatchery broodstock walleye indicates that the GCW population in, or spawning in, Luxapallila Creek is sustained by stocking and recruitment from these stocked fish may be diminishing. C1 US Geol Survey, Mississippi Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Dept, Mississippi State, MS 39792 USA. Mississippi State Univ, Dept Wildlife & Fisheries, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. Mississippi State Univ, Coll Vet Med, Mississippi State, MS 39762 USA. RP Schramm, HL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Mississippi Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Dept, Mail Stop 9691, Mississippi State, MS 39792 USA. EM hschramm@cfr.msstate.edu NR 25 TC 4 Z9 4 U1 0 U2 1 PU HUMBOLDT FIELD RESEARCH INST PI STEUBEN PA PO BOX 9, STEUBEN, ME 04680-0009 USA SN 1528-7092 J9 SOUTHEAST NAT JI Southeast. Nat. PY 2004 VL 3 IS 4 BP 745 EP 757 DI 10.1656/1528-7092(2004)003[0745:SAROGC]2.0.CO;2 PG 13 WC Biodiversity Conservation; Ecology SC Biodiversity & Conservation; Environmental Sciences & Ecology GA 888FB UT WOS:000226358500016 ER PT J AU Elachi, C Allison, MD Borgarelli, L Encrenaz, P Im, E Janssen, MA Johnson, WTK Kirk, RL Lorenz, RD Lunine, JI Muhleman, DO Ostro, SJ Picardi, G Posa, F Rapley, CG Roth, LE Seu, R Soderblom, LA Vetrella, S Wall, SD Wood, CA Zebker, HA AF Elachi, C Allison, MD Borgarelli, L Encrenaz, P Im, E Janssen, MA Johnson, WTK Kirk, RL Lorenz, RD Lunine, JI Muhleman, DO Ostro, SJ Picardi, G Posa, F Rapley, CG Roth, LE Seu, R Soderblom, LA Vetrella, S Wall, SD Wood, CA Zebker, HA TI Radar: The Cassini Titan RADAR Mapper SO SPACE SCIENCE REVIEWS LA English DT Review ID DIELECTRIC-CONSTANT; SURFACE; MAGELLAN; VENUS; ATMOSPHERE; METHANE; OCEAN; TROPOSPHERE; OCCULTATION; TOPOGRAPHY AB The Cassini RADAR instrument is a multimode 13.8 GHz multiple-beam sensor that can operate as a synthetic-aperture radar (SAR) imager, altimeter, scatterometer, and radiometer. The principal objective of the RADAR is to map the surface of Titan. This will be done in the imaging, scatterometer, and radiometer modes. The RADAR altimeter data will provide information on relative elevations in selected areas. Surfaces of the Saturn's icy satellites will be explored utilizing the RADAR radiometer and scatterometer modes. Saturn's atmosphere and rings will be probed in the radiometer mode only. The instrument is a joint development by JPL/NASA and ASI. The RADAR design features significant autonomy and data compression capabilities. It is expected that the instrument will detect surfaces with backscatter coefficient as low as -40 dB. C1 CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. NASA, Goddard Inst Space Studies, New York, NY 10025 USA. Alenia Aerosp, I-00131 Rome, Italy. Observ Paris, F-92195 Meudon, France. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. Univ Arizona, Lunar & Planetary Lab, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA. CALTECH, Div Geol & Planetary Sci, Pasadena, CA 91125 USA. Univ Roma La Sapienza, I-00184 Rome, Italy. Politecn Bari, Dip Interateneo Fis, I-70126 Bari, Italy. British Antarctic Survey, Cambridge CB3 0ET, England. Fac Ingn, I-80125 Naples, Italy. Univ N Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202 USA. Stanford Univ, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. RP Wall, SD (reprint author), CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, 4800 Oak Grove Dr, Pasadena, CA 91109 USA. EM stephen.d.wall@jpl.nasa.gov RI Lorenz, Ralph/B-8759-2016 OI Lorenz, Ralph/0000-0001-8528-4644 NR 54 TC 92 Z9 94 U1 0 U2 14 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0038-6308 J9 SPACE SCI REV JI Space Sci. Rev. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 115 IS 1-4 BP 71 EP 110 DI 10.1007/s11214-004-1438-9 PG 40 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 905EE UT WOS:000227549900002 ER PT J AU Christensen, PR Jakosky, B Kieffer, HH Malin, MC McSween, HY Nealson, K Mehall, GL Silverman, SH Ferry, S Caplinger, M Ravine, M AF Christensen, PR Jakosky, B Kieffer, HH Malin, MC McSween, HY Nealson, K Mehall, GL Silverman, SH Ferry, S Caplinger, M Ravine, M TI The Thermal Emission Imaging System (THEMIS) for the Mars 2001 Odyssey Mission SO SPACE SCIENCE REVIEWS LA English DT Review ID PARTICULATE PLANETARY SURFACES; POLAR LAYERED DEPOSITS; INFRARED-EMISSION; REFLECTANCE SPECTRA; MARTIAN SURFACE; MU-M; MARS PATHFINDER; SNC METEORITES; PARTICLE-SIZE; ICE CLOUDS AB The Thermal Emission Imaging System (THEMIS) on 2001 Mars Odyssey will investigate the surface mineralogy and physical properties of Mars using multi-spectral thermal-infrared images in nine wavelengths centered from 6.8 to 14.9 mum, and visible/near-infrared images in five bands centered from 0.42 to 0.86 mum. THEMIS will map the entire planet in both day and night multi-spectral infrared images at 100-m per pixel resolution, 60% of the planet in one-band visible images at 18-m per pixel, and several percent of the planet in 5-band visible color. Most geologic materials, including carbonates, silicates, sulfates, phosphates, and hydroxides have strong fundamental vibrational absorption bands in the thermal-infrared spectral region that provide diagnostic information on mineral composition. The ability to identify a wide range of minerals allows key aqueous minerals, such as carbonates and hydrothermal silica, to be placed into their proper geologic context. The specific objectives of this investigation are to: ( 1) determine the mineralogy and petrology of localized deposits associated with hydrothermal or sub-aqueous environments, and to identify future landing sites likely to represent these environments; ( 2) search for thermal anomalies associated with active sub-surface hydrothermal systems; ( 3) study small-scale geologic processes and landing site characteristics using morphologic and thermophysical properties; and ( 4) investigate polar cap processes at all seasons. THEMIS follows the Mars Global Surveyor Thermal Emission Spectrometer (TES) and Mars Orbiter Camera (MOC) experiments, providing substantially higher spatial resolution IR multi-spectral images to complement TES hyperspectral (143-band) global mapping, and regional visible imaging at scales intermediate between the Viking and MOC cameras. The THEMIS uses an uncooled microbolometer detector array for the IR focal plane. The optics consists of all-reflective, three-mirror anastigmat telescope with a 12-cm effective aperture and a speed of f/1.6. The IR and visible cameras share the optics and housing, but have independent power and data interfaces to the spacecraft. The IR focal plane has 320 cross-track pixels and 240 down-track pixels covered by 10 similar to 1-mum-bandwidth strip filters in nine different wavelengths. The visible camera has a 1024 x 1024 pixel array with 5 filters. The instrument weighs 11.2 kg, is 29 cm by 37 cm by 55 cm in size, and consumes an orbital average power of 14 W. C1 Arizona State Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. Univ Colorado, Lab Atmospher & Space Phys, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. Univ Colorado, Dept Geol Sci, Boulder, CO 80309 USA. US Geol Survey, Flagstaff, AZ 86001 USA. Malin Space Sci Syst, San Diego, CA 92121 USA. Univ Tennessee, Dept Geol Sci, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA. CALTECH, Jet Prop Lab, Pasadena, CA 91006 USA. Arizona State Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. Raytheon Co, Santa Barbara Remote Sensing, Goleta, CA USA. RP Christensen, PR (reprint author), Arizona State Univ, Dept Geol Sci, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. EM phil.christensen@asu.edu NR 134 TC 415 Z9 416 U1 7 U2 51 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0038-6308 J9 SPACE SCI REV JI Space Sci. Rev. PY 2004 VL 110 IS 1-2 BP 85 EP 130 DI 10.1023/B:SPAC.0000021008.16305.94 PG 46 WC Astronomy & Astrophysics SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 806AI UT WOS:000220406400004 ER PT S AU Moffitt, CM AF Moffitt, CM BE Knudsen, EE MacDonald, DD Muirhead, YK TI The implications of aquaculture production and development on sustainable fisheries SO SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF NORTH AMERICAN FISHERIES SE American Fisheries Society Symposium LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Fisheries Sustainability in North America CY AUG 22-23, 2001 CL Phoenix, AZ SP Amer Fisheries Soc, Sustainable Fisheries Fdn ID TROUT ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; SALMON SALMO-SALAR; RAINBOW-TROUT; ATLANTIC SALMON; MYXOBOLUS-CEREBRALIS; PHOSPHORUS CONCENTRATIONS; ANTIBACTERIAL DRUGS; NATURAL-POPULATIONS; INTERMOUNTAIN WEST; BRITISH-COLUMBIA AB In North America, the aquaculture production of fish and shellfish for food has increased within recent decades. I review the sustainable resource framework for food fish and shellfish aquaculture in the United States and Canada, including the environmental, social, and economic costs and benefits. Species native to North America are cultured most frequently, and channel catfish Ictalurus punctatus produced in the southeastern United States leads aquaculture production by weight. Within Canada, the leading aquaculture product is Atlantic salmon Salmo salar, reared in coastal areas, especially in British Columbia and New Brunswick. The sustainability of aquaculture production of fish and shellfish for food has associated environmental risks: farmed fish and shellfish can escape and affect native stocks; effluents from facilities can tax existing over allocated freshwater aquatic resources and alter benthic communities in surrounding habitat; and the production of the ingredients of aquaculture feeds requires land and ocean based resources. Positive effects of a domestic aquaculture industry include enhanced food safety and quality; increased technology for pollution abatement and rearing systems, increased opportunities for rural economies and improved balance of international trade, and decreased reliance and demand for wild fish and shellfish stocks. C1 Univ Idaho, Dept Fish & Wildlife Resources, Idaha Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. RP Moffitt, CM (reprint author), Univ Idaho, Dept Fish & Wildlife Resources, Idaha Cooperat Fish & Wildlife Res Unit, US Geol Survey, Moscow, ID 83844 USA. EM cmoffitt@uidaho.edu NR 117 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 5 U2 21 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-65-4 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 43 BP 91 EP 108 PG 18 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBQ06 UT WOS:000227011900006 ER PT S AU Short, CI Gross, SK Wilkinson, D AF Short, CI Gross, SK Wilkinson, D BE Knudsen, EE MacDonald, DD Muirhead, YK TI Preventing, controlling, and managing alien species introduction for the health of aquatic and marine ecosystems SO SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF NORTH AMERICAN FISHERIES SE American Fisheries Society Symposium LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Fisheries Sustainability in North America CY AUG 22-23, 2001 CL Phoenix, AZ SP Amer Fisheries Soc, Sustainable Fisheries Fdn ID ATLANTIC SALMON; SPARTINA-ALTERNIFLORA; SMOOTH CORDGRASS; GREAT-LAKES; FISH; BAY; CALIFORNIA; IMPACT; EXPANSION; PACIFIC AB The introduction and spread of invasive species is an emerging global problem. As economic and ecological impacts continue to grow, there will be an increasing need to develop innovative solutions and global partnerships to combat the increasing rate of invasions and their accompanying impacts. Threats to sustainable fisheries in North America associated with alien species come from many global directions and sources and can be deliberate or the unintended consequence of other actions. Decisions about the role of sustainable fisheries in protecting and restoring the health of aquatic ecosystems become even more complex when economic and social factors are considered along with environmental impacts, because many intentionally introduced species also have associated economic and community costs and benefits. Actions designed to prevent or control alien species in an aquatic ecosystem are often complicated by these nonenvironmental factors as well as public perception and opinion. Aquatic ecosystems are disturbed to varying degrees by alien species, including disease organisms. Prevention is the first and best line of defense. Determining likely pathways and effective countermeasures is more cost-effective than either eradication or control. Our ability to quickly identify new species and their associated risk to ecosystems is critical in designing and implementing effective control and management actions. Lack of infrastructure and necessary resources, clear-cut authority for regulation and action, and scientific information about the biology of alien species and effective control techniques are often limiting factors that prevent the needed action to protect aquatic ecosystems. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Washington, DC 20240 USA. RP Short, CI (reprint author), 17757 W Manso St, Goodyear, AZ 85338 USA. EM sgross@usgs.gov; Dean_Wilkinson@ios.doi.gov NR 69 TC 2 Z9 2 U1 2 U2 16 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-65-4 J9 AM FISH S S JI Am. Fish. Soc. Symp. PY 2004 VL 43 BP 109 EP 125 PG 17 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBQ06 UT WOS:000227011900007 ER PT S AU Nielsen, JL Regier, HA AF Nielsen, JL Regier, HA BE Knudsen, EE MacDonald, DD Muirhead, YK TI Sustaining salmonid populations: A caring understanding of naturalness of taxa SO SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF NORTH AMERICAN FISHERIES SE American Fisheries Society Symposium LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Fisheries Sustainability in North America CY AUG 22-23, 2001 CL Phoenix, AZ SP Amer Fisheries Soc, Sustainable Fisheries Fdn ID ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; FISH POPULATIONS; SUSTAINABILITY; FISHERIES; STOCKS; WORLD AB Species of the family of Salmonidae occur naturally in Northern Hemisphere waters that remain clear and cool to cold in summer. For purposes of reproduction, salmonids generally behaviorally respond to the currents of streams and lakes in recently glaciated areas. For feeding and maturation, many larger species migrate into existing systems of large lakes, seas, and oceans. The subfamilies include Salmoninae, Coregoninae, and Thymallinae. In many locales and regions of the hemisphere, numerous species of these subfamilies evolved and self-organized into species flocks or taxocenes of bewildering complexity. For example, any individual species may play different or unique ecological roles in different taxocenes. The northern Pacific and Atlantic Ocean ecosystems, with their seas and tributaries, each contained a meta-complex of such taxocenes that, in their natural state some centuries ago, resembled each other but differed in many ways. Humans have valued all species of this family for subsistence, ceremonial, naturalist, gustatory, angling, and commercial reasons for centuries. Modern progressive humans (MPHs), whose industrial and commercial enterprises have gradually spread over this hemisphere in recent time, now affect aquatic ecosystems at all scales from local to global. These human effects mingle in complex ways that together induce uniquely natural salmonid taxocenes to disintegrate with the loss of species, including those groups least tolerant to human manipulations, but extending more recently to those taxa. more adapted to anthropogenic change. As we leave the modern era, dominated by MPHs, will we find ways to live sustainably with salmonid taxocenes that still exhibit self-organizational integrity, or will only individual, isolated populations of salmonid species, derived from those most tolerant of MPHs, survive? To achieve future sustainability of salmonids, we suggest implementation of a search for intuitive knowledge based on faith in the wisdom of nature and a caring-sharing, behavioral structure based on "survival of the wisest" for both humans and salmonids. C1 US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. RP Nielsen, JL (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Alaska Sci Ctr, 1011 E Tudor Rd, Anchorage, AK 99503 USA. EM jennifer_nielsen@usgs.gov; regier@zoo.utoronto.ca NR 58 TC 1 Z9 1 U1 0 U2 1 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-65-4 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 43 BP 203 EP 211 PG 9 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBQ06 UT WOS:000227011900011 ER PT S AU Pajak, P AF Pajak, P BE Knudsen, EE MacDonald, DD Muirhead, YK TI Elevating social concern for sustainability in fisheries and aquatic resource management SO SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT OF NORTH AMERICAN FISHERIES SE American Fisheries Society Symposium LA English DT Proceedings Paper CT Symposium on Fisheries Sustainability in North America CY AUG 22-23, 2001 CL Phoenix, AZ SP Amer Fisheries Soc, Sustainable Fisheries Fdn ID ETHICS AB Many of North America's aquatic ecosystems are seriously degraded, and past management has not reversed widespread declines for many fish species. These disturbing trends even include the highly valued salmon populations of the Pacific Northwest. How do fisheries scientists, managers, and others more effectively elevate social concern for sustainability of fisheries and other aquatic resources? That question is the focus of this paper. History and science have revealed that environmental impacts are largely the product of rapidly expanding human populations, material consumption, and abuse of technology. Such observations have led many respected scientists and religious leaders to conclude that the environmental crisis is ultimately a moral problem, not a technical one. Similarly, aquatic resource professionals increasingly recognize that traditional fisheries management strategies and constituencies are no longer enough to compete successfully with other taxpayer and consumer priorities. Evidence is offered to suggest that we must better elevate fisheries concerns and influence social priorities by thinking and managing in a broader social context. Specifically, Maslow's hierarchy of basic human needs helps us to understand and link the social benefits of healthy fisheries with the basic human needs they satisfy. "Procedural integrity," or management processes and institutions that are truthseeking, consent-based, results-oriented, and adaptable, are also emphasized. Given the moral nature of environmental problems, expanded collaboration with the world's major religions is explored and advocated. C1 US Fish & Wildlife Serv, Hadley, MA 01035 USA. RP Pajak, P (reprint author), US Fish & Wildlife Serv, 300 Westgate Ctr Dr, Hadley, MA 01035 USA. EM Paul_Pajak@fws.gov NR 32 TC 0 Z9 0 U1 0 U2 2 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE, STE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0892-2284 BN 1-888569-65-4 J9 AM FISH S S PY 2004 VL 43 BP 257 EP 270 PG 14 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA BBQ06 UT WOS:000227011900015 ER PT J AU Harper, DD Farag, AM AF Harper, DD Farag, AM TI Winter habitat use by cutthroat trout in the Snake River near Jackson, Wyoming SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY LA English DT Article ID SALMON ONCORHYNCHUS-KISUTCH; JUVENILE RAINBOW-TROUT; BROWN TROUT; BROOK TROUT; STREAM; MOVEMENTS; FALL; ICE; FISH; COMPLEXITY AB Winter habitat, use by Yellowstone cutthroat trout Oncorhynchus clarki bouvieri was monitored with radiotelemetry during November-March 1998-2001 in channelized and unaltered sections of the Snake River near Jackson, Wyoming. The use of run and off-channel pool habitat was significantly correlated to water temperature; run use was most frequent when mean water temperature exceeded 1.0degreesC, and off-channel pool use was greatest when mean water temperature was below 1.0degreesC. Available habitat was surveyed during winter 1999-2000 and was compared with actual habitat use. This comparison indicated that cutthroat trout avoided riffle habitat, selected deep runs, and strongly selected off-channel pool habitat. Large, deep, off-channel pools with groundwater influence were uncommon in the study area but were frequently selected as over-wintering habitat in the channelized section during all three study years. During 2000-2001, mainstem water temperatures were significantly colder than in 1998-1999 or 1999-2000, and anchor ice was observed more frequently in 2000-2001 than in 1998-1999 or 1999-2000 (on 18 d versus 5 d and 3 d, respectively). Mean water temperatures in off-channel pools were not significantly different among years. Depth and shelf ice were most frequently identified as cover elements in the channelized section. Run habitat was more common and used more frequently upstream of the channelized section. Large woody debris was more common and selected more frequently as cover in the unaltered section than in the channelized section. C1 US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Jackson, WY 83001 USA. RP Harper, DD (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Columbia Environm Res Ctr, Jackson Field Res Stn,POB 1089, Jackson, WY 83001 USA. EM david_harper@usgs.gov NR 31 TC 13 Z9 13 U1 1 U2 5 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0002-8487 J9 T AM FISH SOC JI Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 133 IS 1 BP 15 EP 25 DI 10.1577/T02-072 PG 11 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 770RG UT WOS:000188744100002 ER PT J AU Zigler, SJ Dewey, MR Knights, BC Runstrom, AL Steingraeber, MT AF Zigler, SJ Dewey, MR Knights, BC Runstrom, AL Steingraeber, MT TI Hydrologic and hydraulic factors affecting passage of paddlefish through dams in the upper Mississippi River SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY LA English DT Article ID HABITAT USE; POLYODON-SPATHULA AB Populations of paddlefish Polyodon spathula have been adversely affected by dams that can block their movements. Unlike high-head dams that preclude fish passage (unless they are equipped with fishways), the dams on the upper Mississippi River are typically low-head dams with bottom release gates that may allow fish passage under certain conditions. We evaluated the relation of dam head and river discharge to the passage of radio-tagged paddlefish through dams in the upper Mississippi River. Radio transmitters were surgically implanted into 71 paddlefish from Navigation Pools 5A and 8 of the upper Mississippi River and from two tributary rivers during fall 1994 through fall 1996. We tracked paddlefish through September 1997 and documented 53 passages through dams, 20 upstream and 33 downstream. Passages occurred mostly during spring (71%) but also occurred sporadically during summer and fall (29%). Spring passages varied among years in response to hydrologic conditions. We evaluated patterns in upstream and downstream passages with Cox proportional hazard regression models. Model results indicated that dam head height strongly affected the upstream passage of paddlefish but not the downstream passage. Several paddlefish, however, passed upstream through a dam during periods when the minimum head at the dam was substantial ( greater than or equal to 1m). In these cases, we hypothesize that paddlefish moved upstream through the lock chamber. C1 US Geol Survey, Upper Midwest Environm Sci Ctr, La Crosse, WI 54603 USA. US Fish & Wildlife Serv, La Crosse Fishery Resources Off, Onalaska, WI 54650 USA. RP Zigler, SJ (reprint author), US Geol Survey, Upper Midwest Environm Sci Ctr, 2630 Fanta Reed Rd, La Crosse, WI 54603 USA. EM steven_zigler@usgs.gov OI Zigler, Steven/0000-0002-4153-0652 NR 36 TC 25 Z9 27 U1 4 U2 13 PU AMER FISHERIES SOC PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 110, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2199 USA SN 0002-8487 J9 T AM FISH SOC JI Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 133 IS 1 BP 160 EP 172 DI 10.1577/T02-161 PG 13 WC Fisheries SC Fisheries GA 770RG UT WOS:000188744100014 ER EF